WAR  DEPARTMENT,        -        -        ADJUTANT  GENERAL'S  OFFICE. 


No.  XXI. 


MILITARY  NOTES 


ON 


CUBA. 


NOVEMBER,  1898. 


washington: 
Government  printing  Office. 


dLAv3?Ccv 


^    r 


oOLA.Xry>^ 


n 


MILITARY  NOTES 


ON 


CUBA 


OF  THK 

UNIVERSITY 


WASHINGTON: 

OOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE. 

1898. 


■  7^  ^7^'-   f«^'^*i 

WAR  DEPARTMENT,  £,  ..  j        .  /,    ^    c*     j  J    ^  /D       /"      / 

Adjutant  General's  Office.     ^*#^'  ^  ^•^'  ^"^  ^  (/ioU^  J 
Document  No.  85. 
M.  I.  D. 


GENERAL  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Cuba  in  General  Page. 

Table  of  distances  between  principal  cities viii 

Historical  sketch _ 1 

Size  and  shape , 3 

Location '. 4 

Administration  (under  Spanish  rule) 5 

Orography  ..- 7 

Hydrography . ., 8 

Climate --. 8 

Diseases,  hygienic  measures,  and  medical  statistics 9 

Insects 17 

Animals _ 18 

Geology 19 

Mineralogy 22 

Forestry ., ... .... . ...  23 

Soils-. 1 24 

Agricultural  products 24 

Fruits 24 

Population 24 

Language,  religion,  and  education  .   26 

Agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce    27 

Earthquakes 28 

Railroads 29 

Highroads  and  turnpikes 32 

Trochas 32 

City  of  Habana — Descriptive: 

Table  of  contents 39 

Defenses  of  Habana: 

Table  of  contents 65 

Environs  of  Habana: 

Table  of  contents 101 

Province  of  Pinar  del  Rio: 

1 .  Table  of  distances  between  principal  cities 130 

2.  Location  and  boundary 131 

3.  Area  and  population 131 

4.  Administration 131 

5.  Public  instruction 132 

6.  Agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce 132 

7.  Geography  and  topography 133 

8.  Rivers 133 

9.  Coastline 135 

10.  Capes,  points,  and  peninsulas 135 

(in) 


IV  GENERAL  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

Province  of  Pinar  del  Rio — Continued:  Page. 

11.  Reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals 137 

12.  Gulfs,  bays,  and  anchorages... 143 

13.  Railroads 146 

14.  Roads 147 

15.  Judicial  districts,  townships,  cities,  and  towns 175 

Province  of  Habana: 

1 .  Table  of  distances  between  principal  cities 198 

2.  Location  and  boundary ._  199 

3.  Area  and  population 199 

4.  Administration -. 199 

5.  Public  instruction 200 

6.  Agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce 200 

7.  Geography  and  topography ---- — 201 

8.  Rivers 1 204 

9.  Coastline -- — 205 

10.  Capes,  points,  and  peninsulas --- ._  205 

11.  Reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals 206 

12.  Gulfs,  bays,  and  anchorages -_.  207 

13.  Railroads —  208 

14.  Roads -- 237 

15.  Judicial  districts,  townships,  cities,  and  towns 249 

Province  of  Matanzas: 

1.  Table  of  distances  between  principal  cities 282 

2.  Location  and  boundary 283 

3.  Area  and  population 283 

4.  Administration ..- _ 283 

5.  Public  instruction 284 

6.  Agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce 284 

7.  Geography  and  topography 284 

8.  Rivers  -. .--- 286 

9.  Coastline 287 

10.  Reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals - 287 

11.  Gulfs,  bays,  and  anchorages . .-.  290 

12.  Capes,  points,  and  peninsulas 290 

13.  Railroads - 291 

14.  Roads 303 

15.  Judicial  districts,  townships,  cities,  and  towns. 306 

Province  of  Santa  Clara: 

1.  Table  of  distances  between  principal  cities 328 

2.  Location  and  boundary 329 

3.  Area  and  population 329 

4.  Administration 329 

5.  Public  instruction 330 

6.  Agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce 330 

7.  Geography  and  topography 380 

8.  Rivers -- 333 

9.  Coastline -.- "    334 

10.  Capes,  points,  and  peninsulas 335 

11.  Reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals 335 


GENERAL  TABLE  OP  CONTENTS.  V 

Province  of  Santa  Clara— Continued .  Page. 

12.  Railroads... 1 343 

18.  Roads.... 352 

14.  Judicial  districts,  townships,  cities,  and  towns 359 

Province  of  Puerto  Principe: 

1 .  Table  of  distances  between  principal  cities 386 

2.  Location  and  boundary 387 

3.  Area  and  population 387 

4.  Administration 387 

5.  Public  instruction 387 

6.  Agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce _-.  388 

7.  Geography  and  toiK)graphy 388 

8.  Rivers 389 

9.  Coastline 390 

10.  Capes,  points,  and  peninsulas 390 

11.  Reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals -  391 

12.  Gulf s,  bays,  and  anchorages 398 

13.  Railroads :...-  400 

14.  Roads.--- 401 

15.  Judicial  districts,  townships,  cities,  and  towns 404 

Province  of  Santi.ago  de  Cuba: 

1.  Table  of  distances  between  principal  cities __ 416 

2.  Location  and  boundary -  417 

3.  Area  and  population 417 

4.  Administration —  417 

5.  Public  instruction 1 417 

6.  Agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce 418 

7.  Geography  and  topography 418 

8.  Rivers 419 

9.  Coastline - 420 

10.  Cai)es,  points,  and  peninsulas - 424 

11.  Reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals - 429 

12.  Gulf  s,  bays,  and  anchorages 432 

13.  Railroads --  436 

14.  Roads - -  440 

15.  Judicial  districts,  townships,  cities,  and  towns. .  - -  -  443 

General  Index - 475 


mTRODUCTORY  NOTE. 


These  notes  were  first  published  in  June,  1898.  In  this  revised  edition, 
much  new  matter  has  been  added,  and  a  table  of  contents  and  an  index 
inserted.  An  examination  of  the  table  of  contents  will  show  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  subject  matter.  Under  the  head  of  "Towns  and  Localities" 
are  given  the  subdivisions  of  the  provinces  into  judicial  districts  and 
townships,  and  then  follows  a  description  of  the  principal  towns  and 
cities.  The  description  of  a  seaport  is  followed  by  the  sailing  directions 
for  thati)ort,  thus  giving  everything  available  that  is  known  of  one  locality 
in  compact  and  complete  form. 

It  is  intended  that  this  book  should  be  used  in  connection  with  the  large 
map  of  Cuba,  published  by  the  Adjutant  Greneral's  Office,  and  the  "Atlas 
of  Cuba, "  now  in  preparation  in  the  Adjutant  General's  Office.  The  book 
is  so  arranged,  however,  that  the  map  and  atlas  are  not  necessary  in  order 
to  follow  the  text. 

The  following  works  and  reports  have  been  consulted  and  extracts  from 
them  freely  made.     No  si)ecial  credit  has  been  given  in  the  text. 

Caribbean  Sea  and  Gulf  of  Mexico,  Vol.  1,  No.  86,  1898.  Hydrographic 
Office,  U.  S.  N. 

Anuario  del  Comercio,  1898. 

Encyclopaedia  Britannica. 

Americanized  Encyclopaedia  Britannica. 

The  American  Cyclopaedia. 

Haydn's  Dictionary  of  Dates,  1878. 

The  Interest  of  America  in  Sea  Power,  Present  and  Future ;  by  Captain 
A.  T.  Mahan,  U.  S.  N. 

Reclus  Nouvelle  Geographic  Universelle ;  by  Elisee  Reclus,  Paris,  1891. 

Cuba:  Physical  Features  of  Cuba,  Her  Past,  Present,  and  Future:  by 
Fidel  G.  Pierra,  1896. 

A  Cuban  Expedition ;  by  J.  H.  Bloomfield,  1896. 

Humboldt's  Narrative.  Vol.  VII ;  translated  into  English  by  Helen 
Maria  Williams,  1829. 

Humboldt's  Views  of  Nature :  translated  from  the  German  by  E.  C  Otte 
and  Henry  G.  Bohn.  1850. 

The  English  in  the  West  Indies ;  by  James  Anthony  Froude,  1888, 

(vn) 


VIII  INTRODUCTORY   NOTE. 

Special  Consular  Reports — Highways  of  Commerce — Vol.  XII,  H.  of  R. 
Doc.  32,  52d  Congress,  1st  Sess. ;  issued  from  the  Bureau  of  Statistics, 
Department  of  State,  1895. 

Memoria  de  Obras  Piiblicas  de  la  Isla  de  Cuba,  1873-73  a  1881-'82. 

Tropical  America  ;  by  Isaac  N.  Ford,  1898. 

Foreign  Railways  of  the  World,  Vol.  1 ;  by  D.  McArthur,  1884. 

To  Cuba  and  Back;  a  Vacation  Voyage;  by  Henry  Dana,  jr.,  1859  and 
1887. 

Cuban  Sketches,  9 ;  by  James  W.  Steele,  1892. 

Cuba  in  War  Time ;  by  Richard  Harding  Davis,  1897. 

The  Story  of  Cuba ;  by  Murat  Halstead,  1896. 

Climate  of  Cuba ;  by  W.  F.  R.  Phillips,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture, 1893. 

Espana;  by  Waldo  Jimenez  de  la  Romera,  Barcelona,  1887. 

Monthly  Bulletins,  Bureau  of  American  Republics,  1898. 

Cuba  and  Cubans ;  translated  by  Laura  Guiteras  and  revised  and  edited 
by  Luis  Edward  Levy,  1896. 

The  Island  of  Cuba  ;  by  A.  S.  Rowan  and  M.  M.  Ramsey,  1897.  Many 
extracts  have  been  taken  from  this  most  excellent  work. 

Cuba  Illustrated;  by  J.  C.  Prince,  1893-'94. 

Also,  many  original  manuscript  reports  that  have  been  received  at  this 

Office. 

L.  C.   SCHERER, 

Captain  and  Assistant  Adjutant  General. 

War  Department, 

Adjutant  General's  Office, 

Washington,  Nov.  1898. 


CUBA  IN  GENERAL. 


(IX) 


<- 
m 

D 
O 


CO 
QJ 
O 

z 
< 

co 


O 

u 

-I 

CO 

< 


o   l^   Q    5 


p  (rt 


Q    <    ^1 — 


<    QC     oc     I-  i 


t    O    f=    I- 


z 
< 

J   <! 

y  2, 


CO 

O 

5 

UJ 

q: 

< 

< 

< 

< 
H 
Z 
< 
to 

H 
O 

z 
<r 

< 
CO 

§ 

« 

% 

t- 

i 

CJ 

t- 

^ 

•o 

r> 

< 

m 

o 

_l 

nr 

< 

o 

< 

1- 

in 

Tf 

« 

^ 

1-t 

p: 

g 

% 

^ 

O 

_l 

< 

m 
o 

n 

^ 

r 



— 



Q. 
O 

z 
a: 

Q 

_i 

UJ 

Q 

o 

< 

Z 
< 

_l 
< 
1- 
< 

< 
If) 

t 

-* 

c: 

CO 

•* 

^ 

s 

§3 

to 

£S 

< 

DC 

< 

2 

o 

1- 

o 

2 
< 

cn 

<M 

00 

5 

?3 

§ 

i 

i 

6 

< 

7. 

C-. 

03 

5? 

S 

CO 

s 

DC 
-1 
III 

Q 

O 

< 
C3 

S5 

< 
1/3 

m 
^ 

o 

H 
« 

eo 

s 

8 

S 

to 

00 

■o 

§ 

»- 

K 
111 

a. 

s 

s 

s 

^ 

s 

g 

o 

cc 

CO 

< 

z 

i 

CO 

o 

o 

o 

i 

»0 

§ 

s 

CO 

C-. 

to 

0> 

05 

2 

CO 

Ol 

s 

in 

g 

^ 

rr 

Tf 

Q. 

-* 

•^ 

<D 

CO 

« 

t- 

•-I 

CO 

t- 

"-I 

^ 

§ 

m 

^ 

CO 

M* 

8 

^ 

(N 

C5 

05 

t- 

^ 

"^ 

1> 

^ 

Oi 

■^ 

rH 

.-i|ot;l^loo'r-c|o,l<ol_jl 


5     SmN     '^|«,S5:*-|Si'0| 


03    o'l-H    •*    r-lol'-'i-i' 


00      001»OCJ!N»C       _ 

cDiO;©^,r-,c^    ^    to    1- 


O     C     (N     IN  I  CO  i  t- 


■*  ,  CO  j  CO  !  r-<  I  CO  I  CO 


CCO:r-l!<M«500lr-'      (MC^iCO'COt* 


to      CS      (M     -^      X     I— 


a    a:    a>    i-i    —i    lO 


ICO    TKCNlt-ilMi'V     toicoco    >o.->j<:toco 


1 1-  ■  CO  !  M 


<3 
Is 


I  I-i    o    oj  '  CO  N_ 

i  CO  1  i-i ,  CO  1  i-i  r'^ 


CO  1  o»    CO  '  r-  '  00 

O  '  t-     O      CM      CO 
CO  !  ■^     (N     t-     OJ 


C      CO  !  t~ 

^    to  I  to 


OO  I  SI   !  IM      CO     u, 

5  SiS^S  «^ 


^    *-'touQir-,o,e)t- 


I  I  t-  !  **  i  "5     IN  ' 


S '  S  '  '^ 


I  lO  !  "O  I  CO     o 

[  t-     r"  i  r-      00 


CO  ■  r^     m  .  rS     W  j 


:e>i'"ii-i'^!e4,to 


O    C5i 


§ 

rr 

m 

3 

o 

U. 

o 

|S|e5| 


i--l?i;!£:h 


jRlS: 


■O      K>  I  °Q     lO     39 
(N  ^     Si     00     o 


IC  ^     O)     00 


O    ©I    t-    _«    t-    c» 

N     tfl     <N     '*'     rl     rH 


S ;  CO  i  ^  I »::  j  2 ! ; 

gosoo^lSi! 


Z  ui 
u  — 
Q    O 


cc«ei-i*^"t-«5e»t-eo'*co«-^co^tei^"ito 


5  2 


d  5 


9  o 


!5  s^: 


'  ^  Q  S  ^  2 

I  lO    ©   "    3   "^ 


•*«t-eicoco«DeoiO'«»««Oico|'^ 


^  ;  (N  I  * 

CO  I  OS  ;  _j 

IN  00 ;  r; 

CO     Pft  ,  *^ 


CO 
CO 

CO 

CO 
CO 

00 

■n 

,_ 

ir 

^ 

ic 

IN 

CO 

(N 

2 

CO 

5 

S 

' 

IN 

<o 

^-Si<»«<»^t-coJ*«eo-'i:i^SU-«E;coSooSQOO|2  os 

^»r-rHr-N*<iHM'«>ei.-ie»coi-<*e»e<'^i-r*i-i'"'*iiNf''^-^    r- 


«^    <»>    «>    f-"    <N  Ua    <e  he    <-"    ►.    *  ("5  ^    <-"    •-'    "S    *    m    9B    o    a  I  "* '*- !  S    ■*    ff 

3  §  §1S  5  Shg  Ijs  5-1  s  i|s  2|2|2  S|s|8:2|S|S!2;i  2 


S    «    *    3  '  w    f'    *    "O    M    3  H;    a    Q    !9    fc  ^    "S    30    5J    CO    «  !  lO    "O  I  »    CO    «    .-    SIS 
fHS2(-i(e:r-t-t-i-ir-i-i<NScoMco<<i£t-aoicr-:>et~   ^ir«    t~    ic    9i|t- 


8  i|g|§i^|l|g|§|g!§|8|§|§|a  s|S|g|g  i  g|8  i|§|iisii^,g|g,ij|g 


(X) 


THE  ISLAND  OF  CUBA. 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH. 

The  island  of  Cuba  was  discovered  October  28,  1492,  by 
Cristopher  Columbus,  who  took  possession  of  it  in  the  name 
of  Spain.  The  first  attempt  at  a  permanent  settlement  was 
made  in  1511  by  Don  Diego  Columbus,  a  son  of  Cristopher 
Columbus,  and  Diego  Velasquez,  who  landed  at  Baracoa  with 
300  men.  The  first  settlement,  at  Santiago  de  Cuba,  was  made 
in  1511,  and  the  following  year  a  settlement  was  made  at 
Trinidad. 

The  island  was  first  called  Juana,  then  Femandina,  and 
later  Ave  Maria.  It  received  its  present  name  from  the 
natives  of  the  island,  whom  Columbus  described  as  a  peace- 
ful, contented,  and  progressive  race.  Habana  was  founded 
on  its  present  site  in  1519.  It  was  totally  destroyed  in  1538 
by  French  privateers,  but  was  immediately  rebuilt.  The 
capital  of  the  island  was  located  at  Santiago  de  Cuba  until 
1550,  when  it  was  moved  to  the  city  of  Habana.  The  first 
governor  of  the  island  was  Fernando  de  Soto,  afterwards 
famous  as  an  explorer.  In  1554  the  city  of  Habana  was  again 
destroyed  by  the  French. 

The  early  settlers  devoted  themselves  principally  to  raising 
cattle,  but  in  1580  the  cultivation  of  tobacco  and  sugar  cane 
was  commenced,  and  this  led  to  the  introduction  of  negro 
slavery. 

During  the  Seventeenth  Century  the  island  was  kept  in  a 
state  of  perpetual  fear  of  invasions  by  the  French,  Dutch, 
English,  and  the  pirates  who  infested  the  seas. 

In  1762  the  English,  under  Lord  Albemarle,  attacked  the 
city  of  Habana,  and  on  August  14,  after  a  siege  of  two 
months,  the  city  and  island  capitulated.  By  the  treaty  of 
Paris,  February,  1763,  Cuba  was  returned  to  Spain. 

In  1790  Las  Casas  was  appointed  captain  general,  and  during 
his  regime  the  island  passed  through  an  epoch  of  prosperity 
and  advancement.  He  inaugurated  a  system  of  public 
improvements,   built  macadamized  roads,   laid    out  parks, 

(1) 


2  HISTORICAL   SKETCH. 

erected  many  public  buildings,  and  constructed  fortifications, 
many  of  which  are  standing  to-day. 

In  1796  the  Count  of  Santa  Clara  succeeded  Las  Casas,  and 
he  also  took  a  great  interest  in  the  welfare  of  Cuba. 

A  royal  decree  was  issued  in  1825  giving  the  captain  gen- 
eral of  Cuba  absolute  control,  making  him  subject  only  to  the 
reigning  power  of  Spain.  The  consequence  has  been  that 
since  that  time  Cuba  has  been  ruled  by  a  succession  of  auto- 
crats, sent  from  the  Peninsula,  with  no  interest  whatever  in 
the  welfare  of  the  island  or  its  people,  save  to  raise  a  revenue 
for  the  crown  greater  than  that  of  his  predecessor,  pay  the 
expenses  of  his  regime,  eiirich  his  own  purse,  and  then  return 
to  Spain  to  be  the  envy  of  the  grandees. 

During  the  latter  part  of  the  Eighteenth  and  the  early  part 
of  the  Nineteenth  Century  a  number  of  insurrections  and 
revolts  were  instituted,  but  were  successfully  put  down  by  the 
Spaniards.  The  most  important  of  these  occurred  in  1837-29, 
when  Cuban  refugees  in  Mexico  and  the  United  States  planned 
an  invasion  of  Cuba.  They  organized  throughout  Mexico,  the 
United  States,  and  Colombia  branches  of  a  secret  society 
known  as  the  "Black  Eagle."  On  account  of  the  anti-slav- 
ery sentiment,  which  was  beginning  to  show  itself  in  these 
countries,  the  scheme  proved  a  failure. 

A  more  serious  insurrection  occurred  in  1844,  when  the 
slaves  on  the  sugar  plantations,  especially  in  the  Province  of 
Matanzas,  revolted.  TLey  were  finally  subdued,  and  over 
1,300  persons  convicted  and  punished. 

President  Polk  made  a  proposition  in  1848  for  the  purchase 
of  the  island  by  this  Government  for  $100,000,000,  but  the 
proposition  was  withdrawn  on  account  of  the  anti-slavery 
sentiment  of  the  North  and  West. 

In  1854  preparation  was  made  in  Cuba  and  the  United  States 
for  another  attempt  at  insurrection,  but  before  the  plans  of 
the  revolutionists  were  fully  matured  the  leaders  were 
betrayed,  arrested,  and  executed. 

During  the  next  fourteen  years  the  island  enjoyed  a  period 
of  comparative  quiet  and  prosperity. 

In  1868  a  revolution  broke  out  in  Spain,  and  in  October  the 
natives  of  Cuba  took  up  arms  and  declared  their  indepen- 
dence. During  this  period  many  of  the  nations  of  the  West- 
ern Hemisphere  recognized  the  Cubans  as  belligerents. 
Spain  did  not  succeed  in  putting  down  this  rebellion  until 
1878. 


SIZE   AND   SHAPE.  3 

About  this  time  Spain  was  engaged  in  wars  with  Morocco, 
Chili,  Mexico,  Peru,  and  Cochin  China,  and  for  the  purpose 
of  keeping  up  these  wars  Cuba  was  called  on  to  furnish  the 
larger  portion  of  the  means.  Revenues  were  raised,  and  the 
poor  Cubans  taxed  to  the  utmost,  each  paying  from  three  to 
six  dollars  per  capita.  At  one  time  the  Cuban  debt  reached 
nearly  a  billion  and  a  quarter  of  dollars,  and  for  the  past 
twenty  years  the  island  has  been  paying  an  annual  revenue 
to  the  Crown  of  from  §25,000,000  to  $40,000,000.  It  was  dur- 
ing this  war  that  the  American  ship  Virginius  was  captured 
by  the  Spaniards,  her  cargo  confiscated,  and  many  of  her 
passengers  executed  as  revolutionists.  This  act  nearly  brought 
on  a  war  between  Spain  and  the  United  States. 

In  1880  slavery  was  totally  abolished  in  the  island. 

During  the  latter  part  of  the  year  1894  another  revolution 
broke  out  on  the  island.  At  first  the  Spaniards  considered  it 
nothing  more  serious  than  a  riot,  but  they  soon  found  the 
revolution  to  be  general  throughout  the  island,  and  backed 
by  the  most  influential  of  its  citizens.  It  was  a  down-trodden 
people  fighting  for  independence. 

On  February  15,  1898,  the  United  States  battleship  Maine 
was  blown  up  in  the  harbor  of  Habana. 

So  much  sympathy  had  been  shown  by  the  citizens  of  this 
country  for  the  Cubans  and  their  cause  that  the  Administra- 
tion soon  took  a  decisive  step  in  the  matter.  By  an  Act  of 
Congress,  approved  April  25,  1898,  it  was  declared  that  war 
did  exist,  and  had  existed  since  April  21,  1898,  between  the 
United  States  and  the  Kingdom  of  Spain,  whereupon,  the  Presi- 
dent, in  a  proclamation  dated  April  26,  1898,  declared  and 
proclaimed  the  existence  of  war.  After,  an  unprecedented 
campaign  by  the  United  States,  Spain  asked  for  terms  of 
peace,  and  on  August  12  an  agreement  was  signed  by  repre- 
sentatives of  the  two  countries  for  a  suspension  of  hostilities, 
and  a  committee  appointed  from  each  country  to  arrange  the 
terms  of  peace. 

SIZE   AND   SHAPE. 

Cuba  is  larger  than  all  the  rest  of  the  Antilles  put  together. 
Its  length,  following  a  curved  line  through  its  center,  is  730 
miles,  and  its  average  breadth  is  80  miles.  Its  area  is  43,319 
square  miles.  It  is  irregular,  shaped  somewhat  like  a  half 
moon,  long  and  i?  arrow,  extending  from  east  to  west,  its  con- 
vex part  facing  the  north.  It  has  a  coast  line  of  about  2,200 
miles,  or,  including  all  indentations,  nearly  7,000  miles. 


LOCATION. 


LOCATION. 


It  lies  between  74°  and  85°  west  longitude,  and  19°  and  23° 
north  latitude.  It  is  situated  at  the  entrance  to  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  and  divides  that  entrance  into  two  passages,  that  to 
the  northwest  being  130  English  miles  wide  at  the  narrowest 
part,  between  the  points  of  Ycacos,  in  Cuba,  and  Sable,  on  the 
Florida  coast,  and  the  southwest  passage  of  nearly  the  same 
width,  between  the  Cabo  de  San  Antonio  of  Cuba,  and  the 
Cabo  de  Catoche,  on  the  most  salient  extremity  of  the  Penin- 
sula of  Yucatan.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Florida, 
Ocampo,  and  Old  Bahama  channels ;  on  the  east  by  the  Strait 
of  Maisi ;  on  the  south  by  the  Strait  of  Colon  and  the  sea  of 
the  Antilles ;  and  on  the  west  by  the  Strait  of  Yucatan.  The 
neighboring  countries  are:  On  the  north,  Florida,  100  miles 
distant ;  on  the  east,  Haiti  or  San  Domingo,  48  miles  distant ; 
on  the  south,  Jamaica,  87  miles  distant ;  and  on  the  west,  the 
Peninsula  of  Yucatan,  124  miles  distant, 

Cuba  and  her  adjacent  islands  are  of  the  utmost  strategic 
importance.  Situated  as  the  islands  are,  where  the  Caribbean 
Sea  and  Gulf  of  Mexico  join,  they  are  the  keys  which  control 
that  vast  body  of  water  between  the  two  Americas.  And 
when  the  great  canal  of  Nicaragua  is  completed,  the  occupancy 
and  possession  of  Cuba  will  not  only  give  us  the  control  of  the 
western  Atlantic,  but  make  us  sovereigns  over  the  eastern 
Pacific,  as  far  as  situation  is  concerned. 

In  case  of  war,  during  the  invasion  of  our  country  by  a 
foreign  foe,  our  control  of  these  islands  would  become  almost 
a  necessity  for  the  protection  of  our  southern  coast. 

The  extent  of  the  Cuban  coast  line,  its  numerous  harbors, 
and  the  many  directions  from  which  it  can  be  approached, 
are  especially  advantageous,  for  they  convey  power.  They 
decrease  the  danger  of  a  total  blockade,  to  which  all  islands 
are  subject,  to  a  minimum. 

Regarded  as  a  naval  base,  Cuba  renders  itself  self  support- 
ing by  its  own  products,  and  by  the  accumulation  of  foreign 
imports.  Its  peculiar  shape  is  such  that  supplies  can  be  con- 
veyed from  one  point  to  another  according  to  the  needs  of  the 
fleet,  on  short  notice,  and  its  many  magnificent  bays  and 
harbors  could  be  used  as  a  refuge  for  vessels  where  they  could 
make  repairs,  obtain  supplies,  and  concentrate  their  forces, 
safe  from  the  scrutinizing  gaze  of  the  enemy,  and  at  the  same 
time  protect  the  American  ports  along  the  gulf.     On  account 


DISTANCES   FROM   HABANA — ADMINISTRATION.  5 

of  the  close  proximity  of  the  island  to  the  United  States,  its 
possession  by  a  foreign  power  wonld  be  advantageous  to  its 
fleet  in  sustaining  a  blockade  of  our  southern  coast.  On  the 
other  hand,  our  possession  of  the  island  would  render  such  a 
blockade  very  difficult. 

The  island  being  situated  midway  between  North  and  South 
America,  and  being  within  easy  sailing  distance  of  the  most 
important  Atlantic  ports  of  both  Europe  and  America,  as 
shown  by  the  table  of  distances  given  below,  makes  it  a  good 
rendezvous  for  the  mobilization  of  our  navai  forces,  should  it 
ever  become  necessary  to  establish  a  patrol  of  the  Atlantic. 

TABLE  OF  DISTA^•CES  FROM  HABANA. 

Miles. 

Key  West 100 

New  Orleans 690 

Mobile 640 

Tampa 350 

Savannah --. 613 

Charleston . 662 

Philadelphia.-.. .- ---.  1,137 

New  York 1,215 

Boston 1,348 

Quebec 2,421 

VeraCrnz 809 

Rio  de  Janeiro -. 3,536 

Buenos  Ajtcs .-- _. .-- 4,653 

Montevideo 4,553 

Port  of  Spain 1,521 

Bermuda ---  1,150 

Gibraltar . 4,030 

Plymouth  (Eng.) 3,702 

ADMINISTRATION    (UNDER   SPANISH   RULE). 

Cuba  has  enjoyed  representation  in  the  Spanish  Cortes 
since  the  passage  of  the  act  of  January  9,  1879.  The  Prov- 
ince of  Habana  sends  three  senators  to  Madrid,  and  each  of 
the  other  five  provinces  two.  The  archbishopric  of  Santiago 
sends  one,  the  University  of  Habana  sends  one,  and  the 
Society  of  the  Friends  of  the  Country  one.  Thirty  deputies, 
alloted  according  to  population,  are  sent  to  the  House  of 
Deputies.  These  are  elected  by  popular  ballot,  in  the  ratio 
of  one  representative  for  every  50,000  inhabitants.  It  is  said 
that  out  of  30  deputies  elected  in  1896,  26  were  natives  of 
Spain,  and  therefore  the  natives  were  in  a  hopeless  minority, 
worse  than  the  Irish  members   in  the  British  Parliament. 


6  ADMINISTRATION   UNDER   SPANISH   RULE. 

The  divisions  of  provinces  and  their  parliamentary  representa- 
tion are  regulated  by  the  decree  of  June  9,  1878. 

The  military  government  has  at  its  head  a  captain  general 
{ipso  facto  governor  general)  with  a  Spanish  army  of  13,000 
troops,  paid  out  of  the  Cuban  budget. 

The  captain  general  is  appointed  by  the  Crown,  usually  for 
three  or  five  years,  with  rank  of  lieutenant  general  and  full  title 
of  governor  and  captain  general.  He  is  the  supreme  head  of 
the  civil,  ecclesiastical,  military,  and  naval  organizations  in 
the  island.  He  has  a  council  of  administration  of  30  mem- 
bers, 15  appointed  by  the  Crown  and  15  elected  by  the  prov- 
inces, according  to  population.  These  elections,  however,  are. 
so  controlled  as  to  give  the  Spanish  Government  a  safe 
majority  of  25  to  5,  To  make  this  majority  still  more  safe, 
the  governor  general  may  suspend  from  1  to  14  at  will,  or 
all  upon  consulting  a  peculiar  body  called  the  "Council  of 
Authorities."  The  members  of  this  council  serve  without 
pay.  Its  duties  are  to  prepare  the  budget  and  pass  resolu- 
tions (quasi  acts)  on  all  necessary  public  matters.  If  the 
governor  general  likes  these  resolutions,  he  gives  effect  to 
them. 

The  council  of  authorities  is  composed  of  the  archbishop  of 
Santiago  (when  present),  the  bishop  of  Habana,  the  com- 
manding officers  of  the  army  and  navy,  the  chief  justice  of 
the  supreme  court  of  Habana,  the  attorney  general,  the  head 
of  the  department  of  finance,  and  the  director  of  the  local 
administration.  The  heads  of  executive  departments  are  not 
members  of  this  council,  but  the  heads  of  departments  are. 
They  do  not  hold  regular  sessions,  but  are  called  together  as 
occasion  may  require,  but  their  conclusions  have  no  binding 
effect. 

The  administration  in  each  province  is  conducted  by  a 
governor,  appointed  by  the  Crown,  who  is  an  officer  of  the 
army  of  the  rank  of  major  general  or  brigadier  general,  and 
is  directly  responsible  to  the  governor  general.  There  is  also 
in  each  province  an  elective  assembly  of  not  less  than  12  nor 
more  than  20  members,  according  to  population.  They  are 
elected  for  four  years,  and  one-half  the  number  are  replaced 
every  second  year.  The  elections  are  held  in  the  first  half  of 
September,  and  sessions  twice  a  year.  On  meeting,  the  first 
business  is  to  ballot  for  three  candidates,  from  which  list  the 
captain  general  appoints  one  as  speaker.     He  may,  however, 


ADMINISTRATION — OROGRAPHY.  7 

disregard  tlie  names  presented  and  appoint  any  other  member. 
Moreover,  the  governor  of  the  province  may,  at  his  pleasure, 
preside  and  vote ;  and  if,  in  his  judgment,  the  public  interest 
demands  it,  he  may  prorogue  the  assembly  and  report  his 
action  to  the  governor  general.  The  latter  has  the  authority 
to  suspend  any  of  the  provincial  assemblies  and  report  the 
fact  to  the  Government  at  Madrid. 

The  provincial  governor  nominates  five  members  of  the 
assembly,  to  be  appointed  by  the  governor  general  as  a  local 
council  or  cabinet.  As,  however,  the  powers  and  duties  of 
the  provincial  governments  are  only  equal  to  those  of  county 
boards  in  the  United  States,  it  is  easily  seen  that  the  home 
rule  accorded  to  Cuba  has  its  limits. 

City  governments  are  formed  on  the  same  general  plan  as 
the  provincial.  The  board  of  aldermen  may  consist  of  any 
number,  from  5  to  30  inclusive,  according  to  population.  They 
elect  one  of  their  number  as  mayor;  but  the  governor  general 
may  substitute  any  other  member. 

The  judicial  system  of  Cuba  includes  two  superior  courts 
(audiencias),  one  sitting  at  Puerto  Principe,  for  the  two  east- 
ern provinces,  and  the  other  at  Habana  for  the  four  western 
provinces.  Inferior  to  these  is  a  network  of  judicial  districts 
and  local  magistracies.  The  judicial  system  is  less  important, 
because  under  the  decree  of  June  9, 1878,  the  governor  general 
has  authority  to  overrule  any  decision  of  any  court,  and  even 
to  suspend  any  law  or  order  emanating  from  the  Government 
at  Madrid. 

OROGRAPHY. 

Cuba  is  generally  low  and  swampy  along  its  coast.  Espe- 
cially is  this  true  of  the  southern  coast,  while  the  interior  of 
the  island  is  high  table-land. 

There  are  many  mountain  ranges  in  the  interior,  some 
reaching  an  elevation  of  over  6,000  feet  above  sea  level.  There 
are  also  a  few  ranges  close  to  the  coast  in  the  provinces  of 
Santiago  de  Cuba  and  Pinar  del  Rio.  While  the  mountain 
ranges  as  a  rule  run  east  and  west,  there  are  numerous  short 
spurs  at  either  extremity  of  the  island  which  take  a  north- 
easterly and  southwesterly  direction,  and  a  few  run  north  and 
south.  There  are  no  known  volcanoes  in  Cuba  or  in  the  Isle 
of  Pines. 

The  various  ranges  will  be  described  under  the  provinces  in 
which  they  are  located. 

7739 2 


HYDROGRAPHY — CLIMATE. 


HYDROGRAPHY. 


On  account  of  the  peculiar  shape  of  the  island,  being  long 
and  narrow,  with  its  highlands  in  the  interior,  nearly  all  of 
the  rivers  flow  to  the  north  or  south,  and  are  therefore  neces- 
sarily short.  The  majority  of  them  are  mere  streams  and 
creeks,  rising  in  the  mountains  of  the  interior,  and  emptying 
into  the  sea  on  the  north  or  south  coast.  There  are  few  navi- 
gable rivers,  and  these  for  but  a  short  distance  from  their 
mouths,  and  only  for  small  coasters  and  canoes.  The  longest 
and  most  important  river  of  Cuba  is  the  Cauto,  in  the  Pro- 
vince of  Santiago  de  Cuba. 

In  the  interior  there  are  many  pretty  lakes  and  bayous,  and 
while  some  of  them  are  very  picturesque,  like  the  rivers,  they 
are  of  little  importance  commercially.  Many  of  these  lakes 
and  bayous  are  salt  water  bodies. 

CLIMATE. 

Situated  within  and  near  the  border  of  the  northern  tropical 
zone,  the  climate  of  the  low  coast  lands  of  Cuba  is  that  of  the 
torrid  zone,  but  the  higher  interior  of  the  island  enjoys  a 
more  temperate  atmosphere.  As  in  other  lands  on  the  border 
of  the  tropics,  the  year  is  divided  between  a  hot,  wet  season, 
corresponding  to  the  northern  declination  of  the  sun,  and  a 
cool,  dry  period.  From  May  to  October  is  called  the  wet 
season,  though  rain  falls  in  every  month  of  the  year.  With 
May  spring  begins,  rain  and  thunder  are  of  almost  daily 
occurrence,  and  the  temperature  rises  high,  with  little  varia- 
tion. The  period  fromi  November  to  April  is  called  the  dry 
season.  For  seven  years  the  mean  annual  rainfall  at  Habana 
in  the  wet  season  has  been  observed  to  be  27.8  inches,  and  of 
the  dry  months  12.7,  or  40.4  inches  for  the  year.  The  eastern 
part  of  the  island  receives  more  rain  than  the  western.  There 
are  seldom  over  twenty  rainy  days  in  any  one  month,  the 
average  being  from  eight  to  ten.  The  rainfall  is  generally  in 
the  afternoon,  and  on  an  average  there  are  only  seventeen 
days  in  the  year  in  which  it  rains  in  both  forenoon  and  after- 
noon. At  Habana,  in  the  warmest  months,  those  of  July  and 
August,  the  average  temperature  is  82°  F.,  the  maximum  being 
88°,  and  the  minimum  76°;  in  the  cooler  months,  December 
and  January,  the  thermometer  averages  72°,  the  maximum 
being  78°,  and  the  minimum  58°.     The  average  temperature 


DISEASES  AND   HYGIENIC   MEASURES. 


9 


of  the  year  at  Habana,  on  a  mean  of  seven  years,  is  77° ;  but 
in  the  interior,  at  elevations  of  over  300  feet  above  the  sea, 
the  thermometer  occasionally  falls  to  the  freezing  point  in 
winter.  Hoar  frost  is  not  uncommon,  and  during  north 
winds  thin  ice  may  form,  though  snow  is  unknown  in  any 
part  of  the  island.  It  hails  frequently.  The  prevailing  wind 
is  the  easterly  trade  breeze,  but  from  November  to  February 
cool  north  winds,  rarely  lasting  more  than  forty-eight  hours, 
are  experienced  in  the  western  portion  of  the  island,  by  which 
is  added  a  third  seasonal  change.  From  10  to  12  o'clock  are 
the  hottest  hours  of  the  day ;  after  noon  a  refreshing  breeze 
sets  in  from  the  sea.  Hurricanes  may  occur  from  August  to 
October,  but  sometimes  five  or  six  years  pass  without  such  a 
storm. 

The  following  table  shows  the  meteorological  conditions  at 
Habana : 


Months. 


Tem- 
pen- 
tore. 


Humid- 
ity. 


Bainy 
d»y8. 


Condition  of 
sky. 


Bainfall. 


j 

hi4*et. 

8 

2.5 

7 

2.1 

6 

2.4 

4 

1.2 

8 

3.6 

10 

5.1 

12 

5.6 

13 

4.8 

14 

6 

i      9 

3.2 

8 

3.3 

Cloudy 
day& 


Clear 
days. 


January  ._ 
February  . 

March 

April 

May 

June - 

July 

August  — 
September 
October . . . 
November 
December . 


°  F. 

71 
74 
74 
76 
78 
81 
82 
82 
80 
79 
75 
73 


Means  or  totals i    77 


PeroaU. 

82 

84 

82.8 

82.4 

85.4 

85 

87.6 

88.2 

88.2 

85.2 

86.2 

84.8 


85.15 


104 


41.0 


26 
20 
24 
25 
23 
24 
25 
25 
23 
24 
22 
24 


80  '  285 


DISEASES   AND   HYGIENIC   MEASURES. 

The  worst  place  for  foreigners  on  their  arrival  in  Cuba  is 
the  coast,  and  the  important  cities  are  generally  located  along 
the  worst  part  of  the  coast.  It  is  better  to  arrive  in  a  cool 
season,  and  even  then  the  heat  will  necessitate  the  changing 
of  all  woolen  garments  for  those  of  linen  or  cotton.  The 
sickly  or  indolent  appearance  of  the  whites  of  the  country  is 


10  DISEASES   AND   HYGIENIC   MEASURES. 

soon  acquired,  activity  and  spirits  diminish,  the  body  be- 
comes heavy,  and  the  skin  becomes  covered  with  abundant 
perspiration,  due  to  anaemia,  all  of  which  shows  that  the  person 
is  becoming  acclimated.  This  period  will  not  usually  exceed 
a  year,  during  which  time  one  should  guard  against  any  ex- 
cess of  work  or  pleasure,  late  evenings,  bodily  or  mental 
fatigue,  exposure  to  the  sun,  or  rapid  cooling  oft",  or  any  cause 
that  might  produce  illness.  Exposure  to  the  sun  in  an  un- 
healthy country  may  bring  on  fever,  which  generally  assumes 
the  character  of  yellow  fever;  sudden  cooling  off  is  also  the 
cause  of  many  diseases.  When  the  skin  is  covered  with  per- 
spiration, it  should  not  be  exposed  to  a  draft  of  cold  air,  nor 
should  clothes  saturated  with  water  or  perspiration  be  left 
on,  but  should  be  changed,  if  possible,  the  body  being  first 
wiped  dry  and  rubbed  with  cane  brandy  or  rum. 

Exercise  on  foot,  horseback,  or  in  a  carriage  is  necessary 
for  one  who  is  visiting  this  land  for  the  first  time,  but  only 
in  the  morning  and  evening ;  washing  and  bathing  are  also 
very  good,  first  in  tempered  and  after  a  few  days  in  cold 
water ;  baths  should  not  be  taken  after  hard  work,  and  the 
best  time  is  the  morning  or  at  noon,  after  the  body  has  been 
at  rest. 

While  ready  perspiration  is  one  of  the  essentials  to  the 
preservation  of  health,  danger  also  lurks  in  it,  for  when  in 
such  a  condition,  a  few  moments  in  the  shade,  exposed  to  a 
breeze,  Will  bring  on  a  cold  more  quickly  here  than  in  any 
other  place  outside  the  tropics.  If  it  is  noticed  that  the  per- 
spiration is  stopping  on  a  warm  day,  a  physician  should  be 
consulted  immediately,  and  also  in  the  case  of  giddiness,  head- 
ache, etc. 

Cotton  garments  are  much  better  than  those  of  linen,  for 
they  absorb  less  perspiration  and  render  the  skin  less  suscep- 
tible to  chills.  The  soldiers  of  the  French  and  English  armies 
in  the  Antilles  use  flannel  waistcoats  to  guard  the  body  as 
much  as  possible,  and  prevent  evaporation,  by  keeping  it 
always  at  an  even  temperature ;  this  article  of  clothing  is  very 
suitable  for  those  who  are  predisposed  to  chest  ailments. 

The  best  field  outfit  is  a  light-weight  poncho  of  such  pro- 
portions that  it  can  be  used  for  an  external  blanket,  or  when 
spread  over  a  hammock,  forms  a  protection  from  dew  at 
night.  This  hammock  cover  should  be  a  very  light  blanket, 
preferably  of  some  other  material  than  woolen,  in  order  to 
discourage  vermin. 


DISEASES   AND   HYGIENIC   MEASURES.  11 

As  to  food,  the  visitor  should  neither  imitate  tne  sober 
habits  of  the  Creole,  nor  continue  the  diet  observed  at  home, 
but  he  should  adopt  a  medium,  and  use  wholesome  and 
nutritious  meats,  and  the  salt  and  fresh  water  fish  that 
abound  in  these  regions.  He  should  not  disdain  the  vegeta- 
bles and  plants  which  the  Creoles  do  not  like.  It  is  also  well 
to  use  certain  condiments,  such  as  pepper,  cloves,  alspice, 
cinnamon,  and  others  that  heighten  and  flavor  food  and  aid 
digestion;  though  used,  they  should  not  be  abused.  The 
moderate  use  of  certain  tropical  fruits  to  which  northerners 
are  accustomed,  such  as  oranges,  lemons,  limes,  and  pine- 
apples, is  advantageous  without  question,  but  there  are  hosts 
of  others,  mostly  of  a  soft,  squashy  nature,  and  a  sweet  sickish 
taste,  such  as  the  mango,  sapote,  alligator  pear,  etc.,  that  it 
is  wise  to  avoid.  The  combination  of  alcohol  with  them  is 
almost  deadly,  and  here,  on  its  native  heath,  it  is  well  to  let 
the  banana  alone. 

Persons  from  the  north  are  always  anxious  to  taste  Cassava 
bread.  It  is  wise,  therefore,  to  warn  those  not  fully 
acquainted  with  the  poisonous  character  of  the  root  from 
which  it  is  made  not  to  try  experiments  in  this  direction, 
unless  satisfied  that  the  product  is  made  by  some  loyal  Cuban 
who  is  familiar  with  the  substance  that  is  being  dealt  with. 

Excess  in  eating  and  drinking  should  be  avoided,  as  it 
produces  intestinal  disorders  which  result  in  grave  diseases. 
The  slow  and  continuous  use  of  alcohol  causes  a  marked 
deterioration  in  the  constitution,  being  one  of  the  greatest 
obstacles  to  acclimatization ;  it  diminishes  the  appetite  and 
retards  acclimatization.  However,  a  little  rum  mixed  with 
water  is  a  stimulating  and  wholesome  drink,  especially  on 
hot  days.  Soft  drinks  and  lemonade  are  not  good,  as  they 
cause  a  kind  of  plethora  which  turns  into  diarrhoea.  Fruits 
produce  the  same  effect,  and  it  is  necessary  to  be  careful  of 
the  least  indisposition  which  tends  toward  diarrhoea. 

In  Cuba  the  slightest  wounds  on  the  legs  or  feet  quickly 
ulcerate.  A  scratch,  which  might  be  cured  by  two  or  three 
days'  rest,  turns  into  an  ulcer  from  continual  marching  and 
friction,  and  a  soldier  is  soon  unfitted  for  service. 

The  following  suggestions  regarding  health  will  be  found 
useful : 

Never  start  out  early  in  the  morning  without  having  taken 
at  least  a  cup  of  coffee,  but  do  not  eat  heartily  at  that  time. 


12  DISEASES   AND   HYGIENIC   MEASURES. 

Breakfast  should  be  taken  before  the  troops  are  called  upon 
for  marching,  work,  or  exercise  of  any  kind.  Meals  should 
be  taken  at  regular  hours,  and  should  be  warm.  No  raw  food 
of  any  kind  should  ever  be  eaten.  Hot  coffee  and  a  biscuit 
should  be  eaten  by  each  man  before  going  on  guard  at  night. 

Only  boiled  water  should  be  used  for  drinking ;  if  one  must 
march  during  the  day,  he  should  fill  his  canteen  with  coffee 
or  tea  before  starting  out ;  this  will  insure  the  water  having 
been  boiled.  No  intoxicating  liquor  of  any  kind  should  be 
drunk.     Drink  cocoanut  milk  in  preference  to  anything  else. 

Do  the  hardest  work  of  the  day  between  6  and  11  in  the 
morning,  then  eat  breakfast,  take  a  siesta,  and  remain  quiet 
until  3  p.  m.  Avoid  the  midday  sun  as  much  as  possible, 
but  if  exposed  to  it,  be  careful  in  cooling  off".  All  marching 
should,  if  possible,  be  avoided  during  the  heat  of  the  day. 

Dress  lightly,  avoiding  woolen,  medical  statements  to  the 
contrary  notwithstanding.  Protect  the  legs,  preferably  with 
canvas  leggings. 

Always  examine  your  bed  and  blankets  before  retiring.  If 
possible,  bedding  should  be  aired  daily. 

Always  have  quinine  and  antiseptics  with  you.  The  former 
should  be  taken  every  morning  before  breakfast. 

Men  should  not  be  allowed  to  sleep  on  the  ground,  if  it  can 
possibly  be  avoided;  a  hammock  should  be  used,  on  which 
a  poncho  should  be  placed  beneath  the  other  bedding. 

If  occupying  a  house,  the  windows  and  doors  should  be 
closed  at  dusk. 

Avoid  getting  wet,  and  change  wet  clothes  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible ;  never  put  on  damp  clothing.  Alternate  with  two  suits 
of  underclothing,  allowing  the  undersuit  worn  one  day  to 
hang  and  dry  during  the  next. 

Straw  hats  should  be  worn  during  the  day,  but  at  night  the 
men  should  wear  some  sort  of  cap  which  they  can  keep  on 
their  heads  while  sleeping. 

When  in  camp  all  refuse  from  the  kitchen  should  be  burned ; 
latrines  should  be  inspected  daily,  and  disinfected  as  far  as 
possible. 

The  gravest  as  well  as  the  most  common  of  the  diseases  in 
Cuba  are  the  following : 

Yellow  fever,  diarrhoea,  dysentery,  and  paludism  (swamp 
or  malarial  fever),  to  which  must  be  added  liver  complaints, 
which  often  accompany  them,  and  diseases  produced  by  cer- 
tain insects  and  worms.     Traumatic  and  infantile  tetanus, 


DISEASES   AND   HYGIENIC   MEASURES.  13 

convulsions,  intermittent  fevers,  smallpox,  and  phthisis  are 
frequent,  as  well  as  cardiac  affections.  Cases  of  pneumonia, 
strangles,  and  hydrophobia  are  rare. 

Every  foreigner,  upon  arriving  in  Cuba,  should  observe  a 
severe  regime  in  his  manner  of  living  until  he  has  become 
acclimated.  He  must  impoverish  his  blood  to  an  extent 
which  in  other  climates  might  cripple  his  health,  but  rich 
blood,  so  enviable  in  northern  countries,  is  injurious  in  Cuba. 
He  will  inevitably  have  to  suffer  the  "vomito"  or  acclimat- 
ing fever ;  in  order  to  prevent  this  from  turning  into  yellow 
fever  (vomito  negro),  he  must  purge  himself  thoroughly  upon 
his  arrival,  preferring  for  the  purpose  acid  purgatives.  He 
must  drink  no  coffee  or  alcoholic  drinks.  At  his  meals, 
which  ought  to  be  as  plain  as  possible,  he  should  drink  water 
mixed  with  a  little  wine.  Orangeade  or  lemonade  are  very 
good  if  taken  before  breakfast  or  between  meals,  but  they  are 
very  injurious  if  taken  during  the  process  of  digestion.  He 
should  bathe  frequently  in  lukewarm  water;  cold  water  may 
be  more  agreeable,  but  it  is  very  injurious. 

Fear  and  apprehension  are  fatal  to  this  disease.  One 
should  remember  that,  if  hygiene  be  observed,  "the  vomito" 
is  not  always  dangerous,  and.  that  many  have  passed  through 
it  without  realizing  serious  effects. 

The  symptoms  of  this  disease  are  always  alike.  The  first 
day  there  is  a  great  headache  and  sometimes  dizziness.  .  On 
the  second  day  all  the  bones  of  the  body  ache  as  in  the  grip, 
and  when  the  pain  fixes  itself  in  the  hips  and  about  the  waist 
the  pulse  becomes  altered.  Upon  feeling  the  first  headache, 
one  should  refrain  from  eating.  If  it  is  three  hours  since  the 
last  meal,  there  should  be  taken  immediately,  even  before  the 
doctor's  arrival,  a  strong  purgative  of  oil,  although  a  purga- 
tive of  lemonade  or  citrate  of  magnesia  may  have  been  taken 
the  day  before.  One  or  the  other  of  the  above  remedies 
should  be  taken  once  a  week  after  arriving  in  Cuba.  The  day 
on  which  the  weekly  purgative  is  taken  a  strict  diet  should  be 
observed.  Until  acclimated  it  is  well  not  to  dance  or  become 
overheated  in  any  way. 

It  may  be  stated  of  yellow  fever,  that  if  properly  treated, 
less  than  8  per  cent  of  the  patients  die.  The  remedies  ordi- 
narily used  are  citrate  of  magnesia  or  castor  oil  and  lime 
juice.  In  general,  the  yellow  fever  epidemic  appears  every 
ten  years.     It  is  well,  if  possible,  to  leave  the  coast  regions 


14  DISEASES   AND   HYGIENIC   MEASURES. 

and  go  to  the  mountainous  ones,  as  tlie  fever  seldom  goes 
beyond  certain  altitudes. 

Tetanus,  or  lock  jaw,  is  the  most  fatal  of  the  diseases  which 
attack  unacclimated  persons,  especially  those  whose  work 
involves  much  exposure  to  the  weather.  Injuries  to  the  feet 
are  exceedingly  prone  to  result  in  tetanus.  Any  injury  to 
the  foot  should  be  very  carefully  looked  after,  and  open  sores 
should  be  guarded  from  the  wet. 

Intermittent  fever  is  usually  contracted  in  the  swampy 
districts.  There  is  little  use  in  keeping  the  patient  on  the 
island  after  the  fever  has  been  contracted ;  he  should  be  gotten 
away  as  soon  as  possible.  This  is  also  true  of  all  the  forms 
of  malaria. 

Leprosy  is  a  disease  that  prevails  to  a -considerable  extent, 
and  it  is  said  there  are  more  lepers  in  Cuba  than  in  the  Sand- 
wich Islands.  In  the  opinion  of  a  physician  from  Toledo, 
Ohio,  no  white  man  is  liable  to  its  attacks,  though  he  advised 
avoiding  too  close  contact  with  those  afflicted,  especially  with 
the  Chinese,  who  frequently  have  it,  but  who  conceal  the  fact 
as  long  as  possible.  That  form  of  it  known  as  elephantiasis, 
producing  abnormal  swelling  of  the  lower  extremities,  is 
frequently  seen  in  the  streets  of  Habana,  and  is  in  no  sense 
considered  contagious. 

While  much  that  has  been  written  concerning  Cuba  would 
seem  to  indicate  that  it  is  a  veritable  pest  hole,  such  descrip- 
tions actually  cover  only  the  worst  conditions,  and  compara- 
tively a  small  portion  of  the  island,  for  probably  at  least  two- 
thirds  of  it  is  as  healthy,  even  in  the  summer,  as  any  country 
in  the  world. 

Cases  of  longevity  are  not  wanting;  there  are  numerous 
instances  where  natives  have  attained  100  years,  some  130 
years,  and  there  is  even  one  known  to  have  lived  to  the  age 
of  150.  Longevity  is  most  frequent  among  the  colored  pop- 
ulation. 

The  sickly  season,  according  to  the  latest  edition  of  "The 
Navigation  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  and  Gulf  of  Mexico,"  is  as 
follows : 

THE  NORTH   COAST. 

Fevers,  more  or  less  malignant,  prevail  from  May  to 
November. 

Baracoa. — Remittent  fever  is  at  times  prevalent  at 
Baracoa,  but  the  place  is  generally  healthy,  owing  to  the 
exposed  position 


DISEASES   AND   HYGIENIC   MEASURES.  15 

NuEViTAS  DEL  Principe. — The  health  of  the  city  is  good, 
the  sickly  season  being  from  April  to  September. 

Habana. — Yellow  fever  is  endemic.  The  sickly  season  is 
from  Jane  to  October.  As  there  is  little  ebb  and  flow  of  the 
tide  in  the  harbor,  the  water  is  filthy  and  foul  smelling.  The 
water  should  not  be  used  for  washing  decks  or  clothing. 

Bahia  Honda. — The  health  of  the  place  is  good,  except  in 
the  sickly  season,  which  commences  in  April  and  lasts  through 
the  summer. 

Port  Mariel. — It  is  generally  healthy,  the  sickly  season 
being  from  April  to  September. 

THE  SOUTH   COAST. 

Santiago  de  Cuba. — The  place  is  healthy,  but  in  summer 
yellow  fever  occurs.  The  mornings  and  afternoons  are  pleas- 
ant.    Liberty  to  go  ashore  should  not  be  given  here. 

Cienfuegos. — The  sanitary  condition  is  good,  the  city 
being  clean. 

PREVALENCE  OF  YELLOW  FEVER  AT  PORTS  OF  ENTRY. 

1.  Habana. — Annual  prevalence  since  1761,  the  chief  center 
of  infection,  and  most  dangerous  to  shipping. 

2.  Matanzas. — Annual  prevalence  since  1828,  and  proba- 
bly much  longer ;  an  important  center  of  infection,  but  less 
dangerous  to  shipping  than  Habana. 

3.  Cardenas. — Annual  prevalence  certainly  since  1836,  and 
it  was  not  founded  until  1828.  It  is  an  important  center  of 
infection,  but  not  specially  dangerous  to  shipping,  because 
of  the  distance  at  which  vessels  anchor  from  shore. 

4.  Cienfuegos. — Annnual  prevalence  since  at  least  1839, 
and  it  was  not  founded  until  1819-1825.  It  is  a  dangerous 
center  of  infection,  but  like  Mantanzas,  has  a  very  large 
harbor,  and  is  less  dangerous  than  Habana  to  shipping. 

5.  Sagua. — Some  cases  of  yellow  fever  occur  annually,  but 
vessels  are  very  rarely  infected,  as  these  anchor  several  miles 
distant  from  the  coast,  and  Sagua  is  ten  miles  inland. 

6.  Baracoa. — Yellow  fever  occurs  occasionally,  but  not 
annually  as  an  epidemic. 

7.  Caibarien. — Cases  of  yellow  fever  occur  frequently,  but 
not  every  year.  Very  little  danger  to  vessels,  as  these  anchor 
many  miles  distant. 


16  DISEASES   AND   HYGIENIC   MEASURES. 

8.  Trinidad. — Annual  prevalence  certainly  since  1838,  and 
probably  longer.  The  liarbor  is  not  believed  to  be  specially 
dangerous  to  vessels. 

9.  Santiago  de  Cuba. — Annual  prevalence  certainly  since 
1851,  and  probably  very  much  longer.  It  is  a  noted  center 
of  infection,  and  its  small  harbor  is  more  dangerous  to  the 
shipping  than  any  other  port  in  the  whole  island. 

10.  Manzanillo. — Annual  prevalence.  It  is  in  constant 
communication  with  Santiago  de  Cuba,  Trinidad,  and  Cien- 
fuegos.  As  vessels  anchor  in  the  open  sea  several  miles  from 
shore,  they  probably  suffer  little. 

11.  Las  Nuevitas  del  Principe. — Annual  prevalence. 
Vessels  anchor  a  mile  or  more  distant,  and  are  in  but  little 
danger. 

12.  Guantanamo. — Annual  prevalence.  The  town  is  about 
seven  miles  from  the  harbor,  and  vessels  are  probably  little 
exposed  to  infection. 

13.  GiBARA. — Cases  of  yellow  fever  do  not  occur  every  year. 
Vessels  anchor  distant  from  the  shore,  and  are  in  little  danger. 

14.  Zaza. — Cases  of  yellow  fever  do  not  occur  every  year. 
Vessels  are  probably  in  very  little  danger. 

15.  Santa  Cruz. — Cases  of  yellow  fever  occur  in  the  major- 
ity of  years.  Vessels  anchor  far  from  shore,  and  are  in  little 
danger. 

SEAPORTS  WHICH   ARE  NOT  PORTS   OF  ENTRY. 

16.  Bahia  Honda. — Yellow  fever  is  not  endemic;  it  is 
even  said  to  be  "unknown,"  and  to  present  no  cases  "either 
indigenous  or  imported." 

17.  Batabano. — Very  few  cases  occur. 

18.  Cabanos. — Cases  occur  very  rarely,  and  the  disease  is 
not  endemic. 

19.  ISLA  DE  PiNOS. — Cases  occur  very  seldom,  and  it  is  as 
remarkably  free  as  Bahia  Honda  from  the  disease. 

20.  Mariel. — Yellow  fever  is  not  endemic  here. 

21.  Puerto  Padre. — The  disease  is  not  endemic. 

INLAND  TOWNS. 

22.  Bayamo. — Occasionally  epidemic,  but  not  annually 
endemic. 

23.  Bejucal, — Suffers  little  from  yellow  fever. 

24.  CiEGO  de  Avila. — Not  endemic. 

25.  CoBRE. — Yellow  fever  is  not  endemic. 

26.  Colon. — Yellow  fever  is  not  endemic. 


INSECTS.  17 

27.  GuANABACOA. — Cases  occur  annually. 

28.  GuANAJAY. — Cases  occur  in  the  majority  of  years. 

29.  GuiNES. — Yellow  fever  is  not  endemic. 

30.  HoLGUiN. — Several  epidemics  since  1851,  but  cases  do 
not  occur  every  year. 

31.  JucAKO. — Endemic. 

32.  Mariaxao. — Endemic. 

33.  M ATARI. — Not  endemic. 

34.  Palma  Soriano. — Not  endemic. 

35.  PiNAR  DEL  Rio. — Not  endemic. 

36.  Puerto  Principe. — Endemic. 

37.  Remedios. — Endemic. 

38.  San  Antonio. — Endemic. 

39.  Sancti  Spiritus. — Endemic. 

40.  San  Jose  de  las  Lajas. — Endemic. 

41.  Santa  Clara. — Cases  occur  in  the  majority  of  years. 

42.  Santiago. — Endemic. 

43.  Victoria  de  las  Tunas. — Cases  occur  in  the  majority 
of  years. 

The  above  forty-three  places  are  all  those  from  which  trust- 
worthy information  was  secured,  and  it  appears  that  of 
twenty-one  seaports,  yellow  fever  occurs  annually  in  ten  of 
them,  and  does  not  occur  annually  in  the  remaining  eleven; 
while  in  the  twenty-two  inland  towns,  its  prevalence  varies 
in  proportion  to  the  extent  of  their  commerce  with  perma- 
nently infected  centers,  and  with  the  number  of  immigrants ; 
so  that  the  above  list  tends  very  strongly  to  prove  that  sea- 
ports in  Cuba  are  no  more  liable  to  yellow  fever,  solely  because 
located  on  the  sea,  than  are  inland  towns.  Yet  the  contrary 
has  long  been  taught. 

The  Isle  of  Pines,  Bahia  Honda,  Cabanas,  Mariel,  Zaza,  and 
other  preeminently  maritime  places  in  Cuba  suffer  little,  if  at 
all,  with  yellow  fever. 

insects. 

Among  the  poisonous  insects  are  centipedes,  tarantulas, 
scorpions,  mosquitoes,  and  sand  flies. 

Of  flies  alone  over  300  species  are  known.  The  one  most  to 
be  dreaded  is  called  rodador  (the  roller),  thought  by  the  peo- 
ple to  be  a  mosquito,  which  fills  itself  with  blood  like  a  leech 
and  when  satiated  drops  off  and  rolls  away.  Still  worse  is 
the  jejen  (another  supposed  mosquito),  so  small  as  not  to  be 


18  INSECTS — ANIMAL   LIFE, 

visible  to  the  naked  eye,  but  its  sting  is  felt.  Neither  nets, 
smoke,  nor  any  other  defenses  are  of  any  avail  against  it. 
The  only  recourse  is  flight. 

An  annoying  and  dangerous  pest  is  found  in  the  chigoe  or 
jigger,  a  small  insect  closely  resembling  the  common  flea. 
The  female  burrows  under  the  skin  of  the  foot  or  under  the 
finger  or  toe  nails,  and  soon  acquires  the  size  of  a  pea,  its 
body  being  distended  with  eggs.  If  these  eggs  be  allowed  to 
hatch  underneath  the  skin,  irritating  and  dangerous  sores  re- 
sult. The  insect  must  be  extracted  entire  and  with  great  care  as 
soon  as  its  presence  is  discovered.  Similar  precautions  must 
be  taken  in  regard  to  common  ticks,  which  abound  especially 
in  fields  where  hogs  have  been  allowed  to  run  at  large.  The 
wound  made  by  extracting  a  chigoe  or  a  tick  should  be  care- 
fully washed,  coal  oil  applied,  and  outside  moisture  excluded 
for  at  least  48  hours. 

ANIMAL   LIFE. 

The  only  peculiar  animal  in  the  island  is  the  jutia^  shaped 
like  a  rat  and  from  12  to  18  inches  long,  exclusive  of  the  tail. 
A  few  deer  are  found  about  the  swamps,  but  they  are  sup- 
posed to  have  been  introduced  from  Europe.  The  woods 
abound  in  wild  dogs  and  cats,  sprung  from  those  animals  in 
a  domestic  state  and  differing  from  them  only  in  form  and 
size.  Of  domestic  animals,  the  ox,  the  horse,  and  the  hog  are 
the  most  valuable,  and  form  a  large  proportion  of  the  wealth 
of  the  island;  sheep,  goats,  and  mules  are  less  numerous. 
There  are  some  4, 000, 000  head  of  the  domestic  animals  just  men- 
tioned. The  manati  (sea-cow)  frequents  the  shore.  The 
domestic  fowls  include  geese,  turkeys,  peacocks,  and  pigeons. 
There  are  over  200  species  of  indigenous  birds,  and  more  than 
700  kinds  of  fish  in  the  rivers,  bays,  and  inlets.  Numerous 
insects  and  non venomous  reptiles  inhabit  the  woods  and 
mountains.  Oysters  and  other  shellfish  are  numerous,  but  of 
inferior  quality.  Turtles  abound,  and  the  cayman  (crocodile) 
and  iguana  (a  kind  of  lizard)  are  common.  Snakes  are  not 
numerous.  The  maja,  12  or  14  feet  in  length  and  18  or  20 
inches  in  circumference,  is  the  largest,  but  is  harmless ;  the 
juba,  which  is  about  6  feet  long,  is  venomous. 

The  domestic  animals  let  loose  in  the  island  from  the  earliest 
period  of  its  occupation  have  found  a  place  favorable  for  their 
reproduction ;  but,  while  increasing,  they  have  also  undergone 
certain  modifications.     Cuban  horses  of  the  Andalusian  race 


ANIMAL   LIFE — GEOLOGY.  19 

have  lost  in  stature  and  breadth  of  chest,  but  they  have  gained 
in  sobriety,  endurance,  and  vitality.  Before  the  great  insur- 
rection of  1868  they  were  so  numerous  throughout  the  island, 
and  especially  in  the  central  and  western  regions,  that  nobody 
traveled  afoot.  To-day  the  number  of  saddle  animals  has 
greatly  diminished  in  proportion  to  the  inhabitants,  and 
nowhere  are  wild  horses  found,  as  they  formerly  were  in 
Romano  Cay,  in  the  Nipe  savannas,  and  other  isolated  regions. 
Asses  are  not  numerous,  being  kept  mainly  for  breeding  pur- 
poses. Mules  are  used  for  transportation  in  the  mountainous 
regions.  The  camel  of  the  Canaries,  which  was  introduced 
at  one  time,  did  not  succeed,  owing  to  the  niguas,  a  species  of 
insect  which  wounded  its  feet.  In  certain  parts  of  the  island, 
especially  in  the  district  of  Baracoa,  the  ox  is  used  both  as  a 
beast  of  burden  and  in  driving.  Goats  and  sheep  have  not 
thrived  so  well  in  Cuba  as  hogs  and  cattle ;  the  goat  has  lost 
its  vivacity,  while  the  sheep,  being  poorly  cared  for,  has 
replaced  its  fleece  by  a  coat  of  hair. 

GEOLOGY. 

The  larger  portion  of  the  following  description  is  taken  from 
Humboldt's  Narrative,  Vol.  VII.  Although  the  work  is  old, 
yet  it  is  still  the  best  authority  on  the  above  subjects  obtainable : 

The  island  of  Cuba,  for  more  than  four-fifths  of  its  extent, 
is  composed  of  low  lands.  The  soil  is  covered  with  secondary 
and  tertiary  formations,  formed  by  rocks  of  gneiss,  granite, 
syenite,  and  euphotide.  The  island  is  crossed  from  east- 
southeast  to  west-northwest  by  a  chain  of  hills,  which  ap- 
proach the  southern  coast  between  the  meridians  of  the  cities 
of  Puerto  Principe  and  Villa  Clara ;  while  more  to  the  west, 
near  Alvarez  and  Matanzas,  they  stretch  toward  the  northern 
coast,  going  from  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Grande  to  Villa  de  la 
Trinidad.  The  hills  of  San  Juan  on  the  northwest  form  nee- 
dles or  horns  more  than  900  feet  high,  from  which  declivities 
go  regularly  toward  the  south.  This  calcareous  group  has  a 
majestic  aspect,  seen  from  the  anchorage  near  Cayo  de  Pie- 
dras.  Sagua  and  Batabano  are  low  coasts,  and  west  of  the 
meridian  of  Matanzas  there  is  no  hill  more  than  1,200  feet 
high,  with  the  exception  of  Pan  de  Guaixabon.  The  land  of 
the  interior  is  generally  undulating,  and  rises  from  250  to  325 
feet  above  sea-level. 


20  GEOLOGY. 

The  decreasing  level  of  the  limestone  formations  of  the  island 
of  Cuba  toward  the  north  and  west  indicates  a  submarine  con- 
nection of  those  rocks  with  the  lands  equally  low  of  the  Ba- 
hama Islands  of  Florida  and  of  Yucatan. 

It  is  probable  that  the  alluvial  deposits  of  auriferous  sand, 
which  were  explored  with  so  much  ardor  at  the  beginning  of 
the  Spanish  conquest,  came  from  the  granite  formations  in 
the  western  part  of  the  island.  Traces  of  the  sand  are  still  to 
be  found  in  the  Holguin  and  Escambray  rivers. 

The  central  and  western  portions  of  the  island  contain  two 
formations  of  compact  limestone,  one  of  clayey  sandstone,  and 
another  of  gypsum.  The  former  is  white,  or  of  a  clear  ochre 
yellow,  with  dull  fractures,  sometimes  conchoidal,  and  some- 
times smooth,  and  furnishes  petrifications  of  pecten  cardites, 
terebellidae  and  madrepores.  No  oolitic  beds  are  found,  but 
porous  beds  almost  bulbous  are  seen  near  Batabano.  Yel- 
lowish, cavernous  strata,  with  cavities  from  3  to  4  inches  in 
diameter,  alternate  with  strata  altogether  compact  and  poorer 
in  petrifications. 

The  chain  of  hills  that  borders  the  plain  of  Giiines  towards 
the  north,  belongs  to  the  latter  variety,  which  is  reddish- 
white  and  almost  lithographic.  The  compact  and  cavernous 
beds  contain  pockets  of  brown  ochraceous  iron.  Perhaps  the 
red  earth  so  much  sought  after  by  the  planters  of  coffee  is 
produced  by  the  decomposition  of  some  superficial  beds  of 
oxidized  iron  mixed  with  silica  and  clay,  or  perhaps  by  reddish 
sandstone  superposed  on  limestone.  The  whole  of  this  forma- 
tion might  be  designated  as  the  limestone  of  Guines,  to  dis- 
tinguish it  from  another  much  more  recent.  It  forms,  in  the 
hills  of  San  Juan,  steep  declivities,  resembling  the  mountains 
of  limestone  of  Coripe  in  the  vicinity  of  Cumana.  They  con- 
tain great  caverns,  the  most  prominent  being  near  Matanzas 
and  Jaruco.  There  are  numerous  caverns,  and  where  the 
pluvial  waters  accumulate  and  disappear  in  small  rivers,  they 
sometimes  cause  a  sinking  of  the  earth. 

To  the  secondary  soil  belongs  the  gypsum  of  the  island.  It 
is  worked  in  several  places.  We  must  not  confound  this  lime- 
stone of  Guines,  sometimes  porous,  sometimes  compact,  with 
another  formation  so  recent  that  it  seems  to  have  augmented 
in  our  days,  i.  e.,  the  calcareous  agglomerates,  on  the  islands 
that  border  the  coast  between  Batabano  and  the  Bay  of  Xagua. 


GEOLOGY.  21 

At  the  foot  of  Castillo  de  la  Punta  are  sliel"\5es  of  cavernous 
rocks,  which  are  covered  with  verdant  alvse  and  living  poly- 
piers.  Enormous  masses  of  madrepores  and  other  lithophyte 
corals  are  set  in  the  texture  of  those  shelves.  This  would 
lead  one  to  the  conclusion  that  the  whole  of  this  limestone 
rock,  which  constitutes  the  greater  part  of  the  island,  is  due 
to  the  uninterrupted  action  of  productive  organic  forces,  an 
action  which  is  still  in  operation  in  the  depths  of  the  ocean ; 
but  these  limestone  formations  soon  vanish  when  the  shore  is 
quitted,  and  series  of  coral  rocks  are  seen,  containing  forma- 
tions of  different  ages — the  muschelkalk,  the  Jura  limestone, 
and  the  coarse  limestone.  The  same  coral  rocks  as  those  of 
Castillo  and  La  Punta  are  found  in  the  lofty  inland  mountains, 
accompanied  by  petrifications  of  bivalve  shells,  very  different 
from  those  which  are  actually  seen  on  the  coasts  of  the  Antilles. 
There  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  relative  antiquity  of  that  rock, 
with  respect  to  the  calcareous  agglomerates  of  the  Cayos.  The 
globe  has  undergone  great  revolutions  between  the  periods 
when  those  two  soils  were  formed,  one  containing  the  great 
caverns,  the  other  daily  augmenting  by  the  agglomeration  of 
fragments  of  coral  and  quartzous  sand. 

On  the  south  of  the  island  of  Cuba  the  latter  of  these  soils 
seems  to  be  superposed,  sometimes  on  the  Jura  limestone  of 
Gliines,  and  sometimes  immediately  on  the  primitive  rocks. 

The  secondary  formations  on  the  east  of  Habana  are  pierced 
in  a  singular  manner  by  syenitic  and  euphotide  rocks,  united 
in  groups.  The  southern  bottom  of  the  bay,  as  well  as  the 
mouth,  are  of  Jura  limestone,  but  on  the  eastern  bank  of  the 
Ensenadas  de  Regla  and  Guanabacoa  the  whole  is  transition 
soil.  In  going  from  north  to  south  we  find  syenite,  composed 
of  a  great  quantity  of  amphibole,  partly  decomposed,  a  little 
quartz,  and  a  reddish-white  feldspar,  seldom  crystallized. 
Farther  south,  toward  the  small  bays  of  Regla  and  Guana- 
bacoa, the  syenite  disappears,  and  the  whole  soil  is  covered 
with  serpentine,  rising  in  hills  from  190  to  255  feet  high,  and 
running  from  east  to  west. 

This  rock  is  much  fissured,  externally  of  a  bluish  brown, 
covered  with  detritus  of  manganese,  and  internally  of  a  leek 
and  asparagus  green,  crossed  by  small  veins  of  asbestus.  It 
contains  neither  granite  nor  hornblende,  but  metalloide  dial- 
lage  is  disseminated  throughout  the  mass.  Many  of  the  pieces 
of  serpentine  have  magnetic  poles.     In  approaching  Guana- 


22  GEOLOGY — MINERALS. 

bacoa,  the  serpentine  is  crossed  by  veins  from  12  to  14  inches 
thick,  filled  with  fibrous  quartz,  amethyst,  fine  mammelones, 
and  stalactiform  chalcedonies. 

Some  copper  pyrites  appear  among  these  veins,  accompanied, 
it  is  said,  by  silvery  gray  copper.  In  some  place  spetroleum 
runs  out  from  rents  in  the  serpentine.  Springs  of  water  are 
frequent,  containing  sulphureted  hydrogen,  and  a  deposit  of 
oxide  of  iron. 

Volcanic  rock  of  a  more  recent  period,  as  trachyte,  dolerite, 
and  basalt,  has  not  been  discovered  on  the  island. 

MINERALS. 

The  island  of  Cuba  has  a  great  variety  of  minerals,  gold, 
silver,  iron,  copper,  lead,  asphaltum,  antimony,  platinum, 
petroleum,  marble,  jasper,  etc.,  being  found  in  a  greater  or 
less  quantity.  As  yet,  no  coal  has  been  found,  although  a 
substance  resembling  it  is  much  used  as  fuel,  and  generally 
called  coal  by  the  natives.  Gold  and  silver  have  not  been 
found  in  paying  quantities,  although  the  early  settlers  mined 
a  considerable  amount  of  each. 

Lead. — So  little  seems  to  be  produced  that  it  is  unnecessary 
to  consider  the  output. 

Iron. — Large  deposits  are  found  in  the  province  of  Santiago 
de  Cuba  and  Pinar  del  Rio.  Its  output  to  the  United  States 
is  very  large. 

Copper. — Large  deposits  are  found  in  Santiago  de  Cuba, 
but  have  not  been  much  mined,  on  account  of  the  revolution 
and  heavy  taxes. 

Asphaltum. — Deposits  of  asphaltum  are  of  frequent  occur- 
rence in  various  parts  of  the  island,  and  have  been  mined  and 
exported  to  some  extent. 

Antimony. — Antimony,  with  lead,  is  said  to  exist  near 
Holguin. 

Petroleum. — Crude  oil  is  found,  but  the  mineral  oil  in  use 
comes  from  the  United  States  in  the  crude  state.  There  are 
several  refineries  near  Habana. 

Sulphur. — Deposits  of  pure  sulphur  probably  do  not  exist, 
but  the  presence  of  sulphur  is  shown  in  the  various  mineral 
springs. 

Salt. — Salt  is  deposited  in  great  quantities  in  various  parts 
of  the  island. 

Quicksilver. — It  is  said  that  in  former  times  some  quick- 
silver was  found  near  Remedios. 


MINERALS — FORESTRY.  23 

Clays. — Valuable  deposits  of  clays  are  found,  especially  in 
tlie  Isle  of  Pines. 

Lime. — Most  of  the  soft  limestones  make  excellent  lime,  and 
about  Habana  are  many  limestone  quarries  and  amongst  tbem 
kilns  for  burning. 

Building  Stone. — A  soft  carbonate  of  calcium  is  very 
common,  and  is  much  used  for  building  material  on  the 
island. 

Ochre. — Some  ochre  is  found  in  Mazanillo,  Santiago  de 
Cuba,  Santa  Maria  del  Rosario,  and  Guanabacoa. 

Chrome. — Deposits  of  this  pigment  have  been  worked  near 
Holguin. 

Chalk. — Chalk  is  found  near  Manzanillo  and  Moron. 

Marble. — This  is  found  in  great  abundance  in  many  places. 

Loadstone. — Large  quantities  of  loadstone  also  exist. 

Molding  Sand. — Near  Nueva  Filipina  a  fine  quality  of 
molding  sand  is  found. 

Talc. — Talc  is  also  found  in  the  island. 

forestry. 

It  is  estimated  that  there  are  about  20,000,000  acres  of  wild 
and  uncultivated  land  in  the  island  of  Cuba,  12,000,000  acres 
of  which  are  virgin  forest.  These  forests  are  to  a  great  extent 
dense  and  almost  impenetrable  in  some  sections,  especially 
the  eastern  portion  of  Santa  Clara  Province,  Puerto  Principe, 
and  some  parts  of  Santiago  de  Cuba.  The  Isle  of  Pines  is 
also  heavily  wooded.  The  forests  preserve  their  verdure 
throughout  all  seasons  of  the  year. 

The  palm  is  the  most  common  of  all  the  Cuban  trees,  and 
perhaps  the  most  valuable.  There  are  a  great  many  varieties. 
Of  these,  the  Palma  Real  (Royal  Palm)  is  the  most  common, 
and,  like  the  maguey  of  Mexico,  is  the  mainstay  of  the 
natives.  The  other  woods  of  importance  are  the  mahogany ; 
ebony ;  cedar ;  acana,  a  tree  with  a  hard  reddish  wood ;  gine- 
brahacha,  a  kind  of  fir;  guayacan;  jigui;  maranon,  a  tree 
which  yields  a  gum  resembling  gum  arable ;  oak ;  pino  de  tea, 
a  torch  pine ;  evergreen  oak ;  sabicu ;  ocuje,  a  wood  much  used 
for  construction  purposes ;  sabina ;  nogal ;  walnut ;  majagua, 
a  tree  from  which  very  durable  cordage  is  made ;  Brazilian 
wood;  capeche  wood;  fustic;  cocoa;  banana,  and  the  mag- 
nificent cieba. 

7739 — 3 


24  SOILS — PRODUCTS — FRUITS — POPULATION. 

SOILS. 

The  lands  most  celebrated  for  their  fertility  are  the  districts 
of  Sagua,  Gienfuegos,  Trinidad,  Matanzas,  and  Mariel.  The 
Valley  of  G nines  owes  its  reputation  to  artificial  irrigation. 
Notwithstanding  the  want  of  great  rivers,  and  the  unequal 
fertility  of  the  soil,  the  island  of  Cuba,  due  to  its  undulating 
surface,  its  continually  renewing  verdure,  and  the  distribu- 
tion of  its  vegetable  forms,  presents  at  every  step  the  most 
varied  and  beautiful  landscape. 

The  agriculturists  of  the  island  distinguish  two  kinds  of 
earth,  often  mixed  together  like  the  squares  of  a  draft 
board,  black  earth,  clayey  and  full  of  moisture,  and  red  earth, 
more  silicious  and  mixed  with  oxide  of  iron. 

The  black  earth  is  generally  preferred  for  the  cultivation 
of  the  sugar  cane,  because  it  conserves  humidity  better,  and 
the  red  earth  for  coffee ;  nevertheless,  many  sugar  plantations 
are  established  in  red  soil. 

The  section  around  Habana  is  not  the  most  fertile ;  and  the 
few  sugar  plantations  that  existed  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
capital  are  now  replaced  by  cattle  farms  and  fields  of  maize 
and  forage,  on  which  the  profits  are  considerable,  on  account 
of  the  demand  from  the  city. 

AGRICULTURAL    PRODUCTS. 

The  principal  agricultural  products  of  Cuba  are  sugar  cane, 
coffee,  tobacco,  cocoa,  cotton,  sarsaparilla,  vanilla,  copal, 
China  root,  Cassia,  Palma  Christi,  mustard,  pepper,  ginger, 
licorice,  balsam  de  Guatemala,  India  rubber,  etc.  The  three 
most  important  are  sugar,  tobacco,  and  coffee. 

FRUITS. 

The  fruits  of  Cuba  are  numerous  and  delicious.  Among 
them  are  the  pineapple,  custard  apple,  cocoanut,  plum,  guava, 
banana,  orange  (the  Cuban  orange  is  not  particularly  fine), 
citron,  lemon,  mango,  etc. 

POPULATION. 

While  the  area  of  Cuba  and  its  dependent  islands  is  nearly 
as  great  as  that  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  *  it  has  less  than 

♦Area  of  Pennsylvania,  45,215  square  miles;  estimated  population  1894, 
5,550,550.  Area  of  Cuba,  45^,124  square  miles;  estimated  population  in 
1894,  1,723,000. 


POPULATION. 


25 


one-third  as  many  inhabitants.  Yet,  when  it  is  borne  in 
mind  that  the  desert  sand-keys  that  skirt  the  island,  the  im- 
passable swamps  that  line  its  south  coast,  and  the  rugged 
and  unexplored  uplands  of  its  eastern  extremity,  altogether 
occupy  fully  one-fifth  of  its  area,  it  is  seen  that  Cuba  is  fairly 
well  inhabited.  Estimating  its  habitable  area  at  32,500 
square  miles,  it  is  seen  to  be  twice  as  densely  populated  as  the 
State  of  Missouri,  *  or  in  about  the  same  ratio  as  Virginia,  f 

Of  the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of  Cuba,  none  survived  to  see 
the  Seventeenth  Century.  The  present  population  may  be 
diA^ided  into  five  classes : 

1.  Natives  of  Spain — "Peninsulars." 

2.  Cubans  of  Spanish  descent — "Insulars." 

3.  Other  white  persons. 

4.  Persons  wholly,  or  in  part,  of  the  African  race. 

5.  Eastern  Asiatics. 

By  reckoning  the  first  three  classes  together  and  excluding 
the  fifth  entirely  the  usual  division  of  whites  and  negroes  is 
obtained.  It  has  been  customary  to  reckon  among  negroes 
persons  having  one-fourth,  one-half,  or  three-fourths  white 
blood,  and  there  is  no  end  to  the  subdivision.  This  is  philo- 
sophically unjust,  and  makes  the  negro  element  appear  larger 
than  it  really  is.  It  is  also  to  be  remembered  that  the  blood 
of  the  Latin  nations  mingles  with  that  of  other  races  more 
readily  than  does  the  Saxon.  The  following  statistics  of  the 
two  main  races  at  different  dates  show  the  percentage  of 
negroes : 


Tear. 

White. 

Negro. 

Per  cent. 

1804 

234,000 

198,000 

45.8 

1819 

239, 830 

213,203 

47 

1830 

332, 352 

423,343 

56 

1841 

418, 291 

589,333 

58.4 

1850 

479,490 

494, 252 

50.75 

1860 

632, 797 

566,632 

47 

1869 

797, 596 

602,215 

43 

1877 

985,325 

492,249 

33 

1887 

1,102,689 

485,187 

30.55 

♦State  of  Missouri:  Area,  69,415  square  miles;  population,  1,875,900. 
t State  of  Virginia:  Area,  42,450  square  miles;  population,  1,705,198. 


26 


LANGUAGE,  RELIGION,  AND  EDUCATION. 


It  is  especially  wortliy  of  note  that  for  thirty  or  forty  years 
the  negro  element  has  been  both  relatively  and  absolutely 
decreasing,  and  probably  at  the  present  time  it  composes  a 
little  more  than  one-fourth  of  the  whole  population. 

The  number  of  white  persons  of  other  blood  than  Spanish 
is  trifling,  and  has  been  estimated  at  10,500. 

There  is  yet  another  class  of  population — the  coolies,  or 
Asiatic  laborers  imported  from  the  Philippines.  The  state- 
ments of  their  numbers  are  so  conflicting  as  to  be  a  mere 
guess;  but  that  guess  would  put  them  at  30,000  to  40,000. 

The  most  recent  official  census  is  that  of  December,  1887. 
The  figures  in  the  following  table  are  taken  from  it,  and  give 
the  population  by  provinces,  as  well  as  the  density  of  popula- 
tion (number  of  inhabitants  per  square  kilometer)  in  each : 


Provinces. 

Inhabitants. 

Square 
Kilometers. 

Density. 

Pinar  del  Rio 

Habana 

225, 891 
451,928 
259, 578 
354, 122 
67, 789 
272, 379 

14, 967 
8,610 
8,486 
23, 083 
32, 341 
35, 119 

15.09 
52.49 
30.59 
15.34 
2.10 
7.76 

Matanzas 

Santa  Clara 

Puerto  Principe  ..- 
Santiago  de  Cuba.  - 

Totals 

1,631,687 

122, 606 

13.31 

LANGUAGE,    RELIGION,    AND   EDUCATION. 

The  only  language  spoken  in  the  island  is  Spanish, 
The  Roman  Catholic  has  been  the  only  religion  tolerated. 
There  are  no  Jewish  or  Protestant  places  of  worship ;  while  a 
person  complying  with  all  the  requirements  might  be  per- 
mitted to  remain  on  the  island,  he  would  not  be  allowed  to 
promulgate  doctrines  at  variance  with  those  of  the  established 
church.  Catholicism  is  supported  by  the  general  revenues  of 
the  island,  and  all  the  items  of  expense  are  determined  at 
Madrid.  The  amount  estimated  in  the  Cuban  budget  of 
1893-94  is  $385,588. 

The  educational  system  of  Cuba,  under  Spanish  rule,  is 
under  the  direction  of  the  governor  general  and  rector  of  the 
University  of  Habana^  both  being  natives  of  Spain  and  ap- 
pointed by  the  Crown, 


AGRICULTURE,  COMMERCE,  AND  INDUSTRY.  27 

The  Royal  University  of  Habana  has  five  departments,  viz, 
philosophy  and  letters,  medicine,  pharmacy,  law,  and  science. 
There  is  a  collegiate  institute  in  each  of  the  six  provinces 
empowered  to  confer  the  degree  of  bachelor  or  licentiate.  The 
total  number  of  students  in  these  institutes  is  2,909.  There 
is  the  Professional  School  of  the  Industrial  Arts,  with  53 
students,  and  the  Habana  School  of  Painting,  with  454. 
The  total  number  of  children  attending  the  public  or  municipal 
schools  was  38,106.  The  ratio  of  children  attending  the  com- 
mon school  is  1  to  45,  and  including  the  higher  schools  and 
excluding  the  institutions  of  private  benevolence  it  becomes 
1  to  46,  while  the  approximate  ratio  of  the  United  States  is  1 
to  5. 

The  amount  estimated  for  educational  purposes  was  (budget 
for  1893-94)  $137,760,  no  part  of  which  was  in  aid  of  any 
grade  of  common  schools. 

Education  was  made  compulsory  by  a  law  of  1880,  but  that 
again  is  an  instance  of  the  difi^erence  between  law  and  fact. 
The  law  is  nugatory  when  there  is  not  the  disposition  or  abil- 
ity to  provide  schoolhouses  and  teachers. 

AGRICULTURE,    COMMERCE,    AND   INDUSTRY. 

Agriculture  is  not  in  a  satisfactory  condition.  There  is  a 
lack  of  initiative  and  too  much  adherence  to  routine.  The 
prosperity  of  the  industry  in  the  island  is  due  more  to  the 
fertility  of  the  soil  and  the  excellence  of  the  climate  than  to 
the  energy  or  genius  displayed  in  agricultural  work. 

The  "ingenios"  or  sugar  plantations,  with  large  buildings 
and  mills  for  sugar  refining  and  distillation  of  rum,  are  the 
most  important  industrial  establishments  of  the  island.  They 
vary  in  extent  from  500  to  10,000  acres.  Of  late  years,  partly 
from  the  effects  of  the  insurrection  and  partly  from  rapidly 
extending  cultivation  of  beet  sugar  in  other  countries,  the 
demand  for  Cuban  sugar  has  been  diminishing,  and  the  sugar 
plantations  have  not  flourished.  The  United  States  takes 
about  70  or  80  per  cent  of  the  sugar  grown  in  Cuba,  the 
greater  part  of  the  remainder  passing  on  to  Europe.  The 
yield  in  1894-95  was  1,040,000  tons,  with  an  estimated  addi- 
tion of  400,000  tons  of  molasses. 

Next  come  the  "cafetales"  or  coffee  plantations.  They 
vary  in  extent  from  150  to  1,000  acres,  and  even  larger  in  the 
mountain  districts.     The  number  of  hands  employed  is  as 


28  EARTHQUAKES. 

high  as  100  in  the  low  country,  hut  the  general  average  is  50 
or  .60  negroes  to  1,000  acres.  The  first  coffee  plantation  was 
established  in  1748,  Though  at  one  time  coffee  was  sent  from 
Cuba  in  large  quantities,  it  does  not  now  figure  largely  in  the 
exports.  The  amount  produced  from  1875  to  1885  was  24,000 
hundredweight. 

Tobacco  is  indigenous  to  Cuba,  and  its  excellent  quality  is 
celebrated  in  all  parts  of  the  world.  The  best  tobacco  is 
raised  in  the  country  west  of  Habana,  known  as  "Yuelta 
Abajo,"  The  export  for  1892  was  240,000  bales,  and  166,710,000 
cigars. 

Among  the  other  industrial  establishments  of  Cuba  may  be 
mentioned  the  numerous  cattle  farms,  cotton  plantations, 
fruit  and  vegetable  farms,  cocoa  plantations,  and  "colme- 
nares,"  or  farms  devoted  to  the  production  of  honey  and  wax. 

There  existed  in  1894,  3,300  breeding  farms,  1,500  sugar- 
cane plantations,  1,000  coffee  plantations,  6,000  herds  of 
horses,  13  cocoa-bean  plantations,  9,500  tobacco  fields,  and 
2,300  bee  farms.  In  all,  100,000  city  and  30,000  country 
estates,  corresponding  to  70,000  proprietors. 

The  imports  consist  mainly  of  jerked  beef  from  South 
America,  codfish  from  the  British  North  American  provinces, 
flour  from  Spain,  rice  from  Carolina,  Spain,  and  the  East 
Indies,  wine  and  olive  oil  from  Spain,  boards  for  boxes  and 
barrels  from  North  America,  coal  from  Europe  and  North 
America,  and  petroleum  from  the  United  States,  besides  large 
quantities  of  British,  German,  and  Belgian  manufactures  and 
hardware.  Cattle  are  imported  from  Florida  and  the  coasts 
of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 

The  exports  consist  of  sugar,  tobacco,  coffee,  brandy,  cop- 
per, wax,  honey,  cotton,  leather,  horn,  cocoanut  oil,  timber, 
and  fruit. 

There  are  no  manufacturing  industries  of  importance  in 
the  island, 

EARTHQUAKES, 

Earthquakes  are  frequent  in  the  eastern  part,  particularly 
in  the  district  of  Santiago  de  Cuba,  but  are  insignificant  in 
the  center,  and  very  rare  in  the  western  department.  The 
last  one,  which  took  place  in  1880,  was  felt  in  the  capital;  it 
occasioned  great  havoc  and  ruin  in  San  Cristobal,  and  espe- 
cially in  Candelaria, 


RAILROADS.  29 


RAILROADS. 


The  first  railroad  built  in  Cuba  was  commenced  in  the  ^^ar 
1834,  running  from  Habana  to  Giiines,  a  distance  of  44  miles. 
In  1837  a  line  was  constructed  from  Nuevitas  to  Puerto 
Principe;  also  one  from  Cardenas  to  Bemba  (Jovellanos). 
From  time  to  time  other  lines  were  commenced,  some  of  which 
were  finished  and  are  to-day  a  part  of  the  railway  system  of 
the  island ;  others  were  abandoned  or  consolidated.  It  might 
be  said  that  they  commence  on  the  east  at  Santa  Clara  and 
terminate  at  Pinar  del  Hio  on  the  west,  the  objective  point 
being  the  city  of  Habana.  Though  the  various  lines  con- 
stituting the  railway  system  of  Cuba  are  owned  by  diiferent 
companies,  they  either  directly  or  by  connection  with  other 
lines  lead  to  Habana,  to  or  from  which  the  major  portion  of 
their  traffic  naturally  comes  or  goes.  Exceptions  are  to  be 
found,  however,  in  a  few  suburban  plantations  and  local  roads 
in  the  province  of  Santiago  de  Cuba  and  Puerto  Principe, 
with  possibly  one  or  two  similar  lines  elsewhere.  There  are 
in  all  some  1,100  miles  of  trackage  on  the  island  (not  includ- 
ing the  suburban  and  plantation  roads,  of  which  little  infor- 
mation is  obtainable).  While  the  lines  of  roads,  both  in 
number  and  mileage,  have  been  continually  growing,  rail- 
road construction  has  received  many  set  backs,  through  insur- 
rection, the  isolation  of  the  island  from  the  peninsula,  finan- 
cial and  industrial  stagnation,  and  the  lack  of  energy  and 
enterprise  of  the  natives. 

Construction. — The  roadbed  construction  of  the  Cuban 
railroads  is  in  accordance  with  both  the  American  method  of 
spiking  the  rails  directly  to  the  ties,  and  the  European  method 
of  laying  the  rails  on  iron  chairs  and  holding  them  there  by 
wooden  wedges.  Some  of  the  smaller  companies  have  used 
both  methods  on  the  same  line  of  road,  so  that  it  is  utterly 
impossible  to  state  how  much  of  each  kind  of  construction 
has  been  done. 

While  a  considerable  quantity  of  comparatively  heavy 
steel  rails  of  from  60  to  80  pounds  have  been  used,  by  far  the 
largest  portion  of  the  trackage  is  of  light  weight,  and  a  large 
amount  of  iron  rail  is  still  in  use. 

All  roadbeds  are  notoriously  rough,  generally  from  insuffi- 
cient ballast,  or  where  this  originally  has  been  put  in  from 
negligence  in  keeping  the  track  properly  surfaced,  which  in 


30  RAILROADS. 

a  country  possessing  Cuba's  peculiarities  as  to  soil  and  heavy 
rains,  should  be  carefully  looked  after. 

Should  it  be  found  necessary  during  military  operations  in 
the  island  to  tear  up  and  destroy  tracks,  which  have  been 
built  according  to  the  American  method,  it  should  be  borne  in 
mind  that  owing  to  the  hardness  of  the  ties  (in  some  instances 
the  ties  being  of  mahogany  and  ebony),  it  would  be  found 
almost  impossible  to  draw  the  spikes,  the  better  plan  being 
to  throw  the  track  over  bodily  and  build  fires  on  it.  Of 
course,  where  the  European  method  of  construction  has  been 
followed,  the  hardness  of  the  sleepers  will  prove  of  little  con- 
sequence. 

Do  not  take  it  for  granted  that,  should  a  railroad  bridge  or 
trestle  be  seen  in  the  distance,  or  be  shown  on  the  map,  it 
will  afford  a  means  for  marching  troops  across  the  streams 
or  chasms,  as  the  rails  over  the  trestles  are  generally  laid  on 
heavy  longitudinal  girders  of  heavy  wood.  The  girders  are 
held  in  position  by  widely  spread  trusses  mortised  into  their 
lower  sides,  not  a  tie  being  used.  Hence  for  foot  passage 
there  is  available  only  two  longitudinal  narrow  strips  over 
which  it  would  be  difficult  to  walk.  Some  of  the  trestles 
could  be  floored  by  placing  planks  across  them,  resting  on 
the  longitudinal  beams.  .  Many  of  the  trestles  and  bridges 
were  dynamited  by  the  insurgents  during  the  past  two  years, 
but  undoubtedly  are,  ere  this,  repaired. 

The  railways  generally  are  single  track  and  standard  gauge 
(4  feet  8-^  inches),  having  but  few  switches  or  turn  outs,  and 
it  is  unnecessary  to  say,  free  from  modern  safety  appliances. 

The  telegraph  service,  until  recently,  has  been  notably  poor, 
many  of  the  railways  being  entirely  destitute  of  either  tele- 
graph or  telephone  service.  It  is  understood,  however,  that 
Governmental  necessities  have  caused  them  to  be  much  im- 
proved of  late. 

Railroad  building  in  Cuba  is  accompanied  by  many  obsta- 
cles. On  the  table-lands  are  found  streams  and  chasms  which 
must  be  trestled,  numerous  hills  and  ridges  to  be  cut  through, 
while  the  forests  with  their  luxuriant  growth  of  vegetation 
are  almost^  impenetrable.  In  the  lowlands  are  to  be  found 
large  swamps  and  marshes,  which  must  be  crossed,  dense 
forests  and  numerous  low-banked  streams  which  so  often 
overflow  their  banks  and  flood  the  whole  country.  Besides, 
the  climatic  conditions  are  not  the  most  seductive  to  the  rail- 
road contractor. 


RAILROADS.  31 

Rolling  Stock. — The  rolling  stock  consists  principally  of 
the  American  type  of  locomotives  and  cars,  although  not  all 
are  of  American  manufacture.  The  locomotives  are  wood 
burners  and  neither  they  nor  the  passenger  and  freight  coaches 
are  as  large  as  those  used  in  this  country.  In  fact,  all  the 
equipment  reminds  one  of  the  small  American  railways  of 
thirty  years  ago. 

Military  Trains. — The  military  trains,  of  which  so  much 
has  been  heard  during  the  present  strife  in  Cuba,  are  to  be 
found,  not  only  on  the  trocha  military  roads,  but  on  nearly 
every  railway  line  in  Cuba.  They  ordinarily  consist  of  a 
locomotive,  an  armored  car,  and  then  a  car  containing  every 
kind  of  construction  and  wrecking  material.  Frequently  the 
military  trains  run  as  pilots  just  ahead  of  the  ordinary  trains, 
and  occasionally  a  passenger  car  or  two  is  attached  to  the 
train  above  described. 

Companies. — ^The  principal  companies  comprising  the  rail- 
way system  of  Cuba  are : 

Ferrocarriles  Unidos,  with  lines  from  Habana  to  Guanajay ; 
Habana  to  Matanzas  and  Bemba;  Habana  to  Batabano; 
Habana  to  La  Union ;  Giiines  to  Matanzas. 

Ferrocarril  Occidente,  running  from  Habana  to  Pinar  del 
Rio^  owned  by  an  English  sydicate. 

Ferrocarriles  Cardenas-Jucaro,  running  from  Cardenas  to 
Santa  Clara,  Bemba,  and  Colongeto. 

Ferrocarril  de  Matanzas,  from  Matanzas  to  Murga  and  Nava- 
jas  to  Venero  San  Juan. 

Ferrocarril  Cienfuegos-Santa  Clara,  from  Cienfuegos  to 
Santa  Clara,  with  several  branches. 

Ferrocarril  de  Sagua  La  Grande,  from  La  Isabel  to  Cruces, 
through  Sagua  La  Grande. 

Ferrocarriles  Unidos  de  Caibarien,  from  Cifuentes  to  Cai- 
barien;  Mamjuani,  etc. 

Ferrocarril  de  Puerto  Principe,  from  Puerto  Principe  to 
Nue vitas,  a  coast  town. 

Ferrocarril  de  Guantanamo,  a  short  line  connecting  Guan- 
tanamo  with  the  coast  (Caiman era). 

There  are  a  number  of  other  companies  of  more  or  less  local 
importance,  but  of  which  little  mention  need  be  made.  A 
full  description  and  itinerary  of  each  road  will  be  given  ac- 
cording to  province. 


32    MACADAMIZED  ROADS  AND  TURNPIKES — TROCHAS. 
MACADAMIZED  ROADS  AND  TURNPIKES. 

A  liberal  number  of  these  roads  are  shown  on  maps,  but  too 
great  reliance  on  their  actual  and  entire  existence  should  not 
be  had  because  of  this  fact. 

A  word  concerning  the  ordinary  routes  of  travel  should  be 
said,  which  will  fittingly  apply  to  the  railway  systems  of  the 
island.  Internal  means  of  communication,  on  an  extensive 
scale,  seems  never  to  have  been  considered  as  essential  to  Cuba. 
The  island  is  long  and  narrow,  and  possesses  many  fine  har- 
bors. Transportation  of  commodities  is,  therefore,  carried 
on  by  water;  the  land  transport  being  confined  to  the  short 
trips  from  the  inland  towns  to  the  seaports.  The  utilization 
of  such  means  for  every  character  of  trade  has  been  far  more 
extensive  than  is  indicated  by  any  list  of  coast-line  steamships. 
The  natural  tendency  of  travel  by  land  has  therefore  been  to 
the  nearest  seaport.  If  it  be  an  important  town,  a  scanty 
railway  system  may  extend  to  the  interior,  and  perhaps,  by 
accident  more  than  anything  else,  connect  with  some  other 
railroad,  or  some  improved  highways  may  have  been  built  to 
a  certain  extent  for  a  moderate  distance.  But  either  railroads 
or  highways  can  be  considered  only  as  abbreviated  main  stems 
of  travel,  terminating  short  of  the  points  which  they  should 
reach.  Highways  especially  show  less  and  less  improvement 
and  care  as  they  extend  away  from  their  important  terminals. 
An  entire  absence  of  improvements  may  occur  for  some  miles, 
to  be  renewed  again  as  the  road  approaches  some  other  impor- 
tant town.  A  few  miles  of  bad  road  in  either  direction  from 
a  main  line  of  travel,  or  of  intercepting  branch  lines,  is  con- 
sidered a  matter  of  little  importance  by  the  natives  or  even 
by  some  map  makers. 

The  principal  roadways  will  be  taken  up  separately  with 
reference  to  the  province  in  which  they  are  situated,  and  their 
location  and  importance. 

THE   TROCHAS, 

The  trocha  is  a  clear  space  from  one  hundred  to  two  hun- 
dred yards  wide,  on  either  side  of  which  trees  and  stumps  are 
piled  up  forming  a  barrier  through  which  it  is  almost  impos- 
sible to  pass.  At  intervals  along  this  clear  space  is  a  fort  of 
blockhouses.  These  blockhouses  are  of  three  kinds.  The 
larger  one  consisting  of  a  two-story  stone  house,  with  a  cellar 
beneath  and  a  watchtower  above,  from  which  can  be  seen  the 


THE   TROCHAS.  33 

next  fort.  On  many  of  the  towers  are  placed  powerful 
electric  search  lights.  Rifle  holes  pierce  the  walls  of  both 
stories,  and  in  many  of  these  fortifications  small  fieldpieces 
are  placed.  To  infantry  or  cavalry  they  present  a  very 
formidable  object  unless  heavy  guns  be  brought  to  bear  on 
them,  which  would  be  prevented  by  the  almost  impenetrable 
jungle  on  both  sides  of  the  trocha.  A  quarter  of  a  mile  from 
the  large  fort  is  a  two-story  blockhouse,  the  upper  portion 
being  constructed  of  wood  and  the  lower  portion  of  mud  and 
rock.  Between  the  two  large  blockhouses  above  described 
there  are  from  one  to  four  smaller  houses,  resembling  cattle 
pens.  They  are  mere  sheds,  holding  from  five  to  ten  men, 
having  iron  roofs  and  their  sides  boarded  up  with  heavy 
plank  so  that  a  person  can  barely  look  over  them  when  stand- 
ing in  the  blockhouse.  Between  the  blockhouses  are  strung 
innumerable  strands  of  barbed  wire,  and  along  many  of  the 
trochas  bombs  are  placed  at  intervals. 

On  many  of  the  trochas  a  railroad  traverses  the  center  of 
the  clearing,  serving  to  transport  troops  and  supplies  to 
various  portions  of  the  trocha.  The  trains  on  these  roads 
generally  consist  of  an  engine,  and  then  an  iron  car  or  two, 
whose  sides  are  pierced  with  rifle  holes.  Following  the  pro- 
tected coaches  is  a  car  containing  various  construction  and 
wrecking  material. 

While  the  Spaniards  have  placed  great  reliance  in  the 
trocha  as  a  system  of  defense,  their  heavy  barricade  of  timber 
on  either  side  would  make  an  excellent  hiding  place  for 
infantry,  which  could  pour  a  raking  fire  into  the  enemy 
within.  Besides,  the  trocha  is  not  sufficiently  wide  to  permit 
the  maneuvering  of  large  bodies  of  men. 

THE  MARTFJ.-ARTEMISAMAJA3IA  TROCHA. 

[March  31, 1896.] 

The  Mariel-Artemisa-Majama  trocha  seems  to  be  giving 
good  results.  Further  details  are  as  follows :  The  works,  over 
600  in  number,  cover  32  kilometers — from  the  banks  of  the 
River  Freire  (border  of  the  Ci^naga)  to  the  fortified  houses  of 
Mariel — and  are  divided  into  three  zones. 

Zone  stjr  (Ci^naga  to  Artemisa). — In  this  zone  it  was  nec- 
essary to  cut  the  military  line,  a  roadway  through  much  tim- 
ber or  undergrowth.  It  has,  as  key-points  for  defense,  the 
ranches  or  mills  of  Maravillas,  Neptuno,  Montoto,  Santa  Ana, 


34  THE  TROCHAS. 

Gabriela,  and  Ponton,  and  all  are  connected  by  small  forts  at 
a  distance,  as  a  rule,  of  not  over  400  meters  apart.  The  forts 
are  defended  in  front  by  lateral  trenches  of  various  forms,  a 
small  space  being  left  for  a  sortie.  This  space  is  covered  in 
advance  by  stockade,  barbed  wire,  abatis,  trous-de-loup,  etc. 
The  line  is  so  prepared,  however,  that  -defense  may  be  made 
as  well  against  an  attacking  force  from  the  east. 

Zone  centeal  (Artemisa  to  Guana  jay). — This  part  of  the 
line  has  a  fine  highway,  and  the  ground  generally  is  open ;  it 
has  few  hills  and  but  little  undergrowth.  The  defense  here 
is  almost  a  continuous  wall  formed  by  the  highway.  Key 
points  are  in  mills  or  ranches  of  Portazgo,  San  Jose,  Capote, 
Virtudes,  Calloa,  and  Castellano.  The  wall  referred  to  is 
covered  by  detached  forts  and  intrenched  camps,  revealing  an 
extraordinary  amount  of  labor. 

Zone  norte  (Guana jay  to  the  ocean,  near  Mariel). — Con- 
siderable broken  ground  or  country  crosses  this  section  of  the 
line.  The  base  of  defense,  however,  is  the  highway,  with 
fortifications  west  and  east  in  the  Lomas.  Key  points  are 
San  Francisco,  Canitas,  Martin,  Mesa,  Zayas,  and  Las  Canas. 

Great  care  has  been  taken  in  all  the  works,  slopes  being 
grassed,  trenches  sheltered  from  water,  and  boxes  provided 
for  sentinels.  The  maximum  distance  from  each  other  for 
sentinels  at  night  is  50  meters ;  patrols  are  constantly  out  in 
advance,  and  mounted  officers  constantly  pass  up  and  down 
the  line  to  see  that  the  orders  for  proper  vigilance  are  carried 
out.  The  force  on  the  line  numbers  some  12,000  men,  with 
30  guns,  and  1,000  horses.  A  flying  column,  for  use  in  case 
of  an  attack  by  the  enemy,  is  stationed  at  Artemisa.  This 
consists  of  four  squadrons  and  six  rapid-fire  guns. 

The  movable  reserve  of  cavalry,  with  two  pieces  of  rapid- 
fire  guns,  is  held  near  the  Pilar  sugar  works. 

Zone  sur. — The  special  reserves  for  Mariel-Guanajay  are 
held  at  the  sugar  plantations  of  Canitas,  Zayas,  and  San 
Francisco.  The  town  of  Guanajay  is  covered  by  a  number  of 
detached  forts. 

Zone  central. — Guanajay- Artemisa  is  a  very  open  coun- 
try. It  has  intrenched  camps  in  Castellano,  San  Jos^,  Vir- 
tudes, and  Portazgo.  This  zone  is  practically  a  continuous 
line  of  wall,  covered  by  detached  works.  The  city  of  Arte- 
misa is  well  fortified. 


THE   TROCHAS. 


35 


Zone  norte. — The  reserves  for  Artemisa-Majama  are  lield 
at  the  sugar  plantations  of  Waterloo,  Montoto,  Neptuno,  and 
Maravillas.  This  zone  has  a  continuous  line  of  forts  and 
trenches.     The  force  in  the  line  consists  of  about  13,000  men. 

This  trocha  is  now  (May  1,  1898)  reported  to  be  abandoned 
and  to  offer  no  serious  opposition  to  an  advance  of  troops. 

JUGARO  TROCHA. 

[Augusts  1896.] 

So  pleased  are  the  Spanish  with  the  Mariel  trocha  that  steps 
have  been  taken  to  repair  that  of  Jaruco,  famous  in  the  last 
war.  At  the  present  time,  in  the  61  kilometers  (39  miles)  of 
its  length,  there  are  only  10  small  forts,  with  a  force  of  some 
620  infantry  and  50  cavalry.  The  line,  now  in  the  hands  of 
the  engineers,  will  cover  66  kilometers — 63  from  Jucaro  to 
Mordn  and  3  from  Mor6ji  to  the  creeks.  It  will  follow  at  a 
distance  of  70  meters  the  line  of  the  railway.  Its  garrison  force 
is  placed  at  3,000  men,  but  this  will  no  doubt  be  soon  increased. 
The  works  of  defense  will  be  of  stone  and  mortar,  of  two 
stories,  with  watch  tower  8  meters  above  ground,  with  tele- 
phone, and  with  powerful  electric-light  reflectors.  Every  six 
forts  will  have  its  garrison  camp.  The  watch  tower,  it  is 
contemplated,  will  be  covered  with  railroad  iron.  There  are 
three  lines  of  torpedoes  (4,000  in  all)  in  the  present  plans,  the 
torpedo  defense  covering  600  meters  in  each  kilometer,  the 
forts  and  trenches  defending  the  remaining  -400  meters.  In 
each  line  the  torpedoes  will  be  placed  at  intervals  of  8  meters. 
All  timber  and  brush  will  be  cut  down  for  a  distance  of  500 
meters  on  each  side  of  the  line.  Water  will  be  furnished  by 
tubular  (driven)  wells.     The  cost  is  estimated  as  follows : 

Pesetas. 

Seventy  reflectors 150,000 

Torpedoes 140,000 

Wells 40,000 

Auxiliaiy  defenses .-- -. 55,000 

Sundries 25,000 

Telephones 30,000 

Total 440,000 

[July  18.  1897.] 

The  Jucaro  trocha  is  reported  on  June  22  as  having  com- 
pleted 60  towers  or  forts,  12  fortified  camps,  5  fortified  barracks, 
and  a  zone  (lighted),  6  yards  wide  and  68  kilometers  long,  from 


36  THE   TROCHAS. 

Jucaro  to  the  Leche  lake.  Each  tower  contains  an  electric-light 
reflector  and  a  telephone  station .  All  undergrowth  is  cut  away 
for  .150  yards  on  each  side  of  the  line  railroad,  and  this  road 
has  been  placed  in  thorough  order.  A  track  has  been  placed 
in  swampy  ground  from  Mordn  to  Laguna  Grande  (6  miles). 
The  electric  lights  disclose  the  condition  of  the  road  clearly 
for  700  yards,  the  light  being  so  powerful  as  to  permit  the 
reading  of  manuscript  at  that  distance.  The  towers  are  1 
kilometer  apart. 

[February  10.  1897.] 

Some  60  forts  have  been  erected  here  and,  abandoning  the 
use  of  torpedoes,  some  210  blockhouses  are  being  placed  be- 
tween the  detached  forts. 

This  trocha  was  reported  to  be  garrisoned  by  12,000  men  in 
November,  1897. 


CITY  OF  HABANA. 


DESCRIPTIVE. 


(37) 


"»'  THK 

i-NllVERSITY 


^>F 


CniFORH\^ 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page. 

1.  Historical  sketch - 41 

2.  Coat  of  arms 43 

3.  Location  and  population 43 

4.  Climate  and  meteorological  conditions,  earthquakes,  etc 44 

5.  Hills  and  elevations 45 

6.  Territorial  divisions :.  46 

7.  Streets 46 

8.  Architecture  - 47 

9.  Public  edifices - --- 49 

10.  Publicparks - -  50 

11.  Habana  Bay  and  Harbor 50 

12.  "Water  supply,  aqueduct,  etc - ..___. 56 

13.  Soil,  drainage,  etc 59 

14.  Inhabitants 60 


7739 1 


(39) 


CITY  OF  HABANA. 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH. 

Habana  does  not  enjoy  the  distinction  of  being  the  first 
capital  of  the  island  of  Cuba.     This  honor  belongs  to  Baracoa. 

Diego  de  Valazquez,  the  conqueror  of  the  island,  on  July  25, 
1518,  founded  a  town  on  an  unhealthy  site,  at  the  mouth  of 
the  river  Giiines  (where  the  present  city  of  Batabano  is 
located),  which  he  called  San  Cristobal.  Shortly  afterwards 
it  was  moved  to  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Almendares,  and  in  1519 
to  its  present  site  and  its  name  changed  to  Habana.  The  town 
grew  very  rapidly,  and  was  soon  considered  as  one  of  the  fore- 
most places  in  the  New  World. 

In  1538  the  town  was  destroyed  by  French  buccaneers,  but 
was  soon  restored  by  Hernando  (or  Fernando)  de  Soto,  who 
erected  the  first  fort — La  Fuerza. 

In  1650  the  residence  of  the  captain  general  and  the  seat  of 
government  were  transferred  to  Habana  from  Santiago  de 
Cuba,  which  was  at  that  time  the  capital  of  the  island. 

From  1551  to  1555  the  city  was  repeatedly  plundered  by 
Jacob  Sores  and  his  band  of  pirates,  and  in  1585  was  threat- 
ened by  Drake.  For  the  protection  of  the  city  against  the 
numerous  bands  of  pirates  which  infested  the  West  Indies, 
Philip  II.  ordered,  and  Captain  General  Don  Juan  de  Tejeda 
caused  the  erection  of  the  Bateria  de  la  Punta  and  the  much 
celebrated  "El  Castillo  del  Morro,"  of  which  so  much  has 
been  written  during  the  war  just  passed. 

From  the  beginning  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  Habana 
seems  to  have  suffered  less  from  pirates,  and  to  have  passed 
the  next  one  hundred  and  fifty  years  of  its  life  in  comparative 
peace. 

In  1634  the.importance  of  the  place  received  royal  recogni- 
tion, and  by  the  royal  cedula  of  May  24  Habana  was  called 
"Llave  del  Nuevo  Mundo  y  Antemural  de  las  Indias  Occi- 
dentales  "  [Key  of  the  New  World  and  Bulwark  of  the  West 
Indies] . 

In  1646  defensive  towers  were  erected  on  the  coast  at  Chor- 
rera  and  at  Cojimar. 

(41) 


42  HISTORICAL   SKETCH. 

In  1652  Governor  Gelder  proposed  the  construction  of  a 
canal  from  the  shore  of  the  bay,  where  now  stands  the 
arsenal,  to  the  gulf  near  the  present  calzada  de  San  Lazars, 
partly  as  a  defensive  work,  partly  for  the  purpose  of  purify- 
ing the  fever-breeding  bay.  Instead  of  that,  a  defensive  wall 
around  the  city  was  constructed  at  an  enormous  cost.  This 
wall  was  demolished  and  removed  in  1880. 

In  1665  the  city  was  confirmed  in  the  use  of  a  coat  of  arms, 
long  before  adopted. 

In  1724  the  navy  yard,  now  the  arsenal,  was  erected. 

During  the  year  1730  a  new  wall  was  begun  from  LaPunta 
along  the  shore  of  the  bay,  and  is  still  standing  as  part  of  the 
present  sea  wall. 

In  1762  the  English,  under  Admiral  Pococke  and  Duke  of 
Albemarle,  attacked  the  city,  and  on  August  14,  after  a  two 
months'  siege,  Habana  was  surrendered,  but  was  restored  to 
the  Spaniards  on  February  10,  1763,  by  the  treaty  of  Paris,  in 
exchange  for  the  Floridas. 

The  capture  of  the  city  by  the  English  proved  such  a  valua- 
ble lesson  to  the  inhabitants  that  the  thirty-five  years  which 
followed  (1768-1798)  saw  the  beginning  and  completion  of  all 
the  great  defensive  works  now  existing  around  the  city. 

In  1782  was  published  La  Gaceta  de  la  Habana,  the  earliest 
newspaper  in  the  island. 

In  1780  the  Jesuits  were  expelled  from  the  city  and  their 
church  became  the  cathedral  of  Habana. 

The  urn  containing  the  ashes  of  Columbus  was  deposited  in 
the  Habana  Cathedral  in  1796. 

The  port  of  Habana,  in  common  with  others  of  the  island, 
was  by  law  opened  to  foreign  commerce  in  1818. 

Many  useful  institutions,  as  well  as  material  improvements 
and  embellishments  of  the  city,  are  mainly  due  to  Captain 
General  Don  Miguel  Tacon,  such  as  the  fire  brigade,  the  theater 
which  bears  his  name,  and  several  of  the  finest  public 
promenades. 

The  first  railway  on  the  island,  running  from  Habana  to 
Giiines,  was  commenced  in  1835;  and  in  1837  Ihe  first  ferry 
was  established,  between  the  city  and  Regla,  a  suburban 
town  just  across  the  bay. 

In  1850  the  first  steamship  line  was  established,  between 
Cadiz  and  Habana. 

From  1868  to  1878  occurred  the  first  Cuban  revolution, 
which  affected  Habana's  commercial  interests  very  little. 


COAT   OF  ARMS — LOCATION  AND  POPULATION.  43 

From  1896  to  1898,  during  the  revolution  just  past,  under 
the  regime  of  General  Weyler,  the  city's  commercial  interests 
suffered  greatly. 

From  April  22  to  August  12,  1898,  the  city  was  blockaded 
by  the  American  fleet,  and  for  a  portion  of  this  time  the 
inhabitants  were  on  the  verge  of  starvation. 

COAT  OF  ARMS. 

The  coat  of  arms  mentioned  in  the  historical  sketch  consists 
of  a  shield  bearing  three  castles,  argent,  upon  a  field  of  azure, 
and  a  golden  key — an  allusion  to  the  three  fortifications  guard- 
ing the  mouth  of  the  harbor  and  to  Habana  being  the  key  of 
the  New  World.  Above  is  a  crown,  and  for  the  border  the 
necklace  of  the  Golden  Fleece.  The  coat  of  arms  was  adopted 
early  in  the  Seventeenth  Century,  but  was  not  confirmed  by 
royal  order  until  1665. 

LOCATION  AND   POPULATION. 

The  capital  and  largest  city  of  the  Island  of  Cuba,  having 
a  circumference  of  6:^  miles,  is  the  great  center  of  everything 
of  social,  commercial  or  military  importance  on  the  island, 
not  only  on  account  of  its  possessing  a  population  so  much 
greater  than  that  of  any  other  city,  but  from  its  attractive- 
ness and  the  fact  that  as  the  capital  of  the  island,  as  well  as 
the  capital  of  the  province  of  its  name,  the  operations  of  the 
whole  government  machinery  have  naturally  tended  to  bring 
everything  of  importance  about  it.  It  is  actually  more  of  a 
Spanish  than  a  Cuban  city.  Habana  (once  called  the  key  of 
the  Spanish  dominions  in  America)  is  situated  on  a  level 
peninsula  on  the  west  side  of  the  Bay  of  Habana,  formerly 
called  Carenas  Bay,  in  latitude  23°  21'  north,  and  longitude 
32°  21'  30"  west,  as  determined  telegraphically  by  Lieutenant 
Commander  F.  M.  Green  in  1876.  Including  its  suburbs,  the 
city  is  estimated  to  have  a  population  of  over  300,000,  while 
that  of  the  city  proper  is  given  as  200,448,  about  70  per  cent 
being  white  and  30  per  cent  colored. 

The  environs  of  Habana  comprise  several  populated  towns, 
among  which  are :  El  Cerro,  immediately  adjacent ;  Tulipan, 
a  residence  suburb,  really  a  part  of  El  Cerro;  Cojiman,  3^ 
miles  east  of  the  city,  a  summer  resort;  La  Playa  de  Mari- 
anao,  a  summer  resort;  Marianao,  a  residence  suburb  of 
about  2,000  inhabitants,  very  healthy,  about  6  miles  away; 
and  Guanabacoa,  3  miles  distant,  with  a  population  of  per- 
haps 20,000. 


44 


CLIMATE,  METEOROLOGICAL  CONDITIONS,  ETC. 


CLIMATE,  METEOROLOGICAL   CONDITIONS,  EARTHQUAKES,  ETC. 

The  climate  of  Habana  is  essentially  tropical,  although,  the 
excessive  heat  is  tempered  by  the  sea  breeze,  which  blows 
regularly  every  morning,  and  by  the  "terral"  (land  breeze), 
which  blows  every  evening. 

There  are  two  seasons,  the  dry,  or  so-called  winter  season, 
from  November  to  May,  when  very  little  rain  falls,  and  the 
wet,  or  summer  season,  which  usually  begins  early  in  June 
and  lasts  until  the  middle  of  October,  during  which  period 
scarcely  a  day  passes  without  heavy  rains,  frequently  accom- 
panied by  violent  thunder  and  lightning. 

The  mean  temperature  during  the  day  is  80°  during  the 
winter  and  86°  to  90°  in  the  summer.  The  mean  annual  tem- 
perature is  78°  for  the  hottest  month  and  70°  for  the  coldest. 

The  atmospheric  humidity  averages  over  80  per  cent  at  all 
seasons,  being  largely  due  to  the  insular  situation. 

The  incomplete  data  and  observations  made  upon  Cuban  ter- 
ritory render  it  almost  impossible  to  give  very  exact  informa- 
tion ;  it  is  thought,  however,  that  the  following  table,  giving 
the  number  of  rainy  days,  taken  from  the  ' '  Historia  f isica, 
polftica  y  natural  de  la  Isla  de  Cuba,"  by  "de  la  Sagra," 
though  somewhat  prejudicial,  will  be  found  useful : 

TABLE   OP   THE   METEOROLOGICAL   CONDITIONS   OF   HABANA. 


Months. 


Tem- 
pera- 
ture. 


Humid- 
ity. 


Rainy 
days. 


Condition  of 
sky. 


Cloudy 
days. 


Clear 
days. 


26 
20 
24 
25 
23 
24 
25 
25 
23 
24 
22 
24 


January 

February  _ 

March 

April 

May 

June 

July 

August  - 

September 

October 

November 

December : 

Means  or  totals 


O   p^ 

71 

74 
74 
76 
78 
81 
82 
.82 
80 
79 
75 
73 


Per  cent. 

82 

84 

82.8 

82.4 

85.4 

85 

87.6 

88.2 

88.2 

85.2 

86.2 

34.8 


7 

6 

4 

8 

10 

12 

12 

14 

9 


Inches. 

2.5 

2.1 

2.4 

1.2 

3.6 

5.1 

5.6 

4.8 

6 

3.2 

3.3 

1.2 


77 


85.15 


104 


41.0 


30 


285 


CLIMATE,  ETC. — HILLS   AND  ELEVATIONS.  45 

According  to  the  same  authority,  the  highest  temperature 
observed  at  Habana  during  a  long  period  was  90°  and  the 
minimum  50°. 

Rarely  are  there  more  than  twenty  rainy  days  in  any  one 
month,  and  the  average  is  from  three  to  ten.  The  rainfall 
generally  occurs  in  the  afternoon,  there  being  only  about 
seventeen  days  in  a  year  in  which  it  rains  in  both  the  fore- 
noon and  the  afternoon. 

Such  effects — with  the  splendid  sun,  the  few  completely 
cloudy  days,  copious  rains  in  the  warmest  season,  and  cool 
breezes  when  the  rain  falls — make  Habana  for  vegetation  a 
terrestrial  paradise,  and,  for  climate,  one  of  the  best  of  inter- 
tropical regions.  In  January  it  is  warm,  but  not  hot  during 
the  day,  and  the  evenings  are  so  cool  as  to  make  a  light  coat 
necessary. 

Visitors  from  the  far  north  are  impressed  with  the  distinct- 
ness of  distant  objects,  due  to  the  great  transparency  of  the 
atmosphere.  At  night,  too,  the  air  does  not  seem  to  lose  its 
clearness. 

Spring  begins  in  May,  and  thenceforward  until  fall  thunder- 
storms are  of  almost  daily  occurrence.  Hurricanes  are  fre- 
quent, but  only  at  long  intervals  do  they  prove  disastrous,  as 
were  those  of  1844,  1846,  1865,  and  1870. 

There  are  no  active  volcanoes  on  the  island  of  Cuba,  and 
the  earthquakes  that  occur  are  seldom  destructive,  existing 
chiefly  in  the  Province  of  Santiago  de  Cuba,' and  rarely  com- 
municating the  earth's  convulsions  as  far  as  Habana. 

HILLS   AND   ELEVATIONS. 

There  are  many  important  hills  and  elevations  within  or 
adjacent  to  the  city  of  Habana.  The  highest  is  called  Jesus 
del  Monte,  220  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

Loma  de  Marza,  the  most  important  hill  of  the  group  from 
a  strategic  point  of  view,  received  the  name  of  "The  Key 
Hill"  on  account  of  its  advantageous  position. 

Many  of  these  hills  and  elevations  are  surmounted  by  cas- 
tles or  forts. 

Castillo  del  Morro,  one  of  the  oldest,  is  situated  at  the 
entrance  of  the  harbor  on  an  elevation  75  feet  above  sea  level. 

Castillo  de  la  Punta  is  diagonally  opposite  El  Morro  Castle, 
farther  on  at  the  entrance. 

Castillo  de  la  Cabana  dominates  the  playa  (sea  coast). 


46  TERRITORIAL   DIVISIONS — STREETS. 

Castillo  del  Principe^  2^  miles  distant,  on  the  hill  of  same 
name,  150  feet  in  height,  juts  out  into  the  southern  valley. 

This  latter  hill,  it  is  said,  in  combination  with  the  hill 
called  El  Cerro,  and  another  called  Atares,  upon  which  is  the 
Castillo  de  Atares,  when  fortified,  could  command  the  valley- 
south  and  southwest  of  Habana  Bay. 

TERRITORIAL   DIVISIONS. 

While  in  reality  the  city  is  not  divided,  it  is  commonly 
recognized  as  being  in  two  parts,  viz :  The  intramural,  or  old 
town,  between  the  bay  and  the  site  of  the  ancient  walls,  and 
the  extramural,  or  new  town,  beyond  the  walls. 

STREETS. 

In  the  old  town  the  streets,  though  for  the  most  part  regu- 
lar and  well  paved,  are  extremely  narrow,  and  being  lowest 
in  the  middle,  favor  the  accumulation  of  great  pools  of  water 
in  the  rainy  season.  The  sidewalks  are  barely  wide  enough 
for  two  pedestrians  to  pass. 

In  the  old  intramural  city,  in  which  live  about  40,000  peo- 
ple, the  streets  vary  in  width,  but  generally  they  are  6.8  meters 
(about  23  feet)  wide,  of  which  the  sidewalks  occupy  about 
7.5  feet.  In  many  streets  the  sidewalk  at  each  side  is  not  even 
18  inches  wide. 

The  older  a  Cuban  city,  or  any  part  thereof,  the  narrower 
the  streets.  One-fifth  of  the  population  of  Habana  live  within 
the  now  demolished  walls,  and  this  "intramural"  population 
possesses  streets  so  narrow  that  on  every  corner  is  posted 
either  "Up"  or  " Down"  to  indicate  to  all  vehicles  that  they 
must  pass  only  in  the  direction  indicated.  As  time  extended 
the  city  farther  and  farther  beyond  its  walls,  the  streets  gradu- 
ally became  wider,  until  some  attained  the  ordinary  dimen- 
sions usually  found  in  the  United  States.  Matanzas,  Carde- 
nas, and  Cienfuegos  were  founded  subsequently  to  Habana, 
in  the  order  mentioned  ;  therefore  Matanzas  has  many  nar- 
row streets,  but  not  as  narrow  as  Habana  ;  Cardenas  few,  and 
Cienfuegos  none.  The  narrower  the  streets,  the  smaller 
usually  the  house  lots,  and  the  more  defective  the  ventilation 
of  the  houses ;  however  it  should  not  be  forgotten  that  these 
are  for  tjie  most  part  one-story  houses,  and  that  wider  streets 
afford  no  better  ventilation  to  houses  with  several  or  many 
stories.  Less  than  one-third  of  the  population  live  on  paved 
streets,  and  these  are  as  well  paved  and  kept  as  clean,  it  is 


STREETS — ARCHITECTURE. 


47 


believed  cleaner,  than  is  usual  in  the  United  States.  The 
remainder  live  on  unpaved  streets,  which,  for  the  most  part, 
are  very  filthy.  Many  of  these,  even  in  old  and  densely  popu- 
lated parts  of  the  city,  are  no  better  than  rough  country  roads, 
full  of  rocks,  crevices,  mud  holes,  and  other  irregularities, 
so  that  vehicles  traverse  them  with  difficulty  at  all  times,  and 
in  the  rainy  season  they  are  sometimes  impassable  for  two 
months.  Rough,  muddy,  or  both,  these  streets  serve  admira- 
bly as  permanent  receptacles  for  much  decomposing  animal 
and  vegetable  matter.  Finally,  not  less,  probably  more,  than 
one-half  the  population  of  Habana  live  on  streets  which  are 
constantly  in  an  extremely  insanitary  condition;  but  these 
streets,  though  so  numerous,  are  not  in  the  beaten  track  of 
the  pleasure  tourist. 

The  macadamized  thoroughfares  of  the  city,  in  the  new 
part,  rather  resembling  fine  roads  than  streets,  are  ample, 
well  ventilated,  and  fringed  on  either  side  with  rows  of  grace- 
ful palm  trees. 

The  principal  business  streets  are  O'Reilly,  Obispo,  and 
Obrapia.  In  the  new  extramural  town  the  streets  are  gener- 
ally 32.8  feet  wide,  nearly  10  of  which  are  devoted  to  the 
sidewalks. 

ARCHITECTURE. 

The  prevailing  style  of  architecture  is  almost  identical  with 
that  of  the  south  of  Spain. 

The  walls  of  most  of  the  houses  in  Habana  are  built  of 
"  mamposteria "  or  rubble  masonry,  a  porous  material  which 
freely  absorbs  atmospheric  as  well  as  ground  moisture.  The 
mark  of  this  can  often  be  seen  high  on  the  walls,  which  varies 
from  2  to  7  feet  in  the  houses  generally. 

The  walls  themselves  are  very  thick,  often  painted  within 
and  without  in  showy  colors,  especially  blue,  green,  or  yellow, 
and  sometimes  a  mingling  of  all  three.  The  roofs  are  excel- 
lent, usually  flat,  and  constructed  of  brick  tiles.  The  win- 
dows are,  like  the  doors,  unusually  high,  nearly  reaching  the 
ceiling,  which,  in  the  best  houses  only,  is  also  unusually  high. 
The  windows  are  never  glazed,  but  protected  by  strong  iron 
bars  on  the  outside  and  on  the  inside  by  solid  wooden  shut- 
ters, which  are  secured,  like  the  doors,  with  heavy  bars  or 
bolts,  and  in  inclement  weather  greatly  interfere  with  proper 
ventilation.  Fireplaces  with  chimneys  are  extremely  rare,, 
so  that  ventilation  depends  entirely  on  the  doors  and  windows, 


48  ARCHITECTURE. 

whicli,  it  should  be  stated,  are  by  no  means  unusually  large 
in  most  of  the  sleeping  rooms  of  the  poor.  Generally  in 
Habana,  less  generally  in  other  cities,  the  entrances  and  court- 
yards are  flagged  with  stone,  while  the  rooms  are  usually 
floored  with  tile  or  marble.  With  rare  exceptions  the  lowest 
floor  is  in  contact  with  the  earth.  Ventilation  between  the 
earth  and  floor  is  rarely  seen  in  Cuba.  In  Habana  the  aver- 
age height  of  the  ground  floor  is  from  7  to  11  inches  above 
the  pavement,  but  in  Habana,  and  more  frequently  in  other 
Cuban  towns,  one  often  encounters  houses  which  are  entered 
by  stepping  down  from  the  sidewalk,  and  some  floors  are  even 
below  the  level  of  the  street.  In  Habana  some,  in  Matanzas 
more,  in  Cardenas  and  Cienfuegos  many  of  the  floors  are  of 
the  bare  earth  itself,  or  of  planks  raised  only  a  few  inches 
above  the  damp  ground. 

More  than  two-thirds  of  the  population  live  in  densely-inhab- 
ited portions  of  the  city,  where  the  houses  are  closely  in  con- 
tact with  each  other.  The  average  house  lot  does  not  exceed 
27  by  112  feet  in  size.  There  are  17,259  houses,  of  which 
15,494  are  one  story,  1,552  are  two  stories,  186  are  three  stories, 
and  only  27  are  four  stories,  with  none  higher.  At  least  12  in 
every  13  inhabitants  live  in  one-story  houses;  and  as  the  total 
civil,  military,  and  transient  population  exceeds  200,000,  there 
are  more  than  12  inhabitants  to  every  house.  Tenement 
houses  may  have  many  small  rooms,  but  each  room  is  occu- 
pied by  a  family.  Generally  the  one-story  houses  have  four 
or  five  rooms;  but  house  rent,  as  also  food  and  clothing,  is 
rendered  so  expensive  by  taxation,  by  export  as  well  as  import 
duties,  that  it  is  rare  for  workmen,  even  when  paid  $50  to  $100 
a  month,  to  enjoy  the  exclusive  use  of  one  of  these  mean 
little  houses ;  reserving  one  or  two  rooms  for  his  family,  he 
rents  the  balance.  This  condition  of  affairs  is  readily  under- 
stood when  it  is  known  that  so  great  a  necessity  as  flour  cost 
in  Habana  $15.50  when  its  price  in  the  United  States  was 
$6.50  per  barrel. 

In  the  densely  populated  portions  of  the  city  the  houses 
generally  have  no  back  yard,  properly  so  called,  but  a  flagged 
court,  or  narrow  vacant  space  into  which  sleeping  rooms  open 
at  the  side,  and  in  close  proximity  with  these,  at  the  rear  of 
this  contracted  court,  are  located  the  kitchen,  the  privy,  and 
often  a  stall  for  animals.  In  the  houses  of  the  poor,  that  is, 
of  the  vast  majority  of  the  population,  there  are  no  store- 
rooms, pantries,  closets,  or  other  conveniences  for  household 


ARCHITECTURE — PUBLIC   EDIFICES.  49 

supplies.  These  are  fumislied  from  day  to  day,  even  from 
meal  to  meal,  by  the  corner  groceries ;  and  it  is  rare,  in  large 
sections  of  Havana,  to  find  any  one  of  the  four  corners  of  a 
square  without  a  grocery. 

Many  of  the  residences  in  the  extramural  portion  of  the  city 
are  constructed  in  a  more  modern  style,  particularly  in  El 
Cerro  (The  Hill),  a  handsome  street,  3  miles  long,  leading  to  a 
village  of  the  same  name,  and  chiefly  inhabited  by  the  wealthy 
and  fashionable.  There  is,  however,  no  quarter  of  the  town 
exclusively  occupied  by  the  higher  classes,  and  in  any  street 
a  miserable  hovel  may  be  seen  side  by  side  with  a  stately 
mansion. 

PUBLIC   EDIFICES. 

Foremost  among  the  public  edifices  of  Habana  is  the  Cathe- 
dral, erected  in  1724  and  used  by  the  Jesuits  as  a  college  till 
1789.  It  is  less  remarkable  for  the  beauty  of  its  architecture 
than  as  being  the  resting  place  of  the  ashes  of  Christopher 
Columbus,  transferred  thither  from  Santo  Domingo  January 
15,  1796.  On  one  of  the  walls  is  a  stone  slab  with  the  bust  of 
Columbus  in  relief  and  an  inscription  beneath. 

Santa  Catalina  and  San  Juan  churches,  dating  from  the  Six- 
teenth Century,  and  the  Church  of  San  Augustin  from  the 
beginning  of  the  Seventeenth  Century,  are  noteworthy  for  the 
richness  and  splendor  of  their  decorations. 

El  Templete  (the  Little  Temple)  is  curious  as  having  been 
erected  in  1828  on  the  spot  where  the  mass  was  first  celebrated 
in  1519. 

On  the  west  side  of  the  Plaza  de  Armas  is  the  Governor's 
Palace,  a  yellow  two-story  edifice,  with  a  handsome  colonnade 
in  front ;  it  is  occupied  by  the  captain  general,  his  staff,  and 
the  offices  of  several  government  departments. 

The  Custom-House,  fronting  on  the  bay,  is  a  spacious  build- 
ing, devoid  of  architectural  interest. 

The  Customs  Warehouse,  formerly  the  church  of  San  Fran- 
cisco, consecrated  in  1737,  possesses  the  loftiest  tower  in  the 
city. 

La  Real  Casa  de  Beneficencia  (Royal  Charitable  Institu- 
tion) is  a  large  building,  with  beautiful  grounds.  It  com- 
prises an  orphan  asylum  and  an  asylum  for  vagrants,  estab- 
lished about  1790. 

La  Prision  (Prison)  is  a  vast  quadrangular  structure,  erected 
in  1771,  near  the  mouth  of  the  bay. 


60       PUBLIC  PARKS — HABANA  BAY  AND  HARBOR, 

The  Admiralty,  Exchange,  and  University  are  also  worthy 
of  mention. 

El  Tacon,  a  theater  built  in  1838  under  the  auspices  of 
Captain  General  Tacon,  whose  name  it  bears,  is  said  to  be 
equal  in  size  to  La  Scala,  of  Milan.  It  is  capable  of  accom- 
modating about  3,000  persons. 

PUBLIC   PARKS. 

Few  cities  in  the  world  have  a  larger  number  of  paseos 
(public  promenades)  and  public  parks  than  Habana.  Those 
worthy  of  mention  are : 

The  Plaza  de  Armas,  a  short  distance  from  the  quays,  com- 
prises four  gardens,  with  a  statue  of  Ferdinand  VII.  in  the 
center.  Magnificent  palms  and  other  trees  border  the  walks, 
along  which  are  stone  seats  with  iron  rests.  A  regimental 
band  plays  here  every  evening. 

La  Alameda  de  Paula,  bordering  the  bay,  has  an  elegant 
fountain,  surmounted  by  a  marble  column,  with  military  tro- 
phies and  national  symbols. 

The  Parque  de  Isabel  is  a  favorite  evening  resort,  taste- 
fully laid  out.     In  the  center  is  a  statue  of  Isabella  II. 

The  Campo  de  Marte,  used  as  a  drill  ground  for  the  mili- 
tary, is  a  large  enclosure  resembling  a  trapezium  in  shape, 
the  longest  side  of  which  is  375  feet.  It  has  four  handsome 
gates,  distinguished  respectively  by  the  names  Colon,  Cortes, 
Pizarro,  and  Tacon. 

El  Pasco  de  Tacon  is  a  magnificent  wide  drive,  with  double 
rows  of  trees,  a  promenade  for  pedestrians,  and  profusely 
embellished  with  columns  and  statues,  some  of  the  latter, 
especially  one  of  Charles  III.,  ranking  among  the  finest  speci- 
mens of  art  in  America. 

The  Botanical  Garden  is  remarkable  for  a  beautiful  gate 
and  specimens  of  countless  tropical  plants. 

La  Reina,  El  Prado,  La  Cortina  de  Valdes,  and  El  Salon  de 
O'Donnel,  are  also  paseos  worthy  of  mention. 

HABANA   BAY   AND   HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  the  port  of  Habana  may  be  easily  recog- 
nized by  the  Morro  Castle  and  lighthouse,  with  the  extensive 
line  of  fortifications  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance.  The 
land  to  the  eastward  of  the  city,  until  near  the  Jaruco  or  Iron 
Mountains,  18  miles  distant,  is  about  200  feet  high,  and  the 
shore  bold  and  steep-to. 


HABANA  BAY  AND  HARBOR.  51 

Nine  miles  south  of  tlae  Morro  there  is  a  remarkable  isolated 
hill,  732  feet  high,  with  two  round  hummocks,  called  the 
Managua  Paps.  This  hill  is  not  only  an  excellent  guide  for 
Habana  when  coming  from  the  northward,  but  useful  also 
as  a  point  of  departure. 

The  channel  for  about  ^  mile  is  not  more  than  200  yards 
wide ;  farther  in  it  widens,  opening  into  a  basin  of  irregular 
shape,  2i  miles  long  and  from  i  to  1  mile  wide. 

Morro  Point  is  steep-to,  and  vessels  of  large  draft  may  pass 
quite  close  to  it.  Soundings  extend  off  from  the  point  ^  mile. 
A  shoal  spot,  with  a  depth  over  it  of  26yV  feet,  exists  between 
120  and  150  yards  from  the  shore  line  at  Morro  Point,  the 
lighthouse  bearing  N.  20°  E.  (N.  17°  E.  mag.).  The  northern 
shore  of  the  channel  is  bordered  by  the  Cabrestante  Bank, 
which,  at  the  outer  part,  extends  off  more  than  100  yards. 

Both  sides  of  the  channel  are  marked  by  buoys,  which  are, 
however,  frequently  out  of  place.  Men-of-war  can,  gener- 
ally, by  applying  to  the  captain  of  the  port,  obtain  a  mooring 
buoy  to  lie  at. 

Within  the  harbor  the  western  shore  is  bold,  and  vessels 
lie  alongside  the  wharves.  The  arsenal  is  in  the  southwest 
angle  of  the  harbor. 

The  city  is  strongly  fortified,  there  being  several  forts  and 
castles.  The  streets  are  narrow  and  dirty,  and  there  is  no 
sewerage.  Yellow  fever  is  endemic.  The  sickly  season  is 
from  June  to  October.  As  there  is  little  ebb  and  flow  of  the 
tide  in  the  harbor,  the  water  is  filthy  and  foul  smelling.  As 
a  sanitary  precaution,  it  is  advisable  to  anchor  as  far  from 
the  southern  light  of  the  harbor  as  possible.  The  water 
should  not  be  used  for  washing  decks  or  clothing. 

Hospitals  are:  Military,  leprous,  charity,  and  several  pri- 
vate hospitals ;  also  insane  asylum. 

Police  are  efficient  and  numerous. 

Provisions  of  all  kinds  can  be  obtained  in  abundance. 
Water  can  be  had  from  water  boats  which  come  alongside ; 
it  is  good  but  hard,  and  is  furnished  to  shipping  at  75  cents 
per  100  gallons.     An  aqueduct  supplies  the  city. 

The  usual  supply  of  coal  on  hand  is  about  90,000  tons ;  cost, 
$8.50  to  $10  per  ton.     Vessels  can  coal  alongside  the  coal  dock. 

There  is  telegraphic  communication  with  all  parts  of  the 
world.  There  are  many  steamer  lines  to  the  United  States 
and  Europe. 


52  HABANA  BAY  AND  HARBOR. 

A  railroad  runs  to  the  principal  places  on  the  island. 

The  authorities  are :  Captain  general,  comandante  de  la 
marina,  a  vice  admiral,  captain  of  the  port  (naval  officer). 

Salutes  will  be  returned. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  consul  general,  a 
vice  consul  general,  and  a  deputy  consul  general. 

Docks. — At  the  naval  arsenal  are  ways  capable  of  taking 
up  vessels  of  not  over  500  tons. 

There  are  several  machine  shops  where  steamers  may  repair. 

Pilotage  compulsory  on  all  vessels  except  vessels  of  50  tons 
and  those  engaged  in  the  coasting  trade.  Night  pilotage 
double  day  rates.  For  changing  anchorage  half  pilotage  is 
charged. 

Rates. — Vessels  of  50  tons,  $5;  51  to  100  tons,  $6;  101  to 
150  tons,  $7;  151  to.  200  tons,  $8;  201  to  250  tons,  $9;  251  to 
300  tons,  $11;  300  to  350  tons,  $13;  351  to  400  tons,  $17,  and 
$1  additional  for  every  100  tons  additional  up  to  1,000  tons; 
1,001  to  1,250  tons,  $24;  1,251  to  1,500  tons,  $25,  and  $1  addi- 
tional for  every  500  tons  additional  up  to  5,000  tons;  5,000 
tons  and  upwards,  $32. 

Anchorage  dues  vary  from  $2  for  vessels  of  from  51  to  75 
tons  to  $8.50  for  vessels  of  5,000  tons  and  upwards. 

There  are  no  tonnage  or  light  dues. 

Vessels  of  200  tons  pay  $17  tugboat  charges;  of  700  tons, 
$60,  from  1  mile  outside  the  Morro  to  the  anchorage. 

The  mooring  charges  are:  For  from  151  to  200  tons,  $2.75; 
for  300  tons,  $3,  and  50  cents  additional  for  each  100  tons. 
For  5,000  tons  and  upwards,  $8.50. 

Tonnage  tax,  3  cents  per  ton. 

Buoys  and  Beacons. — Three  black  buoys  mark  the  north- 
ern entrance  to  Habana  Harbor,  and  are  named,  respectively, 
Apostales  (2)  or  outer  buoy,  Pescante  (4),  and  Pastora  (6). 
The  southern  side  is  marked  by  three  red  buoys  called  Punta 
(1)  or  outer  buoy,  San  Telmo  (3),  and  Pescadera  (5). 

When  vessels  are  entering  by  night,  a  red  light  is  placed 
on  Apostales  (2)  buoy  and  a  green  light  on  San  Telmo  (3) 
buoy. 

Feliciano  Shoal,  north  side  of  the  harbor,  is  marked  at  the 
south  extreme  by  a  triangular  beacon,  painted  white. 

Regla  Shoal,  opposite  the  harbor  entrance,  is  marked  on 
the  eastern  side  by  a  triangular  beacon,  painted  white ;  to  the 
northwestward  by  a  buoy ;  on  the  western  side  by  a  triangu- 
lar beacon,  painted  white. 


HABANA  BAY  AND  HARBOR. 


53 


The  bank  northwest  of  Cayo  Cruz  is  marked  by  triangular 
beacons,  painted  white. 

Warping  buoys  are  moored  westward  of  Regla  Shoal  for 
vessels  of  war,  and  eastward  of  that  bank  for  merchant 
vessels. 

Time  Signal. — A  black  ball  is  hoisted  daily  on  the  flagstaff 
of  the  office  of  the  naval  commandant  at  ten  minutes  before 
noon.  The  ball  is  dropped  at  exactly  mean  noon  for  the 
meridian  of  said  building,  equivalent  to  oh.  29m.  23.55s.  Green- 
wich mean  time. 

If  for  any  reason  an  error  is  made  in  dropping  the  ball,  it 
will  be  indicated  by  hoisting  a  blue  flag  on  the  same  flagstaff, 
and  the  ball  will  be  run  up  again  at  Oh.  50m.  p.  m.  and  dropped 
exactly  at  Ih.  p.  m. 

Semaphore. — A  semaphore  has  been  established  on  the 
highest  part  of  Morro  Castle.  The  semaphore  is  connected 
by  telegraph  with  the  interior  of  the  island,  and  messages  can 
be  sent  to  or  from  vessels  from  or  to  places  in  the  interior,  at 
fixed  charges. 

Storm  Signals. — During  the  hurricane  season  the  follow- 
ing storm  signals  will  be  displayed,  .successively,  from  the 
office  of  the  captain  of  the  port  and  repeated  by  semaphore 
from  the  Morro : 


Day  signals. 


Night  signals. 


Indications. 


A  triangular  red  flag 

A  square   flag  with  yellow  and 

blue  horizontal  stripes. 
A  black  ball 

A  black  ball  oyer  a  triangular  red 
flag. 

A  black  ball  over  a  square  flag 
with  yellow  and  blue  horizon- 
tal stripes. 


A  red  light 

A  red  light  over  a  white  light. 

(No  night  signal) 

A  whit«  light  over  a  red  light 

A  white  light 


Signs  of  bad  weather. 
Decided    indications    of    bad 

weather. 
The  port  is  closed. 
Indications  of  clearing  weather. 

Clearing  weather. 


Vessels  lying  at  the  moles  will  send  down  light  spars  and 
strengthen  their  moorings  as  soon  as  the  signal,  "Signs  of 
bad  weather,"  is  made. 

Light. — A  lighthouse,  stone  color,  stands  on  Morro  Castle 
at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  and  exhibits  a  white  light,  re- 
volving every  half  minute  at  144  feet  above  the  sea,  and 
should  be  visible  1 8  miles. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Habana  Har- 
bor, at  8h.  14m. ,  and  the  rise  is  about  3  feet.     There  is  no 


54  HABANA  BAY  AND  HARBOR. 

regular  flood  and  ebb,  but  with  the  land  wind  a  slight  stream 
usually  runs  out. 

Directions  by  Night. — 1.  Vessels  approaching  the  har- 
bor should  make  for  a  position  about  2  miles  northwest  by- 
west  from  the  entrance,  with  the  harbor  open,  and  should  not 
proceed  farther  if  a  vessel  is  coming  out,  the  signal  for  which 
is  a  white  light  over  a  red  light  hoisted  at  the  harbor  master's 
office,  until  such  vessel  is  outside  the  entrance. 

2.  From  the  above  position  the  vessel  wishing  to  enter  should 
fire  a  rocket,  or  show  a  Bengal  light  (a  steamer  with  mails  on 
board  may  also  fire  a  gun),  which  will  be  answered  by  a  sim- 
ilar signal  from  the  pier  of  the  harbor  office  to  indicate  that 
a  pilot  is  coming  out.  The  pilot  boat  will  show  a  flare-up 
light  occasionally,  and  the  vessel  should  gradually  approach 
the  entrance  so  as  to  be  boarded  about  a  mile  outside. 

3.  If  the  weather  will  not  allow  the  pilot  to  come  ofE,  the 
vessel  may  enter,  provided  that  a  red  light  is  shown  on  the 
Apostoles  buoy,  on  the  port  hand  entering  from  seaward, 
and  a  green  light  on  the  San  Telmo  buoy,  on  the  starboard 
hand.  The  vessel  will  then  be  boarded  by  the  pilot  between 
the  buoys, 

4.  If  the  signal  for  a  pilot  is  not  answered,  it  should  be  re- 
peated, until  made  three  times,  at  intervals  of  ten  minutes ; 
when,  if  no  answer  is  given,  it  indicates  that  for  some  reason 
the  port  can  not  be  entered  by  night. 

General  Directions. — Vessels  bound  to  Habana  from  the 
westward,  having  rounded  Cape  San  Antonio,  with  the  usual 
trade  wind  at  east,  should  not  steer  higher  than  north  (N.  3° 
W.  mag.)  for  15  miles,  when  they  may  haul  to  the  wind,  and 
the  chart  must  be  their  guide  along  the  Colorados.  Here, 
however,  the  current  generally  sets  to  the  southwest  on  the 
edge  of  the  bank.  It  will,  therefore,  be  better  to  stand  to  the 
northward  as  far,  at  least,  as  the  parallel  of  24°  before  tacking. 

Vessels  bound  to  Habana  from  the  north  and  east  will  navi- 
gate either  by  way  of  the  northwest  Providence  Channel, 
across  or  along  the  western  edge  of  the  Great  Bahama  Bank, 
round  the  Elbow  of  the  Double-headed  Shot  Cays,  and  thence 
across  toward  Guanos  Point  in  Cuba,  out  of  the  stream;  or 
through  the  Old  Bahama  Channel. 

Entering  under  sail,  time  will  be  saved  by  waiting  until  the 
sea  breeze  has  set  well  in,  which  commences  about  10  a.  m. 
In  the  winter  months,  from  October  to  June,  a  vessel  will 


HABAXA  BAY  AND  HARBOR.  55 

generally  fetch  up  at  the  anchorage ;  bnt  in  the  summer,  as 
the  wind  prevails  to  the  southward  of  east,  she  may  have  to 
warp  in.  In  the  former  case,  if  coming  from  the  eastward, 
after  passing  the  Jaruco  tower  and  bank  westward  of  it,  run 
do^vTl  about  ^  mile  or  more  off  shore,  and  having  brought  the 
lighthouse  to  bear  about  S.  20°  E.  (S.  23°  E.  mag.)  (not  before, 
in  order  to  avoid  any  sweep),  haul  up  under  all  plain  sail,  so 
as  to  shoot  as  far  in  as  possible,  and  with  both  anchors  clear. 

Having  passed  Morro  Point  at  the  distance  of  150  yards, 
hug  the  northeastern  shore  as  near  as  the  wind  in  general 
allows,  but  in  a  vessel  of  heavy  draft  do  not  go  inside  the 
buoys  on  either  side  of  the  channel.  The  helm  must  be 
quickly  and  well  attended  to  take  advantage  of  the  strong 
gusts  and  flaws. 

When  off  the  east  end  of  the  heights  the  breeze  will  be 
more  steady,  and  the  sail  may  then  be  reduced  to  enable  her 
to  take  up  a  convenient  berth  among  the  numerous  shipping. 
Should  it  be  necessary  to  anchor  in  the  narrows,  give  a  good 
scope  of  cable,  and  shorten  sail  quickly  to  avoid  dragging,  as 
the  wind  rushes  off  the  shore  with  great  violence. 

If  the  sea  breeze  hangs  to  the  southward  of  east,  the  vessel 
will  have  to  be  warped  in,  and  most  probably  to  be  kedged 
up  the  outer  part  of  the  channel.  In  this  case,  when  coming 
from  the  eastward  and  having  passed  the  Morro  close  aboard, 
stretch  over  to  the  Punta  shore,  and  having  tacked  under  it, 
shoot  in  as  far  as  possible  and  anchor  under  the  northern 
shore,  waiting  until  the  breeze  slackens  in  the  afternoon  to 
warp  up. 

A  good  berth  for  a  ship  of  war  is  in  the  northwest  part  of 
the  harbor,  just  past  the  floating  dock;  the  water  here  is 
cleaner.  Unless  the  shipping  is  crowded,  there  is  no  necessity 
to  moor;  anchors  bury  themselves  in  the  mud. 

There  will  be  no  difficulty  whatever  in  quitting  the  harbor, 
as  the  regular  land  wind  is  seldom  interrupted  except  by 
Northers,  which  sometimes  throw  a  heavy  swell  into  the  har- 
bor's mouth.  The  best  time  to  enter  is  about  midday,  and  for 
quitting  it,  daylight. 

Currents. — Nothing  is  more  uncertain  than  the  point 
where  the  great  Florida  Stream  is  first  met  with.  Sometimes 
it  will  be  found  50  miles  to  the  southwest  of  the  Tortugas 
Islands.  The  vessel's  position,  by  chronometer,  should  there- 
fore be  ascertained  as  frequently  as  possible.     Under  any 

7739 5 


56  WATER   SUPPLY. 

circumstances,  it  will  be  better  to  avoid  the  Cuba  shore  until 
the  vessel  is  well  to  the  eastward,  when  it  may  be  necessary 
to  sight  the  highlands  in  order  to  check  the  reckoning.  In 
approaching  the  Cuba  shore  the  easterly  stream  will  seldom 
be  met  with  until  nearly  on  the  meridian  of  Habana,  or  on 
the  line  between  there  and  the  Tortugas.  It  generally  runs 
at  the  rate  of  from  2  to  3  knots  close  off  the  mouth  of  the 
harbor,  and  from  thence  in  a  northeast  direction  right  across 
the  Florida  Strait. 

It  frequently  happens  that  having  arrived  at  a  position 
south  of  the  Tortugas  without  feeling  the  influence  of  the 
stream,  it  is  perhaps  entered  soon  after  the  reckoning  has  been 
checked  in  the  evening,  and  in  making  the  land  on  the  follow- 
ing morning  the  vessel  will  be  found  far  to  windward  of  the 
port.  The  features  of  the  land  to  eastward,  however,  differ 
so  considerably  from  those  to  the  westward  that  there  will  be 
no  difficulty  in  making  out  the  position.  The  land  eastward 
of  the  Morro  is  about  200  feet  high  and  rather  flat,  but  about 
18  miles  to  windward  it  rises  into  a  remarkable  ridge  of 
irregular  hills  of  moderate  height,  about  3  miles  in  length 
east  and  west,  and  a  short  distance  from  the  shore,  called  the 
Jaruco  or  Iron  Hills,  while  18  miles  westward  of  the  Morro 
is  the  Mariel  Tableland,  and  farther  on  in  the  same  direction 
the  Cabanas  Hill. 

Chorrera  Harbor  is  4  miles  westward  of  the  entrance  to 
Habana,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Almendaraz  River.  It  is  quite 
open  to  the  northward,  and  has  no  bar  or  other  obstruction 
at  its  entrance.  The  anchorage  in  3  to  5  fathoms  would 
scarcely  accommodate  half  a  dozen  vessels,  and  the  holding 
ground  is  only  coral  sand. 

Telegraph  Cable. — At  this  place  the  end  of  one  of  the 
telegraph  cables  between  Cuba  and  Key  West  is  landed. 

The  rather  low  coast  in  the  vicinity  of  the .  entrance  to 
Chorrera  is  very  ragged,  the  blackened  coral  rock  being 
honeycombed  by  the  sea. 

water  supply. 

Until  about  1591  the  water  supply  of  Habana  was  derived 
from  wells  and  from  such  streams  as  the  Luyano  and  the 
Almendares,  which  are  several  miles  distant  from  the  old 
intramural  city.  The  so-called  river  Almendares,  the  larger 
of  these  two  small  streams,  empties  into  the  sea  less  than  4 


WATER  SUPPLY.  57 

miles  west  of  tlie  entrance  to  the  harbor  of  Habana.  It  is  fed 
chiefly  by  springs,  and  the  water  is  reported  by  experts  to  be 
good.  In  1566  a  water  course,  or  really  a  ditch,  which  is  des- 
ignated the  Zanja,  was  begun  for  the  purpose  of  furnishing  a 
better  supply  of  water  by  connecting  the  city  with  the  Almen- 
dares  River  at  a  point  called  Husillo,  about  5  miles  distant. 
The  water,  after  straining  through  filters,  passes  by  an  open 
ditch  which  runs  close  by  El  Principe  to  the  ward  called 
Colon,  i.  e.,  that  portion  of  the  city  north  of  Calle  de  la  Reina 
and  west  of  the  Prado. 

The  Zanja  was  not  completed  and  extended  into  all  parts  of 
the  city  until  1591-1597.  Pezuela  states  that  its  capacity  is 
70,000  cubic  meters  daily,  but  that,  because  of  leakage  and 
its  application  to  the  irrigation  of  intervening  places,  only 
20,000  cubic  meters  reach  the  city.  Throughout  the  most  of 
its  course  the  Zanja  flows  through  unprotected  mud  banks ; 
the  fluids  of  many  houses,  especially  in  the  Cerro  ward,  which 
it  skirts,  drain  into  them ;  men,  horses,  and  dogs  bathe  in  it ; 
dead  bodies  have  been  seen  floating  in  it,  and  in  the  rainy 
season  the  water  becomes  very  muddy.  In  fine,  the  Zanja  in 
its  course  receives  all  which  a  little  brook  traversing  a  village 
and  having  houses  and  back  yards  on  its  banks  would  receive. 
The  water  can  not  be  pure,  and  to  those  who  know  the  facts 
the  idea  of  drinking  it  is  repulsive.  This  supply  had  long 
been  insufficient  to  the  growing  city,  and  in  1835  the  well- 
protected  and  excellent  aqueduct  of  Ferdinand  VII.  was  com- 
pleted. 

Aqueduct  of  Ferdinand  VII. — This  aqueduct  taps  the 
Almendares  River  a  few  hundred  yards  above  filters  men- 
tioned, hence  carried  by  arches  to  the  east  of  El  Cerro,  and 
for  some  distance  nearly  parallel  to  the  Calzada  del  Cerro, 
but  finally  intersecting  this.  The  distributing  mains  pass  in 
rear  of  the  houses  of  the  suburb  to  the  city.  Water  supply 
inadequate ;  distribution  general  except  for  Colon  ward. 

The  aqueduct  is  7,500  meters  long,  has  a  pipe  which 
measures  only  18  inches,  and  receives  also  from  the  Almen- 
dares its  water  supply,  which  is  inadequately  filtered  through 
pebbles  and  sand.  The  combined  supply  of  the  Zanja  and  of 
this  aqueduct  proving  insufficient  and  unsatisfactory,  the 
magnificent  aqueduct  of  Isabel  II.,  or  of  the  Vento,  was 
begun  in  1859.  Its  supply  is  derived  from  the  pure  and  inex- 
haustible Vento  Springs,  on  the  very  edge  of  the  Almendares 


58  WATER  SUPPLY. 

River,  9  miles  distant  from  Habana.  This  aqueduct  has 
already  cost  $3,500,000,  as  is  alleged,  and  will  cost  nearly  as 
much  more  to  complete.  When  completed  it  will  furnish 
Habana  with  an  ample  supply  of  most  excellent  water.  It 
has  advanced  beyond  a  point  opposite  to,  and  at  no  great  dis- 
tance from,  where  the  aqueduct  of  Ferdinand  VII.  begins, 
and  a  temporary  connection  was  established  in  1878  between 
the  two,  so  that  this  aqueduct  now  conveys  to  the  city  the 
clear,  pure  water  of  the  Vento  Springs  and  not  the  water  of 
the  Almendares.  Thus  a  better,  but  no  larger,  supply  is 
delivered  through  the  small  and  very  inadequate  pipe  of  the 
aqueduct  of  Ferdinand  VII.  As  results  of  these  two  supplies 
about  2,800  houses  were  in  1880  supplied  from  the  Vento  and 
about  2,450  houses  by  the  Zanja  from  the  Almendares.  The 
remaining  11,000  to  12,000  houses  are  supplied  from  both 
sources,  since  their  inhabitants  buy  it  from  street  vendors, 
who  procure  it  from  the  public  fountains,  of  which  the  greater 
number  are  supplied  from  the  Vento.  There  is  little  well  or 
cistern  water  used.  Only  the  suburban  ward  of  Vedado  is 
supplied  exclusively  in  this  way.  This  sparsely  inhabited 
ward  has  about  1,500  population  and  the  reputation  of  being 
very  healthy. 

All  three  of  the  water  supplies  to  Habana — the  Zanja  and 
the  two  aqueducts  of  Ferdinand  VII.  and  of  the  Vento — pro- 
ceed from  the  Almendares  and  run  their  course  near  to  each 
other,  the  farthest  to  the  west  being  the  Zanja  and  to  the  east 
the  Vento. 

At  Vento  Springs  is  constructed  a  large  stone  basin,  open 
at  the  bottom,  through  which  springs  bubble.  From  this 
reservoir  the  new  aqueduct  leads.  It  is  an  elliptical  tunnel 
of  brick,  placed  under  ground,  and  marked  by  turrets  of 
brick  and  stone  placed  along  its  course. 

From  the  Vento  Reservoir  the  new  aqueduct  crosses  the 
low  valley  south  of  Habana,  following  generally  the  Calzada 
de  Vento,  which  becomes,  near  the  Cerro,  the  Calzada  de 
Palatino,  to  a  point  on  the  Western  Railway  marked  5  kilo- 
meters (about) ;  hence  the  calzada  and  the  aqueduct  closely 
follow  the  railway  for  about  a  mile,  terminating  at  a  new 
reservoir  to  be  placed  (probably  now  finished)  near  the  point 
where  the  Calzada  Palatino  turns  90  degrees  to  the  southeast 
and  about  half  a  mile  beyond  the  intersection  of  the  Calzada 
del  Cerro  and  Palatino,  and  nearly  the  same  distance  from  ar 


SOIL,  DRAINAGE,  ETC.  69 

hacienda  called  Las  Delicias,  near  tlie  Western  Railway,  west 
of  Jesus  del  Monte.  From  this  second  reservoir  distributing 
mains  are  to  run  down  the  Calzada  del  Cerro  to  the  city.  In 
1890  El  Cerro,  though  nearest  of  all  parts  of  the  city  to  the 
aqueduct,  did  not  obtain  its  water  from  it.  Here  the  people 
still  bought  their  water.  Probably  now  the  supply  of  El 
Cerro  comes  from  the  new  aqueduct.  Vedado  and  Chorrera 
were,  in  1890,  supplied  from  the  Almendares  River  by  a 
reservoir  placed  on  the  hills  near  Paso  de  Madama,  to  which 
reservoir  the  water  is  pumped  from  the  river. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  water  supply  of  Habana  could  be 
readily  cut  off  at  two  points— ^at  or  near  Vento  and  the  new 
aqueduct,  southwest  of  Jesus  del  Monte,  near  line  of  Western 
Railroad. 

SOIL,  DRAINAGE,  ETC. 

The  surface  soil  of  Habana  consists  for  the  most  part  of  a 
thin  layer  of  red,  yellow,  or  black  earths.  At  varying  depths 
beneath  this,  often  not  exceeding  1  or  2  feet,  lie  the  solid  rocks. 
These  foundation  rocks  are,  especially  in  the  northern  and 
more  modern  parts  of  the  city  toward  the  coast  of  the  sea,  but 
not  that  of  the  harbor,  Quarternary,  and  especially  Tertiary, 
formations,  and  are  so  permeable  that  liquids  emptied  into 
excavations  are  absorbed  and  disappear.  In  the  southern  and 
greater  portion  of  the  city  these  rocks  are  of  Cretaceous 
formation,  and  so  much  less  permeable  that  sinks  and  other 
excavations  readily  fill  to  overflowing.  About  20,000  persons, 
or  one-tenth  of  the  population,  live  on  land  reclaimed  from 
the  sea,  in  large  measure,  by  dumping  on  garbage  and  street 
refuse.  Much  of  the  reclaimed  land  was  formerly  mangrove 
swamps,  and  Habana  still  lies  adjacent  to  these  breeders  of 
malarial  poison.  There  are  few  if  any  towns  in  Cuba  which 
are  not  subjected  to  malarial  effluvia  from  mangrove  or  other 
swamps,  and  many  of  these  suffer  to  greater  extent  than 
Habana. 

The  highest  point  within  or  adjacent  to  Habana  is  the 
summit  of  Jesus  del  Monte,  220  feet  above  the  sea,  but  the 
numbei*  of  inhabitants  living  even  100  feet  above  the  sea 
is  extremely  small.  In  fact,  not  more  than  one-fourth  of 
the  population  live  over  50  feet  above  the  sea,  while  at  least 
20,000  live  on  ground  less  than  7  feet,  and  35,000  on  ground 
from  7  to  13  feet  above  high  tide.  A  heavy  rain  or  a  high 
tide  with  a  north  wind  inundate  the  lowest  floor  of  many 
houses  in  Habana. 


60  INHABITANTS. 

Ill  Cuban  cities  generally  good  drainage  is  never  found 
except  in  such  comparatively  inextensive  parts  where  nature 
requires  little  or  no  assistance.  Even  in  Habaiia,  the  oldest 
and  wealthiest  city,  the  visitor  is  often  astounded,  especially 
in  the  rainy  season,  by  impassable  mudholes  and  green,  slimy, 
stagnant  pools  in  the  streets  and  in  the  back  yards.  This 
condition  is  seen  even  in  the  Pueblo  Nuevo  ward,  which  is 
located  so  admirably  for  good  drainage  that  little  labor  would 
be  required  to  make  it  perfect. 

Habana  has  no  sewers  save  in  a  few  principal  streets. 
These  sewers  were  built  at  interrupted  intervals,  and  without 
reference  to  any  general  plan  for  drainage.  They  are  seldom 
cleaned  and  are  generally  obstructed  in  part  or  wholly  with 
sediment  or  filth  from  the  streets,  and  exhale  offensive  odors. 
As  the  sewers  are  few  in  number,  the  greater  part  of  the 
water  of  the  city  empties  through  the  streets  into  the  harbor 
or  the  sea,  but  the  quantity  flowing  into  the  sea  is  compara- 
tively small. 

INHABITANTS. 

Of  the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of  Habana,  none  survived  to 
see  the  seventeenth  century.  The  present  population  may  be 
divided  into  five  classes : 

1.  Natives  of  Spain — "Peninsulares." 

2.  Cubans  of  Spanish  descent — "Insulares." 

3.  Other  white  persons. 

4.  Persons  wholly  or  in  part  of  the  African  race. 

5.  Eastern  Asiatics. 

The  number  of  white  persons  of  other  blood  than  Spanish 
is  trifling,  as  is  also  the  number  of  coolies  or  Asiatic  laborers, 
imported  from  the  Philippines.  Thus  reckoning  the  first 
three  classes  together  and  excluding  the  fifth  entirely,  there 
will  be  the  usual  division  of  whites  of  all  classes  and  negroes 
of  all  degrees  of  white  blood  admixture,  divided — 70  per  cent 
whites  and  30  per  cent  negroes. 

The  ratio  of  the  races  in  the  city  of  Washington  according 
to  the  census  of  1890  was  67  per  cent  whites  and  33  per  cent 
negroes.  Hence  it  will  be  seen  that  the  negro  element  is 
more  numerous  in  the  capital  of  our  own  country  than  it  is 
in  the  capital  of  Cuba. 

The  character  of  the  inhabitants  is  described  as  emotional 
and  sombre,  with  a  disposition  to  despondency.     Adding  to 


INHABITANTS.  61 

this  tendency  their  native  physical  laziness,  they  seem  to  be 
habitually  inert  and  opposed  to  exertion  for  the  sake  of  the 
future.  A  native — a  ' '  manana  " — as  we  know  him  to  be,  may 
talk  much  and  indeed  brilliantly  of  what  may  or  ought  to  be 
done  in  every  circumstance  of  life,  from  the  framing  of  the 
law  to  the  making  of  a  salad,  yet  he  does  nothing. 

A  noted  traveler  in  referring  to  the  character  of  the  Cuban 
natives,  says :  ' '  These  people  are  indolent,  vain,  and  untrust- 
worthy, the  men  unreliable  in  business,  venal  in  public  life, 
and  selfish  in  private  relations;  but  they  are  as  a  rule  kind 
hearted  and  hospitable,  quick  tempered  and  dangerous  when 
aroused,  yet  with  but  little  steady  courage ;  and  in  spite  of 
their  readiness  to  fight,  make  but  indifferent  soldiers,  since 
they  lack  the  persistent  courage  necessary  to  withstand  a 
reverse  or  redeem  a  defeat. " 

The  above  does  not  refer  to  that  large  portion  of  desirable 
Cuban  emigrants  who  come  from  the  northern  provinces  of 
Spain.  These  men  are  the  Yankees  of  the  Antilles,  hard- 
working, practical,  frugal,  and  successful  wherever  they  plant 
themselves.  They  are  reliable  in  business  life,  faithful  and 
honest  in  private  relations,  and  make  perhaps  as  good  soldiers 
now  as  in  the  days  when  Spanish  infantry  was  the  scourge 
of  every  battlefield  of  Europe. 


I 


DEFENSES  OF  HABANA, 


(68) 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page. 

Historical  sketch --- 67 

Seashore  defenses : 

Earthen  redan — No.  1  ..- --- - 70 

Earthen  redan— No.  2 70 

Fort — El  Morro,  with  Battery  Velazo  on  the  east,  and  water 

battery,  the  Twelve  Apostles,  at  foot 71 

Stone  bastioned  work — Cabana 73 

Stone  bastioned  work — La  Piinta 76 

Stone  casemated  work — La  Reina 77 

Stone  and  earth  battery — Santa  Clara 78 

Earthenredan — No.  3  A — 82 

Earthen  redan— No.  3B '.. 82 

Earthen  redan — No.  4 - 83 

Harbor  and  city  defenses : 

Stone  bastioned  work — San  Diego — .-_  84 

Stone  bastioned  .work — Atares 85 

Stone  bastioned  redoubt — El  Principe  - 87 

Auxiliary  defenses : 

Sunken  masked  batteries - - 89 

Secret  underground  passages -  89 

Small  outlying  fortifications 89 

Abandoned,  incomplete,  and  useless  works 89 

The  arsenal 90 

Artillery  storehouse. - 91 

Engineers' storehouse 92 

Army  cartridge  and  explosive  manufactory - 92 

Powder  magazines ---  92 

Barracks 92 

Military  hospital 93 

Stone  walls 93 

Buildings  as  defenses  and  barricaded  streets 93 

Armored  railroad  cars 95 

Searchlights 95 

Distance  measurement --- 95 

Summary  of  armament  and  garrison 95 

Api)endix : 

Capture  of  Habana  by  the  English 96 

(65) 


DEFENSES  OF  HABANA. 


HISTORICAL   SKETCH. 

In  1538  the  city  of  Habana  was  laid  in  ashes  by  a  French 
privateer.  In  order  to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  snch  a  dis- 
aster, the  governor,  the  celebrated  Fernando  de  Soto,  erected 
the  Castillo  de  la  Fuerza  to  defend  the  entrance  to  the  harbor. 
But  the  precaution  was  insufficient,  for  in  1554  the  French 
again  took  and  destroyed  Habana.  Two  other  fortresses  were 
then  added. 

El  Morro  was  commenced  in  1589,  finished  in  1597,  but 
additions  have  frequently  been  made  since  that  time.  It  was 
partly  destroyed  by  the  English  in  1762,  rebuilt  shortly  after- 
wards, and  since  continually  improved. 

La  Punta,  a  much  smaller  fort,  was  commenced  in  1589. 

In  January,  1762,  hostilities  were  declared,  and  during  the 
summer  Lord  Albemarle,  with  a  fleet  of  200  sail  in  all,  and  a 
land  force  of  14,0-41  men,  attacked  Habana.  The  defense, 
made  by  an  army  of  27,610,  was  most  obstinate,  and  lasted 
two  months.  The  city  capitulated  August  13,  constant  firing 
having  gone  on  between  the  captured  Morro,  the  siege  bat- 
teries, and  the  Spanish  works  in  the  town.  The  capture  of 
Morro  itself  can,  however,  be  said  to  have  sealed  the  city's 
fate. 

Soon  after  the  restoration  of  Cuba  to  Spain,  Count  de  Ricla, 
otherwise  known  as  Count  of  Santa  Clara,  was  appointed 
governor,  and  took  an  ardent  interest  in  Habana's  military 
defenses. 

Most  of  the  present  fortifications  were  originated  by  him, 
and  the  Bateria  de  Santa  Clara  was  named  in  his  honor. 

During  the  years  from  1726  to  1796  a  great  navy  yard  grew 

up  on  the  bay  of  Habana,  and  114  war  vessels  were  built  there 

to  convoy  the  Spanish  treasure  ships.     But  this  was  closed  in . 

1796. 

(67) 


G8  THE    FORTIFICATIONS   OF   HABANA. 

At  the  time  of  the  trouble  between  Germany  and  Spain 
over  the  Caroline  Islands  in  1885,  the  state  of  the  fortifica- 
tions was  considered  so  bad  that  a  popular  subscription  was 
made  by  the  citizens  of  Habana  for  the  improvement  of  the 
defenses.  It  amounted  to  $200,000,  and  it  seems  to  have  been 
largely  misappropriated,  though  some  was  used  in  the  recon- 
struction of  the  battery  of  Santa  Clara,  and  extending  east- 
ward of  the  sea  front  of  the  Morro.  Within  the  last  couple  of 
years  there  existed  and  still  exists  a  great  activity  in  building 
new  fortifications  and  erecting  earthworks. 

THE   FORTIFICATIONS   OF   HABANA. 

There  are  now  fifteen  fortifications  in  and  about  the  city  of 
Habana,  more  or  less  armed  and  garrisoned,  besides  a  work 
partly  constructed  and  not  armed,  called  Las  Animas,  and 
the  old  bastions  along  the  sea  wall  of  the  harbor.  These 
works  are  as  follows : 

Nos.  1  and  2  are  earthen  redans  on  the  seacoast,  east  of 
Habana. 

Velazo  Battery,  just  east  of,  and  a  part  of  El  Morro. 

El  Morro,  a  seacoast  fort,  with  flanking  barbette  batteries, 
east  of  harbor  entrance. 

The  Twelve  Apostles,  a  water  battery  lying  at  the  foot  of 
Morro,  with  a  field  of  fire  across  the  harbor's  mouth.  It  is  a 
part  of  Morro. 

La  Cabana,  a  stone  bastioned  work  with  both  land  and 
water  front,  in  rear  of  El  Morro,  and  directly  opposite  the  city 
of  Habana. 

San  Diego,  a  stone  bastioned  work  with  only  land  fronts, 
east  of  Cabana. 

Atar^s,  a  stone  bastioned  work  on  hill  at  southwestern 
extremity  of  Habana  Bay,  near  the  old  shipyard  called  the 
arsenal. 

San  Salvador  de  la  Punta,  a  stone  bastioned  work  west  of 
harbor  entrance,  with  small  advanced  and  detached  work, 
built  on  a  rock  near  harbor  mouth. 

La  Reina,  a  stone  work,  in  shape  the  segment  of  a  circle, 
placed  oh  the  seacoast,  at  western  limits  of  city,  on  an  inlet 
called  San  Ld,zaro. 

Santa  Clara,  a  small  but  powerful  seacoast  battery  of  stone 
and  earth,  placed  about  1^  miles  west  of  harbor. 


THE    FORTIFICATIONS   OF   HABANA.  69 

El  Principe,  a  stone  bastioned  redoubt  west  of  Habana. 

Nos.  3  A,  3  B,  and  4,  are  earthen  redans  on  the  seacoast 
west  of  Habana. 

There  are,  in  addition,  several  works  built  for  defense,  but 
now  used  for  other  purposes  or  abandoned.     These  are : 

The  Torreon  de  Vigia,  a  Martello  tower  placed  on  the  inlet 
of  San  Lazaro  opposite  La  Reina. 

The  old  fort  called  La  Fuerza,  built  three  hundred  and  fifty 
years  ago,  near  the  present  Plaza  de  Armas,  and  now  used  for 
barracks  and  public  offices. 

The  work  called  San  Nazario,  situated  north  of  El  Principe, 
but  now  used  in  connection  with  the  present  cartridge  fac- 
tory, abandoned  for  defensive  purposes. 

The  work  called  La  Pastoria,  lying  about  500  yards  south 
of  Morro,  on  east  side  of  the  bay,  and  nearly  under  the  walls 
of  Cabanas.  Its  field  of  fire  was  across  the  bay,  the  city,  and 
towards  the  northwest ;  it  is  useless,  and  probably  will  never 
be  restored.     It  is  now  used  merely  as  a  store-house. 

The  partially  constructed  fort  called  Las  Animas,  south- 
east of  Principe,  lying  on  a  low  hill,  partly  built  but  useless 
and  unarmed. 

The  old  sea  wall  extending  from  near  La  Punta  to  the 
Plaza  de  armas,  unarmed,  and  useless  except  as  a  parapet  for 
musketry. 

The  old  arsenal,  on  the  west  of  the  inner  bay,  now  used  as 
repair  works  for  ships,  useless  for  defense. 

The  old  artillery  and  engineer  storehouses  near  La  Punta, 
probably  once  used  as  strongholds,  now  mere  storehouses  for 
munitions  of  war. 

There  are  besides,  in  the  vicinity  of  Habana,  three  old  and 
now  useless  stone  works — one  at  Chorrera,  the  mouth  of  the 
Almendares  River,  about  4  miles  from  Habana  harbor ;  another 
at  Cojimar,  on  the  coast,  about  3  miles  eastward  of  Cabana, 
and  the  third  at  the  inlet  called  La  Playa  de  Marianao,  about 
7  miles  west  of  Habana. 

The  number  of  submarine  mines  amounts  to  198. 

A  military  telegraph  line,  constructed  in  1885,  between  all 
the  forts  and  the  office  of  the  governor  general,  as  well  as  the 
military  hospital  of  Habana,  has  now  been  extended  to  the 
newly  erected  fortifications. 


70  SHORE   DEFENSES. 

SEASHORE  DEFENSES. 
BATTERY  NO.    1. 

It  is  a  seacoast  battery,  built  of  earth,  of  recent  construc- 
tion and  equipment.  It  is  a  simple  redan ;  guns  mounted  in 
barbette,  earth  traverses  between  the  guns,  and  powder  maga- 
zines under  the  traverses. 

COMMAND. 

Sea.     It  is  situated  60  feet  above  sea  level. 

ARMAMENT. 

Four  Hontoria  6-inch  guns. 

Two  Nordenfeldt  6-pounder,  R.  F. 

Four  8-inch  Howitzers,  curved  fire. 

GARRISON. 

Small.     Exact  figures  unknown. 

BATTERY   NO.  2. 

It  is  also  a  seacoast  battery,  and  also,  like  the  battery  No. 
1,  a  simple  redan,  built  of  earth,  of  recent  construction  and 
equipment.  Guns  are  mounted  en  barbette,  earth  traverses 
between  the  guns,  and  powder  magazine  under  the  traverses. 

COMMAND. 

Sea.     Its  altitude  is  a  little  over  60  feet. 

ARMAMENT. 

Two  Krupp  12-inch  guns. 
Four  Hontoria  8.3-inch  guns. 

GARRISON. 

Small.     Exact  figures  unknown. 

VELAZO  BATTERY. 

Forming  part  of  El  Morro,  though  separated  from  the  old 
work  by  a  wide  ditch  cut  through  rock  almost  to  the  ocean's 
level,  is  an  earthwork,  open  to  the  rear,  and  following  the 
general  crest  of  the  cliffs,  which  gives  it  a  command  of  prob- 
ably 150  feet.  It  consists  of  a  low  parapet  of  earth,  about  4^ 
feet  high  and  8  or  10  feet  thick,  over  which  guns  fire  en  bar- 
bette, guns  separated  by  traverses.  The  work  is  open  to  the 
rear  and  has  its  right  flank  open.     It  would  be  difficult  to  hit 


SHORE   DEFENSES.  71 

from  the  sea,  as  it  lies  low  along  the  ridge  of  the  cliff,  per- 
haps 150  feet  high,  and  nearly  perpendicular.  It  could  be 
best  taken  by  fire  of  field  guns  and  infantry,  from  the  hill  of 
San  Diego  or  other  hills  southeast  and  south  of  Habana  or  by 
infantry  attack  from  the  rear.  The  guns  in  this  work  are 
separated  by  earth  traverses.  The  road  along  the  north  coast 
lies  between  this  and  Cabana.  The  work  is  incomplete,  is 
unclosed,  and  exposed  on  the  right  flank  and  rear;  the  left 
flank  rests  against  the  Morro  ditch. 

COMMAND. 

About  150  feet. 

ARMAMENT. 

Four  Krupp  11-inch  guns. 
Two  Ordoiiez  12-inch  guns. 

GARRISON. 

Small.     Comprised  in  that  of  El  Morro. 

EL  MORRO. 

The  Morro,  or  Castillo,  is  the  most  frequently  mentioned 
and  best  known  of  Habana's  fortifications.  It  is  situated  on 
a  projecting  point  of  the  eastern  side  of  the  harbor  entrance. 

The  Spanish  description  reads : 

"Northeast  of  the  Bay  of  Habana,  situated  on  a  larger  rock 
which  serves  as  its  base,  is  El  Morro.  It  is  surrounded  by  a 
very  deep  ditch  or  waterway,  open  to  the  same  rock,  and  by  a  road 
covered  with  a  battery  which  looks  to  the  sea,  known  as  the 
battery  of  the  Pena.  Below  the  precincts  at  the  base  line  of 
the  castle,  appear  the  grand  batteries  called  the  Twelve  Apos- 
tles, which  contain  an  equal  number  of  pieces  of  large  caliber 
looking  toward  the  entrance  of  the  port.  Crowning  its  bat- 
teries are  sixty  pieces  of  all  calibers,  some  rifled,  the  others 
like  those  in  the  batteries  of  the  Twelve  Apostles  below." 

At  the  seaward  corner  stands  the  famous  Morro  lighthouse 
O'Donnell.  Its  armament  is  well  described  in  the  foregoing 
quotation,  but  it  should  perhaps  be  said  that  the  guns  of  the 
Apostle  battery  referred  to  are  of  the  largest  caliber  on  the 
island. 

El  Morro  was  commenced  in  1589  and  finished  in  1597.  It 
was  partly  destroyed  by  the  English  in  1762  and  rebuilt  shortly 
afterwards.     It  lies  directly  north  of  the  city,  at  the  extreme" 

773? 6 


72  SHORE   DEFENSES 

point  of  the  east  shore  of  the  hay.  It  is  the  first  part  of 
Habana  seen  on  approaching  from  the  sea.  The  old  castle  is 
a  stone  bastioned  work,  placed  on  a  steep  cliff  of  considerable 
height.  It  is  useless  as  a  defensive  work  against  sea  attack ; 
in  its  present  condition  the  parapets  and  bastions  are  exposed 
and  without  earth  covers  of  importance. 

By  common  report  El  Morro  is  now  said  to  be  used  simply  as  a 
prison.  Within  are  placed  the  lighthouse  and  signal  station 
for  ships.  The  Morro  is  reached  by  a  ramp,  or  covered  way, 
cut  through  the  solid  rock  from  the  rear.  One  face  of  the 
old  work  looks  eastward  along  the  road  from  Cojimar. 

According  to  a  rumor,  the  weakest  spot  in  its  walls  is 
directly  under  where  the  search  light  is. 

It  is  said  that  during  recent  years  the  officials  have  been 
afraid  to  fire  the  larger  guns  to  any  great  extent  for  fear  of 
the  possible  effects  on  some  of  the  walls. 

COMMAND. 

Sixty-six  feet  above  datum. 

ARMAMENT. 

Four  Krupp  6-inch  guns. 
Twelve  old  10-inch  guns. 
Eight  old  8-inch  guns. 
Fourteen  old  6-inch  guns. 

GARRISON. 

One  thousand  two  hundred  men,  but  it  can  contain  double 
or  triple  such  number.  The  rank  of  its  ordinary  command- 
ing officer  is  major  of  infkntry. 

NOTES.— SUNKEN  MASKED  BATTERIES. 

Much  as  the  Spanish  engineering  has  been  condemned,  great 
ingenuity  has  been  displayed  in  the  construction  of  this  for- 
midable and  dangerous  character  of  fortification.  Closely 
underlying  much  of  the  soil  in  the  vicinity  of  Habana  is 
cocina  (coral  rock),  which  is  easily  excavated,  and  which  is 
said  to  withstand  fire  better  than  any  other  kind  of  rock,  as 
it  will  not  splinter  or  fly.  Trenches  are  cut  into  it,  and  from 
short  distances  nothing  is  seen  to  indicate  the  existence  or 
extent  of  defensive  works,  care  being  taken  to  mask  the  guns. 

The  extensive  new  works  east  of  the  Morro,  while  generally 
composed  of  earthen  ramparts,  to  a  certain  extent  have  this 
sunken  feature. 


SHORE   DEFENSES.  73 

MORRO   WATER   BATTERY. 

Called  the  Twelve  Apostles.  Lies  at  the  foot  of  Morro  at 
harbor  entrance ;  it  faces  approximately  west.  It  is  a  stone, 
or  rubble  and  cement,  water  battery.  It  is  small,  lying  close 
against  the  cliff ;  it  could  be  best  destroyed  from  the  sea,  but 
70uld  of  course  fall  with  the  Morro.  There  are  no  earth 
covers.  The  work  rises  sheer  from  the  water.  One  heavy 
shell  striking  it,  or  above  it,  would  probably  destroy  the  whole 
place.  Guns  are  mounted  en  barbette,  placed  close  together 
without  traverses  intervening. 

COMMAND. 

It  has  a  command  of  about  20  feet,  and  it  has  a  field  of  fire 
from  northwest  to  southeast — that  is,  from  seaward  west- 
ward by  the  coast,  city,  and  up  the  channel  toward  the  har- 
bor. The  long-range  fire  is  limited  in  field,  but  the  battery 
sweeps  the  shore  and  gulf  toward  Vedado  and  Chorrera  and 
is  advantageously  situated  to  repel  an  advance  from  that 
direction. 

ARMAMENT. 

Authorities  differ  as  to  the  armament  of  this  battery,  but  it 
probably  consists  of  six  old  10-inch  guns;  the  Spaniards, 
however,  intended  to  place  here  their  largest  caliber  guns. 

GARRISON. 

Varying.     Comprised  in  that  of  El  Morro. 

CABANA. 

Commenced  in  1763,  finished  about  1774.  Cost,  approxi- 
mately, $14,000,000.     Now  worthless  as  a  fortification. 

Comprising  the  annexes,  ditches,  and  approaches,  its  length 
(north  to  south)  is  1,900  yards,  and  its  width  (east  to  west), 
280  yards.  Its  harbor  frontage  is  fully  75  feet  above  the  sea 
level,  crowning  an  exceedingly  abrupt  bluff  of  rock  rising 
almost  from  the  water's  edge.  On  this  side  is  practically  a 
continuous  wall,  with  a  few  lightly  defined  angles.  There  are 
three  prominent  bastions  on  the  landward  side. 

Cabana  lies  some  500  yards  southeast  of  El  Morro,  on  the 
east  side  of  Habana  Bay.  Toward  the  city  it  exposes  a  verti- 
cal stone  wall  of  irregular  trace,  with  salients  at  intervals. 
Toward  the  Morro  is  a  bastioned  face  protected  by  a  deep 
ditch,  sally  port,  and  drawbridge. 


74  SHORE   DEFENSES. 

The  average  thickness  of  the  walls  is  about  5  feet,  but  there 
are  said  to  be  several  points  exposed  to  fire  that  are  exceed- 
ingly weak. 

Eastward  and  southward  a  beautifully  constructed  land 
front  incloses  the  work.  This  front  is  protected  by  ditches 
40  or  more  feet  deep,  well  constructed  glacis,  stone  scarp,  and 
counterscarp.  Cabana  is  a  magnificent  example  of  the  per- 
manent fortifications  constructed  a  century  ago.  Probably 
10,000  men  could  be  quartered  in  it. 

The  entrance  to  Cabana  is  by  the  sally  port  that  opens 
upon  the  bridge  across  the  moat  lying  between  Cabana  and 
El  Morro,  Upon  entering,  the  enormous  extent  of  the  work 
begins  to  be  perceived,  parapet  within  parapet,  galleries,  case- 
mates, and  terrepleins  almost  innumerable,  all  of  stone  and 
useless.  There  are  no  earth  covers  or  traverses,  and  no  pro- 
tection against  modern  artillery. 

Cabana  is  now  used  chiefly  as  a  place  of  retention  for  state 
prisoners  of  importance. 

Cabana  could  be  silenced  or  destroyed  by  small  guns  on 
hills  near  Guanabacoa  and  Jesiis  del  Monte. 

COMMAND. 

The  command  of  Cabana  is  lower  than  that  of  the  Morro. 
Southwest,  west,  and  northwest  it  overlooks  harbor  and  city ; 
northward  it  has  a  small  field  of  fire  seaward  past  the  Morro. 
Northeast,  east,  and  southeast  the  land  front  sweeps  the 
approaches  from  Cojimar,  the  hills,  and  low  ground  toward 
Regla.  On  the  east  Cabana  has  a  glacis,  and  is  in  part  pro- 
tected by  earth.  Is  157  feet  above  sea  level  at  foot  of  glacis. 
As  a  defense  against  attack  from  this  quarter,  and  against 
light  guns,  the  land  face  might  have  some  value,  otherwise 
the  work,  both  by  its  construction  and  location,  is  useless. 
It  lies  within  a  thousand  yards  of  the  heart  of  Habana,  about 
1,400  meters  from  Tacdn  Theater.  Though  capable  of  being 
strengthened  by  earth  covers  in  parts,  and  though  to  the 
north  and  northeast  the  work  is  covered  from  the  fire  of  ships 
lying  off  the  coast  near  Cojimar,  and  to  some  extent  near 
Chorrera,  the  work  has  little  defense  value. 

ARMAMENT. 

Cabaiia  is  said  to  have  the  following  guns :  eight  old  8-inch, 
three  old  6-inch. 

One  authority  reports  only  a  saluting  battery  and  five  small 
land-defense  guns. 


SHORE  DEFENSES.  75 

GARRISON. 

Cabana  is  governed  by  a  brigadier  general,  and  has  a  gar- 
rison of  some  1,270  men. 

NOTES. 

The  traditions  and  rumors  as  regards  secret  passages  and 
underground  connections  with  other  fortifications  are  par- 
ticularly numerous  in  connection  with  these  works,  and 
unquestionably  some  of  these  exist. 

The  extensive  system  of  sunken  passages,  well  protected 
against  fire  from  either  sea  or  land,  connects  El  Morro  and 
Cabana. 

One  is  well  known  to  exist  at  the  top  of  the  rocky  ridge 
connecting  the  water  batteries  which  are  stretched  in  front  of 
the  main  fortifications  at  a  much  lower  level.  In  fact  these 
batteries  extend  so  as  to  nearly  meet  each  other,  and  along 
their  front  is  piled  old  round  shot  and  similar  material. 

MORRO-CABANA   SECRET   PASSAGE. 

From  an  exterior  or  salient  corner  of  the  secretary's  office 
of  the  headquarters  (see  Cabana  map)  there  leads  a  subter- 
ranean passage  326  meters  long,  2.5  meters  wide,  and  1.86 
high  excavated  in  the  rock.  It  conducts  to  the  sea,  debouch- 
ing at  the  mouth  of  a  sewer,  87  meters  from  the  Morro  wharf. 
At  exactly  132  meters  along  the  road  rising  from  the  Morro 
pier  or  wharf  to  the  Cabana,  there  will  be  found  by  excavat- 
ing the  rock  on  the  left  of  the  road,  at  a  depth  of  3  meters,  a 
grating,  on  opening  which  passage  will  be  made  into  a  road 
107  meters  long,  1.6  high,  and  1.42  wide,  leading  to  the  same 
exit  as  the  Cabana  secret  way.  These  passages  are  most 
secret,  as  all  believe  that  the  grating  of  the  sewer,  seen  from 
the  sea,  is  a  drain. 

SEA   WALL, 

Lying  about  500  yards  from  La  Punta,  and  near  the  shore, 
is  a  small  bastion  which  marks  the  northern  point  of  the  old 
wall  of  Habana,  now  removed  ;  it  is  used  as  a  kind  of  bar- 
rack and  ordnance  storehouse,  and  from  it  the  old  sea  wall 
extends  to  the  old  fort  La  Fuerza.  For  a  hundred  yards  or 
more  this  is  built  with  a  stone  parapet  for  guns  and  troops  ; 
no  guns  are  now  mounted  here.  The  sea  wall  was  built  for 
defense  ;  it  is  about  12  to  15  feet  above  water  level,  has  a 
bastion  here  and  there,  and  a  parapet  for  small  guns  and 


76  SHORE  DEFENSES. 

infantry  in  many  places,  but  is  now  useless  except  as  a  possi- 
ble shelter  for  riflemen.  Along  the  wall,  and  near  La  Fuerza, 
lie  old  and  worthless  guns,  iron  carriages,  and  ordnance  mate- 
rial, all  practically  worthless.  A  soldier  of  the  Orden  Pub- 
lico is  usually  on  duty  here,  and  the  headquarters  of  this 
corps  are  near  by.  The  sea  parapet  ends  near  La  Fuerza,  and 
the  west  and  north  bay  shore  is  undefended  as  far  as  the  old 
arsenal,  now  useless  for  the  purpose,  and  so  to  Atar^s. 

LA  PUNTA. 

San  Salvador  de  la  Punta,  commenced  in  1589,  is  placed  at 
the  western  entrance  to  Habana  Bay.  It  is  composed  of  two 
parts — a  small  bastion  on  shore  (at  the  present  outlet  of  the 
city  sewer),  and  a  small  redan  in  front  surrounded  by  water. 
La  Punta  lies  hardly  above  the  level  of  the  sea  and  near  the 
heart  of  the  city.  Close  by  it  are  the  prisons,  and  the  artil- 
lery and  engineer  storehouses. 

Both  by  location  and  construction  La  Punta  has  little  value 
as  a  defensive  work  ;  but  it  is  small  and  would  be  difficult  to 
reach  from  the  sea. 

It  is  situated  on  a  point  jutting  out  at  the  northeast  corner 
of  the  city,  and  is  closely  adjacent  to  an  important  built-up 
portion  of  the  same. 

La  Punta  is  of  limestone,  with  walls  8  or  10  feet  thick  ;  the 
bastion  extends  beyond  the  shore  line,  and  the  covering  redan 
lies  some  yards  beyond  on  a  small  rock  west  of  the  harbor 
entrance.  The  parapet  is  of  stone  about  6  feet  thick.  The 
guns  are  but  slightly  protected,  as  there  are  no  covers  or 
traverses  of  earth.  No  casemates  are  visible  and  guns  fire 
en  barbette  with  a  command  of  about  12  feet  above  the  sea. 
There  is  little  possibility  of  strengthening  the  work  with 
earth,  as  it  lies  at  the  water's  edge. 

COMMAND. 

The  possible  field  of  fire  is  hardly  more  than  90  degrees,  i. 
e.,  from  north  to  west  (except  across  the  harbor  to  the  hill  of 
the  Morro  and  Cabana,  half  a  mile  across).  The  hill  of 
Morro,  Cabaiia,  and  the  city  shut  in  the  remainder  of  the  field 
of  fire.  The  work  is  dangerous  to  direct  approach  to  the 
harbor  from  the  sea,  and  commands  also  the  shore  west,  the 
road,  and  railroad  to  Chorrera. 

La  Punta  is  commanded  by  the  Morro  and  by  Cabana  ;  it 
is  much  lower  than  either,  and  could  be  made  untenable  by 
musketry  placed  on  the  eastern  shore  of  Habana  Bay. 


SHORE  DEFENSES.  t1 

ARMAMENT. 

Three  6-incii  guns. 

Six  4-inch  old  bronze  guns. 

One  9.5-inch  old  cast-iron  Armstrong  gun. 

Two  mortars  of  no  use,  dismantled. 

The  muzzle-loading  guns  have  a  store  of  ammunition  of 
300  rounds  each. 

It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  Armstrong  gun  which,  on  account 
of  being  old,  should  have  spherical  projectiles,  is  provided 
with  cylindrical  ones,  and  in  target  practice  in  1885,  the  pro- , 
jectiles  after  leaving  the  gun,  instead  of  revolving  around  in 
the  direction  of  their  axis,  revolved  around  a  perpendicular 
axis,  from  which  it  may  be  inferred  that  it  is  not  possible  to 
train  this  old  gun. 

QARRISON. 

Two  companies  of  recently  arrived  artillery.  The  ordi- 
nary commander  ranks  as  a  major  of  infantry. 

BATTERY   LA   REINA. 

La  Reina  stands  on  the  north  coast  on  the  cove  of  San 
Lazaro,  and  opposite  the  old  Martello  tower  of  Vigia,  the 
landing  place  of  one  end  of  the  northern  cable.  Near  by  are 
the  Hospital  of  San  Lazaro,  the  Leper  Hospital,  and  the 
Foundling  Asylum. 

La  Reina,  in  shape  the  segment  of  a  circle,  is  a  casemated 
work  of  soft  stone,  which  if  shelled  would  crumble  rather 
than  splinter,  without  face  covers ;  it  stands  directly  on  the 
shore.  The  sea  face,  a  circular,  vertical  wall  of  stone,  is 
pierced  by  embrasures ;  the  land  face,  also  vertical,  is  loop- 
holed  for  musketry,  and  has  a  few  small  embrasures. 

As  it  lies  close  to  the  water's  edge  it  could  not  well  be  pro- 
tected by  earth,  which  is  very  scant  in  the  vicinity. 

The  work  may  have  a  slight  value  as  protecting  from  boat 
attack  the  cable  landing  at  Torredn  de  Vigia  opposite. 

It  is  used  as  a  prison  for  important  state  offenders.  Here 
Prado  was  confined  during  the  trouble  about  the  frauds  com- 
mitted in  January,  1890,  known  as  the  Ortez  case. 

The  low  drawbridges  have  now  been  closed,  and  the  shore 
line  banked  with  sand,  thus  forming  a  parapet  about  35  feet 
in  height. 


SHORE   DEFENSES. 


COMMAND. 


The  walls  rise  about  20  feet  from  the  low  shore,  which  is 
not  more  than  a  foot  or  two  above  the  sea.  The  greatest 
command  of  the  work  is  perhaps  30  feet  above  the  sea.  Over 
the  casemates  on  the  sea  face  is  placed  a  parapet  of  earth,  10 
or  12  feet  thick  and  perhaps  6  feet  deep. 

La  Reina  gives  fire  seaward  and  along  the  coast  east  and 
west,  and  might  be  of  use  in  resisting  an  advance  from  Chorrera. 

ARMAMENT. 

Mounted  en  barbette  over  the  casemates  are  the  following 
guns: 

Eight  6-inch  Parrotts  (old). 

Three  6-inch  Armstrongs. 

Two  4-inch  Ordonez ;  to  be  mounted. 

Nine  3.75-inch  Krupps;  to  be  mounted., 

GARRISON. 

It  is  garrisoned  by  a  small  force,  though  intended  for  a 
guard  of  250  men.  The  rank  of  its  ordinary  commander  is 
captain  of  artillery.  Recently  it  was  used  as  the  general 
headquarters,  but  it  is  believed  that  they  will  be  moved  to 
Santa  Clara. 

NOTE. 

Opposite  La  Reina  is  placed  the  Martello  tower,  called  La 
Vigia  or  San  Lazaro.  It  was  built  in  1556,  and  is  now  useless 
for  defense,  and  is  simply  of  importance  as  locating  the  end 
of  the  Key  West  cables.  It  is  protected  by  the  fire  of  Santa 
Clara. 

BATTERY   OF   SANTA   CLARA. 

Finished  in  1797.  The  most  westerly  of  the  fortifications 
of  Habana  proper,  and  placed  on  the  north  coast,  about  1^ 
miles  from  the  harbor  mouth.  It  is  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant works  of  Habana. 

The  Santa  Clara  battery  lies  about  100  yards  from  the  shore 
of  the  gulf,  at  a  point  where  the  line  of  hills  to  the  westward 
runs  back  (either  naturally  or  artificially)  into  quarries,  thus 
occupying  a  low  salient,  backed  by  a  hill  in  rear  with  a  com- 
mand above  the  sea  of  about  44  feet.  The  work  is  partly  built 
in  the  natural  rock,  a  soft  limestone,  with  walls  partly  of  this 
rock,  partly  of  loose  stones  and  cement  called  "mamposteria." 


SHORE   DEFENSES.  79 

To  the  right  and  extending  backward  is  a  quarry  from  which 
so  much  stone  has  been  taken  that  in  the  rear  of  Santa  Clara, 
from  the  hill  above  to  the  bottom  of  the  quarry  (near  which 
passes  the  continuation  of  the  Calzada  de  la  Infanta),  the 
height  is  about  50  feet ;  to  the  left  lies  another  deep  quarry. 
The  shore  in  front  of  Santa  Clara  is  low  and  rocky.  In  the 
rear  the  hill  continues  to  rise ;  it  is  uncultivated,  covered  with 
brush  and  weeds,  diente  de  perro  (a  sharp  stone  formation 
springing  through  the  surface  of  the  ground).  A  road  runs 
back  from  this  hill  to  the  old  work  called  San  Nazario  (now 
a  cartridge  factory).  Near  Santa  Clara  is  the  great  charity 
hospital.  Telegraph  or  telephone  wires  run  toward  El  Prin- 
cipe. 

The  rear  face  of  Santa  Clara  {i.  e.,  toward  the  hills)  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  loopholed  wall  some  8  feet  high.  No  guns  can 
be  mounted  here.  This  wall  runs  along  the  hill,  approach- 
ing within  15  or  20  feet  of  the  steep  quarry  wall.  The  quar- 
ries on  either  side  are  absolute  dead  spaces  so  far  as  this 
work  is  concerned,  and  being  on  a  level  with  the  roads,  form 
excellent  places  for  troops  to  await  an  attack  from  the  sea,  or 
from  the  direction  of  either  Chorrera  or  Habana.  Toward 
Chorrera,  and  facing  the  road,  railroad,  and  seacoast,  extends 
one  face  of  the  work,  composed  of  a  parapet  in  part  of  earth, 
probably  10  feet  thick  and  faced  with  stone.  In  front  of  this 
is  a  little  unimportant  ditch.  This  face  is  also  in  part  pro- 
tected by  the  hill  in  front,  down  which  the  road  runs  from 
the  Calzada  below.  Connected  with  this  face  is  that  facing 
seaward  and  commanding  the  approach  westward  along  the 
shore. 

The  hospitals  for  contagious  diseases  are  placed  elsewhere, 
the  leper  hospital  near  the  punta,  or  at  least  along  the  rail- 
road track  and  not  far  away,  and  for  smallpox  patients  the 
pest  houses  across  the  Almendares  River. 

The  parapet  of  the  sea  front  of  Santa  Clara  is  about  10  feet 
thick ;  it  has  been  recently  built,  and  is  constructed  partly  of 
natural  rock  and  partly  of  a  mixture  of  loose  stones  and 
mortar. 

The  magazines  are  in  the  light  earthen  traverse  of  the  work. 
The  trace  of  Santa  Clara  is  very  irregular ;  the  work  is  small 
and  can  shelter  only  a  small  force.  One  heavy  shell  reaching 
it  from  the  sea  would  probably  destroy  it,  but  the  low  incon- 
spicuous work  would  be  exceedingly  difficult  to  hit  from  the 


80  SHORE  DEFENSES. 

sea,  or  indeed  from  any  point  likely  to  fall  into  an  enemy's 
hands.  It  could  best  be  captured  from  tlie  hill  in  rear  and 
by  infantry  attack.  Around  Santa  Clara  there  is  no  ditch 
except  the  small  short  one  mentioned.  Its  wall  is  laid  close 
to  the  nearly  perpendicular  hillside  in  rear,  cut  away  to  the 
calzada  and  shore  below.  Next  to  El  Principe  and  El  Morro, 
Santa  Clara  is,  on  account  of  its  armament,  perhaps  the  most 
important  work  about  Habana. 

The  wall  of  the  fort  is  6  feet  thick  at  the  bottom,  4  at  the 
top,  and  high  enough  to  conceal  the  guns'  crews.  Sand  is 
piled  in  front  of  this  wall  to  the  crest  of  the  stone,  and  slant- 
ing down  at  an  angle  of  10  degrees.  On  this  is  placed  a  layer 
of  T  railroad  iron,  and  on  to  the  wall  and  over  that  a  foot  or 
less  of  sand.  The  Spaniards  believe  that  shot  striking  the 
face  of  the  fort  will,  on  reaching  the  railroad  iron,  glance  off 
and  pass  over  the  heads  of  the  gunners'  garrison. 

It  is  reported  that  the  magazine  is  situated  slightly  west  of 
the  center  line,  across  the  front  of  the  works. 

The  covering  of  the  soil  near  Santa  Clara  is  so  thin  that 
earthworks  could  be  erected  with  difficulty.  It  is  said  that 
the  soft  limestone  rock  of  which  most  of  these  works,  as  well 
as  most  of  the  buildings  of  Habana,  are  constructed  erumbles 
into  dirt  under  impact. 

COMMAND. 

Its  fire  is  along  the  coast  east  and  west  and  seaward  across 
the  approach  to  the  harbor.  The  battery  of  Santa  Clara  is 
useless  if  it  has  to  fire  to  the  northeast,  as  in  that  case  shots 
from  this  battery  will  be  likely  to  hit  Morro  Castle  itself. 

By  the  form  of  the  work  it  is  intended  solely  as  a  defense 
against  sea  attack ;  but  as  the  ground  at  its  rear  is  higher, 
and  is  thoroughly  commanded  by  works  situated  on  a  higher 
elevation,  therefore  attention  should  be  called  to  certain  phys- 
ical features  of  the  surrounding  ground, 

A  little  to  the  eastward  of  Santa  Clara  Battery  is  the  point 
of  a  range  of  hills  reaching  nearly  to  the  water  front,  which 
range  runs  first  in  a  southeasterly  direction,  thence  continu- 
ing in  a  southwesterly  direction,  continuing  in  practically  a 
semicircle,  extending  around  the  harbor  at  varying  distances 
therefrom  until  it  connects  with  a  ridge  along  the  seacoast 
running  eastward  from  the  Morro.  True,  it  is  broken  at 
places,  and  varies  greatly  in  height  at  diffei-ent  points,  yet  in 
the  main  the  general  statement  concerning  it  is  correct,  and 


SHORE  DEFEN'SES.  81 

tKe  topographical  features  which  it  presents  are  of  great  im- 
portance on  the  question  of  Habana's  defenses.  At  the  point 
mentioned  as  its  commencement  it  practically  divides  old 
Habana  from  its  wealthiest  and  most  recently-built  suburb, 
El  Cannelo  el  Vedado,  or,  as  it  is  ordinarily  called,  the  Ve- 
dado.  This  section,  running  along  the  open  sea  front  from 
Santa  Clara  to  the  Boca  del  Rio  la  Chorrera,  is  principally 
occupied  by  dwellings  of  the  rich,  surrounded  by  the  richest 
gardens  and  similar  embellishments  of  the  tropics,  and  is 
traversed  by  a  steam  dummy  line.  The  city  terminal  is 
about  200  feet  east  of  the  Bateria  de  la  Punta,  the  other  at 
the  Boca  del  Rio  la  Chorrera.  But  one  highway  from  the 
city  proper  runs  through  the  Vedado,  this  being  the  Calzada 
de  Vedado.  This  is  a  wide  street,  partially  improved.  The 
Vedado  proper  is  only  a  few  feet  above  the  sea  level.  The 
side  of  the  ridge  referred  to  begins  to  rise  almost  from  the 
south  side  of  the  dummy  line,  and  while  not  precipitous,  it 
does  rise  quite  rapidly,  so  that  from  its  commencement  until 
it  reaches  the  vicinity  of  the  cemetery  only  two  or  three  steep, 
crooked,  unimproved  roads  cross  or  reach  the  top  of  the  ridge. 

All  along  the  Vedado  and  the  northerly  side  of  the  ridge 
are  sunken  masked  batteries,  cut  directly  into  the  soft  Cocina 
rock,  which  lies  close  to  the  surface. 

As  already  stated,  the  ridge  is  somewhat  irregular,  both  as 
to  height  and  general  form,  but  it  should  be  understood  that 
the  raised  ground  thoroughly  commands  the  Vedado  on  one 
side  and  the  city  proper,  with  the  approaches  thereto,  around 
the  harbor,  on  the  other. 

ARMAMENT. 

Three  11-inch  Krupps  (new). 

Two  12-inch  Ordoiiez  (new). 

Eight  8-inch  Howitzers. 

Four  Howitzers  (old)  Elorsa. 

Six  4-inch,  old  bronze  (not  mounted). 

Two  6-pounders,  Nordenfeldt  R.  F. 

No  guns  mounted  before  January  1,  1898,  had  disappearing 
carriages.  The  carriages  rest  on  beds  of  concrete  of  inadequate 
thickness  and  bad  quality.  No  cranes  or  other  machinery 
for  hoisting  shot  or  powder  to  even  the  largest  guns  were  on 
hand  at  the  beginning  of  this  year. 


82  SHORE   DEFENSES. 

It  is  said  tliat  owing  to  the  weakness  of  the  original  founda- 
tions for  the  modern  guns,  it  was  considered  unsafe  to  fire 
them.  However,  new  foundations  have  doubtless  been  con- 
structed. 

The  supply  of  ammunition  consists  of  :  200  rounds  for  each 
12-inch  gun,  500  rounds  for  each  11-inch  gun,  1,000  rounds 
for  each  of  the  remainder,  in  3  separate  chambers. 

GARRISON. 

One  company  of  infantry  and  one  platoon  of  artillery.  Its 
ordinary  commander  ranks  as  captain  of  artillery. 

NOTE. 

There  are  some  sunken  masked  batteries  in  the  vicinity. 

BATTERY   NO.  3  A. 

It  is  a  shore  battery,  situated  on  the  seacoast  between  Santa 
Clara  and  Chorrera,  and  the  railroad  from  Habana  to  Chor- 
rera  passes  just  in  the  rear  of  it. 

It  is  built  of  earth,  of  recent  construction  and  equipment. 
Its  type  is  that  of  a  simple  redan,  guns  mounted  en  barbette, 
earth  traverses  between  the  guns,  and  powder  magazines 
under  the  traverses. 

COMMAND. 

It  is  less  than  20  feet  above  the  sea  level. 

ARMAMENT. 

Four  8.25-inch  Howitzers,  Ordonez. 
Foiir  8-inch  Howitzers. 
Ammunition,  1,000  rounds. 

GARRISON 

Force  unknown.     Estimated  to  be  small. 

BATTERY  NO.  3  B. 

It  is  another  shore  battery,  situated  on  the  seacoast  between 
Santa  Clara  and  Chorrera,  not  far  westward  from  the  Battery 
No.  3  A. 

It  is  also  of  a  simple  redan  type,  built  of  earth,  and  of 
recent  construction  and  equipment.  Guns  mounted  en  bar- 
bette, earth  traverses  between  the  guns,  and  powder  maga- 
zines under  the  traverses. 


SHORE,  HARBOR,  AND   CITY   DEFENSES.  83 

The  railroad  from  Chorrera  to  Habana  passes  in  the  rear  of 
the  battery. 

COMMAND. 

The  battery  is  20  feet  above  the  sea  level. 
Two  9.5-inch  Ordonez,  new. 
Two  6-inch  Ordonez,  new. 
Four  3-inch  Howitzers. 

GARRISON. 

Small.     Exact  force  unknown. 

BATTERY   NO.    4. 

This  is  the  most  western  shore  battery  on  the  seacoast 
between  Santa  Clara  and  Chorrera,  not  far  westward  from 
the  Battery  No.  3  B,  and  like  the  latter,  of  simple  redan  type, 
built  of  earth,  and  of  recent  construction  and  equipment; 
guns  mounted  en  barbette,  earth  traverses  between  the  guns, 
and  powder  magazines  under  the  traverses. 

Habana-Chorrera  railroad  line  passes  in  the  rear. 

COMMAND. 

The  battery  is  23  feet  above  the  sea  level. 

ARMAMENT. 

Three  6-inch  Hontoria. 

Four  6-inch  Krupp. 

Four  6-inch  Ordonez,  new. 

Two  6-pounders,  R.  F.,  Nordenfeldt. 

Two  2-inch,  R.  F. 

On  either  side  excavations  for  nine  more  3.75-inch  Krupp 
guns  are  being  made.  These  are  the  ones  which  were  formerly 
in  the  Mariel-Majana  Trocha. 

GARRISON. 

About  150  men,  commanded  by  a  captain  of  infantry. 

HARBOR  AND  CITY  DEFENSES. 

The  following  fortifications  were  built  for  the  defense  of 
the  harbor  and  the  city,  but  their  field  of  fire  includes,  in  a 
limited  way,  parts  of  the  seashore  also. 


84  HARBOR   AND    CITY   DEFENSES. 

SAN   DIEGO,    OR  NO.    4. 

Finished  about  1775.  The  most  easterly  of  the  old  works 
of  Habana,  occupying  the  hill  e&,st  of  Cabana,  about  a  thous- 
and yards  distant.  The  ground  slopes  gradually  from  Cabana 
and  from  coast,  but  precipitous  toward  south  and  east. 

San  Diego  is  of  masonry — soft  limestone — very  irregular  in 
trace,  following  to  some  extent  the  outlines  of  the  hill  on 
which  it  is  placed. 

Situated  2,100  yards  south  of  the  Morro  and  1,200  from 
Cabaiia,  whose  fire  protects  it,  covering  its  flanks.  It  has 
excellent  barbette  batteries,  vaulted  quarters,  wells. and  cis- 
terns for  water,  and  buildings  for  a  protracted  defense. 

It  is  a  barbette  battery,  facing  practically  eastward,  and 
designed  to  protect  the  rear  of  the  Cabana.  It  has  probably 
been  recently  strengthened  with  earthworks,  mounting  some 
modern  guns  of  small  caliber,  as  a  protection  against  land 
attacks. 

It  is  in  general  surrounded  by  a  small  ditch,  probably  8 
feet  across  and  shallow,  largely  now  filled  with  vegetation. 
The  walls  are  about  8  feet  thick  and  cut  by  embrasures 
intended  for  guns  placed  on  the  terreplein.  The  hill  on  which 
it  lies  is  somewhat  stony  and  uncultivated ;  a  path  or  road 
leads  from  the  work  to  Casa  Blanca,  and  another  to  Cabana 
and  El  Morro,  over  a  somewhat  brushy  country,  but  one 
easily  crossed  by  foot  troops.  Between  San  Diego  and 
Cabana  are  two  powder  houses  built  of  stone  and  surrounded 
by  stone  walls.  Guards  are  kept  here.  There  are  no  military 
works  between  San  Diego  and  Cabana  except  the  powder 
houses. 

COMMAND. 

This  fort  is  190  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

Eastward,  San  Diego  commands  the  ground  in  the  direction 
of  Guanabacoa,  some  2  miles  away,  low  ground  intervening. 
Hills  about  Guanabacoa  (especially  La  Loma  de  la  Cruz)  rise 
above  the  fort.  Eastward  and  southward  the  hill  on  which 
San  Diego  stands  is  precipitous ;  north  and  west  lies  the  gen- 
erally even  surface  of  Cabana  Hill,  with  no  obstacles  inter- 
vening. It  has  a  field  of  fire  around  the  bay  to  Regla;  to  the 
northeast  and  north,  upon  the  gulf. 

By  strengthening  with  earth  covers,  for  whicli  there  is 
sufficient  soil  at  hand,  it  could  be  made  into  a  formidable 
work,  but  its  effective  field  of  fire  would  be  limited  to  the  arc 


HARBOR  AND   CITY   DEFENSES,  85 

of  a  circle  drawn  from  Morro  eastward  by  Cojimar  (but  here 
to  some  extent  cut  off  by  the  hills,  though  commanding  prob- 
ably small  parts  of  the  road  from  Cojimar),  thence  by  Guan- 
abacoa  to  Jesiis  del  Monte,  and  as  far  toward  the  city  of 
Habana  as  the  hills  near  Casa  Blanca  will  permit. 

From  San  Diego  to  Cabana  a  line  of  parapets  of  earth  might 
readily  be  thrown  up  which  would  make  this  point  exceed- 
ingly strong  against  an  advance  from  Cojimar.  South  of  the 
range  of  hills  the  valley  is  too  low  to  make  this  possible. 

ARMAMENT. 

Four  6-inch  Hontoria,  new. 
Two  6-pounder,  R.  F,,  Nordenfeldt. 

It  is  expected  that  twenty  more  modern  guns  will  be 
mounted. 

GARRISON. 

San  Diego  has  a  capacity  for  a  guard  of  one  hundred  or 
more  men.  The  rank  of  its  ordinary  commander  is  captain 
of  infantry. 

NOTES. 

As  in  Cabana,  the  ditches  are  given  to  peaceful  uses ;  huts 
are  found;  animals  graze  over  the  grass-grown  slopes  and 
decaying  walls. 

ATARES. 

Atar^s  occupies  the  round  hill  at  the  head  of  the  harbor  at 
southwest  of  Habana  Bay;  built  1763  to  1767.  It  is  a  small 
bastioned  stonework,  but  it  would  be  difficult  to  capture  by 
assault  if  well  defended,  for  it  occupies  the  summit  of  a  soli- 
tary conical  hill,  whose  smooth  faces  permit  of  fire  on  all 
sides.  A  road  runs  up  from  the  side  toward  the  station. 
There  seems  to  be  plenty  of  soil  on  this  hill  by  which  the 
stonework  could  be  protected.  In  the  vicinity  of  the  station, 
and  for  several  hundred  yards  in  either  direction,  the  road  is 
a  sort  of  paved  causeway,  raised  above  low  ground  on  either 
side,  which  would  be  impassable  for  wagons  and  artillery ;  it 
is  about  the  width  of  four  wagon  tracks,  muddy  in  places,  and, 
though  partly  paved,  probably  becomes  bad  in  wet  weather. 

This  work  is  not  intended  to  protect  the  head  of  the  hajbors, 
but  more  especially  to  oppose  the  advance  of  land  forces  to  the 
city  proper  through  the  low  lands  between  it  and  the  Principe. 
This  last  fact  is  emphasized  by  the  frontage  of  the  auxiliary 
batteries. 


86  HARBOR  AND   CITY   DEFENSES. 

In  form  it  is  a  double  or  triple-tiered  bastioned  fort  of 
irregular  shape,  approaching  a  circle,  but  with  nearly  a 
dozen  angles,  none  of  which,  however,  are  far-projecting  or 
prominent. 

The  eastern,  western,  and  southern  sides  have  an  outlying 
earthen  lunette  in  front  of  them,  which  front  a  little  west  of 
south,  while  a  deep  ditch  surrounds  most  of  it. 

COMMAND. 

Atar^s  crowns  the  hill  which  dominates  the  inner  bay,  the 
low  ground  south  and  southwest  of  Habana,  the  east  shore 
of  bay,  Cristina  Station,  the  Western  Railway  for  about  2 
miles,  the  Marianao  Railway,  and,  in  part,  the  Calzada  from 
Jesus  del  Monte. 

Atards  is  useless  against  sea  attack,  and  nearly  so  against 
land  attack.  It  would  only  be  troublesome  as  commanding 
the  Western  Railway  for  about  a  mile  southward,  perhaps 
the  station  at  Regla,  a  short  portion  of  the  Bay  Road,  of  the 
Marianao  Road,  and  might  be  annoying  in  a  flank  march 
from  Gruanabacoa;  but  even  field  guns  here  would  answer 
these  purposes. 

Atares  is  111  feet  above  sea  level,  but  is  itself  commanded 
by  many  of  the  hills  around  Habana. 

ARMAMENT. 

Two  Krupp  guns,  12  centimeters  (4.7  inches),  and  one  rapid- 
fire  gun  of  57  millimeters  (2.3  inches),  Nordenfeldt.  Also 
reported  to  be  three  8-inch  Barrios  rifles  on  harbor  side,  ten 
4  or  5  inch  old  bronze  guns,  and  two  old  12-inch  mortars, 
land  side. 

GARRISON. 

The  fort  is  not  considered  as  important  as  some  of  the 
others,  for  ordinarily  its  ranking  officer  is  only  a  first  lieuten- 
ant of  infantry. 

The  garrison  generally  consists  of  90  men,  divided  between 
artillery  and  infantry. 

For  some  act,  a  century  or  more  ago,  on  the  part  of  its  gar- 
rison, it  is  the  only  Habana  fortification  that  is  permitted  to 
fly  a  silken  flag. 

NOTE. 

In  4^tar^s  there  has  been  placed  a  series  of  torpedoes, 


HARBOR  AND    CITY    DEFENSES.  87 

EL   PRInCIPE. 

Is  also  called  Castillo  del  Principe  (Fort  of  the  Prince). 
This  is  one  of  the  most  important  fortifications  about 
Habana,  and,  while  of  somewhat  later  construction  than 
those  described,  it  is,  however,  of  ancient  date  and  similar  to 
them  in  general  character.  Work  on  it  was  begun  in  1774 
and  completed  in  1794. 

El  Principe  is  one  of  a  line  of  works  designed  to  protect  the 
land  side  of  Habana.  Atares  is  another.  A  third,  Las  Ani- 
mas, was  designed  and  partly  built  to  protect  the  low  ground 
lying  between  the  Cerro  and  Jesiis  del  Monte. 

The  main  work  of  El  Principe  is  an  irregularly  shaped  bas- 
tioned  fort,  constructed  of  stone,  probably  carbonate  of  lime, 
as  are  most  of  the  works  here,  surrounded  by  an  extensive 
mote,  with  five  prominent  angles  pointing  respectively  north- 
west, northeast,  and  southwest.  It  has  five  bastions,  whose 
salients  are  very  acute  and  could  be  easily  destroyed  by  shells. 
The  curtain  connecting  the  two  bastions  facing  the  sea  is 
covered  by  a  redan,  as  also  is  the  curtain  connecting  the  two 
bastions  facing  about  northwest  toward  Chorrera.  On  the 
Habana  side,  toward  Atares  and  the  bay,  are  two  bastions 
meeting  at  a  reentrant  with  no  curtain  proper.  About  the 
same  condition  is  shown  on  the  face  fronting  the  Habana 
railroad  entering  from  La  Cienaga.  The  scarp  walls  of  Prin- 
cipe are  some  40  feet  above  the  bottom  of  the  ditch,  which  is 
perhaps  50  feet  wide,  the  counterscarp  20  feet  high.  In  other 
words,  about  20  feet  of  parapet  is  exposed  above  the  surface 
of  the  hill.  The  parapet,  through  which  embrasures  are  cut 
on  all  sides  for  guns,  is  perhaps  8  to  10  feet  of  stone.  There 
is  no  earth  cover.  The  ditches  are  dry,  and  along  the  coun- 
terscarp are  places  of  arms. 

It  is  situated  2,100  yards  to  the  west  of  The  Plaza.  It  has 
arched  lodgings  for  a  numerous  garrison,  stores,  cisterns,  and 
other  essentials  for  a  protracted  defense. 

The  importance  attached  to  this  fort  is  shown  by  the  fact 
that  its  ordinary  commander  is  a  brigadier  general. 

In  its  present  state  Principe  is  of  little  value,  but  it  could 
easily  be  made  into  a  powerful  sunken  work  by  removing  the 
top  portion.  Resting  as  it  does  on  the  summit  of  a  hill,  the 
lower  portion  is  completely  protected  by  earth,  of  which 
there  is  an  abundance. 

It  is  believed  also  that  additional  earthworks  have  recently 
been  constructed  closely  adjacent  to  this  fort. 

7739 7 


8S  HARBOR  AND   CITY    DEFENSES. 

COMMAND. 

Principe  is  187  feet  above  sea  level  and  completely  domin- 
ates Habana,  the  bay,  Morro,  Cabana,  the  coast  northward, 
Atar^s,  and  from  east  around  to  south,  the  approaches  of  the 
Marianao  Road,  Cristina,  and  the  Western  Railroad  for  about 
3  kilometers,  i.  e.,  between  Cristina  and  a  cut  at  that  distance 
from  the  station.  Principe  gives  fire  upon  Tulipan,  the  Cerro, 
the  Hill  of  the  Jesuits,  and  the  valley  through  which .  passes 
the  Habana  Railroad,  sweeping  completely  with  its  guns  the 
railroad  as  far  as  the  cut  at  Cidnaga,  2^  to  3  miles  away.  It 
dominates  also  the  hills  southward  and  westward  toward 
Puentes  Grandes  and  the  Almendares  River,  and  country 
extending  toward  Marianao ;  also  the  calzada  leading  to  the 
cemetery  and  toward  Chorrera ;  thence  the  entire  sea  line  (the 
railroad  to  Chorrera  is  partly  sheltered  by  the  slope  leading 
to  Principe).  This  is  by  all  means  the  strongest  position 
about  Habana  which  is  occupied.  Lying  between  it  and  the 
hill  of  the  Cerro  is  the  hill  of  the  Catalan  Club,  right  under 
the  guns  of  the  work  and  about  one-half  mile  away.  The 
Marianao  Road  is  more  sheltered  than  the  Habana,  as  it  runs 
near  the  trees  and  hill  near  the  Cerro.  The  only  points  which 
dominate  the  hill  of  the  Principe  lie  to  the  south  and  south- 
east, in  the  direction  of  Jesiis  del  Monte  and  beyond  Regla. 
On  its  southern,  southeastern,  and  southwestern  faces  the  hill 
of  Principe  is  a  steep  descent  to  the  calzada  and  streets  below. 
The  slope  is  gradual  westward  and  around  by  the  north. 
From  this  hill  is  one  of  the  best  views  of  Habana  and  the 
valley  south. 

El  Principe  lies  about  one-half  mile  from  the  north  coast, 
from  which  hills  rise  in  gradual  slopes  toward  the  work.  The 
ground  presents  no  serious  obstacle  to  attack  for  that  direc- 
tion, but  of  this  approach  and  of  the  irregular  slopes  leading 
to  Chorrera,  the  Almendares  River,  and  the  gates  of  the 
cemetery,  the  fortification  has  entire  command.  From  Chor- 
rera to  Principe  the  distance  is  perhaps  Ij  to  2  miles  in  a 
direct  line.  The  country  intervening  is  somewhat  rocky  and 
broken,  but  there  are  few  houses  to  intercept  the  view.  Prin- 
cipe would  be  very  difficult  to  reach  by  fire  from  the  sea.  It 
is  the  dominant  work  of  Habana,  and  in  some  respects  the 
most  valuable. 

El  Principe  is  about  12,000  feet  in  a  direct  line  from  El 
MoiTo,  and  stands  on  the  ground  about  165  feet  above  datum 


HARBOR  AND   CITY    DEFENSES.  89 

(viz:  187  feet  above  sea  level),  whilst  El  Morro  stands  on 
ground  about  66  feet  above  datum,  and  the  Cabana  about 
140.  Tlie  highest  fortified  point  is  just  back  of  Casa  Blanca, 
and  stands  on  ground  about  150  feet  above  datum. 

ARMAMENT. 

Two  12-inch  Krupp  guns,  new. 

Two  8-inch  guns,  old. 

One  6-inch,  old. 

Two  8-inch  howitzers. 

Altogether,  60  pieces  of  all  calibers. 

GAKRISON. 

El  Principe  has  a  guard  of  more  than  900  men,  commanded 
by  a  brigadier  general. 

NOTE. 

In  Principe  the  foundations  have  been  mined. 

CAMPAMENTO  DEL  PrInCIPE. 

Situated  close  to  the  fort  of  like  name,  in  a  northeastern 
direction,  and  at  a  very  slightly  less  elevation,  is  a  fortified 
military  camp.  Old  earthworks  are  promiscuously  scattered 
around  its  edges,  but  no  doubt  new  and  extensive  earthworks 
have  been  constructed  recently. 

SMAJLL,  OUTLYING  FORTIFICATIONS. 

Every  hill,  ridge,  crest,  and  knoll  for  some  distance  out  of 
the  city  has  either  its  blockhouse  or  f ortina,  which  is  a  newly 
constructed  form  of  redoubt  built  of  large  stone  blocks. 
Some  of  these  in  a  minor  way  are  quite  formidable. 

ADDITIONAL  DEFENSES  AND  AUXILIARY  WORKS. 
ABANDONED   AS   DEFENSES — USELESS   AND   UNARMED. 

Amongst  these  inay  be  placed  the  incomplete  redoubt  called 
Las  Animas  on  a  low  hill  in  valley  between  Principe  and 
Atares,  without  armament,  but  garrisoned  by  about  a  hun- 
dred troops. 

Las  Animas  will  probably  never  be  completed ;  it  lies  too 
far  within  natural  defensive  lines.  It  may  be  converted  into 
a  fortified  camp. 


1)0  HARBOR  AND    CITY    DEFENSES. 

Battery  of  San  Nazario  does  not  appear  to  be  in  existence ; 
it  is  said  that  buildings  are  now  used  as  part  of  cartridge  fac- 
tory near  by. 

Torreon  de  San  Lazaro,  erected  1556,  mentioned  as  opposite 
Fort  La  Reina. 

La  Pastora  Battery,  lying  about  500  yards  south  of  Morro, 
on  east  side  of  bay,  and  nearly  under  the  walls  of  Cabana. 
Its  field  of  fire  was  across  the  bay,  the  city,  and  toward  the 
northwest;  it  is  useless,  and  probably  will  never  be  restored. 
La  Pastora  is  now  used  merely  as  a  storehouse. 

Punta  de  Tierra,  described  as  being  composed  of  two  arches 
of  stone  buildings,  serves  as  a  means  of  transit  for  the  imme- 
diate military  camp  and  the  outlying  wards  of  Jesiis  del 
Monte  and  Cerro ;  also  other  highways  of  the  west.  It  is 
supposed  to  be  located  near  the  Naval  Arsenal. 

Punta  del  Arsenal  is  described  as  ' '  Covered  by  a  simple 
arch  between  the  bastions  of  San  Isidro  and  of  Bilan,  serving 
as  a  more  immediate  pass  between  the  precincts  or  districts 
and  the  arsenal  by  the  way  of  Egido  Street.  It  has  no  arms 
or  guard."     It  is  located  on  the  arsenal  grounds. 

THE   ARSENAL. 

Constructed  about  1725  as  a  shipyard,  but  now  used  merely 
for  repairs.  Placed  in  southeastern  quarter  of  the  city,  on 
the  bay,  and  occupying  one  of  the  worst  of  the  fever-infected 
districts  of  Habana. 

Located  near  the  center  of  the  waterfront,  it  covers  acres 
and  is  surrounded  on  the  shore  side  by  a  substantial  wall 
about  8  feet  high.  It  has  fine  dockage  facilities,  and  all  the 
other  appurtenances  of  a  first-class  naval  establishment  of  its 
character,  including  large  machine  shops  and  a  marine  rail- 
way. All  the  streets  approaching  it  are  narrow,  excepting 
on  its  northern  side. 

The  arsenal  is  not  a  defensive  work.  Ships  are  repaired 
here.  United  States  Sailing  Directions  state:  "At  the  naval 
arsenal  are  ways  capable  of  taking  up  vessels  of  not  over  600 
tons." 

It  may  be  interesting  to  read  the  detailed  description  of  it. 
"  The  first  thing  to  be  seen  on  entering  the  arsenal,  or  so-called 
navy  yard,  is  a  sinall  guardhouse  at  its  entrance,  there  being 
about  six  men  on  duty  there  at  all  times.  Next  to  this  is  a 
larger  building  which  is  called  the  lieutenant's  house,  and  is 


HARBOR  AND   CITY    DEFENSES.  91 

tho  residence  and  office  of  the  lieutenant  of  guards.  To  the 
right  are  the  marine  barracks  and  iness  rooms.  The  yard  also 
contains  a  fire-engine  house,  occupied  by  apparatus  for  the 
protection  of  the  yard ;  a  small  machine  shop,  equipped  for 
the  finishing  of  fine  work ;  a  store  house  where  steel  and  other 
materials  are  kept;  a  boiler  house;  a  machine  shop,  which 
ordinarily  employs  about  75  men ;  a  large  boiler  house ;  black- 
smith shop ;  foundry ;  tinsmith  shop ;  iron  factory  building, 
for  wood  turning  and  working ;  powder  magazine ;  residence 
of  commandant's  aid  and  other  officers ;  residence  of  captain 
and  other  officers ;  chief  engineer's  residence ;  general  kitchen ; 
sailor's  barracks  and  mess  room;  large  dry  dock;  officers' 
quarters,  and  the  stable  of  commandant.  The  smaller  build- 
ings along  the  water  front  are  not  used.  Inside,  next  the 
pier,  are  stored  the  old  cannon,  and  at  the  same  point  is  also 

a  paint  shop." 

ARSENALS. 

There  is  a  cartridge  factory,  placed  northeast  of  El  Principe ; 
capacity  unknown,  but  probably  small. 

Ordnance  repair  shops  placed  on  west  shore  of  harbor  near 
the  cathedral. 

There  are  no  factories  for  construction  of  heavy  guns  or 
small  arms. 

There  are  no  powder  works  in  Habana. 

ARTELXiERY  STOREHOUSE   AND  HEADQUARTERS. 

On  the  Zuluete,  three  or  four  hundred  feet  from  the  Punta 
on  the  harbor  side,  in  range  with  the  Puerta,  are  the  head- 
quarters for  the  artillery  force  of  the  Spanish  army  in  Cuba. 
This  means  the  largest  government  machine  shop,  gun  foun- 
dry, and  repair  shop ;  also  a  large  warehouse  stored  with  not 
only  artillery  supplies,  but  small  arms  also.  In  fact,  this 
warehouse  is  an  extensive  but  very  jjoorly  protected  magazine 
in  every  sense  of  the  word,  for  not  only  is  it  exposed  to  the 
fire  of  an  attacking  fleet,  but  there  is  nothing  to  shield  its 
contents  from  such  a  fire.  Visitors  were  permitted  to  stroll 
through  it  and  the  soldiers  on  duty  smoked  in  the  closest 
proximity  to  the  ammunition.  At  this  point  a  dozen  or  so 
old  fashioned  guns  of  about  6  inches  caliber  were  mounted  on 
the  sea  wall,  the  protecting  stone  rampart  of  which  was  about 
2  feet  thick.  Adjacent  to  this  is  a  cluster  of  other  govern- 
ment military  buildings. 


02  HARBOR  AND    CITY    DEFENSES. 

HEADQUARTERS   ARTILLERY    ENGINEERS. 

So  given  in  the  directories,  and  located  in  tlie  narrowest 
point  of  the  harbor's  river  entrance.  There  are  some  insig- 
nificant stone  fortifications ;  in  fact,  the  sea  wall  for  quite  a 
distance  in  this  vicinity  has  embrasures  for  artillery,  at  which 
some  of  the  old  guns  are  mounted.  They  are  the  Puerta  de 
Colon,  described  by  the  Spanish  as  follows :  "Begun  in  simple 
form  and  with  lifting  bridge  over  the  ditch,  which  is  but  a  few 
yards  wide.  Has  a  body  of  guards  and  all  accessories  which 
are  appropriate  for  the  purpose.  Commences  on  the  curtain 
or  wall  which  divides  the  bastion  of  San  Juan  de  Dros  and  the 
Santa  Angel." 

THE  PYROTECHNICA. 

In  this  vicinity  is  located  one  of  the  most  important  plants 
in  the  city — namely,  the  Pirotecnica  or  small-arms  cartridge 
factory.  It  turns  out  Remington  cartridges,  and  within  the 
last  year  machinery  for  the  manufacture  of  Mauser  cartridges 
has  been  reported  to  have  been  installed. 

POWDER  MAGAZINES. 

Two  on  hill  between  Cabana  and  No.  4,  used  and  guarded. 

San  Antonio  magazines,  on  low  point  at  mouth  of  River 
Luyano,  southern  extremity  of  bay.  A  large  supply  of  pow- 
der is  said  to  be  kept  here. 

Magazines  of  San  Josd  y  Filipe,  probably  not  rebuilt  after 
destruction  about  1885. 

Naval  magazine  at  Punta  Blanca,  southern  arm  of  bay. 

In  1741  was  constructed  a  powder  magazine  called  Jiguez, 
near  the  mouth  of  the  river  Luyano.  Either  disappeared  or 
name  changed. 

BARRACKS. 

Wooden  barracks  north  of  El  Principe  for  garrison  of  that 
.work.     Barracks  for  a  large  number  of  men. 

Cavalry  barracks,  west  of  Campo  de  Marte,  within  city. 

Artillery  barracks,  San  Isidro,  near  arsenal. 

Barracks  of  Cabana,  southeast  of  fortification,  and  soldioi-s' 
quarters  between  Cabana  and  Morro. 

Military  headquarters,  near  Plaza  de  Armas  and  La  Fuerzn. 

Military  school,  near  intersection  Pasco  de  Tacon  and  Cal- 
zada  de  Belascoain. 

Military  hospital,  near  arsenal. 

Smallpox  hospital,  north"  coast,  west  of  Chorrera. 


HARBOR  AND    CITY    DEFENSES.  98 

Other  hospitals,  prisons,  gas  works,  markets,  railroad  sta- 
tions, ferry  landings,  etc.,  see  map. 

From  recent  reports  the  following  data  are  obtained : 

At  Cojimar  there  has  been  mounted  a  battery  of  mortars, 
21  centimeters  (8.2-inch),  old  patterns. 

Between  the  Velazo  Battery  and  Battery  No.  2,  in  the  Playa 
de  Chivo,  have  been  placed  6  old  Ordonez  guns  of  21  centi- 
meters (8.2-inch). 

In  the  curtain  of  the  Valdez  Battery*  have  been  mounted 
4  guns,  old  model,  of  20  centimeters  (7.8-inch). 

In  front  of  each  of  the  shore  batteries  have  been  raised 
about  25,000  cubic  meters  of  sand. 

MILITARY   HOSPITAL. 

Adjoining  the  arsenal  to  the  west  is  the  large  permanent 
military  hospital.  Strange  as  it  may  seem,  this  locality  is 
considered  to  be  the  most  unhealthy  in  the  city. 

STONE   WALLS. 

In  both  city  and  country  districts  are  found  substantial 
stone  walls,  ot  good  height,  jointed  with  a  cement  as  hard  as 
iron,  which  is  also  used  to  hold  on  the  top  of  such  walls  the 
most  vicious  collection  of  broken  bottles.  Nothing  short  of 
artillery  or  explosives  would  reduce  one  of  these  walls,  and 
to  scale  them,  even  with  ladders,  in  their  ordinary  condition, 
if  defended,  would  be  an  impossibility  without  badly  lacerating 
the  men  who  attempted  it. 

While  not  advancing  a  theory  as  to  the  proper  manner  in 
which  to  capture  such  obstructions,  if  defended,  it  may  be 
mentioned  that  such  walls  and  buildings  hereafter  mentioned 
are  better  defenses  than  most  of  the  fortification  playthings 
produced  by  Spanish  engineers.  . 

Thick  native  mats,  made  of  fibrous  materials  or  flat  bundles 
of  thatching  materials,  bound  together  with  a  palm-leaf  rope, 
could  be  readily  thrown  over  the  walls  and  thus  make  their 
scaling  comparatively  easy,  as  same  are  not  too  high  to  be 
vaulted  if  hand  holds  or  rests  could  be  had  at  the  top. 

BUILDINGS   AS   DEFENSES. 

The  majority  of  buildings  on  the  island,  excepting  huts  in 
[ '  the  country,  are  solidly  built  of  stone,  the  walls  of  some  being 

*On  sea  wall,  between  la  Punta  and  la  Fuerza 


94  HARBOR  AND    CITY    DEFENSES. 

of  surprising  thickness,  while  the  cement  joints  are  like  those 
already  mentioned.  Roofed  with  tile,  it  would  be  well  nigh 
impossible  to  fire  them,  and  with  heavy  shutters  and  doors 
closed  and  barred  like  a  prison  it  is  seen  that  many  of  them, 
if  properly  defended,  could  afford  a  strong  resistance,  but 
knowing  the  Spanish  character,  there  would  be  little  resist- 
ance in  house-to-house  fighting,  and  if  it  should  occur,  it  is 
well  to  remember  that  the  weak  spot  of  these  houses  is  the 
roof.  Thi  tiles  covering  them  could  be  scaled  off  almost  by 
bare  hands,  and  usually  there  is  little,  if  anything,  but  pole 
supports  beneath  them. 

EXTENSIONS   OF  BUILDINGS. 

On  somewhat  the  same  lines  as  the  foregoing  are  small, 
defensive,  semicircular  extensions  to  the  buildings  at  all  im- 
portant street  intersections  throughout  the  city.  These  are 
built  of  brick  and  stone,  loopholed  for  musketry,  and  pro- 
vided with  either  a  sheet  iron  or  heavy  timbered  door  opening 
generally  to  the  side  walk,  but  in  some  instances  cut  through 
the  corner  of  the  adjoining  building.  These  little  forts,  if 
they  may  be  so  termed,  have  all  been  recently  built  to  resist 
Cuban  attacks.  They  would  conveniently  hold  from  six  to  a 
dozen  men  each,  and,  as  can  be  readily  understood,  if  effectively 
garrisoned,  could  make  things  very  disagreeable  for  a  time  at 
least  to  a  force  trying  to  occupy  a  narrow  street ;  but,  like  the 
houses,  the  weak  spots  of  these  forts  are  the  roofs.  Some  few 
have  thin  iron  roofs,  a  few  others  zinc,  but  in  most  cases  the 
covering  is  of  tile  or  boards.  Apparently  their  constructors 
have  never  considered  the  possibility  of  an  attack  from  above, 
for,  in  addition  to  the  weakness  mentioned,  there  are  no  loop- 
holes which  would  afford  a  vertical  fire.  None  of  these  forts 
could  withstand  artillery  fire  for  an  instant,  but  if  such  were 
not  available  and  they  had  to  be  taken  against  a  strong  de- 
fense, it  would  be  advisable,  after  a  start  had  been  made, 
going  through  or  over  the  roof  of  adjoining  houses  until  di- 
rectly above  the  defenses,  which  are  only  a  short  single-story 
high,  then  shooting  through  the  roof  or  smashing  them  in 
with  available  house-roof  tiles,  if  nothing  better  was  at  com- 
mand. 

Barricaded  streets  will  also  be  plentifully  found  in  the  city. 


HARBOR  AND   CITY   DEFENSES.  95 

ARMORED    RAILROAD   CARS. 

While  not  liable  to  be  much  of  a  factor  either  in  offensive 
or  defensive  operations  against  our  troops,  a  possible  refer- 
ence should  be  made  to  the  armored  cars  used  by  the  Span- 
iards and  which  have  proven  effective  against  the  insurgents. 

SEARCH   LIGHTS. 

There  are  located  at  Habana  four  portable  search  lights,  of 
French  manufacture. 

Engine,  boiler,  and  dynamo  are  mounted  so  as  to  closely 
resemble  a  steam  fire  engine,  while  the  search  light  of  about 
20  inches  diameter  is  carried  on  an  independent  pair  of  wheels 
with  a  reel  for  wire,  so  that  the  light  can  be  run  a  consider- 
able distance  from  the  generating  plant. 

These  outfits  are  ordinarily  located  as  follows:  At  the 
Morro,  Santa  Clara  Battery,  foot  of  San  Lazaro  street,  and 
in  the  center  of  the  Yedado. 

DISTANCE   MEASUREMENT. 

In  measuring  the  distance  of  enemy's  ships,  they  now  use 
as  a  basis  the  castle  of  San  Diego  and  the  powder  factory — 
the  verdices  are  the  castle  of  San  Diego,  the  powder  factory, 
and  the  vessel. 

SUMMARY   OF   ARMAMENT   AND    GARRISON   AT   HABANA. 

The  armament  at  Habana  may  be  estimated  at  43  new  guns, 
the  number  of  old  ones  being  unknown. 

Modern  guns  at  Habana  are — 

Morro Four  8  to  10  inch  guns. 

First  battery  east  of  Morro Four  6-intli  guns. 

'     ,                   ,,.,.-  (Two  12-inch  guns. 

Second  battery  east  of  Morro j  Four  8 -inch  mortars. 

Punta Three  6 -inch  guns. 

Reina  battery Three  6-inch  guns. 

I  Two  12-inch  guns. 
One  10-inch  gun. 
Two  8 -inch  guns. 

New  flanking  battery  adjoining  Santa  Clara Three  4-inch  guns. 

First  (east)  Vedado  battery Four  6-inch  guns. 

Second  Vedado  battery Four  6-inch  guns. 

Third  Vedado  battery Four  6-inch  guns. 

Fourth  Vedado  battery  (next  Chorrera) Three  6 -inch  guns. 

These  guns  are  principally  of  the  Hontoria  and  Ordonez 
pattern,  but  there  are  a  few  Krupps  among  them. 


96  CAPTURE   OF   HABANA    BY    THE    ENGLISH. 

The  strengtli  of  the  garrison  in  Habana  is  estimated  at 
100,000,  about  evenly  divided  between  volunteers  and  regulars. 
Of  course,  it  may   be  at  any   time   increased   by   calling 
provincial  troops  to  Habana. 

The  exact  amount  of  arms  in  Habana  is  not  known;  but 
the  armament  on  hand  in  depots,  artillery  parks,  and  stores 
of  all  the  divisions  of  the  army  on  the  island  of  Cuba  is  as 
follows : 

Mauser  rifles  and  carbines 131,  015 

Remington.- 137,974 

Of  private  guerrillas 14,  000 

Total 282,  989 

Out  of  this  number  only  30,000  are  believed  to  be  new. 

CAPTURE  OF  HABANA  BY  THE  ENGLISH  IN  1762. 

In  January,  1762,  hostilities  were  declared  by  England 
against  Spain. 

The  English  expedition  sailed  from  Spithead  March  5. 
After  seizing  the  French  West  Indies  the  object  was  to  make 
a  descent  on  Habana,  justly  regarded  as  the  key  of  the  Span- 
ish dominions  in  America.  The  first  rendezvous  of  the  forces 
to  be  combined  with  the  original  exjjedition  was  at  Marti- 
nique, and  Sir  James  Douglass  was  ordered  to  unite  his 
squadron,  stationed  at  Port  Royal,  Jamaica,  with  that  of 
Sir  Geo.  Pococke,  off  Cape  St.  Nicholas,  Santo  Domingo. 
From  this  point  Admiral  Pococke,  rejecting  the  course  of 
taking  the  southern  side  of  the  island  and  doubling  the 
western  cape  to  gain  Habana,  resolved  on  following  the 
shorter  but  more  difficult  as  well  as  more  dangerous  course 
of  the  Old  Bahama  Channel,  on  the  north  side  of  the  island, 
in  order  to  take  the  enemy  by  surprise. 

The  junction  was  effected  May  23,  and  June  6  the  fleet,  with 
the  Earl  of  Albemarle's  forces  on  board,  lay  to,  5  leagues  to 
the  eastward  of  Habana.  The  combined  forces  amounted  to 
19  sail  of  the  line,  18  smaller  ships  of  war,  and  more  than  150 
transports  carrying  12,000  troops;  in  other  words,  a  fleet  of 
200  sail  in  all,  and  a  land  force  of  14,041  men. 

The  defenses  of  the  city  then  consisted  of  the  old  wall  on 
the  west  (completely  covering  the  land  side),  of  the  Morro 
and  Punta  at  the  harbor  entrance,  of  a  small  redoubt  on  the 
side  of  La  Cabana,  and  of  12  ships  of  the  line,  mounting  784 
guns.     The  Spanish  forces  amounted  to  4,600  soldiers,  9,000 


CAPTT'RE   OF    HABANA    BY    THE    ENGLISH.  97 

seamen  aud  marines,  and  14,000  militia;  total,  27,610.  The 
time  was  summer,  the  rainj'  and  the  sickly  season. 

From  the  prisoners  taken  by  the  English  June  2,  in  a  naval 
skirmish  some  miles  east  of  Matanzas,  the  fact  became  known 
that  the  Spaniards  had  in  the  harbor  a  naval  force  almost 
ready  for  sea. 

Till  then,  too,  the  Grovernor  of  Habana  was  wholly  unpre- 
pared. He  was  first  warned  of  the  approach  of  the  expedi- 
tion by  a  schooner  which  escaped  the  British  pursuit.  An 
immediate  muster  of  his  forces  gave  the  figures  above  stated, 
and  a  council  of  war  determined  on  the  plan  of  defense.  The 
Morro  and  the  Punta  were  put  under  the  command  of  naval 
officers,  and  their  guns  were  to  be  worked  by  seamen,  an 
arrangement  which  naturally  gave  great  offense  to  the  army' 
But  it  was  urged  in  excuse  that  the  artillery  could  be  handled 
better  by  the  navy  than  by  the  cavalry  and  infantry,  of  which 
arms  the  whole  Spanish  army,  3  companies  excepted,  was 
composed. 

Meanwhile,  on  June  7,  under  protection  of  part  of  the  fleet, 
the  Earl  landed  his  army,  without  opposition,  on  the  beach, 
about  6  miles  east  of  Habana,  between  the  rivers  Cojimar  and 
Bocanao,  while  Admiral  Pococke,  with  the  rest  of  the  fleet, 
bore  away  toward  Habana. 

To  oppose  the  landing  of  the  English,  about  3,000  Spaniards 
were  lying  on  the  Cojimar  River,  supported  by  the  castle  at 
its  mouth.  The  English  army  was  put  in  motion  to  cross  the 
river,  while  the  fleet  kept  up  a  heavy  fire  on  the  castle,  which 
soon  surrendered,  and  the  army  passed  unmolested. 

Admiral  Pococke  lay  off  Habana  3  or  4  days,  taking  sound- 
ings with  the  smaller  vessels.  On  the  8th  the  Spaniards  sunk 
a  large  ship  at  the  entrance  to  the  harbor,  another  next  morn- 
ing, aud  a  third  on  the  12th.  The  entrance  was  thus  com- 
pletely blocked;  the  English  fleet  was  thus  kept  out,  and  the 
Spanish  fleet  was  kept  in. 

While  the  Earl  was  landing  near  the  Cojimar,  the  Admiral 
was  creating  a  diversion  by  feigning  to  land  the  marines  near 
the  Chorrera,  4  miles  west  of  Habana.  The  enemy  was  thus 
divided,  and  the  force  opposite  the  Earl  could  not  prevent  his 
landing  and  crossing  the  Cojimar.  On  the  10th,  part  of  the 
fleet  bombarded  the  Chorrera  Castle,  which  was  evacuated 
next  day.  Here  the  marines  were  landed  on  the  12th,  and 
were  joined  by  1,200  men  detached  by  Lord  Albemarle,  and 


98        CAPTURE  OF  HABANA  BY  THE  ENGLISH. 

on  the  same  day  the  whole  fleet  anchored  off  the  Chorrera, 
where  there  was  plenty  of  wood  and  water,  4  vessels  being 
left  in  the  offing.  On  the  11th,  the  bomb  ship  opened  on  the 
city,  while,  in  the  afternoon,  the  Earl  assaulted  and  carried 
the  Cabana  hill  and  redoubt,  where  he  established  his  bat- 
teries overlooking  the  Morro. 

It  took  the  Earl  till  the  20th  to  get  his  mortar  batteries 
ready,  and  the  batteries  of  cannon  were  not  ready  till  July  1. 
The  division  of  the  fleet  off  the  Cojimar  was  actively 
employed  in  landing  ordnance  and  stores,  preparing  trench 
material,  and  supplying  the  army  with  water  from  the  river, 
as  there  was  no  water  to  be  had  on  the  Cabana.  The  layer  of 
soil  on  the  rock  was  so  thin  that  approaches  could  be  made 
only  with  the  greatest  difiiculty,  and  cotton  bales  were  resorted 
to  with  success. 

The  fire  of  the  batteries  on  the  attacked  bastion  was  com- 
bined with  an  attack  by  three  ships  on  the  northeast  face.  The 
ships  were  driven  off,  much  damaged,  and  with  considerable 
loss.  But  under  the  concentrated  fire  of  the  batteries,  the 
bastion  was  finally  silenced,  July  16.  The  fire  of  the  besieg- 
ers was  retarded  a  great  deal  on  account  of  the  unexampled 
dryness,  the  trench  material  often  taking  fire,  and  once,  on 
July  3,  the  principal  battery  was  entirely  burned  up.  Epi- 
demical disorders  began  to  make  great  havoc  in  the  army  and 
navy.  The  troops  were  but  ill  supplied  with  water  and 
"refreshments,"  and  by  the  end  of  the  siege  5,000  soldiers  and 
3,000  sailors  were  on  the  sick  list. 

July  19  the  besiegers  reached  the  covered  way  before  the 
right  bastion,  and  began  a  new  sap  here.  A  breach  was 
effected,  the  counterscarp  was  mined  and  blown  into  the 
ditch,  and  the  work  was  finally  carried  by  assault,  July  30. 
New  batteries  bearing  on  the  town  were  erected  on  the  Cabana 
and  finished  August  10.  The  city  and  Punta,  being  com- 
pletely commanded  by  the  Morro  and  Cabana,  capitulated  on 
the  11th,  after  several  hours'  bombardment,  and  on  the  14th 
the  English  were  in  complete  possession.  The  English 
received  as  reinforcements  about  2,000  men  from  North 
America  during  the  siege,  and  lost  in  all  about  2,500,  of 
whom  700  died  of  the  fever. 

History  relates  that  the  prize  money  and  booty,  which 
amounted  to  nearly  £1,000,000,  was  divided  equally  between 
the  two  services.  Admiral  Pococke  and  Lord  Albemarle  each 
got  about  £120,000.  Ordinary  seamen  and  private  soldiers 
got  from  £3  to  £4  apiece. 


ENVIRONS  OF  HABANA. 


DESCRIPTIVE. 


(99) 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page. 

1.  General , 103 

2.  Lines  of  conimunication 105 

3.  Railroad  stations 106 

4.  Ferries 106 

5.  Turnpikes 108 

6.  Recapitulation 110 

7.  Interior  lines . 111 

8.  Detailed  study  of  environs - .-  112 

9.  Road  north  coast — Chorrera  to  La  Playa  de  Marianao. 114 

10.  La  Playa  de  Marianao 116 

11.  La  Playa  de  Marianao  to  Marianao 117 

12.  Marianao 118 

13.  Puentes  Grandes 118 

14.  LaCienaga. .     119 

15.  ElPrincipe ,  -.. 120 

16.  Tulipan  ...- 121 

17.  ElCerro ----- 121 

18.  KeyHill 122 

19.  Regla 125 

20.  Guanabacoa --. 125 

21.  Cojimar 126 


(101) 


THE  ENVIRONS  OF  HABANA. 


GENERAL. 


The  topography  of  the  country  about  Habana  is  peculiar. 
In  general  the  city  is  surrounded  by  a  hilly  region  covered 
with  grass,  crops,  and  garden  produce,  well  watered  by  streams 
and  free  from  marsh,  except  about  the  bay  itself.  There  is 
but  little  timber,  and  isolated  trees,  chiefly  the  royal  palm 
and  ceiba,  are  common.  The  face  of  the  country  is  broken 
naturally  by  hills  and  wooded  ravines  and  artificially  by  stone 
walls,  hedges  of  cactus,  wire  fences,  single  houses,  and  hamlets 
or  towns.  There  are  few  streams  of  large  size,  and  generally 
the  country  may  be  said  to  be  favorable  to  the  movements  of 
troops  and  not  materially  unfavorable  to  the  use  of  cavalry ; 
but  in  wet  weather  guns  and  even  horses  would  find  difficulty 
in  moving  by  the  country  roads  and  across  fields.  Beginning 
at  the  east  toward  Cojimar  a  sandy  ridge,  covered  with  brush, 
but  with  no  large  timber,  follows  generally  the  shore  of  the 
gulf,  terminating  at  the  Morro  and  in  the  low  bluffs  of  Cabana, 
which  rise  hardly  more  than  50  feet  above  the  sea.  This 
ridge,  as  it  runs  westward,  spreads  out  almost  into  a  plateau 
descending  gradually  toward  the  south  into  the  valley  broken 
by  hills,  which  lies  between  Guanabacoa  and  Regla  southward 
from  the  former.  Continuing  the  sweep  to  the  westward  on 
a  radius  of  3  to  4  miles,  the  country  maintains  its  hilly 
character;  hills  rounded  and  cultivated;  valleys  cultivated, 
but  becoming  low  and  marshy  as  they  approach  the  bay. 

From  the  heights  of  Jesus  del  Monte  south  and  southwest, 
the  hills  grow  fewer  and  lower ;  the  country  becomes  more 
level  as  the  broken  valley  is  reached  which  extends  from  the 
southwestern  extremity  of  Habana  Bay  toward  and  beyond 
Cienaga. 

In  tliis  valley  lies  the  Marianao  Railway  and  the  Habana 
Railway  to  Rincdn,  the  old  and  new  aqueducts  that  chiefly 
supply  the  city  with  water,  and  the  turnpike  to  Guanajay. 
Parts  of  the  valley  are  almost  a  swamp  that  in  wet  weather 
probably  becomes  impassable  for  horses. 

7739 — 8  (103) 


104  ENVIRONS   OF    HABANA. 

Continuing  the  sweep  westward,  on  the  line  given,  a  ridge 
near  Cidnaga  or  Puentes  Grandes  is  met,  which  follows  the 
course  of  the  Almendares  River  northward  to  the  gulf  at  Chor- 
rera ;  4  miles  west  of  Habana  Bay  this  high  ground  continues 
southwest  along  the  valley  of  Ci^naga  and  to  the  heights 
about  Marianao,  then  dropping  off  gradually  to  the  gulf. 

Around  about  the  Almendares  River  from  Puentes  Grandes 
to  the  sea  the  soil  is  barren,  sandy,  covered  with  brush,  and 
but  little  cultivated.  Here  lies  the  conspicuous  ridge  seen 
from  El  Principe  to  the  west  and  northwest,  and  apparently, 
but  not  in  reality,  dominating  that  position.  Such  is  the 
general  character  of  the  country,  lying  at  a  distance  of  3^ 
to  4  miles  from  the  plaza  de  Armas,  of  Habana.  Beyond 
this  line  the  city  is  concealed  by  the  hills  which  surround  it. 
The  country  east  is  broken,  hilly,  and  frequently  wooded, 
crossed  by  the  Bay  Railroad,  from  Matanzas.  Southeast  it 
is  similar,  while  southward  it  opens  from  the  hills  of  Jesiis 
del  Monte  into  a  broken  valley  through  which  passes  the 
Western  Railroad.  Southwest  the  valley  of  La  Ci^naga  fol- 
lowed by  the  Habana  Railroad  gradually  grows  higher,  lumpy, 
and  brush-covered  as  it  continues  on  to  Rincdn,  while  west- 
ward of  this  valley  a  broken  country  extends  to  Marianao, 
through  which  the  highway  passes  to  Guanajay.  North  of 
the  highway  there  is  no  railway  or  important  road  approach- 
ing from  the  west.  The  railroad  from  Marianao  to  La  Play  a 
descends  the  heights  to  the  seacoast,  crossing  a  rolling  region, 
cultivated  and  open.  Westward  from  this  line  toward  the 
heights  of  Mariel  the  region  seems  hilly  and  broken. 

From  a  military  standpoint,  the  environs  of  Habana  may 
be  considered  as  lying  within  a  broken  line  beginning  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Marianao  River,  at  the  inlet  called  La  Playa  de 
Marianao,  approximately  7  miles  from  Habana  Bay;  thence 
following  southward  the  turnpike  and  railroad  to  Marianao 
and  Quemados,  thence  by  the  turnpike  and  railroad  to  Puen- 
tes Grandes.  Puentes  Grandes  lies  on  a  ridge  which,  running 
off  in  a  southwesterly  direction,  commands  to  the  eastward 
the  valley  traversed  by  the  Habana  Railroad.  This  valley 
extends  northward  toward  the  hill  of  El  Prfncipe,  the  Hill  of 
the  Jesuits,  and  the  suburb  and  hill  of  El  Cerro.  From 
Puentes  Grandes  lines,  would  continue  by  rail  and  turnpike  to 
La  Cidnaga ;  thence,  avoiding  the  low  ground  east  of  Cidn- 
aga,  by  rail  and  road  to  El  Principe ;  thence  to  the  Hill  of  the 
Jesuits,  thence  across  low  cultivated  fields  to  El  Cerro ;  thence 


LINES    OP    COMMUNICATION.  105 

across  a  valley,  low  in  places  and  broken,  to  the  liills  about 
Jesus  del  Monte;  thence  eastward  and  northward  across  a 
rolling,  broken,  partly  wooded  country  to  Guanabacoa  and 
the  commanding  positions  near  by  that  overlook  Habana, 
about  3  miles  away ;  thence  following  the  turnpike  northward 
to  a  hill  occupied  by  a  conspicuous  white  house  near  the  ridge 
of  Cojimar,  thence  by  turnpike  to  the  inlet  Cojimar,  3^  miles 
from  Habana;  thence  by  the  north  coast  to  La  Playa  de 
Mariauao,  about  11  miles  distant  from  Cojimar. 

The  western  extremity  of  the  line  of  defenses  would  rest 
more  properly  at  Chorrera,  the  mouth  of  the  Almendares 
River,  and  thence  continue  along  that  river  to  the  heights  of 
Marianao,  but  both  the  railroad  and  turnpike  from  Habana 
to  Marianao  continue  to  La  Playa,  and  this  point  would  neces- 
sarily be  defended  against  a  sea  attack. 

LINES   OF   COMMUNICATION. 

It  is  necessary  to  consider  very  briefly  the  lines  of  com- 
munication entering  the  outlying  region  of  Habana  and 
the  lines  of  communication  within  its  limits.  The  railroads 
entering  Habana  are: 

1.  The  Western  Railway,  from  Pinar  del  Rio,  with  its  ter- 
minal at  the  station  of  Cristina,  near  the  fortification  of  Ata- 
res.     Th«  important  points  reached  by  this  line  are — 

MUes. 

Pinar  del  Rio 109 

Consolacion 94 

Rincon --.     15 

2.  The  old  Bahia  Line,  now  a  part  of  the  United  Railways 
System,  from  Bemba  and  Matanzas  to  Regla.  The  important 
points  reached  bv  this  road  are — 

MOet. 

Cienfuegos 192 

Sagua  la  Grande  - - -- 186 

Cardenas --- 86 

Matanzas --- 54 

Bemba -- 

3.  The  United  Railways,  from  Bataband,  with  branches 
to  Guanajay,  Giiines,  and  La  Union.  Its  terminal  is  located 
in  Jesus  del  Monte.  The  important  points  reached  by  this 
line  are — 

MOet. 

Guines 45 

SanFelipe  .-., .-.; 27 

Batabano -  36 

Guanajay 36 

Binc6n - - — -  16 


10()  RAILROAD   STATIONS — FERRIES — TURNPIKES. 

4.  The  Marianao  Railway,  a  suburban  line  running  a  dis- 
tance of  8  miles  to  Marianao. 

5.  The  dummy  line  from  Habana  to  the  suburban  town  of 
Guanabacoa. 

6.  The  Belt  Line,  connecting  the  suburban  towns  of  Chor- 
rera  and  Vedado  with  Habana. 

RAILROAD    STATIONS. 

There  are  at  present  but  two  railroad  stations  in  Habana 
and  one  in  Regla,  or  perhaps  two  in  the  latter  place  if  the  old 
station  of  the  dummy  line  to  Guanabacoa  is  considered  one. 
The  Habana  stations  are  the  Western  (Cristina),  a  good 
structure,  and  the  Concha,  the  terminus  of  the  suburban  line 
to  Marianao. 

The  old  station  of  the  Habana  road  called  Villanueva,  near 
the  Campo  de  Marte,  has  been  abandoned,  and  at  present  the 
trains  start  from  the  outskirts  of  the  city  at  a  shed  called 
Pueblo  Nuevo. 

FERRIES. 

Between  Habana  and  Regla  are  two  ferries ;  from  the  one 
nearest  Morro  goes  the  dummy  line  to  Guanabacoa ;  from  the 
other  starts  the  Bay  Road  to  Matanzas  and  Guanabacoa. 

TURNPIKES. 

The  turnpikes  and  important  roads  entering  Habana  are : 
First.  From  Cojimar  by  the  north  coast  to  Cabana  and  the 
Morro;    thence   a   crossing  is   made  by   irregular  ferry  to 
Habana.     Distance,  about  3^  miles. 

The  road  is  probably  good  at  all  seasons,  though  not  a  turn- 
pike. It  runs  along  the  shore  of  the  gulf  at  an  average  dis- 
tance of  perhaps  200  yards.  It  is  a  narrow  road  (wide  enough 
for  one  wagon),  nearly  level,  lying  generally  through  low 
brush,  which  is  sometimes  thorny;  it  is  sandy,  overlying  a 
bed  of  rock,  can  never  become  muddy,  and  is  never  sandy 
enough  to  make  it  difficult ;  a  very  fine  road,  lying,  in  gen- 
eral, but  slightly  above  the  sea  level.  The  brush  on  either 
side  could  be  readily  cleared  away.  Inland,  the  ground  is 
level  for  a  seemingly  long  distance  to  the  left.  This  level 
ground  apparently  runs  to  Guanabacoa,  and  the  hill  of  the 
White  House  ends  at  the  town,  as  does  the  ridge  west  of 
Cojimar;  therefore,  this  shore  road  from  Cojimar  is  about  on 


TURNPIKES.  lOr 

the  level  of  the  valley  of  the  railroad  from  Regla  to  Guana- 
bacoa.  Gonseqiiently  the  level  ground  to  the  left  is,  as  it 
appears,  some  miles  broad.  On  the  sea  side  and  inland  in 
one  or  two  places,  there  are  quarries  within  perhaps  half  a 
mile  of  Morro.  These  are  not  deep,  one  being  inland,  per- 
haps 6  feet,  the  other  more  to  the  seaward  even  less  deep. 
They  would  be  strong  places  for  infantry  and  light  guns. 

About  half  a  mile  from  Morro  the  road  ascends  slightly  the 
hill  of  the  castle,  and  passes  between  Morro  and  Cabana  down 
the  slope  to  a  dock.  This  road  strikes  the  rear  of  Morro. 
Being  somewhat  shut  in  by  brush,  it  seems  to  be  almost  free 
from  danger  from  the  guns  of  the  forts,  but  is  probably 
not  so. 

San  Diego  must  certainly  sweep  it  at  right  angles.  The 
highway  from  Cojimar  is  good  at  all  seasons  of  the  year. 
The  road  could  readily  be  widened ;  at  present  it  has  but  a 
single  track. 

Second.  From  Cojimar  via  Guanabacoa,  thence  to  Regla. 
Distance,  about  6  miles.     A  good  turnpike. 

From  Cojimar  inland  the  turnpike  ascends  a  long  but  not 
steep  hill,  covered  with  brush  and  uncultivated ;  it  is  a  good 
wagon  road  and  probably  never  muddy.  Beyond  the  crest  to 
the  left  lies  a  creek  of  brackish  water,  unfit  to  drink.  The 
turnpike  descends  over  undulating  hills  to  the  valley  south  of 
the  ridge  and  runs  along  the  flanks  of  a  considerable  hill, 
surmounted  by  an  old  white  stone  house,  probably  2  miles 
from  Guanabacoa.  This  house  stands  on  the  summit  of  the 
hill,  and  from  it  a  fine  view  of  Habana  and  its  harbor  is 
obtained,  about  3  miles  away  in  a  direct  line.  Heavy  guns 
here  could  readily  reach  the  greater  part  of  the  town.  On 
the  summit  of  this  hill  there  appears  to  be  sufficient  earth  for 
the  construction  of  works.  The  summit  and  sides  are  cov- 
ered with  low,  thick,  and  thorny  brush.  The  road  ascends 
the  hill,  throwing  off  a  branch  to  the  west  toward  the  house 
mentioned. 

Beyond  this  hill  of  the  White  House  the  road  continues 
through  fields  over  a  fairly  level  country  until  it  ascends  the 
slopes  on  which  Guanabacoa  lies. 

From  Guanabacoa  to  Regla  the  turnpike  descends  by  easy 
slopes  to  the  ferry  landing — a  good  wagon  road  at  all  seasons. 
Probably  exposed  to  fire  from  Atar^s,  and  to  some  extent 
from  El  Principe,  Cabana,  and  San  Diego. 


108  TURNPIKES. 

Third.  Calzada  (highway)  from  Guana oacoa  around  eastern 
shore  of  bay  to  the  Calzada  of  Luyano,  thence  by  Calzada  de 
Concha  to  the  southern  section  of  Habana. 

A  j&ne  turnpike  in  good  condition  at  all  seasons,  crossing 
the  Bay  Railroad  about  a  mile  from  Regla  Ferry,  and  fol- 
lowing closely  the  bay  shore  and  the  belt  railroad  from  La 
Cidnaga  lying  east  of  the  latter.  The  shore  toward  the  bay 
is  generally  low  and  sometimes  swampy ;  eastward  the  coun- 
try is  broken  with  many  wooded  hills  that  come  down  to  the 
turnpike.  Luyano  Creek,  crossed  by  bridge  (stone),  near  by, 
enters  the  turnpike  called  Calzada  de  Luyano  from  San  Juan 
de  las  Lajas,  a  place  of  small  importance.  This  turnpike  is 
only  important  as  a  connecting  line.  It  is  probably  exposed 
to  fire  from  Atards,  Principe,  Cabana,  and  San  Diego. 

Fourth.  Calzada  de  Jesus  del  Monte.  A  most  important 
turnpike  coming  from  Rincdn  and  Bejucal.  It  joins  about  4 
miles  from  Habana  an  unimportant  branch  coming  in  from 
Managua,  and  near  Jesus  del  Monte  intersects  the  Calzada  de 
Cristina  near  its  meeting  point  with  the  Calzada  de  Concha 
from  Luyano  and  Guanabacoa.  It  is  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant roads  of  Cuba  in  event  of  hostilities.  From  Rincdn  to 
Habana  it  follows  the  general  course  of  the  Western  Rail- 
way, and  reaches  the  rear  of  the  important  Key  Hill,  near 
Jesus  del  Monte,  without  being  exposed  to  fire  from  the  works 
about  Habana.  At  this  suburb  the  turnpike  virtually  reaches 
the  city. 

Fifth.  Calzada  del  Cerro  from  Puentes  Grandes,  Marianao, 
La  Playa  de  Marianao,  Guanajay,  Mariel,  Cabana,  and  Can- 
delaria.  A  turnpike  good  at  all  seasons  and  a  very  important 
road,  whose  branches  reach  two  vital  points  of  the  north  coast, 
Mariel  and  Cabanas,  and  Coloma,  an  important  point  of  the 
south.  From  Puentes  Grandes  this  road,  crossing  the  low 
valley  to  the  Cerro,  is  exposed  to  fire  from  Principe,  probably 
from  Atards,  and  would  be  swept  by  guns  placed  on  emi- 
nences south  of  Habana.  Near  the  Cerro  this  highway  is 
joined  by  another  highway  called  the  Calzada  Palatina,  a 
very  important  road  following  in  part  the  new  aqueduct  and 
joining  the  Calzada  de  Vento,  that  comes  from  the  Vento 
Springs  to  the  Calzada  of  the  Cerro.  The  two  turnpikes  fol- 
low nearly  the  line  of  the  main  water  supply  of  Habana. 

Sixth.  Road  from  La  Cidnaga  and  the  Calzada  de  Marianao 
northward,  fairly  good  but  not  a  pike.     It  passes  along  the 


TURNPIKES.  109 

slopes  of  the  valley  southwest  of  Habana,  and,  running  just 
west  of  Principe,  strikes  a  calzada  from  the  Paseo  de  Tacon 
to  the  cemetery  west  of  the  redoubt  and  close  to  Chorrera, 

Seventh.  A  turnpike,  more  or  less  bad,  following  the  north 
coast  and  suburban  railway  through  Vedado  to  Chorrera,  the 
mouth  of  the  Almendares  River,  and  continued  by  a  very 
bad  road  to  La  Playa  de  Marianao ;  thence  by  a  fine  turnpike 
to  Marianao  and  the  fifth  turnpike  mentioned. 

This  road  along  tlie  north  coast  westward  from  Habana 
may  be  said  to  leave  the  city  near  the  fortress  of  La  Reina, 
on  the  inlet  San  Lazaro.  About  500  yards  beyond  this,  near 
Santa  Clara,  it  is  intersected  by  the  important  calzada  of  La 
Infanta  (see  below). 

Close  by  this  intersection  are  quarries,  perhaps  30  feet  deep, 
lying  east  of  Santa  Clara.  They  open  at  the  level  of  the  road 
and  form  excellent  places  for  the  withdrawal  of  troops  out  of 
sight  as  well  as  out  of  danger. 

Passing  under  the  guns  of  Santa  Clara,  the  road  continues 
to  Vedado,  in  general  parallel  to  the  coast  and  between  the 
dummy  track  and  the  sea.  This  road  is  excellent,  and  proba- 
bly remains  so  at  all  seasons — a  light  covering  of  sand  over 
smooth  rock.  The  shore  is  low,  but  not  sandy,  the  sea  break- 
ing upon  the  bare  shelving  coral  rock.  The  coast  west  of 
Habana  rises  hardly  more  than  a  foot  or  two  above  the  water. 
It  consists  of  ragged  coral  rock,  honeycombed  by  the  sea. 
There  is  no  beach  from  the  cove  of  San  Lazaro  to  Chorrera. 
Boat  landings  would  be  dangerous  at  all  times ;  impracticable 
except  in  the  quietest  weather. 

Between  Santa  Clara  and  Vedado  there  are  numerous  small 
quarries,  from  3  to  8  feet  deep,  that  would  form  excellent  rifle 
pits.  From  these  the  stone  has  often  been  taken  in  steps. 
The  edges  of  the  quarries  are  frequently  concealed  by  a  growth 
of  brush.  West  of  Vedado  there  are  few  or  no  quarries.  On 
this  north  coast,  therefore,  are  found  ready  to  hand  many 
excellent  emplacements  for  mortars,  or  for  guns  on  depressed 
carriages,  as  well  as  places  of  shelter  for  infantry.  Many  of 
•these  abandoned  quarries  are  within  a  few  yards  of  the  shore 
and  offer  complete  concealment  and  shelter  from  the  sea. 
They  would  be  excellent  places  from  which  to  resist  boat  land- 
ings. They  vary  in  depth  from  a  foot  to  40  or  50  feet,  and  are 
very  numerous.  The  turnpike  continues,  near  the  dummy 
line,  through  the  streets  of  the  suburb  of  Vedado,  which  is 


no  '  RECAPITULATION. 

almost  a  part  of  Otorrera,  and  terminates  at  tlie  Almendares 
River.  The  shore  road  is  continued  west  by  a  heavy,  sandy 
road,  which  is  reached  by  a  ferry  across  the  Almendares,  some 
500  yards  above  the  wreck  of  the  bridge  that  once  stood  there. 
From  the  crossing  it  continues  on  to  La  Playa  de  Marianao. 
From  Habana  to  Chorrera  the  road  is  exposed  to  fire  almost 
all  the  w^ay  from  one  or  more  of  the  forts  of  Principe,  Santa 
Clara,  La  Reina,  La  Punta,  El  Morro,  and  Cabana;  but  from 
Principe  both  road  and  railroad  are  sheltered  to  some  extent 
by  a  low  range  of  hills,  which  are  rather  the  termination  of 
the  higher  ground  lying  back  of  the  coast.  This  ridge  follows 
the  general  trend  of  the  shore  from  Vedado  to  the  Almendares 
River,  at  a  distance  of  perhaps  600  or  800  yards  from  the 
water.     No  other  roads  of  importance  enter  Habana. 

TO   RECAPITULATE. 

There  are  leading  to  Habana  four  main  roads  called  calza- 
das.  First,  from  La  Punta  along  the  north  coast  (and 
railroad)  to  Yedado  and  Chorrera,  where  it  stops  at  the 
Almendares  River;  second,  the  Calzada  del  Cerro,  which 
continues  on  to  Marianao  and  thence  to  Guanajay,  there 
dividing,  one  branch  going  to  Artemisa  and  San  Cristc5bal, 
the  other  to  Mariel  and  Cabana ;  the  third,  through  Jesus  del 
Monte  to  Rincdn  and  Bejucal,  throwing  off  near  Cristina  a 
short  calzada  that  passes  around  the  bay,  to  a  second  branch 
which  leaves  the  Jesiis  del  Monte  calzada  near  the  car  stables, 
and  goes  to  the  left  to  Luyano,  and  there  branches,  the  left 
going  to  Guanabacoa,  the  right  to  San  Juan  de  las  Lajas. 
The  main  calzada  to  Jesus  del  Monte  continues  south,  and  at 
about  4  miles  from  Habana  branches,  the  right  and  important 
branch  going  to  Calabazar,  Rincon,  and  Giiines,  the  left  to 
Managua.  The  third  and  last  calzada  is  the  poor  one 
from  Regla  to  Guanabacoa,  thence  to  Cojimar.  The  road 
past  Principe  to  the  cemetery,  where  it  rests,  is  a  sort  of  cal- 
zada. These  are  the  main  highways  leading  from  Habana. 
From  the  Cerro  a  calzada  called  the  Palatina  follows,  for  a 
time,  the  Western  Railroad,  but,  branching  at  about  4  miles 
toward  the  south,  continues  to  Vento.* 

These  calzadas,  kept  up  by  the  department  of  public  works 
under  the  civil  governors  of  the  provinces,  are  always  good 

♦The  calzada  from  Regla  branches,  one  going  northward  toward  Coji- 
mar, the  other  branch  going  southeast  into  the  country. 


INTERIOR    LINES.  Ill 

highways.  Those  of  the  first  order,  like  that  to  Marianao, 
are  fine,  wide  boulevards,  smooth  and  rounded,  and,  as  a  rule, 
do  not  become  heavy.  In  the  cities  they  conle  under  the 
control  of  the  municipal  governments,  and  are  frequently  in 
wretched  condition.  All  calzadas  indicated  on  the  map  that 
have  not  been  abandoned  (which  is  rarely  the  case,  except 
when  railroads  have  taken  their  place)  may  be  considered  as 
fine  wagon  roads ;  but  the  other  roads  of  the  country  are  bad 
dirt  roads  or  mere  trails  that  become  almost  impassable.  The 
calzadas  are  comparatively  few. 

INTERIOR   LINES. 

The  interior  lines  of  comm.unication  within  the  defensive 
position  outlined  are,  of  course,  excellent,  since  they  are  chiefly 
the  streets  of  the  city.  It  is  only  necessary  to  mention  the 
tramways  and  a  few  of  the  outlying  calzadas  which  afford  belt 
roads.  Of  the  tramways  there  are  three  main  branches  radi- 
ating from  the  center  of  Habana,  and  two  others  which  are 
connecting  links.  Of  the  main  lines  the  most  important  is  the 
street-car  line  to  Jesiis  del  Monte,  running  from  the  center  of 
the  city  to  stables  in  that  suburb  within  about  a  mile  of  the 
Key  Hill. 

Second.  A  suburban  line  running  by  the  Calzada  del  Cerro 
to  stables  on  the  western  outskirts  of  that  village. 

Third.  From  the  interior  of  the  city  to  El  Principe,  one  con- 
necting line  runs  from  La  Punta — the  end  of  the  railway  from 
Chorrera — to  Aguiar  street,  from  which  all  cars  start. 

Of  the  interior  calzadas  it  is  only  necessary  to  mention  two — 
La  Infanta,  an  important  belt  road  starting  from  the  north 
coast  at  the  large  quarries  between  Battery  Santa  Clara  and 
La  Reina,  and  sweeping  around  Habana  to  the  Calzada  of 
Jesiis  del  Monte,  cutting  the  Paseo  (the  road  to  El  Principe), 
the  Calzada  of  the  Cerro,  and  continued  by  the  Calzada  of 
Jesiis  del  Monte  to  the  Calzada  de  Cristina,  which  joins  the 
second  important  belt  road,  the  Calzada  de  Concha,  that  goes 
on  to  Guanabacoa  and  Cojimar.  These  two  roads  and  their 
links  form  a  line  around  Habana,  beginning  near  Santa  Clara 
Battery  and  going  east  to  Cojimar.  These  points  are  con- 
nected by  good  coast  roads  with  the  opposite  shores  of  Habana 
Bay.  The  Calzada  de  la  Infanta  continues  to  the  crossing  of 
the  railroad  io  Marianao,  which  leaves  from  the  Concha  Sta- 
tion.    On  the  right,  near  this  station,  the  ground  is  somewhat 


112  THE   ENVIRONS, 

high  and  rolling;  to  the  left,  i.  e.,  east,  it  is  low,  becoming 
lower  as  it  runs  down  toward  the  head  of  the  bay,  where, 
indeed,  it  becomes  marshy  in  places  and  would  be  difficult  to 
cross  with  wagons,  toward  the  Calzada  de  Belascoain. 

It  may  be  well  to  add  that  at  Chorrera  there  is  now  no 
bridge  across  the  Almendares  River,  and  by  the  north  shore 
communication  is  had  with  La  Playa  de  Marianao  only  by  a 
very  heavy  sandy  road,  little  used. 

DETAILED    STUDY   OP   THE   ENVIRONS. 

.  The  position  along  the  following  lines  requires  more  detailed 
study. 

From  the  city  proper  by  road  to  Vedado  and  Chorrera, 
thence  up  the  Almendares  River  toward  Puentes  Grandes  (a 
detour),  and  on  to  La  Playa  de  Marianao ;  thence  to  Marianao, 
Puentes  Grandes,  La  Cienaga,  El  Principe,  Hill  of  the  Jesuits, 
Tulipan  and  El  Cerro,  Jesiis  del  Monte  and  the  Key  Hill, 
Regla,  Guanabacoa,  Cojimar,  and  back  to  Habana  Bay  at  El 
Morro. 

Following  the  north  shore  westward,  Vedado  is  reached 
about  3  miles  from  Habana,  and  a  mile  westward,  the  suburb 
of  Chorrera.  Both  are  fairly  healthy  and  prosperous  suburbs, 
with  many  fine  residences  occupying  low  ground  between  the 
gulf  and  the  ridge  that  runs  parallel  to  the  shore.  Here  the 
soil  is  light,  covering  but  slightly  the  underlying  coral  rock. 

These  suburbs  are  becoming  more  and  more  the  residences 
of  the  rich  people  of  Habana,  the  streets  of  one  running  into 
those  of  the  other.  Vedado  lies  about  half  a  mile  north  of 
Principe.  Chorrera — see  sketch — is  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Almendares  River,  on  a  well-sheltered  inlet  with  a  sandy, 
shelving  beach  of  coral  sloping  to  the  water,  with  here  and 
there  a  sandy  cove  where  boats  can  land.  A  few  boats  are 
habitually  kept  there.  The  depth  of  the  water  on  the  bar  at 
Chorrera  is  said  to  be  6  or  8  feet.  It  is  to  be  remembered  that 
the  tide  here  rises  only  about  2  feet. 

At  the  west  of  the  inlet  on  the  seacoast  are  large  oil  refin- 
eries. On  the  east  shore  at  mouth  of  the  river  is  a  square 
stone  tower  built  three  centuries  ago,  now  worthless  as  a 
defense  and  said  to  be  unarmed.  Near  here  lands  one  end  of 
the  cable  from  Key  West.  The  wires  thence  are  said  to  be 
buried  along  the  railroad  line. 


THE    ENVIRONS.  113 

Both  railroad  and  turnpike  end  at  Cliorrera.  The  bridge 
which  formerly  spanned  the  river  near  its  mouth  is  now  use- 
less. A  crossing  is  made  by  ferry  some  500  yards  above  the 
wreck  of  the  bridge. 

Two  roads,  necessary  to  notice,  pass  inland  from  the  coast. 
The  first  is  from  Vedado — a  common  dirt  road,  little  used — 
striking  inland  toward  El  Principe.  This  becomes  almost 
impassable  in  wet  weather,  but  in  dry  weather  is  a  fair  wagon 
road,  ascending  gradually  the  hill  of  Principe,  which  lies 
about  half  a  mile  south  of  Vedado.  At  first  the  road  runs  in 
rear  of  a  low  shelving  ridge  that  hides  the  city  and,  to  some 
extent.  El  Principe  from  view.  This  ridge  is  short.  Toward 
the  gulf  it  terminates  in  gradual  slopes  before  reaching  the 
line  of  the  railroad  that  lies  about  half  a  mile  from  the  gulf 
shore.  Toward  the  hill  of  El  Principe  the  wagon  road  termi- 
nates, but  a  byroad  continues  along  the  western  slopes  of  the 
fortification,  passing  over  brushy  ground  having  a  covering  of 
soil  probably  of  no  great  depth,  and  reaching  finally  the  calzada 
of  the  cemetery,  which  continues  to  Chorrera.  Prom  this 
road  a  fine  view  is  had  northwest,  west,  and  southwest  over  a 
lower  country  broken  here  and  there  by  hills  on  which  are 
growing  grass,  crops,  and  trees.  North  of  west  (nearly  west, 
however,  as  the  shore  line  from  Vedado  trends  south  of  west), 
and  perhaps  2^  or  3  miles  away,  lies  the  village  of  Chorrera, 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Almendares  River.  From  El  Principe 
the  calzada  continues  to  the  cemetery  gate.  This  road  passing 
along  the  hill  would  make  an  excellent  place  to  station  troops — 
infantry  and  guns — to  resist  a  landing  at  Chorrera  and  an 
advance  along  the  north  coast.  From  the  gate  of  the  cemetery 
a  road  turns  nearly  at  right  angles,  leading  to  Chorrera  and 
the  mouth  of  the  Almendares,  some  half  a  mile  distant.  The 
cemetery  walls  are  of  brick  or  stone,  and  would  offer  a  fine 
shelter  for  infantry.  The  ground  slopes  toward  the  houses 
of  Chorrera,  but  the  village  to  some  extent  covers  and  conceals 
a  boat  landing  from  the  view  of  Principe  and  this  road. 

The  second  road  is  from  Chorrera,  up  the  Almendares  River. 
It  follows  the  ridge  running  parallel  to  the  north  coast,  con- 
tinues to  within  a  few  yards  of  the  Almendares  River,  then 
turns  sharply  to  the  south  and  follows  the  right  bank  of  the 
stream,  growing  higher  as  it  recedes  from  the  gulf  shore. 
This  branch  road,  following  the  river  bank  into  the  country 
to  the  first  dam  of  the  Almendares,  about  three-fourths  of  a 


114         THE  ENVIRONS — NORTH  COAST  ROAD. 

mile  above  Chorrera,  tliere  crosses  to  tlio  west  bank  and  goes 
winding  on  to  Puentes  Grandes.  Some  400  or  500  yards  from 
the  town  of  Chorrera  and  on  the  right  bank  of  the  river, 
where  the  hills  are  perhaps  60  feet  high,  are  limestone  quar- 
ries. The  road  following  the  Almendares  River  is  covered  in 
general  from  Habana  and  Principe  by  the  open  hills  lying 
along  the  east  side  of  the  river;  it  continues  to  Paso  de  la 
Madonna,  always  out  of  sight  of  Principe.  At  Paso  de  la 
Madonna  was  formerly  a  bridge,  which  has  now  disappeared ; 
the  road  crossing  here  to  the  west  by  ferry,  probably  for  foot 
passengers  only,  continues  on  to  Puentes  Grandes.  The  river 
can  not  be  forded  here  nor  below.  It  is  deep,  rapid,  has  high 
steep  banks,  and  at  Paso  de  la  Madonna  is,  perhaps,  30  yards 
wide.  At  Puentes  Grandes  is  the  first  bridge ;  there  is  said 
to  be  a  ford  a  few  hundred  yards  below  this.  This  ford  is 
about  one-half  mile  below  Puentes  Grandes ;  it  is  good,  about 
3  feet  deep  ordinarily,  rock  bottom,  shelving  banks ;  but  in 
the  bottom  are  large  stones.  The  road  here  crossing  to  the 
left  bank  goes  on  to  Puentes  Grandes.  In  wet  weather  the 
ford  could  not  be  used;  however,  in  wet  weather  the  roads 
west  of  the  Almendares  would  become  practically  impassable. 
Along  the  Almendares  River  the  country  is  rough,  the  hills 
are  steep,  uncultivated,  and  generally  without  houses. 
These  hills  form  a  ridge  extending  towards  Marianao,  but  all 
are,  apparently,  commanded  by  El  Principe.  Between  Cho- 
rrera and  the  hills  near  Paso  de  la  Madonna  the  hill  of  Prin- 
cipe is  generally  concealed  by  others  and  by  the  hill  of  the 
cemetery.  An  attempt  to  cross  the  Almendares,  therefore, 
should  not  be  made  at  a  point  lower  down  than  the  bridge  or 
ford  near  Puentes  Grandes.  No  advance  could  be  made  across 
these  hills. 

ROAD  (north  coast) — CHORRERA  TO  LA  PLATA  DE  MARIANAO. 

The  turnpike  is  continued  west  from  Chorrera  by  a  very 
bad  road.  The  Almendares  River  is  crossed  by  a  ferry  boat 
capable  of  taking  two  ox  carts  at  a  crossing.  It  is  drawn  by 
an  endless  rope  and  windlass,  the  boat  held  in  its  course  by  a 
guard-chain  stretched  across  the  river  and  running  over  the 
boat.  The  banks  of  the  stream  at  the  ferry  are  rocky,  but 
fringed  by  small  bushes.  The  river  here  is  not  more  than  50 
yards  wide,  but  is  12  or  15  feet  deep  and  with  a  somewhat 
rapid  current ;  deep  water  runs  to  the  banks  on  either  side, 


CHORRERA   TO    LA    PLAY  A   DE    MARIAN  AO.  115 

where  the  road  landings  are  low.  Without  a  bridge  it  would 
be  hazardous  to  attempt  to  cross  here.  Pontoon  trains  might 
well  be  used,  but  any  force  placed  on  the  high  ground  in  rear 
of  Chorrera  could  without  much  difficulty  prevent  a  crossing. 

Beyond  the  Almeudares  River  the  road,  evidently  bad  in 
wet  weather,  continues  through  a  low  country.  The  under- 
lying rock  is  of  limestone,  soft,  and  upon  trituration,  forms 
a  sort  of  mortar,  which  makes  the  road  practically  impassable 
for  wagons  and  almost  impassable  for  horses.  Just  beyond 
the  ferry  a  low  hill  rises,  forming  part  of  the  ridge,  which 
bends  to  south  and  west,  then  turns  to  the  north,  and  form- 
ing a  segment,  of  which  the  shore  road  to  La  Playa  is  the 
chord.  On  this  hill  and  near  the  river  is  a  house,  whose 
stone  walls  and  stone  steps,  ascending  the  slope  by  terraces, 
make  it  appear  a  fortification.  Near  or  on  the  gulf  are  oil 
refineries.  The  road  shows  evidences  of  mud  in  wet  weather. 
On  the  north  it  is  lined  for  nearly  a  mile  by  a  stone  wall  that 
separates  it  from  a  flat  country,  densely  covered  with  brush, 
and  resembling  a  high  growth  of  weeds.  Here,  not  far  from 
the  gulf  shore  and  the  oil  refineries,  stand  isolated  the  large 
reddish  buildings  of  the  smallpox  hospitals,  used  in  cases  of 
epidemics,  which  are  by  no  means  infrequent. 

The  road  continues  a  single  track,  narrow,  and  badly  cut  up, 
with  frequent  diverging  roads,  running  generally  to  sand 
quarries  on  the  shore.  The  brush  on  either  side  becomes 
dense ;  it  is  chiefly  the  wild  grape,  which  here  grows  into  a 
tree,  the  wood  of  which  is  excellent  for  fuel.  The  low  ground 
continues  for  half  a  mile,  but  the  road,  which  in  January  is 
dry,  though  rough,  becomes  more  sandy  and  harder,  running 
to  within  a  few  yards  of  the  sea,  and  behind  a  low,  sandy 
ridge  parallel  to  the  shore.  This  ridge  is  covered  with  dense 
brush  and  slopes  to  the.water.  The  shore  in  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  the  water  is  rocky,  low,  and  shelving  to  the  water's 
edge,  with  sand  in  rear  of  the  rocks.  As  the  road  continues 
behind  this  ridge,  coming  out  now  and  again  upon  the  shore, 
it  grows  more  sandy,  and  in  places  so  heavy  that  it  would  be 
difficult  to  haul  wagons  or  guns  through.  The  country  inland 
is  low  and  brush-covered,  with  a  very  few  trees,  and  extends  in 
a  barren  waste  to  the  semicircle  of  bounding  hills  1^  or  2  miles 
away.  These  hills  are  gentle  slopes,  green,  dotted  with  palms 
and  houses,  and  evidently  very  fertile.  They  are  the  heights 
about  Marianao. 


116  LA    PLAYA   DE   MARIANAO. 

Continuing  over  the  sand  and  through  the  brush  described, 
the  road,  about  3  miles  from  the  crossing  of  the  Almendares 
River,  strikes  the  inlet  or  bay  of  La  Playa  de  Marianao.  The 
sand  here  is  deep.  The  road,  turning  to  the  left,  follows  the 
shore  of  the  inlet  to  the  station  of  the  single-track  railroad  to 
Marianao  (thence  to  Habana),  near  which,  after  crossing  a 
very  small  rivulet  of  water,  probably  not  fit  to  drink,  it 
reaches  the  calzada  to  Marianao.  The  inlet  called  La  Playa 
is  of  some  importance ;  it  lies  at  a  distance  of  about  7  miles 
from  Habana  Bay.  It  is  without  defenses.  The  small  old  Mar- 
tello  tower,  apparently  abandoned,  is  not  worth  considering. 

LA   PLAYA   DE   MARIANAO. 

La  Playa  is  a  sort  of  summer  resort.  It  consists  chiefly  of 
a  few  huts  of  fishermen,  whose  nets,  fish  cages,  small  sail  and 
row  boats  line  the  shore.  Seemingly  there  is  not  much  water 
within  the  line  of  the  little  cape,  but  it  is  an  excellent  place 
for  a  boat  landing.  From  it  an  advance  could  well  be  made 
to  Marianao,  lying  on  a  ridge  to  the  southeast  and  about  2i 
miles  distant  by  rail  or  by  the  turnpike. 

Considering  the  nearness  to  Habana,  the  easy  railroad  and 
road  communication  by  the  way  of  Marianao,  there  would  be 
considerable  difficulty  in  landing  a  hostile  force  at  La  Playa, 
and  still  more  in  advancing  by  the  shore  road  to  the  Almen- 
dares River.  This  road  is  impracticable  in  wet  weather,  and 
a  concentration  of  the  defending  forces  at  Chorrera  would 
make  a  crossing  there  difficult,  probably  impossible.  The  low 
ground  east  of  La  Playa  is  open  to  view  from  El  Principe, 
though  the  distance  is  great.  From  El  Principe  to  the  low 
ground  near  the  Almendares  is  probably  2  or  3  miles.  The 
country  from  Principe  to  the  river  at  this  point  is  a  succession 
of  ridges  or  low  hills,  somewhat  broken,  but  lower  than  the 
hill  of  El  Princii)e  and  gradually  rising  toward  it. 

The  high  ground  within  a  mile  or  less  of  La  Playa  on  three 
sides  would  offer  good  positions  for  batteries  in  case  a  landing 
were  anticipated  there.  This  ground  is  rolling,  the  low  hills 
rounded  and  cultivated.  They  should  be  occupied  at  once 
upon  landing.  This  could  be  effected  without  great  difficulty. 
The  same  is  true  of  the  ridge  at  Chorrera.  In  itself  the  latter 
would  be  preferable  as  a  landing  place,  as  the  Almendares 
would  not  have  to  be  crossed  nor  the  low  ground  between 
Chorrera  and  La  Playa  passed.     But  so  near  Habana  and 


LA  PLAYA  DE  MARIANAO  TO  MARIANAO.        117 

with  the  best  road,  perhaps  of  all  the  region  leading  to  the 
city,  as  well  as  the  double  track  of  the  suburban  railroad,  the 
defense  to  be  expected  from  ships  running  out  of  Habana  and 
patrolling  the  coast,  and  the  undoubted  concentration  of  troops 
from  Habana  on  the  ridges  above  Chorrera,  as  well  as  the 
exposure  of  boats  to  the  fire  of  improvised  shore  batteries  and 
from  Principe,  would  make  a  landing  at  Chorrera  about  as 
difficult  as  a  landing  in  the  harbor  of  Habana  itself.  La 
Play  a  de'Marianao  would  be  in  some  respects  better,  espe- 
cially as  there  are  two  lines  of  advance  open  from  there — one 
by  the  shore  road  (which  should  not  be  taken  unless  the  cir- 
cumstances were  specially  favorable),  the  other  by  road  and 
railroad  to  Marianao,  thence  by  road  and  railroad  to  the 
city — ^but  both  these  lines  of  advance  would  approach  the  city 
from  a  wrong  direction,  being  exposed  to  the  guns  of  Principe. 

LA  PLAYA  DE  MARIANAO  TO  MARIANAO. 

The  country  intervening  between  Marianao  and  the  inlet  is 
free  from  brush  or  timber,  and,  except  in  occasional  ravines,  is 
rolling  and  open,  with  a  few  stone  walls  and  grass-covered 
hills,  dotted  with  palms.  The  chief  crops  raised  are  garden 
truck  for  the  Habana  market.  The  country  between  Mari- 
anao and  La  Playa  would  not  be  difficult  for  cavalry. 

For  about  half  a  mile  from  the  shore  the  turnpike  runs 
through  low  ground,  not  swampy  in  dry  season,  but  covered 
with  low  brush  to  the  foot  of  a  small  hill,  which  dominates 
the  road  and  to  some  extent  the  harbor.  On  this  hill  is  a 
stone  building  used  as  a  tannery.  The  road  is  lined  on  the 
north  by  a  well-made  stone  wall,  and  is  almost  parallel  to  the 
railroad,  the  latter  lying  perhaps  500  yards  to  the  right,  the 
distance  decreasing  as  Marianao  is  approached. 

The  turnpike  beyond  the  tannery  traverses  a  succession  of 
ridges,  whose  slopes  are  not  steep.  One  horse  readily  draws 
4  people.  The  pike  itself  is  good,  well  paved,  and  evidently 
never  muddy.  It  is  wide  enough  for  2  vehicles  to  pass.  The 
hilltops  generally  are  rounded,  covered  with  good  grass,  and 
the  whole  appearance  of  the  country  green  and  fertile.  The 
undulating  road  continues  gradually  to  ascend,  and  forks 
about  2  miles  from  La  Playa,  the  northern  branch  going  to 
Quemados,  some  400  or  500  yards  beyond;  the  southern  to 
Marianao,  about  the  same  distance  away ;  in  fact  one  village 
is  but  a  continuation  of  the  other.     Some  200  yards  beyond 


118  MARIANAO — PUENTES  GRANDES. 

this  fork  the  southern  branch  crosses  the  track  of  the  railroad 
to  La  Playa,  and  about  300  yards  beyond  reaches  the  station 
of  Marianao.  The  railroad  to  La  Playa  is  a  continuation  of 
the  railroad  from  Habana  to  Marianao.  From  Marianao  to 
the  gulf  shore  it  is  a  single  track,  4  feet  8^  inches  gauge. 

The  station  lies  on  a  hillside  on  the  outskirts  of  the  village 
of  Marianao.  Passing  by  this  and  ascending  a  somewhat 
steep  hill,  the  turnpike  reaches  the  main  turnpike  from 
Habana  to  Guanajay,  about  30  miles  distant. 

MARIANAO. 

Marianao  is  about  6  miles  from  Habana.  It  is  a  residence 
suburb  of  that  city ;  is  very  healthy  and  prosperous ;  contains 
about  2,000  people  and  many  pretty  residences.  The  houses 
are  chiefly  of  stone,  surrounded  by  gardens  and  trees.  There 
are  a  few  frame  buildings.  On  the  outskirts  of  the  town  is  a 
little  stream  of  good  water  flowing  through  a  large  ravine, 
spanned  by  a  massive  stone  bridge  that,  without  explosives, 
could  be  destroyed  only  with  difficulty.  The  destruction  of 
this  bridge  "would  do  little  harm. 

From  Marianao  the  turnpike  runs  northward  to  Puentes 
Grandes,  about  3  miles  away ;  here  it  crosses  the  Almendares 
River  by  an  iron  bridge,  to  reach  which,  the  road  descends  a 
somewhat  steep  hill.  Near  Puentes  Grandes  there  is  a  dam. 
There  are  fords  of  the  Almendares  River  about  half  a  mile 
above  and  half  a  mile  below  the  bridge;  the  river  is  also 
fordable  just  below  the  iron  bridge.  On  the  farther  border 
of  Puentes  Grandes  is  another  small  stone  bridge  across  a 
little  stream,  here  fordable. 

PUENTES   GRANDES 

Puentes  Grandes  is  one  of  the  suburbs  of  Habana.  It  lies 
about  3  miles  from  the  Plaza  de  Armas  and  about  2  miles 
above  Chorrera  on  the  Almendares  River.  Some  300  yards 
from  Puentes  Grandes  the  road  from  Vedado  enters  along  a 
ridge.  To  the  east  of  the  calzada  lies  a  valley  broken  here 
and  there  with  rounded,  green  and  palm-dotted  hills,  througli 
which  passes  the  Habana  and  Marianao  railroads.  About  a 
mile  from  Puentes  Grandes  the  calzada  intersects  the  Habana 
Railroad  at  Ciduaga,*  where  the  belt  road  from  Regla  taps  it. 
This  intersection  is  about  4  miles  from  Marianao,  and  about 


LA   CIENA GA.  110 

the  same  distance  from  the  Plaza  de  Armas  in  Habana. 
About  200  yards  beyond  the  intersection  the  turnpike  crosses 
the  raih'oad  from  Marianao.  Ci^naga  is  thus  a  somewhat 
important  junction.  The  Marianao  Railroad  is  crossed  twice 
by  the  turnpike  after  leaving  Marianao — once  just  before 
reaching  Puentes  Grandes,  where  the  railroad  runs  through 
a  tunnel  and  the  turnpike  passes  over  it  on  a  wooden  bridge, 
and  once  at  Cienaga. 

LA   CIENAGA. 

La  Cidnaga  is  a  station  on  the  Habana  Railroad  about  4 
miles  distant  from  the  Plaza  de  Armas  of  Habana  and  about 
tlie  same  distance  from  Marianao  and  about  a  mile  from 
Puentes  Grandes.  It  lies  on  the  outskirts  of  the  city  proper 
and  at  the  foot  of  the  ridge  boujiding  the  valley  southwest  of 
Habana. 

The  hills  near  Cienaga  command  well  the  valley,  railroads, 
and  turnpike.  At  the  station  there  are  several  tracks,  rail- 
road workshops,  and  sheds  for  engines.  Probably  several 
spare  locomotives  are  always  kept  here.  The  railroad  and 
calzada  crossings  are  within  200  or  300  yards  of  each  other, 
and  the  Regla  branch  runs  into  a  "  Y"  in  the  valley  to  the 
east. 

As  the  name  (The  Swamp)  implies,  Cienaga  is  placed  on  or 
near  low  ground.  Eastward  a  low  valley  that  probably  becomes 
marshy  in  wet  weather  extends  toward  the  line  of  the  West- 
ern Railroad.  Around  Cidnaga  this  valley  is  open  and  culti- 
vated with  garden  produce.  It  is  exposed  to  fire  from  the 
guns  of  El  Principe  and  would  be  exposed  to  fire  from  guns 
placed  on  El  Cerro,  and  the  Hill  of  the  Jesuits.  From  Jesus 
del  Monte  it  is  cut  off  by  hills  and  trees.  At  La  Cienaga  the 
Habana  Railroad,  the  Marianao  Railroad,  the  belt  line  to 
Regla,  and  the  turnpike  to  Marianao,  Guana  jay,  and  the  west 
all  meet;  railroads  and  the  turnpike  run  from  this  point 
through  the  valley  and  are  exposed  to  fire  from  Principe. 
The  Habana  Railroad,  passing  a  small  cut,  which  partly  shel- 
ters the  junction,  workshop,  etc.,  of  the  station  from  the  fire 
of  El  Principe  fort,  runs  directly  through  low  ground,  ditched 
and  cultivated  in  the  dry  season,  toward  this  fortification, 
while  the  Marianao  Railroad  runs  through  the  valley  to  its 
station  at  La  Concha.  The  belt  road  is  exposed  to  fire  from 
El  Principe  ^nd  Atares. 

7739 9 


120  LA  CIENAGA — EL    PRINCIPE. 

Half  a  mile  beyond  La  Ci^iiaga  the  turnpike  reaches  the 
stables  and  terminus  of  the  street  car  lines  to  El  Cerro. 
Thence  the  heart  of  the  city  is  reached  by  the  Calzada  del 
Cerro.  It  is  evident  that  an  advance  by  calzada,  or  by  rail, 
from  Marianao  would  land  a  force  in  Habana  under  the  guns 
of  El  Principe. 

El  Principe  is  about  3,000  yards  from  the  ridge  just  north 
of  Ci^naga,  which  shelters  the  shops  from  the  fire  of  the  guns. 
The  ridge  of  hills  westward  of  Ci^naga  continues  along  the 
Almendares  River,  but  they  are  dominated  by  El  Principe. 
Along  the  foot  of  this  ridge  a  road  runs,  joining  La  Cidnaga 
with  the  turnpike  from  the  Paseo  de  Tacon,  to  the  cemeteries. 
This  line  would  no  doubt  be  occupied  by  defenses ;  neverthe- 
less, it  is  the  only  line  of  advance  that  should  be  taken  from  La 
Cidnaga  in  case  of  an  attack  from  the  direction  of  Marianao. 

From  Cidnaga  the  defensive  line  to  El  Principe,  in  order  to 
avoid  the  open  valley  through  which  railroads  and  calzadas 
run,  would  probably  pass  along  the  hills  bordering  the 
Almendares,  in  front  of  which  is  the  dirt  road  mentioned  as 
running  to  the  turnpike  from  the  Tacdn  to  the  cemeteries. 
This  road,  being  somewhat  rocky,  probably  never  becomes 
impassable ;  it  is  for  the  most  part  sheltered  from  the  fire  of 
El  Principe,  and  largely,  by  the  configuration  of  the  ground, 
from  that  of  the  heights  along  the  river.  It  passes  close  by 
the  Baptist  cemetery  and  reaches  the  hill  of  Principe  about 
2  miles  from  Cidnaga.  At  the  base  of  this  hill  runs  the  turn- 
pike, and  beyond  this  turnpike  the  defensive  line  is  continued 
by  a  road  to  Vedado  and  the  coast. 

EL   PRINCIPE. 

El  Principe  is  undoubtedly  the  strongest  natural  position 
about  Habana  now  occupied  by  defensive  works. 

Its  guns  sweep  the  heights  of  the  Almendares,  extending 
from  the  north  coast  southward  by  the  hills  of  Puentes 
Grandes  to  the  valley  of  Ci^naga,  thence  eastward  across  the 
Hill  of  the  Jesuits  and  the  long  line  of  trees  and  houses  lead- 
ing to  the  Cerro.  The  country  beyond  El  Cerro  is  partly 
sheltered  by  trees  and  hills,  but  eastward  El  Principe  com- 
mands in  places  the  country  and  the  bay  shore,  and  gives  fire 
across  Habana  seaward.  This  hill  is  the  most  commanding 
position  now  occupied;  in  fact,  there  are  but  two  or  three 
available  positions  superior  in  location  and  command. 


TULIPAN — EL   CEKRO.  121 

From  El  Principe  to  the  Hill  of  the  Jesuits  is  a  fair  wagon 
road.  This  hill,  much  lower  than  El  Principe,  about  1,000 
yards  distant,  and  commanded  by  that  work,  is  occupied  by 
the  large  buildings  and  walls  of  the  Catalan  Club.  It  would 
form  a  good  defensive  position  against  an  approach  from  the 
south. 

From  the  Hill  of  the  Jesuits  to  the  hill  and  suburb  called 
El  Cerro,  roads  pass  back  to  the  city,  thence  out  by  the  turn- 
pike of  El  Cerro.  The  ground  intervening  is  low,  marshy  in 
places,  but  in  the  dry  season  passable  for  foot  troops.  The 
distance  is  about  1,000  yards  to  the  village  of  Tulipan. 

TULIPAN. 

Tulipan  is  a  small  suburb  and  place  of  residence,  really 
part  of  El  Cerro.  It  is  reached  by  a  good  road  and  by  the 
Marianao  Railroad .  It  is  unimportant,  but  clean  and  healthy ; 
has  a  square  or  almeda,  surrounded  by  pleasant  houses,  many 
of  which  are  of  wood. 

EL   CERRO. 

El  Cerro  is  a  suburb  and  place  of  residence,  reached  by 
turnpike  and  street  railway;  really  part  of  Habana;  needs 
no  description ;  car  stables  are  placed  here. 

The  hill  juts  out  into  the  southern  valley;  field  works 
placed  here  and  at  the  Hill  of  the  Jesuits  would,  with  El 
Principe,  completely  command  the  valley  south  and  south- 
west of  Habana  Bay,  the  turnpike  to  Marianao,  Guanajay, 
the  Habana  Railroad  from  Rincdn,  the  Marianao  Railroad, 
and  the  belt  line  to  Regla. 

Two  approaches  from  the  south  are  sheltered  from  these 
positions,  viz,  the  Western  Railroad  and  the  turnpike  from 
Rincdn.  Eastward  from  El  Cerro,  toward  the  suburb  of 
Jesus  del  Monte  and  the  hills  south  of  it,  lies  a  valley  broken 
by  hills,  trees,  houses,  and  gardens ;  the  road  runs  back  by 
the  turnpike  of  El  Cerro  to  the  turnpike  of  Jesus  del  Monte, 
which  at  that  suburb  climbs  a  very  considerable  hill,  passes 
on  to  a  collection  of  houses  called  Vibora,  thence  into  the 
eastern  valley,  and  again  on  to  Rincdn. 

Leaving  the  low  southern  section  of  the  city  by  the  Calzada 
de  Cristina,  the  Calzada  of  Jesus  del  Monte  is  reached  at  the 
intersection  of  the  Western  Railroad  with  that  turnpike. 
Here  the  Calzada  of  Jesiis  del  Monte  reaches  the  suburb  of 
that  name,  lying  on  the  western  slopes  and  summit  of  a  long, 


122  EL   CERRO — KEY   HILL. 

gradual  hill,  up  which  the  calzada  passes.  This  calzada  is 
followed,  for  a  distance  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  rail- 
road crossing,  by  double  tracks  of  the  street-car  line,  which 
has  its  stables  and  terminus  here. 

The  calzada  from  this  intersection  is  a  bad  road,  said  to  be 
impassable  in  wet  weather,  with  large  stones  scattered  over 
its  surface,  but  in  dry  weather  it  is  tolerable  for  wagons. 
At  all  times  wagons  could  pass  along  the  car  track,  paved 
with  heavy  stones  between  the  rails  ;  traffic  can  at  all  seasons 
be  carried  on  along  the  tracks.  Near  the  car  stables,  about 
midway  of  the  suburb,  a  road  turns  northward  along  high 
ground  overlooking  the  bay  and  shores  in  the  direction  of  the 
Hill  of  Atares.  This  road  ends  at  neighboring  quarries.  On 
the  west  of  this  side  road,  and  nearly  opposite  the  quarries, 
located  in  the  side  of  a  larger  hill,  along  which  the  quarry 
road  runs,  lies  a  rounded  hill  well  covered  with  soil,  which 
commands  Atares  and  the  city  and  harbor  of  Habana.  This 
hill  is,  however,  small,  with  little  room  on  its  rounded  sum- 
mit, and  commanded  by  others  more  distant  from  the  city. 
It  is  not  more  than  2|  miles  from  the  Plaza  de  Armas  and 
only  about  200  yards  from  the  larger  hill  of  the  quarries. 

The  Calzada  of  Jesus  del  Monte,  after  leaving  the  stables, 
becomes  better  ;  it  continues  up  a  somewhat  steeper  rise  than 
before,  and  after  reaching  the  summit  descends  toward  a  little 
settlement  called  Vibora.  Huts  and  houses  line  the  road  thus 
far,  but  few  extend  beyond  Vibora.  The  country  on  either 
side  is  rolling,  well  cultivated,  and  without  timber.  At  Vibo- 
ra, about  a  mile  from  the  street-car  stables,  a  road  turns  off 
from  the  calzada  to  the  right — i.  e. ,  about  west — and  if  con- 
tinued would  strike  the  Western  Railroad  at  right  angles, 
and  at  a  point  probably  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  Calzada 
de  Jesus  del  Monte  and  between  4  and  5  kilometers  by  rail 
from  Cristina.  This  road  stops  at  a  private  house,  perhaps  a 
mile  from  the  calzada.  Beyond  this  house  comparatively 
low  ground  continues  to  the  Western  Railroad.  The  road 
runs  along  the  northern  slope  of  a  high  ridge  or  long  hill, 
which  is  the  Key  Hill.  The  value  of  this  hill  as  an  objective 
in  any  attempt  to  reduce  Habana  can  not  be  overestimated. 

KEY   HILL. 

On  the  turnpike  of  Rinc6n  and  about  a  mile  from  the  end  of 
the  street-car  track,  at  Jesus  del  Monte,  lies  what  is  believed 
to  be  the  most  important  strategic  position  near  Habana.     It 


KEY   HILL.  123 

is  called  the  Key  Hill.  The  importance  of  this  hill  is  due 
to  its  position  in  regard  to  Habana,  to  the  lines  of  approach, 
and  to  the  defenses.  It  occupies  much  the  same  relation  to 
the  approaches  from  the  south  and  east  that  El  Principe  does 
to  those  from  the  southwest. 

Except  east  of  Morro,  this  hill  gives  a  clear  view  seaward, 
and  signals  with  ships  could  well  be  exchanged.  From  it  all 
of  Habana,  except  a  little  point  near  the  ferry,  to  Regla  is 
exposed,  even  to  Chorrera,  though  that  place  is  partly  hidden 
by  the  hill  of  Principe.  It  overlooks  the  houses  of  Jesus  del 
Monte  and  completely  commands  the  two  hills  indicated 
nearer  that  place,  which  are  themselves  strong  positions.  It 
gives  a  clear  view  of  the  entire  city,  and  is  distant  from  the 
Plaza  de  Armas  about  3^  (possibly  4)  miles  in  a  direct  line. 
It  commands  and  gives  a  clear  view  of  Cabana  and  most  of 
the  bay,  commands  the  Cerro  and  the  line  of  the  Western 
Railroad  completely.  El  Principe,  clearly  in  view,  is  about 
2  or  2^  miles  distant.  The  highest  portion  of  the  ridge  com- 
mands Habana,  part  of  Regla,  El  Principe  at  a  long  distance, 
Atares,  Cabana,  Morro,  a  part  of  Jesiis  del  Monte,  and  all  of 
the  south  shore  of  the  bay,  including  magazines.  The  line 
of  the  Habana  Railroad  is  covered,  but  El  Cerro  is  exposed. 
Near  Guanabacoa  is  seen  a  high  hill,  probably  La  Loma  de 
la  Cruz. 

The  Key  Hill  is  a  long  ridge  whose  axis,  running  sensibly 
east  and  west,  is  about  800  feet  long.  The  crest  is  estimated 
to  be  about  200  feet  above  the  sea,  appearing  slightly  higher 
than  El  Principe.  The  highest  point  of  the  ridge  lies  about 
200  yards  from  the  turnpike,  which  tjuts  the  eastern  flank, 
where  the  slope  is  steepest.  The  slope  northward,  which 
overlooks  Habana,  is  next  in  steepness,  but  readily  surmount- 
able by  wagons.  From  the  south  and  southwest — i.  e.,  in  the 
rear,  if  facing  Habana — the  slope  is  gentle.  Wagons  and 
artillery  could  readily  be  brought  up  to  the  crest.  Toward 
the  west,  where  lies  the  railroad,  the  Key  Hill  runs  out  into  a 
long  ridge,  which  is  near  the  house  mentioned,  and  disappears 
in  low  ground  lying  immediately  along  the  line  of  the  West- 
ern Railroad.  A  small  ridge  extends  to  the  railroad,  which 
continues  on  through  cuts.  Farther  to  the  west  of  this  lies 
another  low  ridge,  covered  with  palm  trees,  which  interferes 
between  the  cut  and  the  line  of  view  from  El  Principe.  The 
turnpike  cuts  through  the  right  flank,  but  below  the  crest 


124  KEY   HILL. 

and  the  little  cluster  of  houses  there,  which  is  the  beginning 
of  Jesiis  del  Monte,  it  is  hidden.  The  surface  is  grass  cov- 
ered, and  with  sufficient  soil  for  earthworks,  but  the  soil  is 
not  more  than  4  feet  thick,  and  loose  stones  are  frequent.  It 
has  been  plowed  and  is  without  trees. 

To  the  eastward  of  the  Key  Hill  are  three  others,  the  nearest 
of  which  would  be  dangerous  if  occupied  by  an  enemy,  but 
this  should  be  fortified  at  the  same  time  as  the  main  position, 
as  well  as  the  two  smaller  hills  to  the  eastward.  All  four 
form  a  chain  nearly  a  mile  long,  but  on  account  of  the  inter- 
vening valleys  the  line  necessarily  occupied  would  be  much 
shorter.  The  crest  of  the  Key  Hill  from  the  calzada  down 
the  long  regular  slope  of  its  ridge  to  the  railroad  is  probably 
about  800  yards  in  length.  The  prolongation  of  the  ridge 
would  strike  the  railroad  near  a  small  culvert,  which  lies 
about  midway  between  the  3  and  4  kilometer  posts.  The 
4-kilometer  post  is  near  the  beginning  of  the  cut  through  the 
ridge  lying  in  front  of  the  Key  Hill ;  this  ridge  is  low,  and  a 
curve  in  the  cut  completely  shuts  Atares  from  view.  From 
there  southward  the  railroad  seems  completely  protected  from 
its  fortifications  about  Habana.  At  about  4  kilometers  of  the 
railroad  the  Calzada  of  Palatino  reaches  the  track,  and,  with- 
out crossing,  follows  it  for  nearly  a  mile,  then  turning  to  the 
west  goes  on  to  Vento.  From  near  the  5-kilometer  post  to 
near  the  4-kilometer  post  the  new  aqueduct  lies  within  30  feet 
of  the  railroad ;  then  the  latter  turns  westward  to  the  new 
reservoir,  placed  as  described. 

The  Key  Hill  can  not  be  enfiladed  nor  commanded.  A  hill 
toward  the  east  more  nearly  fulfills  these  conditions  than  any 
other  position,  but  that  is  too  far  to  the  north  to  enfilade  com- 
pletely. The  right  (east)  flank  of  a  work  on  the  Key  Hill 
would  be  somewhat  exposed,  but  a  parapet  on  that  flank 
would  greatly  decrease  if  not  obviate  that  difficulty ;  and  the 
Key  Hill  is  slightly  higher  than  that  to  the  right.  The  latter 
is  probably  1,000  yards  away.  It  is  rounded  and  clear,  but 
not  occupied  by  houses.  The  axis  of  the  ridge  is  approxi- 
mately at  right  angles  to  the  line  of  fire  from  El  Principe, 
about  2^  miles  distant,  and  nearly  so  to  the  line  of  fire  from 
Atares,  about  1^  miles  distant. 

The  Key  Hill  is  slightly  superior  in  command  to  El  Principe, 
and  very  considerably  superior  to  all  the  other  permanent 
works  of  Habana.     More  than  that,  there  does  not  appear  to 


REGLA — GUANABACOA.  125 

be  an  available  position  dominating  the  liill  unless  it  be  La 
Loma  de  la  Cruz,  near  Guanabacoa.  To  the  south,  along  the 
line  of  approach  from  Rincdn  by  Western  Railroad  or  by 
calzada,  no  height  is  to  be  seen  from  which  an  enemy  could 
annoy  a  force  occupying  the  ridge.  Thus  nothing  in  the  rear 
nor  on  either  flank  would  command  field  batteries  placed  on 
the  Key  Hill,  with  the  possible  exception  of  the  hill  to  the 
east,  1,000  yards  away,  which  should  be  occupied.  The  valley 
between  these  hills  is  neither  deep  nor  broad ;  through  it  passes 
the  turnpike  to  Rincdn,  cutting  through  the  side  of  the  Key 
Hill. 

Let  us  suppose  an  advance  from  Rincdn  by  the  line  of  the 
Western  Railway. 

As  far  as  Los  Pinos,  about  9^^  miles  from  Rincdn,  the  rail- 
road winds  among  hills,  but  from  Los  Pinos  to  Habana  it  is 
nearly  straight.  Near  that  station  it  makes  a  curve,  running 
over  an  embankmeiit  for  about  1^  miles  to  the  small  cut  men- 
tioned as  passing  through  the  western  flank  of  the  Key  Hill. 
From  this  cut,  following  the  ridge,  the  position  is  perhaps  a 
little  more  than  1  mile  in  length ;  the  distance  to  the  turnpike 
along  the  ridge  about  800  yards. 

This  hill  seems  designated  by  nature  as  the  key  to  the  defense 
of  Habana.  It  was  never  utilized  by  the  English,  because 
they  probably  knew  nothing  of  its  existence.  In  1762  the 
country  westward  from  Guanabacoa  was  heavily  wooded. 

REGLA. 

Regla  is  a  portion  of  Habana,  lying  on  the  eastern  shore  of 
the  bay,  here  about  half  a  mile  wide.  It  has  two  ferry  slips, 
good  warehouses,  gas  works,  and  railway  stations  of  the  Bay 
road  and  of  the  dummy  line  to  Guanabacoa.  It  lies  on  low 
ground  and  is  exposed  very  generally  to  fire  from  the  works 
and  positions  about  Habana.  A  good  road  goes  to  Guanaba- 
coa, which  lies  considerably  above  Regla  and  about  2^  miles 
distant. 

GUANABACOA. 

The  largest  town  in  the  vicinity  of  Habana,  has  perhaps 
20,000  inhabitants,  and  occupies  high  ground  to  the  east, 
about  3  miles  away,  and  in  sight  of  the  latter  city.  The 
town  is  old,  dirty,  but  with  good  water.  Houses  chiefly  of 
stone ;  streets  roughly  paved.  Near  by  are  several  command- 
ing hills,  the  most  important  being  a  hill  between  Guanaba- 
coa and  Regla,  about  a  mile  from  the  latter  place,  probably 


126  COJIMAR. 


called  La  Cruz.  Here  the  English  placed  their  guns  after 
capturing  Guanabacoa,  but,  it  is  said,  could  not  reach  the 
city,  about  2  miles  away. 

This  is  an  important  position  in  the  event  of  an  attack 
from  the  north  coast  or  of  an  advance  from  the  eastward.  It 
would  probably  be  occupied  by  the  field  works  of  defenders, 
and  would  be  the  most  threatening  to  the  Key  Hill  of  all  the 
positions  about  Habana. 

From  Guanabacoa  to  Cojimar  the  turnpike  already  de- 
scribed leads  to  that  village. 

COJIMAR. 

Cojimar  is  a  suburb  placed  on  a  little  inlet  of  the  north 
coast  and  about  3|  miles  east  of  the  city.  It  is  of  small  con- 
sequence in  itself,  being  merely  a  summer  resort  for  the  peo- 
ple of  Habana  and  Guanabacoa.  One  end  of  the  cable  to  Key 
West  lands  here.  The  inlet  is  deep  and  affords  a  good  place 
for  a  boat  landing.  Here  and  to  the  eastward  the  English 
landed  in  1762,  subsequently  making  a  flank  attack  from 
Chorrera,  which  resulted  in  the  fall  of  Habana.  From  Coji- 
mar the  shore  road  already  described  leads  to  the  east  shore  of 
Habana  Bay. 


PROVINCE  OF  PINAR  DEL  RIO. 


(137) 


\^  Of  rTT^a 


."X>riVERSITY 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Vage. 

1 .  Table  of  distances  between  principal  towns l6\i 

2.  Location  and  boundary 131 

3.  Area  and  population . 131 

4.  Administration 131 

5.  Public  instruction  -  - ._   132 

6.  Agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce 132 

7.  Geography  and  topography-- 133 

8.  Rivers 133 

9.  Coast  line 185 

10.  Capes,  points,  and  peninsulas.-- 135 

11.  Reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals -  137 

12.  Gulfs,  bays,  and  anchorages 143 

13.  Railroads 146 

14.  Roads 147 

15.  Towns  and  cities.. -._ - 175 


(129) 


Ill 

o 

z 

</$ 

> 

O 

Z 

o 

a. 

in 
O 

UJ 

UJ 

< 
z 

X 

tsl 

Q 

< 

H 

UJ 

z 

in 

UI 

m 

< 

Z 

en 

M   1- 

DC 

-J 

I 

o 

uj  cc 

o 

< 

CO 

z 

JZ 

< 

m 

CO 

o 

1  i 

z  >. 

_l 

< 

H 
Z 

»z 

> 

t- 

^ 

5: 

t- 

o 

_l 

c>  < 

Z 

_  __ 

H 

d 

d 

UJ 
Q 

< 

in 

s 

00 
CO 

T 

z 

CD 

-I 
< 

X3 

UJ   z 

111 

Ui 

£ 

Q 

o 
o 

o 

z 

^ 

00 

t- 

00 

CO 

CO 

^ 

-1 

UJ 

z 

< 

d 

^ 

Q 

< 

05 

CO 

g? 

s 

£ 

UJ 

(/5 

DC 

z 
< 

o 

UJ 
Q 

_J 

DC 

o 

z 

rH 

00 

00 

t- 

s 

00 

m 

cc 

UJ 
Q 

(/) 

>o 

>o 

■o 

00 

CO 
UJ 

< 

z 

-I 
< 
UJ 
DC 

DC 

< 
z 

5 

s 

s 

e 

s 

»- 

s 

_1 

5 

_J 

Q. 

o 

O 

O 

< 

Q. 

s 

o 

§8 

00 

00 

•* 

s 

2 

u. 

o 

O 

•* 

o 

rH 

g 

1~ 

00 

■o 

CO 

Q. 

CO 

•  <N 

•o 

■* 

CO 

z 

_i 

_1 
< 

UJ 

to 

■* 

o 

t- 

CO 

o 

CO 

CO 

o 

□. 

CO 

(M 

■* 

lO 

-* 

tH 

00 

•^ 

<( 

DC 

CO 
UI 

UJ 

QC 

3 

< 
m 

< 
> 
< 

1- 

< 

s 

s 

"s" 

^ 

t 

g 

o 

s" 

^ 

00 
00 

o 

o 

z 
< 

1- 

(/) 

Z 

O 

z 

_l 
UJ 
Q 

2 

•o 

< 

■* 

£S 

2 

CO 

i 

3 

CO 
CO 

CO 

g 

■o 

t- 

fe 

UJ 

Q 

Z 

> 

< 

UJ 

z 
< 

•>*i 

rH 

g 

8 

00 
00 

00 
CO 

s 

■* 

1 

1 

« 

s 

CD 
IM 

O 

5 
< 

< 

z 

z> 

"a" 

00 

CD 

00 
CO 

CO 

§ 

2! 

>o 

Si 

¥ 

t- 

g 

~% 

u. 
O 

^O 

z 
o 

< 

O 

< 
_l 

o 

3 

rH 

t- 

s 

l- 

•a 

s 

s 

s 

g 

S5 

s 

s 

•* 

s 

?? 

UJ 

-J 

o 

o> 

^ 

t- 

>o 

o 

>o 

•* 

t^ 

lO 

■>* 

CO 

g; 

CO 

00 

^ 

(/) 

o 

ti 

■"H 

5. 

co 

ti 

(N 

rH 

CO 

Ol 

t- 

CO 

<M 

t-H 

ffl 

.2 

< 

DC 
< 

_l 
UJ 

CD 
< 

z 
o 

05 

i-i 

« 

lO 

I-I 

lO 

t- 

O 

1- 

^ 

CO 

SS 

CO 

■<*l 

O! 

rH 

< 

o 

00 

CO 

00 

00 

00 

eo 

CO 

IN 

»* 

IN 

>a 

■* 

CO 

(N 

CD 

CO 

CD 
rH 

CO 

2 

CO 

00 

CO 

^ 

05 

lO 

■* 

00 

lO 

00 

N 

CI 

< 

v> 

Q 

z 

O 

t- 

CO 

rH 

<N 

•<«| 

o 

00 

<N 

>o 

<M 

«» 

a 

CO 

00 

■* 

< 

z 
o 

«z 

< 

< 

O 

<M 

s 

« 

OS 
rH 

s 

§ 

CO 

o 

CO 

5 

g 

s 

00 

s 

s 

J: 

?: 

rH 

CO 

I 

< 

I 
< 

CD 

m 

< 

^ 

SI 

CO 

S 

s 

S 

CO 

1-1 

s 

CO 

■o 

s 

g 

CO 

00 

lO 

lO 

■g 

§ 

•* 

o 

s 

111 

S 

S 

s 

CO 

5 

o 

s 

s 

§ 

s 

5 

p: 

§ 

s 

>o 

s 

o> 

s 

s 

s 

< 

Y 

8 

^ 

00 

t- 

s 

s 

1 

■<»< 

s 

s 

5! 

CO 

H»l 

?: 

Si 

^ 

s 

a> 

^ 

53 

§ 

(180) 


PROVINCE  OF  PINAR  DEL  RIO. 


LOCATION   AND   BOUNDARY. 

The  province  of  Pinar  del  Rio  is  situated  at  the  western 
extremity  of  the  Island  of  Cuba.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north 
by  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  on  the  east  by  the  province  of  Habana, 
on  the  south  by  the  Sea  of  the  Antilles,  and  on  the  west  by 
the  Strait  of  Yucatan. 

AREA   AND   POPULATION. 

The  area  comprises  4,609  square  miles;  the  length  of  the 
province  is  160  miles,  the  width  50  miles.  The  population  is 
226,000,  divided  among  Spaniards,  native  Cubans,  negroes, 
and  "mezclados" — those  of  mixed  blood.  These  occupy  one 
city,  four  towns,  twenty-two  villages,  one  hundred  and  fifty 
hamlets,  and  six  thousand  suburbs. 

ADMINISTRATION. 

Previous  to  the  Spanish- American  war,  Pinar  del  Rio  was 
a  third-class  province,  with  a  civil  governor  under  a  general 
governor  or  military  commander.  It  has,  like  the  other  prov- 
inces, its  own  judicature  of  finance  and  special  charge  of 
roads  and  communications. 

The  people  elect  their  deputies  of  districts  and  mayors  of 
cities.  There  are  courts  of  justice,  municipal  and  ecclesiastical 
courts.    The  province  has  two  vicars  and  twenty-five  parishes. 

Pinar  del  Rio  constitutes  with  Habana  the  western  terri- 
torial region  and  court  of  justice.  The  courts  of  first  instance 
or  inquiry  are  Pinar  del  Rio,  Guane,  San  Cristobal,  and  Guana- 
jay.  The  municipal  courts  are  Pinar  del  Rio,  Alonso  Rojas, 
Consolacion  del  Norte,  Consolacidn  del  Sur,  San  Luis,  Viiiales, 
Guane,  Baja,  Mantua,  San  Juan  of  Martinez,  San  Cristobal, 
Candelaria,  Mangas,  Palacios,  Paso  Real  de  San  Diego,  San 
Diego  de  los  Banos,  Santa  Cruz  de  los  Pinos,  Guanajay, 
Artemisa,  Bahia  Honda,  Cabanos,  Mariel  Banes,  Cayajabos, 
Guayabal,  and  San  Diego  de  Munoz. 

(131) 


132  ADMINISTRATION — PUBLIC   INSTRUCTION. 

This  province  forms  with  Habana  one  of  the  military  com- 
mands, having  a  captain  of  the  harbor,  with  adjutants  of  the 
navy. 

The  judicial  districts  are  Pinar  del  Rio,  with  six  townships ; 

Guanajay,  with  eight ;  San  Cristobal,  with  seven ;  and  Guane, 

.  with  four  townships.     The  principal  cities  are  Pinar  del  Rio, 

Guane,  San  Juan  y  Martinez,  Consolacidn  del   Sur,  Bahia 

Honda,  Guanajay,  and  Artemisa. 

PUBLIC   INSTRUCTION. 

j  •  Th«  educational  system  of  the  entire  island  is  under  the 
^  direction  of  the  governor  general  and  the  rector  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Habana,  all  schools  being  subject  to  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church.  In  Pinar  del  Rio  there  is  1  institute  with 
145  students,  46  private  schools;  and  144  public  schools,  with 
an  attendance  of  3,565  students.  The  course  of  instruction  in 
all  schools  is  closely  allied  to  the  religion ;  history  and  the 
"credo"  (creed),  etc.,  go  hand  in  hand.  The  sexes  are  always 
separated.  Pedagogy  is  understood  very  superficially.  The 
Cubans  are  little  addicted  to  study,  although  the  frequent 
presence  of  bookstores  indicates  a  fondness  for  reading ;  news- 
papers, being  under  a  strict  censorship,  are  narrow  and  unin- 
teresting. 

AGRICULTURE,  INDUSTRY,  AND   COMMERCE. 

Tobacco  is  the  main  product  of  the  province,  and  is  of  finer 
quality  here  than  in  any  part  of  the  world.  Sugar  cane,  coffee, 
rice,  and  corn  are  cultivated  on  a  large  scale,  while  vegetables 
and  fruit  are  abundant.  Sea  island  cotton  grows  on  the  low 
coasts,  whilst  the  highlands  produce  rich  woods.  Stock  farms 
are  not  unfrequent. 

The  chief  industry  is  the  manufacture  of  tobacco,  yet  there 
are  extensive  lumber  and  mining  interests  (especially  copper 
mining).  Stock  raising  and  fishing  give  occupation  to  many 
of  the  people. 

Commerce  with  the  United  States  is  considerable,  and  con- 
sists in  the  exportation  of  manufactured  tobacco,  fine  woods, 
iron  ore,  and  some  fruit,  and  the  importation  of  flour,  petro- 
leum, etc.  The  province  of  Pinar  del  Rio  has  especial  advan- 
tages, by  reason  of  numerous  ways  of  communication,  both 
by  land  and  water.  Its  railroads,  turnpikes,  and  various 
lines  of  steamships  facilitate  commercial  relations  both  at 
home  and  abroad. 


GEOGRAPHY  AND  TOPOGRAPHY— RIVERS.       133 
GEOGRAPHY  AND  TOPOGRAPHY. 

The  northern  and  western  portions  of  the  province  are 
mountainous ;  the  coasts  generally  low  and  marshy.  In  the 
center  of  the  province  is  the  garden  spot  of  the  entire  island, 
"  The  Yuelta  Abajo,"  celebrated  for  its  fertility.  This  region 
is  thickly  populated,  and  the  people  more  prosperous  than 
elsewhere  in  all  the  island. 

The  largest  ranges  occupy  the  greater  part  of  the  west- 
ern and  northern  sections  of  the  province;  the  coasts  are 
usually  low  and  marshy;  moor  wastes,  salty  marshes,  and 
shoals  are  common  in  the  low  lands.  There  are  no  active 
volcanoes  in  the  mountain  ranges,  but  wonderful  caves  and 
subterraneous  cavities  are  characteristic.  Rivers  and  lakes 
are  numerous,  although  the  lakes  are  usually  insignificant, 
and  are  but  mere  quagmires  and  little  known.  A  few  larger 
ones  are  formed  by  the  tide ;  of  these  Guadiana,  Lacato,  Cortes, 
and  Guto  are  the  most  important.  Some  canals  form  connect- 
ing links,  such  as  Buenavista,  Romadero,  Cayo,  Lerisa,  and 
Alacranes  in  the  north ;  Las  Cayamas  in  the  south.  Follow- 
ing are  the  principal  mountain  groups  and  ranges :  Guani- 
guanico.  Sierra  de  los  Organos,  Acosta,  Agicoual,  Infiemo, 
Matahambre  Rosario,  Guacasnayas,  Guao,  Caiguanabo,  Arcos, 
Gucra,  Calaljana,  El  Abra,  Linares,  Limones,  Cacarajicara, 
and  Rangel;  Cuchillas  de  San  Sebastian  and  de  Gavila,nes; 
Hills  of  Guane  or  Cuyoguateje,  Mantezuelos,  and  Cabras; 
Pan  de  Aziicar  or  Pico  de  Garrida,  Pan  de  Guajaiban,  Lomas 
de  Gramales,  Calunta  Rabo,  Aguacate,  Brujo,  Pena  Blanca, 
Campanarios,  Brujitos,  Buenavista,  Jacair,  Juan  Ganga, 
Cuzco,  Barrabas,  Magote,  Manantiales,  Rubin,  Pelada, 
Gobemadora  and  Jobo,  Sierra  de  las  Perdizes,  Group  of 
Marien,  Sierra  de  Anafe  or  Mesa  del  Mariel,  Lomas  de  la 
Vigia,  and  Esperdn.  The  ridge  Cordillera  de  los  Organos 
culminates  in  the  Pan  de  Guajaibon,  2,000  feet  high,  broad- 
ening till  it  reaches  the  terminating  peak  Cerro  de  Cabra. 

Among  the  valuable  mineral  springs,  that  of  San  Diego  is 
most  celebrated.  The  extensive  archipelago  of  Guaneguan- 
ico  borders  the  northwestern  shore. 

RIVERS. 

The  rivers  are  not  long,  but  in  the  wet  season  of  considera- 
ble volume ;  only  a  few  of  them  are  navigable.  The  main 
rivers  are : 

The  Guanes  or  Guadiana  River,  emptying  into  the  north- 
east part  of  the  bay.     On  the  northern  shore  is  Geroniino 


134  RIVERS. 

Point,  off  •whicli  a  reef  extends  ^  mile  to  the  southeast.  The 
river  has  a  depth  of  about  7  feet,  but  is  so  narrow  and 
crooked  that  boats  only  can  navigate  it.  The  towns  of  Guane 
and  Paso  Real  export  from  here. 

Mantua  rises  in  the  Sierra  de  Acosta  and  empties  on  the 
western  coast. 

Buena vista  rises  in  the  Sierra  de  Acosta  and  empties  in  the 
ocean  opposite  of  cay  of  the  same  name. 

Baja  rises  in  the  Sierra  de  Acosta,  flows  through  the  town 
of  Baja,  and  empties  into  the  bay  of  the  same  name  on  the 
north. 

Aguas  rises  in  the  Sierra  de  los  Organos  and  empties  in  the. 
Santa  Lucia  Bay  on  the  north. 

Rosario  rises  in  the  Sierra  de  los  Organos  and  empties  in 
the  bay  of  Rosario  on  the  north. 

Rio  Hondo  rises  in  the  Sierra  del  Rosario  and  empties  in 
the  Bahia  Honda,  flowing  through  the  city  of  the  same  name. 

Cabanas,  a  short  stream  rising  in  the  mountains  south  of 
the  port  of  that  name,  empties  in  the  port  of  Cabanas. 

The  principal  rivers  on  the  south  are : 

The  Cayaguanteje,  rising  in  the  Sierra  de  Acosta  and 
emptying  in  the  bay  of  Cortes. 

San  Sebastian,  rising  in  the  Sebastian  mountains  and 
emptying  into  the  bay  of  Coloma  on  the  south. 

Pinar  del  Rio  rises  in  the  Sierra  del  Infierno  and  flows 
through  the  city  of  Pinar  del  Rio,  emptying  into  the  bay  of 
Coloma. 

Herradura  rises  near  the  town  of  the  same  name,  flows 
south  through  a  rich  tobacco  region,  and  empties  into  the  bay 
of  Dayaniguas. 

Los  Palacios  rises  near  the  town  of  the  same  name,  flows 
south,  and  enters  the  ocean  between  Punta  Cornegalos  and 
Punta  de  Adento. 

Sabana  rises  in  the  hills  north  of  San  Cristdbal,  flows 
south,  emptying  near  Punta  de  Adentro. 

Majana  rises  in  the  mountains  near  Cayajabos,  flows  south 
through  the  Vuelta  Abajo,  and  empties  near  Punta  Nombre. 

The  smaller  rivers  are  Guadiana,  Salado,  Santa  Lucia  or 
Malas  Aguas,  Pan  de  Aziicar,  Santiago,  Dominica,  Mosquito, 
Banes,  San  Marcos,  Manati,  Blanco,  which  empty  into  the 
Gulf  at  the  north;  and  Bayato,  Lacana  la  Mar,  Bacunagua, 
San  Diego,  Coloma,  San  Juan  y  Martfnez,  and  Galafre, 
which  flow  into  the  Sea  of  tlie  Antilles  at  tlie  south. 


COAST   LIXE — POINTS   AND   CAPES.  135 

A  peculiar  feature  of  some  of  the  rivers  is  that,  while  seem- 
ing to  flow  into  lakes,  they  actually  drain  them,  and  fre- 
quently disappear  altogether.  A  peculiar  phenomenon  is 
seen  where  they  thus  disappear,  and  farther  on  reappear 
in  successive  cascades. 

The  San  Diego  River  passes  under  marvelous  natural 
bridges  of  great  altitude ;  other  rivers  plunge  into  caves  and 
are  lost  to  view. 

COAST  LINE. 

The  outline  of  the  coast  is  both  high  and  bold,  and  low  and 
marshy.  Portions  of  it  are  sheltered  by  archipelagoes,  or 
screened  by  shoals,  reefs  or  islands,  making  navigation  diffi- 
cult. Where  the  coast  is  high,  there  are  fine  harbors.  The 
coasts  are  alternately  intersected  by  cliffs  and  marshes. 

POINTS   AND   CAPES. 

The  principal  points  on  the  north  are : 

CoLORADA  Point. — From  Algodonar  Point  the  coast  form- 
ing a  bay  trends  NW.  by  N.  3^  miles  to  Colorada  Point, 
from  which  a  sand  bank  extends  f  mile  westward.  NW.  3^ 
miles  from  Colorada  Point  is  Pinalillo  Point,  projecting  into 
the  bay  of  Garanacha.  In  this  space  the  coast  is  a  little  ele- 
vated and  covered  with  pine  trees. 

Santa  Lucia  Point. — From  the  north  Point  of  Jutias 
Cay  its  shore  and  the  mainland  run  SE.  3  miles  to  the  head 
of  a  shallow  bay;  thence  it  trends  NE.  i  'N.  for  6  miles  to 
Santa  Lucia  Point.  Two  miles  farther  on  is  the  western 
point  of  Malas  Aguas  Bay. 

Cape  San  Antonio,  projecting  from  the  west  end  of  Cuba, 
is  low,  covered  with  trees  from  70  to  80  feet  high,  which  are 
seen  before  the  land,  and  often  appear  like  vessels  under  sail ; 
the  shore  is  intersected  alternately,  by  soboruco  cliffs  and 
sandy  beaches.  The  extreme  end  of  the  island  bends  round 
so  gradually  for  about  4  miles  that  it  is  difficult  to  make 
out  any  projecting  point,  so  that  the  cape  can  only  be  recog- 
nized by  the  lighthouse  on  the  sandy  beach.  Near  Perpetua 
Point  a  bank  commences,  which  sweeps  around  the  west  end 
of  the  island  about  a  mile  off  shore,  and  joins  the  Colorados 
Reef  to  the  northward  of  the  cape.  On  the  edge  of  the  bank 
there  are  from  18  to  23  fathoms  water,  rocky  bottom. 

Light. — The  lighthouse  on  Cape  San  Antonio  exhibits,  138 
feet  above  the  sea,  a  white  light  revolving  every  half  minute, 

7739 10 


130  POINTS   AND   CAPES. 

which  should  be  visible  1 7  miles.  A  boat  can  easily  land 
under  the  lighthouse  at  a  small  breakwater  extending  from 
the  sandy  beach.     Reported  irregular. 

Caravela  Chica  and  Grande  Points. — From  Caravela 
Chica  Point  the  coast  trends  about  NE.  3^  miles  to  Caravela 
Grande  Point ;  thence  forming  several  bays  6^  miles  to  the 
western  extremity  of  Plumajes  Point.  Half  a  mile  northward 
of  Caravela  Chica  Point  there  are  several  rocky  heads,  with 
3  feet  water  on  them;  but  thence  as  far  as  Plumajes  Point 
there  are  no  dangers,  and  the  bottom  is  mud. 

Plumajes  Point  is  a  bluff.  Although  not  high  as  com- 
pared with  the  land  in  its  vicinity,  it  is  easily  distinguished. 
Prom  the  eastern  end  a  reef  extends  f  mile  to  the  N.  70°  E. 
(N.  66°  E.  mag.),  and  rocky  ground  extends  2  miles  farther  in 
the  same  direction. 

ToLETE  Point. — Six  miles  eastward  of  Plumajes  Point  is 
Tolete  Point,  and  4:^  miles  farther  is  Guadiana  Point,  the  land 
between  forming  a  bay  a  mile  deep,  with  2^  fathoms  water. 

San  Francisco. — Pinalillo  Point  is  foul,  and  4^  miles  NW, 
of  it  is  Avalos  Point,  which  is  a  narrow  tongue  of  land  pro- 
jecting seaward  more  than  a  mile.  There  is  anchorage  under 
its  lee  sufficiently  clear  of  danger  during  the  season  of  northerly 
winds.  Between  the  two  points  is  a  bay  2  miles  deep,  where 
there  is  an  inlet,  and  within  which  is  the  loading  place  of 
San  Francisco. 

Gobernadora  Point. — From  abreast  Blanco  Cay  the  coast 
trends  7^  miles  NE.  f  E.  to  the  mouth  of  the  Manimani  River; 
thence  with  little  elevation  3  miles  E,  |-  N.  to  Governadora 
Point. 

Blanco  and  Manimar  Passes. — The  Blanco  Pass  is  If 
fathoms  deep  and  runs  in  about  a  SE.  by  S.  direction.  From 
this  pass  the  reef  trends  about  NE.  by  E.  5  miles  to  Manimar 
Pass,  where  small  vessels  of  5  feet  draft  can  enter ;  thence  the 
reef  runs  a  little  more  northerly,  about  1^  miles  from  the  coast, 
to  Gobernadora  Point,  from  which  it  extends  off  about  a  mile, 
and  then  trending  nearer  the  coast,  terminates  in  the  reef  off 
Pescadores  Point,  at  the  west  side  of  entrance  to  Bahia  Honda. 

Directions. — Vessels  of  7  feet  draft  can  navigate  within  the 
reefs,  but  with  any  sea  the  Alacranes  Pass  is  somewhat  dan- 
gerous ;  it  will  therefore  be  better  to  take  Galera  Pass.  In 
passing  near  Diego  and  Rapado  Cays,  care  should  be  taken 
to  avoid  the  banks  in  their  vicinity.     A  vessel  may  pass  east 


REEFS,  BANKS,  AND   CAYS.  137 

or  west  of  the  bank  lying  NW.  of  Buena  Vista  Cay.  Near 
the  reef  the  bottom  is  rocky,  and  many  isolated  heads  are 
met  with,  but  near  the  coast  it  is  sand  and  mud.  There  are 
several  detached  patches  of  3  fathoms  in  the  large  opening 
between  the  Colorados  and  Cajon  Point,  and  nearly  in  mid- 
channel  lies  a  bank  5  miles  in  length,  with  only  2  fathoms 
water  on  its  shoalest  part.  These  can  generally  be  avoided 
by  the  eye,  the  chart  giving  their  positions. 

The  principal  capes  and  points  on  the  south  are  as  follows : 
HoL ANDES  Point,  15  miles  from  Cape  Corrientes,  is  the 
western  extremity  of  the  bay  of  the  latter  name.  The  water 
is  discolored  for  about  a  mile  off  the  point.  For  3  miles  on 
either  side  of  the  point  the  shore  is  bounded  by  a  rocky  cliff 
about  35  feet  high,  and  at  the  extremity  of  the  point  there  is 
a  remarkable  red  spot.  From  the  east  end  of  the  cliff  a  reef 
extends  off  shore  about  300  yards  as  far  as  this  red  spot,  and 
the  depths  are  from  14  to  20  fathoms  ^  mile  outside  it.  From 
Holandds  Point  the  coast  trends  about  W.  by  N.  7  miles  to 
Perpetua  Point.  Between  is  Piedras  Point,  off  which  a  reef 
extends  about  600  yards.  Perpetua  Point  lies  about  3  miles 
SE.  by  S.  of  Cape  San  Antonio,  and  on  it  is  a  fisherman's  hut. 
Cape  Corrientes  is  a  low  sandy  point,  with  the  ruins  of 
a  stone  wall  a  short  distance  within  it,  at  the  edge  of  the  low 
trees  which  cover  the  land  in  the  interior.  There  are  a  few 
small  dry  rocks  about  50  yards  from  the  point,  and  a  shallow 
rocky  spit  runs  off  i  mile  SW.  of  them.  Two-thirds  of  a 
mile  off  shore  the  depth  is  5  fathoms.  This  point  has  been 
mistaken  by  strangers  for  Cape  San  Antonio,  from  the  land 
of  Cuba  appearing  to  terminate  here,  on  account  of  the  deep 
bight  of  Corrientes  westward  of  it;  but  the  lighthouse  on 
Cape  San  Antonio  clearly  marks  the  distinction ;  besides,  as 
Corrientes  is  approached,  should  the  weather  be  clear,  the 
distant  mountain  ranges  of  Organos  and  Rosario  may  be 
seen  to  the  northward. 

REEFS,    BANKS,    AND    CAYS. 

The  principal  reefs,  banks,  and  cays  of  the  province  of  Pinar 
del  Rio  on  the  north  are  as  follows : 

Colorados  Reefs. — This  great  extent  of  coast  is  skirted 
nearly  the  whole  way  by  dangerous  broken  reefs,  called  the 
Colorados,  leaving  shallow  water  within,  navigable  between 
the  cays  and  numerous  heads  of  rocks  for  coasters  drawing  10 


138  REEFS,  BANKS,   AND   CAYS, 

or  11  feet  water,  whicli  find  an  entrance  near  Cape  San  An- 
tonio and  through  some  intricate  channels  to  the  NE.  The 
outer  limits  of  these  great  barrier  reefs  are  but  imperfectly- 
defined,  and  should  therefore  be  approached  with  the  utmost 
caution,  for  the  lead  will  give  scarcely  any  warning,  and  the 
sea  on  the  shoals  seldom  breaks.  The  land  at  the  SW.  part 
of  this  shore  is  so  low  as  to  be  out  of  sight  from  the  edge  of 
the  reef,  and  the  current  in  the  immediate  vicinity  is  strong 
and  extremely  variable. 

The  edge  of  the  bank,  which  passes  a  mile  westward  of  Cape 
San  Antonio,  runs  about  N.  by  E.  for  7  miles,  with  from  4  to 
2f  fathoms  water  on  it,  sand  and  rock;  then  NE.  by  E.  3^ 
miles,  where  there  is  a  detached  3-fathom  patch,  nearly  a  mile 
outside  the  edge  of  the  reef,  on  which  there  is  from  3  to  5 
fathoms  water ;  thence  it  trends  more  to  the  NE.  and  east- 
ward, skirting  about  a  mile  off  the  reefs  with  4  to  8  fathoms 
water  on  it  as  far  as  Bahia  Honda. 

Nearly  15  miles  N.  32°  E.  (N.  28°  E.  mag.)  of  Cajon  Point 
lies  the  SW.  extreme  of  these  extensive  reefs;  thence  run- 
ning NE.  by  N.  for  24  miles  to  Buena  Vista  Pass.  The  reefs 
are  here  3  miles  in  breadth  in  the  middle  part  and  2  elsewhere. 

The  outer  edge  of  the  reef  at  Buena  Vista  Pass  appears  to 
be  about  5  or  6  miles  from  the  west  end  of  the  cay  of  the  same 
name,  the  first  islet  met  with  coming  from  the  SW.,  and  which 
may  be  seen  12  miles.  From  this  pass  the  line  of  reefs  con- 
tinues to  the  NE.  for  about  45  miles,  and  then  trends  more 
easterly  until  it  almost  joins  the  shore  westward  of  Bahia 
Honda.  These  remarks  are  intended  merely  as  a  general  de- 
scription of  the  limits,  and  by  no  means  to  direct  a  vessel 
along  the  edge  of  these  dangers. 

Lena  or  Mangles  Cays,  a  group  of  four  small  islets,  are 
low  and  covered  with  mangrove  trees.  They  are  separated 
from  each  other  by  narrow  channels,  shallow  at  the  entrance 
but  deep  inside.  The  largest  of  these  cays,  called  Punta  de 
Afuera,  is  low  and  marshy.  It  is  separated  from  the  coast 
by  a  bay,  nearly  landlocked,  being  protected  to  the  eastward 
by  a  salient  point.  This  point  forms,  with  the  eastern  end  of 
Punta  de  Afuera  Cay,  the  Barcos  Channel,  where  vessels 
drawing  not  more  than  15  feet  may  find  sheltered  anchorage. 

Barcos  Channel. — The  points  at  the  entrance  lie  east  and 
west  of  each  other,  a  small  reef  extending  from  each,  so  as 
to  leave  a  clear  channel  200  yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  2 


REEFS,  BANKS,  AND  CAYS.  139 

fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  at  the  entrance.  Inside,  the  chan- 
nel deepens  to  4:^  fathoms,  widening  at  the  same  place  to  500 
yards,  again  narrowing  and  shoaling  as  a  small  submerged 
cay  is  approached. 

This  small  cay  forms  a  channel  about  6  feet  deep,  by  which 
small  vessels  may  reach  the  bay  above  mentioned.  To  enter 
it,  a  sailing  vessel  needs  a  fair  wind,  but  the  entrance  has  no 
danger,  and  inside  a  vessel  may  anchor  as  convenient,  there 
being  5  fathoms  of  water  close  to  the  mangroves. 

There  are  several  small  cays,  having  only  boat  channels 
between  them,  in  the  bay  to  which  the  Barcos  Channel  leads. 

The  general  depth  is  from  6  to  9  feet. 

Rebellines  Cays. — To  the  westward  of  Afuera  Cay  are 
three  other  small  mangrove  cays,  the  northern  and  smallest 
of  which  is  called  Leila  Cay,  the  other  the  Rebellines.  The 
latter,  lying  about  i  mile  off  the  coast,  has  a  small  reef  run- 
ning off  the  southern  side. 

Buena  Yista  Cay,  separated  from  the  coast  by  a  channel 
about  a  mile  wide,  is  the  largest  of  all  those  on  this  part  of 
the  coast.  This  cay  is  5  miles  in  length  east  and  west,  and 
1  mile  in  breadth ;  it  is  low  and  marshy,  and  divided  in  the 
middle  by  an  inlet  navigable  by  boats.  From  its  NW.  point 
a  mud  bank  extends  off  200  yards,  and  near  the  western  point 
there  are  6  feet  water.  A  small  cay  lies  off  the  former  point 
with  a  passage  between  for  boats  and  also  another  small  cay, 
named  Abra,  off  its  north  side. 

One  mile  NW.  of  the  cay  is  a  bank  about  7  miles  in  length 
NE.  by  N.  and  SW.  by  S.  and  1  mile  in  breadth,  with  about 
5  feet  water  on  it ;  but  there  are  passages  between  it  and  the 
reefs. 

Buena  Vista  Pass  has  only  2  fathoms  of  water  in  some 
places,  and  is  only  200  yards  wide.  From  this  pass  to  that  of 
Roncadora  the  reef  is  not  less  than  1  mile  wide. 

Rapado  Cay  is  3  miles  in  length  NE.  by  N.  and  SW.  by  S., 
and  partly  marshy,  with  mangroves.  A  reef  extends  about 
600  yards  from  its  northern  part,  with  1^  fathoms  water  on 
it ;  and  a  similar  reef  projects  400  yards  NW.  from  the  west- 
ern point.  The  distance  from  this  cay  to  the  coast  is  3  miles, 
where  the  loading  place  named  Canas  is  situated,  and  which 
is  south  of  the  cay.  The  passage  between  the  cay  and  the 
coast  is  only  navigable  for  small  coasting  vessels  of  about  4 
feet  draft. 


140  REEFS,   BANKS,   AND   CAYS. 

Two  miles  westward  of  the  west  point  of  this  cay  lies  a 
rocky  bank  with  5|  feet  water  on  it,  named  Vinagera.  To 
the  SW.  and  near  the  cay  are  two  small  cays,  named  Toro 
and  Vaca. 

To  the  NE.  by  E.  of  Rapado  Cay,  over  a  space  of  6  miles, 
lie  four  banks  of  sand  and  mud  with  scarcely  a  fathom  water 
on  them.  There  are  passages  between  the  extremities  of  the 
shoals  and  Rapado  and  Diego  Cays,  but  small  vessels  only  can 
pass  between  the  banks.  The  passage  between  the  banks  and 
Rapado  Cay  is  a  mile  wide  and  of  moderate  depth;  that 
between  the  banks  and  Diego  Cay  is  the  same  in  breadth,  and 
from  If  to  2^  fathoms  deep;  mud  bottom.  These  passages 
are  useful  in  proceeding  to  the  bay  and  loading  place  of  Santa 
Rosa. 

Rapado  Chico  Cays. — Half  a  mile  southward  of  Rapado 
Cay  is  the  northern  of  the  Rapado  Chico,  a  group  of  four 
extending  north  and  south  2  miles.  The  passage  between  the 
latter  cays  and  Rapado  is  li  to  If  fathoms  deep,  and  leads  to 
the  loading  places  of  Santa  Isabel  and  Canas.  The  channel 
between  the  southern  Rapado  Chico  and  Buena  Vista  is  1^  to 
If  fathoms  deep,  clear  of  danger,  and  2  miles  in  breadth. 

Rapado. — From  Buena  Vista  Pass  the  reef  trends  NE.  10 
miles  to  Rapado  Pass.  This  channel  lies  NW.  by  W.  2f 
miles  from  the  north  end  of  Rapado  Cay,  and  the  least  depth 
is  2f  fathoms;  rocky  bottom. 

Canas  and  Santa  Isabel. — From  the  Buena  Vista  River 
the  coast  runs  about  NE.  by  N.  4  miles  to  the  north  point  of 
the  loading  place  of  Santa  Isabel,  and  thence  with  some 
sinuosities  about  N.  by  E.  3  miles  to  the  point  north  of  the 
loading  place  of  Canas,  when  it  trends  to  the  eastward  2 
miles  to  the  head  of  Santa  Rosa  Bay. 

Santa  Rosa  Bay  and  Diego  Cay. — From  the  head  of 
Santa  Rosa  Bay  the  coast  runs  about  NNE.  6^  miles 
to  Tabaco  Point.  Three  miles  from  Tabaco  Point  and  1^ 
miles  from  the  coast  lies  Diego  Cay,  which  is  1|  miles  in 
length  east  and  west,  and  a  mile  in  breadth.  From  its  north 
end  a  reef  extends  f  mile  to  the  NW.,  and  then  trends  as 
far  and  around  Tabaco  Point  to  the  western  point  of  Baja 
Bay.  This  reef  is  of  rock,  and  has  less  than  one  fathom 
water  on  it.  To  the  ENE.  of  Diego  and  near  the  coast  are 
two  small  marshy  cays  named  Eslabones,  and  eastward  of 
these  two  others  at  a  distance  of  600  or  800  yards,  the  larger 


REEFS,    BANKS,    AND    CAYS.  141 

of  which  forms  Tabaco  Point,  and  the  smaller,  at  200  yards 
ESE.  of  it,  is  separated  by  a  narrow  channel. 

Diego  and  Roncadora  Passes. — From  Rapado  Pass  the 
reef  runs  NE.  by  E.  3i  miles  to  the  first  of  the  Diego 
Passes,  and  after  forming  the  second  2  miles  further  to  wind- 
wind,  continues  NE.  4  miles  to  Roncadora  Pass,  The  two 
passes  of  Diego  are  If  fathoms  deep;  the  weather  one  lies 
3  miles  from  Diego  Cay,  and  the  lee  one  2^  miles.  The  Ron- 
cadora Pass  is  a  mile  in  breadth  and  2|  fathoms  deep.  To 
enter  it,  coast  along  the  edge  of  the  reef  until  the  town  of 
Baja,  on  rising  ground  2  miles  inland,  is  in  sight,  then  bring- 
ing the  tower  of  the  church  on  with  the  little  hill  of  Acostas ; 
this  mark  will  lead  through  mid-channel  with  depths  of  from 
16  to  26  feet  after  passing  the  reef. 

Bank  of  the  Jardines  and  Jardinillos. — The  NE.  part 
of  the  reef  which  encircles  the  great  bank  and  cays  of  the 
Jardines  commences  southeastward  of  Diego  Perez  Cay,  and 
running  to  the  SE.  forms  an  inward  curve  at  the  M^dano 
Vizcaino  Cay,  and  thence  continues  to  the  eastern  cay  of  the 
bank;  this  side  of  the  bank  is  steep-to,  studded  with  rocks 
and  small  patches  of  sand  just  awash,  with  no  opening.  The 
mariner  is  again  warned  that  the  current  in  the  Gulf  of 
Cazones  is  uncertain,  both  in  strength  and  direction,  and  he 
can  not  be  too  cautious. 

East  Guano  Cay  is  of  soboruco,  about  40  feet  high,  the 
east  end  covered  with  grass,  dwarf  cactus,  and  shrubs ;  else- 
where the  ground  is  rough,  with  deep  pits  from  the  excava- 
tions for  guano.  A  small  rock  lies  about  200  yards  from  the 
east  end  of  the  cay,  and  shallow  nneven  ground  extends  i 
mile  N.  71°  E.  (N.  67°  E.  mag.)  from  it.  The  bank,  about 
5  miles  in  breadth,  extends  in  an  ESE.  direction  from  the  cay, 
and  terminates  about  11  miles  from  it,  where  there  are  14 
fathoms  water.  From  this  depth  the  soundings  gradually 
decrease  toward  the  cay,  with  a  bottom  of  coral,  sand,  and 
weed. 

From  East  Guano  Cay  the  edge  of  the  Jardines  Bank  runs  to 
the  westward  for  12  miles  to  Trabuco  Cay.  Thence  the  cays 
continue  to  Largo  Cay,  13  miles  to  the  westward,  and  are 
generally  of  rock,  high  and  steep,  and  lie  near  the  edge  of 
the  bank,  which  is  skirted  by  a  chain  of  reefs. 

Largo  Cay,  12  miles  in  length,  is  the  most  eastern  of  the 
Jardines,  which  name  comprises  all  the  cays  between  it  and 


142  REEFS,  BANKS,   AND    CAYS. 

Isle  of  Pines.  It  is  uniform,  about  50  feet  high,  thickly 
wooded,  and  on  its  south  side  is  a  sandy  shore,  bordered  by  a 
reef  which  at  its  east  end  extends  more  than  a  mile  off. 
About  5  miles  S.  15°  W.  (S.  11°  W.  mag.)  of  the  NE.  point 
lies  a  dangerous  reef  about  3  miles  from  the  shore,  and  just 
within  the  edge  of  the  bank,  on  which  the  sea  breaks.  The 
reef  which  skirts  the  south  side  of  this  cay  runs  about  W.  by 
S,  for  12  miles,  and  then  trends  to  the  southward  for  about  6 
miles,  forming  a  spit  nearly  2  miles  wide,  at  the  outer  ex- 
treme of  which  is  supposed  to  lie  Jack  Taylor  Shoal.  From 
the  northern  end  of  the  spit  the  main  reef  continues  to  the 
westward  for  5  miles,  as  far  as  Rosario  Channel,  with  deep 
water  close  to  the  southward  of  it. 

On  the  above  reef  are  the  two  small  rocky  Ballenatos  Cays, 
barren,  white,  and  aboat  the  same  height.  They  are  about  3 
miles  apart,  and  the  eastern  one  lies  about  a  mile  from  the 
west  end  of  Largo  Cay.  There  is  said  to  be  anchorage  in  7 
to  10  fathoms  water  northward  of  them. 

Between  East  Guano  Cay  and  Rosario  Channel  the  bank 
does  not  extend  more  than  between  1  and  2  miles  southward 
of  the  cays  (except  at  the  Jack  Taylor  Reef),  with  IG  to  13 
fathoms  water,  rocky  bottom,  and  the  soundings  diminish 
rapidly  to  the  reef. 

Jack  Taylor  Reef. — Several  positions  have  been  assigned 
to  this  dangerous  shoal.  Commander  H.  D.  Grant,  of  H.  M. 
S.  Steady,  in  April,  1863,  fixed  the  position  of  the  reef  in 
latitude  21°  28'  00"  N.,  and  longitude  81°  47'  30"  W.  From 
12|  fathoms  water,  coral,  and  sand,  the  soundings  decrease 
regularly  to  the  reef,  which  is  of  coral.  From  the  masthead 
the  white  water  may  be  seen  running  in  like  a  spit  until  it 
joins  the  main  bank.  The  Caiman  fishermen  say  there  are  5 
and  G  fathoms  water  all  over  this  spit. 

Rosario  Cay,  when  first  seen  from  the  southward,  has  the 
appearance  of  three  small  islands,  the  largest  being  in  the 
center.  As  it  is  approached  some  sand  cliffs  will  be  observed, 
by  which  it  will  be  known  from  those  in  the  immediate  neigh- 
borhood. The  shore  of  Largo  Cay  on  the  east,  and  that  of 
Cantiles  Cays  to  the  west,  are  wooded. 

Cay  Sarin al. — The  shore  is  very  low  and  sandy,  backed 
by  numerous  lagoons  and  swamps,  and  skirted  by  a  broken 
reef  to  the  distance  of  from  1  to  1^  miles,  with  soundings 
about  i  mile  outside  of  it. 


GFLFS,   BAYS,  ANT)   ANCHORAGES.  143 

Antonio  Knoll  is  a  coral  bank,  about  2|  miles  in  length 
and  2  miles  broad,  with  a  general  depth  of  14  and  16  fathoms.. 
One  spot,  on  which  only  10  fathoms  were  found,  lies  N. 
24°  W.  (N.  28°  W.  mag.)  about  10  miles  from  Cape  San 
Antonio  light,  and  its  center  is  4  miles  from  the  edge  of  the 
Colorados  Bank ;  discolored  water  may  be  seen  over  it  in  clear 
weather.  About  11  miles  N.  15°  W.  (N.  19°  W.  mag.)  of 
the  light  is  another  patch  of  10  fathoms.  In  1887  soundings 
of  3f  to  7  fathoms  were  obtained  on  the  knoll  with  the  light- 
house bearing  S.  18°  E.  (S.  22°  E.  mag.),  distant  from  11  to 
12  miles. 

Although  several  shoals  have  been  reported  in  the  vicinity, 
it  is  evident  from  the  examinations  made  by  the  U.  S.  S.  Tal- 
lapoosa in  1883  and  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  steamer  Alba- 
tross in  1884  that  there  is  no  danger  to  navigation  outside  of 
the  Colorados  Reefs,  the  discolored  water  seen  over  the  An- 
tonio Knoll  doubtless  being  the  only  ground  for  supposing 
that  any  shoal  existed. 

JuTiAS  Cay  is  nearly  3  miles  east  and  west,  and  12  in  cir- 
cumference; the  northern  part  of  it  is  firm  land,  but  the 
southern  is  marshy ;  at  its  western  end  there  is  a  fisherman's 
hut.  It  is  separated  from  the  coast  by  a  channel  about  200 
yards  in  breadth,  navigable  only  with  difficulty  by  boats 
and  canoes. 

GULFS,  BAYS,  AND  ANCHORAGES. 

The  following  are  the  principal  gulfs,  bays,  and  anchorages 
of  the  province  of  Pinar  del  Rio  on  the  north : 

Garanacha  Bay,  although  exposed  to  westerly  winds, 
affords  good  anchorage,  gales  of  wind  from  that  quarter 
rarely  blowing.  The  holding  ground  is  good,  the  bottom 
being  muddy.  In  the  center  of  the  bay,  1^  miles  off  shore, 
there  is  a  depth  of  1^  fathoms  at  high  water.  There  are  only 
6  feet  of  water  at  low  tide  400  yards  off  shore,  so  that  lighters 
can  not  reach  the  landing  place  at  that  time.  On  the  shore 
is  a  small  beach,  with  roads  leading  from  it  toward  the  towns 
of  Mantua,  Guane,  and  Pinar  del  Rio. 

During  the  rainy  season  water  may  be  had  from  a  lagoon 
near  the  beach;  in  the  dry  season  it  is  procured  from  the 
Santa  Lucia  River,  which  empties  into  the  bay. 

GuADiANA  Bay. — Three-quarters  of  a  mile  north  of  Guadi- 
ana  Point  is  Algodonar  Point,  forming  between  them  the 
entrance  to  Guadiana  Bay.     From  these  points  the  coast  runs 


144  GULFS,  BAYS,  AND  ANCHORAGES. 

eastward  on  either  side  for  f  mile,  forming  a  channel  i  mile 
in  breadth,  which  is  narrowed  hy  mud  banks  having  about 
1^  fathoms  water  on  them,  which  extend  off  on  either  side  for 
200  to  400  yards. 

The  navigable  channel  varies  from  200  to  400  yards  in 
breadth,  and  carries  about  3^  fathoms  water,  as  far  as  the 
entrance  to  an  inner  bay,  which  runs  to  the  NE.  The 
outer  bay  is  nearly  circular  and  4  miles  in  extent,  and  when 
in  the  fairway  channel  there  are  2|-  fathoms  water.  Being  in 
the  center  of  the  bay  and  anchored  in  the  middle  of  the  pas- 
sage, in  2^  fathoms,  southward  of  a  small  beach,  a  vessel  will 
be  sheltered  from  all  winds.  On  the  beach  there  is  a  lagoon 
with  fresh  water. 

MuLATA  Bay. — About  a  mile  SW.  from  Blanco  Cay  is  the 
point  and  river  of  Medio,  and  a  mile  farther  to  the  southward 
the  bay  and  loading  place  of  Mulata. 

Malas  Aguas  Bay  is  about  2  miles  across  at  the  entrance, 
and  1^  miles  deep.  From  its  eastern  point  the  coast  trends 
about  E.  by  S.  2i  miles  to  the  mouth  of  the  Aziicar  River, 
where  -j  mile  up  is  good  fresh  water  and  the  best  found  any- 
where within  the  reefs. 

About  If  miles  NW.  of  the  mouth  of  the  river  is  the  small 
Cay  Boquerones,  separated  from  the  weather  point  of  the  bay 
by  a  channel  If  fathoms  deep,  but  in  navigating  it  a  pilot  is 
necessary,  as  the  shore  is  bordered  by  reefs. 

Baja  Bay  is  a  secure  anchorage,  being  only  open  to  NW. 
winds.  In  this  direction  the  reefs  are  at  no  great  distance 
and  prevent  any  heavy  seas  from  rolling  in.  At  the  head  of. 
the  bay  there  is  a  landing  place,  serving  as  a  port  for  the  town 
of  Baja,  about  3  miles  inland.  Vessels  of  light  draft  lie  i 
mile  off  the  landing  in  8  feet  of  water. 

On  the  south : 

Majana  Bay  and  Sabana-la-mar. — From  Cayamas  Point 
the  shore  takes  a  W.  ^  N.  direction  for  9  miles,  when  it  trends 
to  the  SW.  for  8  miles  to  Salinas  Point,  forming  Majana  Bay. 
The  Guanima  River  empties  itself  westward  of  Cayamas 
Point,  and  about  here  the  marshes  terminate.  From  Salinas 
Point  the  coast  trends  SW.  6  miles  to  Capitana  Point,  and 
then  about  SSW.  4  miles  to  the  small  creek  of  Sabana-la-mar, 
which  affords  shelter  to  droghers,  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Cristobal  River. 


GULFS,   BAYS,   AND   ANCHORAGES.  145 

Cortes  Bay. — From  the  mouth  of  the  Galafre  the  coast 
trends  SS  W.  7  miles  to  the  entrance  of  the  Cuyaguatege  River. 
About  4:  miles  southward  of  the  latter  are  four  small  cays, 
which  extend  2^  miles  in  a  southerly  direction,  covering  the 
mouth  of  a  deep  bay,  called  the  Laguna  de  Cortes.  In  this 
lagoon  there  are  2^  fathoms  water,  but  at  the  narrow  entrances 
formed  by  the  cays  there  are  only  6  feet.  Turtle  are  found 
on  the  cays.  Piedras  Point,  which  is  on  the  parallel  of  San 
Felipe  Cays  and  distant  from  them  about  19  miles,  is  the 
termination  of  Cortes  Bay,  where  there  are  from  3  to  3f 
fathoms  water  over  weeds. 

CoRRiENTES  Bay. — About  3  miles  northward  of  Cape  Cor- 
rientes  there  is  a  remarkable  rocky  clrff,  called  Caiman  Bluff. 
Thence  the  shore  trends  northerly,  curving  eastward,  for  7 
miles,  and  then  turns  abruptly  to  the  westward.  The  bluff 
is  of  soboruco,  steep,  and  higher  than  any  other  part  of  the 
coast  of  the  bay ;  to  the  northward  of  the  cliff  a  small  vessel 
may  anchor  in  5  fathoms  water,  close  to  the  sandy  beach,  by 
carrying  a  hawser  to  the  shore.  This  is  the  only  anchoring 
place  in  the  bay  which  affords  shelter  from  the  strong  SE. 
winds.  Elsewhere  there  is  no  bank,  the  shore  is  low,  steep, 
and  covered  with  trees. 

At  the  head  of  the  bay,  about  6  yards  from  the  shore,  there 
is  a  spring  of  fresh  water,  which  rises  in  bubbles  to  the  surface 
of  the  sea.  Ten  miles  WSW.  of  the  head  of  the  bight  is  a 
remarkable  piece  of  scarped  land  forming  a  cliff  of  soboruco 
at  a  short  distance  from  the  beach,  called  Balcones ;  thence 
the  shore  trends  SW.  8  miles  to  Holand^s  Point. 

Temporary  Anchorage  will  be  found  under  the  west  end 
of  Cuba,  with  the  north  extreme  of  the  land  bearing  N.  23°  E. 
(N.  19°  E.  mag.)  and  the  south  extreme  bearing  S.  45°  E.  (S. 
49°  E.  mag.).  This  anchorage  must  be  approached  carefully, 
as  it  shoals  quickly  and  the  bottom  is  foul. 

Lieutenant  Pillsbury,  U.  S.  Navy,  considers  the  following 
to  be  a  better  temporary  anchorage,  and  reports :  "I  anchored 
in  10  or  11  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  and  no  coral  heads,  the 
light  bearing  N.  56°  E.  (N.  52°  E.  mag.).  A  coral  reef  extends 
about  a  mile  off  shore,  its  outer  end  bearing  north  (N.  4°  W. 
mag.)  from  the  anchorage,  about  ^  mile  distant." 

Besides  those  mentioned  there  are  a  number  of  small  bays 
which  are  not  deemed  of  enough  importance  to  describe. 
They  are  Picado  Bay,  Santa  Lucia,  Rosario  bays  on  the  north ; 


146 


RAILROADS. 


Turtuga  Bay  off  the  San  Felipe  Cay^,  and  Dayanguas  Bay 
on  the  south.  The  bays  of  Bahia  Honda,  Cabanas,  and  Mariel 
will  be  fully  described  under  the  general  description  of  the 
towns  of  those  names. 

Tortugilla,  Curces  and  Caravelas  are  anchorages  for  vessels 
not  exceeding  9  feet  draft. 

RAILROADS. 

This  province  has  some  91  miles  of  trackage,  distributed 
as  follows : 

1.  From  Habana  to  Guanajay,  35  miles,  2  of  which  are  in 
the  Province  of  Pinar  del  Rio,  single  track,  standard  guage, 
belonging  to  the  Ferrocarriles  Unidos,  an  English  syndicate. 

2.  From  Habana  to  Pinar  del  Rio,  113  miles,  74  of  which 
are  in  Pinar  del  Rio  Province,  single  track,  standard  guage, 
belonging  to  the  Ferrocarril  Occidente,  an  English  syndicate. 

3.  From  Vinales  to  Muelle,  15  miles,  standard  gauge,  single 
track,  connecting  Yin  ales  with  the  coast. 

1.  Habana-Guanajay  Railway. 

[For  Table  of  Distances  and  Itinerary  of  this  road  see  tinder  Province  of 
Habana,  "2.  Habana-Giianajay  Railway,"  page  213.] 

2.  Habana-Pinar  del  Rio  Railway. 

table  of  distances. 


HABANA 

39 
43 

EASTERN  BOUNDARY  OF  PINAR  DEL  R(0. 

4 

CANAS. 

45 

6 

2 

ARTEMISA. 

49 

10 

6 

4 

MANGAS. 

52 

13 

9 

7 

3 

P.  BRAVA. 

69 

20 

16 

14 

10 

7 

CANDELARIA. 

65 

26 

22 

20 

16 

13 

6 

SAN  CRISTOBAL. 

70 

31 

27 

25 

21 

18 

11 

6 

TACO-TACO. 

81 

42 

38 

36 

32 

29 

22 

16 

11 

PALACIOS. 

86 

47 

43 

41 

37 

34 

27 

21 

16 

5 

PASO  REAL. 

03 

54 

50 

48 

44 

41 

34 

28 

23 

12 

7 

HERRADURA, 

100 

61 

57 

55 

51 

48 

41 

36 

30 

19 

14 

7 

CONSOLACION 

DEL  SUR 

108 

69 

65 

63 

69 

66 

49 

43 

38 

27 

22 

15 

8 

MAMEY. 

113 

74 

70 

68 

64 

61 

64 

48 

43 

32 

27 

20 

13 

5    1  PINAR 

DEL  RfO. 

[For  Itinerary  see  Habana  Province,   "  1.  Habana-Pinar  del  Rio  Rail- 
way," page  209.] 
[For  Table  of  Distances  from  Western  boundary  of  Habana  Province  to 
Habana  see  under  Habana  Province,  also  for  Itinerary.] 


RAILROADS — ROADS. 


147 


3.   ViNALES-MUELLE  RAILWAY. 

TABLE  OF   DISTANCES. 

VINALES. 

CONSOLACION  DEL  NORTE  (DELORES). 
9    I  MUELLE  [COAST  TOWN]  OR  SAN  CAYETANO. 


ITINERARY. 

Leaving  the  coast,  tliis  road,  travels  over  the  mountains 
through  Consolacidn  del  Norte  to  Yinales.  Very  little  is 
known  of  the  line,  excepting  that  it  must  be  very  rough  and 
of  little  importance  except  to  connect  the  last-mentioned  town 
with  the  coast.  It  crosses  deep  ravines  and  cuts  through 
an  unpopulated  region,  and  presumedly  is  in  poor  condition. 

ROADS. 

This  province  has  many  good  roads,  the  principal  ones 
being : 

1.  From  Habana  to  Coloma,  128  miles,  of  which  106  miles 
are  in  the  province  of  Pinar  del  Rio  (page  147). 

2.  From  Guanajay  to  Mariel,  a  distance  of  about  6  miles 
(page  151). 

3.  From  Mariel,  via  Cardenas,  Bahia  Honda  to  Candelaria, 
Gl  miles  (page  165).    , 

4.  From  Artemisa  to  Alquizar,  13  miles,  of  which  6  miles 
are  in  Province  of  Pinar  del  Rio  (page  174). 


1. 

Habana-Coloma  Road. 

TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 

HA 
22 

SANA.         ) 

y   (HABANA  PROVINCE.) 
CAIMITO.j 

29 

7 

GUANAJAY. 

38 

16 

9    :  ARTEMISA. 

61 

39 

32  j  23     SAN  CRISTOBAL. 

80 

58 

51  1  42     19 

LOS  PALACIOS. 

84 

62 

55  j  46  j  23 

4 

SAN  DiEGO. 

91 

69 

62  j  53  1  30 

11 

7 

HERRADURA. 

99 

77 

70  1  61  [  38 

19 

15 

8 

CONSOlACION. 

104 

82 

75  1  66  j  43 

24 

20 

13 

5 

JAGUA. 

113 

91 

84  I  75  j  52 

33 

29 

22 

14 

9 

PINAR  DEL  RIO 

128 

106 

99 

90  1  67 

48 

44 

37 

29 

24 

15  :  COLOMA. 

[For  Table  of  Distances  and  Itinerary  of  road  from  Habana  to  Caimito 
see" Province  of  Habana,  "Habana-Coloma  Road."] 


148  ROADS. 


JOURNEY   FROM   CAIMITO  TO  GUANAJAY. 

Distances  from     Just  beyond  Caimito,  ridge  of  rocks  above  mentioned  comes 
Habana.  down  to  road  on  the  right,  the  latter  following  its  base.     This 

ridge  grows  more  rocky  and  rugged,  is  covered  with  brush, 
uncultivated,  and  without  habitations.  In  front  rises  a  pali- 
sade of  white  rock — a  conspicious  landmark  marking  the 
Habana  calzada  in  the  vicinity  of  Caimito — which  is  plainly 
visible  from  Guanajay,  as  was  afterwards  learned.  This  rock 
rises  perhaps  100  feet  above  road.  To  the  left,  low,  rounded, 
cultivated  hills. 

Many  houses  along  road.  Less  than  a  mile  from  Caimito 
road  passes  on  left  of  mill  of  a  large  sugar  estate.  Wire  fences 
now  and  then ;  stone  walls  frequent ;  but  in  dry  weather  cav- 
alry could  pass  over  the  country  to  left.  To  right,  the  range 
of  steep  rugged  hills,  often  perpendictilar  rock,  with  odd 
entrances  to  caves  marking  their  faces,  lies  nearly  parallel  to 
road  and  probably  400  or  500  yards  distant.  Hills  wild  and 
thickly  overgrown  with  brush.  Road  gradually  but  steadily 
ascending,  undulating  as  it  runs  directly  toward  high  white 
rock  mentioned.  Road  a  magnificent  highway,  not  dusty  or 
muddy,  apparently  macadamized,  and  wide  enough  for  three 
wagons  to  pass  abreast.  Before  reaching  37-kilometer  post, 
road  ascends  a  somewhat  steep  hill,  passes  through  a  cut  in 
the  top  whose  walls  are  perhaps  10  or  15  feet  high.  To  left, 
country  open,  cultivated,  and  rolling.  This  hill  commands 
road  toward  Caimito  and  Havana,  and  to  some  extent  that 
toward  Guanajay  also,  but  in  that  direction  the  road  runs 
over  more  of  a  plateau,  to  which  it  ascends  by  the  hill  men- 
tioned. 

37ik.— 23  m.  Road  passes  some  400  yards  from  the  base  of  white  rock 
mentioned,  which  is  indeed  a  landmark  that  can  well  be  seen 
from  Guanajay,  as  well  as  in  approaching  from  the  north- 
east. From  this  point  ridge  on  right  falls  away,  running 
more  toward  gulf  coast,  and  leaving  a  brown  lumpy  plateau 
between  itself  and  road.  Country  on  both  sides  is  more  open 
and  cultivated. 

3!)  k.— 24  m.  Another  large  sugar  mill  about  400  yards  to  right  of  road. 
Ridge  mentioned  continues  to  trend  off  more  to  right — that 
is,  about  north.  Road  now  slightly  descending,  but  undulat- 
ing over  the  many  hills  of  this  broken  region.  Between  38 
and  39  kilometers,  and  at  foot  of  a  long  slope,  on  whose  top 
is  the  39-kiloraeter  post,  road  crosses  a  little  stone  culvert, 
spanning  a  very  small  stream,  merely  a  low  place.  This  about 
4^^  miles  from  Caimito.  Beyond  the  top  of  this  hill,  road  de- 
scends a  little,  and  country  continues  of  same  character.  At 
about  5  miles  from  Caimito,  road  passes  a  little  brick  bridge 
over  another  very  small  stream  or  pool,  and  just  beyond,  at 
40-kilometer  post,  another,  over  a  little  stream  of  apparently 
good  water.    Country  on  each  side  open  and  rolling,  cultivated 


ROADS.  149 

with  cane  and  tobacco.  No  fences  now;  country  good  for  Distances  from 
cavalry  maneuvers,  generally  speaking.  Far  away  in  advance,  '***'*°*- 
a  little  to  left,  low  mountains,  continuing  on  through  the 
Vuelta  Aba  jo,  probably  25  or  30  miles  away.  At  41 -kilometer 
post,  a  "citeria,"  one  of  suburbs  of  Guanajay,  which  lies 
about  a  mile  in  advance,  in  a  sort  of  hollow,  formed  by  low 
hills  that  generally  surround  the  town.  These  hills  are 
cleared,  rounded,  and  cultivated 

Just  before  reaching  Guana jaj^  road  passes  over  small  stone  42  k.— 29  m. 
bridge  spanning  an  almost  dry  creek  bed,  and  enters  a  long 
street  that  runs  to  plaza  of  Guanajay.  Continuing  through 
to-viTi,  highway  crosses  stream  by  small  wooden  bridge,  and 
just  beyond,  on  outskirts  of  Guanajay,  divides,  the  left  road 
being  main  calzada  leading  to  Artemisa,  San  Cristobal,  and 
Pinar  del  Rio,  the  right  branch  continuing  for  a  hundred 
yards  along  stream,  then  turning  to  left  and  proceeding  to 
Mariel.     This  is  called  a  calzada  of  the  second  order. 

From  parting  of  roads  beyond  Guanajay,  road  to  right  leads 
over  rolling  pasture  regions.  Some  wire  fences,  but,  as  a  rule, 
few  fences  of  any  kind.  In  some  places  depressions  between 
hills  contained  a  little  water.  Country  well  suited  just  here 
for  the  operations  of  horsemen.     Few  cattle  were  to  be  seen. 

Shortly  before  the  stone  post  marked  2  kilometers  from 
Guanajay,  44  from  Habana,  road  crosses  small  stone  culvert 
over  a  low  place,  where  a  little  water  might  ordinarily  be  ex- 
pected. Just  beyond  road  passes  a  little  laguna  or  pond  lying 
in  a  depression  alongside.  Uplands  still  continue.  A  few 
wire  fences ;  telegraph  from  Guanajay  to  Mariel  follows  the 
roadside.  About  this  point  large  sugar  mill  on  knoll  about 
half  a  mile  to  right  of  road.  Shortly  beyond  2-kilometer  post, 
road  crosses  two  very  small  stone  culverts  over  two  stream- 
lets, and  shortly  after,  another  little  run,  also  by  stone  culvert. 

At  about  3  kilometers  road  crosses  another  little  stream  by 
stone  culvert. 

About  4  kilometers  road  passes  over  small  stone  culvert 
here  over  low  ground  containing  very  little  water.  Thus  far 
houses  few,  with  little  cultivation  and  few  fences;  a  stock 
region,  with  magnificent  grass  and  probably  plenty  of  water. 

Shortly  beyond  4-kilometer  post,  road  reaches  a  small  cut 
from  which  gulf  can  be  seen ;  here  begins  a  rapid  and  long 
descent.  To  right  a  ravine  following  road  in  part  as  it  de- 
scends, and  in  front,  to  right  and  left,  undulating  ground, 
somewhat  broken,  and  hig'hly  cultivated.  To  right,  perched 
upon  some  hills,  the  baths  of  Martin.  There  is  a  little  town 
here. 

Near  the  5-ldlometer  post,  road  leaves  the  calzada  and 
ascends  hills  about  three-fourths  of  a  mile  to  baths  above 
mentioned.  There  are  mineral  springs,  said  to  be  remark- 
able fof  their  curative  powers.  The  point  is  important.  It 
is  only  about  3  kilometers  from  the  point  where  the  Cabanas 


150  ROADS. 

and  Mariel  roads  fork,  and  would  answer  excellently  for  a 
sanitary  camp. 

Road,  still  descending,  passes  at  6-kilometer  post  a  small 
wooden  bridge  over  a  little  rivulet,  and  near  by  a  house  of 
the  Obras  Publicas  of  the  Provincia  Pinar  del  Rio,  No.  1. 
Beyond  this  station  to  left  a  small  piece  of  woodland,  almost 
a  forest  of  palms,  with  thick  brush  and  vines  growing  in  it. 
Country  in  general  high,  rolling,  and  cultivated.  A  few 
hundred  yards  from  station  road  passes  over  two  small  stone 
culverts,  then  another  over  a  very  small  rivulet,  and  con- 
tinues through  cultivated  fields  with  many  huts. 

At  7  kilometers  a  large  sugar  mill  on  a  hill  half  a  mile  to 
left  of  road.  Then  another  stone  culvert  over  low  ground, 
and  at  8-kilometer  post,  or  about  30  yards  beyond,  road  reaches 
forks  of  calzada,  the  left  road  rising  gradually  over  the  long 
•  slope  of  a  hill,  on  whose  flat  summit  a  large  sugar  mill  sur- 
rounded by  its  huts ;  this  road  continues  to  Cabanas. 

Road  to  Mariel  turns  to  right,  along  base  of  the  hill,  and 
winds  around  it.  Sugar  mill  is  aboxit  600  yards  from  forks, 
and  commands  ground  here  perfectly,  as  well  as,  at  intervals, 
road  to  Mariel,  road  being  occasionally  hidden  in  its  wind- 
ings by  hills;  road  is  visible  from  outskirts  of  Mariel,  and 
from  monument  on  Point  Pescadores,  in  harbor.  In  general, 
guns  placed  on  this  hill  would  make  road  from  Mariel  very 
uncomfortable.  This  place  should  be  taken  by  cavalry  as 
soon  as  landing  is  made  at  Mariel.  It  could  be  shelled  from 
the  inner  harbor,  but  ships  could  not  probably  get  within 
sight  of  it,  and  small  guns  could  do  harm  at  4  kilometers 
distance. 

Road  to  Mariel  bearing  around  to  right,  i.  e.,  northward, 
winds  at  first  though  great  fields  of  sugar  cane,  with  which 
hills  on  each  side  are  covered;  maintains  its  previotis  fine 
character.  Telegraph  follows  road  to  Mariel,  and  appears  to 
go  to  Cabanas  also.  About  200  yards  from  forks  a  dirt  road 
turns  to  left  leading  to  summit  of  the  hill  and  sugar  mill ;  and 
just  beyond  is  a  small  stone  culvert  over  a  little  stream. 

Between  9  and  10  kilometers  ground  begins  to  get  low  and 
marshy,  especially  to  left,  in  which  direction  road  runs  on  an 
embankment  through  low  ground  which  probably  becomes 
marshy  in  wet  weather.  To  right  rise  hills  covered  with  cane 
and  often  bearing  palms  and  brush. 

Some  100  yards  beyond  the  10-kilometer  post,  road  crosses 
a  culvert  over  a  stream  of  some  size,  but  probably  salty,  as  it 
is  now  nearly  opposite  end  of  the  Bay  of  Mariel ;  low  marshy 
ground  lies  to  left. 

At  11  kilometers  is  another  station  of  the  Obras  Publicas, 
lying  opposite  end  of  bay ;  from  this  point  sugar  mill  at  forks 
of  road  can  be  seen.  Beyond  this  station,  road  continties 
across  a  stone  culvert  or  two  over  streams  no  doubt  salty,  and 
at  12  kilometers  reaches  the  little  town  and  seaport  of  MarieL 


ROADS.  151 

At  the  point  where  it  reaches  town  stands  an  old  ruined  stone 
building,  and  to  left,  perhaps  500  yards  from  road  and  on  the 
outskirts  of  town  on  a  low  hill,  is  an  old  stonework  looking 
out  over  lower  bay,  the  Campo  Santo,  or  burial  place  of 
Mariel.  This  would  be  a  tolerably  strong  place  to  station 
infantry  and  field  guns,  and  should  be  taken  at  once.  Hills 
to  north  dominate  this,  as  elsewhere  indicated. 

From  forks  of  road,  or  from  hill  of  the  sugar  mill  to  Mariel, 
ground  on  either  side  of  the  road  is  unfavorable  for  cavalry 
or  wagons.  From  within  about  3  kilometers  of  Mariel  low 
ground  lies  to  south,  and  to  north,  country  is  hilly  and  broken. 

3.  Guanajay-Mariel  Road. 
The  distance  between  these  two  cities  is  about  6  miles. 

ITINERARY  OF  ROAD. 

On  the  outskirts  of  Guana  jay  the  road  branches,  one  road 
going  -to  Artemisa  and  the  other  to  Mariel.  The  latter  leads 
over  most  beautiful  pasture  lands,  the  grass  growing  long  and 
luxuriant.  A  few  cattle  may  be  seen  here  and  there,  about 
the  only  signs  of  life  to  be  seen.  The  vast  expanse  of  open, 
breezy,  rolling  country,  almost  uncultivated,  looks  like  a 
well-kept  park,  with  its  palms,  now  single,  now  in  clusters, 
nodding  their  feathery  tops  to  the  breeze.  Over  low  ridges 
the  road  travels  a  narrow  white  streak  across  a  lumpy  sea  of 
brownish  green,  with  now  and  then  glimpses  of  the  Gulf  to 
the  north.  From  these  hUls  the  road  plunges  down  into  a 
ravine,  over  imdulating  but  highly  cultivated  ground,  whose 
green  rounded  hills  are  capped  with  huts  placed  amidst  palms. 
To  the  right,  perched  high  among  the  hills,  lies  the  little  vil- 
lage of  San  Martin,  whose  mineral  springs  are  noted  for  their 
curative  powers.  Still  descending,  the  road  passes  through  a 
bit  of  woodland  and  then  reaches  an  open  country.  It  passes 
a  large  sugar  mill,  toward  the  sea,  vnnding  amongst  hills  of 
grownng  com  and  cane,  and  reaches  the  shores  of  the  quiet, 
land-locked  bay  where  stands  the  little  fishing  village  of 
Mariel. 

rriKERARY  OF  ROAD  FROM  GUANAJAY  TO  ARTEMISA. 

At  the  outskirts  of  Guanajay  the  road  branches,  one  going 
to  Mariel,  of  which  mention  is  made  heretofore  [see  Guana- 
jay-Mariel  Road] ;  the  left-hand  road  being  the  pike  to  Arte- 
misa. It  crosses  an  undulating  and  beautiful  country,  and 
is  a  fine  broad  turnpike  passing  through  a  highly  cultivated 
region,  where  much  tobacco  is  raised.  In  the  distance  lie 
pretty  wooded  heights,  forming  a  background  to  the  undtilat- 
ing  regions  across  which  the  road  traverses,  past  picturesque 
huts  surrounded  by  palms  and  bananas.  The  road  is  an  excel- 
lent one  the  entire  distance. 

7739 11 


152  ROADS. 

ITINERARY  OF  THE  ROAD  FROM   SAN    CRISTOBAL  TO  ARTEMISA. 
Kilometer      ^  .  ,       ,  ,       ,,  ,  ,      .  ,  »  ,,        . 

poste  are  num-     Leaving  the  town  by  the  eastern  portena  and  following  the 
Una!  Miks^are  calzada,  the  road  from  Bahia  Honda  is  crossed  near  the  out- 

from  San  Cristo-  skirts. 

200  yds.  A  broken  bridge,  necessitating  a  detonr  over  low  ground. 

260  yds.  Another  broken  bridge  crossing  a  stream  30  yards  wide  and 

a  foot  deep.  Banks  10  feet  high  with  road  leading  up.  Ford, 
good  bottom,  pebbly.  The  railroad  track  and  the  bridges  are 
only  a  few  hundred  feet  to  the  right.  After  the  ford  the  road 
again  reaches  the  calzada,  500  yards  from  the  start.  The  cal- 
zada, first  passing  over  a  causeway  300  yards,  over  low,  culti- 
vated ground,  crosses  an  old  bridge.  Beyond,  a  cut  300  yards 
long,  banks  30  feet  high. 
90  k.— i,200ydB.  About  100  yards  beyond  calzada  crosses  an  old  culvert.  The 
calzada  seems  less  well  kept  here  than  usual,  but  is  never 
muddy,  and  wide  enough  for  four  wagons  abreast. 

89  k.— 1.4  m.  The  railroad  is  close  to  the  right  and  the  track  is  crossed 
about  100  yards  farther  on.  The  country  is  open,  slightly 
rolling  to  the  left  toward  the  mountains,  but  flat  toward  the 
left ;  400  yards  farther  on  a  small  bridge.  At  about  600  yards, 
another  old  bridge  over  a  stream  of  running  water,  30  feet 
wide,  1  foot  deep,  low,  shelving  banks ;  no  trouble  in  fording. 
At  800  yards  another  old  bridge. 

87  k.— 2.5  ni.  The  calzada  crosses  the  railroad  at  a  little  house ;  track  now 
on  the  right. 

863^  k.— 3.1  ni.  A  few  houses.  The  railroad  400  yards  to  right.  Another 
old  wooden  bridge,  over  rivulet,  with  little  water;  easily 
forded. 

86  k.— 3.3  m.       A  small  pond  by  the  roadside ;  low,  open  ground  to  the 

85  k.— 3.6  m.  right  as  far  as  railroad.  The  country  is  the  same  open,  roll- 
ing, cultivated  region  toward  the  mountains  on  the  left ;  rail- 
road about  half  a  mile  away.  A  country  road  enters  near 
here  from  the  left. 

841^  k.— 4  m.       A  small  stone  and  brick  culvert  over  a  low  place. 

84  k.— 4.3  m.  A  stone  culvert  30  feet  long  over  a  creek  6  feet  wide ;  good 
ford. 

83  k.— 5  m.  The  calzada  crosses  small  culvert.  The  country  to  the  right 
becomes  higher  with  more  cultivation ;  railroad  out  of  sight 
in  the  brush  to  the  right.  Two  hundred  yards  beyond  a  good 
country  road  crosses  the  calzada. 

82  k.-5.6  m.        Outskirts  of  the  town  of  Candelaria. 

81  k.— 6.4  m.  End  of  the  town  of  Candelaria,  and  35  yards  farther  a  small 
culvert.  Fifty  yards  the  calzada  again  crosses  the  railroad, 
the  latter  now  to  the  left. 

80  k.— 6.9  m.  RaOroad  half  a  mile  to  the  left,  in  a  hollow,  the  ground 
between  it  and  the  calzada  being  good. 

79  k.— 7.5  m.  A  very  small  culvert.  Here  there  is  more  brush,  the  rail- 
road about  1,000  yards  to  the  left.  Sixty  yards  beyond  is  the 
small  village  of  Bayerta. 


ROADS.  153 

A  dangerous  wooden  bridge  crossing  a  stream  30  feet  wide     Distances  from 
and  a  half -foot  deep;  the  banks  slope  to  a  very  good  ford,   ^g' k'^— t'^hi 
which  may,  however,  become  muddy.     Stream  would  not  be 
hard  to  cross.     Water  clear  and  good. 

No  cultivation,  brush  on  either  side.     Railroad  hidden,  but    ■?»  k.— s.i  m. 
probably  a  mile  away.     Road  in  fine  condition. " 

A  good  country  road  to  a  house  on  the  right.  77^  k.— 8.4  m. 

Another  brick  and  stone  culvert  40  feet  long.  '^7  k.— 8.7  m. 

Another  culvert  over  low  ground  and  rivulet  6  feet  wide.     76j  k.— e  m. 
This  is  the  end  of  the  low  ground,  and  cultivation  again  com- 
mences. 

The  station  of  Obras  Publicas  Pinar  del  Rio,  No.  6.     Here    ^^  ^.-9.3  m. 
railroad  is  not  far  to  left,  but  out  of  sight.     The  intervening 
country  is  fine  and  open  and  has  much  timber. 

The  same  level,  open,  pleasant  region,  little  cultivation,  lit-    "^^  k.— lo  m. 
tie  brush,  and  generally  fine  land. 

Calzada  bends  to  the  left.     The  poles  of  an  old  telegraph    74ik.— lo.am. 
line  are  here  seen  in  places  along  the  calzada. 

To  the  south  the  country  is  as  level  as  a  floor.     To  the  left    "^^  k.— lo.e  m. 
it  is  open  and  level  for  half  a  mile,  then  rolling  to  the  hills, 
which  are  to  the  northeast. 

There  is  a  hollow  and  the  country  a  little  more  rolling.  72  k.— ii.4  m. 

A  small  collection  of  a  dozen  huts  called  Puebla  Nuevo.     eg^k.— ii.Tm. 
The  country  flat,  meadows,  with  brush  here  and  there. 

A  fine,  clear  pond,  almost  a  lake,  on  the  right,  300  yards    67ik.— i4.4m. 
from  road. 

The  country  becomes  brushy.  67  k.— 14.7  m. 

House  of  the  Obras  Publicas,  Peones  Camineros  Pinar  del    eejk.— i4.9in. 
Rio,  No.  4.    The  railroad  out  of  sight  in  the  brush  to  the  left, 
but  not  far  away. 

The  miserable,  deserted  village  of  Los  Mangos.  65  k.— 16.2  m. 

A  fine  pond  to  the  left,  huts  and  small  culvert  on  road.     64ik.— le.em. 
The  railroad  is  near  and  can  be  reached  with  little  difficulty. 

Roads  and  houses  to  the  right  and  left.     Here  is  a  fine,     eok.— i9.3m. 
level,  well -cultivated  country. 

A  good  country  crossroad  of  red  dirt.     The  country  here  is    59  k.— 20  m. 
rolling,  with  much  cultivation  and  many  houses. 

The  railroad  lies  not  more  than  200  yards  to  the  left.     The    ^^  k.— 20.5  m. 
ground  is  somewhat  low.     The  town  of  Artemisa  lies  some 
500  yards  to  the  left  and  ahead. 

The  track  of  the  Western  Railroad  is  passed  and  the  town    ^"^^  ^.—21  m. 
of  Artemisa  is  entered.     Artemisa  is  thus  21  miles,  or  33.5 
kilometers,  from  San  Cristobal. 

ITINERARY  OF  THE  ROAD  FROM   SAN  CRISTOBAL  TO  PALACIOS. 

On  the  outskirts  of  San  Crist6bal  the  road  passes  within  50 
yards  of  the  railway  station.  This  would  afford  a  good  stop- 
ping place  for  troops,  as  the  ground  is  level  and  firm.  A  few 
hundred  yards  beyond  the  station  the  road  crosses  the  railroad 
track,  putting  the  latter  on  the  right.    Before  crossing,  a  road 


154 


ROADS. 


IJ^  miles. 


2J^  miles. 


Distances  from  branches  off  to  the  right  and  follows  the  line  of  track.  The 
country  here  is  a  level  meadow,  with  little  cultivated  patches 
of  tobacco  and  corn  near  thatched  huts,  with  here  and  there 
small  brush  and  cactus.  The  road  is  a  good  country  road  of 
a  reddish  gritty  dirt,  probably  never  muddy.  Roads  can  be 
made  anywhere  in  this  region.  To  the  right  of  the  road  are 
the  mountains,  extending  to  the  east  and  west,  to  the  left  a 
level  plain,  with  the  view  limited  only  by  the  palms  and 
brush.  This  is  a  fine  grazing  section,  with  few  fences  and  no 
inclosures  except  near  the  huts. 

An  old  road  to  the  left,  main  road  to  the  right,  continuing 
through  meadows,  with  long  brownish  grass  partly  cured, 
similar  but  better  than  the  kind  seen  commonly  in  Texas. 
The  railroad  a  few  hundred  yards  to  right. 

A  few  huts,  which  are  becoming  more  rare.  The  road 
crosses  a  rivulet  4  feet  wide  and  4  inches  deep ;  ford  good,  bot- 
tom hard,  and  probably  never  muddy.  Railroad  100  yards  to 
the  right  of  th^  road  and  a  few  hundred  yards  from  the  rivu- 
let. Road  crosses  track;  railroad  now  on  left.  Road  con- 
tinvies  good  wagon  road,  somewhat  sandy,  but  always  fair. 
Lane  made  by  wire  fences.  Level  meadows  on  both  sides, 
with  little  cultivation. 

Road  crosses  splendid  rivulet  4  feet  wide  and  3  to  4  inches 
deep,  clear  running  water;  banks  low  and  sloping;  bottom 
hard  and  never  muddy  on  account  of  gritty  soil.  Little  out- 
crop of  rock  in  this  region.  The  mountain  range  runs  up  from 
the  plain  with  few  foothills  or  broken  ground. 

The  little  town  of  Chirrigota,  a  pretty  "place,  three-fourths 
of  a  mile  to  right  of  road.  The  road  here  is  good,  gritty,  level, 
and  never  muddy.  Now  and  again  a  place  that  shows  mud  in 
wet  weather. 

Road  crosses  a  fine  stream  with  hard,  gritty  bottom,  no  mud, 
20  feet  wide,  a  foot  deep,  with  shelving  banks.  At  times  this 
river  is  hard  to  cross,  as  shown  by  the  primitive  ferryboat 
that  lay  on  the  bank  ready  for  use.  A  few  hundred  yards 
beyond  this  the  little  town  of  Santa  Cruz,  the  most  conspicu- 
ous building  of  which  is  the  church.  At  the  church  a  road 
turns  to  the  right,  while  the  main  road  continues  to  the  left 
toward  the  railroad,  which  runs  through  the  brush,  and  is 
about  one-half  mile  away.  Santa  Cruz  probably  not  visible 
from  train.  Road  continues  good  and  sandy  across  a  low 
meadow  to  the  railway  station  of  Tacobaco,  a  mile  and  a 
quarter  from  Santa  Cruz. 

At  Tacobaco  the  road  crosses  the  track,  making  a  broad 
sweep  to  the  left.  Beyond  Tacobaco  the  road  becomes  some- 
what sandy,  but  is  a  good  wide  wagon  road. 

The  road  crosses  a  fine  creek,  the  bottom  hard  and  gritty, 
the  banks  sloping,  20  feet  wide  and  (5  inches  deep.  The  shelv- 
ing banks  may  become  muddy.  The  banks  proper  of  this 
stream  are  about  50  yards  apart  and  20  feet  high,  and  there  is 


43^  miles. 


6  miles. 


ROADS. 


155 


plenty  of  timber  in  the  vicinity  should  it  become  necessary  to    Distances  from 
bnild  a  bridge.     Here  the  road  forks.     That  to  Palacios  goes 
to  the  right,  on  through  a  low,  flat  brushy  country,  where 
there  is  little  cultivation  and  no  fences.     The  mountains  are 
about  3  or  4  miles  to  the  right. 

The  road  begins  to  show  more  indication  of  mud  in  wet  smiiea. 
weather;  there  is  less  grit  in  the  soil,  but  the  road  is  still 
probably  always  fair.  After  passing  through  a  gate,  the  road 
continues  on  through  a  brushy  region,  with  fine  grass  and 
many  cattle.  One  hundred  yards  inside  of  the  gate  the  road 
forks,  the  main  road  leading  to  the  left,  while  the  right  leads 
to  Santo  Domingo,  through  a  flat,  brushy  country,  with  fine 
grass.  The  main  road  becomes  very  good,  over  sod ;  wagons 
can  go  anywhere.  The  road  continues  a  regular  prairie  road, 
with  occasional  patches  of  brush  and  a  few  palm  trees.  The 
mountains  shut  off  the  trade  winds.  Little  mud  is  to  be 
exi)ected  here ;  wagons  can  pass  at  all  times.  There  are  many 
wagon  tracks.  The  road  here  runs  at  right  angles  to  the 
mountains  for  a  short  distance. 

The  road  passes  a  good  pond,  surrounded  by  fine  grass,     lo  miles. 
The  country  is  as  level  as  a  floor,  with  little  cultivation. 
Five  hundred  yards  beyond  the  pond  is  a  large  house,  to 
which  a  side  road  leads.    The  main  road  continues  beside  the 
inclosure,  through  a  fine,  open  country. 

Low  ground,  with  standing  water.  This  would  make  mud  ^"/^  taiiea. 
holes  in  any  other  soil.  Just  beyond  a  good  sized  pond. 
Here  the  road  enters  a  country  where  the  palms  become  more 
numerous,  and  the  small  palm  shnibs  appear  for  the  first 
time.  The  brush  becomes  thicker  and  the  mud  holes  more 
frequent.  There  is  little  to  indicate  the  main  road,  unless  it 
be  that  the  brush  has  somewhat  the  appearance  of  being  cut 
in  straight  lines  on  either  side.  The  road  passing  by  the  side 
of  water  holes  may  become  bad  in  wet  weather ;  nevertheless, 
it  would  be  passable. 

A  stream  of  good  wat^r,  with  pebbly  bottom,  hard,  and  ismiiee. 
probably  always  good,  though  the  banks  may  become  muddy. 
The  stream  is  about  20  feet  wide  and  6  inches  deep ;  water 
good.  Timber  near  at  hand  for  a  bridge,  in  case  it  is  neces- 
sary. A  fen-yboat  on  the  bank.  Here  the  country  is  flat  and 
bushy,  with  little  tobacco  cultivation,  and  no  cane  farms. 

Beyond  this  the  road  continues  good,  though  it  may  be 
heavy  in  wet  weather,  but  wagons  could  always  pass  through 
the  brush  and  the  old  fields  on  either  side  of  the  road. 

The  road  here  passes  through  a  considerable  slough  in  14  miles, 
which  the  water  even  in  the  dry  season  stands  on  the  main 
road  about  a  foot  and  a  half  deep  and  a  hundred  yards  wide. 
The  bottom,  however,  is  hard.  Near  by  is  sufficient  timber 
for  a  bridge,  or  for  corduroying  if  that  should  become  neces- 
sary. Beyond  the  slough  the  road  continues  through  low 
ground,  but  quite  good. 


156 


ROADS. 


Distances  from 
San  Cristobal. 


14i  miles. 


15  miles. 


16  miles. 


16i  miles. 


18  miles. 


A  small  creek  of  muddy  water,  an  unusual  thing  in  this 
section  where  nearly  all  the  streams  are  clear  running  water. 
This  creek  is  about  6  inches  deep  and  6  feet  wide,  with  slop- 
ing banks  that  would  probably  become  muddy  in  the  wet 
season,  but  during  the  dry  season  are  very  good. 

.The  country  around  is  low,  flat,  and  brushy,  with  no  culti- 
yation.  The  road  is  nearly  parallel  to  the  hills,  and  some  6 
to  8  miles  to  the  right. 

The  road  passes  through  great  brush-covered  prairies  dotted 
with  trees,  level,  and  with  fine  grass.  The  road  is  good  in  the 
dry  season,  though  it  may  be  muddy  in  the  wet.  Still,  wagons 
can  pass  anywhere.  The  road  runs  about  west.  To  the  left 
there  is  a  level  country,  tree-covered,  continuing  as  far  as  the 
eye  can  reach.  The  railroad  is  some  distance  to  the  right  of 
the  road.  No  cultivation  and  no  signs  of  there  ever  having 
been  any  in  this  wilderness. 

Here  the  road  passes  a  small  stretch  of  ground  that  may  be 
muddy  in  wet  weather. 

After  passing  a  few  frame  houses,  the  road  touches  the  tele- 
graph and  the  railroad  lines.  The  road  very  good  and  prob- 
ably always  good,  as  the  soil  is  gritty. 

The  road  crosses  the  railroad  track  about  100  yards  from 
the  station  of  Palacios.  The  station  house  is  of  wood,  with 
clear,  good  ground  about  it.  An  excellent  place  for  debark- 
ing troops. 


ITINERARY  OF  ROAD  FROM  PALACIOS  TO  CONSOLACION   DEL  SUR. 


Distances  from 
Palacios. 


The  station  of  Palacios  is  of  wood,  with  clear  ground 
around  it,  and  would  be  an  excellent  place  for  landing  troops. 
The  town  contains  perhaps  2,500  people,  several  tiendas,  and 
a  station  for  priests.  West  of  the  town  is  a  good-sized  creek. 
There  is  a  station  of  the  Guardia  Civil  here.  There  are  many 
negroes,  but  the  whites  predominate.  At  the  western  end  of 
the  town  there  is  a  hill,  at  the  foot  of  which  is  a  stream  of 
clear,  good  water.  This  stream  is  some  15  yards  wide  in  dry 
season  and  li  feet  deep,  with  a  hard  bottom  and  a  good  ford, 
and  a  primitive  ferryboat  housed  up  in  readiness  for  wet 
weather.  There  is  plenty  of  wood  at  hand  wherewith  to  con 
struct  a  bridge. 

Beyond  the  stream  this  road  continues  a  good,  level,  broad, 
dirt  highway,  that  might  become  heavy  in  wet  weather ;  it  is 
a  fine  wagon  road,  over  which  in  general  two  or  three  wagons 
could  pass.  The  fields  on  each  side  could  as  a  rule  also  be 
used.  To  the  right  and  left  were  fields  cultivated  with 
tobacco  and  garden  truck,  and  sometimes  com.  Com  fodder 
is  the  staple  article  for  cattle  here,  and  is  called  maloja.  This 
and  a  kind  of  grass  and  com  is  the  chief  food.  Oats  appear 
to  be  unknown. 


ROADS.  iSt 

About  a  mile  from  the  town,  there  is  a  low  piece  of  road    Distances  from 
which  may  become  muddy  in  wet  weather.     Huts  are  plenti-  ''•■*'"''"**• 
fnl.     The  railroad  lies  out  of  sight  in  the  brushy  coimtry  to    i  mile, 
the  south.     The  country  is  level,  cultivated,  with  many  trees, 
chiefly  palms,  singly  and  in  groups.     Beyond,  the  road  becomes    H  miles, 
sandy.     Another  stretch  of  low  meadow  ground  to  the  sotith 
and  thatched  huts. 

The  road  continues  good,  sandy,  and  gritty.  Horses  and 
cattle  are  plentiful  in  this  region. 

The  road  passes  through  hedges  lying  on  both  sides,  with  2  miles, 
meadows  and  a  few  fields  of  tobacco  to  the  right  and  left. 
A  little  over  2  miles  from  town  a  road  runs  to  the  right,  while 
main  road  continues  over  a  slightly  undulating  country, 
with  fine  open  meadows  and  some  brush.  Small  pond  to  the  2^  miles, 
left,  the  country  on  either  side  being  brushy  and  low,  and  the 
road  gritty,  with  meadows  and  huts  on  either  side.  Bej^ond, 
the  road  grows  more  sandy,  passing  over  a  level  country  with 
less  brush,  dotted  with  solitary  palms  and  between  extensive 
meadows  without  fences,  over  which  horses  and  wagons  could 
pass  anywhere.  The  ground  is  covered  with  low,  brown  grass, 
and  the  region  would  be  admirable  for  calvary  operations. 
To  the  north,  at  a  distance  of  7  or  8  miles,  rise  the  mountains, 
while  to  the  south,  in  the  level  region  toward  the  southern 
coast,  the  palms  seem  to  thicken  to  forests.  Here  and  there 
are  a  few  solitary  thatched  hiits.  The  mountains  are  less 
densely  wooded  ;  the  road  now  lies  between  them  and  the  rail- 
road. 

The  road  reaches  the  little  pueblo  of  Paso  Real  de  San  Die-    4  miles, 
go,  a  place  of  perhaps  1,500  inhabitants,  and  the  point  where 
a  road  runs  northward  into  the  mountains  to  the  mineral 
springs  of  San  Diego. 

Paso  Real  consists  chiefly  of  one  long  street,  lined  with 
white  stone  stucco-covered  houses,  the  more  pretentious  ones 
having  large  pillars  and  a  roofed  porch  in  front.  There  are 
many  shops  and  a  fonda  or  two,  one  hotel  called  La  Palma. 
The  water  comes  from  a  public  well,  marked  ' '  Para  Publico, " 
from  which  the  water  is  drawn  by  hand.  There  is  a  station 
of  the  Guardia  Civil  here. 

Beyond  the  town  was  a  hill,  down  which  the  road  goes ;  the 
roadbed  is  rough  and  water-washed.  At  the  foot  of  the  hill 
is  a  small  stretch  of  low  ground,  but  the  roadbed  is  sandy. 

A  fine,  clear,  rapid  stream,  considered  a  river  in  this  coun-  5  miles, 
try,  li  feet  deep,  15  yards  wide,  with  a  pebbly  bottom,  long 
shelving  banks.  There  is  no  bridge,  but  the  ford  is  good. 
From  the  primitive  ferryboat  drawn  up  on  the  bank  one 
would  judge  that  it  may  become  diflBcult,  though  these  feiTy- 
boats  are  only  for  foot  passengers.  On  the  farther  bank  are 
a  few  huts,  trees,  com,  and  tobacco.  The  road  here  is  prob- 
ably muddy  in  wet  weather. 


158 


ROADS. 


Distances 
Palacios. 


6  miles. 


10  miles. 


11  miles. 


13  miles. 


from  A  pueblito,  or  small  town,  containing  a  little  fonda  and  a 
few  houses,  and  surrounded  by  a  few  tobacco  and  banana 
patches.  The  road  here  is  very  good,  passing  over  wide,  roll- 
ing meadows,  nearly  free  from  brush,  and  with  no  fences. 
The  dark  mountains  rise  on  the  north,  and  palms  and  bushes 
are  seen  far  away  across  the  meadows  to  the  south.  A  wagon 
could  go  in  any  direction  across  this  region.  Farther  on  a 
tiny  rivulet  crosses  the  road.  The  road  beyond  continues 
over  an  open,  grass-covered  country,  with  few  huts  and  no 
cultivation. 

Road  crosses  another  small  rivulet  with  sloping  banks. 
Water  is  probably  always  abundant.  A  few  hundred  yards 
farther  on  a  local  road  crosses  main. 

Latter  road  continues  good  over  rolling  prairie,  with  woods 
in  the  distance  and  brush  around  at  intervals  in  copses.  The 
grass  is  excellent.  Another  small  rivulet.  There  are  a  few 
trees  and  bushes.  A  few  hundred  yards  farther  on  is  a  small, 
unimportant  road,  probably  leading  to  huts,  of  which  there 
are  a  few  in  the  neighborhood. 

A  few  huts,  some  fences,  and  the  open  meadows  almost 
ceased,  the  country  becoming  more  wooded;  but  the  brush 
and  woods  are  not  thick,  and  the  road  probably  is  a  good 
wagon  road  at  all  times.  Near  here,  to  the  left,  is  a  fine  large 
pond  close  to  the  road.  Little  or  no  cultivation  and  only  a 
few  huts.  Across  the  road,  like  a  toll  barrier,  was  a  fence, 
with  a  large  gate  for  wagons  and  a  small  one  for  horsemen. 

The  highway  reaches  a  little  scattering  town,  surrounded 
by  brush,  called  Larradura  (probably  La  Herradura).  Here 
there  is  a  kind  of  clearing  or  old  fields  grown  up  in  brush. 
The  place  is  going  to  decay.  In  the  midst  of  the  long,  strag- 
gling town,  most  of  whose  houses  occupy  fields  fronting  on 
the  road,  there  is  an  old,  rickety,  wooden  bridge,  some  50  feet 
long,  across  a  little  stream  about  6  feet  wide  and  a  foot  deep, 
with  banks  sloping  at  the  ford.  The  ford  near  the  bridge  is 
safer  than  the  bridge  itself.  The  road  down  the  banks  is 
rough  and  water-washed.  A  good  bridge  could  readily  be 
constructed,  for  there  is  plenty  of  timber  at  hand.  On  the 
outskirts  of  the  place  is  a  gate,  just  beyond  a  small  road,  and 
a  little  fonda  to  the  left. 

From  here  the  road  continues  through  a  bushy  region,  with 
a  wire  fence  or  two  alongside  inclosing  meadows.  A  small 
water  hole  and  hut.  There  is  little  cultivation  here,  chiefly 
meadows.     A  small  road  runs  off  to  the  right. 

A  small,  low  place,  with  very  little  water.  The  road  con- 
tinues in  good  condition,  running  over  rolling  meadows, 
brushy  in  places.  The  mountains  lie  some  8  or  10  miles  to 
the  north. 

About  13  miles  is  a  hut,  and  a  large  pond  to  the  left  and  a 
small  one  to  the  right.    The  road  now  runs  a  little  south  of 


ROADS. 


159 


west,  over  a  brushy  country  with  meadows.     A  few  hundred    Distances  from 
yards  beyond  the  pond  a  road  enters  from  the  right.  Paiacios. 


Another  gate  shuts  in  the  road.  Near  by  are  several  houses. 
The  road  continues  a  good  wagon  road,  sandy,  and  running 
over  a  rolling  meadow  country. 

Road  comes  to  a  little  wooden  bridge  over  a  riviilet  some  12 
feet  wide,  with  steep  banks  about  10  feet  high.  The  stream 
itself  is  perhaps  4  feet  wide  and  a  foot  deep.  A  bridge  would 
be  necessary  here,  but  there  is  plenty  of  timber  at  hand  for 
its  constniction.  The  rivulet  is  on  the  outskirts  of  the  pueb- 
lito  of  Santa  Clara,  a  very  small  place,  with  a  few  widely 
scattered  houses  and  a  f  onda  near  a  cross  road.  The  country 
beyond  is  a  rolling  prairie,  with  a  few  huts  and  but  little 
cultivation,  except  occasionally  tobacco,  a  little  com,  and 
bananas.  The  latter  is  one  of  the  chief  articles  of  food ;  per- 
haps the  most  used. 

Two  houses  near  the  road  and  a  road  to  the  right  along  a 
fence,  the  main  road  continuing  to  the  left  through  a  cut 
some  10  feet  high,  but  short,  to  a  stream  4  feet  wide  and  6 
inches  deep,  with  hard,  gravelly  bottom,  shelving  banks,  and 
no  bridge.  Some  200  yards  beyond  this  point  a  road  enters 
from  the  right.  The  meadows  continue  dotted  with  trees 
and  copses  of  brush.  A  small  rivulet,  probably  not  diflBcult 
to  cross  at  any  time,  and  half  a  mile  beyond — i.  e.,  16  miles 
from  Paiacios — road  reaches  what  is  called  Los  Arroyos  de  las 
Cruces. 

A  very  little  water  runs  through  the  bed  of  the  Arroyos, 
and  there  is  some  brush  that  might  afford  a  hiding  place  on 
the  right,  but  there  is  not  a  large  ravine.  In  fact,  since  leav- 
ing San  Cristobal  there  have  not  been  many  places  especially 
favorable  for  an  ambuscade  of  a  large  body.  There  have  been 
no  ravines  of  importance,  merely  briish  and  copses,  hedges, 
and  an  occasional  low  cut.  The  road  down  the  first  arroyo  is 
water -washed,  the  banks  are  sloping  and  probably  never  very 
diflBcult  from  mud.  A  hundred  yards  beyond  is  another  little 
arroyo,  and  near  by  are  some  palms  and  fine  brush.  The 
mountains  are  now  about  6  miles  to  the  north,  road  running 
nearly  parallel  to  them. 

Consolacion  del  Sur  may  be  seen,  the  road  now  running,  as 
before,  over  pretty  meadows  with  good  grass,  a  little  brush 
and  palm  groves  here  and  there.  The  road  runs  up  to  sloping 
hills,  on  which  the  town  stands.  The  mountains  are  on  the 
north,  at  a  distance  of  about  5  miles.  On  the  south  is  a  flat, 
slightly  rolling  country,  with  palms  and  undergrowth,  the 
latter  not  very  dense.  Wire  fences  here  and  there  along  the 
roadside.  The  town  of  Consolacion  is  at  a  distance  of  18  or 
19  miles  from  Paiacios. 


13^  miles. 


14  miles. 


15  miles. 


15i  miles. 


17  miles. 


160 


ROADS. 


Distances  from 
Consolaciun  del 
Sur. 


2  miles. 


3^  miles. 


434  miles. 


ROAD  ITINERARY   FROM   CONSOLACaON   DEL  SUR   TO   PENAB 
DEL  Bio. 

At  the  western  end  of  the  town  a  road  descends  the  small 
hill  on  which  Consolacion  is  situated,  and  crosses  a  little 
rivulet.  The  road  runs  generally  a  little  south  of  west,  and 
nearly  parallel  to  the  mountain  range,  as  has  been  the  case 
since  leaving  San  Cristobal;  it  leads  over  an  open,  rolling 
countiy.  Tobacco  fields  become  more  frequent,  there  are 
many  houses  and  huts,  and  the  country,  dotted  with  palms, 
has  a  pretty,  park -like  appearance.  The  hills,  some  5  miles 
distant  to  the  north,  are  more  barren  and  brown  than  before. 

The  road  begins  to  grow  heavy  with  sand.  About  half  a 
mile  farther  on,  there  is  a  brick  bridge  over  a  little  stream 
about  3  feet  wide,  with  steep  banks  10  feet  high.  A  few 
hundred  yards  beyond,  an  old  house,  near  which  a  road  enters 
from  the  right ;  tobacco  and  com  growing  near  by.  A  way- 
side fonda,  near  which  a  road  runs  to  the  left ;  near  by  is  a 
house,  some  tobacco  fields,  and  then  a  wooden  bridge  prob- 
ably 150  feet  long,  ovei  what  is  called  El  Rio  Granadellar.* 
The  stream  is  large  for  Cuba,  probably  30  yards  wide  and  3  feet 
deep,  with  shelving  banks,  and  a  ford.  It  is  one  of  the  largest 
rivers  in  western  Cuba,  but  would  not  prove  a  serious  obstacle, 
and  material  could  readily  be  found  for  bridging.  Near  the 
stream  are  houses,  and  tobacco  fields  inclosed  by  wire  fences. 
The  road  continues  sandy.  These  dirt  roads  become  exceed- 
ingly bad  in  wet  weather.  The  road  passes  by  a  small  fonda : 
near  by  are  tobacco  and  huts.  Though  the  road  is  heavy  when 
much  used,  a  wagon  and  horses  could  go  in  any  direction,  as 
there  is  little  to  obstruct  in  the  way  of  bridges  and  fences. 
The  country  about  here  seems  never  to  have  been  cultivated. 
The  road  reaches  a  small  rivulet,  about  4  feet  wide,  with 
sloping  banks,  not  muddy,  and  a  good  sandy  ford.  Beyond, 
the  road  again  becomes  somewhat  heavy  from  sand,  passing 
over  an  open,  rolling  country,  with  huts  and  cultivation. 

Road  reaches  a  wayside  fonda,  which  are  now  becoming 
more  common.  This  fonda  is  called  La  Haya.  Near  by  a 
road  comes  in  from  the  left.  The  road  continues  over  a  roll- 
ing country,  with  a  little  tobacco  and  com,  but  not  much 
cultivation. 

The  road  crosses  a  small  wooden  culvert  over  low  ground, 
now  dry,  and  a  few  yards  beyond  there  is  a  wooden  bridge  on 
stone  abutments.  This  bridge  is  some  100  feet  long,  and  the 
stream  about  10  feet  wide  and  6  inches  deep,  a  circumstance 
which  shows  how  greatly  the  volume  of  water  in  these  streams 
is  likely  to  increase.  The  water  is  clear,  the  banks  sloping, 
and  there  is  a  good  sandy  ford.  On  the  farther  bank  is  a 
fonda.  The  road  is  now  heavy  from  sand.  Near  it  are  a  few 
huts  surrounded  by  some  small  tobacco  patches  and  a  little 


'Probably  Rio  Hondo. 


ROADS. 


161 


com.     The  Viielta  Abajo  is  said  to  be  well  suited  to  com,  and     Distances  from 
the  hillsides  especially  well  adapted  to  grape  culture.     Cane  ^ojjsoiaciun   del 
does  not  do  well  here.     The  country  is  now  rolling,  somewhat 
brushy,  over  which,  however,  a  road  could  be  made  anywhere. 
The  road  itself  is  heavy  with  sand. 

The  main  road  goes  to  the  right  and  the  one  described  to  the  "^  "••^s. 
left.  A  few  hundred  yards  beyond  this  point  a  road  comes 
in  from  the  left.  The  road  continues  as  described  over  a  roll- 
ing meadow  country,  a  little  brushy  in  places,  with  little 
cultivation  and  a  few  trees,  usually  palms.  Trees  grow  more 
abundant  toward  the  south.  On  the  north  the  mountains 
seem  low  and  barren,  with  less  timber.  A  few  sharply  dentic- 
ulated peaks  stand  out  in  the  distance,  a  characteristic  land- 
mark when  the  mountains  are  usually  rounded,  and  are  quite 
distinctly  seen  from  Pinar.  To  the  left  the  country  is  rolling, 
with  fewer  trees  than  before. 

There  is  a  low  place  in  the  hills  to  the  right,  where  the    sk  miles, 
mountains  look  as  if  they  might  be  easily  crossed.    Just  beyond 
here  the  telegraph  appears  by  the  roadside. 

The  road  reaches  a  wayside  fonda,  called  La  Puerta  San 
Juan.  Here  the  country  is  open  and  rolling,  with  little  brush 
and  few  trees ;  there  are  fine  meadows  and  occasional  fields  of  9  miles. 
tobacco  and  com,  but  the  region  is  not  highly  cultivated. 
The  soil  is  light  and  sandy.  Road  almost  impassable  from 
mud  during  rainy  season. 

Road  reaches  a  fonda  at  the  Pueblito  of  Paso  Viejo.  Be-  loj  miles, 
yond  the  fonda,  descending  a  somewhat  steep  hill,  the  road 
reaches  a  wooden  bridge,  some  100  feet  long,  over  the  River 
Paso  Viejo.  The  river  is  20  yards  wide,  a  foot  or  two  deep, 
with  banks  20  feet  high ;  the  bottom  sandy  and  firm,  as  is  gen- 
erally the  case  in  the  dry  season.  No  trouble  in  fording.  In 
the  wet  season  all  of  the  rivers  would  probably  be  unf  ordable 
at  times,  but  ample  material  for  bridges  exists  in  all  cases. 

Country  is  rolling  and  more  open,  with  huts  dotting  the  12  miles, 
meadows  here  and  there.  There  is  little  cultivation,  and  few 
fences.  Roads  coiild  be  naade  in  one  place  as  well  as  another. 
The  mountains  are  some  6  or  7  miles  to  the  north,  running  in 
a  direction  generally  parallel  to  the  road  and  a  little  south  of 
west. 

Roads  and  railroads  cut  the  rivers  at  points  as  high  up  in 
their  course  as  possible.  A  little  com  is  growing,  but  in 
general  there  is  nothing  but  grass,  which  is  better  than  that 
of  the  barren  pine  lands  soiith,  and  good  for  cattle.  The 
grass  is  not  as  good  as  the  wild  prairie  grass  of  the  United 
States.  There  is  a  bunch  grass,  however,  growing  with  the 
other,  that  is  much  better.  In  spots,  too,  grows  a  short  grass 
called  "pata  de  gallina"  (hen's  foot),  which  is  very  good  for 
stock,  and  still  another  variety,  called  "yerba  de  Parana,"  is 
found  along  streams,  where  it  grows  to  a  length  of  6  feet 
or  more,  often  running  along  the  ground  and  taking  root  at 


162 


ROADS. 


Distances  from  the  joints.  Of  this  latter  the  horses  and  cattle  are  extremely 
consoiacion  del  ^^^^  ^^^  -^  -^  ^^^^  j^,,^  luxuriant.  In  low  spots  it  is  valu- 
able in  preventing  the  sinking  of  animals  in  passing,  as  well 
as  to  hinder  the  washing  away  of  banks.  There  is  a  bad  grass 
called  "  yerba  de  San  Carlos,"  which  is  found  chiefly  in  culti- 
vated ground,  and  is  a  nuisance  much  dreaded  by  sugar 
planters.  This  grass  is  good  for  nothing ;  even  the  cattle  will 
not  eat  it,  as  it  has  serrated  edges. 

13  miles.  Pinar  del  Rio,  lying  due  west,  may  be  seen,  many  houses 

about,  huts  dotting  the  country,  the  road  somewhat  heavy 
and  sandy ;  corn  and  bananas  are  growing  here  and  there,  but 
little  tobacco. 

The  country  around  Pinar  del  Rio  is  pleasant,  open,  and 
rolling.  On  or  near  the  top  of  the  low  hill  on  which  the 
town  lies,  the  most  conspicuous  object  seen  is  a  large  flat 
building  of  stone,  used  as  a  cuartel  for  troops. 

14  miles.  The  road  is  crossed  by  a  small  stream ;  sandy  soil.     Near 

the  foot  of  the  hill  on  which  Pinar  del  Rio  lies,  a  road  comes 
in  from  the  north. 
14%  miles.  Ascending  the  very  gradual  slope  of  the  hill,  road  passes  a 

brick  and  tile  yard,  and  a  good  white  house  of  stone  and  brick, 
covered  with  stucco.  There  is  a  woodf^n  bridge,  perhaps  100 
feet  long,  over  El  Rio,  Pinar  del  Rio,  as  it  is  called.  This 
stream  is  some  40  yards  wide,  with  low  grassy  banks,  a  good 
ford,  and  a  bottom  of  sand  and  gravel.  The  water  is  clear  and 
good,  about  2  feet  deep.  There  is  ample  timber  near  by  for  a 
bridge,  but  no  timber  on  the  banks  of  the  stream.  Between 
the  banks  the  distance  is  about  50  yards ;  they  are  10  feet  high, 
and,  as  is  usually  the  case  in  this  region,  are  of  dirt  or  a  very 
soft  white  limestone.  There  would  probably  be  little  trouble 
from  mud  here  at  any  time,  but  no  doubt  the  river  would 
need  to  be  bridged  at  some  seasons.  It  is  said  that  all  these 
streams — in  fact  generally  throughout  the  island — can  be 
forded,  even  in  the  rainy  season  by  waiting  a  day  or  two  after 
a  heavy  rain  in  order  that  the  water  may  subside ;  a  day  usu- 
ally is  sufficient.  The  river  is  about  half  a  mile  from  the 
town,  which  is  some  151  miles  from  Consoiacion. 

ITINERARY   OF  CALZADA  FROM   PINAR  DEL  RfO  TO  COLOMA 
RIVER  MOUTH,    EAST  SIDE  OP  BAY  OF  CORTEZ. 

The  fine,  broad  calzada,  leading  to  the  south,  starts  from 
the  eastern  part  of  the  town ;  tnms  southward  from  the  main 
street  at  a  point  near  where  the  slope  begins.  The  calzada  is 
a  fine  macadamized  turnpike,  with  stone  kilometer  posts, 
rounded  surface,  with  good  ditches  on  eithier  side,  and  is  as 
white  and  smooth  as  a  floor,  wide  enough  for  three,  and  on  a 
pinch  for  four,  of  our  wagons.  It  is  the  only  one  in  Cuba 
west  of  San  Crist6bal.  The  approach  is  to  some  extent  com- 
manded by  the  high  ground  on  the  west.  After  leaving  the 
town  it  passes  through  vegetable  gardens  and  tobacco  patches, 
past  houses  and  hnts. 


ROADS.  163 

Hilts,  with  patches  of  tobacco  and  com.     Country  some-    Distances  from 
what  rolling,  with  trees  scattered  singly  and  in  groups,  and  a  ^'"^'^1'?  ^'"" 
little  brush.     Beyond  this  point  road  passes  through  some    .2  k!— im! 
low,  bushy  ground  on  a  small  embankment. 

The  calzada  crosses  a  small  brick  bridge  over  a  little  stream ;  3  k.— 2  m. 
the  bridge  not  specially  important ;  its  loss  no  obstacle  to  an 
advance.  Beyond  bridge  are  cultivated  fields.  Beyond,  the 
country  continues  open  and  rolling,  with  little  cultivation, 
but  with  extensive  meadows  bearing  luxuriant  growth  of 
grass.  In  appearance  this  region  is  an  admirable  grazing 
country,  but  grass  is  not  good  for  stock;  cattle  will  eat  it 
when  very  hungry,  but  it  will  barely  sustain  life.* 

Between  4  and  5  kilometers  road  has  one  small  brick  cul-    *  k.— 2^  m. 
vert,  some  15  feet  long,  over  a  little  rivulet. 

A  house  of.  the  Obras  Publicas  of  Pinar  del  Rio— peones  o  k.-3  m. 
camineros,  they  are  called.  At  about  51  kilometers  fine  dirt 
road  comes  in  from  south,  itmning  in  a  direction  a  little 
south  of  west:  and  at  of  kilometers  calzada  passes  over 
wooden  bridge  resting  on  stone  piers.  Bridge  is  some  50  feet 
long,  over  stream  with  steep  banks  and  seemingly  no  ford. 
Should  bridge  be  destroyed  another  would  probably  have  to 
be  built,  but  there  is  timber  enough — both  pine  and  palm — 
not  far  away. 

A  little  culvert  over  a  tiny  rivulet.  ej  k.^  m. 

At  8  kilometers  little  cultivation  remains ;  grass  continues  8  k.— 5  m. 
as  fine  in  appearance  as  before.  To  left  a  little  more  brush 
appears,  and  huts  were  still  frequent.  The  mountains  are 
nearly  directly  in  the  rear.  From  8  to  9  kilometers  road  runs 
east  of  south,  but  before  reaching  the  latter  point  the  calzada 
crosses  small  brick  culvert,  passing  over  low  ground  of  a 
creek  bed.  Many  small  pines  here  and  small,  pine-covered 
hills,  fair  grass,  and  little  cultivation.  From  9  to  10  kilo- 
meters direction  of  road  is  south  by  east. 

Low  pine  hills,  rather  to  be  described  as  rolling  ground  lok.— «ni. 
covered  with  pines,  little  cultivation,  apparently  good  grass 
of  character  mentioned,  and  small  house  to  the  left.  A  few 
palms  to  be  seen,  but  palms  and  houses  are  becoming  scarce. 
From  10  to  lOi  kilometers  calzada  runs  south.  At  about  lOf 
kilometers,  some  3  miles  away  to  the  right,  is  a  tobacco  estate 
called  "Vega  de  Tabaco,"  with  its  houses.  One  large  build- 
ing had  api)earance  of  a  church,  and  entire  group  looks  like 
village. 

Country  now  low,  flat,  pine-covered,  with  no  cultivation  to  ii  k.— 7  m. 
be  seen;  pines  are  small,  averaging,  perhaps,  15  or  20  feet  in 
height,  but  region  seems  breezy,  healthy,  and  pleasant,  though 
soil  is  poor.  About  Hi  kilometers  good  dirt  road  runs  to  right, 
probably  to  the  vega.  From  11  to  12  kilometers  calzada  runs 
south  by  east. 

*This  grass  is  nonrisfaing  to  a  small  extent  when  yoang,  but  when  old  it  is  sour 
and  unfit  for  stock. 


164  ROADS. 

Distances  from     Country  continues  level  and  uncultivated,  covered  with  low 
Pinar  del  Rio.     pj^gg  growing  wide  apart,  with  apparently  good  grass ;  no 

12  k.— 71^  m.  houses  in  sight.  Good  ground  for  inarch  of  troops  and  favor- 
able for  cavalry  operations  as  far  as  Pinar.  Only  obstacle  is 
the  river  mentioned;  in  wet  weather,  however,  a  few  low 
spots  would  be  found  marshy  and  difficult,  but  they  are  small. 
Ground  in  this  vicinity  would  never  be  difficult  for  horse  or 
foot  to  march  over ;  soil  is  too  light  and  sandy.  In  the  ditches 
by  side  of  the  road  there  is  at  times  a  little  water.  Road  wide 
enough  for  three  or  four  wagons,  but  with  crown  or  cross  sec- 
tion curving ;  a  fine  highway,  and  is  in  good  repair.  Soil  here 
is  sandy,  and  country  presents  appearance  of  a  northern  re- 
gion. No  telegraph  follows  the  calzada.  In  fact,  Coloma  has 
no  telegraph  communication.  This  is  an  important  fact 
should  expeditionary  force  land  here  and  capture  Pinar  del 
Rio  and  western  bed  of  railroad. 
From  12  to  13  kilometers  course  of  calzada  is  south. 
•  13  k.— 8  m.  A  little  dirt  road  crosses  calzada.  No  cattle,  houses,  huts, 
nor  cultivation — a  lonely  pine-covered  region,  with  occasional 
low  spots,  containing  at  times  a  little  water.  Ground  in  gen- 
eral is  dry,  and  favorable  for  march  of  troops  and  horses.  No 
fences  except  where  there  is  a  hut.  No  bridges  or  walls ;  even 
the  calzada  is  uninclosed.  Road  well  ditched,  as  a  rule,  on 
both  sides,  and  is  kept  in  good  repair ;  though  an  old  calzada, 
it  is  almost  as  good  as  the  newest.  About  14  kilometers  road 
crosses  small  stone  culvert  over  little  stream  bed  with  small 
water  hole  to  right. 

15  k.— 9>^  m.  At  15  kilometers  country  same  lonely  wilderness  as  before. 
From  15  to  16  kilometers  road  runs  southeast  by  east.  Grass 
continues  apparently  good.  Since  leaving  7-kilometer  post 
few  houses  have  been  seen.  There  is,  probably,  enough  water 
for  small  force  in  the  ditches  and  low  spots  that  occur  from 
time  to  time.     Cattle  are  few. 

17k.— loim.  Near  17-kilometer  post  small  culvert  over  a  water  hole; 
road  runs  nearly  east. 

18  k.— 11  m.        No  houses,  no  cultivation  or  cattle,  but  a  great  stretch  of 

pine  barrens  on  each  side. 

19  k.— i2ni.        Here  a  few  cattle.     Character  of  the  country  continues 

same;  road  lonely. 

20k.— I2im.  Country  continues  same,  interminable  pine  barrens;  cal- 
zada runs  east.     Country  and  direction  of  road  remain  same 

21  k.— 13  m.     at  21  and  22  kilometers.     Little  or  no  water. 

23  k.— i3i  in.       Marshes  on  each  side ;  water  crossed  on  small  stone  culvert. 

Marshes  are  due  to  Coloma  River,  a  short  distance  to  the  left. 
This  low  place  should  be  taken  at  once  and  held,  in  case  of  a 
landing,  in  connection  with  the  causeway  mentioned  below. 

24  k.— 15  m.        Country  now  on  either  side  impassable  for  wagons  and 

cavalry,  and  nearly  so  for  foot  troops  probably  at  all  seasons. 
Covered  with  thick  brush ;  to  the  right  country  is  a  low  jun- 
gle, and  road  now  runs  over  a  causeway  or  embankment  some 


ROADS.  165 

6  feet  high.  Country  continues  same  for  some  distance 
beyond.  Before  reaching  25-kilometer  i)ost  calzada  enters 
tovni  of  Coloma,  passing  ai-ound  warehouse  and  terminating 
at  dock. 

NOTES  ON  JOURNEY    FROM    PINAR    DEL  RIO    TO    COLOMA   RIVER 
MOUTH. 

Coloma,  by  calzada,  is  24  kilometers  and  a  fraction  from 
Pinar  del  Rio,  as  shown  by  the  posts  on  the  road.  It  was 
formerly  the  shipping  point  for  tobacco  from  Pinar,  and  a 
port  of  importance ;  but  now  it  is  much  less  so — almost  of  no 
importance  at  all.  The  calzada  is  said  to  be  the  only  one  in 
the  Vuelta  Abajo — the  only  one  west  of  San  Cristobal.  The 
town  lies  within  100  or  200  yards  of  the  mouth  of  the  Coloma 
River.  Up  this,  a  league  according  to  one  man  and  two 
according  to  another,  say  4  miles,  lies  what  was  once  a  town 
called  Colon:  but  now  there  is  nothing  there  but  an  old 
crumbling  stone  house.  This  is  the  port  of  Consolacion  del 
Sur :  the  city  lies  at  a  distance  of  about  6  leagues,  i.  e. ,  15 
miles,  and  is  connected  by  a  dirt  road  with  that  place.  This 
road  is  very  miiddy  and  bad  in  wet  weather. 

3.  Mariel,  Cabanas,  BahIa  Honda,  and  Candelaria  Boad. 

TABLE  of  DISTANCES. 

MARIEL. 
I  15  ]  CABANAS. 

j  34  i  19  j  BAHi'a  HONDA. 

I  61  I  46  '  27  '  CANDELARIA. 


ITINERARY   OF   ROAD  FROM  MARIEL  TO  CABANAS. 

From  Mariel  the  calzada,  or  turnpike,  runs  across  lowlands,  M^^f"*^**''"*" 
gradually  growing  firmer  as  the  Hill  of  the  Sugar  Mill  is  ap- 
proached. This  mill  lies  at  the  separation  of  the  road  from 
Guanajay  into  two  branches,  the  northern  going  to  Mariel. 
and  the  other  to  Cabaiias.  This  fork  is  about  2  miles  from  2  miles. 
Mariel.  The  hill  commands  the  road  to  Guanajay,  and  must 
be  taken  in  the  event  of  an  advance  from  Cabanas  or  from 
Mariel  toward  Guanajay.  The  position  could  be  turned  by 
an  advance  from  Mariel,  leaving  the  highway  at  the  lO-Mlo- 
meter  post ;  but  if  the  hill  were  held  by  the  enemy,  the  advance 
would  have  to  be  made,  in  part  at  least,  under  fire.  It  is  to 
be  observed  that  this  Hill  of  the  Sugar  Mill  is  commanded  by 
a  sui)erior  height  on  the  Cabanas  road,  not  more  than  half  a 
mile  distant,  up  which  the  turnpike  ascends  through  low  cuts. 
The  approach  from  Cabanas,  on  the  farther  side,  is  hidden. 

From  the  fork  the  turnpike  runs  across  the  eastern  side  of 
the  Sugar  Mill  Hill,  passing,  before  reaching  this,  through 
somewhat  low  ground  for  a  short  distance,  across  one  or  two 
stone  culverts.     From  the  Sugar  Mill  Hill  to  Cabanas  it  is 


166 


ROADS. 


Distances 
Marie  1. 


3  miles. 


4  miles. 


5  miles. 


7  miles. 


8  miles. 


from  sufficiently  wide  for  three  of  our  wagons  to  pass  abreast 
The  top  of  this  hill  is  clear,  commanding  a  good  view  of  the 
country  northward.  A  dirt  road  communicates  with  the  old 
Cabanas  road,  and  is  in  dry  weather  good  and  hard.  About 
a  mile  from  the  Sugar  Mill  Hill  the  road  crosses  a  very  small 
stream.  There  are  evidences  of  mud  during  wet  weather  in 
the  deep  cuts. 

A  few  hundred  yards  beyond  the  rivulet,  passing  another 
sugar  mill  on  a  hill,  the  road  descends  into  a  low  valley,  a 
level  road  going  off  to  the  right.  Half  a  mile  beyond  the  mill 
the  road  crosses  another  little  stream  about  10  feet  wide  and 
1  foot  deep;  with  a  good  ford.  Here  are  cane  fields  to  the 
right,  and  open  country,  brush  covered  to  the  left,  and  all 
about  low  hills,  sometimes  covered  with  palm  trees  and  brush, 
sometimes  cleared  and  cultivated.  Road  here  wide  enough 
for  two  wagons,  but  at  times  only  for  one. 

The  road  crosses  a  long  bed  of  rivulet  by  a  small  bridge,  and 
beyond,  a  little  stream.  Banks  of  road  here  about  6  to  8  feet 
high  in  places.  Crosses  a  creek  of  clear  water  10  feet  wide 
and  1  or  2  feet  deep,  but  not  fordable  on  account  of  steepness 
of  banks.  Plenty  of  timber  available  for  bridges.  Abun- 
dance of  water  in  this  region.  Country,  brush  covered ;  few 
fences,  except  along  road,  and  almost  none  of  wire.  Thickly 
wooded  hills,  brushy,  and  uncleared  in  places ;  palms,  guavas, 
and  many  bananas. 

Road  narrow  and  shut  in  between  hedges.  Telegraph  line 
frequently  strung  on  palms ;  follows  road.  Horses  plentiful. 
Road  very  narrow  for  a  short  distance,  passing  through  a  cut 
barely  wide  enough  for  one  wagon.  Is  also  undulating  here- 
abouts, with  some  steep  grades.  Soil  a  fine  loam  and  very 
heavy  in  wet  weather.  A  range  of  tolerably  high  hills  to  the 
left,  wooded  to  the  top,  and  about  a  mile,  or  half  a  mile,  from 
the  low  valley.  Road  begins  to  ascend  rapidly ;  many  places 
well  fitted  for  ambuscades.  Reaching  the  top  of  the  hill,  a 
good  view  is  had  both  to  the  north  and  to  the  south.  Road 
begins  to  grow  broader. 

Large  sugar  mill.  Half  a  mile  beyond,  road  turns  into  the 
calzada  and  crossing  it,  goes  on  to  a  pueblo,  Quebracho  byname. 
About  400  yards  along  the  pike  is  the  top  of  a  high  hill,  giving 
a  view  for  miles  around,  and  forming  a  good  site  for  a  signal 
station,  being  open  and  clear.  The  pike  up  to  this  point 
practicable  for  wagons,  three  abreast.  The  dirt  road  here 
hugs  the  pike,  which  is  complete  as  far  as  the  16-kiloineter 
post,  the  unfinished  part  continuing  some  miles  further.  Dirt 
road  very  narrow,  very  steep  grades,  impassable  in  w'et 
weather;  high  banks,  a  few  hundred  yards  farther.  Large 
sugar  mill,  with  its  railroad.  A  few  flat  cars.  Beyond  the 
mill,  road  crosses  a  black,  sluggish  creek.  Country  open, 
many  mills  and  cattle.  Two  miles  beyond  16-kilometer  post, 
a  rivTilet  between  hills ;  another  rivulet  a  few  hundred  yards 


ROADS. 


167 


beyond;  good  clear  water.  Another  small  rivulet,  then  a 
steep  hill.  At  13  miles  a  small  culvert,  and  another  sugar 
mill,  houses  of  wood  and  of  stone. 

Country  open,  rolling,  grassy;  road  good  in  dry  weather; 
wagons  and  troops  could  march  on  ground  along  side.  About 
13  miles,  small  pond  half  a  mile  to  the  left;  50  yards  to  the 
right  the  real  work,  i.  e. ,  embankment,  of  the  calzada  comes 
to  an  end.  A  few  hundreds  of  yards  farther  is  a  small  wooden 
bridge  over  a  good  stream  10  feet  wide,  2  or  3  feet  deep,  banks 
10  feet  high  and  steep,  no  ford.  A  short  distance  beyond, 
another  tiny  stream  crossed  by  a  stone  culvert,  and,  farther 
yet,  another  small  stream,  with  wooden  culvert.  Road  now 
ascends  cane-covered  hills.  On  farther  side  of  these  runs  a 
lai'ge  road  going  south  and  west.  Going  south  the  road  is 
bad;  high  banks,  deep  ruts.  Cabanas  to  Habana,  about  44 
miles.    Horses  in  this  region  abundant  and  fairly  good. 

GENERAL  REMARKS  ON  THE  HIGHWAY  LEADING  FROM  MARIEL 
TO  THE  JUNCTION  WITH  THAT  FROM   CABANAS  TO  GUANAJAY. 

On  leaving  Mariel  the  highway  at  first  leads  about  south- 
east, between  a  somewhat  steep  and  well-wooded  range  of 
hills  on  the  left  (northeast),  running  parallel  to  the  road  and 
but  a  few  hundred  yards  distant,  and  low  groxmd  close  by  on 
the  right.  The  ground  on  both  sides  of  the  road  is  unsuited 
to  the  march  of  troops  until  9-kilometer  stone  is  reached. 
Then,  possibly,  on  the  left,  cavalry  and  infantry  could  march 
over  the  open  grassy  hill,  into  which  the  more  rugged  brushy 
hills  have  run.  From  this  point  the  sugar  mill  on  the  hill 
commanding  the  jtmction  of  the  two  highways  is  only  3  kilo- 
meters distant,  and  if  it  became  necessary  this  position  could 
be  turned  to  the  right  in  an  advance  from  Mariel,  at  the  head 
of  the  low  ground  which  lies  along  the  southeast  coast  of  the 
Bay  of  Mariel.  A  difficult  maneuver,  however,  and  only  to 
be  attempted  in  case  the  mill  should  be  strongly  held.  For 
the  ground  on  the  right  of  the  highway  which  must  be  passed 
is  low  and  overgrown  by  high  cane.  The  mill  so  perfectly 
commands  all  these  highways,  i.  e.,  the  main  one  from  Guan- 
ajay,  the  Cabaiias  branch,  and  that  of  Mariel,  that  it  must  be 
captured  and  held  at  once  upon  attemiiting  to  hold  Mariel. 
If  neglected,  a  force  of  infantry  and  a  few  field  guns  could 
prevent  an  advance  from  Mariel  and  perhaps  make  that  place 
lint  enable. 

Practically  the  only  way  to  reach  Cabanas  from  Mariel  is 
to  follow  this  highway  which  leads  south,  although  the  former 
place  lies  nearly  due  west  of  the  latter.  To  try  to  follow 
more  nearly  the  coast  line  would  simply  mean  to  cut  across 
country,  and  that,  too,  across  a  country  which  is  marshy  at 
many  seasons,  or  when  not,  it  is  so  generally  covered  usually 
with  a  heavy  growth  of  sugar  cane  as  to  be  almost  impene- 
trable for  men  and  horses. 


Distauces  from 
Mariel. 

11  miles. 

12  miles. 


13  miles. 


168  ROADS. 

From  the  southern  shore  of  the  Bay  of  Mariel  low,  swampy- 
ground  extends  to  the  ridges  which  rise  to  the  hill  of  the 
sugar  mill,  and  at  this  hill,  i.  e.,  at  the  junction  of  the  road 
to  Cabanas,  the  first  point  is  reached  where  it  would  be  prac- 
ticable to  turn  westward,  in  the  direction  of  Cabanas.  This 
is  4  kilometers  from  Mariel. 

About  IJ  kilometers  before  reaching  the  forks  of  the  high- 
way a  dirt  road  to  the  right  leads  up  the  hill  to  the  sugar 
mill.  (Distances  are  given  in  kilometers  because  the  highway 
is  so  marked,  and  on  the  ground  points  could  thus  be  more 
readily  located. )  This  is  the  nearest  point  to  Mariel  at  which 
it  would  at  this  season  be  practicable  to  turn  the  head  of  the 
Bay. 

From  Mariel  the  hills  on  the  left  continue  close  along  the 
road  for  about  li  kilometers,  then  they  recede,  leaving  low 
ground  on  the  left,  after  which  other  hills  continue  near  the 
road,  but  grow  lower  and  more  gentle. 

Around  the  hill  on  which  the  mill  stands  a  little  rivulet 
flows.  The  mill  itself  is  a  very  large  one,  with  an  enormous 
open  shed,  red  tiled,  and  surrounded  by  a  few  thatched  cot- 
tages occupied  by  negroes,  and  all  about  it  an  open  undulat- 
ing country  covered  with  cane.  From  the  mill  the  Bay  of 
Mariel  can  well  be  seen. 

ITINERARY  OF   ROAD  FROM  CABANAS  TO  BAHIA  HONDA. 

DiBtances  from  The  road  in  general  is  very  hilly,  but  is  practicable  for 
*  *''**•  wagons  to  within  about  2  miles  of  Bahia  Honda ;  from  there 

it  is  impassable  (practically),  though  a  wagon  track  here  and 
there  shows  that  wagons  do  sometimes  traverse  this  portion ; 
the  bad  spots  being  short  could  be  repaired  without  great  dif- 
ficulty, but  it  is  believed  that  this  road  may  be  left  out  as 
being  impracticable  for  wagon  transport. 

After  following  generally  a  ridge  skirting  the  south  of 
Cabaiias,  town  and  bay,  the  road — now  a  tolerable  cart  road — 
runs  more  inland,  or  rather  the  coast  runs  out  into  a  long 
point  west  of  Cabaiias. 

Descending  the  hill  on  which  Cabanas  stands,  the  road 
crosses  a  rivulet  by  a  wooden  bridge.  (There  is  a  ford  here; 
the  creek  is  about  6  feet  wide  and  1|^  feet  deep.)  A  hundred 
yards  or  so  beyond  a  byroad  passes  to  the  left,  probably  going 
to  cane  fields.  Main  road  continues  over  low  ground  and 
U  miles.  through  much  cane  to  a  sugar  mill,  a  mile  or  a  mile  and  a 
half  from  Cabaiias.  On  a  low  hill  just  beyond  is  another  hill 
and  house,  and  here  a  road  to  the  right,  main  road  descend- 
ing to  the  foot  of  the  hill.  Then  crosses  a  small  rivulet  and 
ascends  another  hill,  to  the  left  of  which  flows  a  little  spark- 
ling creek.  The  country  is  now  open  and  rolling,  as  it  has 
been  constantly,  producing  cane,  almost  the  only  crop,  a  lit- 
tle com  perhaps,  and  vegetables  near  the  houses,  but  no 
tobacco.    Cane,  sugar  mills,  and  palms,  with  now  and  again 


ROADS. 


169 


fine  grass,  when  the  ground  is  not  covered  with  cane.  About  Distances  from 
2  miles  from  Cabanas  a  few  huts  but  they  are  usually  plen-  *2inUM 
tiful  enough.  The  road  is  now,  as  it  has  been,  a  good,  hard, 
dirt  road,  much  traveled  by  wagons,  and,  as  a  rule,  wide 
enough  for  two  to  pass  No  doubt  it  becomes  muddy  in  wet 
weather,  as  the  ruts  indicate,  but  good  in  dry  season.  As  a 
rule,  wagons  or  cavalry  could  march  along  side,  but  not 
always.     The  grades  steep  in  places. 

A  little  posada,  or  drinking  place  and  store,  on  the  road, 
and  from  here  can  again  be  seen  Cabanas  away  to  the  right. 
A  few  hundred  yards  beyond  this  a  road  branches  to  the  left, 
probably  running  down  to  the  bay,  and  a  few  yards  farther 
on  another  to  the  right ;  both  may  go  to  the  island  on  which 
lies  the  fort  mentioned.  The  road  ascends  a  very  steep,  but  3  miles, 
not  impassable  hill ;  ropes  might  have  to  be  used  with  very 
heavy  wagons.  The  road  itself,  though  bad,  was  passable  for 
wagons  without  very  great  difficulty,  and  is  used  by  them. 
The  road  reaches  the  town  of  La  Bahia,  which  lies  on  the  4  niiies. 
high  ground,  perhaps  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  bay  and  on 
a  continuation  of  a  line  through  the  entrance.  Near  the 
entrance  to  the  town  a  road  runs  to  the  right.  The  road  here 
is  hilly  and  difficult,  but  passable  for,  and  used  by,  wagons. 
It  continues  on  over  a  broken  ridge,  with  a  wide  valley  to  the 
left,  broken  and  cultivated.  To  the  right  are  rounded,  culti- 
vated hills,  descending  toward  the  bay. 

Continuing  along  the  ridge  the  road  forks,  the  left  descend-  5  uuies 
ing  to  the  southern  valley,  while  the  right  road  descends 
toward  the  bay.  The  left-hand  road  is  less  and  less  used  as 
it  advances  into  a  valley  containing  grass  and  cane,  some 
cattle,  and  huts  to  the  left.  About  3  miles  away  is  a  range 
of  mountains,  wooded  with  palms. 

The  ridge  still  following  this  valley  reaches  a  fine  brook, 
some  10  feet  wide  (called  here  a  river),  of  clear  water  run- 
ning over  gravelly  bottom;  hard,  with  low  shelving  banks; 
no  bridge,  and  water  perhaps  2  feet  deep.  To  the  left  and 
right  were  large  cane  fields,  and  to  the  left  and  front  is  a  large 
house,  evidently  the  residence  of  a  sugar  planter,  with  smaller 
houses  around  it.  Here  ends  a  small  sugar  railroad  running 
down  to  Cabanas  Bay. 

The  left-hand  road  joins  the  main  road,  making  a  detour  gj.  j^ji^^ 
of  aboiit  3  miles,  and  making  on  the  main  road  perhaps  1^ 
miles,  and  striking  it  at  a  point  where  a  small  rivulet  is  cross- 
ed by  a  wooden  culvert;  here  again  the  telegraph  is  seen, 
which  i^robably  follows  the  main  road  throughout ;  no  doubt 
the  main  road  is  passable  for  wagons  to  this  point.  The  road 
now  a  good  wagon  road,  ascends  a  hill  planted  with  cane ;  pass- 
ing on  to  the  left  a  reservoir  of  stone  or  cement  filled  with 
water,  for  use  of  the  sugar  mill  and  settlement  close  by. 
From  the  hill  Cabanas  Bay  can  be  seen  again  some  2  or  3  miles 
to  the  right.     There  is  now  much  cane  and  many  mills. 


170 


ROADS. 


Distances  from 
Cabaiias 

7i  miles. 


9J  miles. 


Hi  utiles. 


12  mileti. 


121  miles. 


The  road  reaches  a  large  sugar  mill,  with  fine  vegetable 
gardens,  a  railroad  to  the  bay,  and  many  carts,  chiefly  of  the 
large  kind  used  for  oxen.  These  could  be  used  for  mules 
with  a  little  alteration.  A  few  hundred  yards  beyond  is  a 
rivulet  and  wooden  culvert.  The  road  little  used  by  wagons, 
though  there  are  tracks  that  show  it  to  be  passable.  The  road 
runs  as  usual  over  hills  with  miles  of  cane  on  all  sides,  cover- 
ing hilltops  dotted  with  palms.  The  valley  on  right,  however, 
toward  the  bay,  grows  more  wooded  and  less  cultivated.  The 
road  is  here  following  a  ridge,  and  in  places  becomes  bad, 
steep,  and  rocky,  but  the  bad  places  are  short  and  could  readily 
be  repaired.  The  wagon  tracks  continue.  The  road  reaches 
a  house  and  another  well-worn  road,  continuing  through  bars 
to  the  right  toward  the  head  of  the  bay.  The  latter  seems  a 
private  way.  The  main  road  is  now  a  good  highway  much 
traveled. 

The  main  road  forks,  the  left  branch  leading  to  Bahia 
Honda.  Here  it  descends  a  steep  hill  to  a  cabin.  The  road 
now  is  much  used,  good  but  steep  in  places.  At  the  foot  of 
the  hill  is  a  little  rivulet,  and  just  beyond  the  road  becomes 
very  narrow,  hardly  wide  enough  for  a  wagon,  and  runs 
through  a  cut. 

The  road  passes  the  end  of  the  bay,  the  coast  beyond  run- 
ning far  north  in  a  long  point.  (It  is  to  be  remembered  that 
one  can  not  see  long  distances  in  Cuba,  and  what  seem  long 
distances  are  quickly  passed.)  The  country  to  the  right, 
though  still  producing  much  cane,  is  wilder  than  before,  but 
there  are  many  sugar  mills  in  that  direction.  A  few  hundred 
yards  beyond  a  road  turns  off  to  the  right,  the  main  line  con- 
tinuing to  the  left,  still  followed  by  the  telegraph ;  deep  ruts 
show  mud  in  wet  weather. 

Far  away  to  the  left  and  in  front  rise  sharp  mountain 
peaks,  while  some  3  miles  across  the  valley  to  the  left  lie 
heavily  wooded  hills.  The  road  crosses  a  small  creek,  where 
another  road  branches  to  a  sugar  mill  to  the  right.  Main 
road  ascends  a  hill,  and  just  beyond  crosses  a  rivulet  in  a  hol- 
low. This  place  would  become  a  bad  mud  hole  in  wet  weather. 
A  few  hundred  yards  beyond,  a  road  turns  back  on  the  right, 
probably  to  the  same  mill.  Main  road  is  now  lonely  and  little 
traveled. 

A  pretty,  clear,  mountain  stream,  perhaps  10  feet  wide,  a 
foot  deep,  with  gravelly  bottom,  hard,  low,  shelving  banks, 
a  good  ford,  and  no  bridge ;  water  is  good  for  drinking.  Near 
this  stream  the  road  probably  becomes  muddy  in  wet  weather ; 
it  now  lies  in  a  valley,  with  wooded -hills  half  a  mile  to  the 
left. 

A  crossroad  to  sugar  mills,  several  of  which  are  near,  and 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  beyond,  a  very  clear  rivulet,  which  makes 
a  mud  hole  where  it  crosses  the  road.  The  road  for  a  little 
distance  now  becomes  more  level,  and  is  shut  in  partly  by 


ROADS. 


171 


hedges.     To  the  left  lie  large  wooded  inountains,  but  a  little    Distances  from 

way  beyond,  say  15  miles  from  Cabanas,  are  again  reached  '^*''*'i**- 

hills  covered  with  cane.     A  fine  sugar  mill,  one  of  the  best    14  miles. 

seen,  not  as  dilapidated  as  usual.     These  mills  all  have  fine 

machinery.     Just  beyond  the  mill  a  road  leads  to  the  right. 

The  Bahia  Honda  road,  running  up  a  steep  hill  to  the  left 

and  some  100  yards  from  the  other,  again  forks.     This  time 

main  road  runs  to  the  right,  the  other  descending  a  valley  to 

the  left.     To  the  left  rise  a  few  cleared,  rounded  hills,  behind 

them  others  uncleared.     Road  crosses  a  stream  with  low 

banks,  no  bridge,  and  a  ford,  probably  always  good.     Beyond 

this  are  low  places,  at  times  no  doubt  muddy.     The  country 

on  either  side  is  now  little  cultivated,  but  there  is  much  good 

grass  on  the  hills.     The  road  is  now  bad,  though  passable  for 

wagons  and  with  wagon  tracks.     There  is  plenty  of  water 

about.     The  road  continues  through  cuts  and  hedges  of  brush 

or  cactus. 

The  road  becomes  narrow,  but  wide  enough  for  one  wagon,     is  miles. 
It  is  rocky  and  bad.     A  short  distance  beyond  where  this  cut 
ends,  another  begins ;  the  country  grows  more  open,  but  there 
is  no  cane.     The  road  crosses  another  little  rivulet.     Near  by    isj  miles, 
are  some  huts,  but  it  continues  bad.     A  little  cane  is  growing 
here.     The  hills  in  general  are  covered  with  palms  and  bushes,     i9i  miles, 
and  grass  is  plenty.     The  road  reaches  the  foot  of  a  steep  hill, 
where  it  becomes  very  bad.     To  the  right  from  the  summit 
can  be  seen  the  gulf  and  the  bay  of  Bahla  Honda.     Now  all 
around  are  sloping  valleys ;  road  is  very  high ;  from  here  to 
the  outskirts  of  Bahia  Honda  the  same. 

The  road  may  be  said  to  be  practically  impassable  here  for 
wagons,  though  very  faint  tracks  are  seen  throughout  and  the 
bad  parts  of  the  road  could  be  repaired  without  great  difficulty, 
and  the  road  made  practicable  for  wagons  from  Cabanas.  The 
hills  are  now  generally  wild  and  brush  covered.  Continuing  20  miles, 
the  ascent  over  very  bad  roads  the  summit  is  crossed.  The 
road  is  now  surrounded  on  the  north  by  brush  and  palm- 
covered  mountains,  or  high  hills,  uncultivated  generally,  while 
to  the  right — the  north — is  the  Gulf  far  distant.  Descending 
toward  the  west  the  road  continues  very  bad  and  becomes 
again  practically  impassable  on  account  of  the  steep,  rocky, 
broken  descents.  These  places  could  be  repaired  without 
much  labor  and  are  short.  The  roadbed  is  generally  of  rock, 
seemingly  soft. 

The  road  descends  again  to  a  cultivated  country,  where 
there  is  much  cane ;  near  here  it  crosses  a  clear  brook  about 
6  inches  deep,  8  feet  wide,  good  ford,  hard  gravelly  bottom, 
low  banks,  no  bridge.  The  road  is  now  better,  but  still  bad, 
chiefly  on  account  of  the  ruts  made  in  wet  weather.  It  is 
here  inclosed  by  hedges  or  fences,  sometimes  of  wire.  The 
road  descends  the  rocky  slopes  to  Bahia  Honda,  about  21^ 
miles  from  Cabanas. 


21  miles. 


21|  miles. 


172  ROADS. 

ITINERARY   OF  ROAD  ACROSS    MODNTAINS    FROM  BAHf A    HONDA 
TO    CANDELARIA. 

Leaving  Bahia  Honda  by  a  road  at  right  angles  to  that  from 
Cabanas,  the  road  to  the  interior  runs  straight  to  the  moun- 
tains and  at  once  begins  to  ascend. 

Cart  tracks  indicate  that  ox  carts  penetrate  this  far,  prob- 
ably for  the  purpose  of  bringing  out  a  sort  of  bark  shed  from 
the  royal  palm  tree,  much  used  for  the  sides  of  huts. 

The  road  grows  rapidly  worse ;  creeks,  rivulets,  and  small 
rivers  become  frequent.  The  road  leads  into  a  mountain 
range  covered  with  palms  and  other  trees,  among  which  the 
ceiba  is  the  best  known.  After  leaving  Bahia  Honda  there 
are  no  clearings,  the  road  running  up  and  down  steep  decliv 
ities.  This  is  supposed  to  be  the  good  portion  of  the  road,  and 
is  so  called  for  a  stretch  of  two  leagues.  The  remaining  six 
leagues  are  very  bad  indeed. 

About  5  miles  from  town  the  road  crosses  a  river  of  good 
water  flowing  at  the  base  of  a  regular  conical  peak.  None  of 
the  rivers  are  deep,  and  there  is  no  difficulty  in  crossing  any 
of  them  on  this  road. 

To  the  left  of  the  road  at  this  point  there  is  a  site  that 
would  answer  well  for  a  sanitary  camp.  Here  are  the  ruins 
of  an  old  stone  building  that  may  have  been  a  siigar  camp, 
surrounded  by  a  few  thatched  huts.  A  considerable  portion 
of  the  rounded  hill  tops  is  cleared,  and  though  the  grass  is 
not  overabundant,  there  is  sufficient  for  a  considerable  number 
of  animals.  Near  by  is  a  stream  that  would  furnish  water  for 
a  city.  The  place  lies  in  an  amphitheater  of  hills  densely 
wooded  and  covered  with  brush.  The  locality  is  high  and 
probably  healthy.  By  the  roadside  stand  the  ruins  of  an  old 
stone  bath  house  built  on  a  little  stream  coming  from  sulphur 
springs.  There  is  earth  enough  here  to  erect  a  work  that  might 
be  necessary  for  a  sanitary  camp.  It  could  be  attacked  only 
by  infantry,  and  possibly  mountain  guns. 

Provisions  can  be  brought  from  Bahia  Honda  by  pack  train, 
though  the  road  could  be  readily  made  passable  for  carts  to 
this  point.  The  hills  surrounding  the  spot  are  perhaps  half 
a  mile  away.  About  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  here  a  house  is 
perched  up  on  a  hill  above  the  trail,  and  from  it  a  grand  view 
may  be  obtained  of  the  mountains  and  forest,  extending  as 
far  as  the  bay,  beyond  the  entrance  to  which  the  blue  waters 
of  the  gulf  are  plainly  seen.  The  house  is  no  doubt  visible 
from  the  sea,  and  communication  could  be  established  by 
signals  between  these  points.  It  is  reported  that  this  place 
has  been  a  camp  for  the  troops  in  the  rebellion.  It  would 
make  an  excellent  sanitary  camp.  A  large  force  could  be 
kept  here  only  by  occupying  the  surrounding  heights.  The 
house  is  safe. 


ROADS. 


173 


Beyond  this  place  the  road  becomes  very  bad,  and  is  said  to 
be  fit  only  for  birds  and  the  little  Cuban  horses.  The  road 
gi'ows  continually  worse,  running  over  mountains,  through 
jungles,  and  forests,  with  low-hanging  vines,  through  streams, 
over  rocks  and  mud,  and  between  steep  banks. 

After  a  long  stretch  of  this  kind  of  road,  a  long  grassy  slope 
is  reached.  Here  the  road  turns  and  continues  for  some  dis- 
tance parallel  to  the  range  of  mountains. 

Another  stretch  of  about  8  miles  through  the  mountain  and 
over  the  last  range  takes  the  traveler  into  Candelaria. 

Artemisa-Alquizar  Road. 


ITINERARY  OF  ROAD. 

The  dirt  road  passes  the  railroad  station  of  Artemisa  and    Distances  from 
leaves  the  calzada  at  right  angles.  Artemisa. 

The  road  crosses  the  railroad  track,  the  latter  now  lying  to  0.5  mile, 
the  left.  The  road  is  a  good  dirt  road  over  rock,  rough,  and 
with  here  and  there  a  little  mud.  These  roads  of  rough  rock, 
with  dirt  lying  in  between,  become  very  bad  in  wet  weather 
on  account  of  the  holes,  out  of  which  it  is  nearly  impossible 
to  drag  the  wheels.  The  rock  here,  as  elsewhere,  is  the  soft 
white  limestone.  The  road  is  wide  enough  for  two  wagons  to 
pass  each  other.  Two  hundred  to  300  yards  farther  on  the 
road  improves  a  little. 

Railroad  track  about  500  yards  to  the  left.  The  road  is  now  1  mjie, 
a  good  wagon  road,  wide  enough  for  four  wagons  to  march 
abreast.  The  road  runs  to  the  left,  while  a  broad  one  runs  off 
to  the  right.  A  hundred  yards  farther  on  the  road  forks  again, 
one  turning  off  at  nearly  right  angles  to  the  right.  The  coun- 
try is  flat  and  cultivated  on  both  sides.  The  road  still  contin- 
ues through  rocky  parts,  but  is,  on  the  whole,  good,  though 
probably  muddy  in  the  wet  season. 

An  embankment  that  looks  as  though  intended  for  a  rail-    2  miles, 
road.     Troops  could  move  anywhere.     The  road  here  is  excel- 
lent, smooth  and  hard,  and  of  reddish  dirt. 

A  road  turns  off  to  the  right.     The  railroad  is  visible  here    2.5  miles, 
about  500  yards  to  the  left.     The  intervening  country  is  good. 
Farther  on  the  road  and  track  approach  each  other. 

A  road  crosses  the  railroad  and  enters  the  town  of  Las  3.5  miles. 
Carias.  At  the  farther  end  of  the  town  a  railroad  runs  to  the 
left  toward  the  mountains.  The  route  nearly  follows  the  rail- 
road, now  on  the  right,  and  continues  nearly  due  east.  Be- 
yond Las  Caiias  the  railroad  runs  some  500  yards  to  the  right 
of  the  road. 

The  road  stops  at  a  house  and  a  road  crosses  running  nearly    5  miles, 
north  and  south.     Here  the  route  runs  to  the  right,  but  prob- 
ably the  north  is  the  correct  one.     The  road,  a  good  one,  runs 
at  about  right  angles  with  the  railroad,  whose  tracks  it  crosses 
some  5  miles  from  Artemisa.    The  road  now  gradually  turns 


174 


ROADS. 


5.5  milfls. 


C  miles. 


Distances  from  to  the  eastward,  leaving  the  railroad  on  the  left.  The  track 
Arteraisa.  ^g  ^^^^  again  seen  nntil  near  Alquizar.     The  country  between 

these  two  crossings  is  so  bad  as  to  be  practically  impassable 
for  troops,  brush  and  pointed  rocks  coming  up  through  the 
ground,  which  woiild  make  it  difficult  for  even  a  skirmish 
line  to  be  extended  across  here,  and  communication  main- 
tained. The  road  becomes  worse,  less  and  less  used,  and  is 
badly  cut  up  by  cart  tracks.  On  either  side  are  cactus  hedges. 
The  road  becomes  rougher  and  more  rocky,  still  not  very  bad. 
It  would,  however,  be  almost  impassable  for  troops  in  wet 
weather,  and  the  nature  of  the  country  would  not  permit  of 
going  off  the  road.  The  road  is  a  succession  of  rocky  slopes, 
but  might  be  gi-eatly  improved  by  corduroying  with  brush,  of 
which  there  is  plenty  along  the  roadside. 

A  road  to  the  left  at  right  angles,  while  the  main  route 
continues  to  the  south. 

A  small  banana  plantation ;  road  continues  through  brush. 
The  road  curves  gradually  to  the  eastward.  A  few  hundred 
yards  a  road  enters  from  the  right.  The  road  continues 
rough,  rocky,  and  through  the  brush. 

A  house  is  reached,  and  a  road  to  the  left  that  runs  nearly 
due  east.  The  main  route  now  follows  this  road  to  the  east. 
The  country  is  now  more  open,  but  the  road  still  rocky,  run- 
ning between  stone  fences,  and  now  wide  enough  for  three 
wagons  abreast. 

A  road  crosses.  The  main  road  still  continues  about  due 
east.  The  road  is  now  slightly  better,  with  open  country, 
less  brush,  but  still  little  cultivation. 

The  road  runs  between  stone  walls.  From  now  on,  the 
road  and  the  surrounding  country  is  somewhat  improved. 

A  road  leaves  the  highway,  going  to  the  right,  the  main 
road  going  on  a  little  north  of  east. 

A  road  leaves  to  the  left,  the  main  rovite  going  on,  as  before, 
a  little  north  of  east.  Somewhat  more  cultivation,  huts  more 
frequent,  and  country  more  open.  Just  beyond  here  a  road 
little  used  runs  to  the  right  between  stone  walls  and  through 
dense  brush. 

A  road  to  the  right.  The  outcrop  of  rock  still  continues, 
but  the  country  is  somewhat  more  open. 

Stone  walls,  meadows,  and  houses.  The  road  here  makes  a 
sharp  turn  and  runs  east,  and  becomes  somewhat  better. 

Sugar-cane  huts  and  cultivation  appear.  The  road  now 
grows  fairly  good,  and  here  again  turns  sharply  north  for  a 
short  distance.  A  little  beyond  this  the  railroad  is  crossed 
again.  The  railroad  is  now  on  the  right.  The  road  continiies 
fairly  good,  but  there  is  still  some  rock.  For  some  hundreds 
of  yards  it  runs  nearly  90  degrees  with  the  railroad. 

Strikes  another  road  and  stops.  The  route  tiims  into  this 
new  road  to  the  right,  going  east.  A  few  hundred  yards  be- 
yond the  turn  there  is  a  crossroad  which  continues  beyond 


9. 5  miles. 


10  miles. 


11  miles. 


11.6  miles. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICTS,  TOWNSHIPS,  CITIES,  TOWNS. 


175 


through  a  country  that  shows  evidence  of  deep  mud  as  well 
as  of  much  travel. 

Of  the  road  from  Artemisa  to  Alquizar,  about  7  milesof  it 
are  so  bad  that  it  is  practically  impassable  for  wagons,  although 
they  could  be  sent  over  it.  Foot  troops  could  pass  readily, 
and  so  could  cavalry.  The  other  road  to  Las  Canas  is  proba- 
bly better,  being  more  worn.  The  country  is  here  often 
treacherous  in  appearance ;  what  looks  like  fine  level  mead- 
ows with  grass  a  foot  high  will  often  be  found  to  be  beds  of 
sharp-pointed  rocks  that  a  horse  can  hardly  walk  over.  The 
distance  from  Artemisa  to  Alquizar  is  probably  12  to  13  miles. 


JUDICIAL  DISTRICTS,  TOWNSHIPS,  CITIES,  AND  TOWNS. 


Judicial  district  (partido  judicial). 

Townships  (aynntaniientos). 

I.  Guanajay 

r  Artemisa. 

Bahia  Honda. 

Cabanas. 

Cayajabos. 

Guanajay. 

Guayabal. 

Mariel. 
^  San  Diego  de  Nuiiez. 

Baja. 

Guane. 

< 

Mantua. 

^  San  Juan  y  Martinez. 
'Alonso  Rojas. 

Consolacion  del  Norte. 

Consolacion  del  Sur. 

Pinar  del  Rio. 

San  Luis. 
-Vinales. 

Candelaria. 

Mangas. 

Palacios. 
-  Paso  Real  de  San  Diego. 

San  Cristobal. 

San  Diego  de  los  Banos. 

Santa  Cruz  de  los  Pinos. 

n.  Guane ... 

ni.  Pinar  del  Rio -.. 

rV.  San  Cristobal 

176 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUANAJAY. 

I.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   GUANAJAY. 

Population,  59,000;  area,  468  square  miles. 


Townships. 

Population. 

1.  Artemisa 

8,477  (5,980  white;  2,497  colored). 
8,534. 

2.  Bahia  Honda 

3.  Cabanas  

4.  Cayajabos 

5.  Guanajay 

6.  Guayabal 

7.  Mariel 

2,057. 

8,129. 

9,491. 

6,151  (5,309  white;  842  colored). 

9,198  (5,609  white;  3,589  colored). 

4,128. 

8.  San  Diego  de  Nuiiez 

1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Artemisa. 
Capital,  Artemisa. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Canas  (Las) 

MileA. 

5 
4 

Western  Railroad  station  and 

post  office. 
Is  a  harbor  and  has  a  post  office. 

2.  Puerto  de  la  Guira 

ROUTES  TO  ARTEMISA. 

1.  From  Habana  by  Western  Railroad,  via  Rincon. 

2.  By  macadamized  pike  from  Marianao,  via  Guanajay. 

Artemisa  is  a  town  of  2,049  inhabitants  (1,316  white  and  733  colored), 
situated  10^  miles  from  Guanajay.  It  is  on  the  main  line  of  railroad 
between  Habana  and  Pinar  del  Rio,  about  35  miles  from  the  former,  and 
is  also  on  the  Mariel-Artemisa  trocha.  There  is  good  foliage,  and  it  is 
said  to  be  a  rich  town.  The  houses  are  low  and  irregularly  scattered  over 
a  flat  region.  They  are  built  of  brick,  of  stone,  and  of  tile.  The  place  is 
probably  unhealthf  ul.  Artemisa  is  a  point  of  strategic  importance.  It  is 
connected  with  Guanajay  by  a  calzada  12  miles  long,  over  which  com- 
munication is  maintained  by  carriages.  Guanajay  is  the  terminus  of  the 
Habana  Railroad,  and  also  a  point  of  meeting  of  the  Mariel-Cabanas  cal- 
zada with  that  of  Habana  to  San  Cri8t6bal.  Artemisa  is  without  defense, 
and  could  not  easily  be  defended.  There  is  no  high  groimd  of  much 
importance  in  the  vicinity.  Troops  can  be  landed  near  the  station,  at  the 
crossing  of  the  railroad  and  the  calzada.  It  has  46  cattle  farms,  2  sugar 
mills,  and  301  agricultural  farms.  It  has  a  bureau  of  statistics,  a  board 
of  education,  a  health  department,  post  office,  and  telegraph  station. 
The  Western  Railroad  station  is  some  half  mile  beyond  the  limits  of  the 
town,  but  is  connected  by  a  good  dirt  road.  The  distance  to  San  Crist6bal 
is  about  22  miles. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   GUANAJAY.  177 

2.  Ayuntamiento  of  Bahia  Honda. 
Capital,  Bahia  Honda. 


j    Distance 
Outlying  villages.                         from 
i     capital. 

Benuirk8. 

i 

1       MUei. 

1.  Aguacate 7 

2    Barrio-rural         16 

Port  at  Morrillo. 
Third-class  port. 

3.  Corralillo 10 

4.  Manimani 7 

i    5.  Mulata  (La) ^       16 

6.  Pozas  (Las)-.. 12 

7.  San  Miguel i         6 

Harbor  and  post  office. 

1 

KOUTES  TO  BAHIA  HONDA. 

1.  From  Habana  to  Guanajay,  by  United  Railroad,  via  Rincon,  then  by 
macadamized  pike,  via  Mariel  and  Cabanas. 

2.  By  Western  Railroad  to  San  Cristobal,  then  by  road  over  the  mountains. 

3.  From  Habana  by  water. 

Bahia  Honda  is  a  i)ort  of  1,889  inhabitants,  situated  37  miles  from 
Guanajay  and  55  miles  west  of  Habana.  The  largest  part  of  the  popula- 
tion is  of  negro  blood.  The  nearest  railway  station  is  San  Cristobal,  25 
miles  distant.  Bahia  Honda  has  a  telegraph  station  and  a  post  office. 
Two  miles  north  is  the  harbor  of  Bahia  Honda,  which  is  one  of  Cuba's 
fifteen  harbors  of  the  first  class.  It  is  5  miles  long  by  3  ipiles  wide,  and 
is  the  most  western  of  the  first-class  harbors.     It  is  not  a  jwrt  of  entry. 

The  town,  founded  in  1779,  is  quite  hidden  from  the  sea  and  bay,  lying 
as  it  does  back  from  the  hUls  which  border  the  low  ground  around  the 
western,  southwestern,  and  southeastern  parts  of  the  bay.  It  is  50  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  is  "ill  ventilated  because  surrounded  by 
hills."  Yellow  fever  averages  about  92  out  of  1,000,  which  is  remarkably 
small  for  this  portion  of  the  country.  This  has  been  attributed  to  the 
' '  smallness  of  the  garrison,  comi)osed  generally  of  acclimated  soldiers, " 
and  to  the  fact  that  it  is  not  a  seajKirt,  and  therefore  has  no  intercourse 
with  infected  places. 

The  road  from  the  town  to  the  bay  runs  through  hills,  usually  cultivated 
with  cane.  It  is  undulating,  passing  through  cuts  at  times,  and  it  is  un- 
paved,  although  wide  enough  for  two  or  three  wagons  to  pass.  It  becomes 
muddy  and  probably  impassable  in  wet  weather. 

From  the  crest  of  the  hill  a  good  view  is  obtained  of  the  bay.  Around 
the  bay  the  ground  is  low  in  the  direction  of  the  town.  There  is  a  little 
wooden  wharf  some  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  right,  but  no  settlement  to 
speak  of.  There  are  no  roads,  so  far  as  can  be  seen,  running  around  the 
bay  to  the  right  and  left,  i.  e. ,  heading  the  low  ground.  About  half  a 
mile  from  the  bay  to  the  town  the  road  runs  nearly  north  and  south.  The 
fort  is  on  the  right  of  the  entrance  three  or  four  miles  away.  It  must  be 
difficult  to  reach  by  road,  and  a  bad  landing  place,  for  the  low  ground, 
extends  far  to  the  east  or  southeast. 


178  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUANAJAY. 

Hills  command  places  where  troops  must  land,  and  on  them  is  plenty  of 
earth  for  earthworks ;  there  is  a  good  cover  behind  the  hills  for  infantry. 
In  fact,  a  landing  at  Bahia  Honda  and  an  advance  to  the  town  could  be 
most  strongly  contested,  if  not  defeated ;  and  once  in  the  town,  foreign 
troops  would  be  at  the  mercy  of  an  opposing  force  which  knew  the  coun- 
try, thus  giving  time  for  troops  to  concentrate  on  Western  Railroad  at 
San  Crist6bal  or  Candelaria,  and  at  Cabaiias,  and  preventing  any  attempt 
made  to  get  out  of  Bahia  Honda. 

A  great  deal  of  sugar  is  raised  here,  but  no  tobacco.  The  most  impor- 
tant sugar  mill  is  just  west  of  the  harbor. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS. 

BahI A  Honda  is  a  small,  well-sheltered  harbor,  with  a  depth  of  from 
3  to  6  fathoms.  Its  entrance,  however,  is  so  narrow  and  intricate  that  a 
pilot  is  necessary  in  the  absence  of  good  local  knowledge.  The  shore  on 
either  side  of  it  is  low  and  sandy.  On  the  east  side  of  the  entrance  is  the 
small  hill  of  Morrillo.  The  channel  is  about  2  miles  in  length,  north  and 
south,  and  opens  out  into  a  land-locked  basin,  about  a  mile  in  diameter, 
but  the  interior  is  only  fit  for  small  vessels.  From  the  base  of  the  Morrillo 
a  coral  ledge  runs  off  f  mile  to  the  NW. ;  and  from  Pescadores  Point,  on 
the  opposite  side,  a  similar  ledge  runs  off  600  yards  to  the  NE.,  and  the 
navigable  channel  here  between  the  banks  is  not  more  than  300  yards 
vnde. 

From  the  Morrillo  the  shore  trends  SW.  about  i  mile  to  Real  Point, 
and  the  distance  across  to  Caiman  Point,  on  the  western  shore,  is  about 
600  yards.  The  former  point  may  be  approached  to  about  150  yards,  and 
the  latter  to  100  yards.  From  Real  Point  the  eastern  shore  trends  south 
nearly  f  mile  to  Carenero  Point,  and  i  mile  tp  the  southward  of  this  is  a 
low  mangrove  cay  called  Largo,  the  west  end  of  which,  Difuntos  Point, 
is  seen  from  the  entrance.  This  point  is  foul  to  the  NW.  for  400  yards, 
and  the  channel  is  here  again  narrowed  to  about  400  yards  by  this  and  the 
sand  bank  i  mile  off  the  western  shore.     Within  this  is  the  basin. 

The  town  is  6  miles  from  the  bay.  It  has  a  fort,  which  is  a  good  mark 
for  entering.  The  health  of  the  place  is  good,  except  in  the  sickly  season, 
which  commences  in  April  and  lasts  through  the  summer. 

Directions. — To  enter  the  harbor,  bring  the  entrance  to  bear  south  (S.  4° 
E.  mag. )  and  steer  for  it.  When  within  the  distance  of  one  mile  Difuntos 
Point  will  be  seen  between  the  sandy  points  on  either  side  of  the  entrance, 
and  beyond  it  a  remarkable  hill,  with  a  square  top,  back  of  a  sugar  estate. 
By  keeping  the  eastern  end  of  this  hill  on  with  Difuntos  Point  a  depth  of 
16  to  5  fathoms  will  be  carried  in.  The  eastern  side  of  the  entrance  should 
be  kept  close  aboard,  and  when  abreast  of  Carenero  Point  a  vessel  may 
anchor  in  6  fathoms  of  water,  or,  if  it  is  desired  to  proceed  farther  in,  she 
may  stand  to  the  SW.  and  anchor  just  within  Difuntos  and  Mangles 
Points.  Placer  Point  should  be  given  a  good  berth,  as  a  sand  shoal  just 
awash  lies  J  mile  off  it.  Sailing  vessels  must  wait  for  the  sea  breeze  to 
enter,  and  for  the  land  breeze  to  leave  Bahia  Honda.  Although  several 
streams  enter  into  the  harbor,  good  water  can  not  be  obtained  in  great 
qimntity. 

From  Bahia  Honda  to  Cabafias  the  shore  should  not  be  approached 
nearer  than  2  miles. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUANAJAY. 


179 


Bjeef. — The  American  schooner  Hattie  Weston  struck  on  a  reef  in  lati- 
tude 23''  06'  N.,  longitude  83°  04'  W.,  at  an  estimated  distance  of  5  to  7 
miles  off  shore.  This  shoal  had  been  searched  for  without  success,  but  as 
the  Hattie  Weston  had  to  discharge  cargo  in  order  to  get  off,  there  can  be 
no  doubt  of  the  existence  of  a  shoal  in  this  vicinity,  though  the  position 
given  may  be  wrong. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  op  Cabanas. 
Capital,  Cabanas. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Ensenada  de  Amiot 

2.  La  Bahia .- 

Miles. 

6 

4 

3.  San  Pedro  (Playa  de). 

4.  Vijia. 

9 
3 

Montato  tortoise-shell  factory. 

ROUTES  TO  CABANAS. 

1.  From  Habana  by  United  Railway  to  Gruanajay,  thence  by  macadam- 
ized pike,  via  Mariel. 

2.  By  sea  from  Habana  to  Mariel,  then  by  pike. 

Cabanas  is  a  port  of  1,454  inhabitants,  situated  22  miles  from  Guana 
jay.  It  is  located  on  the  east  bank  of  the  harbor  of  Cabanas,  a  harbor  of 
the  second  class,  of  which  the  dimensions  are  about  4  by  7  miles.  At  the 
entrance  of  the  bay  is  the  fort  Reina  Amalia. 

The  town,  founded  in  1818,  is  on  the  north  coast,  about  38  miles  west  of 
Habana  and  between  Mariel  and  Bahia  Honda.  It  is  not  a  port  of  entry, 
and  is  of  no  importance  commercially  or  otherwise.  It  has  a  telegraph 
station  and  a  post  office. 

According  to  the  military  tables  there  was  no  yellow  fever  here  from 
1860-67,  except  in  1865,  when  there  were  twenty  cases.  It  has  been  said 
that  "yellow  fever  has  no  particular  fondness  for  this  place." 

La  Bahia  is  a  village  on  the  road  from  Cabanas  to  Bahia  Honda,  about 
4  miles  from  the  former.  The  town  lies  on  high  ground,  perhaps  a  mile 
and  a  half  from  the  bay,  and  on  a  continuation  of  a  line  through  the 
entrance.  The  little  place  is  perched  on  the  first  high  ridge  from  the  bay, 
and  overlooks  it.  It  consists  of  only  a  few  houses,  though  there  are  many 
huts  straggling  along  the  roadside. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS. 

Cabanas  is  a  good  and  well-sheltered  anchorage,  and  vessels  of  large 
draft  may  safely  enter  it.  South  of  the  port,  5  miles  inland,  there  is  a 
range  of  mountains  1,400  feet  high  at  the  western  part,  sloping  gradually 
toward  the  eastward  to  a  large  plain  extending  as  far  as  the  table  land  of 
Mariel.  At  the  eastern  end  of  the  heights  there  is  a  remarkable  peak 
Ijearing  S.  45'  E.  (S.  49"'  E.  mag.)  from  the  entrance  to  the  harbor,  and 
about  the  middle  of  the  range  there  is  a  remarkable  gap. 

On  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance  there  are  two  small  hills,  on  the 
western  part  of  which  are  the  buildings  of  a  sugar  estate.    The  entrance 


180 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUANAJAY. 


is  IJ  miles  wide,  and  when  it  bears  south  (S.  4°  E.  mag. )  a  guardhouse  or 
tower  with  several  adjacent  buildings  will  be  seen  2  miles  inside.  This 
tower  is  on  the  extreme  of  an  islet  called  Don  Juan  Tomas  Cay,  which 
divides  the  harbor  into  two  large  ai'ms. 

A  coral  ledge  extends  off  upward  of  f  mile  from  the  weather  shore  and 
400  yards  from  the  lee  side,  leaving  a  channel  about  600  yards  wide. 

Directions. — When  steering  for  Port  Cabanas,  having  opened  out  the 
tower,  bring  it  to  bear  about  S.  8°  E.  (S.  12°  E.  mag.),  when  it  will  be  in 
one  with  a  remarkable  gap  on  the  heights  above.  This  mark  will  lead  to 
the  entrance  of  the  channel  in  from  16  to  9  fathoms  water,  over  sand. 
When  the  first  point  on  the  western  coast,  called  Arbolitos,  bears  N.  86° 
W.  (west  mag. )  the  depth  will  decrease  to  7  fathoms ;  then  alter  course  to 
S.  13°  E.  (S.  17°  E.  mag. ),  carrying  6  to  4  fathoms  in  midchannel,  and  the 
water  will  deepen  to  13  fathoms  on  nearing  Pescadores  Point.  With  the 
gap  open  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  the  tower,  a  vessel  will  carry  in  22  feet 
water ;  and  -with  it  open  to  the  westward,  double  the  breadth  of  the  tower, 
she  will  have  20  feet. 

Having  passed  Pescadores  Point,  haul  up  and' anchor  close  under  the 
weather  shore  in  7  to  9  fathoms,  mud,  near  the  entrance  of  the  SE.  arm ; 
or  keep  away  and  come  to  in  the  SW.  arm,  in  about  9  fathoms  water, 
under  the  lee  of  the  tower.  In  doing  this,  however,  be  careful  to  avoid  a 
patch  of  rocks  and  sand,  about  250  yards  in  extent,  and  on  which  there 
are  2J  fathoms  water;  it  lies  nearly  i  mile  N.  1°  W.  (N.  5°  W.  mag.)  of 
the  tower,  and  may  be  seen  from  aloft. 

Caution. — In  leaving  the  harbor  it  will  be  desirable  for  a  sailing  vessel 
to  weigh  with  the  early  land  wind,  to  insure  its  carrying  the  vessel  well 
out  before  it  fails,  as  there  is  generally  a  very  heavy  swell  in  the  offing, 
and  freqiiently  a  strong  SW.  eddy,  which  might  set  her  on  the  reef  skirt- 
ing the  shore. 

There  is  telegraphic  and  postal  communication  with  Habana  by  land. 
There  are  several  streams  of  fresh  water,  but  not  very  good.  Salutes  can 
be  returned  by  the  fort.  The  authorities  to  visit  are  the  commandant  of 
the  fort  and  the  alcalde. 

The  district  is  rich  and  fertile  and  occupied  principally  by  sugar  estates 

Between  Cabarias  and  Mariel,  12  miles  to  the  eastward,  the  coast  is,  in 
places,  bordered  by  a  reef  i  mile  off  shore.  The  edge  of  the  reef  is  steep 
to,  and,  as  there  is  frequently  a  strong  eddy  to  the  SW. ,  vessels  must  take 
care  not  to  get  becalmed  in  this  vicinity. 

4.  Ayuntamiento  op  Cayajabos. 
Capital,  Cayajabos. 


Distance 
Outlying  villages.                        from 
capital. 

'Remarks. 

1    Chacon  

Miles. 

9 

6 

30 

1 
1 

2.  Jobo 

3.  Rosario 

Cayajabos  is  a  town  of  1,353  inhabitants,  situated  12  miles  from  Guana- 
jay.     Post  oflBce. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUANAJAY. 


181 


5.  Ayuntamiento  of  Guanajay. 

routes  to  guanajay. 

1.  From  Habana  by  United  Railway,  via  Rincon. 

2.  By  macadamized  pike  from  Marianao. 

3.  By  water  to  Mariel  and  thence  by  pike. 

Guanajay. — This  inland  town  is  about  7^  miles  south  of  the  port  of 
Mariel,  and  some  30  miles  by  road  southwest  of  Habana,  with  which  it  is 
connected  by  railroad.  It  has  a  post  office  and  telegraph  station.  Popu- 
lation, 5,792. 

It  is  about  9  miles  northeast  from  Artemisa,  with  which  point  it  is  con- 
nected by  a  calzada,  over  which  communication  is  maintained  by  means 
of  carriages.  Guanajay  is  the  terminus  of  the  branch  of  the  Habana  rail- 
road and  a  point  of  meeting  of  the  calzada  from  Mariel  and  Cabanas  with 
the  main  calzada  from  Habana  to  San  Cristobal.  It  is  on  the  Artemisa- 
Mariel  trocha,  82  miles  from  Pinar  del  Rio.  Yellow  fever  has  never  pre- 
vailed here  to  any  great  extent. 

6.  Ayuntamiento  of  Guayabal. 

Capital,  Caimito. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

• 

1.  Banes  y  Quintana 

2.  Guayabal 

Milex. 
8 

5 

1,720  inhabitants.     Post  office. 
1,334  inhabitants. 

_ 

Caimito,  the  capital  of  the  jurisdiction,  situated  6  miles  from  Guanajay, 
has  a  population  of  1,788  (1,378  white  and  410  colored).  The  town  of 
Caimito  is  a  small  collection  of  huts  lying  chiefly  along  a  highway,  which 
is  here  only  a  few  hundred  yards  away.  It  is  of  little  importance,  affords 
very  little  shelter,  and  no  supplies  of  consequence  are  to  be  anticipated 
here.  However,  the  country  in  the  vicinity  appears  very  fertile,  sugar 
cane  being  the  chief  product.  It  is  well  stocked,  and  seems  to  have  abun- 
dant water  in  the  pond  lying  near.  This  water  is  probably  good,  as  water 
found  in  the  lakes  and  streams  of  Cuba  is  invariably  of  fine  quality. 

7.  Ayuntamiento  op  Mariel. 
Capital,  Mariel. 


Ontlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.   Boca 

Mttet. 

2 

i 

4 

2 

7 

4 

3* 

3^ 

2.  Macagual 

3.  Molina 

4.  Mosquito  - .. 

5.  Quiebra-Hacha 

6.  Rayo 

7.  Sabana 

8.  San  Juan  Bautista 

182  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   GUANAJAY. 


ROUTES  TO  MARIEL. 

1.  From  Habana  by  water. 

2.  By  United  Railways  to  Guana  jay  and  then  by  pike. 

Mariel  is  a  seaport  fitted  with  quarantine,  with  1  ,'637  inhabitants  (1,060 
white  and  577  colored) ;  it  is  situated  7^  miles  from  Guanajay  and  28  miles 
by  road  west  of  the  city  of  Habana. 

The  town,  founded  in  1763,  is  located  on  the  east  bank  of  the  first-class 
harbor  of  Mariel,  but  it  is  not  a  port  of  entry.  It  is  a  place  of  no  com- 
mercial importance  and  has  no  railroad  communications. 

From  Mariel  to  Guanajay  there  is  a  fine  road,  though  not  macadamized, 
which  was  wired  and  ditched  by  the  Spaniards  and  formed  part  of  the 
Mariel- Artemisa-Majana  trocha.  There  is  said  to  be  an  excellent  landing 
place  at  the  mouth  of  the  Mosquito  River  near  the  port  of  Mariel,  and  by 
disembarking  at  the  latter  place  the  landing  party  might  take  possession 
of  the  hills  behind  Mariel  and  those  commanding  the  important  town  of 
Guanajay.  This  place  has  been  quite  free  from  yellow  fever  except  in 
the  year  1861  when  there  were  113  cases. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS. 

Port  Mariel. — The  shore  in  the  vicinity  of  Port  Mariel  becomes  a  little 
more  elevated  and  a  short  distance  inland,  to  the  eastv/ard  of  the  port, 
there  is  a  remarkable  long  flat  ridge  of  tableland  of  moderate  height,  with 
a  notch  or  step  at  its  east  end,  called  the  Table  of  Mariel,  which  can  not 
be  mistaken,  and  a  little  westward  of  it  will  be  seen  a  remarkable  cliff, 
facing  westward  in  the  harbor.  The  entrance  lies  NW.  from  the  west 
end  of  the  table,  and  on  its  eastern  side  there  is  a  martello  tower  and 
some  huts,  and  when  the  tower  bears  S.  6°  E.  (S.  10°  E.  mag.)  a  church 
and  several  buildings  will  open  out  in  the  interior. 

The  port  is  well  sheltered,  but  its  entrance  is  only  50  yards  wide.  The 
least  depth  is  4  fathoms.  The  eye  will  be  the  best  guide  in  entering,  and 
when  within  the  narrowest  part  keep  the  weather  shore  aboard  until 
abreast  of  Gorda  Point,  on  the  west  shore,  on  which  there  is  a  small  fort, 
when  the  vessel  may  anchor  in  5  or  6  fathoms  in  safety. 

Cattle  can  be  obtained  at  the  sugar  estates,  but  no  provisions.  "Water 
can  be  obtained  from  the  fresh-water  streams.  It  is  generally  healthy, 
the  sickly  season  being  from  April  to  September.  The  battery  at  the  fort 
can  return  salutes.  There  is  telegraphic  communication,  also  a  railroad, 
to  Habana.     There  is  a  small  police  force.     Pilots  are  not  necessary. 

Buoys  and  Beacons. — On  the  weather  or  eastern  side  of  the  entrance  are 
two  buoys,  one  on  Los  Cabazos  abreast  of  Point  Barlovento,  the  other 
farther  in  on  the  most  projecting  point  of  the  shoal  water.  On  the  western 
side  of  entrance  there  is  a  beacon  on  Cayuelo,  14f  feet  high,  surmounted 
by  a  ball,  next  a  buoy  on  the  edge  of  the  shoal,  which,  with  the  buoy 
opposite,  marks  the  narrowest  part  of  the  channel ;  there  is  also  a  biToy 
on  the  NE.  extremity  of  the  reef  off  Regla  Pomt. 


JUDICIAL  DISTRICT   OF   GUANE. 


183 


8.    AYUNTAItflENTO   OF  SaN   DiEGO   DE  NuNEZ. 

Capital,  San  Diego  de  Nuiiez. 


Outlying  village. 

Distance 

from 
ci^>ital. 

Remarks. 

1    Carenero    .      

MOe*. 
9 

San  Diego  de  Nunez  is  a  tovni  of  627  inhabitants,  situated  32  miles 
from  Guanajay.     It  has  a  post  oflBice. 

II.    JUDICIAL  DISTRICT   OF   GUANE. 
Population,  46,263. 


Townships. 

Population. 

1    Baja               

4,640  (3,536  white  and  1,104  col- 
ored). 

25,000. 

8,000  (6,000  white  and  2,000  col- 
ored). 

19,000. 

2.  Guane-     -  .- 

3.  Mantua    - 

4.  San  Juan  y  Martinez ^ 

1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Baja. 
Capital,  Baja. 


Outlying  Tillages. 

Distance 

from    . 

capital. 

Population. 

1.  Bartolo .-. 

MOa. 
6 

14i 

13 

18i 

10 

15i 

685. 
676. 
663. 
393. 
679. 
88 

2.  Francisco 

3.  Macuriges 

4.  Malas  Aguas 

5.  Nombre  de  Dios 

6.  Peiia  Blanca ..  . 

T.  Pimienta 

18i       640.                                                           1 

Baja  is  a  town  of  201  inhabitants  (86  white  and  115  colored),  situated  in 
the  western  part  of  the  province  near  the  north  coast,  45  miles  from  Guane. 


7739- 


184 


JUDICIAL  DISTRICT   OF   GUANE. 


3.  Ayuntamiento  op  Guane. 
Capital,  Guane. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Cabo 

Miles. 

2.  Catalina. 

6i 

H 
18 
4 

'   18i 

3i 

4i 

5k 

19 

m 

18i 

7 
5i 

3.  Cortes 

4.  Grifa 

5.  Juan  Gomez 

6.  Martinas 

7.  Paso  Real 

8.  Portales          .  ._ 

9.  Punta  de  la  Sierra. -. 
10.  Remates  . . 

11.  Sabalo 

12.  Serranos 

13.  Teneria  - 

14.  Trinidad 

15.  Santa  Teresa 

GuANE  is  a  city  of  510  inhabitants,  situated  87  miles  from  Pinar  del 
Rio.  It  is  on  the  Cuyaguataje  River,  which  is  navigable  for  9  miles.  The 
nearest  station  is  Pinar  del  Rio.  Guane  is  the  terminus  of  the  calzada. 
It  has  a  post  oflS.ce  and  telegraph  station. 


SAILING  DIRECTIONS. 

Port  Frances.— From  Perdenales  Point  the  coast  trends  about  NNW. 
3  miles  to  Frances  Point,  the  most  western  of  the  island,  forming  a  bay 
called  Port  Frances.  This  bay  is  convenient  for  vessels  stationed  on  the 
south  coast  of  Cuba,  affording  good  shelter  during  the  strong  trade  wind. 
The  anchorage  is  good  all  over  the  bay  by  selecting  the  white  spots,  as  the 
water  is  very  clear.  The  most  convenient  for  getting  under  way  is  with 
the  following  bearings :  Perdenales  Point  S.  19°  E.  (S.  23°  E.  mag. )  and 
the  NW.  extreme  of  Bush  Cay  N.  33°  W.  (N.  37"  W.  mag. ).  A  sand  bank 
skirted  by  a  coral  reef,  and  very  shallow,  borders  the  north  shore,  and 
extends  some  distance. round  Bush  Cay.  There  is  good  fishing  with  the 
seine  on  the  north  shore ;  spiny  lobsters  abound,  and  rays  and  alligators 
frequent  the  boat  channels. 

Water. — About  200  yards  from  the  east  end  of  the  longest  beach  there 
are  some  wells  of  good  water ;  but  the  ground  being  rocky  the  casks  will 
have  to  be  filled  in  the  boat,  or,  if  on  the  beach,  rafted.  There  is  good 
fishing  in  the  bay,  and  wild  cattle  frequent  the  wells  at  noon  and  in  the 
evening. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUANE. 


185 


3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Mantua. 
Capital,  Mantna. 


Oatlying  Tillages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Arroyos. 

miet. 

n 

13 

13 

3 

4i 

m 

2.  Cabezas 

3.  Ceja  - 

4.  Guayabo 

5.  Montezuelo 

6.  San  Jose 

7.  San  Lazaro 

8.  Santa  Isabel 

9.  Santa  Maria     

Mantua  is  a  town  of  1,380  inhabitants  (1,020  white  and  360  colored), 
situated  ISi  miles  from  Guane  and  8  miles  from  the  western  shore  of 
Pinar  del  Rio.     It  is  near  the  river  Mantua. 


4  Ayuntamiento  of  San  Juan  y  Martinez. 
Capital,  San  Juan  y  Martinez. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1    Arroyo  Hondo         .  __ 

mie». 

2.  Galafre    .-_•  - 

5 

13i 

3.  Guillen  „ 

4.  La^nillas     - 

5.  Luis  Lazo 

6.  Martinez 

7.  Puntas  de  Cartas 

8.  Rioseco 

3i 

8 

6 

ROUTES  TO  SAN  JUAN  Y  MARTINEZ. 

1.  From  Habana  to  Pinar  del  Rio  by  Western  Railroad,  then  by  pike. 

2.  From  Habana  by  pike,  via  Guanajay,  Artemisa,  and  Consolacion 
del  Sur. 

San  Juan  y  Martinez  is  a  town  of  2,100  inhabitants,  situated  23  miles 
from  Guane,  16  miles  from  Pinar  del  Rio,  and  about  3  miles  from  the 
southern  coast.    It  has  a  telegraph  station. 


186 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   PINAR   DEL   rIo. 


III.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   PINAR   DEL   RIO. 
Population,  29,500. 


Townships. 


Population. 


1.  Alonso  Rojas 

2.  Consolacion  del  Norte 

3.  Consolacion  del  Sur . . . 

4.  Pinar  del  Rio 

5.  SanLuis-- 

6.  Vinales 


4,156 
8,997 

16, 057 
8,000 
9, 125 

11,729 


1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Alonso  Rojas. 
Capital,  Alonso  Rojas. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Almacigos-  ..  

Miles. 

6 
6 
4 

1 

7 
8i 

2 
3 

H 

6i 
4 

2.  Chamizo 

3.  Huerta 

4    Palenque 

5.  Palizadas 

6.  Palmarito 

7.  Paso  de  las  Mangas  -  - 

8.  Punta  de  Palmas 

9    Roblar       

10.  Ruiz 

11.  San  Francisco 

12.  San  Lorenzo  

13.  Yamagues 

Alonso  Rojas  is  a  village  of  196  inhabitants,  consisting  of  scattered 
settlements  and  a  rural  population.  It  is  situated  25  miles  by  road  from 
Pinar  del  Rio  and  18  miles  from  Consolaci6n  del  Sur,  which  is  the  nearest 
railroad  station. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   PINAR  DEL   RlO. 

2.  Ayuntamiento  of  Consolacion  del  Norte. 
Capital,  La  Palma. 


18'3t4L(FOflH\^ 


^1^ 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Arroyo  Naranjo 

2.  Caiguanabo 

3.  Jagua 

4.  Puentes 

5.  Rio  Blanco 

Miles. 

i 

9 

8i 
H 

2 

6.  Rio  de  Puercos 

7.  San  Andres 

8.  Vegas  Nuevas 

,  Palma  (La)  is  a  town  of  626  inhabitants,  situated  35  miles  from  Pinar 
del  Rio.  The  nearest  station  is  Consolacion  del  Sur,  22  miles  away,  and 
the  Port  Rio  Blanco  is  7  miles  distant.     Post  office. 


3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Consolacion  del  Sub. 
Capital,  Consolacion  del  Sur. 


Outlying  Tillages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Caimito 

Miles. 

n 

2 
5 
5 
5 

4 
5 
3 

5i 

6 

3 

2.  Camarones 

3.  Caperuza.- 

4.  Hato  Horcones 

5.  Hato  Quemado 

6.  Jagua  - 

7.  Lajas 

8.  Lena  (La) 

9.  Naranjo 

10.  Pilotos 

11.  Rio  Hondo 

12.  Sabanas  Nuevas 

18.  San  Pablo 

3* 
2 

14.  Santa  Clara 

2^ 

routes  to  consolacion  del  sur. 

1.  From  Habana  by  Western  Railroad. 

2.  By  macadamized  pike,  via  Guana  jay  and  Artemisa. 

Consolacion  del  Sur  is  a  town  of  2,000  inhabitants,  situated  13  miles 
from  Pinar  del  Rio  and  12  miles  from  Paso  Real.    Next  to  Pinar  del  Rio 


188 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   PINAR   DEL   RlO. 


it  is  the  most  important  town  in  the  region  of  Vuelta  Aba  jo.  It  is  on  the 
main  line  of  the  Western  Railroad  from  Habana  to  Pinar  del  Rio.  There 
is  a  terminal  inn  one  mile  away,  with  stage  coaches  during  the  business 
hours.  It  has  more  than  800  tobacco  plantations,  which  produce  tobacco 
of  the  best  quality.     Post  ofifice. 

4.  Ayuntamiento  of  Pinar  del  Rio. 
Capital,  Pinar  del  Rio. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Cabezas     

Miles. 

12 

3 
15 

9 
•  10 

9 

4 

5 

4 
18 

3 

• 

2.  Cangre 

3.  Colon 

4.  Llanada 

5.  Marcos  Vazquez 

6.  Obas 

7.  PasoViejo 

8.  RioFeo 

9.  Rio  Sequito _. 

10.  Sumidero - 

11.  Taironas 

ROUTES  TO   PINAR  DEL  RIO. 

1.  From  Habana  by  Western  Railroad. 

2.  By  macadamized  pike,  via  Guanajay,  Artemisa,  and  Consolaci6n  del 
Sur. 

3.  From  seaport  of  La  Coloma  by  pike. 

Pinar  del  Rio  is  a  city  of  8,000  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  province  and 
of  the  j  udicial  district  of  the  same  name ;  it  is  situated  in  longitude  77°  27'  33' ' 
west  from  Cadiz  and  in  22°  22'  40  "  north  latitude;  about  150  miles  south 
of  Habana.  It  has  a  road  connecting  with  the  harbor  of  Coloma,  by 
means  of  which  trafiBc  is  carried  on  in  the  tobacco  of  Vuelta  Abajo.  The 
ground  is  silicious  with  base  of  alumina.  Among  the  principal  biiildings 
are  the  parish  church,  the  governor's  residence,  the  hospital,  and  the 
theater.  Pinar  del  Rio  dates  from  1571,  when  Melchor  Rojas  founded  the 
cattle  farm  of  San  Felipe  and  the  corrals  of  Cangre,  Guama,  Pinar  del 
Rio,  and  Cabezas.  The  post  office  was  established  in  1834,  and  in  1836 
Governor  Salazar  founded  the  first  school.  It  has  a  board  of  education,  a 
charitable  organization,  and  a  board  of  health.  A  railroad  connects  it 
with  Habana.     It  has  a  post  office  and  a  telegraph  station. 

In  this  district  there  are  no  ports  of  entry  and  no  maritime  towns — only 
shipping  piers,  where  travelers  remain  a  very  short  time.  The  maritime 
border  of  this  district  is  low  and  marshy,  covered  with  mangroves,  and 
uninhabitable. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   PINAR   DEL   RlO.  189 

The  town  is  situated  on  the  northeastern  slope  of  a  little  hill  which 
rises  to  the  northwest,  and  reaches  its  highest  point  probably  near  the 
end  of  the  main  street,  by  the  charity  hospital,  where  the  altitude  above 
the  sea  is  160  feet.  Toward  the  northwest  and  west,  and  extending  far  to 
the  northeast,  lie  the  mountains,  which  are  not  more  than  4  or  5  miles 
away.  The  country  intervening  is  rolling  and  parklike,  dotted  with  palms. 
The  pine  barrens  begin  some  4  or  5  miles  to  the  south  of  the  city.  The 
river  on  the  outskirts  has  good  water.  There  are  said  to  be  no  Americans, 
English,  nor  Germans  here,  but  there  are  a  few  French.  The  population 
is  about  half  white  and  half  black.  Around  the  towns  are  cultivated 
fields,  tobacco  gardens,  truck  farms,  etc.  The  roads  leading  to  it  from 
Coloma  and  from  Consolacion  hardly  rise  at  all,  so  small  is  the  ascent  to 
the  eastern  and  central  part  of  the  town. 

The  streets  are  roughly  paved.     The  houses  are  commonly  of  stone  or 
brick,  covered  with  stucco,  with  tiled  roofs.     They  are  sometimes  flat, 
with  railings,  but  more  often  sloping.     The  place  could  not  be  burned. 
There  are  good  horses  of  the  small  Cuban  type.    The  chief  business  is  in  ■ 
the  tobacco  trade. 

Yellow  fever  rarely  shows  itself  here,  and  no  data  exists  respecting  past 
epidemics.  Pezuela  says  that  "  In  the  town  of  Pinar  del  Rio  yellow  fever 
occurs  as  a  sporadic  disease. " 

Coloma  is  the  port  of  Pinar  del  Rio ;  the  population  is  from  100  to  200 
people,  about  half  white  and  half  black.  The  town  consists  of  about 
twenty  or  thirty  huts  on  a  low  sandy  shore,  covered  with  brush,  small 
palms,  and  mangroves.  There  are  also  a  few  stone  and  brick  houses  in 
decay.  The  mouth  of  the  river  is  as  good  a  place  for  boat  landing  as 
could  be  desired,  the  water  shoaling  gradually  and  the  shore  sandy.  The 
sand,  however,  is  so  scarce  that  earthworks  could  scarcely  be  constructed. 
There  is  a  good  wooden  wharf  a  mile  from  the  river's  mouth.  Connected 
with  this  wharf  is  a  large  wooden  warehouse,  probably  150  feet  long,  with 
a  small  track  and  car  for  transporting  merchandise  inside.  At  the  farther 
end  of  the  warehouse  is  the  calzada.  Probably  2,000  men  could  be 
sheltered  here.     The  river  at  this  point  is  from  600  to  800  yards  across. 

East  of  the  river  a  long,  low,  brushy  point  runs  out  toward  the  south- 
east, but  the  channel  of  the  river  is  marked  by  brush  and  poles  far  out 
toward  the  south  and  approaching  the  coast  at  about  right  angles.  It 
would  never  be  suspected  that  a  highway  landed  at  such  a  place.  Approach- 
ing by  water  the  place  would  be  difficult  to  see,  as  there  is  a  fringe  of 
brush  lining  the  seashore,  and  the  river's  mouth  is  small  and  inconspicuous. 
Coloma  is  a  very  good  landing  place  for  troops,  having  solid  ground,  shelter 
for  stores,  and  being  at  the  very  end  of  the  calzada.  The  chaimel  appears 
to  lead  in  directly  from  the  south.  The  mouth  of  Coloma  river  is  about 
14  miles  from  Pinar  del  Rio. 


190 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   PINAR   DEL   RlO. 


5.  Ayuntamiento  of  San  Luis. 
Capital,  San  hvda. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Barbacoas 

Miles. 

3i 

n 

10 

7 

2.  Barrigonas 

3.  Llanada 

4.  Palizadas 

5.  Rio  Seco     

6.  Tirado 

San  Luis  is  a  town  of  3,556  inhabitants,  situated  10^  miles  from  Pinar 
del  Rio.  It  is  near  the  San  Sebastian  River  and  about  4  miles  from  the 
calzada  between  Piaar  del  Rio  and  Guane.  It  has  a  post  ofi&ce  and  tele- 
graph station. 

6.  Ayuntamiento  op  ViSales. 
Capital,  Vinales. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Cay  OS  de  San  Felipe.-  - 

2.  Ceja  Ana  de  Luna 

8.  Esperanza  (La) 

4.  Laguna  de  Piedra 

5,  San  Cayetano 

Miles. 

5 

3i 
4 
4 
10 
5 

It  has  a  port  known  as  Surgidero 
and  a  railroad  to  Soledad. 

6.  Santo  Tomas 

ROUTES  TO  VINALES. 

1.  From  Habana  to  Esperanza  by  sea,  thence  by  rail. 

Vinales  is  a  town  of  925  inhabitants,  situated  16  miles  from  Pinar  del 
Rio.  It  has  mineral  baths.  It  is  at  the  terminus  of  a  railroad  running 
to  the  north  coast  12  miles  distant.    Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   SAN   CRISTOBAL. 


191 


IV.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   SAN   CRISTOBAL. 
Population,  44,700;  area,  747  square  miles. 


Townships. 

Population. 

1.  Candelaria  .  

6,037  (4,015  white;  2,022 colored). 

3,576. 

5,880. 

5,574  (4,020  wlut«;  1,554  colored). 

8,211  (7,083  white;  1,128  colored.) 
4,824. 

2.  Mansras 

3.  Palacios _  

4.  Paso  Real  de  San  Diego 

5.  San  Cristobal 

6.  San  Diego  de  los  Banos 

7.  Santa  Cruz  de  los  Pinos • 

1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Candelaria. 
Capital,  Candelaria. 


Ontlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
o^ital. 

Remarks. 

miet. 

1.  Banos  de  San  Juan ---         6 

2.  Barrancones 3 

3.  Bayate 2 

4  Manantiales ■        4 

5.  RioHondo- '        5 

6.  San  Juan  deContreras  -         6 

7.  San  Juan  del  Norte  - . .         7 

8.  San  Juan  del  Sur 5 

9   Santa  Clara ._. 

600  inhabitants. 

10.  Teneria Si 

11.  Trinidad      

Candelaria  is  a  town  of  1,200  inhabitants,  situated  6  miles  from  San 
Cristobal.  It  produces  the  best  coffee  of  the  island.  There  are  many- 
springs  of  mineral  water  among  the  hills  of  Cuzco,  which  have  proi)er- 
ties  analogous  to  those  of  San  Diego ;  and  the  river  which  is  known  as 
Manantiales  forms  a  cataract  98  feet  high. 

The  town  is  on  the  calzada  between  Habana  and  Pinar  del  Rio,  and  is 
a  station  of  the  Western  Railroad.  It  lies  in  a  flat  region,  is  entirely 
without  defense,  and  is  shut  in  by  brush.  The  water  supply  comes  from 
wells  and  cisterns,  and  there  is  no  other  than  surface  drainage.  The 
greater  part  of  the  town  lies  north  of  the  railroad  depot.  It  is  an  active, 
prosperous  place,  with  many  shops.  The  houses  are  low,  and  chiefly  of 
wood  and  stucco.  It  has  27  coffee  plantations,  38  cattle  farms,  184 
tobacco  plantations,  and  5  agricultural  farms.  It  has  a  board  of  public 
education,  and  a  health  department.     Telegraph  station  and  post  office. 


192 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   SAN   CRISTOBAL. 


2.  Ayuntamiento  of  Mangas  (Las). 
Capital,  Mangas  (Las). 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 
from 
capital. 

Eeinarks. 

1.  Guanimar 

Miles. 

10 

10 

5 

2i 
3i 
4 
5 

2.  Mangas  de Rio  Grande. 
3    Majagua           .   

4.  Pijiriga 

5.  Pueblo  Nuevo 

6.  Punta  Brava 

7.  San  Juan  

Mangas  is  a  miserable  town  of  209  inhabitants,  situated  17  miles  from 
San  Cristobal.  It  is  on  the  calzada  between  Habana  and  Pinar  del  Rio, 
14  miles  southwest  of  Guanajay.  It  is  also  on  the  calzada  from  San 
Cristobal  to  Batabano.  The  country  is  flat  and  bushy  and  the  houses  scat- 
tered.   Post  office. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  op  Palacios  (Los). 
Capital,  Palacios  (Los). 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1    Bacunagua               

MUes. 
8 

2i 

2.  Limones 

3    Macuriges                

4.  Palacios  (Rural) 

5    Santa  Teresa -. 

6.  Santo  Domingo 

7.  Sierra  (La) 

11 

8.  Toro  (El) 

Palacios  is  a  town  of  821  inhabitants,  situated  18  miles  from  San  Cris- 
t6bal  on  the  calzada  between  Habana  and  Pinar  del  Rio ;  Western  Rail- 
road station,  post  office,  and  telegraph  station. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   SAN   CRISTOBAL. 

4.  Ayuntamiento  of  Paso  Real  de  San  Diego. 
Capital,  Paso  Real  de  San  Diego. 


193 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capitaL 

Remarks. 

1.  Arroyo  Colorado 

2.  Caraballo            ..  _  . 

MOes. 

7 

5i 

9 

5 
10 
11 

6 

1 

2 

3.  Ceja  de  Herradura.-- 

4.  Giiajaixo 

5.  Giiira  -  - 

6.  Hato  de  las  Vegas 

7.  Herradura. . 

8.  Palacios- 

9.  Santa  Monica 

10.  Soledad  (La) 

Paso  Real  de  San  Diego  is  a  tovm  of  494  inhabitants  (405  white  and 
89  colored)  situated  22  miles  from  San  Cristobal.  Western  Railroad  sta- 
tion, and  post  office. 

5.  Ayuntamiento  of  San  Cristobal. 
Capital,  San  Cristobal. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.   Flftrmejales 

MOes. 

2.  Guanacage    -     -            ' 

3.  Mayari. 6^ 

4.  Minas 

5.  Santa  Cniz    

6.  Sitio  Herrera 

ROUTES  TO  SAN  CRISTOBAL. 

1.  From  Habana  by  Western  Railroad. 

2.  By  pike  from  Mariano,  via  Guanajay  and  Artemisa. 

San  Cristobal  is  a  town  of  3,523  inhabitants,  situated  65  miles  south- 
west of  Habana,  about  midway  between  the  northern  and  southern  coasts. 
It  has  a  municipal  council,  a  board  of  education,  a  post  office,  and  a  tele- 
graph station.     The  Western  Railroad  has  a  station  here. 

San  Cristobal  is  an  old  town,  and  is  on  the  calzada  from  Habana,  via 
Guanajay  and  Artemisa,  a  road  probably  built  fifty  years  ago.  It  is 
nearly  opposite  the  highest  of  the  range  of  hills  extending  from  Mariel 
westward,  and  some  3  miles  from  the  foot.  It  lies  on  a  low,  hardly  per- 
ceptible hill,  is  without  defense,  and  could  not  be  readily  defended.    The 


194 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   SAN   CRISTOBAL. 


houses  are  largely  of  stone  or  brick,  covered  with  cement  flat  tiles.  It  is 
a  breezy  place  with  a  pleasant  open  country  around  and  is  reported  to 
be  a  healthful  locality.  It  is  a  good  place  to  debark  troops,  and  the  conti- 
guity of  the  railroad  and  the  calzada  make  it  of  strategic  importance. 
There  are  no  defensive  hills  worthy  of  notice  in  the  vicinity. 

Chirigota. — This  town  is  4|  miles  from  San  Crist6bal,  on  the  railroad 
from  San  Cristobal  to  Candelaria.  The  town  is  some  f  of  a  mile  from 
the  railroad.  A  very  pretty  little  place  with  tobacco  and  banana  fields 
surrounding  it. 

6.  Ayuntamiento  of  San  Diego  de  los  Bangs. 
Capital,  San  Diego  de  los  Banos. 


Ontlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Kemarks. 

1.  Dayaniguas 

Miles. 

25 
6 

2.  Herradura  (La) 

San  Diego  de  los  Banos  is  a  town  of  745  inhabitants  (518  white  and 
227  colored),  situated  25  miles  from  San  Cristobal.  It  has  a  settlement  of 
sulphur  baths  which  are  open  from  February  15  to  May  25.  The  nearest 
station  is  Paso  Real,  9  miles  distant.     Telegraph  station  and  post  oflBce. 

7.  Ayuntamiento  op  Santa  Cruz  de  los  Pings. 
Capital,  Santa  Cruz  de  los  Pinos. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Bermejales 

Miles. 

2 
2 
1 

1,432  inhabitants. 
1,029  inhabitants. 
983  inhabitants. 

2.  Santa  Cruz  del  Norte.  _ 

3.  Taco-TacoSur 

Santa  Cruz  de  los  Pings  is  a  city  of  1,244  inhabitants,  situated  7  miles 
from  San  Cristobal.  The  town  is  about  %  mile  from  the  railroad,  and  is 
probably  not  visible  from  the  train  on  account  of  the  brush.  It  has 
cattle  and  breeding  farms.  The  town  is  of  stone  and  frame  houses,  tiled. 
It  has  many  little  shops  and  a  police  force.    Western  Railroad  station. 


PROVINCE  OF  HABANA. 


(193) 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page. 

1.  Table  of  distances  between  principal  towns 198 

2.  Location  and  boundary 199 

3.  Area  and  population 199 

4.  Administration 199 

5.  Public  instruction 200 

6.  Agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce.- 200 

7.  Geography  and  topography 201 

8.  Rivers. 204 

9.  Coastline 205 

1 0.  Cai)es  and  points 205 

11.  Reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals . 206 

12.  Gulfs,  bays,  and  anchorages. 207 

13.  Railroads 208 

14.  Roads... 237 

15.  Townsand  cities _ 249 


(197) 


< 
z 
< 

< 

I 


UJ 

o 

z 

> 

o 

a. 


CO 

z 

o 

H 
Z 

u 

IxJ 

u 

CO 
Hi 


CO 
UJ 
O 

z 
< 

CO 


Li. 

o 

UJ 

_l 

OQ 
< 


!5  < 

-  .1 

u]  UJ  cQ 

■^  h;  < 

o  !5  I 

<  <    w 


«   (rt   2   < 


-S   < 


O    CO    _J 


o  55 


<  o  u 


a   z 

oP 
z  z 

o  < 


Q  UJ    O 

2  UJ    W 
O  li- 
fe en 


o-  S  Si§ 


O  >    Q. 

<  UJ 
Z  =) 

<  z 


•    r-;    ^     (N     CD 
<    UJ    ^     <D     lO 


UJ    <    D 


tr  C3 


8  ^   «1 


< 


o 
<  ? 


c?  ^ 


sish* 


CO      CO     <M 


2«  CO 

tc     IM  CO 

^       F-l  O) 

rl     U5  >*< 


^    »i   ^  ^  ^ 


[^  t\ 


CO  1  o 


§:  ^ 


(198) 


PROVINCE  OF  HABANA. 


LOCATION  AND  BOUNDARY. 

The  Province  of  Habana  is,  with  the  exception  of  Pinar 
del  Rio,  the  most  westerly  of  the  provinces.  All  of  its  terri- 
tory is  in  the  most  northern  part  of  the  island,  its  most  south- 
ern boundary  being  a  much  higher  zone  than  the  northern 
boundary  of  Santiago  de  Cuba. 

The  northern  boundary  is  the  Gulf  of  Mexico ;  the  eastern, 
the  Province  of  Matanzas ;  the  southern,  the  Gulf  of  Mata- 
mand ;  and  the  western,  the  Province  of  Pinar  del  Rio. 

AREA  AND   POPULATION. 

The  area  is  2,265  square  miles,  only  about  one  twenty-second 
of  the  area  of  the  whole  island. 

The  population  is  452,000.  There  are  7  judicial  districts 
(partidos  judiciales),  and  38  townships  (ayuntamientos). 
These  divisions  comprise  6  cities,  4  towns,  25  villages,  180 
hamlets  and  suburbs,  with  a  total  of  36,000  estates.  This  is 
the  smallest  province,  but  the  most  thickly  populated. 

ADMINISTRATION. 

Habana  is  a  first-class  province,  has  a  regional  government, 
a  general  military  and  naval  commander,  a  general  and  prin- 
cipal administration  of  roads  and  communications  and  finan- 
ces, provincial  deputation,  37  alcaldes  municipales  (mayors), 
5  vicars,  and  52  parishes.  It  has  a  civil  and  criminal  court 
of  justice,  12  courts  of  the  first  instance  or  inquiry,  and  46 
municipal  courts.  There  is  a  harbor  captaincy,  and  Habana 
is  the  capital  of  the  naval  district.  It  is  also  the  residence 
and  ofiicial  center  of  all  civil,  military,  and  religious  employ- 
ees. The  12  courts  of  the  first  instance  are  the  Western,  Cen- 
tral and  Eastern,  Belen,  Catedral,  Guadalupe,  Jesus  Maria, 
Pilar  and  Cerro,  Marianao,  Guanabacoa,  Jaruco,  San  Anto- 
nio de  los  Banos,  Bejucal  and  Giiines.  The  municipal  courts 
are  Habana,  Marianao,  Bauta,  Cano,  Guanabacoa,  Managua,  " 
Regla,  Santa  Maria  del  Rosario,  Jaruco,  Aguacate,  Bainoa, 

7739 14  (199) 


200  PUBLIC   INSTRUCTION — AGRICULTURE,  ETC. 

Casiguas,  Jibacoa  y  San  Jos^  de  las  Lajas,  San  Antonio  del 
Rio  Blanco,  Tapaste,  San  Antonio  de  los  Baiios,  Alquizar, 
Ceiba  del  Agua,  Guira  de  Helena,  Verida  ISTueva,  Bejucal, 
Bataband,  Quivican,  Santiago  de  las  Vegas,  Nueva  Gerona 
on  the  Isle  of  Pines,  La  Salud,  San  Antonio  de  las  Vegas, 
San  Felipe,  Giiines,  La  Catalina,  Madruga,  Pipian,  Nueva 
Paz,  San  Nicolas,  Guara,  and  Helena  del  Sur. 

PUBLIC   INSTRUCTION. 

The  Province  of  Habana  has  the  University  of  Habana, 
established  in  1728;  a  provincial  college  institute  whose  stu- 
dents number  1,752;  a  military  school;  a  school  of  art;  and 
a  normal  school,  all  of  which  are  located  in  the  city  of  Ha- 
bana. Distributed  throughout  the  entire  province  are  216 
municipal  schools,  numbering  14,724  pupils.  Besides  this, 
there  are  many  second-class  colleges  and  364  private  schools. 
Host  of  the  principal  cities  in  the  province  have  a  board  of 
education,  but  there  is  a  board  of  education  for  the  whole 
province  located  at  the  capital  city.  This  province  is  the 
educational  center  of  the  island. 

AGRICULTURE,    INDUSTRY,    AND   COMMERCE. 

The  Province  of  Habana  yields  all  the  various  products  of 
the  island,  among  which  are  to  be  enumerated  valuable  tim- 
ber, such  as  mahogany,  cedar,  cherry,  pomegranate,  royal 
palm,  pine,  and  walnut.  There  are  several  mineral  springs 
in  the  town  of  Hadruga,  also  baths  in  the  town  called  "San 
Antonio  de  los  Banos." 

Some  of  its  agricultural  products  are  coffee — noted  for  its 
fine  quality — sugar,  tobacco,  rice,  corn,  french  beans,  vege- 
tables, fruit,  and  cereals.  The  principal  products  of  the  Isle 
of  Pines  are  marble,  which  exists  in  large  quantities  and 
beautiful  varieties,  rock  crystal,  tortoise  shells,  pine,  turpen- 
tine, cedar,  mahogany,  and  other  valuable  woods.  There  are 
also  deposits  of  silver,  mercury,  and  iron. 

This  province  has  mines  yielding  quartz,  gold,  silver,  cop- 
per, iron,  coal  (to  a  small  extent),  asphalt,  and  rock  salt. 
There  are  quarries  from  which  is  obtained  beautiful  black 
and  white  marble ;  yet,  notwithstanding  this  fact,  the  Cubans 
import  for  use  considerable  of  the  marble  of  Genoa. 

There  is  abundant  fishing  and  good  hunting  here.  This 
province  is  the  principal  manufacturing  center  of  the  island. 


AGRICULTURE — GEOGRAPHY,  ETC.  201 

There  are  numerous  large  factories  for  the  manufacture  of 
tobacco,  cement,  ropes,  confectioneries,  and  jellies.  Dis- 
tributed through  the  province  are  foundries,  tanneries,  saw 
mills,  and  distilleries.  The  staple  manufacture  is  tobacco. 
The  immense  industry  of  making  cigars  and  cigarettes  in- 
volves another  industry,  viz.,  box  making;  the  sugar  indus- 
try necessitates  barrel  making.  The  Royal  Imperial  Factory 
of  La  Honradez  occupies  a  whole  square  and  produces  daily 
2,532,000  cigarettes.  Habana  also  builds  carriages  and  ships, 
and  manufactures  iron  and  machinery. 

The  capital  of  this  province,  Habana,  is  the  chief  commer- 
cial city  of  the  West  Indies,  and  one  of  the  principal  com- 
mercial cities  of  America.  This  importance  is  not  due  solely 
to  the  richness  of  its  productions,  but  in  great  part  to  the 
favorable  position  of  the  port  of  Habana  at  the  entrance  of 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  where  much  of  the  riches  of  the  com- 
mercial nations  of  both  worlds  cross  each  other.  It  was  said 
at  a  period  when  the  commercial  importance  of  Cuba  was  in 
its  infancy,  that  Cuba  was  even  then  worth  a  kingdom  to 
Spain.  Its  principal  exports  are  sugar,  tobacco,  coffee,  honey, 
confectionery  and  jellies,  wax,  building  timber,  fruits,  etc. ; 
the  most  important  of  these  exports  are  sugar,  tobacco,  and 
cigars.  Habana  is  the  port  from  which  almost  all  the  princi- 
pal products  of  the  island  are  exported.  Twenty-five  per  cent 
of  the  world's  annual  sugar  production  was  furnished  by 
Cuba  in  1880;  in  1894  29  per  cent;  in  1895  only  10  per  cent. 
This  sugar  product  is  shipped  mostly  from  the  harbor  of 
Habana.  Some  of  the  imports  to  this  same  harbor  are  lard, 
beef,  flour,  codfish,  rice,  wine,  coal,  olive  oil,  and  coal  oil. 

GEOGRAPHY  AND  TOPOGRAPHY. 

The  territory  of  the  province  is  divided  into  seven  jiidicial 
districts.  The  province  has  an  area  of  2,265  square  miles,  the 
width  between  its  extreme  points  north  and  south  being  about 
40  miles,  and  the  length  between  its  extreme  points  east  and 
west  being  60  miles.  It  is  situated  in  the  northwestern  part 
of  the  island.  The  largest  and  most  important  of  its  cities 
are  the  following : 

Habana,  population  200,448,  the  capital  of  the  island  and 
of  the  province  of  the  same  name,  situated  on  the  Bay  of 
Habana,  at  its  entrance  on  the  northwestern  part  of  the  coast. 


202  GEOGRAPHY  AND  TOPOGRAPHY. 

Bejucal,  population  6,239,  capital  of  judicial  district  of 
same  name ;  situated  in  the  west  central  part  of  the  province. 

Guanabacoa,  population  28,043,  capital  of  judicial  district 
of  same  name,  situated  in  the  east  central  part  of  the  prov- 
ince. 

Giiines,  population  6,828,  capital  of  judicial  district  of  same 
name,  situated  in  the  east  central  part  of  the  province. 

Jaruco,  population  2,165,  capital  of  judicial  district  of  the 
same  name,  situated  in  the  northwestern  part  of  the  province. 

Marianao,  population  7,352,  capital  of  judicial  district  of 
the  same  name,  situated  near  the  coast,  6  miles  from  Habana 
city. 

San  Antonio  de  los  Banos,  population  7,500,  capital  of  the 
judicial  district  of  the  same  name,  situated  in  the  west  cen- 
tral part  of  the  province. 

For  further  description  of  these  cities,  see  "Districts, 
Townships,  Cities,  and  Towns  of  the  Province  of  Habana." 

Lakes. — There  are  three  lakes  in  the  southwestern  part  of 
the  province,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  great  swamp  called  the 
Ci^naga  de  Lapata,  viz :  Laguno  (lake)  Caimito,  Guanamen, 
and  Herrera;  these  have  considerable  size  and  differ  from  the 
general  characteristics  of  the  swamp  lakes  of  the  southern 
coast  which  are  described  as  nothing  but  torrid  quagmires, 
hidden  away  from  everything  but  the  burning  sun,  the  tropi- 
cal vegetation,  and  the  loathsome  alligators,  and  known  only 
to  the  few  Cubans  who  dwell  in  their  vicinity. 

Lake  Ariguauabo  is  a  remarkable  lake  in  the  central  chain  of 
high  hills  in  the  province ;  it  is  20  miles  southwest  of  Habana, 
nestles  among  the  neighboring  ridges,  has  a  surface  of  about 
6  square  miles,  and  contains  fish  in  large  numbers,  and  is 
drained  by  the  river  San  Antonio. 

Coves  and  Inlets. — There  are  a  great  many  small  coves  and 
inlets  on  the  northern  coast  of  this  province — Boca  del  Quibo, 
Caleta  de  la  Lena,  Caleta  de  las  Cruces,  and  many  others  too 
numerous  to  mention. 

Channels  or  Straits. — The  Spanish  name  for  these  bodies 
of  water  is  canal.  The  Rosario  Channel  connects  the  Gulf 
of  Matamand  with  the  Caribbean  Sea.  The  Channel  de  la 
Hacha  separates  the  archipelagoes  south  of  Habana  in  the 
Gulf  of  Matamand,  and  the  Channel  of  Ingles  separates 
archipelagoes  to  the  northeast  of  the  Isle  of  Pines. 


GEOGRAPHY  AND  TOPOGRAPHY.  203 

ARCHiPEXiAGOES. — TliG  principal  one  is  the  archipelago  de 
los  Canarreos,  in  the  Gulf  of  Matamand.  The  Islas  del  Man- 
gles, northeast  of  the  Isle  of  Pines,  form  part  of  this  archi- 
pelago. 

Mountains. — Commencing  with  the  extreme  northwestern 
part  of  the  Province  of  Habana,  there  are  but  few  elevations. 
Approaching  Habana  city,  within  a  radius  of  about  6  miles, 
is  the  group  of  Habana,  comprising  the  hills  of  Morro,  San 
Carlos  de  la  Cabana,  and  San  Diego  to  the  east  of  the  harbor 
of  Habana.  Santo  Domingo  de  Etares,  at  the  western  arm 
of  tlie  bay,  commands  both  the  city  and  the  neighborhood, 
and  an  elevation  to  the  west  called  del  Principe  is  the  terminus 
of  the  great  Paseo  Militar.  Near  the  city  are  the  hills  Jesus 
del  Monte  and  el  Cerro.  Upon  many  of  these  elevations  are 
built  forts  or  castillos,  bearing  the  names  of  the  hills  upon 
which  they  were  erected.  Going  westward  we  find  the  Sierra 
(rocky  range)  de  San  Martin,  Sierra  Guanabacoa,  and  Sierra 
Sibarimar ;  still  farther  northwest  is  the  Sierra  Susana,  which 
rises  just  west  of  the  small  bay  Escondido.  In  the  central 
part  of  the  province  there  are  situated  the  Sierra  San  Fran- 
cisco de  Janvier  and  the  Sierra  San  Francisco.  In  the  west 
central  part  is  situated  the  Sierra  de  Bejucal.  The  orograph- 
ical  features  of  the  interior  of  this  province  are  not  well  de- 
fined. There  are  many  lomas  (small  hills)  scattered  through 
the  central  region,  and  the  elevations  of  the  province  gradu- 
ally disappear  as  the  southern  coast  is  approached.  Among 
these  lomas  are  to  be  found  the  Tetas  de  Managua,  Lomas  de 
Mariel,  Vijia  Jaruco,  Herrera,  San  Antonio,  Loma  de  Robles, 
Serpentin,  Bacuranao,  and  Camoa. 

About  15  miles  southeast  of  the  city  of  Habana  is  found 
the  cave  of  Cotilla,  one  of  the  remarkable  subterranean  cavi- 
ties for  which  Cuba  is  noted.  There  are  numerous  lakes, 
which  are  more  fully  described  under  the  geography  of  the 
province.  In  the  southern  part  is  raised  the  famous  Habana 
tobacco,  on  plains,  which  are  in  the  main  low,  interspersed 
with  small  rivers  and  their  valleys.  The  valley  of  Giiines 
owes  its  celebrity  to  artificial  irrigation. 

Marshes. — There  are  the  marshes  of  Majana  and  Liguaner, 
the  latter  being  in  the  Isle  of  Pines. 

The  Isle  of  Pines,  named  by  Columbus  Evangelist  Island, 
belongs  to  the  judicial  district  of  Bejucal,  lies  south  of  its" 
province,  and  is  separated  from  it  by  the  Gulf  of  Matamand. 


204  RIVERS. 

Communication  is  kept  up  through  the  port  of  Bataban(5,  60 
miles  distant.  The  Isle  of  Pines  consists  really  of  two  islands, 
separated  by  a  tidal  swamp.  Toward  the  eastern  end  of  this 
swamp  a  few  rocky  ledges,  flush  with  the  water,  have  been 
utilized  to  construct  a  stone  causeway  between  the  two  sec- 
tions- These  present  a  marked  contrast ;  that  on  the  north  is 
wooded  and  mountainous,  and  its  soil  extremely  fertile ;  while 
the  southern  section  is  low,  rocky,  and  barren. 

RIVERS. 

Habana  is  well  watered  by  a  number  of  small  rivers  and 
streams,  the  principal  rivers  on  the  north  being : 

Rio  de  Santa  Ana,  or  Banta,  Marianao  and  Chorrera,  small 
streams  which  empty  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  the  west  of 
the  city  of  Habana.  The  Chorrera  or  Almendares  supplies 
the  city  of  Habana  with  water. 

Cojimar  River  empties  into  the  cove  of  the  same  name 
about  3  miles  east  of  Morro  Castle.  This  cove  is  clear  of 
danger  and  the  shores  are  steep-to.  The  water,  except  Very 
close  in  shore,  is  too  deep  for  vessels  to  anchor. 

Telegraph  Cable. — The  end  of  one  of  the  cables  connect- 
ing Habana  and  Key  West  is  landed  here. 

Bacurana,  Tarara,  Guanabo,  Jaruco,  Santa  Cruz,  Jibacoa, 
and  Canasi  are  small  streams  emptying  into  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  east  of  Habana. 

The  rivers  on  the  south  are : 

Guanabo,  rising  in  the  center  of  the  province,  flows  south 
and  empties  into  the  Gulf  of  Matamand.  The  Rio  Giiines, 
the  lower  part  of  which  is  called  Mayabeque,  and  the  Rio  del 
Rosario  flow  into  the  Ensenada  de  la  Broa. 

Rio  Baracoa  forms  the  boundary  line  between  the  province 
of  Habana  and  Pinar  del  Rio. 

The  Rio  Mayabeque  and  del  Rosario  flow  south  into  the 
Ensenada  de  la  Broa. 

Among  the  streams  that  lose  themselves  is  the  Rio  San 
Antonio,  which  drains  the  wonderful  Lake  Auguanabo.  It 
disappears  beneath  a  large  spreading  ceiba  tree,  in  San  Antonio 
de  los  Baiios.  On  the  maps  this  stream  appears  to,  but  does 
not  flow  into  the  lake ;  it  drains  it  simply  and  keeps  its  waters 
fresh. 


COAST   LINE — CAPES   AND   POINTS.  205 

COAST  LINE. 

The  most  important  part  of  the  coast  line  is  that  which  lies 
around  and  about  the  Bay  of  Habana.  This  bay  makes  one 
of  the  finest  harbors  in  the  world,  easy  of  access,  spacious 
enough  to  contain  1,000  vessels,  deep  enough  to  allow  them  to 
come  up  to  the  wharves,  and,  except  in  the  case  of  hurricanes, 
well  protected  on  all  sides.  Within,  the  bay  breaks  up  into 
three  distinct  arms,  named  respectively — Regla,  Guanabacoa, 
and  Atares.  The  coast  of  the  Bay  of  Habana  has  several 
important  hills,  viz :  The  Punta  to  the  west  of  the  harbor 
entrance,  Morro  and  Cabana  to  the  east,  and  Atares,  which  is 
situated  at  the  head  of  the  western  arm  of  the  bay.  There 
are  many  plains  or  beaches,  called  pi  ay  as,  along  both  the 
northern  and  southern  coasts  of  this  province.  The  low  land 
in  the  southern  part  especially  is  intersected  with  innumera- 
ble small  rivers,  flowing  south  and  emptying  into  the  gulf 
and  bay. 

Isle  op  Pines. — On  the  west  and  east  coasts  of  the  Isle  of 
Pines  are  two  large  inlets,  called  in  both  instances  the  boca 
(mouth)  of  the  tidal  Cienaga  (swamp),  which  almost  divides 
the  Isle  of  Pines  in  two  parts.  The  entire  coast  of  this  isle  is 
indented  with  estuaries,  points,  small  bays,  and  capes. 

CAPES  AND   POINTS. 

The  coasts  of  this  province,  both  north  and  south,  have 
many  points,  but  none  large  enough  to  be  called  a  cape.  On 
the  north,  commencing  with  the  western  part,  we  find : 

Point  Guanes,  west  of  Habana  City. 

Point  Cabeza  de  Vaca,  west  of  Habana  City. 

Point  Mangles,  west  of  Habana  City. 

Point  de  los  Roques,  west  of  Habana  City. 

Point  Fojonal,  on  the  extreme  of  the  projection  forming  the 
bay  of  Habana. 

Point  Talanquera,  located  on  the  northern  coast  east  of  Ha- 
bana Bay. 

Point  Guayacanes,  located  on  the  northern  coast  east  of 
Habana  Bay. 

Point  Bacuranao,  located  on  the  northern  coast  east  of  Ha- 
bana Bay. 

Point  del  Cobre,  located  on  the  northern  coast  east  of  Ha- 
bana Bay. 


206  REEFS,  BANKS,  CAYS,  AND  SHOALS. 

Point  Guanabo,  located  on  the  northern  coast  east  of  Ha- 
bana  Bay. 

Point  Banza,  located  on  the  northern  coast  east  of  Habana 
Bay. 

Point  del  Indes,  located  on  the  northern  coast  east  of  Ha- 
bana Bay. 

On  the  southern  coast  are  to  be  found  the  following  capes 
and  points:  Pajarar,  Cajio,  Vacia,  Batijas,  and  Cayamas 
Points. 

Cayamas  Point. — From  Batabano  the  coast  runs  westward 
for  15  miles  to  Cayamas  Point;  between  are  Cagio  Point  and 
River,  where  the  vessels  at  Batabano  often  obtain  water. 
This  river  empties  itself  through  the  marshes,  and  the  an- 
chorage off  it,  with  2i  to  2f  fathoms  water,  is  sheltered  from 
all  winds  by  the  chain  of  cays  in  front  of  it.  The  marshy 
ground  from  the  mouth  of  the  river  to  the  firm  land  is  more 
extensive  than  that  between  Batabano  and  Mayabeque,  yet 
its  environs  are  more  cultivated. 

CAPES  AND   POINTS  OP  THE  ISLE  OF  PINES, 

Capes. — Cabo  Frances,  at  the  extreme  northern  point  of  the 
peninsula,  which  juts  out,  extending  upward  from  the  south- 
ern part  of  the  island,  forming  the  western  boundary  of  the 
Bay  of  Siguanea,  and  Cabo  Pepe,  at  the  extreme  southwest 
shore  of  the  island. 

Points. — Point  La  Bibyagua  is  the  point  at  the  mouth  of 
the  river  Sierra  de  Casas.  This  point  and  the  Point  Bujamey 
on  the  southern  coast  of  the  province  proper  form  the  con- 
necting links  for  the  line  of  communication  between  the  pro- 
vince of  Habana  and  the  Isle  of  Pines. 

Among  other  of  the  points  is  Las  Barcas  in  the  northwestern 
extremity  of  the  island  and  points  del  Estd  and  Piedras  on 
the  southwestern  coast. 

reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals. 

The  only  banks,  reefs,  or  cays  of  Habana  Province  worthy 
of  mention  are  the  following : 

Flamenco  and  Culebra  Cays. — About  5  miles  south- 
ward of  Calavera  Cay,  the  western  of  the  two  forming  Hacha 
Channel,  lies  Flamenco  Cay,  and  a  mile  westward  of  the  lat- 
ter is  Culebra  Cay.  Between  the  reefs  extending  in  all  direc- 
tions from  these  two  last  cays  is  a  passage  with  1^  fathoms 


GULFS,  BAYS,  AND  ANCHORAGES. 


207 


water.  Between  Flamenco  Cay  and  those  northeast  of  it 
there  is  a  channel  carrying  If  fathoms;  but  care  shonld  be 
taken  to  guard  against  the  reefs  which  run  3  miles  to  the 
southward  and  westward  nearly  to  the  meridian  of  Flamenco 
Cay.  Between  Culebra  Cay  and  the  Petatillos  banks  there 
is  another  channel  with  If  fathoms,  and  a  group  of  small  cays, 
the  principal  ones  being : 

Cruz,  Redondo,  Buena  Vista,  Malpais,  Caravela,  Sombrero, 
Bibian,  Hermanos,  Jaco,  Aguila  Horquita,  Corua,  and  Car- 
enero,  separated  from  the  main  land  by  the  channel  of 
Cayamos. 

There  is  a  large  bank  off  the  northern  coast,  called  Jaruco 
Bank. 

Shoals. — There  are  many  large  shoals  in  the  Gulf  of 
Matamand ;  one  south  of  the  Cayamos  Channel  which  separ- 
ates this  shoal  from  the  main  land,  another  south  of  the  former 
shoal  separated  from  it  by  the  Hacha  Channel,  a  shoal  upon 
which  are  the  banks  called  Los  Petatillos,  and  a  long  shoal 
almost  surrounding  the  north  coast  of  the  Isle  of  Pines  upon 
which  are  the  Islas  de  Mangles.  This  latter  shoal  is  divided 
by  the  channel  Ingles. 

GULPS,    BAYS,    AND  ANCHORAGES. 


Gulfs. — The  entire  southern  shores  of  this  province  are 
washed  by  the  waters  of  the  Gulf  of  Matamand,  the  western 
portion  of  which  is  called  the  Ensenada  de  la  Broa. 

Bays. — For  the  Bay  of  Habana,  see  page  50. 

Broa  Bay. — From  Gorda  Point  the  shore  takes  a  NNE. 
and  NE.  direction  for  a  short  distance,  and  then  trends  to  the 
eastward  for  about  14  miles,  when  it  bends  round  to  the  north 
and  NW. ,  forming  the  Bay  of  Broa,  which,  between  Gorda  and 
Mayabeque  Points,  northward  of  it,  is  16  miles  wide,  and  car- 
ries a  depth  of  from  3  to  4  fathoms.  The  shores  of  this  bay 
are  submerged  and  covered  with  mangroves ;  at  its  head  the 
Jatibonico  River  empties  itself,  and  on  the  north  shore  several 
others  run  into  the  sea. 

At  11  miles  to  the  NW.  of  the  Jatibonico  River  is  the  load- 
ing place  of  Caimito,  which  is  much  frequented.  There  are 
13  feet  water,  mud,  along  ^  mile  south  of  the  pier.  At  8  miles 
westward  of  the  pier  is  the  loading  place  of  Rosario,  which 
has  a  tower  and  also  a  pier,  and  ^  mile  south  of  the  latter 


208  RAILWAYS. 

there  are  11  feet  water,  mud.  Both,  these  anchorages  afford 
shelter  at  all  times  except  in  the  season  of  the  SE.  winds. 

Water. — At  4  miles  WSW.  of  Rosario  is  Mayabeque  Point ; 
and  1^  miles  NW.  of  it  is  the  mouth  of  the  Mayabeque  River, 
where  there  is  always  good  water. 

Anchorages. — Going  eastward  on  the  north  coast  from  its 
most  western  point  are  the  following  anchorages : 

Cojimar,  Bacuranao,  Guanabo,  and  Santa  Cruz.  Bataband 
and  Guanimar  are  anchoring  places  on  the  southern  coast. 

RAILWAYS. 

This  province  ranks  second  in  mileage  and  importance  of 
the  railways  on  the  island,  having  some  209  miles  of  tracks 
within  its  boundaries.     The  following  are  the  principal  lines : 

1.  From  Habana  to  Pinar  del  Rio,  113  miles,  39  of  which 
are  in  the  Province  of  Habana ;  single  track,  standard  gauge, 
belonging  to  the  Ferrocarril  Occidente,  an  English  syndicate, 
with  headquarters  in  London. 

2.  From  Habana  to  Guanajay,  35  miles,  single  track,  stand- 
ard gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarriles  Unidos,  a  company 
largely  controlled  by  English  capital. 

3.  From  Habana  to  Bataband,  33  miles,  single  track,  stand- 
ard gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarriles  Unidos. 

4.  From  Habana  to  Matanzas  and  Bemba  (Jovellanos),  90 
miles,  46  of  which  are  in  Habana  Province;  single  track, 
standard  gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarriles  Unidos ;  with 
branch  from  junction  near  Regla  (Habana)  to  Guanabacoa, 
2  miles. 

5.  From  Habana  to  La  Unidn,  80  miles,  single  track,  stand- 
ard gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarriles  Unidos,  of  which 
68  miles  are  in  Habana  Province. 

6.  From  Giiines  to  Matanzas,  37  miles,  single  track,  stand- 
ard gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarriles  Unidos ;  of  which 
26  miles  are  in  Habana  Province,  with  branch  from  Robles  to 
Madruga,  5  miles. 

7.  From  Habana  to  Marianao,  8  miles,  and  a  branch  from 
Habana  to  Amilo,  on  the  coast,  3  miles ;  standard  gauge,  sin- 
gle track,  suburban  railway. 


RAILWAYS. 

1.  Habana-Pikak  del  Rio  Railway. 

[Ferrocarril  Occidente.] 

TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 


209 


HABANA. 

4 

PINOS. 

6 

'2 

A.  NARANJO. 

9 

5 

3 

CALABAZAR. 

10 

6 

4 

1 

R.  BOYEROS. 

13 

9 

7 

4 

3 

SANTIAGO. 

14 

10 

8 

5 

4 

1 

rinc6n. 

20 

16 

14 

11 

10 

7 

6 

SALUD. 

25 

21 

19 

16 

15 

12 

11 

5 

GABRIEU 

29 

25 

23 

20 

19 

16 

15 

9 

4 

GUIRA. 

33 

29 

27 

24 

23 

20 

19 

13 

8 

4 

ALQUIZAR. 

38 

34 

32 

29 

28 

25 

24 

18 

13 

9 

5      DAGAME. 

39 

35 

33 

30  1  29 

26 

26 

19 

14 

10 

6       1 

Western  Boundary  of  Habana  Prov 

nee 

113 

109 

107 

104   103 

100 

99 

93 

88 

84 

80     75 

74  1  PINAR  DEL  RfO. 

[For  Table  of  Distances  from  western  boundary  of  Habana  Province  to 
Pinar  del  Rio,  see  Province  of  Pinar  del  Rio.  "2.  Habana-P*inar  del  Rio 
Railway."] 

ITINERARY.  OP  WESTERN  RAILROAD  FROM   HABANA  WESTWARD. 

Station  (Arroyo  Naranjo).  Railroad  here  crosses  the  cal-  Distances  from 
zada  which  now  lies  on  the  right  (west).  Country  to  left  ^^^k'^ 87 m. 
rolling,  wooded  and  brushy,  with  crops,  and  a  stone  wall  now 
and  again.  Before  reaching  Calabazar  is  a  deep  valley  and  a 
long  bridge,  the  largest  of  the  line.  Water  tanks  and  side 
tracks  here.  Town  chiefly  on  right.  Beyond  is  a  rolling 
brushy  country,  and  beyond  San  Rafael  a  large  bridge  on 
stone  abutments,  then  a  short  track  running  into  a  stone 
quarry.  Then  rolling  cultivated  country  with  cane,  com, 
palms,  fine  grass  and  horses,  pineapples.  Then  a  little  sta- 
tion (Rancho  Boyero)  at  which  the  calzada  from  Jesus  del 
Monte  to  Rincon  crosses  to  left,  i.  e.,  east.  Beyond,  the 
country  grows  more  level,  is  cultivated,  has  hedges,  cane, 
tob^'co,  bananas,  and  com  and  pineapple  fields.  Telegraph 
follows  track  on  the  left.     Large  fields  of  bananas. 

The  station  and  town  of  Santiago,  a  good-sized  place  of 
probably  10,000  inhabitants,  lying  almost  entirely  on  the  east 
of  the  railroad.  Town  is  flat,  with  small  one-story  houses, 
chiefly  of  stone.  There  are  two  side  tracks  here  and  a  cattle 
chute,  but  no  water  tank.  A  large  campo  santo  with  quite 
high  stone  walls  on  right.  Beyond,  the  country  is  flat  and 
well  cultivated.  Stone  walls  quite  common.  To  the  left  is  a 
long  low  ridge  with  gentle  8loi)es  about  one-half  or  three- 


19  k.— 11.87  m. 
Santiago. 


210  RAILWAYS. 

Distances  from  quarters  of  a  mile  away  and  parallel  to  the  track  in  a  general 

*  *"*■  way,  and  commanding  it.     To  the  right  the  country  is  flat 

and  cultivated.  Dirt  road  with  a  few  houses  to  the  right  and 
a  line  of  railroad.  Country  here  quite  level  except  to  left, 
where  one  or  two  hills  lie  as  continuations  of  the  ridge.   There 

22k.— 13.50m.  is  a  turntable  at  this  place  (Rincon).  The  country  here  is  a 
little  brushy  and  less  cultivated  than  before.  Plenty  of  palms 
and  grass  and  a  little  water.  Perhaps  a  kilometer  beyond  this 
a  railroak  track  is  crossed  (Habana  Railroad),  which  now  lies 
on  left.  More  com.  Flat  country  on  both  sides,  with  some 
cultivation  and  occasional  stone  walls.  Between  Rincon  and 
Salud  the  railroad  passes  over  country  as  above  to  a  hill,  runs 
over  it  through  a  rock  cut  a  mile  or  more  long  and  4  or  5  feet 
above  the  car  top,  perhaps  20  feet  high.  Beyond  are  similar 
but  shorter  cuts.  Then  the  road  passes  over  a  long  but  small 
embankment  to  the  town  of  Salud,  a  place  of  considerable 

31k.— 19  m.  size,  say  3,000  or  3,000  inhabitants,  situated  chiefly  on  the 
left  (south)  side  of  the  road.  There  are  a  water  tank,  cattle 
chute,  and  two  side  tracks  here.  From  Salud  to  Rincon  the 
country  is  generally  level  and  well  cultivated.  Troops  could 
pass  across  the  fields,  though  the  latter  would  become  heavy. 
At  Rincon  seem  to  begin,  in  the  ridge  mentioned,  the  hills 
that  extend  to  Habana.  Crops  are  largely  cane.  There  is 
not  much  brush,  and  trees  are  found  only  singly  or  in  groups. 

39  k.— 24  m.  From  Salud  to  Gabriel  (a  small  place,  flat,  lying  on  both 
sides  of  the  track,  and  numbering,  say,  500  to  1,000  inhab- 
itants), the  railroad  passes  through  a  very  highly  cultivated 
country,  level  as  a  floor;  crops  chiefly  cane,  with  bananas, 
grass,  and  stock.  A  few  good  stone  fences,  and  seemingly 
good  country  roads  x)f  reddish  dirt,  now  hard  and  smooth. 
There  is  at  least  one  large  sugar  factory  on  the  right.  Little 
brush  and  trees,  only  singly  or  in  groups.  Small  cultivated 
patches  which  may  be  guava.  Troops  could  march  anywhere 
over  this  "country,  and  it  is  excellent  for  cavalry,  with  the 
exception  of  the  difficulty  of  getting  through  the  tall  cane 
fields ;  in  the  wet  season  there  might  be  trouble  from  mud. 

44  k.— 27.60  m.  From  Gabriel  to  Giiira  the  character  of  the  vicinity  is  the 
same.  Great  fields  of  cane,  one  sugar  mill  on  left,  patches  of 
bananas  around  well-built  stone  houses.  A  country  over 
which  troops  could  well  pass  in  dry  weather,  or  in  wet,, 
though  perhaps  with  some  difficulty  from  the  heavy  soil. 
Very  few  fences  or  hedges,  and  a  country  as  level  as  a  floor. 
Giiira  is  a  small  place,  flat,  with  a  population,  say,  of  500; 
houses  largely  of  wood.     At  Giiira  is  a  railroad  Y  to  the  left. 

52  k.— 32  m.  From  Giiira  to  Alquizar  the  country  is  perhaps  less  culti- 
vated than  before  and  is  more  brushy;  trees,  palms,  more 
frequent,  but  country  quite  as  flat ;  large  sugar  fields  and  one 
mill  to  left,  to  which  narrow-gauge  railroad  goes  from  the 
main  track  of  the  Western  Railroad.  The  country  roads  seem 
good,  new,  and  hard,  and  sometimes,  but  not  often,  run  beside 


RAILWAYS. 


211 


the  railroad  track.     Frequently  they  are  inclosed  by  stone    Distencesfrom 
fences.     The  railroad  in  general  is  inclosed  by  a  Mnd  of  hedge  ^■**"*- 
and  sometimes  by  a  fence  for  a  short  distance,  but  the  coun- 
try in  general  has  few  fences  or  hedges,  and  is  excellent  for 
the  march  of  troops.     For  description  of  Alquizar,  see  Road 
Itinerary. 

The  countrj'  from  Alquizar  to  CaSas  is  still  very  flat  and  est— 11.50 m. 
level,  but  cultivation  grows  less;  sugar  fields  are  still  com- 
mon :  two  sugar  mills.  One  railroad  track  runs  off  to  the  left, 
probably  4  feet  8|  inch  gauge,  as  it  connects  with  this  road. 
About  half  way  across  an  outcrop  of  rock  is  very  common, 
the  land  ix)or,  apx)arently ,  and  much  overgrown  by  brush.  The  ■ 
roads  seem  good,  and  troops  could  travel,  but  with  more  diffi- 
culty ;  probably  could  travel  by  the  side  of  the  raih-oad  as  well 
as  anywhere.  From  Alquizar  they  could  well  march  along  the 
raib-oad.  Stone  fences  are  somewhat  more  common.  The 
mountains  begin  to  show  themselves  far  to  the  front.  Around 
Canas  is  plenty  of  cultivation  and  stock ;  the  town  is  small, 
IK)pulation  perhaps  500  to  1,000;  houses  of  wood  or  stone,  or 
both,  covered  with  stucco,  and  tiled. 

From  Canas  to  the  next  station,  Artemisa,  the  run  is  short;    70k.— i3.50m. 
the  son  of  the  country  seems  better  and  more  cultivated ; 
there  is  much  sugar.     The  country  is  flat  and  of  the  same 
general  character.     For  description  of  Artemisa,  see  Road 
Itinerary. 

From  Artemisa  to  Mangas  the  road  passes  over  a  country  78  k.— 48.50  m. 
still  fairly  level,  but  undulating  now  and  again,  and  through 
several  small  cuts.  Cane  seems  to  end  just  before  Artemisa 
is  reached,  and  the  country  to  become  little  cultivated,  with 
comparatively  few  houses.  There  is  much  brush,  with  tim- 
ber, but  no  forests.  It  would  be  more  difficult  to  move  troops 
here  than  before,  but  still  possible.  Along  the  sides  of  the 
track  there  would  here  and  there  be  difficulties,  though  per- 
haps movements  would  be  as  easy  there  as  elsewhere.  There 
is  no  road  along  the  track  anywhere,  except  for  short  inter- 
vals. At  Mangas — merely  a  collection  of  three  or  four  huts — 
the  mountains  first  appear  on  the  right.  From  Artemisa  to 
Las  Mangas  are  good  meadows,  little  com  or  tobacco ;  a  few 
stone  fences. 

From  Las  Mangas  to  Punta  Brava  the  road  is  very  rough,  §2  k.— o3m. 
the  country  wild  and  uncultivated,  with  fine  meadows  here 
and  there,  but  few  fences ;  now  and  again  a  stone  wall.  The  • 
railroad,  as  a  rule,  is  not  fenced.  The  run  is  short,  and  the 
country  passed  over,  such  that  troops  could  move  better  than 
before.  From  Punta  Brava — a  station  house,  and  seemingly 
nothing  more — the  country  is  brushy,  with  good  grass,  little 
cultivation,  and  now  and  again  a  little  com  and  still  a  little 
cane,  increasing  as  Candelaria  is  approached.  There  are  few 
houses  or  hut«  in  this  i)art  of  the  line ;  many  open  pine  forests. 
The  country  is  less  favorable  for  troops ;  still  they  could  travel 


212  RAILWAYS. 

Distances  from  without  great  difficulty,  except  in  the  low  spots  frequently 
Habana.  overgrown  with  brush  and  jungle.    There  are  plenty  of  mead- 

92  k— 57  m.  ows,  more  water  than  before,  and  cattle.  At  Candelaria  the 
mountains  are  not  more  than  2  or  3  miles  to  the  right.  The 
country  is  a  little  rolling,  and  there  have  been  a  few  dirt  cuts 
on  the  road,  not  as  high  as  the  cars,  and  short. 
101  k.— 62.50  m.  From  Candelaria  to  San  Cristobal  the  country  is  flat,  but 
brushy  and  wooded,  practically  imj^assable  for  troops  near 
the  railroad,  but  for  no  very  great  distance — 2  or  3  miles, 
perhaps.  There  are  few  houses  or  huts;  little  or  no  cultiva- 
tion. Large  meadows  near  San  Cristobal,  and  a  flat,  open 
country,  good  for  troops.  At  the  town  it  is  more  hilly  and 
cultivated;  com,  tobacco,  and  bananas;  few  fences;  huts 
more  common. 

101.6k.— 65 m.  Beyond  San  Cristobal,  near  the  104-kilometer  post,  the  road 
passes  through  cuts  reaching  about  to  the  top  of  the  cars  and 
nearly  a  mile  long ;  the  cut  is  through  dirt,  soft  stone,  and 
gravel.  A  little  farther  on  it  crosses  a  high  trestle  about  40 
or  50  feet  long  and  some  40  feet  high.  Crossing  over  the 
trestle  the  track  passes  over  a  small  embankment.     Between 

107  k.— 67  m.    here  and  the  107-kilometer  post  it  crosses  two  more  small 
trestles  and  the  pike  running  from  San  Cristobal  to  Consola- 
cion. 
Beyond  here  wire  fences  line  the  track  or  sometimes  thin, 

i08k.— 67.5  m.  low  ledges.  At  about  108  kilometers  the  railroad  reaches  a 
wooden  trestle  some  75  feet  long,  passing  over  a  little  stream 
opposite  Santa.     From  here  the  ground  is  rather  low  and 

112.7k.— 70m.  brushy  until  the  station  of  Taco-Taco  is  reached  at  about  111 
kilometers.  Just  before  reaching  the  station  a  wooden  tres- 
tle is  crossed,  probably  150  feet  in  length.  Beyond,  the  coun- 
try is  brushy,  although  the  ground  is  cleared  for  30  feet  each 
side  of  the  track,  becoming  more  clear  after  the  113-kilometer 
117  k.— 73.76  m.  post  is  passed.  Near  the  117-kilometer  post  a  small  wooden 
trestle  is  crossed.     Farther  on,  the  dirt  road  runs  parallel 

120  k.— 75  m.  with  the  tracks  on  the  south  side  and  near  the  120-kilometer 
post  a  small  wooden  trestle  is  crossed. 

Beyond,  the  country  is  level.     There  is  little  or  no  cultiva- 
tion and  few  cattle.     The  road  is  very  rough. 

130  k— 81m  At  126  kilometers  the  station  of  Palacios  is  entered.  To  the 
south  of  the  station  the  country  is  brushy,  and  here  are  the 
usual  stock  pens  and  piles  of  firewood.  Beyond  the  town, 
about  a  kilometer,  is  a  small  wooden  trestle,  and  then  comes 
a  somewhat  brushy  country  for  a  short  distance. 

138  k.— 86  m.  At  133  kilometers  the  road  enters  the  station  of  Paso  Real. 
Here  a  good  road  goes  to  the  baths  of  San  Diego  located  in 
the  mountains.  The  town  is  very  small,  containing  some  20 
houses  and  huts,  situated  in  a  flat  region.  Just  beyond  is  a 
short  wooden  trestle.     The  country  here  is  largely  given  over 

i4i.6k.— 88  m.  to  tobacco  raising.     Between  135  and  136  kilometers  are 


RAILWAYS. 


213 


located  a  few  huts.     Farther  on,  between  138  and  139  kilome-    Distance*  from 

t«rs,  a  wooden  trestle  is  passed.     The  mountains  to  the  north  ^''^°*- 

are  only  5  or  6  miles  away,  while  on  the  south  is  the  dirt  road  i44k.— 89.87  m. 

running  parallel  with  the  railroad,  although  it  can  not  be  seen 

from  the  cars.     Near  the  143-kilometer  post,  a  wooden  trestle 

spanning  a  small  stream  of  water  is  passed.     The  station  of 

Herradura  is  entered  at  145  kilometers.     Here  is  a  side  track 

and  a  stone  culvert.     Beyond,  the  country  is  little  cultivated 

and  covered  largely  with  palms.     Some  small  cuts  are  passed 

at  about  148  kilometers.     A  little  farther  on  a  water  tank  is 

passed  and  a  wooden  trestle  crossed.     At  150  kilometers  a 

stone  or  brick  bridge  is  crossed. 

After  passing  through  some  cuts,  the  station  of  Consolacion 
is  entered — 152  kilometers  from  Habana. 

Shortly  after  lea^nng  Consolacion  the  railway  crosses  two 
small  culverts  and  farther  on  a  trestle  spanning  quite  a  stream. 
Just  beyond  the  trestle  it  crosses  the  pike  from  Consolacion 
to  Pinar  del  Rio. 

At  160  kilometers  a  small  trestle  is  crossed  and  the  country 
becomes  a  little  more  rough.  Passing  some  hills  to  the  south, 
the  road  continues  southwest  across  a  small  culvert  and  enters 
its  terminus,  Pinar  del  Rio,  170  kilometers  from  Habana. 


149.7  k.— 93  m. 


153  k.— 95  m. 
155  k.— 96.2  m. 


161  k.— 100  m. 


167  k.— 104  ro. 


187  k.— 113  m. 


2.  Habana-Guanajay  Railway. 

table  of  distances, 
habana  (villanueva). 


8 

ALMENDARES. 

14 

6 

rinc6n. 

17 

9 

3 

GOVEA. 

21 

13 

7 

4 

SAN  ANTONIO. 

26 

18 

12 

9 

5 

SEBORUCAL. 

27 

19 

13 

10 

6 

1 

SALADRIGAS. 

30 

22 

16 

13 

9 

4 

3 

CEIBA  DE  AQUA. 

33 

25 

19 

16 

12 

7 

6 

3 

Western  Boundary  of  Habana  Province 

35 

27 

21 

18 

14 

9 

8 

5 

2 

GUANAJAY. 

Distances  from 
Villa  Nueva. 


ITINERARY. 

[For  itinerary  from  Habana  to  Rincon  see  "3.  Habana- 
Batabano  Railway."] 

At  Rincon  the  Guanajay  branch  (see  Habana-Batabano 
Railroad)  does  not  cross  the  western  track,  but  turning  off  to 
the  right,  i.  e.,  north  of  that  track,  continues  &  single  track, 
ballasted  with  dirt. 

Somewhat  rolling,  brushy  country,  red  soil,  huts,  and  not    25  k.— 15.62  m. 
much  cultivation ;  country  open  and  level. 

Small  bridge,  level  with  track,  30  fe^  long  on  stone  ainit-    26  k.— 16.25  nj. 
ments;  stone  walls  now  on  both  sides  of  track;  two  lines  of 
telegraph,  one  of  two  wires,  the  other  of  one. 


214  RAILWAYS. 

Distances  from  Low  cut ;  short,  8  feet  high ;  country  open,  level ;  excellent 
'"'T^^t.rnJor  troops. 

28k.— 17.5m.  Country  level;  many  stone  walls;  com,  tobacco;  many 
palm  trees;  a  fertile  region;  many  cattle,  and  stone  walls 
very  common. 

U9k.— 18.12 m.  Same;  excellent  for  troops ;  reddish  soil ;  country  open  and 
level ;  about  29  kilometers  single  side  track;  many  horses  and 
cattle  here ;  three  or  four  huts  and  station  of  Govea.  Coun- 
try roads  here  now  good,  but  probably  become  bad  in  wet 
weather;  no  road  along  track,  but  country  excellent  for 
march  of  troops. 

30k.— 18.75 m.  Same;  level,  open  country;  cattle,  palms,  and  bananas; 
com,  no  cane. 

33k.— 20.62m.  Same;  country  level  and  open;  excellent  for  troops;  no 
cuts  of  consequence  thus  far. 

36k.— 21.87m.  A  Very  low  range  of  hills  near  railroad  on  north;  then  a 
curve  and  huts,  indicating  a  large  town ;  cross  small  creek  by 
little  bridge  10  feet  long  (no  obstacles  to  fording),  and  arrive 
at  San  Antonio.  Here  are  two  side  tracks,  water  tank,  and  a 
town  of  several  hundred  people ;  little  stone  station  house  and 
platform;  country  around  somewhat  brushy,  but  level  in 
general ;  a  small  stone  warehouse  on  track ;  houses  of  town 
largely  of  stone,  surrounded  often  by  bananas,  tobacco,  etc. 
No  obstacle  to  be  feared  here ;  country  fairly  good  for  troops, 
though  with  stone  walls  and  somewhat  brushy. 

38k.— 23.75m.  Country  to  left,  open  and  somewhat  rolling;  to  right, 
brushy  and  low  hills ;  a  small  low  cut. 

39  k.— 24.37  m.     HiUs  on  right  lower,  but  brushy  ridge  continues  on  left ; 

country  somewhat  rolling,  but  open,  with  many  palms. 

40  k.— 25  m.         Country  fairly  open  and  level  on  both  sides. 

41  k.— 25.62  m.     Level,  but  somewhat  brushy ;  many  palms ;  stone  walls  still 

common,  but  country  always  good  for  troops ;  considerable 

com  since  leaving  Rinc6n,  but  no  cane,  and  the  region  seems 

chiefly  cut  into  small  fields  for  stock. 
43  k.— 26.87  m.     Scborucal.     Stone  station,  stock  chute,  one  side  track,  half 

dozen  huts ;  country  level  and  open ;  no  obstacle ;  considerable 

tobacco  here. 
44k.— 27.5 ra.      Country  very  level;  many  cattle  and  horses;  considerable 

com;  country  more  open ;  excellent  for  troops. 
45k.— 28.12m.     Large  tobacco  vegas  and  little  temporary  station  house; 

country  level  and  open;  many  cattle  in  small  herds;  stone 

walls  now  and  again  along  track. 
47k.— 29.37m.     Same;  com  and  bananas;  country  level  and  oi)en;  many 

stone  walls ;  many  cattle ;  excellent  for  troops ;  railroad  very 

level  throughout. 

48  k.— 30  m.        Same ;  no  cuts  of  importance  thus  far ;  country  roads  now 

fair ;  railroad  singe  track ;  dirt  ballast  in  general. 

49  k.— 30.72  m.     Same  ;    country  level,  fairly  open  ;    com,  bananas,  huts 

here  and  there,  palms,  trees,  tobacco,  cattle;  then  a  curve, 
two  side  tracks,  and  little  atone  station  house  of  La  Ceiba; 


RAILWAYS. 


215 


small  stone  platform;  town  of  40  or  50  houses  at  50  kQometers.     Distances  from 
Conntry  level ;  somewhat  brushy ;  tobacco  and  bananas ;  no  ^'"*  Nneva. 
cane  in  this  region ;  stone  walls  and  com  here ;  palm  trees ;        '-•««»• 
water  tank. 

Much  tobacco;  country  fairly  level  and  open,  but  shut  in    51  k.— 33.13m. 
generally  by  palms  and  brush ;  plenty  of  com  here  and  huts ; 
water  probably  comes  from  wells ;  excellent  for  troops  thus 
far  along  railroad ;  crops  do  not  interfere ;  chiefly  tobacco  and 
com ;  huts  frequent ;  soil  reddish. 

Same;  country  open  and  level;  excellent  for  troops;  much    54k.— 33.50m. 
tobacco,  considerable  com,  many  palms. 

Country  slightly  more  undulating  and  growing  more  oi)en;    55  k.— 34.1  m. 
stone  fences  fewer. 

Country,  especially  to  the  left,  pretty  and  open ;  many  huts,  56  k.— 34.7  m. 
cattle,  bananas,  tobacco,  com  here  and  there ;  a  slight  cut  on 
railroad ;  then  tiro  side  tracks  and  station  of  Gnanajay.  Small  57  k.— 35.62  m. 
stone  station,  stock  chute,  and  stone  warehouse.  Fairly  good 
place  to  land  and  ambush  troops,  though  if  the  hills  near  the 
town  be  occupied  by  artillery,  some  difficulty  might  be  antici- 
pated. 

3.  Habaxa-Batabaxo  Railway. 


TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 
HABANA  (STATION  VILLA  NUEVA). 


3 

PUEBLO  NUEVO. 

6 

3 

CIENAGA. 

8 

5 

2 

ALMENOARES. 

11 

8 

^ 

3 

FERRO. 

12 
14 

9 
11 

6 

8 

4 
6 

1 
3 

AGUADA. 

2 

RINCON. 

18 

15 

12 

10 

7 

6 

4 

BEJUCAL. 

24 

21 

18 

16 

13 

12 

10 

6 

QUIVICAN. 

26 

23 

2Q 

18 

15 

14 

12 

8 

2 

SAN  FELIPE. 

30 

:27 

24 

22 

19 

18 

16 

12 

G 

4 

REDONDO. 

31 

28 

25 

23 

20 

19 

17 

13 

7 

5 

1 

QUINTANO. 

33 

30 

27 

25 

2S 

21 

19 

15. 

9       7 

3 

2     BATABANO. 

35 

32 

29 

27 

24 

23 

21 

" 

11  1    9 

5       4  j    2  1  ALDEA. 

HABANA  (RAMAL)    TO  BATABAIfO. 

Leaving  the  foot  of  the  hill  of  El  Principe  (near  the  4-kilo- 
meter jHDst),  the  railroad  runs  in  a  straight  line  across  the 
valley  toward  the  range  of  hills  lying  along  the  banks  of  the 
Almendares  River  and  surrounding  Puentes  Grandes  and 
Marianao.  The  railroad  intersects  this  range  at  Cienaga, 
from  which  i)oint  a  htU  extends  somewhat  boldly  into  the  val- 
ley eastward  and  toward  the  Western  Railroad.     The  gujis  of 

7739 15 


216  EAILWAYS. 

Principe  sweep  the  line  of  this  road  as  far  as  the  cut  at  Cien- 
aga,  about  3  kilometers  from  El  Principe.  From  Principe  to 
Cienaga  the  country  is  open  and  low,  a  few  low  cuts  along  the 
railroad.  Westward  lies  the  range  of  hills  mentioned ;  east- 
ward the  hill  of  the  Catalan  Club,  called  Loma  de  los  Jesuitas, 
a  low,  rounded  hill,  completely  commanded  by  the  fort  of  El 
Principe  and  of  much  less  elevation.  Beyond  and  farther  to 
the  south  lie  the  long  line  of  trees  and  houses  extending  to 
the  summit  of  the  hill  called  El  Cerro.  This  line  marks  the 
calzada  to  Marianao  and  Guanajay,  which  passing  beyond  the 
Cerro  crosses  the  Habana  Railroad  at  La  Cienaga.  To  this 
point  also  comes  the  suburban  railroad  from  Habana  to  Mari- 
anao, which,  running  westward  of  Tulipdn  and  of  the  Cal- 
zada del  Cerro  (i.  e. ,  between  the  Loma  de  los  Jesuitas  and 
Tulipan),  continues  to  Marianao  and  the  north  coast  at  the 
inlet  called  La  Playa  de  Marianao.  A  new  line  of  railroad 
from  Begla  to  Matanzas,  intersecting  the  latter  road  about  2 
kilometers  from  Regla  station.  This  branch  connects  the 
southern  and  eastern  lines  of  the  United  Railroads  of  Habana. 
It  passes  around  the  head  of  Habana  Bay,  running  east  of  the 
Calzada  del  Cerro,  and  crossing  the  Western  Railroad  between 
Cristina  station  and  a  cut  which  shuts  off  the  fire  of  the 
fortification  called  Atares.  The  intersection  of  this  connect- 
ing link  with  the  Western  Railroad  lies  about  3  kilometers 
from  Cristina  station  on  the  Western  road.  From  Cienaga 
the  Western  Railroad  is  concealed. 

From  Cienaga  a  common  road  runs  northward,  which  passes 
east  of  the  Baptist  Cemetery  and  along  the  hills  which  border 
the  Almendares,  but  at  some  distance  and  concealed  from  that 
river.  This  road  runs  west  of  El  Principe  and  cuts  the  cal- 
zada, which,  passing  by  this  fortification,  continues  to  the 
cemetery;  from  the  point  of  intersection  the  former  road 
continues  along  the  hill  of  Principe  to  the  seacoast  at  Vedado. 
Though  not  good,  it  is  practicable  for  wagons  and  is,  in  gen- 
eral, covered  from  fire  from  El  Principe  as  far  as  its  inter- 
section with  the  cemetery  road.  The  heights  near  Cienaga  are 
lower  than  the  hill  of  Principe  and  well  commanded  by  that 
work.  The  town  of  Cienaga  lies  at  the  foot  of  the  ridge 
mentioned ;  to  the  eastward  is  a  low  valley,  which  probably 
becomes  a  marsh  in  wet  weather.  The  surrounding  country 
east  and  north  is  open  and  cultivated  with  gardens.  This 
valley,  as  well  as  the  Habana  Railroad,  passing  through  it,  is 
well  commanded  by  the  fire  from  El  Principe,  and  should  a 
fieldwork  be  erected  on  the  hill  of  Las  Jesuitas  probably  the 
whole  valley,  the  Habana  and  Marianao  railroads,  and  the 
connecting  line,  as  well  as  the  calzada  to  Marianao  and  the 
Concha  Station,  would  be  thoroughly  guarded.  The  Habana 
Railroad  should  be  avoided  as  a  line  of  advance  to  the  city. 
The  Western  Railroad  is  screened  from  the  fire  of  Principe. 
Both  the  Habana  and  Marianao  railroads  and  the  calzada 


RAILWAYS. 


217 


enter  one  of  the  most  strongly  guarded  parts  of  the  city. 
Tlie  ridge  of  hills  lying  along  the  Altnendares  River  should 
not  he  follmced,  for  the  calzada  crossing  them  and  leading 
from  Marianao  to  El  Cerro  crosses  the  Abnendares  River  and, 
as  has  been  said,  is  exposed  to  fire  beyond.  Little  would  be 
gained  by  the  occupation  of  the  hills  along  the  river,  for  though 
they  seem  to  be  as  high  or  higher  than  El  Princii)e,  observa- 
tion from  the  fort  shows  that  this  is  not  the  case. 

Cienaga  lies  about  6  kilometers  from  Villanueva ;  from  it 
the  Key  Hill  can  not  be  seen.  The  branch  road  connecting 
Habana  Railroad  at  Cienaga  with  road  from  Regla  to  Matan- 
zas  has  "  Y"  at  the  former  place.  The  suburban  railroad  to 
Marianao  crosses  the  Habana  Railroad  within  a  few  yards  of 
the  calzada  to  Marianao. 

A  double  track  extends  from  Cienaga  to  Rincon,  but  from 
Cienaga  to  Habana  is  a  single  track. 

Passing  south  from  Cienaga,  the  country  to  the  left  is  a 
low  valley,  well  cultivated.  The  railroad  occupies  more 
nearly  the  center  of  the  valley  than  before,  the  heights  to  the 
westward  running  off  at  a  somewhat  sharp  angle.  At  9  kilo- 
meters is  a  large  ii-rigation  ditch,  the  hills  about  1  mile  to  the 
west.  At  10  kilometers,  to  the  west  of  the  track,  is  the  opeii 
ditch  which  supplies  one  of  the  icards  of  tlie  city  with  water. 
About  13  kilometers  the  railroad  reaches  the  Vento  aqueduct 
on  the  left,  and  just  beyond  crosses  the  Almendares  River  by 
an  iron  bridge  some  GO  feet  long.  Almendares  River  now  to 
the  east  of  the  track.  Here  a  track  runs  to  the  westward 
toward  the  sugar  estate  of  Toledo.  Much  cane.  At  this 
point  the  railroad  has  a  double  track.  There  are  two  lines  of 
telegraph,  one  of  four,  the  other  of  five  wires;  the  road  is 
well  built,  ballasted  with  stone,  and  in  excellent  condition. 
The  cars  are  poor,  in  bad  condition,  made  in  Wilmington, 
Del.  Vento  is  not  a  town,  but /ro?/i  it  comes  the  ivater  supply 
of  Habana.  In  the  neighborhood  are  several  rock  cuts, 
extending  along  the  railroad ;  they  are  short,  and  about  the 
height  of  the  car.  The  country  grows  less  cultivated.  From 
Vento  it  is  said  the  calzada  of  Palatino  follows  the  line  of  the 
new  aqueduct  to  the  point  where  the  new  reservoir  is  to  be 
located  (1892).  This  calzada  reaches  the  Western  Railroad 
at  about  6  kilometers  from  Cristina,  and  thence  for  some 
distance  lies  parallel  to  the  railroad ;  finally  reaches  the  Cal- 
zada del  Cerro  near  that  suburb. 

At  18  kilometers  lies  the  little  town  of  Aguada  del  Cura. 
Here  is  a  small  tcooden  station  and  water  tank.  There  are  no 
side  tracks.  The  country  about  is  somewhat  flat,  brushy. 
Cane  and  "tobacco  growing.  Aguada  is  a  small  hamlet. 
Beyond,  the  country  grows  more  level,  more  brushy,  has 
little  cultivation.  Com  here  and  there.  At  23  kilometers 
from  Villanueva  the  railroad  approaches  the  station  of  Rincon 
and  passes  within  a  hundred  yards  of  the  station  of  the  Western 


218  RAILWAYS. 

Railroad  to  the  east.  There  is  a  connecting  track,  and  on 
the  left  a  switch  joins  the  road.  The  Habana  Railroad, 
at  24  kilometers  from  Villanueva,  crosses  the  Western  Rail- 
road at  Rincon. 

From  Rinc6n  to  the  seaport  of  Batabano  the  Habana  Rail- 
road is  single  track,  well  laid,  kept  in  good  condition,  and 
well  ballasted,  frequently  with  stone.  Side  tracks  exist  at 
Bejucal,  Qiiivican,  San  Felipe,  Pozo  Re<jiondo,  Quintana,  and 
La  Playa.  Water  tanks  at  La  Playa,  probably  Pozo  Redon- 
do,  and  certainly  at  San  Felipe.  The  road  in  general  passes 
through  a  flat  and  cultivated  country.  From  the  coast  a  ridge 
of  hills  is  seen  to  the  north,  and  this  the  railroad  gradually 
approaches,  meeting  it  at  Bejucal,  and  running  parallel  to  it 
as  far  as  Rinc6n.  After  crossing  the  marshes  extending  from 
the  coast  to  within  half  a  mile  of  Quintana,  wagons  and  troops 
could  pass  over  the  contiguous  country  to  Rincon.  From  the 
seacoast  at  La  Playa,  wagons  or  perhaps  carts  drawn  by  single 
animals  could  be  moved  along  the  railroad  embankment  until 
the  common  road  is  reached  at  Quintana  or  Pozo  Redondo ; 
but  this  is  unnecessary,  as  a  good  road — a  trirnpike,  in  fact — 
connects  the  port  xvith  the  town,  and  a  good  dirt  road  runs 
thence  to  the  railroad  station.  From  this  point  to  Rinc6n 
there  is  no  cut,  no  embankment,  and  no  bridge  (-w-ith  the 
possible  exception  of  that  at  Felipe)  to  cause  danger  or  delay 
of  consequence.  Indeed,  this  is  true  of  the  entire  line  of 
Habana,  with  the  exception  of  the  bridge  over  the  Almenda- 
res  River ;  but  this  stream  is  so  narrow  that  it  could  readily 
be  crossed  by  a  temporay  structure,  or  probably  forded  with- 
out difficulty. 

The  Habana  Railroad  from  Habana  to  Bataban6  is  one  of 
the  most  important  strategic  lines  of  Cuba. 

The  present  (March,  1890)  station  of  the  Habana  Railroad 
is  at  Pueblo  Nuevo,  in  the  city  of  Habana.  Pueblo  Nuevo  is 
a  temporary  wooden  station  from  which  trains  now  leave  on 
the  old  Habana  Railroad  because,  it  is  said,  the  authorities 
will  not  permit  trains  to  run  farther  into  town,  i.  e.,  to  the 
old  station  of  Villanueva  on  the  Campo  Marte,  about  2|  kilo- 
meters from  Pueblo  Nuevo.  At  Pueblo  Nuevo  there  is  a 
wooden  platform,  also  a  few  little  wooden  offices.  There  are 
two  tracks.  The  place  is  quite  close  to  the  sea,  perhaps  one- 
half  mile  distant,  and  from  three-quarters  to  1  mile  from  the 
station  on  the  Vedado  suburban  road  called  Belascoain. 

Pueblo  Nuevo  is  one  of  the  poorer  wards  of  the  city,  and  is 
surrounded  by  hovels  and  shanties  of  wood,  with  better 
houses  here  and  there  of  the  usual  stone  and  rubble.  The 
railroad  to  Guanajay  follows  the  main  line  to  Rinc6n  and 
then  branches  to  the  west.  Some  trains  run  through  to  Gua- 
najay without  change ;  on  others  a  change  is  made  at  Rinc6n. 
The  station  is  apt  to  be  greatly  crowded  with  venders  of  lot- 
tery tickets,  cigars,  papers,  etc. 


I 


RAILWAYS. 


219 


3  k.— 1.85  m. 


4  k.— 2.5  m. 


Double  track  extends  to  less  than  3 -kilometer post  (i.e.,  only  Distencesfrom 
a  few  hundred  yards  from  Pueblo  Nuevo).  On  leaving  the  ^'"*°"®^*' 
station,  the  road  runs  through  a  poorer  quarter  of  the  town, 
through  the  Quinta  (former  summer  residence  of  the  Captain 
General,  but  now  occupied  by  the  grounds  and  buildings  of  a 
kind  of  social  club ;  it  would  probably  become  a  strong  defensive 
position  in  event  of  an  attack  on  Habana  by  the  Habana  Rail- 
road from  Rincon),  and  under  the  hill  of  the  fortification  of  El 
Principe,  across  the  Paseo  de  Tacon,  and  at  about  4  kilometers 
runs  into  the  valley  extending  southward  from  Habana,  and 
through  which  passes  also  the  railroad  to  Marianao,  and  some 
distance  to  the  east  and  concealed  from  sight  is  the  Western 
Railroad  (which  crosses  the  Habana  Railroad  at  Rincon). 
Between  4  and  5  kilometers  the  Habana  Railroad  passes  some 
200  yards  west  of  the  Hill  of  the  Jesuits  (Loma  de  los  Jesui- 
tas),  not  fortified,  and  about  5  kilometers  a  ditch  running 
through  the  undulating,  open,  and  cultivated  valley.  From 
the  point  of  crossing  the  Paseo  de  Tacon  (or  of  entrance  to  the 
valley)  the  railroad  is  almost  completely  exposed  to  fire  from 
the  guns  of  El  Principe  as  far  as  a  ridge  (cut  on  the  railroad) 
which  lies  just  north  of  the  station  of  Cienaga,  6  kilometers  6  k.— 3.75  m. 
from  Villanueva.  Thus  far  the  country  is  open  on  both  sides 
of  the  track;  then  there  are  a  few  low  cuts;  to  the  right 
extends  the  line  of  hills  bordering  the  Almendares  River  and 
running  toward  Marianao.  The  railroad  from  the  foot  of  the 
hill  of  El  Principe  to  the  ridge  of  Cienaga — say  3,000  yards — 
is  exposed  almost  continuously  to  a  raking,  plunging  fire. 
The  ridge  mentioned  protects,  to  some  extent,  Cienaga  from 
the  fire  of  El  Principe.  At  this  cut,  about  6  kilometers,  the 
road  curves  and  reaches  the  station  of  Cienaga,  6  kilometers 
from  Villanueva.  This  place  is  just  within  the  suburbs  of 
Habana,  but  the  country  around,  and  especially  to  the  east, 
is  generally  open  ground,  covered  with  vegetable  gardens. 
This  region  is  probably  swampy  in  summer  (as  the  name 
implies:  Cienaga — swamp). 

Cienaga  is  an  important  junction.  The  Habana  Railroad 
here  crosses  the  railroad  and  calzada  to  Marianao,  and  a 
branch  road  is  now  (March,  1890)  nearly  completed,  extend- 
ing from  Cienaga  around  the  head  of  the  bay  toward  Regla, 
near  which  it  taps  the  Bahia  road,  and  crossing  en  route  the 
Western  Railroad.  At  Cienaga  are  located  round  houses  con- 
taining engines,  and  railroad  shops  of  the  Habana  Railroad. 
There  are  three  tracks  here,  and  a  side  track  to  the  Marianao 
Railroad. 

At  Cienaga  the  railroad  crosses  the  highway  (calzada)  to  ^  k.— 4.3  m. 
Marianao,  then  passes  over  the  branch  road  to  Regla  at  about 
7  kilometers.  Habana  road  here  begins  to  have  two  tracks. 
At  7  kilometers  the  road  reaches  the  other  branch  of  the  rail- 
road to  Regla,  with  a  small  bridge  30  feci  long  near  by.  To 
the  left  a  somewhat  low,  broad,  and  level  valley,  cultivated 


220  RAILWAYS. 

DiBtanceBfrom  generally  with  garden  truck,  extends  to  some  low  hills  on  the 
viUanueva.        right,  on  which  lies  the  little  town  of  Pnentes  Qrandes,  less 
than  a  mile  away. 

8  k.— 5.  m.  Between  8  and  9  kilometers,  a  large  ditch  crossed  by  the 

road  by  a  small  bridge  some  30  feet  long,  not  extending  above 
the  track. 

9  k.— 6.6  m.         Valley  rolling  and  open,  with  hills  here  and  there ;  a  little 

brush  meeting  ridge  here  about  a  mile  away  to  the  right. 

10  k.— 6.2  m.       The  stream  lies  on  right  of  track ;  it  is  an  open  ditch  supply- 

ing one  of  the  ivards  of  Hahana  with  water ;  to  the  right, 
cultivation,  com,  vegetables,  etc. 

11  k.— 6.8  m.       Low  hills ;  mill  to  left,  country  less  cultivated.     A  calzada 

50  yards  to  left,  and  turrets  of  water  main  of  Vento  aqueduct. 
Several  houses  and  constructions  of  waterworks  near  track. 
Then  a  short  cut,  perhaps  12  feet  high,  and  a  little  wood  station 
with  large  building  Seminario  on  left. 

12  k.— 7.5  m.       At  about  12  kilometers  the  Almendares  River,  heretofore  to 

west,  is  crossed  by  an  iron  girder  about  60  feet  long.  Just 
beyond  sugar  railroad  to  right ;  a  second  branch  of  same  be- 
yond ;  double  track,  stone  ballast ;  tico  lines  of  telegraph,  one 
with  four,  the  other  with  five  wires.  Country  now  rolling, 
much  cane,  cuts  frequent  but  short,  through  rock  and  about 
the  height  of  the  car. 

13k.— 8.1  ni.  At  about  13  kilometers  an  embankment,  quite  high,  Siaiy  20 
feet.     Country  hilly ;  Western  Railroad  cut  off  from  sight. 

15k.— 9.4m.  Rock  cuts  20  or  30  feet  high;  country  broken,  hilly  and 
brushy;  about  15  kilometers  works,  probably  Vento  water- 
works, chiefly  water  supply  of  Havana,  on  the  left. 

16  k.— 10  m.  In  cut ;  then  to  left  small  pond,  and  just  beyond,  stone  build- 
ings, probably  lunatic  asylum. 

17k.— 10.1  m.  Country  less  cultivated,  more  rolling  and  brushy;  consid- 
erable settlement  at  asylum.  Hei'e  a  railroad  to  right,  proba- 
bly local ;  side  track.  Country  now  covered  with  stone  walls 
and  brush,  and  not  good  for  troops,  in  fact  it  is  not  specially 
good  on  this  line,  considering  the  winding  of  the  Almendares. 

19  k.— 11. 9 111.  Station  of  Aguada  del  Cuba.  Steam  engine  and  water  tank 
here,  stone  station,  very  small  toum,  wood  platform,  no  side 
track,  but  double  track  of  railroad.  A  little  tobacco  and  cane ; 
country  somewhat  brushy,  but  becoming  more  level.  Coun- 
try toward  Western  Railroad  now  brushy  and  somewhat  roll- 
ing ;  huts,  bananas,  palms ;  less  cultivation,  but  a  little  com ; 
horses. 

20k.— 12.5m.  Same;  three  lines  of  telegraph  on  left,  four  wires;  on  right, 
one  of  three  wires,  one  of  two. 

21  k.— 13.1m.  Country  now  more  brushy,  cuts  fewer,  more  trees,  palms, 
hedges  of  cactus,  few  stone  walls. 

23  k.— 14.3  III.       -A-  somewhat  rolling,  brushy  country,  red  soil,  huts  and  some 

cultivation,  but  not  very  much. 

24  k.— 15  m.        station  of  Rincon.    A  switch  to  Western  Railroad  here  be- 

fore reaching  station.     The  Habana  Railroad  crosses  the 


RAILWAYS.  221 

"Western  Railroad  at  24  kilometers  from  Villanueva  (Habana    Distances  from 
Railroad),  and  at  1  kilometer  from  this  point  one  track  of  the  ^  ''i*""^^''- 
Habana  Railroad  turns  westward,  proceeding  to  Guanajay. 

The  junction  is  about  one-half  mile  from  the  town  of  Rin- 
con  and  hardly  more  from  the  range  of  hills  in  rear,  from 
which  the  junction  could  be  swept  by  fire  of  musketry  and  field 
guns.  The  region  in  front  of  the  ridge  is  fairly  level  and  open, 
though  near  the  crossing  of  railroads  the  Habana  road  passes 
through  a  few  low,  short  earth  cuts. 

At  25  kilometers  the  railroad  to  Guanajay  branches  west-  25 k— 15.6 m. 
ward  from  the  Habana  Railroad,  and  at  this  point  there  is  a 
side  track.  Beyond  this  point  of  separation  the  Habana  Rail- 
road continues  a  single-track  line  to  San  Felipe  and  then 
branches  into  ttco  single-track  lines,  one  going  to  GTdnes  and 
beyond,  the  other  to  Butabano.  The  former  of  these  branches 
continues  a  fine,  well-graded  road,  ballasted  in  part  with  stone ; 
the  latter  less  good,  but  still  a  fair  road  to  the  south  coast  at 
Batabano. 

From" the  junction  the  Habana  Railroad  continues  nearly 
parallel  to  the  ridge  of  hills,  along  whose  side  runs  the  high- 
way (calzada)  from  Habana  to  Bejucal,  and  some  500  to  800 
yards  from  this  ridge.  It  runs  through  a  level  and  well  cul- 
tivated country,  and  at  28  kilometers  (3  kilometers  from  the  28  k.— 17.5  m. 
junction  mentioned)  reaches  the  substantial  town  of  Bejucal. 
From  Bejucal  to  Rincon  the  calzada  and  railway  run  approxi- 
mately parallel  to  each  other,  and  at  an  average  perhaps  half 
a  mile  apart.  The  calzada,  as  a  rule,  lies  above  and  command- 
ing the  railway. 

The  station  of  Bejucal  is  good,  new,  and  built  of  stone  and 
iron.  There  are  tico  side  tracks  and  switches.  The  railroad 
station  is  commanded  by  hills,  perhaps  half  a  mile  to  the  north, 
and  could  be  held  urith  difficulty  should  the  ridge  be  occupied 
by  a  hostile  force. 

At  Bejucal  the  railroad  crosses  the  highway  running  to  San 
Felipe  and  Batabano.     The  country  now  is  cultivated  with 
cane  and  com,  and  at  31  kilometers  is  somewhat  rolling,  with    31  k.— 19.4  m. 
stony  fields  separated  by  stone  walls,  and  dotted  with  huts 
often  surrounded  by  patches  of  bananas. 

At  33  to  33  kilometers  the  railroad  leaves  the  vicinity  of  the    32  k.— 20  m. 
northern  ridge  of  hills,  and  near  the  latter  point  again  crosses 
the  common  road  to  Batabano,  which  here  approaches  the 
little  town  of  Buenaventura.     The  country  grows  more  level, 
especially  toward  the  south,  and  more  open. 

At  33  kilometers  is  a  small  stone  cidvert,  and  the  country    33k.— 20. em. 
continues  to  grow  more  level  and  open,  with  fewer  stones  and 
better  soil.     Hedges  now  largely  take  the  place  of  stone  walls. 

A  switch,  side  track,  and  small  station.     The  country  now    35  ^  _2i  9  „,. 
is  fine,  level,  rich,  with  many  cattle  and  miach  growing  cane. 
Stone  walls  are  still  used,  the  railroad  running  between,  with 
small  cuts  here  and  there ;  the  range  of  hills  3  to  4  miles  away 
on  the  north. 


37  k.— 23.1  m. 
39  k.— 24.4  in. 


222  RAILM'^AYS. 

Distances  from  At  about  37  kilometers  the  railroad  again  reaches  the  com- 
viiianueva.  ^^^  ^^^^  ^^  q^^  Felipe  and  Batabano,  and  at  39  kilometers 
the  station  of  Quivican,  which  consists  of  little  more  than  a 
station  house  of  stone,  and  platform  for  loading  sugar.  A 
sugar  railroad  reaches  the  main  line  here  from  the  south,  and 
there  are  several  side  tracks  on  the  main  line. 

From  Quivican,  the  common  road  to  Batabano  follows  the 
main  line  closely  to  Pozo  Redondo.  In  the  vicinity  of  Quivi- 
can there  is  much  growing  sugar  cane. 

Beyond  39  kilometers  the  railroad  passes  over  a  small  stone 
bridge  some  40  feet  long,  placed  on  stone  abutments  and  one 
stone  pier.  The  country  is  undulating  and  very  fertile ;  much 
cane  growing.  To  the  south  and  close  at  hand  lies  the  com- 
mon road  to  San  Felipe  and  Batabano,  which  is  crossed  by 
the  railroad  at  40  kilometers,  just  before  reaching  which  point 
it  passes  through  a  very  low  cut. 

40  k.— 25  m.        At  40  kilometers  to  the  north  lie  brushy  fields  and  meadows ; 

to  the  south  cane,  and  beyond  the  railroad  crosses  a  little 
gully  on  a  small  embankment,  then  passes  through  a  cut  about 

41  k.— 26.1  m.  iO  feet  deep.     Near  41  kilometers  is  another  very  small  cut, 

the  country  having  little  brush,  a  few  trees  near  the  railroad, 
much  cane,  and  a  hut  here  and  there.  Both  common  road, 
now  to  the  north,  and  railroad  now  run  between  stone  walls 
through  fine  fields  of  cane  growing  from  a  reddish  soil.  From 
the  point  of  last  crossing  of  the  common  road  the  latter  con- 
tinues north  of  the  railroad  as  far  as  San  Felipe,  when  it 
crosses  the  eastern  branch  of  the  Habana  Railroad  (that  to 
Alfonso  Doce),  and  follows  closely  the  southern  branch  as  far 
as  Pozo  Redondo,  or  nearly  to  Batabano. 
43  k.— 27  m.  From  41  kilometers  to  43  kilometers  (San  Felipe)  the  rail- 
road runs  about  east,  through  a  fertile  region  in  which  much 
cane  grows.  The  country  is  highly  cultivated,  chiefly  with 
sugar  cane ;  it  is  slightly  rolling,  with  huts  here  and  there. 
On  both  sides  and  including  both  railroad  and  highway — the 
latter  a  good,  wide  dirt  road — are  substantial  stone  walls. 
The  range  of  hills  which  nearly  intersect  the  railroad  at  Rin- 
c6n  is  here  perhaps  15  miles  away  to  the  north. 

From  Rincon  to  San  Felipe  the  railroad  is  single  track,  gen- 
erally well  ballasted  with  stone,  good  repair,  followed  by  a 
telegraph  line  oi  three  wires;  has  switches  at  Quivican  and 
Bejucal,  is  fairly  level,  and  with  no  bridges,  cuts,  or  embank- 
ments of  importance.  Both  roaa  and  railroad — generally 
within  easy  supporting  distance  of  each  other — could  be  used 
as  a  line  of  advance,  and  troops  could  without  great  difflcidty 
march  over  the  country  contiguous  to  road  and  railroad.  Fire 
from  the  northern  ridge  of  hills  would  become  dangerous  from 
about  the  vicinity  of  Bejucal  to  Rincon  and  for  a  short  dis- 
tance beyond  that  place  toward  Habana. 

At  San  Felipe  (about  43  kilometers)  the  railroad  enters  a 


RAILWAYS.  223 

little  wooden  station.     Here  are  several  side  tracks,  store-    Distances  from 
houses,  and  tcater  tanks.    Immediately  beyond  the  station  ^'"*°"^'*" 
house  the  railroad  branches,  the  northern  branch  running 
nearly  due  east,  to  Alfonso  Doce,  the  southern  to  Batabano 
and  La  Playa  de  Batabano  (seaport). 

Just  east  of  the  town  of  San  Felipe,  about  43-kilometer 
post,  and  a  few  yards  beyond  the  junction  of  the  branches  of 
the  railroad,  there  is  a  curve  on  the  Batabano  branch ;  then 
the  railroad  crosses  a  stream  bed,  now  nearly  dry  (January), 
on  an  iron  bridge  some  40  feet  long  and  25  feet  high,  resting  on 
stone  abutments  and  on  one  stone  pier.  South  are  cane  fields 
and  a  dry  stream  bed,  and  close  to  the  railroad  the  common 
road,  which  crosses  the  track  at  San  Felipe,  runs  on  the 
south — a  good  dirt  road,  uninclosed. 

The  country  at  44  kilometers  becomes  slightly  rolling;  44k.— 27.5 m. 
meadows  and  cane  fields;  few  fences,  no  underbrush,  and 
few  trees ;  a  few  cattle ;  excellent  for  the  movement  of  troops 
and  icagons  in  all  directions;  about  half  a  mile  to  the  south 
a  large  sugar  mill ;  beyond,  cane  fields  continue,  but  are  less 
numerous;  the  railroad,  a  single  track,  followed  by  three 
lines  of  telegraph,  poles  of  wood. 

Approaching  45  kilometers  the  railroad  passes  through  a  45  k.— 28.1  m. 
small  cut.  Beyond,  the  railroad  crosses  a  large  prairie, 
ground  covered  by  coarse  grass;  no  cultivation;  no  stock; 
country  fairly  flat;  wagon  could  travel  anywhere,  and  the 
common  road  close  to  the  track  on  the  west  is,  at  this  season, 
a  good,  hard  prairie  road.  Far  to  the  northeast  are  some 
huts  and  cane  fields,  but  there  is  little  cultivation.  The  rail- 
road passes  through  a  low  cut.  Far  to  the  northward  the 
ridge  of  hills  is  still  visible.     Small  water  hole. 

The  railroad  crosses  the  common  road  to  Batabano,  now  on    46 k.— 28.75m. 
east. 

Small  embankment ;  a  few  huts  on  the  east ;  a  few  horses ;    47  k.— 29.37  m. 
cane,  grass,  fences,  and  scattered  palm  trees;  country  open 
and  slightly  rolling. 

From  47  to  48  kilometers  there  are  huts  on  both  sides  of  48  k.— 30  m. 
railroad  and  cane  fields  to  east.  The  country  is  still  flat  and 
open,  with  meadows  and  cattle;  cane  and  palms  scattered 
here  and  there,  singly  and  in  groups ;  country  along  railway 
suitable  for  the  movement  of  troops  and  wagons;  common 
road  rough,  probably  very  bad  in  wet  weather.  There  is  here 
little  brush  or  wood  for  repairs.  Railroad  runs  nearly  due 
south,  track  well  ballasted,  wooden  sleepers ;  no  cuts  and  few 
culverts ;  east  of  track  a  kind  of  hedge  of  cactus  and  brush- 
wood overgrown  with  grass. 

From  49  to  50  kilometers,  continues  over  an  open,  flat    50  k.— 31.26  m. 
country,  covered  with  cane  fields  and  meadows ;  a  hut  lies  to 
the  east,  little  underbrush  here,  and  country  favorable  for 
movement  of  troops:    Country  begins  to  show  less  cultivation, 
is  flat,  and  more  brushwood  appears  on  either  side  of  the  road. 


224 


RAILWAYS. 


Distances  from 
Villanuexa. 


61k.-<;i.87m. 


Between  50  and  51  kilometers  is  the  station  of  Pozo  Redondo. 
Here  there  are  several  side  tracks,  a  water  tank  and  some  half 
dozen  wooden  houses.  A  sugar  railroad  from  the  west  reaches 
the  main  line,  coming  from  the  sugar  mill  of  Santa  Lucia. 
The  country  about  Pozo  Redondo  is  flat  and  very  generally 
covered  with  brush.  Here  the  common  road  to  Batabano 
leaves  the  railroad,  going  eastward  through  a  lane  and  trav- 
ersing a  brushy  region  to  Batabano,  about  3  miles  away. 

At  Pozo  Redondo  the  Habana  railroad  is,  of  course,  single 
track,  and  gauge  4  feet  8^  inches.  The  railroad  is  well  laid, 
ballasted  with  stone. 

53  k.— 33.15  m.     From  51  to  53  kilometers  the  railroad  continues  through  a 

flat,  brush-covered  country,  covered  with  stones  and  bowl- 
ders. It  would  be  a  difflcidt  country  to  j^ctss  troops  and  wag- 
ons over,  but  still  possible.     There  is  little  cultivation  until 

54  k.— 33.85m.  the  station  of  Quintana  is  reached,  at  54  kilometers.     This  is 

the  station  of  the  town  of  Batabano,  which  lies  about  li 
miles  to  the  east,  and  is  connected  by  a  good  dirt  road. 

At  Quintana  is  a  side  track,  and  much  cane  is  shipped  from 
mills  to  the  west.  About  Quintana,  growing  cane;  but  a 
short  distance  beyond  thick  underbrush  again  appears  and 
the  country  is  uncultivated  and  the  ground  groics  low, 
marshy,  and  impassable,  except  on  the  railroad  embankment. 

55  k.— 34.37m.  The  marsh  begins  to  become  impassable  at  perhaps  55  kilo- 

meters even  in  the  dry  season,  and  the  country  continues  low 
and  swampy  to  La  Playa  de  Batabano,  at  58  kilometers  from 
Villanueva,  Habana.  During  the  last  2  or  3  kilometers  the 
railroad  lies  between  large  ditches,  frequently  filled  with 
water.  The  country,  like  all  the  south  coast  of  the  west  of 
the  Island  of  Cuba,  is  generally  low  and  swampy.  On  the 
outskirts  of  the  settlement  of  La  Playa  the  railroad  approaches 
the  common  road,  a  fine  turnpike,  going  to  the  town  of  Bata- 
bano proper. 

4.  Habana,  Matanzas,  andJovellanos  Railway, 
table  of  distances. 


REGLA  (HABANA). 

10 

•MINAS. 

13 

3 

CAMPO  FLORIDA. 

19 

9 

6 

SAN  MIGUEL. 

24 

14 

11 

6 

JARUCO. 

30 

20 

17 

11 

6 

BAINOA. 

38 

28 

25 

19 

14 

8 

AGUACATE. 

42 

32 

29 

23 

18 

12 

4 

EMPALME. 

44 

34 

31 

26 

20 

14 

6 

2 

BOUNDARY  OF  PROVINCE.  WEST 

se 

46 

43 

37 

32 

26 

18 

14 

12 

MATANZAS 

70 

6t) 

67 

61 

46 

40 

.32 

28 

26 

14 

LIMONAR 

80 

80 

77 

71 

66 

60 

62 

48 

46 

34 

20  1  BEMBA  (JOVELLANO 

MATANZAS  PROV. 


RAILWAYS.  225 


DESCRIPTION   OF  ROAD. 

Between  Jaruco  and  San  Miguel  there  are  many  deep  and 
heavy  rock  cuts.  Here  the  road  could  be  easily  destroyed. 
The  grade  is  very  steep  between  these  two  stations.  The 
cuts  are  deepest  and  largest  from  about  31  or  32  kilometers 
from  Habana,  and  some  of  the  curves  are  located  in  cuts  or 
at  their  beginning.  The  town  of  Jaruco  commands  the  rail- 
road and  occupies  what  seems  to  be  a  divide.  The  place  is 
impoi-tant.  Troops  in  an  advance  from  either  direction  might 
have  difficulty  at  Jaruco.  From  San  Miguel  to  Habana,  or  at 
least  part  of  the  way,  the  grade  is  downhill.  The  bridge  over 
the  stream  at  Campo  Florido  would  cause  difficidty.  It  is  a 
short  but  high  bridge,  probably  more  than  50  feet  long.  This 
stream  must  be  bridged  in  order  to  cross  troops,  for  the  banks 
are  high,  steep,  and  wooded.  It  is  probably  the  largest  bridge 
on  the  line,  or,  if  not  the  largest,  at  least  the  highest  and 
most  difficult  to  replace.  In  the  vicinity  of  Campo  Florido 
the  country  is  rolling,  but  sufficiently  good  for  troops.  In 
fact,  from  Habana  to  Jaruco  troops,  even  cavalry,  could 
march  near  the  track,  but  there  would  be  difficulty  for  guns 
and  wagons.  The  railroad  could  be  easily  held  or  destroyed. 
As  far  as  Matanzas,  troops  could  march  across  country  near 
the  railroad,  but  obstacles — chiefly  hills  and  brush — would 
be  met.  In  some  places  country  roads  of  dirt,  good  in  dry 
weather,  follow  the  track,  but  soon  diverge,  and  there  is  no 
thoroughfare  between  the  two  places.  As  usual  in  Cuba, 
however,  local  roads  might  probably  be  taken  from  point  to 
point,  but  they  would  probably  lie  at  times  far  from  the  rail- 
road ;  in  general  no  road  is  found  along  track.  The  obstacles 
to  an  advance  should  be  looked  for  near  Empalme  and  at 
Jaruco  and  in  the  cuts  beyond  that  place  toward  Habana. 
From  the  general  character  of  the  country  many  good  defen- 
sive points  exist  and  many  points  of  ambush.  The  railroad 
would  be  difficult  to  capture  and  hold,  especially  near  Jaruco. 

From  Matanzas  to  Bemba  ( Jovellanos)  the  road  runs  through 
an  undulating  country  and  has  many  cuts,  but  of  no  great  size. 
The  railroad  could  be  well  defended,  but  not  disabled  for  a 
great  length  of  time.  There  are  a  few  embankments  and 
bridges,  none  of  whose  destruction  would  be  very  serious. 
This  continues  for  some  30  kilometers  to  about  the  town  of 
Coliseo;  east  of  that  the  road  in  general  is  level;  there  are 
a  few  low  cuts,  but  nothing  of  iinportance.  Troops  could 
march  without  difficulty  from  Bemba  to  Matanzas,  and  the 
road,  if  captured,  could  be  readily  held. 

The  Bay  road  between  Matanzas  and  Bemba  (Jovellanos)  is 
very  rough ;  cuts  and  rolling  country  begin  about  134  kilo- 
meters ;  light  cuts  at  first,  then  country  grows  more  rolling, 
but  in  general  is  open  and  favorable  for  the  march  of  troops. 
Extensive  meadows  and  some  cattle,  but  not  a  great  many  as 


236  RAILWAYS. 

compared  with  the  country  between  Sagua  and  Concha.  This 
continues  to  Tosca,  where  there  is  a  short  curve ;  open  rolling 
prairies,  many  cattle,  and  some  cane ;  somewhat  sharp  grades 
from  134  kilometers.  At  126  kilometers  steep  sharp  grades, 
but  cuts  thus  far  light.  Country  rolling  and  open;  some 
cane,  but  chiefly  meadows.  The  station  of  Coliseo  lies  within 
about  half  a  mile  of  a  line  of  hills,  wooded  in  part,  in  part 
open;  these  command  station  and  railroad  from  the  east — 
i.  e. ,  approaching  from  Bemba.  A  fairly  good  stand  might 
be  made  here,  perhaps  stronger  than  any  position  seen  to  the 
east.  These  hills  are  rocky  and  brushy  where  the  railroad 
passes  between ;  they  also  command  the  approaches  from  the 
west ;  they  are  low,  brushy,  and  rounded. 

Beyond  Coliseo  to  the  west  the  country  grows  more  hilly ; 
a  road  to  the  left ;  in  the  distance  is  a  high  ridge ;  hills  also  lie 
in  the  distance  to  the  right.  This  hilly  country  continues 
along  the  line  of  the  railroad  as  far  as  Habana.  Beyond 
Coliseo  and  before  reaching  Limonar  there  are  many  points 
where  the  road  could  be  strongly  defended.  The  grades  here 
are  sharp  but  not  steep,  and  cuts  are  not  large,  but  beyond 
Caobas  cuts  grow  larger,  probably  30  feet  deep,  and  are  mostly 
through  rock ;  curves  are  frequent  and  grades  sharp ;  country 
hilly  and  often  brushy. 

In  the  vicinity  of  103  kilometers  the  ground  is  stony. 

ITINERARY  OF  RAILROAD  FROM  HABANA  (REGLA)  TO 
JOVELLANOS. 

The  station  at  Regla  is  a  good  structure  of  iron  and  stone ; 
near  by  large  warehouses  of  iron  and  stone.  Ferry  boats,  ca- 
pacity, 12  to  15  vehicles ;  boat  enters  slip  of  ordinary  kind. 
Ferry  connecting  with  dummy  road  to  Guanabacoa,  near 
northern  part  of  Regla ;  other  ferry  near  southern  part. 

Leaving  Regla  the  train  runs  first  along  the  eastern  inner 
arm  of  the  bay  at  Habana,  which  lies  on  the  right  of  the  track 
and,  on  an  average,  some  200  yards  distant,  the  intervening 
gi-ound  being  low  and  marshy.  Entering  Regla  by  this  road, 
the  track  (and  train)  is  exposed  to  fire  from  Atares,  and  per- 
haps the  distant  fire  from  El  Principe;  but  the  guns  of 
Cabanas,  Morro.  or  No.  4,  could  not  here  reach  the  track, 
which  is  sheltered  by  hills  in  that  direction.  The  track  on 
the  land  side  is  walled  by  a  cut  in  the  rock,  some  20  feet  high, 
of  the  soft  limestone  rock  of  this  region.  On  leaving  Regla 
there  are  four  tracks — one  to  Matanzas,  one  to  Guanabacoa, 
and  the  others  merely  long  sidings.  Gradually  leaving  the 
vicinity  of  the  bay,  the  road  passes  along  an  embankment  some 
15  feet  high  and  reaches  its  junction  with  the  new  connecting 
line  which  passes  from  the  Habana  Railroad  at  Cienaga, 
crosses  the  Marianao  road,  the  western  (at  about  3  kilometers), 
and  around  the  bay  to  the  Bay  road,  which  it  reaches  a  mile 
(more  or  less)  from  Regla. 


RAILWAYS. 


227 


Beyond  the  junction,  the  Matanzas  Road  passes  through  a    Distances  from 
short  cut  tcith  walls  probably  20  feet  high,  crosses  the  high  ^^''• 
road  (calzada)  from  Jesus  del  Monte  and  Luyano  to  Guana- 
bacoa,  and  shortly  beyond  reaches  the  3-kilonieter  post,  near    3  k.— 1.9  m. 
which  there  are  small  cuts.     Thus  far  from  Regla  the  tountry 
along  the  railroads  has  not  been  favorable  for  the  movement 
of  troops,  being  low  around  the  head  of  this  branch  of  the 
bay,  and  rolling  and  hilly  northward.     Crossing  the  calzada, 
however,  the  country  becomes  open,  rolling,  and  covered  with 
grass,  with  occasional  groves  of  palms,  and  most  favorable, 
especially  toward  the  south,  for  the  march  of  troops,  though 
hilly.     The  country  between  Guanabacoa  and  the  hill  of  Jesus 
del  Monte  is  of  this  character.     Northward  the  country  is 
hilly  and  open.     The  railroad  here  i)asses  through  cuts,  but 
they  are  low  and  short. 

A  dirt  road  runs  off  to  the  right,  i.  e.,  southward,  and    5  k-— 3.15  m. 
another  beyond.     The  track  here  is  good ;  well  ballasted  with 
stone.     The  train  runs  rapidly. 

The  country  continues  rolling;  the  trees,  chiefly  i)alms,    7k.— 4.4 m. 
become  more  common ;  one  small  culvert  over  stream  at  about 
6  kilometers,  a  second  about  7  kilometers,  and  then  another 
about  8  kilometers,  all  small  and  of  stone. 

There  is  a  cut  here  some  200  yards  long,  of  rock  ;  the  sides    9  k.— 5.6  m. 
reach  above  the  tops  of  the  cars.    The  country  in  general  is 
open,  covered  chiefly  with  grass,  though  a  little  com  is  seen. 
It  is  hilly  and  pleasant,  with  cattle  and  huts,  and  plenty  of 
water  even  now  in  the  dry  season  flowing  through  riArulets. 

Near  here  an  iron  bridge,  some  50  feet  long,  over  a  little  12  k.— 7.5  m. 
stream,  and  beyond  some  short  rock  cut  some  20  or  30  feet  in 
height.  The  country  continues  rolling  and  open,  a  seemingly 
good  grazing  country  with  many  cattle,  but  few  crops.  Palm 
trees  singly  and  in  groups.  There  are  few  fences  and  not 
many  huts. 

At  15  kilometers  the  station  of  Minas,  ^rith   three  side    is k.— 9.5m. 
tracks ;  near  here  the  road  runs  through  small  cuts  and  over 
small  embankments. 

Country  continues  of  the  same  general  character,  perhai)8    le  k.— 10  m. 
more  rolling.     Favorable  for  the  march  of  troops  in  vicinity 
of  railroad.    At  about  16i  kilometers  there  is  a  small  culvert 
20  feet  long,  and  near  by  are  alternations  of  short  cuts  and  low 
embankments.    Not  many  huts  or  houses. 

More  cultivation — cane  and  com  chiefly — small  hedges,  few    is  k  — ii.3  m 
or  no  fences ;  no  stone  walls.     Telegraph  line  here  runs  on  the 
left :  wooden  poles,  x>orcelain  insulators,  and  four  wires. 

Many  huts  surrounded  by  jmcca,  com,  cane,  and  cattle.     20  k.— 12.5  m. 
Here  the  road  continues  through  cuts,  the  countrj'  growing 
at  22  kilometers  more  brushy  and  very  hilly,  but  still  produc- 
ing com  and  cane ;  horses  grazing  along  the  road. 

Station  called  Campo  Florido ;  side  track,  some  half  dozen    22k.— 13. 75  m. 
houses,  wooden  station  house,  water  tank,  stock  chute.    Some 


228  RAILWAYS. 

Distances  from  100  yards  beyond  is  iron  bridge  50  feet  long  over  stream. 
^«g'''-  Road  good  and  well  kept  up. 

24  k.— 15  m.  X  side  track,  wooden  station ;  much  cane  growing  near  by ; 
large  ingenio  half  mile  to  left,  i.  e. ,  north  of  track.  Abont 
24^  kilometers  there  is  a  small  culvert ;  open  country,  covered 
with  sugar  cane,  rolling,  with  wooded  hills  some  2  or  3  miles 
away  to  the  right. 

25k.— 15.6 ni.  Country  becomes  very  hilly,  but  not  rocky;  much  cane; 
country  near  railroad  excellent  for  march  of  troops.  Many 
cattle  and  huts;  latter  usually  surrounded  by  patches  of 
yucca,  bananas,  vegetables,  grass,  cane,  and  corn.  Many 
small  rivulets. 

27  k.— 17  m.        Here  is  an  easy  curve ;  many  cuts ;  grades  easy. 

28  k.— 17.5  m.       Much  cane ;  no  wagon  road  along  track.     The  28-kilometer 

post  is  in  a  cut  some  200  yards  long  and  20  feet  high,  through 
rock.  Just  beyond  this  there  is  the  station  of  San  Miguel. 
Here  are  two  side  tracks,  a  small  stone  station  house,  and  a 
large  sugar  mill  some  500  yards  to  the  left.  This  would  be  a 
good  place  to  land  troops,  as  in  fact  are  all  the  stations. 
Much  cane  here;  no  brush  near  station.  There  is  a  ware- 
house and  two  or  three  houses  and  huts ;  much  cane.  Beyond 
the  station  there  is  a  long  causeway  and  a  stone  culvert,  then 

30  k.— 18.75  m.  the  30-kilometer  post  and  a  cut,  with  huts,  bananas,  com,  and 
cane  over  the  surface  of  the  country.  At  Z0\  kilometers  a 
little  bridge  with  stone  abutments,  probably  20  feet  long. 
The  country  continues  open  and  rolling,  with  palms  and 
much  cultivation. 

31k.— 19.5  m.  Country  is  of  the  same  character,  with  huts  here  and  there, 
palms,  much  cultivation,  the  railroad  passing  thiovLgh  frequent 
cuts.     There  is  here  one  line  of  telegraph  with  four  wires. 

33k.— 20  m.  Similar  conditions.  At  33  kilometers  there  is  a  side  track, 
and  beyond  it  a  little  brushy  ravine  and  several  rocky 
cuts,  then  a  small  causeway.  Much  com.  The  region  now 
becomes  more  rough  and  hilly,  the  hills  often  stony,  and  the 
railroad  passing  through  many  deep  cuts. 

36k.— 21. Dm.  Wooded  hills  to  the  left;  country  grows  wilder,  but  there 
are  still  plenty  of  huts  and  cultivation.  The  railroad  could 
easily  he  destroyed  here. 

36k.— 22.6m.  A  hut ;  here  the  railroad  could  easily  be  defended;  beyond, 
it  passes  through  a  cut  in  white  rock.  To  the  left  lies  a  little 
village  in  the  hollow,  the  country  being  very  hilly  and  some- 
what rugged. 

37  k.— 23.2  m.      A  deep  rock  cut,  and  on  the  left  the  outskirts  of  the  town 

of  Jaruco,  which  is  perched  on  the  hills  above. 

38  k.— 23.8  m.      Railroad  passes  through  long  deep  rock  cuts,  where  the 

railroad  could  easily  be  defended  or  destroyed,  and  reaches 
the  station  of  Jaruco,  distant  perhaps  a  mile  by  the  road 
(calzada)  from  the  town  proper.  Approaching  Jaruco  the 
railroad  has  steep  grade.  Wooden  station  house  and  water 
tank,  water  being  apparently  pumped  by  horsepower.    Three 


RAILWAYS.  ^29 

side  tracks;  ground  about  station  favorable  for  the  landing    Distances  from 

of  troops,  generally  level  and  open ;  small  banana  grove  near  ^s^"- 

by  and  cornfields.     Just  beyond  Jaruco,  39  kilometers,  the    39  k.— 24.4  m. 

coimtry  grows  more  level ;  cane ;  stone  walls  along  railroad 

track. 

Two  small  culverts;  country  flat  and  open;  excellent  for    4ik.— 25.6m. 
passage  of  troops ;  no  cuts  since  leaving  Jaruco. 

A  station  and  side  track;  sugar  road  to  ingenio  about  1    42 k.— 26.3m. 
mile  to  the  right.  44  k.— 27.5m. 

Flat  open  country  ;  many  meadows  with  cattle  and  horses, 
little  cultivation ;  more  brush  in  the  distance  to  right  and  left. 
Country  roads  seem  good,  hard  dirt. 

Station  of  Bainoa.  Three  side  tracks,  another  old  track  to  45  k.— 28.1  m. 
the  right.  Town  probably  has  300  people ;  lies  in  flat  coun- 
try. Wooden  station  house,  ivater  tank  and  platform,  small 
warehouse.  Many  oranges  loaded  here.  Soil  of  red  dirt,  pro- 
ducing bananas  and  cane;  country  flat,  more  brush,  but 
clear  along  railroad.  The  latter  continues  a  single  track  be- 
tween cactus  and  brush  hedges.  On  left  of  track  telegraph 
line  of  poles  with  four  wires. 

A  few  houses,  a  short  side  track  to  the  right  and  a  little  cid-    so  k.— 31.3  m. 
vert.     Roadbed  ballasted  with  stone. 

From  51  to  52  kilometers  there  is  much  brush  and  little    52  k.— 32.5  m. 
cultivation ;  at  about  52^  kilometers  there  is  a  side  track  and 
switch  to  the  right,  and  at  58  kilometers  a  little  station  house 
and  fields  of  cane.     Troops  could  move  through  the  short 
stretches  of  brush  found. 

A  few  huts,  much  cane,  country  level,  hill  in  the  distance    54  k.— 33.8  m. 
on  the  left  (i.  e.,  toward  the  sea). 

At  55.5  kilometers  there  is  a  side  track  to  the  right,  a  few    56  k.— 35  m. 
huts,  cane.     At  56  kilometers  cane  on  both  sides,  vast  fields, 
level.     Between  56  and  57  kilometers  a  small  curve,  and  at    57  k.— 36.6  m. 
57  kilometers  a  small  sugar  railroad  comes  in  at  the  right, 
near  Aguacate.     Station  of  Aguacate,  three  side  tracks,  icater 
tank  (horsepower) ;  probably  1,000  inhabitants ;  houses  of  wood 
or  stone,  tiled ;  country  flat,  hills  2  or  3  miles  to  the  left ;  large 
sugar  mill  1  mile  to  left.     There  is  very  much  cane  here. 
Beyond  is  a  sharp  grade  and  at  59  kilometers  many  palms;    59  k.— 37  m. 
country  near  railroad  flat.     Palms,  great  fields  of  cane,  and 
meadows,  no  brush. 

Hills  again,  country  becoming  brushy  and  uncultivated;    eok.— 37.5m. 
railroad  passing  through  rock  cuts,  not  deep.     From  60  to  61 
kilometers  there  are  rock  cuts  and  a  curve,  and  at  61  kilometers 
the  country  becomes  rocky  to  the  left,  open  to  the  right,  and    gi  k._38.i  m. 
level  and  good  for  troops  near  railroad. 

Strong  defensive  position  against  an  advance  from  the  direc- 
tion of  Matanzas.  Hills  command  road  eastward  for  a  long 
distance  as  far  as  Empalme  and  perhaps  beyond,  where  the 
branch  road  to  Madruga  enters  from  the  left  at  an  angle  of 
perhaps  15  degrees  with  the  Bay  road.    In  this  angle  lie  the 


230  RAILWAYS. 

Distances  from  hills  mentioned  commanding  both  roads ;  hills  are  brushy  and 
®^  *■  rocky,  but  not  covered  with  large  trees.     They  are  not  high ; 

would  serve  well  for  field  guns,  and  are  about  2  kilometers 
from  Empalme  station.  Empalrae  is  nothing  but  a  junction. 
Stone  station  house  and  a  few  huts.  To  the  left,  toward  the 
coast,  brush  and  brushy  hills  some  1,000  yards  away.  To  the 
right  are  palm-dotted  meadows,  through  which  the  branch 
road  approaches  the  Bay  line.  At  Empalme  are  stone  plat- 
forms, and  beyond  this  to  Matanzas  are  two  tracks  on  one 
roadbed.  Formerly  there  were  separate  roads,  but  now  they 
have  the  effect  of  a  double  track  from  Matanzas  to  Empalme. 
The  road  coming  in  at  Empalme  runs  to  Madruga  and  Giiines. 
Prom  Empalme  to  Matanzas  two  lines  of  telegraph  accompany 
the  railroad  track. 
64  k.— 40  m.  Beyond  Empalme,  about  64  kilometers,  are  low  rock  cuts 
and  a  curve.  Double  track  continues  to  Matanzas ;  ballasted 
with  stone,  and  the  108-kilometer  post  con-esponds  to  about 

66  k.— 41.2  m.  64|  kilometers  on  the  Bay  road.     About  64  are  some  very 

small  stone  culverts.     Country  brushy ;  little  cultivation. 

Heavy  cut  through  rock  some  40  feet  high  and  300  yards 
long,  with  a  curve  in  the  track  before  and  after,  but  the  cut 
itself  is  straight. 

67  k.— 41.9  m.       The  country  is  rolling,  with  brushy  hills  to  the  right ;  about 

67i  there  is  a  small  culvert,  then  a  rock  cut ;  to  the  right  a 
brushy *hill;  to  the  left  open  ground;  tall,  single,  irregular 
cone  to  the  left  front  (probably  the  Pan  of  Matanzas).  Troops 
could  move  readily  here,  but  immediately  along  tracks  are 
many  rock  cuts. 

70  k.— 43.8  m.       The  station  of  Ceiba  Mocha.     Two  side  tracks,  ivater  tank. 

Wooden  station,  a  few  houses,  wooded  hills  to  the  right,  low, 

71  k.— 44.4  m.  open  ground  on  the  left.     Between  70  and  71  kilometers  is  a 

small  culvert,  and  at  71  a  side  track  and  station  house,  proba- 
bly belonging  to  the  old  Habana  Railroad.  Here  there  are 
many  cuts  through  rock;  country  rolling  and  brushy,  but 
troops  could  raove  over  it. 

74k._46.3m.  Country  becomes  more  open  and  there  is  more  cultivation, 
but  less  water  between  Jaruco  and  Matanzas  than  before 
reaching  Jaruco,  but  there  is  enough.  Some  yards  beyond 
74  kilometers  a  culvert  above  a  small  sugar  road,  and  beyond 
is  the  town  of  Benavides,  where  there  is  a  side  track,  and 
seemingly  a  branch  sugar  road  to  the  left.     Town  has  per- 

75k.— 46.9m.  haps  100  people.  Rock  cut  here  at  about  75  kilometers;  then 
the  road  runs  down  a  steep  grade.  Country  open  and  rolling, 
cultivated  with  corn;  huts  here  and  there;  meadows.  Pan 
of  Matanzas  (?)  to  the  left. 

76  k.— 47.5  m.  Country  continues  favorable  for  troops,  which  thus  far 
could  move  along  the  road  or  near  it  from  as  far  back  as 
Jaruco.  About  77^  kilometers  a  small  bridge,  some  20  feet 
long,  over  a  little  stream.  Railroad  level,  passing  through 
rock  cuts;  country  open,  with  huts  here  and  there.     Country 


RAILWAYS.  331 

continues  open  to  79  kilometers.     A  few  fences,  huts,  corn-    Distances  from 
fields,  and  meadows ;  hills  about  1  mile  to  left.  Regia. 

'  '  "79  ]{^ 49.4  m. 

The  same  open,  rolling  country  to  the  right;  a  telegraph  gok.— 60m. 
line  with  two  wires. 

Houses  near  the  track;  country  rolling  and  cultivated.  82  k.— si.sm. 

Bridge  some  50  feet  long  over  a  small  river;  country  well  £3k.— oi.gm. 
settled. 

Roads  and  houses ;  country  open  and  rolling ;  brushy  ridges  84  k.— 52.5  m. 
lie  to  right ;  to  left  is  cultivated  valley  and  many  houses. 

Conditions  the  same.     Railroads  from  La  Union  and  Jovel-  85  k.— a^.i  m. 
lanosjoin  here.     To  the  right  are  wooded,  brushy  heights. 

Scattered  houses  of  outskirts  of  a  town  seen  to  the  left,  87  k.— 54.4  m. 
Matanzas.     Railroads  skirt  tovsm,  leaving  it  on  the  left,  and 
enters  station,  a  good  structure  of  stone  and  iron.     Many  side 
tracks. 

Railroad  leaves  Matanzas  88  kilometers  from  Regla,  ascends  88  k.— 55  m. 
hill  in  rear  of  town,  and,  curving  around  head  of  Matanzas 
Bay,  intersects  another  road.  Thence  there  is  a  double  track. 
Just  before  89  kilometers  a  small  cidvert.  Double  track  to 
the  left  within  100  or  200  yards  of  bay ;  to  the  right  cut  in 
side  of  mountain ;  brushy  hills. 

Railroad  runs  in  rear  of  Playa  (beach)  100  yards  from  shore ;  90  k.— 56.3  m. 
to  the  right  brushy,  uncultivated  hills ;  to  the  left  sharp  de- 
scent to  bay,  200  yards  distant. 

Road  continues  around  bay;   double  track,  stone  ballast;  91  k.— 57  m. 
three  lines  of  telegraph,  single  wire  each. 

Country  more  free  from  brush ;  to  right  a  stone  wall ;  to  92  k.— 57.5  m. 
left,  bay  500  or  600  yards  distant.     Extreme  northwest  point 
of  Matanzas  bay  visible. 

Leave  bay  on  left.     Station  of  Gelpi ;  two  tracks,  three  sid-  93  k.— 58.1  m. 
ings ;  small  wooden  station;  two  or  three  houses. 

Small  bridge  20  feet  long.  95  k.— 59.4  m. 

Country  now  level,  fertile  near  track;   cane;  stone  walls  9tik.— €0m. 
along  railroad ;  cattle,  huts,  some  brush ;  country  fairly  level 
and  cultivated  in  the  distance;  good  for  march  of  troops; 
stone  walls  here  and  there.     Near  here  Matanzas  Railroad 
diverges  to  the  right  (south). 

Guanabana;  sidetrack;  cane,  cattle;  country  fairly  level ;  98  k.— 6i.5m. 
small  town  of  half  a  dozen  houses  and  huts  (tiled  and  cane) ; 
double  track  and  one  or  two  sidingshere;  country  low;  isolated 
hills  here  and  there ;  ground  sterile  and  stony. 

Two  very  small  culverts  over  low  places ;  open  rolling  coun-  99  k.— 62  m. 
try ;  a  little  cane,  grass,  few  fences ;  few  or  no  cuts  of  conse- 
quence ;  stone  ballast ;  one  line  of  telegi-aph  (2  wires). 

Very  small  dirt  cut  and  curve;  open  ground  on  either  side,  100 k.— 62.5m. 
rolling  and  cultivated;  cane,  sugar  mill  to  the  right,  huts. 
Fine  region ;  excellent  for  march  of  troops. 

One  sioitch,  and  little  station  of  Ibarra ;  stone  houses ;  small  101  k.— 63.1  m. 
culvert  6  feet  long  about  600  yards  beyond.     At  102  kilome- 
ters fine  open  rolling  country,  gi'assy  and  cultivated. 

7739 16 


232  RAILWAYS. 

Distances  from     Small  embankment  and  little  culvert,  then  small  cut  20  feet 
^02*  k  — (54      h^Q^  (^^d  50  yards  long. 
103  k.— 64.4  m.     Small  bridge  40  feet  long.     Country  less  cultivated ;  rolling, 

very  stony,  stone  walls. 
104k.— 65m.       i2ocfc  cwf  and  curve;  embankment  and  bridge  50  feet  long, 

cut  20  feet  high,  100  yards  long ;  then  small  cut  SO  feet  high. 

Near  105  kilonieters  a  bridge  on  stone  piers  150  feet  long,  30  or 

40  feet  high ;  then  cut  100  yards  long^  20  feet  high. 

106  k.— 66.3  m.     Small  bridge  40  feet  long,  then  a  small  cut  with  hill  on  the 

right. 

107  k.— 66.9  m.     Kilometer  post  is  in  a  short  cut  30  feet  high,  then  curve ;  the 

station  switch  and  embankment,  with  bridge  75  feet  long  on 
stone  piers. 

108k.— 67.5m.  Short  rock  cuts  20  feet  high,  then  two  side  tracks  and  station 
of  Caobas.  Old  sto7ie  station,  water  tank,  3  or  4  side  tracks, 
loading  platform,  and  half  dozen  houses.  Country  open, 
rolling,  less  cultivated ;  good  for  march  of  troops.  No  road 
near  railroad ;  stone  fences,  palms,  grass. 

iiok.— 68.7 m.  Country  somewhat  hilly ;  open  except  on  hills,  there  brushy ; 
cane  chief  crop. 

Ill k.— 09.5m.  Near  111  kilometers  is  a  very  small  cut;  sugar  road,  single 
track,  not  ballasted  with  stone ;  then  Limonar,  3  side  tracks, 
old  station  and  platform.  Town  of  several  hundred  inhab- 
itants. On  left  a  sugar  railroad  comes  in  from  right ;  coun- 
try open,  rolling. 

114  k.— 71.2  m.  Same  characteristics.  Road  level ;  wooded  hills  to  right  and 
left. 

116k.— 72.5m.  Cane  to  left;  barren,  wooded,  and  rocky  hills  to  right  and 
left ;  much  stone ;  stony  fields. 

117  k.— 73.1m.  stonewalls;  road  ballasted  with  stone ;  slight  down  grade ; 
small  bridge  20  feet  long. 

118k.— 73.7  m.  Side  track  and  station  of  Sumidero;  single  track.  Road 
here  has  a  middle  rail  for  some  purpose.  At  station  two  or 
three  side  tracks,  half  dozen  houses  and  huts ;  station  of  stone ; 
sugar  point.  Beyond  station  open  country;  hills  on  either 
side  in  distance ;  low  cuts  here  and  there,  short  and  unimpor- 
tant. 

120  k.— 75  m.  One  short  siding ;  cane  and  grass  country ;  open  and  suitable 
for  march  of  troops ;  cuts  and  grades  slight ;  road  very  rough ; 
stone  ballast ;  single  track ;  stone  walls  on  both  sides. 

123k.— 76.9m.  Less  cane,  more  grass ;  then  brushy  ridge  (no  cut)  and  town 
of  Coliseo.  A  strong  stand  could  be  made  here  on  hills  just 
before  entering  station ;  these  are  low  and  command  track, 
but  there  are  many  such  places  on  road. 

124k.— 77.5m.  -A-t  Coliseo  (124  kilometers)  ^i'e  or  six  side  tracks;  ivater 
tank;  sugar  road  comes  in  from  Ingenio  on  left;  a  dozen 
houses,  stone  fences,  also  huts;  small  culvert  just  beyond. 

125k.— 78.1m.  Small  Side  track,  no  station;  country  along  railroad  level; 
much  cane. 

126k. -78.7m.  Country  Open  and  good  for  march  of  troops;  few  grades; 
small  curves  now  and  then. 


RAILWAYS.  233 

Rich  region;  tcire  fences  with  cane  posts;  then  side  tracks.  Distances  from 
Station  of  Tosca:  several  side  tracks;  level  country;  five  or ^^'*' 

six  houses ;  on  left  road  to  sugar  mill ;  open  country ;  fine  for  128  k.— so  m. 
march  of  troo2)s:  beyond  a  little  bridge  30  feet  long. 

Country  level,  much  cane;  bushy  and  wooded  hills  in  dis-  i30k.— 8i.2in. 
tance ;  roadbed  good,  of  stone. 

Countrj' level,  much  cane,  sugar  mills,  and  houses;  well  i32k.— 82.5in. 
inhabited ;  just  beyond  132  kilometers  two  small  bridges  or 
cidverts. 

Hut  and  side  track;  wide  meadows,  level,  resembling  in  iMk.— 83.ini. 
appearance  a  lake  bottom ;  wooded  hills  in  distance ;  few  cuts 
or  curves. 

Same;  side  track  and  hut;  cane  and  meadows;  fine  region.  134 k.— 83.7m. 

Short  side  track  and  sugar  railroad  to  left.     There  are  i35k.— »i.4m. 
many  such  along  route.     Country  superb  for  troops;  a  few 
streams  of  slight  importance ;  few  crops  except  cane. 

Madan  station;  side  track,  water  tank,  five  or  six  houses,  137k.— ss.em. 
and  warehouses;  sugar  road  to  right;  country  the  same. 

Great  meadows ;  cane  fields  and  sugar  mills ;  country  level,  i39k.— 86.9in. 
oi)en ;  a  few  palms  and  ceiba  trees ;  rich,  fertile  region.   A  little 
beyond  sugar  railroad  comes  in  from  left.     Railroad  here  as 
level  as  a  floor. 

Water  herefrom  wells;   road  ballasted  with  dirt;   single  i40k.— 87.5m. 
track. 

Bemba  {Jovellanos)^  Junction  of  Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Rail-  i4ik.— 88.2  m. 
rnad;  many  side  tracks. 


234 


RAILWAYS. 


■o 
< 


2  S  9 

1 

Ol 

3  S 
o  > 

< 
a. 

CO 

lO 

d  ^ 

< 
_l 

■* 

t- 

a> 

Ml 

< 
en 

00 

o<  <o 

rH   rH 

s 

UJ  w 

13       Z 

Ol 

o 

■*  1  t- 

§ 

.z 

UJ 

C3 

lO 

»- 

rH 

S  §J 

55 

llj  -^ 

-1   Of 

i  1 

-J 

■* 

e» 

rH 

o> 

CO   to 

«   04 

S 

v<'   UJ 

a 

•>*" 

»- 

s 

00    rH 
04    SO 

CO 

5     , 

yj    ■*    05 

m 

r-t 

O. 

00 

g?  s 

5: 

UJ 

3 

o 

~    »-|S 

CO 

- 

04 

o» 

s 

>o  00 

CO   CO 

g 

o 
J  > 

< 

•*  »-  s  s 

s 

s 

s 

s 

05  1  Ol 
CO    ■* 

S 

o 

.   3 

«  to 

o>  1  «  1  « 

s 

5 

§ 

fe 

^\^ 

§ 

z 

UJ 

m 

o 

«  1  S 

s  s|g; 

s 

S 

g 

5 

£?!§ 

S 

O 

e»   to 

s  g3|s 

CO 

CO 

5 

5: 

s|s 

CO 

to 

C5. 

< 

« 

«  2 

■*   00 

>-■   lO   o 
«   oi   eo 

s 

o 
CO 

CO   CO 
to   lO 

s 

EVO 
A. 

UJ 

rl    CO 

I-  « 

•R   0> 

>N  1  to  1  rH 
<N  1  (M  I  CO 

s 

9 

CO 

s 

s  |b 

g 

z  < 

O   Hil 

-J 
< 

CO  ^   CO 

o  o 

s  s 

C4    C4    CO 

s 

5 

to 

S 

£|g 

?; 

01   aO   CO   00 

«    00 

s  s 

l~  1  r-   to 
Ol   03   00 

s 

•a 

00 

g 

gl§ 

?: 

2  CO  j  lo 

<»  ®  1  s 

O  1  r^ 

r-.j  <N 

§i|^ 

CO   OT   CO 

5 

S 

lo 

g 

g  s 

eo  to  00  ;^  2  ;; 

s  s 

<N   CO 

?§  S?  5! 

to 

■o  IS 

s 

g|s 

s 

RAILWAYS. 


235 


I 


ITINERARY. 

Leaving  La  Union,  80  miles— 129  k. — from  Habana,  where 
it  makes  connections  for  Matanzas,  Cardenas,  Santa  Clara, 
Murga,  and  other  points,  this  line  runs  west  over  a  level 
country  little  cultivated,  crossing  three  small  culverts  and 
enters  the  station  of  Bermega  114  kilometers. 

Beyond  here  it  crosses  a  level,  fertile  country,  passing  over 
one  small  trestle  shortly  after  leaving  the  village  above  men- 
tioned. On  the  north  are  a  range  of  hUls.  The  railroad,  after 
passing  these,  enters  Los  Palos,  where  a  pike  runs  to  Nueva 
Paz.  Beyond  the  road  lies  a  level,  fertile  country,  little  cul- 
tivated, crossing  over  5  small  culverts  and  entering  the  village 
of  San  Nicolas,  83  kilometers.  Here  the  railway  turns  a  few 
points  north,  traversing  a  country  more  broken  and  undu- 
lating. Many  small  culverts  are  crossed.  Some  4  miles  from 
Guines  it  crosses  quite  a  trestle,  and  x)assuig  over  a  level 
country,  enters  Guines. 

Single-track  road.  Tico  lines  of  telegraph,  one  with  three 
wires,  the  other  five.  Road  smooth  and  ballasted  with  stone. 
About  1  kilometer  from  Giiines  there  are  a  side  track  and 
branch  road  to  the  left.  First  jHjst,  69  kilometers.  Road 
very  level ;  country  flat ;  cane,  meadows ;  trees  and  brush  here 
and  there. 

Side  track,  station  vrithout  name  (probably  La  Casaberia)  ; 
side  track  (probably  sugar  road)  to  left ;  one  house,  herds  of 
cattle,  station  house  of  stone ;  cane. 

Railroad  runs  between  stone  walls,  then  little  wooden  sta- 
tion house  and  side  track  for  cane  (probably  Palenque). 

Cane,  meadows,  a  few  cattle ;  country  slightly  undulating, 
but  few  cuts,  curves,  or  culverts. 

A  railroad  follows  main  road  on  right,  probably  sugar  road. 

Fine  railroad  between  stone  tcalls;  then  station  of  Helena. 
Three  side  tracks,  loading  platform,  cane  field  on  either  side; 
wooden  station,  icater  tank,  small  coal  supply;  large  sugar 
mill  to  right,  little  track  to  it. 

A  fine  road  through  a  fine  country,  much  cane,  scattered 
palms,  huts ;  excellent  for  troops.  Country  roads  good  in  dry, 
probably  bad  in  wet  weather;  red  soil.  Country  open  and 
level,  with  few  cuts  or  curves. 

Same ;  cane,  cattle,  huts,  a  little  brush  and  trees ;  few  or 
no  cuts. 

Level  country;  cane,  huts,  and  meadows;  then  three  side 
tracks  and  station  of  no  name  (probably  Guara) ;  stock  chute, 
cane ;  hills  still  on  right,  nothing  to  left.  Wooden  station,  old 
platform,  dozen  huts,  level,  open  country,  stojie  walls,  hedges, 
cattle,  cane,  and  huts ;  fine  region ;  best  road  in  Cuba. 

Cane ;  huts ;  level  country ;  very  small  cuts;  road  straight ; 
stone-ballasted ;  a  few  small  culverts. 

Cane  and  meadows;  country  excellent  for  troops. 


Distances  from 
Habana. 


122  k.— 76  m. 


10L6k.— 65  m. 


76  k.— *7  m. 
69  k.— 42.78  m. 

67  k.— 41.54  m. 

65  k.— 40.30  m. 

64  k.— 39.68  m. 

61k.— 37.82  m. 
60  k.— 37.2  m. 

\ 
59  k.— 36.58  m. 

56  k.— 34.72  m. 
54  k.— 33.48  m. 

52  k.- 32.24  m. 
51k.— 31.62  m. 


236 


RAILWAYS. 


Distances  from     Same ;  less  cane ;  more  trees  and  brush  on  right ;  then  low 

Ilabana.  f 

60  k.— 31  m.      ^'"• 

49k.— 30.38 in.  Cane  on  both  sides;  very  flat,  open  country;  houses  and 
huts. 

48  k.— 29.78  m.  Long  side  track  and  station  of  Durdn.  Station  built  of 
stone;  road  runs  off  to  left,  probably  sugar  road ;  small  load- 
ing platform.  No  town  at  Duran,  probably  sugar  station ; 
country  very  level  and  open. 

47k.— 29.14m.  Same;  stone  loall  along  track;  cane;  horses  in  this  region ; 
excellent  for  troops;  few  or  no  places  of  ambuscade. 

45  k.— 27.9  m.  A  low  cut,  probably  6  feet,  highest  since  leaving  Giiines ; 
then  a  side  track. 

43  k.— 26.66  m.  About  43  kilometers  station  of  San  Felipe.  Range  of  hills 
continues  on  right ;  probably  it  is  the  ridge  to  Bejucal  and 
Rincon.  Water  tank  on  this  line  just  as  railroad  enters  San 
Felipe.  This  road  runs  through  a  rich  sugar  country  and 
stock  region,  but  there  are  not  many  cattle  to  be  seen,  but 
more  horses.  The  country  thus  far  from  Giiines  is  i)robably 
excellent  for  troops;  could  not  be  better  in  dry  weather. 
Stock  chute  at  Quivican. 

For  rest  of  distance  to  Habana,  see  Habana-Batabano  Rail- 
road. 


6.  Guines-Matanzas  Railway, 
table  of  distances. 

GUINES. 

;at/ 

ROE 

XINES,  STATION  FOR  AGUACATE. 


7 

LA  CATALINA. 

15 

8 

ROBLES. 

19 

12 

4 

XINES,  : 

22 

^ 

7 

3 

EMF 

?6 

19 

11 

4 

1 

37 

30 

22 

18 

15 

BOUNDARY  OF  PROVINCE  OF  HABANA  (WESTJ. 
14      MATANZAS. 


ITINERARY. 


15  miles. 


Distances  from     Leaving  Giiines  this  road  takes  a  northeasterly  direction 
Guines,  parallel  to  a  small  stream  for  some  distance  through  a  fairly 

level  country  until  near  the  village  of  La  Catalina,  where  it 
turns  a  few  points  east  and  enters  the  village. 

Beyond  here  the  road  runs  along  the  foot  of  a  range  of  hills 
on  its  right  until  it  reaches  the  village  of  Robles,  where  a 
short  branch  5  miles  in  length  connects  with  Madruga. 

From  Robles  the  railway  runs  through  a  flat  region,  the 
country  being  thinly  populated  and  little  cultivated.  A  short 
distance  near  south  of  Aguacate  it  approaches  the  Habana- 
Matanzas-Bemba  Railroad  and  runs  parallel  with  it  through 
Mocha  to  the  city  of  Matanzas,  its  terminus,  37  miles  from 
Giiines,  where  it  connects  with  Cardenas,  Santa  Clara,  Murga, 
La  Uni6n,  and  other  points. 


37  miles. 


RAILWAYS — ROADS.  237 

BRANCH  EOAD  FROM  ROBL.ES  TO  MADRDOA.  Branch  K»d  to 

Madmgm. 

Branch  to  Madruga  is  very  rongh;  single  track,  ranning 
first  through  heavy  brush,  then  much  cane  to  the  left.  Track 
runs  nearly  east  toward  the  hiUs;  cane  the  only  crop,  but 
country  is  brushy ;  would  be  difficult  but  possible  for  trooiw 
to  march ;  many  palms. 

Railroad  now  among  the  hills;  ctits  grow  somewhat  heavy; 
much  cane ;  country  rolling  and  very  broken ;  a  small  bridge; 
country  grows  more  and  more  hilly,  but  hills  often  becoming 
open  and  clear,  covered  with  sugar ;  a  fine  sugar  region ;  rail- 
road through  many  high  cuts;  one  line  of  telegraph,  two  wires. 

7.  Habana-Marianao  Railwat. 

This  road  runs  from  Habana  to  the  city  of  Marianao,  a 
distance  of  8  miles,  and  is  of  much  more  importance  than 
some  of  the  longer  lines  in  the  province.  It  belongs  to  an 
English  syndicate,  with  headquarters  in  London,  and  the 
stock,  debentures,  etc.,  are  in  English  hands.  It  originally 
belonged  to  a  Cuban  company,  but  having  become  involved 
in  difficulties,  they  liquidated  and  transferred  their  interests 
to  the  present  owners.  The  road  was  built  in  1863,  and  in 
1883  oi)ened  a  small  branch  line  to  a  village  on  the  coast. 
The  rails  usM  on  this  road  are  60-foot  steel  and  the  track 
is  standard  gauge.  The  carriages  and  locomotives  are  of 
American  type  and  are  fitted  with  Westinghouse  automatic 
brakes.  It  has  an  immense  traffic,  and  is  considered  as  a 
suburban  line. 

ROADS. 

The  principal  roads  of  the  province  are — 

1.  From  Habana  to  Coloma,  128  miles,  22  of  whicli  are  in 
Habana  Province.     Page  238. 

2.  From  Alquizar  to  Guanimar  and  Bataband,  37  miles. 
Page  239. 

3.  From  Bataband  to  Habana,  35  miles.     Page  242. 

4.  From  Jaruco  to  La  Boca,  12  miles.     Page  244. 

5.  From  Habana  to  Giiines,  34  miles.     Page  247. 

6.  From  Regla  to  Minas,  10  miles.     Page  248. 

7.  From  Artemisa  to  Alquizar,  13  miles,  7  of  whicli  are  in 
Habana  Province. 

8.  From  Giiines,  via  Madniga,  to  Aguacate,  20  miles. 

9.  From  Guines  to  Alfonso    XII,   36  miles,  of  which  26 
miles  are  in  Habana  Pro\'ince. 


238 


ROADS. 


1. 

H. 

IBANA-COLOMA   ROAD 

TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 
HABANA.       . 

3 

CERRO, 

4 

1 

GRANDES. 

8 

6 

4 

MARIANAO. 

12 

9 

8 

4 

ARROYO  ARENAS. 

14 

11 

10 

6 

2 

PUNTA  BRAVA. 

17 

14 

13 

9 

5 

3 

HOYO  COLORADO. 

22     19 
128   125 

18 
124 

14 
120 

116 

8 
114 

5     CAIWIITO  (PINAR  DEL 
111    lOc]  COLOMA  (PINAR 

2  miles. 


For  table  of  distances  from  Caimito  to  Coloma,  see  Province 
of  Pinar  del  Rio. 

The  first  two  towns,  i.  e. ,  Cerro  and  G-randes,  are  suburban 
towns  of  Habana  and  the  itinerary  will  begin  from  Marianao, 
situated  at  the  outskirts  of  the  city  and  its  suburbs,  and  is 
really  a  suburb  of  the  city  itself. 
Distances  from  Calzada  from  Marianao  is  a  fine  broad  turnpike,  capable  of 
allowing  three  wagons  to  pass  abreast.  At  first  it  passes  over 
a  rolling  country,  well  cultivated  on  each  side ;  many  houses, 
to  which  side  roads  lead;  fields  cultivated  with  garden  truck 
and  com,  and  road  is  often  lined  with  stone  walls.  This 
country  would  not  be  difiicult  on  either  side  of  road,  for 
march  of  troops.  Road  itself  hard,  probably  never  muddy, 
and  smooth  as  a  floor.  Stage  runs  over  it  to  Guana  jay  and 
Artemisa,  and  telegraph  follows  it. 

Calzada,  continuing  over  undulating  country,  reaches  stone 
bridge  and  small  stream,  both  unimportant,  though  latter 
probably  contains  a  little  water  even  in  dry  season.  Beyond 
bridge  a  long  slope  leads  to  pueblito  of  Arroyo  Arena,  from 
which  a  road  goes  to  left,  leading  to  pueblito  of  Cano.  Coun- 
try on  either  side  would  answer  well  for  cavalry  maneuvers, 
though  probably  heavy  in  wet  weather.  Country  is  fairly 
level,  interspersed  with  cultivated  ground,  with  houses  here 
and  there,  which  are  usually  of  stone  and  often  thatched. 
Occasionally  stone  fences  between  fields. 

Road  reaches  another  pueblito,  situated  on  first  ridge  after 
leaving  Arroyo.  Near  it  a  little  stream  flows  in  wet  weather. 
Country  is  cultivated,  partly  wooded  in  spots,  undulating. 
There  would  be  plenty  of  forage  through  here. 

Road  crosses  small  stone  bridge  over  small  stream ;  to  left 
are  a  few  houses  and  the  telegraph,  probably  to  Guanajay. 
About  half  a  mile  beyond  is  a  little  village  called  Punta  Brava. 
Here  a  road  to  left  leads  to  a  little  place  called  Guatao ;  and 
another  road  to  right  goes  to  La  Playa  on  gulf  coast,  about 
5  miles  away.  This  i)lace  (Punta  Brava)  is  a  small  village 
lining  the  road,  and  beyond  it  is  a  stone  bridge  crossing  a 


3  miles. 


3]/^  miles. 


ROADS. 


239 


little  stream  of  seemingly  good  water,  with  low  banks.     Vtl-    Distances  from 
lage  lies  some  6  miles  from  Hiabana,  as  marked  by  stones  ■***""°'*°* 
along  the  road.     Country  on  each  side  is  open  and  rolling.  ^  ""''^*- 

Road  crosses  a  small  stream  also  by  a  stone  bridge ;  houses 
and  hedges  near  by,  and  less  than  a  mile  beyond  another  small 
stream  spanned  by  a  very  small  stone' bridge. 

Road  reaches  some  low  ground;  road,  however,  continues    ^i  miles, 
as  before,  a  fine  smooth  turnpike.     Some  water  and  a  small 
stone  culvert  at  this  i)oint,  about  144  miles  from  Habana. 
Beyond  lies  a  long  sloi)e. 

Calzada  reaches  the  village  of  Colorado  Hoyo,  a  long  but    9  miles, 
small  settlement  lining  road  and  jKJSsessing  a  small  fonda. 
Countrj'  here  is  open,  rolling,  and  cultivated,  with  palms 
scattered  over  it,  but  no  brush.     Just  before  reaching  village 
a  dirt  road  to  the  left  goes  to  a  private  house  (probably). 

On  further  edge  of  the  village  a  small  stone  bridge  over  a 
creek,  now  dry;  but  water  lies  to  right.  Some  two  miles 
beyond  this  the  road  crosses  a  small  stream  of  no  importance. 
Country  is  often  intersected  by  stone  walls,  and  in  character 
is  rolling  and  cultivated. 

About  30  kilometers  from  Habana  a  ridge  rises  on  the  right, 
which  runs  toward  road  and  seems  to  intersect,  as  it  really 
does  command  it.  To  left  lie  low,  cultivated  fields  and  water — 
not  a  marsh,  but  seemingly  a  meandering  stream.  Large 
I)ond  or  small  lake  is  indicated  on  the  map,  and  probably 
exists  in  wet  season.  "Within  a  few  hundred  yards  of  this 
ridge,  and  near  middle  of  it,  beyond  water,  lies  the  pueblito 

of  Caimito.  14  miles. 


2.  Alquizar 

,    GUANIMAR,   AND  BaTABANO  ROAD 

TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 

ALQUIZAR. 

11 

GUANIMAR. 

35 

24  I  BATABANO. 

37 

2G  !    2      LA  PLAYA  DE  BATABAN(5. 

ALQUIZAR  TO  GUANDIAR. 

Alquizar,  population  4,000  to  5,000,  is  low  and  flat;  lies  in  Distances  from 
rich  and  usually  well-cultivated  country.  People  active ;  half  ^•i"'^^'"- 
negro  and  half  white.  Water  from  wells  and  cisterns.  Houses 
of  stone  or  brick,  one  story.  Streets  paved.  No  naturally 
strong  i)ositions  in  surrounding  country.  Road  crosses  rail- 
road track  a  few  hundred  yards  from  station ;  goes  a  little 
west  of  south ;  is  good  and  broad. 

About  i  mile  from  the  town  small  road  diverges  to  west ; 
to  east  lies  splendid  sugar  estate  of  La  Fortuna.     Road  now 
broad  enough  for  4. wagons  abreast ;  between  low  stone  walls. 
Country  muddy  in  rainy  season.     About  1  mile  road  forks,    i  mile, 
one  branch  running  west.     At  about  li  miles  this  road  turns 


240 


ROADS. 


Distances 
Alquizar. 

2]/^  miles. 
3  miles. 


4  miles. 


5  miles. 


5J^  miles. 


7  miles. 


8  miles. 


from  almost  due  south,  passing  through  cane  fields ;  no  trees  nor 
brush,  except  the  palms  along  the  road  itself. 

Road  crosses  a  road  to  sugar  plantation  on  the  east,  and 
now  becomes  bad,  deep  ruts  and  rocks  obstructing  the  way. 
Sugar  mill  to  west  l  mile.  At  3  miles  from  Alquizar  road 
crosses  very  narrow-gauge  railroad  to  mill-,  and  just  beyond 
splits  into  two  branches,  one  east,  the  other  curving  north. 
Great  cane  fields  for  miles  on  each  side.     Country  level. 

Road  continues  fairly  good  for  wagons,  but  muddy  in  wet 
season.  A  few  hundred  yards  beyond  is  a  pond  to  the  west 
of  the  road.  Country  hereabouts  said  to  be  infested  by  ban- 
dits— "bandoleros."  Here  is  a  cuartel  of  the  Guardia  Civil, 
300  yards  beyond  which  is  an  old  road  to  the  west. 

At  4  miles  a  road  makes  off  to  the  west.  Country  to  the 
west  brush-covered;  to  east,  cane.  Road  smooth  and  good, 
room  for  4  wagons  abreast,  but  muddy  in  rainy  reason. 
.  Dirt  road  branches  off  to  Batabano,  9  Cuban  leagues  dis- 
tant. A  fonda  or  inn  here  and  the  place  is  called  Guanimar, 
and  is  absolutely  insignificant.  Country  flat  and  muddy  in 
rainy  season.  A  few  hundred  yards  beyond,  a  cross  road 
runs  east  and  west ;  brush  is  more  frequent.  Bananas  and 
yucca  the  chief  crop.  Stone  wall  about  5  feet  high  on  west, 
and  cactus  hedge  on  east  side  of  road.  At  5i  miles  the  road 
turns  sharply  to  west  for  three-fourths  of  a  mile ;  country  to 
north  brushy,  to  south  more  open,  with  brush  beyond.  At 
6i  miles,  road  turns  sharp  south,  brush  on  both  sides ;  turns 
again  west  200  yards  farther.  Troops  and  wagons  could 
march  (dry  season)  in  country  on  each  side,  but  cavalry 
would  find  difficulty,  on  account  of  the  brush.  Road  now 
wide  enough  for  only  two  wagons. 

Country  more  open  to  south ;  to  north  brush  continues.  A 
road  breaks  off  to  south  here ;  the  main  road  still  continuing 
west.  At  7i  miles  a  large  sugar  mill  one -half  mile  to  the 
south.     Country  open ;  cane  fields. 

A  large  house  with  hnts  and  meadows  to  the  north ;  road, 
between  rough  stone  walls,  turns  to  the  south ;  stone  fence 
to  east  and  cactus  hedges  to  west ;  road  grassy  and  not  so 
muddy  in  wet  season ;  after  500  yards  turns  west.  Road  now 
turns  south  again,  the  larger  branch  continuing  westward  to 
Las  Mangas.  At  9^  miles  a  mud  hole,  due  to  springs  of 
Guanimar  River,  rising  hereabouts.  The  road  proper  stops 
here.  A  bridle  path  over  low  swampy  ground  leads  to  the 
sea,  running  on  a  low  causeway  with  a  ditch  on  each  side, 
water  in  each  about  a  foot  or  so  deep.  Surface  of  marsh  will 
bear  a  man's  but  not  a  horses'  weight  (dry  season).  There 
are  two  of  these  causeways  from  Guanimar.  The  eastern 
causeway  varies  in  width  from  8  to  20  feet ;  built  to  some 
extent  of  rock,  and  water  in  its  ditch  is  clear  and  good  and 
even  in  dry  season  has  a  current.  In  wet  season  these  ditches 
are  navigable  for  small  boats  carrying  troops. 


ROADS. 


241 


LA  PLATA   DE  GUAMMAR. 

Said  to  be  the  best  harbor  of  the  sotithwest  of  CJochinos  Bay. 
A  little  fishing  village  on  a  low,  flat  shore.  In  wet  season  the 
caxiseways  mentioned  can  not  be  used,  and  communication 
with  Guanimar  from  the  interior  is  by  boat  along  the  ditches 
already  spoken  of,  the  water  of  which  is  fresh  to  100  yards  of 
the  point  where  they  empty  into  the  sea. 

Population  of  Guanimar  is  300  or  400.  There  is  one  pier 
running  about  200  feet  from  shore.  Ten  feet  of  water  can 
be  carried  to  600  or  800  yards  of  shore  at  mouth  of  river. 
Place  said  to  be  excellent  for  landing  a  small  force  to  seize  the 
western  railroad,  because,  other  things  equal,  the  enemy 
would  never  suspect  an  attack  from  this  quarter.  Distance 
from  Guanimar  proper,  Si  miles,  and  from  the  Playa  de  Guani- 
mar to  Alquizar,  13^  or  14  miles. 

ROAD  FROM  GUANIMAR  TO  BATABANO. 


3  miles. 

4  miles. 


7  miles. 


Leads  due  east  and  wide  enough  for  two  wagons.     Country    Distances  from 
level;  palms;  roads  to  the  south  within  first  few  hundred G«»auimar. 
yards.     At  three-fourths  of  a  mile  road  turns  north  for  300  to    ^  ^jig 
400  yards,  then  east  again.     At  2^  miles  road  forks.     The 
southern  branch  is  wide  enough  for  two  carts.     Meadows,  no 
brush. 

At  3  miles,  a  large  sagar  mill  to  the  south.  Country  open ; 
bananas.  At  Si  miles  cross  road  north  and  south.  Road  now 
single  track.     Plenty  of  grass. 

At  4i  miles,  road  turns  ENE.  Sugar  mill  1  mile  directly 
ahead. 

Many  intersecting  local  roads  through  here.  At  7  miles  a 
main  road  runs  due  south.  The  road  east  wide  enough  for 
four  wagons.  At  7i  miles,  a  brushy  ridge  three-fourths  of  a 
mile  to  the  south. 

Countrj-  becomes  wilder.  Local  roads  come  in  from  right 
and  left.  Water  apparently  all  from  wells  and  cisterns,  as 
none  to  be  seen  in  dry  season  along  road.  Stone  fences  visible 
to  north.  Fields  begin  to  show  rock.  Travel  in  fields  very 
difficult  on  account  of  the  "dog's  tooth  violet"'  (diente  de 
perro)  out-crop.  Road  between  stone  fences,  great  meadows, 
some  brush.  Broad  road  runs  off  to  north.  Meadows  danger- 
ous for  horses,  etc.,  on  account  of  diente  de  perro.  A  house, 
"la  Espirituana,'  to  the  south  one-half  mUe.  Country  gen- 
erally level,  but  2  or  3  miles  to  south  a  ridge  of  low,  wooded 
hills.     Country  brushy  and  grass-covered. 

Road  divides  into  three,  middle  one  due  east,  and  very  bad, 
but  still  passable  for  wagons  in  single  file.  Country  on  each 
side  impassable  for  horses. 

Road  up  to  this  point  almost  impassable  for  wagons.  Coun- 
try overgrown  with  brush.  Here  road  begins  to  improve, 
single  track. 


243 


ROADS. 


Distances 
Guanimar. 

16  miles. 

17  miles. 


20  miles. 


24  miles. 


1  mile. 


from  Cultivation  begins.  No  water  to  be  got  along  here,  except 
from  huts.  Road  good ;  wide  enough  for  three  wagons ;  muddy 
in  wet  weather.  A  large  sugar  mill  in  neighborhood,  with  its 
narrow-gauge  road.  An  arroyo  just  before  reaching  the  mill, 
called  the  "Ingenio  Central  Andrea."  Passing  the  mill,  road 
goes  northeast,  between  hedges,  grass-grown,  and  wide  enough 
for  three  wagons.  To  the  north,  at  some  distance,  a  range  of 
hills.  Road  forks,  the  left  (north)  branch  going  to  Batabano. 
Here  a  good-sized  jiond  to  the  left.     Road  improves. 

Road  forks,  southern  branch  going  east,  excellent;  stone 
walls;  vnde  enough  for  six  wagons,  but  is  muddy  in  wet 
weather ;  country  open.  Meadows,  cane,  brush.  At  21  miles 
a  road  leads  off  to  the  south.  A  little  farther  on,  the  railroad 
from  Habana  to  La  Playa  de  Batabano.  Beyond  railroad,  road 
continues  good,  and  leads  into  the  town  of  Batabano,  about  2 
miles ;  is  invisible  from  railroad.  Country  cultivated  (cane) ; 
trees  and  hedges.  At  three-fourths  of  a  mile  from  track  road 
turns  north ;  main  road  goes  on  to  Batabano,  24  miles  from 
Guanimar. 

BATABANO  TO  LA  PLAYA  DE  BATABANO. 

Road  good,  a  little  west  of  south,  almost  a  calzada,  proba- 
bly never  muddy;  wide  enough  for  three  wagons.  Brushy 
fields  on  both  sides,  soon  becoming  swampy.  Telegraph  fol- 
lows road  a  short  distance.  Streams  of  clear  water.  Country 
round  about  suited  to  all  three  arms.  Habana  Railroad  to  the 
west,  railroad  and  road  meeting  at  La  Playa  de  Batabano; 
intervening  ground  swampy.  La  Playa  is  2  miles  from 
Batabano. 

3.  Batabano-Habana  Road. 


TABLE  op  distances. 


BATABAN6. 

3 

POZO  REDONDO. 

9 

6 

SAN  FELIPE. 

14 

11 

6 

BUENA  VENTURA. 

17 

14 

8 

3 

BEJUCAL. 

20 

17 

11 

6 

3 

r^nc6n. 

22 

19 

13 

8 

5 

2 

SANTIAGO  DE  LAS  VEGAS. 

26 

23 

17 

12 

9 

6 

4 

CALABAZAR. 

29 

26 

20 

15 

12 

9 

7 

3 

ARROYO  NARANJO 

35 

32 

20 

21 

18 

15 

13 

0 

6       HABANA. 

ITINERARY  OF  ROAD. 


Leaving  Bataban6  the  road  passes  first  through  garden^ 
growing  vegetables,  sugar  cane,  bananas,  and  other  fruits, 
and  surrounded,  as  a  rule,  by  stone  walls  or  cactus  hedges. 
From  amidst  these  inclosures  rise  the  frail  thatched  huts. 


ROADS. 


243 


From  Bataban6  the  road  crosses  a  flat,  hot  country,  some-    Distances  from 

what  covered  with  brush,  until  the  railway  station  and  water-  B***^'*""- 

ing  place  of  Pozo  Redondo,  3  miles  distant,  is  reached.     From 

this  point  the  road  follows  the  railway  (Habana-Batabano    2  miles. 

"  Ferrocarriles  Unidos")  across  a  somewhat  barren  region, 

covered  vrith  brushwood,  the  soil  becoming  more  sterile  and 

strewn  with  stones.     After  a  sugar  estate  called  Santa  Lucia, 

from  which,  a  little  sugar  railroad,  looking  like  a  childs'  toy, 

ran  down  to  the  main  line  at  the  station,  the  road  continuing 

along  the  rail,  soon  reaches  an  open  flat  cotmtry  covered  with 

cane  and  grass  land,  with  huts  scattered  here  and  there, 

inclosed  by  hedges  and  stone  walls.     Far  away  to  the  north 

and  west  can  be  seen  a  range  of  hills,  the  heights  near  Beju- 

cal ;  cattle  are  seen  more  frequently,  and  the  appearance  of 

the  country  begins  to  improve;  underbrush  becomes  more 

scanty,  and  finally  the  region  becomes  an  open  plain,  over 

which  groops  of  royal  palms  are  scattered.     The  road  still 

running  parallel  to  the  railway  becomes  somewhat  bad,  cut 

into  deep  ruts  in  the  dry  season,  indicating  that  it  is  almost 

impassable  during  the  rainy  period.     Further  along  the  region 

becomes  more  a  wide  flat  prairie,  little  cultivated,  whose 

covering  is  chiefly  a  coarse  grass,  not  good  for  food,  even  for 

cattle.     Beyond  this,  fields  of  cane  again  appear,  until  the 

town  of  San  Felipe  is  reached,  which  is  the  junction  of  the 

two  branches  of  the  Habana  Railway,  i.  e. ,  Habana-Bataban6 

and  Habana-La  Union.     The  town  is  of  no  importance  except 

as  a  railway  junction. 

From  San  Felipe  the  road  continues  west,  following  the  9  miles, 
railway  through  a  rolling  fertile  country,  highly  cultivated 
with  cane,  great  waving  fields  of  which  extend  to  Quivican, 
a  railway  station,  for  its  shipment.  Shortly  beyond  this  point 
the  road  and  railway  separate,  the  former  passing  through  a 
similar  country,  whose  fields  seem  well  cultivated,  and  whose 
habitations  indicate  a  prosperous  people. 

About  16  miles  from  Batabano,  on  this  road,  is  located  the  u  miles, 
village  of  Buenaventura,  beyond  which  the  pike  traverses  a 
prosperous  and  fertile  region  and  soon  approaches  the  rail- 
way, running  parallel  with  it  over  a  rolling  country,  which 
becomes  somewhat  barren  and  stony,  gradually  approaching 
a  long  range  of  hills  until  the  town  of  Bejucal  is  reached. 

From  Bejucal  to  Habana  the  road  is  an  excellent  pike ;  north  17  miles, 
of  the  latter  city  it  runs  along  the  lower  slopes  of  the  range 
of  hills,  giving  a  fine  view  of  the  plain  which  extends  far 
away  to  the  southern  coast.  The  region  is  pleasantly  diver- 
sified by  groves  of  bananas  and  clumps  of  palms  standing 
amidst  fields  of  cane  and  com;  on  the  left  is  the  railway, 
until  the  town  of  Rincon  is  reached. 

The  road  from  Rincon  passes  through  a  highly  cultivated    20  miles, 
region,  open  and  rolling,  with  good  houses  here  and  there. 
To  the  right  are  low  hills,  slightly  brushed-covered,  until  a 
thriving  little  town  called  Santiago  de  las  Vegas  is  reached. 


244 


ROADS. 


Distances  from 
Batabanu. 


22  miles. 


26  miles. 


Leaving  Santiago  the  road  continues  directly  north,  leaving 
the  vicinity  of  the  ridge  it  has  followed  from  Bejucal,  and 
passes  through  an  undulating  country  across  the  railway 
(Ferrocarril  Occidente),  it  reaches  the  hills  from  which  may 
be  seen  a  valley  bounded  northward  by  the  heights  surround- 
ing Habana,  into  which  it  descends,  crossing  over  a  long 
bridge  spanning  the  headwaters  of  the  Almendares  River,  to 
the  town  of  Calabazar. 

Passing  through  the  village  just  mentioned  the  road  begins 
to  ascend  the  hills  beyond  by  an  easy  grade,  the  region  on 
either  side  being  somewhat  rocky  and  brushy,  with  gullies 
here  and  there,  until  near  the  summit  a  village  called  Arroyo 
Naranjo  is  reached. 

Continuing  on  through  the  town  the  road  traverses  a  beau- 
tiful country,  on  either  side  of  which  rises  open,  rounded  and 
grassy  hills.  On  the  summit  of  one  stands  a  house  known  as 
La  Ascencion.  From  here  the  road  slowly  descends  to  the 
valley  below,  passing  in  gentle  curves  around  and  over  the 
grassy  hills  that  lie  between  the  valley  and  Habana,  until  the 
village  of  Vibora,  lying  near  the  outskirts,  called  Jesus  del 
Monte,  is  reached,  and  thence  into  the  city  of  Habana. 


4.  Jaruco-La  Boca  Road, 
table  of  distances. 

JARUCO. 
10     MATIAN. 
12      2    I  LA  BOCA. 


ITINERARY  OF  THE  ROAD  FROM  JARUCO  TO  LA  BOCA. 

Distances  from     Leaving  Jaruco  going  due  north  the  road  soon  becomes  rocky 
aruco.  g^jjjj  ijg^^^  bordered  by  stone  walls,  and  passing  over  a  rolling 

country,  chiefly  planted  with  corn,  and  dotted,  of  course, 
with  palms  singly  and  in  groups.  At  first  the  road  is  used  by 
wagons,  and  is  wide  enough  for  two  to  pass,  but  there  is  only 
one  wagon  track ;  arid  though  over  a  soft  white  rock,  it  becomes 
very  muddy,  no  doubt,  in  wet  weather.  Gradually  descend- 
ing the  ridge  on  which  Jaruco  lies,  the  road  crosses  a  little 
rivulet  and  mud  hole  some  miles  from  the  town ;  rocks  and 
a  little  brush.  Beyond  this  crossing  the  road,  now  a  single 
track,  crosses  two  other  small  rivulets,  and  a  hundred  or  two 
yards  beyond,  another,  near  which  are  huts  and  cornfields, 
and  to  the  right  and  left  bushy  hills,  probably  half  a  mile 
away.  Along  the  road,  however,  the  country  is  open  and  cul- 
tivated and  there  are  many  huts,  with  cattle  here  and  there. 
Beyond,  there  is  another  small  rivulet  across  the  road,  making 
a  mud  hole. 
4  miles.  At  a  little  fonda,  n,  road  comes  in  from  the  west.    The  road 

now  is  hardly  more  than  a  bridle  path,  continues  on  to  the  right 


ROADS. 


245 


over  the  hills,  and  runs  for  a  time  about  northwest.  Wagons  Distances  from 
could  i)erhaps  travel  here,  but  it  would  be  with  difficulty.  •^*™<=°- 
The  countrj'  here  is  rolling,  dotted  with  palms,  with  meadows, 
and  here  and  there  huts  and  com  fields.  Half  a  mile  from  the 
fonda  another  small  rivulet  is  crossed,  probably  a  tributary 
of  the  Rio  Jaruco.  Hgre  trees  are  more  common;  there  is 
also  more  brush ;  huts  are  to  be  seen,  and  the  road  continues 
about  north-by-west,  crossing  a  few  yards  from  the  last  an- 
other small  rivulet.  The  chief  crop  seems  to  be  com,  grow- 
ing from  a  whitish  soil,  but  a  little  cane  is  also  produced.  The 
road  here  is  passable  for  wagons,  and  there  is  a  wagon  track, 
but  it  is  hardly  a  well-marked  road. 

The  Rio  Jaruco  is  reached,  which  is  here  about  6  inches  deep  5^^  miles, 
and  perhaps  15  feet  wide;  water  clear  and  current  swift;  a 
good  gravelly  ford  with  sloping  banks.  It  is  probable  that 
this  can  be  forded  here  by  wagons  at  all  seasons.  Near  by  are 
huts ;  many  places  exist  here  favorable  for  ambush,  but  troops 
could  move  in  general  over  the  country  without  great  diffi- 
culty, the  country  being  about  as  good  as  the  road ;  the  latter 
could  be  readily  made  into  a  good  wagon  road.  The  road  is 
now  improving,  and  passes  the  huts  of  a  pueblo  called  the 
Ingenio  de  Martin,  where  there  is  a  very  little  cane,  com,  and 
a  few  huts.  The  road  here  is  running  a  little  west  of  north, 
and  apparently  becoming  xery  muddy  in  wet  weather.  The 
country  is  clear,  open,  and  cultivated,  but  with  a  range  of 
fine  high  wooded  hills  lying  to  the  eastward. 

The  Ingenio  de  Martin  is  about  6  miles  from  Jaruco,  and  6  miiee. 
has  probably  but  little  cart  traffic  with  that  place.  Perhaps 
half  a  mile  beyond  here  the  road  descends  into  a  beautiful 
open  valley,  some  3  or  4  miles  across,  in  which  there  is  cane 
and  fine  meadows  stocked  with  cattle ;  and  far  away  in  the 
opi>osite  range  can  be  seen  the  opening  through  the  bold 
range  of  coast  hills  which  mark  the  Boca  de  Jaruco.  In  this 
fine  valley  there  are  few  palms  and  no  brush ;  the  road  is  bet- 
ter and  more  distinctly  marked,  lying  here  between  cactus 
hedges.  It  is  very  wide,  and  seems  to  grow  muddy  in  wet 
weather.  The  road  descends  by  a  gentle  slope  into  the  valley, 
and  crosses  a  very  little  wooden  culvert  over  a  tiny  rivulet 
near  the  bottom.     Near  by  are  fields  of  com. 

A  very  fine  ingenio  some  400  yards  to  the  right  of  the  road.     8  miles. 
Here  the  road  crosses  another  going  to  the  left  to  San  Miguel.* 
The  valley  is  fertile,  but  many  of  the  surrounding  hills  are 
bare,   uncultivated,   or  wooded.     The   road    is   now    much 
better. 

*  This  road  seems  quite  well  worn  and  better  than  parts  of  the  road  to  Jamco. 
It  is  stated,  however,  that  it  is  not  as  good.  This,  however,  is  probably  not  so,  be- 
cause it  is  evidently  the  outlet  for  the  sngar  mill,  nnleas  it  tarns  and  goes  to  Jamco. 
In  case  of  an  attack  from  the  mouth  of  the  Jaruco,  however,  it  would  be  an  advantage 
to  strike  the  railroad  at  San  Miguel  and  avoid  the  cuts  near  Jaruco.  Cavalry  and 
probably  wagons  could  move  to  San  Miguel  from  Loe  Almacenes  by  this  road. 


\3RA. 

Of  THK 


«.  uNIVERSITT 


fFO"RH\'L 


246  ROADS. 


8V2  miles. 


j^^^stancesfrom     The  main  road  turns  to  the  left.    From  this  point  a  fair 
road  continues  toward  a  break  in  the  range  of  hills,  through 
cane  and  past  a  few  houses,  and  approaches  a  pueblecito. 
9%  miles.  The  last-named  road  again  crosses  the  Jaruco  River.     The 

stream  here  is  some  15  feet  wide,  with  brushy  banks,  gener- 
ally steep  and  some  10  feet  high.  Thg  ford  is  good,  the  bank 
sloping  here.  There  is  little  mud,  and  the  bottom  hard  and 
gravelly.  Water  a  foot  or  two  deep.  Some  half  a  mile  be- 
yond a  little  town  is  perched  upon  a  hill.  Before  reaching 
this,  however,  the  road  crosses  a  little  shallow  stream,  some 
10  feet  wide,  by  an  old  log  bridge,  and  enters  Los  Almacenes 
(also  known  as  San  Martin).  The  town  is  on  a  small  hill. 
There  are  two  or  three  fondas,  and  probably  500  people,  and  a 
cemetery.  Houses  of  stone  and  of  wood,  chiefly  of  the  latter. 
The  road  continues  for  a  few  hundred  yards  beyond  to  a  ware- 
house or  two  on  the  bank  of  the  river  Jaruco,  where  there  are 
also  a  few  huts.  To  this  point — some  3  miles  from  La  Boca — 
small  schooners  run  up  the  river  to  load  sugar;  hence  the 
name,  Almacenes — warehouses. 

The  river  is  somewhat  sluggish,  and  less  clear  than  before ; 
the  right  bank  is  high,  firm  ground,  but  the  left  is  low  and 
covered  with  mangroves.  At  the  stopping  place — the  ware- 
house on  the  right  bank— there  is  said  to  be  about  H  fathoms 
of  water.  Going  down  the  stream  by  boat,  the  river  widens.  It 
flows  through  mangroves  and  low  ground  at  first,  but  presently 
reaches  the  mountains,  which  rise  rugged  and  brush-covered 
far  overhead,  reminding  one — to  compare  small  things  with 
great— of  the  banks  of  the  Hudson  about  Storm  King.  The 
river,  of  course,  is  hardly  a  tenth  the  size  of  the  Hudson,  but 
the  hills  on  either  side  are  nearly  as  high  as  Storm  King,  fully 
as  bold  and  rocky,  and  densely  covered  with  green  brush,  with 
caves  here  and  there  where  the  Zapalotes  (Aories?)  made 
their  homes.  Still  the  river  flows  sluggishly  between  man- 
groves, though  very  deep,  it  is  said,  in  this  part.  From  Los 
Almacenes  to  La  Boca  no  road  is  possible,  but  it  is  said  that 
carts  sometimes  reach  La  Boca  from  the  eastward,  where  the 
mountains  can  be  crossed. 

From  Los  Almacenes  to  La  Boca  the  distance  is  perhaps  3 
miles.  A  little  sandy  playa  runs  out  from  the  higher  bank  on 
which  the  town  lies  in  one  long  street.  The  river  is  here  of 
considerable  width.  La  Boca  is  a  town  of  perhaps  200  or  300 
people,  lying  on  the  left  (western)  bank :  composed  chiefly  of 
huts,  and  has  several  fondas.  There  are  no  roads  leading 
from  the  place,  shxit  in  as  it  is  by  high  hills,  almost  mountains. 
The  western  bank  terminates  in  a  little  brushy  point  of  land 
where  there  is  the  ruin  of  a  little  Martello  tower,  no  doubt  a 
relic  of  old  piratical  days ;  this  is  abandoned  and  gone  to  decay ; 
around  it  is  a  loop-holed  wall  of  brick  designed  for  musketry. 
The  mouth  of  the  river  is  here  some  500  or  800  yards  across. 
The  east  side  is  low,  rocky,  and  brushy,  and  has  no  defenses 
or  settlements  at  the  point.    There  is  little  soil  on  either  point. 


ROADS. 


247 


The  Rio  Jaruco  twos  nearly  north  and  south.  At  its  mouth 
it  is  a  fine  stream,  said  to  contain  2i  fathoms  of  water  oppo- 
site the  town.  It  is  entirely  unprotected,  and  can  with  diffi- 
culty be  reached  except  from  the  sea.  Above,  no  road  is 
possible  until  within  some  1,500  or  1,600  yards  from  Los 
Almacenes.  The  shore  at  the  mouth  is  low  and  shelving, 
and  the  toA\Ti  some  500  yards  up  the  stream  and  on  the  west 
or  left  bank.  This  is  an  excellent  boat  landing.  The  bar  is 
said  to  have  7  feet  of  water.  Some  miles  from  the  town  of 
Los  Almacenes  it  is  possible  to  land  on  the  right  or  east  bank 
of  the  river.  From  here  there  is  said  to  be  a  cart  road  over 
level  country  to  the  town,  but  no  doubt  this  becomes  muddy. 
The  town  at  La  Boca  is  composed  of  some  20  huts  and  houses. 
The  town  of  Los  Almacenes  is  strongly  placed,  and  field  guns 
here  would  make  a  landing  difficult.  The  warehouse  on  the 
right  bank  of  the  river  mentioned  is  small.  There  is  a  little 
wooden  dock  here.  The  bank  here  is  some  3  or  4  feet  high,  a 
good  landing  place  on  firm  ground;  the  other  bank  is  low 
and  lined  with  mangroves  above,  below,  and  opjwsite  the 
warehouse. 

It  is  said  that  from  Jaruco  to  the  mouth  of  the  Jaruco 
River  the  road  is  not  only  better  but  shorter  than  from  San 
Miguel  there.  No  special  difficulties  would  probably  be  met 
should  a  landing  be  effected  at  La  Boca  and  the  town  of 
Los  Almacenes  captured.  The  intervening  country  is  well 
watered,  and  wagons  and  supply  trains  could  pass  with  per- 
haps some  improvements  of  existing  roads.  But  the  town  of 
Jamco  is  strongly  placed,  and  a  landing  ought  not  to  be  made 
at  La  Boca  unless  an  auxiliary  to  an  advance  from  Matanzas. 
Such  a  country  offers  many  advantages  to  the  defense.  From 
Jaruco  to  La  Boca  the  distance  is  estimated  to  be  12  miles ;  10 
to  Los  Almacenes,  and  2  to  La  Boca. 


5.  Habax.^-Gudjes  Road, 
table  of  d1st.\nces. 

HABANA. 

3      JESUS  DEL  MONTE. 
♦   (    I      LUYANO. 

8    •    5    I    4    J  SAN  FRANCISCO  DE  PAULA. 
19  j  13  i  12  j    8      CUATRO. 

19  ;  16     15  j  11  :    3    i  JAMAICA. 

20  I  17     16  I  12      4    :    1    I  SAN  JOSE  DE   LAS  LAJAS. 
29     26  '  25  I  21  '  13     10  |    9      CANDELARIA. 

34     31     30     26     18     15  ■  14  ;    5      GUINES. 


T739 17 


248 


ROADS. 


ITINERARY   OF  ROAD. 


Distances  from 
JegCisdel  Monte. 

1  mile. 

2  miles. 


4  miles. 

5  miles. 


13  miles. 


16  miles. 
24  miles. 


26  miles. 


This  road  properly  commences  at  Jesus  del  Monte,  a  suburb 
of  Habana,  and  runs  south  of  east  until  it  reaches  the  town 
of  Luyano. 

From  here  it  takes  a  more  southern  course ;  on  the  left  is  a 
range  of  hills  and  on  the  right  the  river  Layano,  a  branch  of 
which  it  crosses  at  a  distance  of  4  miles,  and  thence  to  San 
Francisco.  As  it  leaves  the  town  it  skirts  some  hills  on  its 
right,  while  on  the  left  is  a  low,  rolling  country.  It  then 
enters  a  low,  flat  country,  passing  over  the  head  waters  of  the 
Almendares  River,  through  the  village  of  Cuatro  Caminos. 

Immediately  after  leaving  this  town  it  crosses  a  bayou,  and 
then  slowly  ascends  and  crosses  over  some  hills,  from  which 
it  descends  to  the  town  of  Jamaica. 

From  here  to  the  tovm  of  San  Jose  de  las  Lajas,  a  distance 
of  1  mile,  the  country  is  quite  level. 

Shortly  after  leaving  San  Jose  the  road  passes  a  small  creek 
and  runs  through  an  undulating  region  a  distance  of  11  miles, 
when  it  ascends  and  winds  through  the  hills  of  Candelaria, 
among  which  is  situated  the  village  of  the  same  name. 

From  here  it  gradually  descends  into  the  valley,  below 
which  it  crosses  numerous  little  creeks  and  enters  the  city  of 
Giiines,  at  a  distance  of  34  miles  from  Habana. 


6.  Regla-Minas  Road, 
table  op  distances. 


REGLA. 


GUANABACOA. 
8    I  MINAS. 


Distances  from 
Regla. 

2  miles. 

3  miles. 


ITINERARY  OF  ROAD. 

Commencing  from  the  city  of  Regla,  this  road  runs  east 
over  a  level,  fertile  country,  to  the  city  of  Guanabacoa. 

Frym  here,  for  a  distance  of  3  miles,  it  traverses  a  rich, 
undulating  country,  when  it  gradually  ascends  and  crosses 
over  the  high  hills  known  as  Lomas  de  Sa.  Fe,  from  the  sum- 
mit of  which  can  be  seen  the  village  of  Minas  in  the  distance. 
Ascending  to  the  valley,  it  crosses  over  a  low,  flat  region,  with 
many  little  creeks,  and  enters  Minas  at  a  distance  of  10  miles 
from  Regla. 

9.  Guines-Alfonso  XII  Road. 


TABLE  OP   DISTANCES. 


GUINES. 


ST.  NICOLAS. 


NUEVA  PAZ. 

13     ALFONSO  XII  (MATANZAS  PROVINCE). 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICTS,  TOWNSHIPS,  CITIES,  TOWNS.         249 
JUDICIAL  DISTRICTS,  TOWNSHIPS.  CITIES,  AND  TOWNS. 


Jadicial  district  (partido  judicial). 


Township  (ajnutamiento). 


Bejucal 


'Bataban6. 

Bauta  (Hoyo  Colorado). 

Bejucal. 

Cano  (El). 

Isle  of  Pines. 

Nneva  Grerona. 

Quivican. 

Salud  (La). 

San  Antonio  de  las  Vegas. 

San  Felipe, 
i^  Santiago  de  las  Vegas. 


Guanabacoa. 


fGnanabacoa. 
j  Managua. 


Guines. 


Habana 


Jaruco. 


Marianao 


San  Antonio  de  los  BaSos. 


I  Regla. 

(^  Santa  Maria  del  Bosario. 

f  Catalina. 
Guara. 
Guines. 
Madruga. 
Melena  del  Sur. 
Nueva  Paz. 
Pipian. 
San  Nicolas. 

Habana. 

'  Aguacate. 

Bainoa. 

Casiguas. 

Jaruco. 

Jibacoa.     - 
!  San  Antonio  de  Rio  Blanco  del 
Norte. 

San  Jose  de  las  Lajas. 
[Tapaste. 

Marianao. 

f  Alquizar. 

I  Ceiba  del  Agua. 

■{  Guira  de. Melena. 

j  San  Antonio  de  los  Banos. 

[  Vereda  Nueva. 


250 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BEJUCAL. 


I.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BEJUCAL. 
Area,  180  scjuaro  miles. 


Townships. 


1.  Batabano 

2.  Bauta  (Hoyo  Colorado)  . . 

3.  Bejucal 

4.  Cano  (El).. -.-. 

5.  Isle  of  Pines 

6.  Nueva  Gerona  _ 

7.  Quivican 

8.  Salud  (La) •- 

9.  San  Antonio  de  las  Vegas 

10.  San  Felipe -- 

11.  Santiago  de  las  Vegas  .  _ . 


Poi>ulation, 


8,518 
8,332 
8,972 
4,040 
3,000 

6,000 
4,970 
4,649 

11,000 


1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Batabano. 
Capital,  Batabano. 


Outlying  villages. 

Dietanco 
from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Guanabo  - 

2.  Mayaguano. 

3.  Pozo  Redondo 

4.  Quintanal 

5.  Surgidero 

Milen. 

7 

H 
1 

2^ 

1,162  inhabitants. 

653  inhabitants. 

896  inhabitants. 

1,423  inhabitants. 

2,522  inhabitants;  telephone. 

ROUTES  TO  BATABANO. 

1.  From  Habana  by  United  Railways. 

2.  By  pike,  following  railroad  roiite. 

3.  From  Santiago  de  Cuba  or  Guantanamo  by  sea. 

Batabano. — A  town  of  1,860  inhabitants,  situated  37  miles  south  of 
Habana.  Its  port  is  "of  a  sufficient  size  to  accommodate  boats  of  12  feet 
draft.  This  port  has  4  lines  of  coasting  steamers  for  the  following  places : 
Santiago  de  Cuba,  Vuelta  de  Abajo.  and  the  Isle  of  Pines.  They  run 
regularly.  Its  principal  industries  are  fishing,  large  quantities  of  fish 
being  imported  to  Habana ;  sponge  gathering,  and  sugar  raising.  There 
are  here  immense  plantations  which  are  inexhaiistible  resources  for  the 
production  of  sugar  cane.  Military  command  and  naval  station,  board  of 
education,  first-class  lighthouse,  post  office,  telegraph  station,  and  rail- 
road to  Habana. 

This  town  is  located  directly  on  the  seashore,  on  a  low,  marshy,  ill-drained 
flat,  about  3  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  is  a  filthy,  repulsive- 
looking  place,  containing  a  super  abundance  of  materials  for  decomposi- 
tion and  putrefaction.    Buzzards  abound  on  the  housetops.     Swamps  are 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   BEJUCAL.  251 

plentiful,  and  nothing  conld  be  more  gloomy  than  the  aspect  of  these 
marshes  around  Batabano.  Pezuela  states  that  in  consequence  of  these 
marshes  it  is  a  very  unhealthf nl  locality.  In  front  of  the  town  is  a  shallow 
open  sea.  It  has  no  harbor,  is  not  a  port  of  entry,  and  is  commercially  of 
no  importance,  except  as  the  connecting  link  between  the  railroad  from 
Habana  and  two  steamship  lines.  Population  mostly  seafaring.  The 
annual  range  of  temperature  is  from  64.4°  to  90.4°  F.  The  death  rate 
runs  from  50  to  80  per  thousand. 

There  are  really  two  towns  called  Batabano ;  one,  a  small  town  2^  miles 
inland,  having  houses  of  wood,  with  tiled  roofs.  The  seaport  of  that  name 
above  described,  more  properly  called  La  Playa  de  Batabano  (also  called 
Surgidero  de  Batabano),  being  much  the  larger,  and  the  real  place  of 
importance.  The  port  of  Batabano  is  the  railroad  terminus  and  is  con- 
nected with  the  interior  by  a  very  good  turnpike. 

SAILING    DERECTIONS. 

The  Gulf  of  Batabaxo,  between  Padre  Point  and  Mangle  Point,  a 
distance  of  160  miles,  is  bordered  on  the  south  side  by  the  Bank  of  the 
Jardines  and  Jardinillos,  the  Isle  of  Pines,  and  the  islands  known  as  the 
Mangles,  Indian,  and  San  Felipe  Groups.  To  the  northward  of  these 
groups  are  almost  innumerable  cays  and  sand  banks,  as  yet  very  imper- 
fectly known,  and  forming  numerous  and  intricate  channels.  To  navigate 
these  channels  and  to  identify  the  cays  used  as  landmarks,  local  knowledge 
is  positively  necessary.  The  principal  channels  leading  to  the  road  of 
Batabano  are :  From  the  eastward,  the  Gordas  Channel,  between  the  main- 
land and  the  Juan  Luis  Cays ;  from  the  southward,  the  Rosario  Channel, 
along  the  western  edge  of  the  Jardinillos  Bank ;  and  from  the  SW.  the 
channel  between  the  Isle  of  Pines  and  the  Indian  Cays,  between  the  Indian 
and  San  Felipe  Cays,  and  between  the  latter  group  and  the  mainland. 

P*ilots  and  masters  of  steamers  running  constantly  to  Batabano  have 
asserted  that  vessels  drawing^  11  feet  can  go  there  with  safety. 

Pilots  may  be  obtained  at  Cienf  uegos  or  at  the  Isle  of  Pines. 

Batabano  is  9  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  Mayabeque  River,  and  is  a 
place  of  constantly  growing  importance  as  a  port  through  which  nearly 
all  the  communication  of  Habana  with  the  southern  coast  of  the  island 
takes  place.  A  railway  iiins  to  Habana,  time  two  hours,  and  the  subma- 
rine telegraph  cable  is  here  connected  with  Habana  by  land  lines. 

The  channels  leading  to  this  port  only  admit  of  the  passage  of  vessels 
drawing  12  or  13  feet  of  water,  and  the  anchorage  is  entirely  exposed  to 
SE.  ^vinds.  There  are  but  few  scattered  buildings  on  the  shore,  the  town 
of  Bataban6  Ijnng  3  miles  inland. 

Lights. — A  fixed  white  light  is  shown  from  a  mast,  and  is  visible  4  miles. 
At  the  end  of  the  railroad  company's  dock  is  another  light,  fixed  white, 
visible  6  miles. 

Batabano  Channels. — Cayamas  Point  forms,  with  the  chain  of  cays 
southward  of  it,  the  channel  of  the  same  name,  in  which  there  are  only  6 
feet  water.  Tliese  cays  run  in  a  SSE.  direction  for  11  miles,  where  they 
fonn,  wnth  another  chain  extending  13  miles  eastward,  the  channel  of 
Hacha,  with  7  feet  water  in  it,  which  is  much  frequented  by  small  vessels 
leaving  Batabano  or  proceeding  to  it  westward  of  the  Isle  of  Pines  and 
San  Felipe  Cays. 


252  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BEJUCAL. 

Cruz  Cay,  the  eastern  of  the  latter  chain,  lies  nearly  S.  10'  E.  (S.  14°  E. 
mag.),  15  miles  from  Batabano,  and  at  a  little  distance  westward  of  it  is 
Redondo  Cay,  under  the  lea  of  which  small  vessels  find  shelter  from  the 
strong  SE.  winds,  from  July  until  October,  to  which  the  whole  coast  is 
exposed. 

At  6  miles  southward  of  Cruz  Cay  is  Monterey  Cay,  forming  a  channel 
between,  with  2i  fathoms  water,  mud  bottom.  This  channel  is  the  widest 
of  these  which  afford  a  passage  to  vessels  to  or  from  Caimito,  Rosario,  and 
Batabano.  From  Monterey  a  ridge  of  rocks  extends  to  the  SW.  for  8 
miles.  When  westward  of  this  reef  the  several  heads  of  rocks  southward 
of  the  cays  on  the  north  side  of  the  channel  should  be  avoided. 

Directions  to  Batabano. — If  bound  to  Batabano  through  the  Gulf  of 
Cazones,  steer  up  the  gulf  so  as  to  make  Diego  Perez  Cay  on  the  port  bow. 
Skirt  the  reef  until  the  south  part  of  this  cay  bears  aboiit  N.  75°  W.  (N. 
79°  W.  mag.),  when  a  vessel  may  haul  round  the  dry  point  of  the  reef  and 
steer  for  the  south  part  of  the  cay,  and  with  a  good  lookout  she  will  have 
not  less  than  10  feet  water.  Give  the  end  of  Diego  Perez  Cay  a  berth  of 
about  f  mile,  leaving  the  lightvessel  on  the  starboard  hand,  and  the  water 
will  deepen  to  2  and  3  fathoms,  but  with  an  irregular  bottom  and  rocks 
in  all  directions.  When  abreast  of  Diego  Perez,  steer  to  pass  600  yards 
from  Flamenco  Cay ;  a  greater  distance  off  is  unsafe. 

After  iiassing  Flamenco  Cay,  steer  to  pass  midway  between  Rabihorcado 
Cay  on  the  port  bow,  and  Bonito  Cay  and  the  rest  of  the  range  of  cays  on 
the  starboard.  A  depth  of  3  and  4  fathoms  will  be  carried  on  this  course, 
but  when  abreast  of  Rabihorcado  the  water  will  rapidly  shoal  to  9  feet, 
over  a  white,  sandy  bottom  and  occasional  patches  of  rock  which  are  easily 
distinguished.  The  latter  depth  will  be  carried  for  about  12  miles,  on  a 
N.  86°  W.  (west  mag. )  course,  when  it  will  gradually  deepen  to  2\  and  3 
fathoms,  with  the  same  white  bottom  and  patches  of  rocks. 

GORDAS  Channel. — In  a  vessel  of  not  more  than  8  feet  draft,  this  chan- 
nel may  be  advantageously  taken,  in  preference  to  going  round  the  rocky 
spit  which  projects  7  or  8  miles  to  the  southward  from  Monterey  Cay.  To 
enter  this  channel,  when  the  south  end  of  Ambar  Cay  on  the  NW.  side  of 
the  channel  bears  N.  41°  W.  (N.  45°  W.  mag.),  distant f  mile,  steer  about 
N.  26°  E.  (N.  22°  E.  mag.),  keeping  Ambar  Cay  about  i  mile  on  the  port 
hand,  and  taking  the  precaution  of  having  a  boat  sounding  ahead,  so  as 
not  to  come  into  a  less  depth  than  9  feet,  soft  mud. 

The  water  will  soon  deepen  to  2  and  2i  fathoms,  and  a  course  can  be 
shaped  for  Batabano.  Give  Cruz  Cay  a  wide  berth  in  passing,  as  the 
depths  near  it  are  not  known.  There  are  no  dangers  between  Gorda  Point 
and  Batabano,  but  regular  soundings  of  2i  and  3  fathoms ;  the  distance, 
however,  19  miles,  appears  to  be  over  represented  on  the  charts,  and  at 
night  not  more  than  12  miles  should  be  allowed  as  the  run  between. 

Towards  Bataban6  the  soundings  wall  decrease  slowly  and  regularly. 
The  anchorage  is  open  to  the  southward,  and  may  be  recognized  by  a  pier 
projecting  about  400  yards  from  the  mangrove  shore.  At  200  yards  from 
the  pier  head  the  depth  is  10  feet. 

Hacha  Channel. — Bound  to  Bataban6  from  the  westward  of  the  Isle  of 
Pines,  from  a  position  2  miles  westward  of  Dios  Cay,  in  2\  fathoms  water, 
steer  N.  38°  E.  (N.  34°  E.  mag. ),  carrying  aboiit  3  fathoms,  until  the  Guan- 
ima  Cays  are  sighted,  which,  vdth  all  the  cays  in  their  locality,  are  so  ex- 
ceedingly low  as  to  often  cause  great  perplexity.    When  these  cays  are 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BEJUCAL. 


253 


made  oiit,  the  water  will  shoal  to  2^  fathoms,  when  steer  N.  71°  E.  (N.  67° 
E.  mag. )  until  2  or  3  miles  northward  of  the  Petatillos  Bank,  which  runs 
east  and  west.  Run  along  this  shoal  at  that  distance,  carrying  2|  and  3 
fathoms,  iintil  Ciilebra  Cay  bears  S.  38°  W.  (S.  34°  W.  mag. ) ,  when  the 
Hacha  Channel  will  open  ont,  bearing  N.  38°  E.  (N.  34°  E.  mag.). 

Steer  directly  for  the  passage,  and  in  running  through  take  care  to  avoid 
the  mud  bank  on  its  eastern  side ;  navigate  it  with  a  boat  ahead,  keeping 
nearer  the  western  shore  than  the  eastern,  and  9  feet  will  be  carried  over 
soft  mud.     When  clear  of  the  channel,  a  course  can  be  shaped  for  Batabano. 

2.  Ayuntamiexto  of  Bauta  (Hoyo  Colorado). 
Capital,  Bauta  (Hoyo  Colorado). 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Baracoa 

2.  Cangrejeras 

Wles. 

5 

n 
n 

6 

4 
5 

3.  CoiTalillo 

4.  Cruz    de    Piedra    (or 

Camino  Real) 

5.  Guatao 

6.  Portazgo  (El)  or  Pun- 

ta  Brava . 

7.  Santa  Ana 

1 

Bauta  (Hoyo   Colorado). — A  town  of  2,000  inhabitants,  situated  17 
miles  from  Bejucal.     Produces  tobacco  in  abundance.     Post  ofl&ce. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Bejucal. 
Capital,  Bejucal. 


Distance 

Outlying  villages. 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

: 

Maes. 

1.  Aguas  Verdes 

i 

2.  Beltran... 

i 

3.  Jesus  Maria      --   - 

2i 

4.  Piedras- --- 

i 

• 

5.  Poveda  - 

5i 

6.  Santa  Barbara 

7.  Viajacas,  or  Biajacas. . 

4 

ROUTES  TO  BEJUCAL. 


1.  From  Habana  by  United  Railways. 

2.  From  Habana  by  pike. 

Bejucal  is  a  town  of  6,239  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  judicial  district 
of  the  same  name,  situated  17  miles  from  Habana.     Boards  of  agriculture, 


254 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BEJUCAL. 


charity,   education,   and  health.     It  has  a  jail,   casinos,   and  hospital. 
United  railroads  of  Habana.     Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

This  city  was  founded  in  1710.  It  is  about  300  feet  above  the  sea,  located 
at  the  foot  of  a  chain  of  hills,  from  the  summit  of  which  the  Morro  light 
at  Habana  can  be  seen.  Pezuela  reports  that  the  longevity  of  its  inhabit- 
ants is  remarkable,  as  also  the  beneficial  influence  which  its  healthful  air 
exercises  on  the  invalids  who  visit  the  place.  Bejucal  is  characterized  by 
small,  one-story  buildings,  dirty,  mud  streets,  low  floors  on  a  level  with 
the  streets,  and  filthy  surroundings.  In  the  outskirts  there  are  wretched 
palm  huts.  Many  of  its  houses  are  of  stone.  South  of  the  hills  already 
mentioned  the  surrounding  country  is  open  and  fairly  level.  A  stream 
surrounds  the  town,  which,  though  full  in  the  rainy  season,  during  a 
greater  part  of  the  year  consists  chiefly  of  pools,  each  one  constituting 
a  focus  of  swamp  poison.  The  death  rate  is  about  25.7  per  thousand. 
Yellow  fever  is  not  prevalent  here.  There  are  never  more  than  15  or  20 
cases,  and  some  years  none.     New  arrivals  are  those  which  are  attacked. 


4.  Ayuntamiento  of  Cano  (El). 
Capital,  Cano  (El). 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Arroyo- Arenas  - - 

2.  Canta  Ranas 

Miles. 

2  . 
2 

4 
5 

Post  office. 

3.  Cuatro    Caminos    de 

Falcon. 

4.  Jaimanitas -. 

Cano  (El)  is  a  town  12  miles  from  Bejucal,  on  the  highroad  from 
Habana  to  San  Crist6bal,  10^  miles  from  the  former  place.  It  is  watered 
by  several  streams  which  empty  into  the  Playa  de  Jaimanitas  river. 

5.  Isle  op  Pines. 
For  description,  see  page  257. 

6.  Ayuntamiento  of  Nueva  Gerona. 
Capital,  Nueva  Gerona. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1    Santa  F6            - 

Miles. 

m 

Telegraph  station. 

Nueva  Gerona  is  a  town  of  500  inhabitants,  situated  80  miles  from 
Bejucal.     Capital  and  chief  city  of  the  Isle  of  Pines.     Post  office. 
For  description,  see  page  257. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BEJUCAL. 

7.  Ayuntamiento  of  Quivican. 
Capital,  Quivican. 


255 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

"emarks. 

1.  Arango     

MOet. 

i 

i 
2* 
4i 

2.  Delicias      .  - 

3.  Giiiro  Marrero 

4.  Jaiguan 

Quivican  is  a  town  of  2,108  inhabitants,  situated  8  miles  from  Bejucal. 
Board  of  health,  board  of  education,  post  office,  and  raih'oad  to  Matanzas. 
Center  of  fine  cattle-raising  district. 

8.  Ayuntamiento  of  Salud  (La). 
Capital,  Salud  (La). 


Outlying  villages. 


Distance 

from 
capital. 


Remarks. 


1.  Buena  Ventura 

2.  Giiiro  de  Buningal. 


2i 


Salud  (La)  is  a  town  of  800  inhabitants,  situated  5  miles  from  Bejucal. 
Chief  city  of  the  Ayuntamiento.  Two  county  fairs  annually.  Post  office. 
On  railroad  between  Habana  and  Pinar  del  Rio,  19  miles  south  of  the 
former.  Situated  chiefly  on  the  left  (south)  of  the  railroad.  Water  tank, 
cattle  chute,  and  two  side  tracks. 

9.  Ayuntaahento  of  San  Antonio  de  las  Vegas. 
Capital,  San  Antonio  de  las  Vegas. 


Distance 
Outlying  villages.                         from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

i 

SlOes. 

1.  Duran... 2 

San  Antonio  de  las  Vegas  is  a  town  of  1,136  inhabitants,  situated  ISi 
miles  from  Bejucal.  Cattle  of  every  class  are  bred  here,  also  horses, 
mules,  and  swine.  It  has  a  board  of  education,  a  board  of  health,  and  an 
industrial  commission.  The  nearest  station  is  Duran,  2  miles  away.  Post 
office  and  telegraph  station. 


256 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BEJUCAL. 


10.  Ayuntamiento  of  San  Felipe. 


KOUTES  TO  SAN  FELIPE. 

1.  From  Habana  by  United  Railways. 

2.  From  Habana  by  Batabano  pike. 

San  Felipe  is  a  town  of  2,311  inhabitants,  situated  9  miles  from  Bejucal. 
Post  office. 

The  site  of  San  Felipe  is  flat;  the  town  old  and  tumble-down.  The 
houses  are  chiefly  of  wood,  with  tiled  roofs,  and  the  streets  are  roughly 
paved  with  stone.  The  railroad  station  is  a  small  wooden  shed,  through 
which  the  train  passes,  and  at  the  eastern  end  divides  into  two  single-track 
lines,  going  east  to  Alfonso  XII  and  La  Playa  de  Batabano.  Within  the 
station  are  several  tracks  and  a  water  tank. 

San  Felipe  has  no  defensive  advantages  of  position,  and  could  prob- 
ably be  taken  with  ease.  However,  it  would  be  difficult  to  set  on  fire,  on 
account  of  the  tile  roofs  generally  used.  •  It  is  of  importance  strategically, 
as  being  the  intersection  of  •  two  important  lines  of  advance  toward 
Habana,  viz,  one  from  the  port  of  Batabano  by  road  and  railroad,  the 
other  from  Matanzas  and  the  east,  via  Empalme  and  Giiines.  The  com- 
mon road  from  Batabano  reaches  the  town  about  the  point  of  entry  of  the 
railroad  from  the  south.  The  country  aboxit  San  Felipe  is  largely  covered 
with  a  tall  growth  of  sugar  cane. 

11.  Ayuntamiento  of  Santiago  de  las  Vegas. 
Capital,  Santiago  de  las  Vegas. 


Distance 

Outlying  villages. 

from 
capital. 

Eeiiiarks. 

Miles. 

1.  Aguada  del  Cuba 

3 

Habana  Railroad. 

2.  Boyeros 

2i 

970  inhabitants.     W^estern  Rail- 

road. 

3.  Calabazar  (or  Nueva 

3i 

1,500  inhabitants.  Western  Rail- 

Cristina). 

road,  post  office,  and  telegraph 
station. 

4.  Doiia  Maria '.. 

1 
3i 

10  miles  from  Habana.     Habana 

5.  Potrero  Ferro  (or  Ma- 

zorro). 

Railroad  to  Santiago. 

6.  Rincon  de  Calabazas-- 

2 

Western  and  Habana  railroads, 
post  office,  and  telegraph  sta- 
tion. 

Santiago  de  las  Vegas  is  a  city  of  6,200  inhabitants,  situated  4i  miles 
from  Bejucal  and  13  miles  from  Habana.  Boards  of  health,  charity,  and 
education.  Four  clubs,  hosjutal,  and  lunatic  asylum.  Post  office  and 
telegraph  station. 

Santiago  was  founded  in  1688.  It  is  situated  on  an  elevated  plateau 
within  a  mile  of  the  southern  railroad,  which  runs  from  Habana  via  Beju- 
cal and  Giiines  to  Matanzas.  The  houses  are  one  story  high,  and  chiefly 
of  stone.    It  has  two  side  tracks  and  cattle  chute,  but  no  water  tank. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BEJUCAL.  257 

There  is  a  large  campo  santo  (cemetery)  with  quite  high  stone  walls  on 
the  right.     The  country  is  flat  and  well  cultivated. 

Death  rate  said  to  be  as  low  as  25.  Pezuela  reported  in  1855  "Santiago 
is  one  of  the  most  healthful  i>laces  on  the  island;  and  has  escaped  epidem- 
ics of  cholera  and  small-x)ox. " 

Isle  of  Pines. 

ROUTE. 

The  favorite  route  for  reaching  the  island  is  by  light-draft  steamer  from 
Batabano,  which  runs  once  or  twice  a  week. 

The  island  is  situated  between  21'  24'  and  21°  56'  north  and  82°  30'  and  83° 
12'  west,  90  miles  from  Habana,  and  60  miles  from  Batabano.  It  is  in  the 
Antilles  Sea,  belonging  to  a  group  of  islands  of  which  it  is  the  largest.  It 
has  no  great  depth  of  water  around  it,  except  at  Ensenada  de  la  Siguanea, 
where  charts  show  from  3  to  7  fathoms.  At  Punta  del  Este  protected 
anchorage  can  be  had  for  vessels  drawing  from  14  to  15  feet. 

The  island  is  peculiar  in  shape,  resembling  a  volante.  Its  extent  is  about 
45  miles  from  east  to  west  and  33  miles  from  north  to  south.  South  of  the 
middle  an  enormous  swamp  (La  Cienaga)  extends  from  Siguanea  Bay  to 
the  east  coast.  North  of  this  the  island  is  high  and  rolling,  covered  chiefly 
with  palms  and  pines,  and  generally  with  low  coasts,  except  a  portion  of 
the  north  coast  where  a  range  of  hills  comes  down  to  the  sea.  There  are 
mountains  here  which  are  over  1,500  feet  above  the  sea  level.  The  princi- 
pal heights  are  the  Canada  Ridge,  Mount  Daguilla,  Caballos,  Casas  del  Sur, 
and  Norte  Ridges,  Mount  San  Pedro,  and  Mount  Montelayo. 

In  making  the  land  from  the  southward,  three  moiintains  come  in  sight. 
Of  these  the  westernmost  and  highest,  called  Dolphin  Head,  or  Mount 
Jose,  appears  from  the  south  as  one  peak,  but  from  the  westward  three 
peaks  are  seen.  They  can  be  seen  45  miles  off.  From  the  summit  of  the 
mountains  at  La  Canada  one  can  see  nearly  the  whole  of  the  west  coast. 
To  the  west  and  south  is  a  long  sweep  of  low  coast  line,  indented  here  and 
there  by  the  mouth  of  a  river ;  of  these  La  Nueva  is  said  to  be  the  best 
river  entrance  of  the  island.  The  other  important  rivers  are  Las  Nuevas, 
Casas,  and  Santa  Fe ;  all  navigable.  Those  that  go  to  Nueva  Gerona  and 
Santa  Fe  are  navigable  for  three  or  four  miles  from  their  mouths.  From 
the  mountain  top  the  view  is  of  a  low,  brushy  coast;  toward  the  north, 
some  miles  back  from  the  shore,  are  a  few  detached  brush-covered  hills, 
while  here  and  there  the  course  of  intersecting  streams  and  creeks  is 
marked  by  a  line  of  thicker  and  darker  vegetation. 

The  Cienaga  swamp  thus  really  di\-ides  the  island  into  two  unequal 
parts.  It  is  said  to  be  impassable  for  horses,  but  the  natives  pass  through 
it,  at  times  wading  to  their  armpits  in  water.  At  one  place  there  is  a 
causeway,  by  means  of  which  it  is  possible  to  cross  on  dry  land.  The 
Cienaga  is  infested  with  alligators,  and  mosquitoes  are  abundant  in  the 
rainy  season.  Large  quantities  of  fish  and  turtle  are  caught  in  the  differ- 
ent bays.     There  are  no  venomous  insects  or  reptiles  on  the  island. 

NUEVA  GERONA. 

This  is  the  largest  town  on  the  island  and  the  capital  of  the  place.  It  is 
the  residence  of  the  governor,  and  the  garrison,  and  has  a  prison  for  soldiers 
and  civilians  sentenced  for  light  crimes.     It  is  a  small  town  of  400  to  500 


258  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BEJUCAL. 

people,  built  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Sierra  de  Casas  river,  and  seems  to 
be  very  new.  The  houses  are  chiefly  of  stone  or  rubble,  common  in  Cuba, 
the  streets  wide  and  straight.  The  banks  of  the  river  as  far  as  the  boat 
landing,  about  a  mile  and  a  half  up  its  course,  are  low  and  covered  with 
mangroves.  Nueva  Gerona  would  seem  to  be  unhealthful  on  account  of 
its  situation.  Toward  evening  the  thick  vapors  rise  over  the  bed  of  the 
stream  and  the  mangrove  swamps  along  its  banks.  Five  miles  from  the 
mouth  of  the  Santa  Fe  River  on  the  east  coast  is  situated  the  town  of 
Santa  Fe. 

In  general  the  soil  of  the  island  is  poor,  sandy,  and  in  places  gritty, 
vdth  traces  of  iron ;  the  grass  is  not  generally  good,  being  tough  and  not 
nourishing  for  animals,  but  it  is  burnt  over  in  winter.  There  is  little 
raised,  and  probably  the  agricultural  possibilities  are  small.  However,  a 
little  tobacco  is  grown,  and  the  cigars  are  fair,  but  mild  and  somewhat 
flavorless.  A  few  rich  spots  are  found  here  and  there  in  the  stream  bot- 
toms, and  upon  these  corn,  cane,  and  vegetables  are  raised.  Probably 
potatoes  would  thrive  here.  Some  fruits  are  gi-own,  which  are  smaller 
though  of  richer  flavor  than  those  of  other  parts  of  Cuba.  This  is  cer- 
tainly true  of  the  oranges,  which  are  said  by  some  to  be  the  best  in  the 
world.  Bananas  are  cultivated,  and  many  fruits  are  found  growing  wild ; 
such  as  guava,  caimito,  (a  fruit  called  vegetable  brains),  papaya,  and  such 
mangoes  as  it  would  be  hard  to  find  elsewhere  in  the  world,  whole  groves 
of  them,  making  a  mountain  of  color  impossible  to  describe.  The  caimito 
is  a  small  blackish  fruit  with  a  large  stone,  and  a  pleasant  but  somewhat 
sickish  taste.  The  great  industry  of  the  island,  if  anything  may  be  so 
designated,  is  the  raising  of  cattle  and  hogs,  bat  all  animals  here  are 
small,  the  largest,  it  is  said,  degenerating  in  size.  During  the  winter, 
(the  dry  season),  cattle  and  particularly  hogs,  become  mere  bags  of  bones. 
These  hogs  become  often  quite  wild,  and  are  very  savage,  attacking  dogs 
on  sight,  and  worsting  them.  Horses  are  poor  weak  brutes,  living  on  the 
coarse  grass. 

The  island  has  many  varieties  of  wood,  such  as  mahogany,  cedar,  and 
hard  woods,  but  the  chief  growth  is  the  pine.  Pines  everywhere,  but  of 
a  heavy  kind,  full  of  resin,  and  even  less  valuable  than  the  yellow  pine  of 
the  south.  It  is  hard  and  diflBcult  to  work,  and  for  firewood  gives  out 
much  smoke  and  soot ;  consequently,  the  people  use  it  little  for  cooking 
purjioses,  preferring  hard  woods,  as  the  pine  flavors  the  food.  In  addition 
to  its  woods,  the  resources  of  the  island  are  its  marble  quarries  and  mineral 
springs.  There  is  some  doubt  as  to  the  value  of  the  marble,  at  least  of  those 
deposits  near  Nueva  Gerona  already  worked.  It  is  of  irregular  hardness, 
and  on  accoimt  of  fissures  and  veins,  only  small  slabs  can  be  taken  out.  It 
is  said  that  beside  the  white,  there  is  a  blue  and  also  a  green  marble.  The 
medical  value  of  the  mineral  springs  near  Santa  Fe  is  acknowledged,  and 
some  say  that  they  are  the  best  in  the  world  for  all  troubles  of  the  stom- 
ach. The  springs  are  warm,  a  little  lower  than  the  temperature  of  the 
human  body ;  some  are  impregnated  with  iron,  and  others  with  magnesia. 
The  latter  are  considered  the  valuable  ones  for  stomach  troubles.  At 
Santa  Fe  are  good  baths ;  the  water  is  tepid  and  comes  from  the  magnesia 
springs. 

As  to  health,  the  island  has  a  high  reputation.  The  inhabitants  say 
that  yellow  fever  is  unknown,  and  the  records  of  the  military  hospital 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   BEJUCAL.  259 

show  no  exemption  comparable  to  this  at  any  other  place  in  Cuba,  except 
at  Bahia  Honda.  Strangers  who  come  here  do  not  have  to  pass  through 
the  term  of  acclimation  iisnal  in  Cnba.  For  consumptives,  it  is  said  the 
place  is  not  so  good.  The  atmosphere  seems  dryer  and  more  bracing  than 
that  of  Cuba,  especially  of  the  north  coast,  and  it  also  seems  cooler. 
People  here  have  a  good  appetite,  and  altogether,  it  is  said  there  is  not  a 
more  healthful  six)t  in  this  (quarter  of  the  globe  than  the  Isle  of  Pines. 

SAILING    DIRECTIONS. 

The  Isle  of  Pines  is  of  irregular  shape,  with  a  deep  bay  on  the  western 
side,  sheltered  on  the  SW.  by  a  projecting  tongue  of  land. 

Very  many  water  coui"ses  and  lagoons  along  the  shore  are  navigable  for 
vessels  drawing  7  or  8  feet  of  water.  The  island  is  covered  with  trees, 
affording,  as  its  name  indicates,  pine  spars  and  masts  for  vessels. 

Santa  Fe  River. — This  stream  is  navigable  for  small  vessels  of  light 
draft  for  some  miles,  and  for  boats  to  the  village  on  the  right  bank.  The 
water  is  good  for  drinking.  About  3  miles  up,  a  branch  tnms  off  to  the 
SW.  called  the  Mai  Pais,  which  is  also  deep  enough  for  small  craft  and 
for  boats  to  a  considerable  distance.  The  arm  tenninates  in  an  es;tensive 
lagoon. 

East  Coast. — From  the  mouth  of  the  Santa  Fe  the  eastern  shore  bends 
around  to  the  SE.  and  south,  forming  the  east  side  of  the  island,  which  is 
low  and  swampy.  To  the  eastward  of  the  river  the  shore  is  fronted  by  a 
chain  of  low  mangrove  cays  which  curve  round  to  the  NW.  on  the  north 
side  of  tbe  island  and  terminate  at  Pipa  Cay,  about  N.  38  E.  (N.  34"  E. 
mag.),  18  miles  from  Barcos  Point.  Between  them  and  the  north  shore 
of  the  island  there  is  a  depth  of  2i^  and  S^  fathoms,  over  mud  and  weed, 
which  may  be  carried  up  to  Mount  Diablo ;  but  thence  to  the  eastward  it 
gradually  becomes  shoaler,  and  off  the  mouth  of  the  Santa  Fe  there  are 
only  9  feet.  The  holding  ground  is  excellent ;  but  on  account  of  the  bar 
between  the  Indian  Cays  and  Frances  Point,  which  is  the  way  in,  it  is 
inaccessible  to  vessels  drawing  over  16  feet. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  on  the  north  side  of  the  Isle 
of  Pines,  at  6h.  Om. ,  and  the  rise  is  3  feet. 

Siguanea  Bay. — From  Bush  Cay  a  ridge  of  rocks  extends  off  f  mile  to 
the  edge  of  the  bank,  and  at  the  same  distance  NNE.  of  the  cay  lies  a 
dangerous  i^atch  with  only  6  feet  water  on  it.  The  cay  is  separated  from 
the  point  by  a  small  boat  channel,  carrying  8  feet  water,  leading  into 
Siguanea  Bay.  The  shore  from  Frances  Point  turns  abruptly  to  the  SE. 
for  15  miles,  and  is  skiii;ed  by  low  mangi-ove  cays;  it  then  bends  round  to 
the  NNE.  for  7  miles  to  a  point,  forming  the  inlet,  in  which  there  is 
excellent  anchorage  for  vessels  of  light  draft.  A  bar,  however,  about  a 
mile  in  breadth,  runs  right  across  from  Frances  Point  to  the  south  end  of 
the  Indian  Cays,  and  has  only  16  feet  water  on  it.  The  depth  increases 
within  the  bar  to  3i  and  6  fathoms,  and  then  gradually  decreases  toward 
the  shore. 

The  edge  of  the  bank  lies  about  1^  miles  outside  this  bar,  and  is  so  steep 
that  the  first  cast  near  the  cays  may  be  3  fathoms;  the  depth  gradu- 
ally decreases,  and  a  vessel  may  work  in  by  the  lead  and  come  to  in  any 
part  of  the  bight.  The  deepest  part  of  the  bar  is  about  4  miles  SW.  6f 
the  Indian  Cays. 


200  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BEJUCAL. 

A  vessel  of  light  draft  may  haul  into  Siguanea  Bay,  when  about  2  miles 
to  the  northward  of  Frances  Point.  The  depths  are  5  and  6  fathoms  in 
the  middle  of  the  bight,  gradually  shoaling  toward  the  shore.  There  are 
no  dangers,  and  the  holding  ground  is  excellent. 

Water. — There  is  a  watering  place  in  Siguanea  Bay,  a  little  to  the  south- 
ward of  the  Water  Hills,  the  first  elevated  land  from  the  head  of  the  bight ; 
but  the  casks  must  be  rolled  about  150  yards.  There  are  also  two  good 
springs  at  the  foot  of  the  Siguanea  Hills,  where  water  may  be  obtained  at 
a  little  distance  from  the  shore. 

Tides. — The  rise  of  tide  in  the  bay  is  about  6  inches,  but  after  a  strong 
norther  it  is  only  3. inches,  or  less. 

INDI.4.N  River.— The  entrance  to  this  river  lies  in  N.  7°  W.  (N.  11"^  W. 
mag. ) ,  5i  miles  from  the  eastern  point  of  Siguanea  Bay.  Good  anchor- 
age, exposed  only  to  the  westward,  will  be  found  in  2^  fathoms  water 
about  a  mile  off  shore. 

A  mud  bar  is  formed  across,  making  it  difBcult  for  even  light  boats  to 
get  in,  except  at  high  water;  but,  having  crossed  the  bar,  from  1  to  3 
fathoms  will  be  carried  for  4  miles  up.  About  2^  miles  within  the 
entrance  the  mangrove  swamps  merge  into  the  pine  country,  and  a  little 
higher  up,  strong  and  serviceable  spars  may  be  cut,  of  any  size  under  a 
frigate's  topmast,  so  as  to  fall  into  the  river.  When  green  they  generally 
sink,  but  they  quickly  dry  and  become  much  lighter.  Pigeons,  raccoons, 
and  crocodiles  are  found  in  abundance,  and  great  numbers  of  hogs  run 
wild  through  the  woods. 

The  coast  from  the  Indian  River  runs  about  NNW.  8  miles  to  Indian 
Point,  which  lies  N.  41°  E.  (N.  37°  E.  mag.)  14  miles  from  Bush  Cay. 
From  Indian  Point  the  shore  takes  a  NNE.  direction  9  miles  to  Barcos 
Point,  the  NW.  extreme  of  the  island,  which  is  low,  and  forms  the  north 
side  of  a  shallow  bay  called  Barcos  Bight.  Thence  it  trends  about  east  Hi 
miles  to  the  mouth  of  the  Casas  River,  which  is  the  loading  place  of  Nueva 
Gerona,  and  has  the  greatest  trade  wdth  Cuba. 

Mangles  Isles. — This  chain  of  islets  and  cays,  composed  of  several 
groups,  under  the  names  of  Ingleses,  Rabihorcado,  Alcatraces,  Pipa,  etc., 
is  known  as  the  Mangles  Group.  They  are  surrounded  by  shallow  water, 
which  extends  some  distance  from  them.  From  Pipa  Cay  the  islets  trend 
in  a  SE.  by  E.  direction  for  about  20  miles,  and  terminate  at  the  Ingleses 
Cays,  which  form  the  NW.  side  of  the  channel  of  the  same  name.  On  the 
south  side  of  this  passage  another  chain  of  islets  extends  to  the  southward, 
joining  the  island  near  Corral  Point,  the  eastern  extreme. 

A  sand  bank  surrounds  the  latter  cays  at  the  distance  of  a  mile,  con- 
nects itself  with  the  great  bank  eastward  of  the  Isle  of  Pines,  and,  trending 
in  that  direction  18  miles  as  far  as  Tablones  Cay,  thence  runs  ESE.  11  miles 
to  Cantiles  Cay,  on  the  west  side  of  Rosario  Channel.  To  the  north  of 
Cantiles  Cay,  but  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  channel,  are  the  Passage  Cays ; 
thence  the  edge  of  the  Jardines  runs  northward  and  NE.  to  Traviesa  and 
Rabihorcado  Cays,  forming  two  indentations,  sejmrated  by  the  former, 
and  then  trending  with  a  southerly  curve  to  the  reefs  at  the  NE.  extremity 
of  the  Jardines,  eastward  of  Diego  Perez  Cay. 

Rosario  Channel. — Between  the  west  end  of  Rosario  Cay  and  Can- 
tiles Cay  there  is  a  channel  through  the  reefs ;  but  at  its  inner  end,  to  the 
westward  of  the  Passage  Cays,  there  are  only  9  feet  water.     The  opening 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BEJUCAL.  261 

in  the  reef  leading  into  this  channel  lies  southward  of  the  west  end  of 
Rosario,  and  is  ^  mile  wide.  It  is  steep  at  the  sides,  and  in  the  middle  the 
depth  is  3  fathoms ;  I  mile  from  the  north  point  there  is  a  rock  which 
shows  aboA^e  water. 

Tides. — The  rise  of  tide  in  Rosario  Channel  is  about  2  or  3  feet,  but  the 
periods  are  uncertain,  and  chiefly  dependent  on  the  strength  of  the  wind. 

Dry  Shixgle. — From  the  Rosario  Channel  the  edge  of  the  bank  runs 
about  SW.  for  16  or  18  miles,  and  just  within  it  a  formidable  barrier 
coral  reef  extends  to  within  3  or  4  miles  of  the  Dry  Shingle,  the  most 
southern  danger.  From  the  Dry  Shingle  the  bank  trends  in  a  NW.  and 
west  direction  until  near  the  east  end  of  Isle  of  Pines ;  but  this  part  of 
the  bank  should  be  approached  with  very  great  caution,  for  although  the 
Caiman  fishermen  say  that  it  is  clear  of  dangers,  its  limits  are  uncertain. 
On  the  bank  there  are  numerous  small  islets,  cays,  and  reefs. 

Calapatch  Mehagen  Reef  is  one  mass  of  coral,  just  awash,  and  many 
vessels  have  been  wrecked  on  it.  The  reef  is  in  latitude  21°  26'  50"  N., 
longitude  82°  10'  36"  W.  There  are  soundings  about  a  mile  outside  the 
shingle,  in  from  5  to  14  fathoms. 

Caution. — In  leaving  the  Rosario  Channel,  do  not  steer  to  the  westward 
of  S.  26°  W.  (S.  22'  W.  mag. )  until  a  good  offing  is  gained,  especially  if  the 
weather  be  cloudy,  and  observe  that  the  cays  to  the  westward  of  Rosario 
are  lower  than  Largo  Cay. 

Water. — It  is  said  that  good  water  maybe  found  by  digging  wells  on 
any  of  these  cays.  The  fishermen  resort  to  Rosario  Cay  for  this  purpose 
and  for  the  cabbage  palm,  which  grows  in  great  abundance  on  these  islets. 

Cocoa  Plum  Cay  lies  eastward  of  the  east  end  of  Isle  of  Pines,  and  the 
line  of  white  shallow  water  between  is  very  distinct.  The  anchorage 
under  the  cay  is  sheltered  by  a  reef  to  the  eastward,  and  by  the  adjacent 
cays  westward.  The  eye  is  the  guide  through  the  white  water,  as  there 
are  no  marks. 

The  Petatillos  are  two  banks,  equal  in  form  and  extent,  which  rise 
above  water  and  are  separated  by  a  passage  carrying  2^  fathoms  water. 
Over  the  greater  part  the  bottom  is  white,  but  the  lead  should  be  carefully 
attended.  These  banks  begin  about  4  miles  south  west  ward  of  Culebra 
Cay  and  extend  14  miles  W.  by  S. ,  with  a  breadth  of  about  2  miles. 

Laguna  and  Hambre  Cays.— About  12  miles  SW.  of  Culebra  Cay  lies 
the  most  northern  of  the  Laguna  Cays,  which,  together  with  those  of  the 
Hambre  Group,  extend  about  S.  by  W.  6  miles.  This  chain  of  islets  is 
encircled  by  a  reef,  which  also  surrounds  the  Petatillos  and  Culebra  Cay. 
Between  the  Laguna  Cays  and  Petatillos  Banks  there  is  said  to  be  a  passage 
with  2i  and  2f  fathoms  water,  which  facilitates  the  communication  with 
Hacha  Channel,  and  the  passage  between  Cruz  and  Monterey  Cays. 

About  4^  miles  S.  38"  W.  (S.  34'  W.  mag. )  of  the  most  southern  of  the 
Hambre  Cays  is  Pipa  Cay,  and  the  channel  between  carries  about  2  fath- 
oms water. 

Dios  Cay.— Nearly  18  miles  S.  71'  W.  (S.  67°  W.  mag.)  of  Pipa  Cay  is 
Dios  Cay,  small,  low,  and  siiiTounded  by  reefs  which  extend  to  the  NE. 
for  10  miles,  where  there  is  a  channel  a  mile  wide  and  nearly  a  fathom 
deep;  thence  the  reef  continues  eastward  for  8  miles  to  Pipa  Cay,  and 
borders  the  south  side  of  the  Mangles  Group  at  2i  and  3  miles  off,  as  far 
as  English  Channel ;  on  the  northern  side  of  the  group  the  reefs  are  about 


263 


JUDICIAL    DISTRICT   OF   GUANABACOA 


a  mile  off.  Between  Dios  Cay  and  Carraguco  Point  is  the  passage  for 
vessels  which  trade  with  Batabano.  There  are  also  said  to  be  channels 
with  2f  and  S^  fathoms  water  betw'een  the  Dios  and  Indian  Cays  and 
between  the  Dios  and  San  Felipe  Cays. 

Indian  Cays  form  a  group  7  miles  in  extent.  They  are  low,  covered  with 
trees,  and  separated  by  small  channels.  The  most  northern  of  the  group 
lies  about  S.  15°  W.  (S.  11°  W.  mag.),  13  miles  from  Dios  Cay,  and  the 
southern,  N.  21°  E.  (N.  17°  E.  mag.),  9i  miles  from  Bush  Cay  off  Frances 
Point.  In  the  channel,  between  them  and  the  latter  point,' there  are  nearly 
3  fathoms  water,  over  mud  and  weed,  which  it  is  said  may  be  carried  up 
to  Dios  Cay.  These  cays  are  surrounded  by  reefs,  which  from  the  south 
part  extend  3  miles  to  the  southward,  and  from  the  northern,  2  miles 
"  northwestward. 

San  Felipe  Cays  form  a  chain  13  miles  in  extent  east  and  west,  and  are 
low,  marshy,  and  covered  with  mangroves.  They  lie  11  miles  southward 
of  Fisga  Point.  San  Felipe  Cays,  like  the  former,  are  bordered  by  reefs 
which  run  northwestward  6  miles  to  Cucana  Bank,  which  has  8  feet 
water  on  it  and  lies  SW.  13  miles  from  Fisga  Point.  Between  the  reef, 
extending  5  miles  westward  of  Cucafia  Bank,  and  the  coast  of  Cuba  the 
channel  is  about  8  miles  in  breadth  and  If  to  2i  fathoms  deep ;  there  is  also 
a  one-fathom  patch  northward  of  this  west  extreme  of  the  reef  and  mid- 
way between  it  and  the  shore. 

The  bank  between  San  Felipe  Cays  and  Cape  Frances  is  steei)-to,  but 
close  within  its  edge  it  shoals  very  quickly,  and  there  are  patches  of  only 
If  fathoms  water  about  8  miles  northeastward  of  the  cape.  The  bottom 
is  of  sand  and  weeds,  but  in  places  not  visible.  There  is  a  well  of  good 
water  near  the  beach,  on  the  south  side  of  the  most  eastern  of  San  Felipe 
Cays,  and  in  the  vicinity  of  all  of  them  turtle  and  fish  abound.  The  west 
end  of  San  Felipe  is  reported  as  being  5  miles  westward  of  the  position 
charted. 

Tide. — The  rise  of  tide  at  San  Felipe  Cays  is  about  2^^^  feet;  but  it  is 
irregular.  The  high  tide  appears  to  take  i)lace  in  the  morning,  and  the 
low  tide  at  night.     The  flood  stream  runs  to  NE.  with  much  strength. 

II.    JUDICIAL    DISTRICT   OF   GUANABACOA. 
Population,  32,284. 


Townships. 

Population. 

1.  Guanabacoa 

2    Managua                         -  .  -  -  - 

5,964. 
10,486. 

4,966  (4,206  white  and  760  col- 
ored). 

3.  Regla 

4.  Santa  Maria  del  Rosario 

JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUANABACOA.  263 

# 

1.  Ayuxtamiexto  of  Guanabacoa. 
Capital,  Guanabacoa. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Bacuranao  (Playa  de). 
i    2.  BacTiraiiao(or  Dolores) - 
'    3.  Calvo 

4.  Cojimar 

5.  Jacominos 

6.  Penalver 

7.  San  Miguel  del  Padron- 

iBles. 
6 

8 
3 
3i 

0 

ROUTES  TO  OUANABACOA. 

1.  From  Habana,  vda  Jesus  del  Monte,  by  macadamized  pike. 

2.  Ferry  from  Habana  to  Regla,  then  by  railroad. 

Guanabacoa  is  a  city  of  28,043  inhabitants,  and  chief  city  of  the 
AjTintamiento.  It  has  a  military  command,  and  boards  of  charity,  edu- 
cation, and  mutual  relief.  It  has  a  revenue  office,  a  battalion  of  volun- 
teers, a  battalion  of  militia  and  firemen,  and  a  police  inspector.  It  has 
a  small  theater  and  lyceuni,  a  charity  hospital,  a  market  place,  and  two 
convents,  viz,  San  Francisco  and  Santo  Domingo.  Railroad,  telegraph 
station,  and  ]X)st  office. 

This  town,  founded  in  1555,  was  originally  a  village  of  Indians.  Its 
steeples  are  in  sight  of  Habana,  and  it  is  only  three  miles  from  the  north 
coast.  It  is  connected  by  rail  with  Regla,  and  ferry  boats  cross  the  har- 
bor to  Habana  every  few  minutes.  Many  officers,  clerks,  etc. ,  who  work 
daily  in  Habana,  live  and  sleep  in  Guanabacoa.  Built  on  the  summit  and 
sides  of  a  commanding  hill,  the  town  varies  in  altitude  from  130  to  160 
feet.  The  altitude  of  the  public  square  is  148. 6  feet.  Owing  to  its  alti- 
tude, Guanabacoa  enjoys  two  great  advantages ;  it  is  well  swept  by  the 
winds,  and  its  natural  drainage  is  excellent.  The  sea  breeze  by  day 
comes  fi-om  the  east,  the  land  breeze  by  night  from  the  southeast ;  winds 
come  very  rarely  from  the  west ;  i.e.,  from  Habana.  Notwithstanding 
the  excellent  drainage,  this  town  is  by  no  means  a  clean  one.  Its  streets 
have  no  sidewalks  and  no  pavements.  The  houses  are  dirty  and  uninvit- 
ing and  the  privies  are  of  the  Cuban  type ;  i.  e. ,  they  are  buckets,  which 
are  emptied  at  night  by  a  city  wagon.  The  stench  this  wagon  makes  in 
going  through  the  streets  might  be  compared  to  that  from  the  putrid  pits 
of  ancient  Rome.  The  houses  are  generally  small,  crowded  together,  ill 
ventilated,  and  uninviting  in  appearance,  and  the  sanitary  conditions  are 
very  bad. 

Guanabacoa  is  noted  for  its  numerous  springs  and  wells,  and  for  the 
excellence  and  abundance  of  its  drinking  water.  The  soil  here  differs 
entirely  from  that  of  Habana  and  Jesus  del  Monte,  which  is  of  limestone 
coral.  Two  geological  formations  characterize  Guanabacoa,  a  volcanic- 
and  a  sedimentary  formation,  both  Tertiary,  and  likened  by  Humboldt  to 


2C4 


JUDICIAL    DISTRICT   OF   GUANABACOA. 


the  Jura  formation.  The  town  is  situated  in  the  center  of  a  serpentine 
zone.  The  waters  of  its  excellent  springs  and  wells  contain  an  abundance 
of  magnesian  salts,  and  also  salts  of  lime  and  iron.  In  some  springs  the 
water  contains  an  organic  aromatic  substance,  evidently  asphaltum, 
which  abounds  throughout  the  serpentine  zone.  The  temperature  is 
lower  than  that  of  Habana.  The  general  range  of  the  thermometer  an- 
nually is  from  71.6°  to  86°  F.,  the  maximum  being  89.2°  F. 

The  death  rate  is  about  40.  Statistics  prove  an  annual  death  rate  from 
yellow  fever  of  10,  which  is  more  than  would  be  expected  on  account  of 
the  locality.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  yellow  fever  is  indigenous  to 
this  place. 

2.  Ayuntamiento  of  Managua. 

Capital,  Managua. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 
from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Anil - 

Miles. 

3 

2^ 

3 

1 

5 

2 

31 

2i 

• 

2.  Barreto 

3.  Canoa     

4.  Domingo  Pablo - 

5.  Lechuga 

6.  Nazareno   

7.  Ojo  de  Agua 

8.  Platano  .- 

9.  Ramos 

Managua  is  a  town  of  1,000  inhabitants,  situated  16  miles  from  Guana- 
bacoa,  at  the  terminus  of  the  calzada  (highway).  Stages  over  this  high- 
road to  Habana,  which  is  12A^  miles  distant.  The  nearest  railroad  station 
is  Calabazar.    Post  office. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Regla. 


Regla  is  a  seaport  town,  situated  2  miles  from  Guanabacoa  on  Habana 
Bay.  This  town  may  be  considered  part  of  Habana.  its  trade  being  so 
closely  connected  with  that  of  the  capital.  Steamers  leave  every  half 
hour  for  Habana.  It  has  warehouses,  docks  and  ship  yards.  Board  of 
education,  health,  charity,  agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce.  It  has 
an  arena,  post  office,  telegraph  station,  tramway  to  Guanabacoa,  and  rail- 
road to  Matanzas. 

The  town  is  located  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  harbor,  and  directly 
opposite  to  the  central  part  of  the  city  of  Habana.  The  intervening  har- 
bor is  at  this  point  three-fifths  of  a  mile  wide,  and  is  traversed  every  few 
minutes  by  ferryboats.  While  all  the  western  shore  of  the  harbor,  as  also 
a  part  of  the  northern  seashore,  is  occupied  by  Habana,  the  more  exten- 
sive eastern  shore  of  the  harbor  is  occupied  by  the  two  settlements,  Casa 
Blanca  and  Regla.  These  are  separated  by  the  bay  of  Marimelena,  a})out 
three-fifths  of  a  mile  wide.  The  coast  section  of  Casa  Blanca  is  one  of 
the  wards  of  Habana,  as  Regla  was  for  a  long  time.     However,  for  several 


JUDICIAL    DISTRICT   OF   C.UINES. 


2()5 


years  past  Regla  has  been  separated  from  Habana.  The  natural  drainage 
of  Regla  is  good,  but  art  has  aided  natiire  very  little.  The  town  has  a 
dilapidated,  uncared-for,  and  filthy  appearance.  It  is  biiilt  upon  a  tongue 
of  land  projecting  between  the  coves  of  Marimelena  and  Guan^bacoa,  and 
is  very  near  to  the  mangrove  marshes,  which  are  very  extensive  around 
the  bay  of  Marimelena.  Hence  Regla  is  much  exposed  to  malaria.  The 
depot  for  ballast  at  Regla  is  much  used,  but  said  to  furnish  the  most 
unsanitary  ballast  of  any  of  the  depots  located  along  the  east  shore  of  the 
harbor  of  Habana.  The  death  rate  is  from  40  to  50.  See  also  chapter  on 
"Environs  of  Habana"  (page  103). 


4.  Ayuntamiento  of  Santa  Maria  del  Rosaeio. 
Capital,  Santa  Maria  del  Rosario. 


Outlying  villagts. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1    Capote 

Miles. 

n 
1 

2i 

837  inhabitants  (523  white  and 

314  colored) . 
9^  miles  from  Habana. 

2.  Coton-o  (El) 

3.  Grillo    

ROUTES  TO  SANTA  MARIA   DEL  ROSARIO. 

1.  From  Habana  by  rail  to  Guanabacoa,  thence  by  road. 

2.  Bj^  Habana,  Giiines  pike,  which  runs  about  a  mile  from  the  town. 

Santa  Maria  del  Rosario  is  a  city  of  710  inhabitants  (610  white  and 
100  colored),  situated  5|  miles  from  Guanabacoa.  It  is  8  miles  southeast 
of  Habana,  and  about  a  mile  from  the  calzada  (highway),  between  Habana 
and  Giiines.  It  has  springs  of  mineral  water,  and  a  mine  of  coal  and 
asphalt.     The  nearest  station  is  Guanabacoa.     Post  ofi&ce. 


III.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUINES. 
Population,  79,000;  area,  1,079  square  miles. 


Townships. 

Population. 

1.  Catalina.  

8,956  (4,509  white ;  4,447  colored). 

12,401. 

5,275  (3,658  white;  1,617  colored). 

9,571. 

6,000. 

6,680. 

2    Guara                                   

3.  Guines  (San  Julian  de  los) 

4    Madruga 

0    Melena  del  Sur              -         

G    Nueva  Paz 

7    Pii)ian                 

8.  SanNicolas 

2G6 


JUDICIAL    DISTRICT   OP   GUINES. 
1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Catalina. 


Catalina  is  a  town  of  3,142  inhabitants,  situated  7i  miles  from  Gtiines 
and  44  miles  from  Habana.  Boards  of  public  education,  health,  and 
assessments.     Post  office,  railroad,  and  telegraph  station. 

2.  Ayuntamiento  of  Guara. 

GUARA  is  a  town  of  5,250  inhabitants,  situated  12^  miles  from  Giiines. 
A  fair  is  held  here  on  June  12th.     Habana  railroad  and  post  office. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Guines  (San  Julian  de  Los). 
Capital,  Giiines. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Candela 

2.  Guanajo      

MUes. 

3 
3 

ROUTES  TO  aUINES. 

1.  From  Habana  by  United  Railways. 

2.  By  pike. 

GiJiNES  is  a  town  of  6,828  inhabitants;  chief  commercial  city;  30  miles 
from  Habana  by  highroad  and  45  miles  by  rail.  It  is  situated  on  a  i^lain  on 
the  banks  of  the  river  Mayabeque.  The  surrounding  country  is  generally 
open  and  level,  but  there  are  hills  far  away  to  the  north  and  west  and  a 
low  distant  ridge  to  the  south.  This  city  is  traversed  by  the  river  Cata- 
lina, over  which  are  built  ten  stone  bridges.  It  has  a  military  command. 
It  has  a  board  of  agriculture.  The  jurisdiction  of  Guines  is  quite  rich  in 
sugar  plantations  and  stock-raising  farms,  the  best  horses  in  Cuba  coming 
from  this  region.  It  has  also  boards  of  industry,  commerce,  and  charity ; 
a  civil  hospital,  casino,  and  Spanish  club,  post  office  and  telegraph  station. 
This  town  has  one  of  the  best  railway  stations  in  Cuba.  Central  railway 
to  Habana,  Matanzas,  and  Cardenas. 

Yellow  fever  is  not  indigenous  to  Guines,  but  imported.  Whenever 
troops  have  been  sent  here  yellow  fever  has  prevailed,  especially  from 
June  to  September ;  then  the  air  is  loaded  with  vapor  and  the  themiometer 
is  above  72°  F.  However,  yellow  fever  does  not  habitually  prevail  here. 
Some  years  there  has  not  been  a  single  case.  Frost  has  never  occurred 
but  once. 


JUDICIAL    DISTRICT   OF   GUINES. 


267 


4  Ayuntamiento  of  Madruga. 
Capital,  Madruga. 


Outlying  villages. 


1.  Concordia 

2.  Corral. 

3.  Cayajabos 

4.  Itabo 

5.  Purial 

6.  Sabana 

7.  Sabana-Roble. 

8.  San  Bias 

9.  Zaldivar 


Distance 

from 

capital. 


Jfi/es. 


3i 


ROUTE  TO  MADRUGA. 

From  Habana  to  Giiines  bj'  United  Railways  and  then  by  branch  road. 

Madruga  is  a  town  of  1,000  inhabitants,  situated  52  miles  from 
Habana.     It  has  a  board  of  education,  post  office,  and  telegraph  station. 

Madruga  is  a  watering  place,  the  season  lasting  from  March  to  October. 
During  that  time  there  are  several  hotels  open.  It  has  sulphur  springs, 
and  other  waters  good  for  indigestion ;'  also  good  baths.  It  is  a  pleasant, 
"sleepy"  place,  with  high  hills,  and  a  beautiful  valley  dotted  with  palms 
and  covered  with  cane.  The  town  is  old,  built  of  stone,  with  some  of  the 
smaller  houses  of  wood.  The  business  is  chiefly  the  cultivation  and  ship- 
ment of  rice  and  cane.  Little  or  no  tobacco  is  seen  in  this  region.  It  has 
the  usual  red  soil,  favorable  for  the  cultivation  of  sugar.  The  place 
woxild  probably  be  excellent  as  a  sanitary  camp,  and  a  force  here  could 
readily  protect  itself.  There  is  a  warehouse  for  cane  and  molasses  and 
also  a  loading  platform.  The  chief  vehicle  used  here  is  the  great  two- 
wheeled  sugar  cart,  drawn  by  oxen. 

5.  Ayuntamiento  of  Melena  del  Sur. 

Melena  del  Sur  is  a  town  of  1,082  inhabitants  (675  white  and  407  col- 
ored), situated  7^  miles  from  Giiines.  It  is  the  capital  of  the  ayunta- 
miento. It  grows  sugar  cane  and  raises  stock.  It  has  a  post  office. 
Habana  Railroad  to  Matanzas. 

6.  Ayuntamiento  of  Nueva  Paz. 

Capital,  Nueva  Paz. 


!    Distance 
Outlying  villages.                         from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Bagaes-. 

2.  Principe  Alfonso 

3.  Vegas                   

Milen. 

Si        2,239  inhabitants.. 
3           2,110  inhabitants, 
6           2.485  inhabitants. 

1 

2G8 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUINES. 


NuEVA  Paz  is  a  city  of  2,737  inhabitants,  situated  21  miles  from  Giiines 
and  8  miles  from  tlie  southern  shore.  Produces  sugar  cane.  The  nearest 
station  is  Palos,  3  miles  distant.     Post  office. 

7.  Ayuntamiento  op  Pipian. 
Capital,  Pijiian. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 

capital. 

Remarks. 

1.   Jobo  - 

3    Naranjito 

MUes. 
5 
2 

2 

3.  OjodeAgua 

Pipian  is  a  town  of  1,079  inhabitants,  sitxiated  13 J  miles  from  Giiines. 
The  nearest  station  is  Madruga,  3i  miles  distant.     It  has  a  post  office. 


8.  Ayuntamiento  of  San  Nicolas. 
Capital,  San  Nicolas. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from                                             Ktiiiurks. 
capital. 

1.  Caimito                

Milen. 

6 

San  Nicolas  is  a  town  of  1,500  inhabitants,  situated  8^  miles  from 
Giiines.  Villanueva  railroad  to  Union  de  Reyes.  It  has  a  post  office  and 
10  sugar  works. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   HABANA. 


369 


IV.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   HABANA. 
Has  only  one  township,  as  follows : 

1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Habana. 
Capital,  Habana. 


Ontlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capita!. 

Remarks. 

1.  Almendares  (Puente 

de). 

2.  Arroyo  Apolo 

[      3.  Arroyo  Naranjo 

4.  Calvario 

5.  Canta-Rana    .  

Miles. 

3f 
6f 

6i 

n 

u 

2i 

4 

3 

4 

5i 

3f 

6.  Carmelo(El).„ 

7.  Casa  Blanca        

8.  Cienaga  (La) 

9.  Chorrera  (La) 

10.  Jesus  del  Monte 

11.  Luyano 

12.  Mantilla. 

13.  Mordazo 

14.  Pescante  (El) 

15.  Pueblo  Ntievo 

16.  Pueblo  NuevodePen- 

alver. 

17.  Puente  (El).        

1 

3f 

4i 
6| 

18.  Puentes  Grandes 

19.  Quemados  (Los) 

20.  Requena 

21.  San  Augustin 

:    22.  San  Antonio  Chiquito- 
23.  San  Juan 

5 

13i 
5 
3 
3f 

24.  Seiba  del  Quemado-  -  - 

25.  Vedado  (El) 

26.  Vibora 

Habana  is  the  capital  of  the  island  and  of  the  province  of  the  same 
name,  200,448  inhabitants.     (For  description ,  see  page  41.) 

Arroyo  Naranjo  is  a  town  of  3,000  inhabitants,  situated  7  miles  south 
of  Habana  on  the  calzada  (highway)  to  Santiago.  It  has  one  long  street, 
lined  with  fairly  good  houses. 

C0.JIMAR  (Habana)  is  a  suburb  of  Habana  on  the  north  coast.  (For 
description,  see  chapter  on  "The  Environs  of  Habana.") 

El,  Cerro  (Habana)  is  a  residence  suburb  of  Habana.  (For  description, 
see  chapter  on  "The  Environs  of  Habana.") 

La  Cienaga  (Hab.\n.\). — (For  description  of  this  town,  see  chapter  on" 
"The  Environs  of  Habana.") 


270 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   HABANA. 


PuENTES  Grandes. — (For  description  of  this  town,  see  chapter  on  "The 
Environs  of  Habana. ") 

TuLiPAN. — (For  description  of  this  town,  see  chapter  on  "The  Environs 
of  Habana.") 

V.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   JARUCO. 
Population,  12,584;  area,  635  square  miles. 


Townships. 

Population. 

1.  Aguacate      -- 

4,028. 

3,500  (3,000  white;  500  colored). 

3,890  (3,047  white;  843  colored).     ! 

12,584. 

3,966  (2,695  white ;  1,271  colored). 

5,800  (3,500  white;  1,300  colored).     | 

7,000  (4,600  white ;  2,400 colored),     i 
6,125  (5,311  white;  814  colored). 

2.  Bainoa              -.  

3.  Casiguas         -   -  - - 

4.  Jaruco    - 

5.  Jibacoa 

6.  San  Antonio  de  Rio  Blanco  del 

Norte. 

7.  San  Jose  de  las  Lajas 

8.  Tapaste -     

1.  Ayuntamiemto  of  Aguacate. 
Capital,  Aguacate. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

lloniarks. 

1    Compostizo -.   -  - 

Miles. 
2 

2.  Reloj 

3.  Zabaleta 

4 

ROUTES  TO  AGUACATE. 

1.  From  Habana  by  United  Railroads. 

2.  From  Matanzas  by  pike  or  rail. 

Aguacate  is  a  town  of  1,427  inhabitants,  situated  13i  miles  from  Jaruco. 

Regla  railroad  to  Matanzas  and  Bemba.     There  is  a  highroad  to  Matanzas. 

Post  office. 

2.  Ayuntamiento  op  Bainoa. 

Capital,  Bainoa. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1 .  Santa  Cruz 

MUes. 
6 

Bainoa  is  a  town  of  1,000  inhabitants  (800  white  and  200  colored),  situ- 
ated 7i  miles  from  Jaruco.     Habana  Bay  Railroad.    Post  office. 


JUDICIAL    DISTRICT    OF    HABANA. 


271 


3.  Ayuxtamiento  of  Casiguas. 

Casiguas  is  a  town  of  214  inhabitants  (126  white  and  1 
ated  oi  miles  from  Jarnco,  which  is  the  nearest  station, 
telegraph  station. 

4.  Aycxtamiento  of  J.^ruco. 

Capital,  Janico. 


!  colored),  sitn- 
Post  office  and 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Arrovo  Vuelto     

MUet. 

2.  Boca  de  Guanabo 

3.  Boca  de  Jaruco 

4.  Castilla 

14 
lOj 

8 

5.  Cruz  del  Padre 

6    Escalera 

7.  Garro 

8.  Guaicanamar 

9.  Gnanabo 

10.  Jnstiz    _. -- 

2 

2^ 
13 

11.  Loma  Blanca 

12.  Peiias  Altas .  - 

10 

10 

4 

13.  Peril 

14.  Piiente 

15.  Rincon 

16    Santa  Ana 

1^ 
9 

1 7.  Santa  Barbara    

18.  Tablas ■ 

19.  Trinidad 9 

ROUTE  TO  JARUCO. 

From  Habana  by  United  Railways. 

Jaruco,  capital  of  the  ayiintamiento  and  judicial  district  of  the  same 
name,  is  a  city  of  2,165  inhabitants,  situated  23^  miles  from  Habana,  about 
8  miles  from  the  north  coast.  It  has  a  military  command,  board  of  edu- 
cation, lx)ard  of  health,  board  of  charit}',  civil  and  military  hospital,  post 
office,  and  telegraph  station.     Habana  Railroad  to  Matanzas. 

This  town  was  founded  about  1770.  The  population  is  mostly  white. 
The  country  about  is  mountainous,  and  the  town  comparatively  healthy 
and  clean.     It  has  no  fetid  wells,  water  being  brought  in  kegs. 

It  is  said  that  the  natives  here  suffer  from  bilious  remittent  fever,  which 
is  essentially  yellow  fever.  However,  the  disease  never  has  been  known 
to  be  very  severe. 

La  Boca. — This  town  of  200  inhabitants  is  9  miles  north  of  Jaruco,  on 
northern  coast,  at  mouth  of  Jaruco  River.  It  has  one  long  street.  The 
houses  are  of  nibble.  No  communication  with  interior,  except  by  one 
difficult  trail  across  the  hills.  The  harbor  affords  fair  shelter  to  vessels  of 
light  draft. 


372 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   IIABANA. 


Los  Almacenes  de  Jaruco  (The  "Warehouses  of  Jaruco")  is  the  port 
of  Jaruco.  It  is  3  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  there  is  no  prac- 
ticable road  to  this  mouth.  A  miserable  village  of  a  few  dozen  houses  of 
rubble  and  some  palm  huts. 

RiNCON.— This  tow^n  is  15  miles  from  the  heart  of  the  city  of  Habana, 
and  has  lines  of  communication  by  road  and  rail  to  Batabano,  Guanajay, 
Mariel,  Cabanas,  Bahia  Honda,  and  Artemisa.  There  are  two  railroads 
and  one  tui'npike  from  Rincon  to  Habana;  one  of  them,  the  Habana  Rail- 
road, having  a  doiible  track  to  La  Cienaga.  This  railroad  runs  on  the  west 
side  of  the  valley  south  of  Habana  Bay,  passes  close  to  the  Vento  Reser- 
voir, crosses  the  Almendares  River  on  an  iron  bridge  some  60  feet  long, 
runs  close  to  strong,  defensive  position  near  Puentes  Grandes ;  and  from 
La  Cienaga  straight  toward  El  Principe,  about  2  miles  distant,  is  exposed 
to  fire  from  that  work,  also  from  the  heights  near  the  Almendares,  from  the 
hill  of  the  Jesuits,  and  partly  from  the  Cerro.  The  Western  Railroad  and 
the  turnpike  entering  Habana  at  Jesus  del  Monte  present  another  line  of 
advance  from  Rincon  to  Habana.  The  railroad  bridge  at  Calabazar,  over 
the  Almendares  River,  is  a  large  structure  that  could  be  easily  destroyed. 
Infantry  can  probably  ford  the  Almendares  River,  at  most  times,  between 
December  and  May.  The  rail  lines  from  Rincon  extend  west  to  Guanajay, 
southwest  to  Pinar  del  Rio,  south  of  Batabano  (via  San  Felipe),  east  to 
Giiines  (and  other  points),  and  north  by  two  routes  to  Habana.  Thecountry 
roads  of  this  part  of  Cuba  are  generally  good  in  the  dry  season,  i.  e,,  from 
December  to  May,  and  a  fine  turnpike  runs  through  Rincon  from  Bejucal 
to  Habana.  Thus  a  large  tract  of  fertile,  well  cultivated  country  is  tajjped 
by  roads  and  railroads  meeting  at  Rincon. 

5.  Ayuntamiento  of  Jibacoa. 

JiBACOA  is  a  tovsm  of  696  inhabitants  (593  white  and  103  colored),  situated 
12i  miles  from  Jaruco,  31  from  Habana,  and  2|  from  the  port  of  Santa  Cruz. 
Post  ofiice. 

6.  Ayuntamiento  op  San  Antonio  de  Rio  Blanco  del  Norte. 
Capital,  San  Antonio  de  Rio  Blanco  del  Norte. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  San    Matias    de    Rio 
Blanco. 

Miles. 

6 

Port  of  460  inhabitants,  fitted  out 
for  coasting  trade.     It  is  on  the 
Jaruco  River  2  miles  from  the 
northern  coast  and  23  miles  east 
of  Habana.     Post  office. 

San  Antonio  del  Rfo  Blanco  del  Norte  is  u  town  of  1,200  inhabitants, 
situated  4i  miles  from  Jaruco,  25  miles  from  Habana,  and  6  miles  from  the 
northern  coast.  It  is  on  the  old  road  to  Habana.  The  climate  is  healthful 
and  dry.     Post  office. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MARIANAO.  273 

7.  Ayuntamiento  of  San  Jose  de  las  Lajas. 
Capital,  San  Jose  de  las  Lajas. 


,                                                                      Distance 
!                  Outlyinjr  villages.                          from 

capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Jamaica 

2 

• 

San  Jose  de  las  Lajas  is  a  town  of  2,170  inhabitants  (1,800  white  and 
370  colored),  situated  12i  miles  from  Janico  and  17i  miles  from  Habana, 
on  the  southern  slope  of  the  Camoa  hills.  It  is  the  capital  of  the  ayunta- 
miento. It  is  located  about  15  miles  from  the  northern  and  20  miles  from 
the  southern  seacoast.  It  is  encompassed  by  coffee  plantations  and  stock- 
raising  farms.  It  has  a  board  of  health,  a  board  of  education,  a  theater, 
and  a  post  office. 

Tliis  town,  founded  in  1778  or  1785,  has  a  general  reputation  for  health 
and  for  its  exemption  from  j-ellow  fever.  It  is  located  on  the  turnpike  to 
Giiines,  which  is  probably  the  best  road  in  Cuba,  and  goes  through  the 
most  picturesque  country  in  the  vicinity  of  Habana.  There  is  a  daily 
stage  between  Habana  and  San  Jose.  The  town  is  built  on  a  plain  from 
300  to  350  feet  above  the  sea,  but  this  plain  has  slight  irregular  depres- 
sions f oiTuing  brooks,  ponds,  and  swamps,  all  stagnant  except  in  the  rainy 
season.  Malaria  so  prevails  here  that  besides  complicating  nearly  every 
disease,  probably  half  of  all  cases  are  due  solely  and  directly  to  this  poison. 
The  town  occupies  about  170  acres ;  the  houses  are  unattractive  and  closely 
aggregated,  many  of  them  being  mere  palm  leaf  huts  with  dirt  floors. 

The  death  rate  is  about  30.  The  unacclimated  population  numbers 
about  100,  and  of  these  10  or  12  are  attacked  anniially  with  yellow  fever. 

8.  Ayuntamiento  of  Tapaste. 

Tapaste  is  a  town  of  1,136  inhabitants  (883  white  and  254  colored) 
situated  on  the  central  highroatl  of  the  island  8^  miles  from  Jaruco.  It 
is  a  much  frequented  point.     Post  office. 

VI.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MARIANAO. 
Population,  7,352. 

I  Towuship.  I     Population.      I 

I 1 I ! 

Marianao --        7,353 


374 


JUDICIAL    DISTRICT   OF   MARIANAO. 


1.  Ayuntamiento  op  Marianao. 
Capital,  Marianao. 


Outlying  villages. 


1.  Cocosolo 

2.  Lisa  (La) 

3.  Playa  de  Marianao  - . . 

4.  Pocito 

5.  Quemados 


Distance 

from 
.capital. 

Miles. 


i 


Remarks. 


ROUTES  TO  MARIANAO. 

1.  From  Habana  by  suburban  railway. 
3.  From  Habana  by  pike. 

Marianao  is  a  city,  capital  of  the  judicial  district  of  the  same  name, 
situated  7  miles  from  Habana.  Asylum  for  children,  railroad,  and  post 
office. 

Marianao  includes  the  settlements  of  Marianao  proper,  of  Quemados,  on 
the  same  ridge  and  a  half  mile  nearer  to  Habana,  of  the  playa  or  beach,  a 
very  small  sea-bathing  resort;  and  in  addition  the  country  houses  adjacent 
to  these  settlements.  It  is  a  pojiular  siimmer  resort,  and  enjoys  great  repu- 
tation for  general  healthfulness,  and  especially  for  its  exemption  from  yel- 
low fever  Marianao  is  located  on  a  ridge  which  runs  northeast  to  Habana, 
and  is  elevated  140  to  160  feet  above  the  sea,  which  can  be  seen  beyond  an 
intervening  green  slope  some  2  miles  in  width.  It  is  the  cleanest,  most 
attractive,  and  the  most  beautiful  town  in  Cuba.  The  natural  drainage 
is  unusually  excellent.  The  foundation  rocks  are  limestone,  which  fre- 
quently crop  oiit  on  the  surface  and  are  very  seldom  covered  by  more  than  3 
feet  of  superficial  soil.  Some  houses  have  their  own  supply  of  water  from 
wells  from  20  to  60  feet  deep,  but  a  large  part  of  the  population  is  supplied 
with  water  in  kegs  and  carboys,  brought  from  what  is  said  to  be  a  most 
abundant  and  excellent  spring.  This  spring  is  about  one-eighth  of  a  mile 
from  the  settlement  of  Marianao,  down  a  steep  hill,  and  on  the  bank  of 
the  insignificant  river  of  Marianao  to  the  west  of  the  town.  The  streets, 
though  unpaved,  are  wide  and  good.  The  houses  have  ample  space,  are 
not  crowded  together,  and  are  much  better  ventilated  than  those  of 
Habana.  The  commanding  position  of  Marianao  insures  its  being  well 
swept  by  the  strong  sea  breezes  which  naturally  prevail.  Many  houses 
here  have  their  floors  elevated  from  1  to  5  feet  above  the  ground.  As 
elsewhere  in  Cuba,  the  floors  are  of  brick,  stone,  marble,  plank,  and  some 
of  earth,  the  last  being  common  among  the  poor.  The  natives  who  live 
on  the  heights  are  little  troubled  with  malaria.  However,  the  summer 
residents  who  occiipy  these  heights  sometimes  suffer  very  much. 

The  death  rate  for  1878  was  40,  a  very  high  one  for  a  town  said  to  be  so 
healthful.  Although  some  of  the  most  interested  inhabitants,  hotel  keep- 
ers, and  the  like,  swear  that  yellow  fever  has  not  been  known  in  Marianao, 


JUDICIAL  DISTRICT  OF  SAN  ANTONIO  DE  LOS  BANOS.      275 

yet  it  appears  to  have  cropped  out,  especially  from  1853  to  1868.  How- 
ever, this  city  presents  an  example  of  a  high,  dry,  well-ventilated  place, 
fully  exposed  to  the  trade  winds,  vdthin  7  miles  of  Habana,  and  piacti 
cally  free  from  yellow  fever  poison. 

(See  also  "La  Playa  de  Marianao,"  under  the  "Environs  of  Habana.") 

VII.    JUDICIAL  DISTRICT  OP  SAN  ANTONIO   DE  LOS  BANOS. 
Population,  30,026. 


Townships. 


Population. 


Alquizar 

Ceiba  del  Agtia 

Guira  de  Helena 

San  Antonio  de  los  Banos 


5.  Vereda  Nueva . 


8,709 


9,500 
7,500 
4, 000 


1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Alquizar. 
Capital,  Alquizar. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Guaibacoa., 

Miles. 
4 

8 

3.  Guanimar 

Alquizar  is  a  town  of  2,700  inhabitants,  situated  8^  miles  from  San 
Antonio  de  los  Banos,  and  at)out  6  miles  from  the  boundary  of  Pinar  del 
Rio  Province.  It  has  a  post  office  and  a  telegraph  station.  Habana  Rail- 
road to  Pinar  del  Rio.  It  is  in  a  low,  flat  tract,  with  brush  and  trees,  but 
this  is,  nevertheless,  a  rich  and  cultivated  country.  There  is  much  sugar 
in  the  vicinity.  Tlie  people  seem  to  be  prosperous  and  active,  about  half 
negi-oes  and  half  whites.  Water  is  obtained  from  wells  and  cisterns,  so 
that  the  place  is  probably  more  or  less  healthful.  There  is  a  barracks 
here  for  volunteers.  The  houses  are  composed  of  stone,  brick,  and  stucco, 
generally  one-story  high.  The  streets  are  all  paved.  It  is  Avithout  defense 
and  there  are  no  strong  positions  in  the  sun-ounding  country. 


270      JUDICIAL  DISTRICT  OF  SAN  ANTONIO  DE  LOS  BANOS. 

2.  Ayuntamiento  op  Ceiba  del  Agua. 
Capital,  Ceiba  del  Agiia. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Capellanias 

Miles. 

2 
3 

i 
I 
4 
3i 

450  inhabitants. 

2.  Cliicharron 

3.  Palma  Picada . 

4.  Palomino  

5.  Paz  (La) 

6.  Virtudes  (Las) 

Ceiba  del  Agua  is  a  town  of  2,950  inhabitants,  situated  10  miles  from 
San  Antonio  de  los  Banos,  near  the  boundary  of  Pinar  del  Rio  Province. 
Habana  Railroad  to  Guanajay.     Post  office. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Guira  de  Helena. 
Capital,  Guira  de  Melena. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Cachimba 

2.  Gabriel 

3.  Guayabo 

MUes. 

21 
5 

3i 
5 

5 

• 

4.  Leal 

5.  Tamaulipas 

6.  Tumbadero 

Guira  de  Helena  is  a  city  of  3,500  inhabitants,  situated  8  miles  from 
San  Antonio  de  los  Banos  and  29  miles  from  Habana,  It  is  in  a  healthful 
locality.  It  has  a  board  of  education,  board  of  charity,  and  mutaal  aid 
societies.     Telegraph  station  and  Western  Railroad. 

Gabriel  is  23  miles  south  of  Habana,  on  railroad  to  Pinar  del  Rio,  in  a 
highly  cultivated,  level  country.  It  is  a  small  place,  lying  on  both  sides 
of  the  track  of  the  railroad,  and  numbers  from  500  to  1,000  inhabitants. 

La  Play  a  de  Guanimas  is  a  small  fishing  village  of  300  to  400  inhabit- 
ants, on  southern  coast.     It  is  a  poor  harbor. 


JUDICIAL  DISTRICT  OF  SAN  ANTONIO  DE  LOS  BANOS.      277 


4  Ayuxtamiexto  of  San  Ajs^tonio  de  los  Baxos. 
Capital,  San  Antonio  de  los  Bafios. 


Outlying  Tillages. 


Distance 

from 

capital. 


1.  Armonia 

2.  Chicharro 

3.  Govea 

4.  Monjas  (Las)... 

5.  Quemadas  (Las) 

6.  Quintana 

7.  Santa  Rosa 

8.  Seborucal 

9.  Tombadero 

10.  VaUe 


Maet. 

3 
5 
6i 
2 

4 
U 

5i 

7 

n 


ROUTE  TO  SAN  ANTONIO  DE  LOS  BANOS. 

From  Habana  by  United  Railways,  via  Rincon. 

San  Antonio  de  los  Banos  is  a  town  of  7,500  inhabitants,  capital  of 
the  judicial  district,  situated  21  miles  from  Habana,  about  midway  between 
the  northern  and  southern  coast.  The  baths  are  much  frequented,  because 
the  town  is  healthful  and  picturesque.  There  is  a  mUitarj'  command 
here.  Post  oflBce  and  telegraph  station.  It  is  on  the  railroad  from  Habana 
to  Guanajay. 

The  town  is  on  high  ground,  which  is  the  watershed  for  both  the  north 
and  the  south  coast.  It  has  good  houses  of  stone  and  rubble,  surrounded 
by  a  level,  brush-covered  region.  Roads  good  in  dry  season.  The  Ari- 
guanabo  River  waters  this  locality,  permeates  the  soil  in  all  directions, 
and  keeps  the  climate  verj-  humid.  Death  rate  from  35  to  60.  The  mayor's 
report  states  that  '"though  fatal  cases  of  yellow  fever  have  occurred  here 
since  1854,  these  have  always  occurred  among  Spaniards.  *' 

5.  Ayuntamiento  of  Vereda  Nueva. 

Vereda  Nueva  is  a  town  situated  6  miles  from  San  Antonio  de  los 
Banos  and  26+  from  Habana.  It  was  founded  in  1881.  The  ground  is 
level  and  f ertUe.  It  has  a  board  of  health,  board  of  education,  and  a  board 
of  assessments.  It  has  a  telephone  line  which  connects  it  with  the  out- 
lying towns.    The  nearest  station  is  Seborucal,  2  miles  away.     Post  office. 


PROVINCE  OF  MATANZAS. 


7739 19  (279) 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page. 

1.  Table  of  distances  between  principal  towns 282 

2.  Location  and  boundarj' 283 

3.  Area  and  population 283 

4  Administration 283 

5.  Public  instruction.- 284 

6.  Agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce.-   284 

7.  Geography  and  topography ..-  284 

8.  Rivers i 286 

9.  Coastline  - — 287 

10.  Reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals 287 

11.  Gulfs,  bays,  and  anchorages 290 

12.  Capes,  points,  and  x)eninsulas 290 

13.  Railroads --- - 291 

14.  Roads - 303 

15.  Towns  and  cities -.  - - _ 306 


(281) 


> 

o 

01 

a. 

z 

HI 

z 
o 

Z* 

o 

_l 

o 
o 

5 

UJ 

D 
Z 

< 

cr 
a 
O 

O 

6 

CO 

_J 
< 
ll. 

< 

(£ 

O 
O 

to 

< 
1- 
> 
UJ 

O 

o 
< 

< 

< 

D 

o 

< 

< 
D 

< 
a 

III 

m 

X) 

CO 

O 

z 
< 
_i 
_i 
111 
> 
O 
-> 

(0 

< 
_l 
-1 

z 
=> 
o 

< 
-J 

DC 

< 

z 

O 

< 

es 
< 

< 

CO 

< 
N 

Z 
< 
1- 
< 

to 

< 
_l 

_l 

-I 
< 

Q. 

o 

UJ 

a 
o 

UJ 
(X 

UJ 
D 
O 
O 
a: 

o 
o 

z 

UJ 

-I 

UJ 
Q 

< 

li 

z 
< 
m 

S5 

UJ 

Q 

g 

z 
o 

2 
< 

Z 

Ul 
Q 

HJ 

to 

O 

z 

z 
< 

< 
1- 
z 
< 
to 

■o 

Z 
3 

I 

(N 
03 

00 

^ 

CO 

00 
00 

CO 
CO 

o 
eo 

z 

e 

s 

CO 

•* 

00 

o 

1- 

s 

s 

00 

o 

g 

z 

UJ 
UJ      . 

us  ^ 

°'< 

■* 

s 

s 

2 

? 

S 

to 

CO 

CO 

5 

S 

1 

1? 

§ 

CO 

s 

s 

s 

CO 
CO 

2 

r- 

§ 

^ 

00 

§ 

s 

o 

00 

s 

o 

00 

s 

o 

eo 

CO 

eo 

Sg 

s 

o 

a 

eo 

H 

2 

5 

eo 

S 

§ 

g 

■* 

s: 

g 

CD 

i~ 

z 

<D 

5 

IN 

s 

M 

3 

Si 

•* 

eo 

g 

CO 

eo 

o> 

CO 

u 
o 

z 

(N 

3 

;; 

eo 

i-t 

o 

g 

S 

s 

g 

^ 

Si 

5' 

CO 

<N 

§ 

s 

O 

CO 

5 

eo 

CO 

CO 

§ 

CO 

< 

Q 

55 

S 

00 

5 

s 

CO 
CO 

S 

eo 

S3 

eo 

o 

s 

§ 

g? 

S 

o 

§3 

CO 

■X" 

eo 

<N 

o 

^ 

S 

eo 

2 

S 

s 

u. 

o 

» 

IN 

n 

cc 

00 
IM 

as 

s 

§5 

^ 

§ 

CO 

« 

S 

■o 

eo 

<N 

o> 

UJ 

_i 
m 
< 

S 

(N 

00 

» 

■♦ 

S 

<M 

s 

00 

■o 

00 

00 

g 

M 

s 

2 

eo 

CO 

N 

CO 

< 
z 
111 
Q 

<r 

< 

LU 

K 
Z 
< 
> 

a: 
u 
o 

< 
o 

^ 

s 

O 

g 

s 

la 

CO 

s 

eo 

§ 

CO 

5 

o 

2 

■o 

B 

00 

H 

to 

< 

s 

00 

« 

s 

S 

05 

CD 
C4 

•^(1 

00 

s 

s 

5 

eo 

s 

SS 

TM 

eo 

IS 

S 

t 

2 

_•   o 

X     g 

go 

1-1 

CO 

« 

2 

« 

t- 

r-l 

I- 

s 

g 

s 

3 

S 

eo 

t- 

2 

t- 
•O 

§3 

s 

5 

JO 

S 

o 

•a 

lO 

g 

g 

» 

s; 

s 

00 

S- 

s 

« 

s 

t- 

eo 

•* 

s 

5 

^ 

5! 

o 

< 

S 

CO 

§ 

00 

5 

g 

o 

CO 

<o 

s 

s 

05- 
(N 

g 

CD 

s 

§ 

s 

§ 

CO 

§ 

o> 

S 

s 

z 
o 

Ik 

s 

5 

S 

S 

s 

5 

s 

M 

g 

:S 

n 

s 

a> 

s 

g 

00 

■o 

8 

s 

w 

s 

S 

n 

00 

§ 

-1 
< 

00 

g 

9 

^ 

00 
(N 

s 

0) 

<N 

s 

o 
eo 

S 

s 

s 

S 

g 

s 

s 

51 

£; 

00 

2 

S 

CO 

eo 

s 

(283) 


PROVINCE  OF  MATANZAS. 


LOCATION   AND    BOUNDARY. 

The  Province  of  Matanzas  is  situated  in  the  west  central 
part  of  the  Island  of  Cuba.  Its  northern  part  is  in  the  most 
fertile  and  productive  zone  of  the  island  and  is  noted  for  its 
picturesque  landscape.  Its  southern  part  is  composed  of  a 
large  swamp  called  Gran  Cidnaga  Occidental  de  Zapata.  This 
swamp  is  on  both  sides  of  the  river  Hatiguanico  or  Gonzalo, 
the  upper  portion  extending  10  miles  inland  in  the  Province 
of  Matanzas  and  the  lower  portion  extending  5  miles  inland 
in  the  Province  of  Santa  Clara. 

On  the  north  it  is  bounded  by  the  Straits  of  Florida,  on 
the  east  and  south  by  the  Province  of  Santa  Clara,  and  on  the 
west  by  the  Gulf  of  Matano  and  the  Province  of  Habana. 

AREA   AND   POPULATION. 

Area,  4,175  square  miles. 

Population,  250,752.  There  are  4  judical  districts  (partidos 
judiciales)  and  24  townships  (ayuntamientos).  These  divi- 
sions comprise  2  cities,  3  towns,  25  villages,  40  hamlets  and 
suburbs,  and  15,200  estates. 

ADMINISTRATION. 

Matanzas  is  a  third-clatss  province  with  regional  governor- 
ship, a  military  command,  with  an  administration  of  roads 
and  communications  and  of  finance,  with  a  president,  vice- 
president  and  secretary,  and  13  deputies  representing  the  4 
judicial  districts,  a  provincial  deputation,  23  alcaldes  muni- 
cipales  (mayors),  4  vicars,  and  25  parishes.  It  has  a  territorial 
criminal  court  with  5  courts  of  the  first  instance  or  inquiry, 
and  26  municipal  courts.  There  is  a  harbor  captaincy  and  a 
naval  adjutancy.  The  courts  of  the  first  instance  are  as  fol- 
lows :  The  north  court,  the  south  courts,  that  of  Alfonso  XIII, 
Cardenas,  and  Colon.  The  municipal  courts  are:  Matanzas, 
Santa  Ana,  Parissi,  Guamacaro,  Alfonso  XIII,  Caberas,  Bo-' 
londron,  Union  de  Reyes,  Sabanilla  del  Comendador,  Cardenas, 

(383) 


284  PUBLIC   INSTRUCTION — AGRICULTURE,  ETC. 

Cimarrones,  Guanajaybo,  Guamutas,  Lagunillas,  Colon,  Jo- 
vellanos,  Macuriges,  Macagua,  Carantes,  Roque,  San  Jose  de 
las  Ramos,  Cuevitas,  and  Palmillas. 

PUBLIC   INSTRUCTION. 

The  provincial  collegiate  institute  numbers  268  students. 
There  are  first  and  second  class  colleges,  located  principally 
in  the  city  of  Matanzas.  There  are  150  municipal  schools 
numbering  5,327  students,  and  116  private  schools.  In  the 
city  of  Matanzas  there  are  also  institutes  of  science,  art, 
and  literature.  There  is  a  board  of  public  instruction  at 
Cd,rdenas. 

AGRICULTURE,  INDUSTRY,  AND   COMMERCE. 

Agriculture. — Matanzas  is  one  of  the  richest  and  most 
developed  portions  of  the  island.  Its  products  are  corn,  rice, 
sugar  cane,  fruits,  honey,  and  wax,  some  tobacco,  considera- 
ble cotton,  and  timber  for  building  and  cabinet  work. 

It  is  the  most  advanced  province  in  the  use  of  machinery 
and  implements  of  labor. 

Industries  are  the  raising  of  sugar  and  tobacco  and  dis- 
tilling liquor;  the  mining  of  copper,  some  gold  and  silver, 
rock  salt,  and  pit  coal.  There  are  cattle  farms,  lime  kilns, 
and  distilleries ;  but  the  most  important  branch  is  the  raising 
of  sugar,  Cd,rdenas  having  the  greatest  number  of  sugar 
plantations  of  any  of  the  judicial  districts  of  the  island,  and 
Colon  the  next  greatest  number. 

Commerce. — The  commerce  is  extensive  and  favored  by 
the  harbors,  rivers,  and  railways.  Sugar  is  the  chief  article 
of  export.  The  city  of  Matanzas,  the  capital  of  the  province, 
is  the  second  commercial  city  in  the  island. 

GEOGRAPHY  AND  TOPOGRAPHY. 

The  territory  of  the  province  is  divided  into  four  judicial 
districts,  of  which  Matanzas  is  the  largest.  The  province  has 
an  area  of  1,687  square  miles,  the  width  between  extreme 
points  north  and  south  being  60  miles  and  the  length  between 
its  extreme  points  east  and  west  being  95  miles.  It  is  situated 
in  the  northwestern  part  of  the  island. 

Cities  and  Towns. — The  largest  and  most  important  of 
its  towns  are  Matanzas,  population  50,000;  situated  on  the 
Bay  of  Matanzas,  on  the  north  coast,  in  the  western  part  of 
the  province ;  and  Cdrdenas. 


GEOGRAPHY  AND  TOPOGRAPHY.  285 

Lakes, — There  are  a  number  of  small  lakes  in  this  prov- 
ince, the  principal  ones  being  Charco,  Albujera,  Guanamon, 
Gnanajayabo,  Pesaro,  Carmacho,  Puerto  Rico,  Choco,  Corral 
Nuevo,  Tucaro,  San  Bias,  Macurajas,  Masio,  Carbillas,  Grande, 
and  Las  Obas. 

Creeks. — The  creek  of  Cardenas  in  the  north  and  that  of 
Broa  in  the  south. 

Canals. — On  the  northern  coast  are  found  the  following 
canals :  Pluma,  Manui,  Genoves,  Tarrenteras  de  Galindo,  Bar- 
cos,  Pargo,  San  Mateo,  and  Nicolas  Sanchez. 

Topography. — On  the  northern  coast  skirting  the  Matanzas 
Bay  are  highlands,  the  highest  point  being  1,300  feet  above 
the  sea  level.  This  point  is  called  Pan  de  Matanzas,  so  named 
from  its  resemblance  to  a  loaf  of  sugar.  The  Pan  has  had 
great  celebrity  among  the  navigators,  as  from  it  they  have 
long  been  accustomed  to  get  their  bearings  off  a  dangerous 
coast,  none  too  well  marked  by  artificial  aids  to  navigation. 

The  central  one  of  the  three  orographic  groups  of  mountains 
of  the  island  is  partly  in  the  province  of  Matanzas  and  partly 
in  that  of  Santa  Clara.  The  land  slopes  to  the  south  coast  in 
the  western  part  of  the  province.  On  the  southern  coast,  on 
the  north  bank  of  the  river  Hatiguanico,  is  the  greater  half  of 
an  immense  swamp,  called  Gran  Cienaga  Occidental  de  Zapata. 
This  swamp  played  a  conspicuous  part  in  the  late  Cuban  war. 
The  insurrectionists,  knowing  its  intricacies,  carried  their 
wounded  there.  The  moment  they  touched  the  borders  of 
this  swamp  they  were  in  a  place  of  safety,  as  the  Spaniards, 
being  unfamiliar  with  it,  were  afraid  to  expose  themselves  to 
its  dangers.  The  earth  has  undergone  several  great  revolu- 
tions, and  one  of  them  is  marked  by  the  caverns  of  Matanzas. 
There  are  the  magnificent  caves  of  Bellamar,  with  fine  crys- 
talizations,  the  admiration  of  all  strangers.  They  are  located 
3^  miles  from  the  city  of  Matanzas  and  open  upon  the  Bay  of 
Matanzas.  The  harbor  front  is  Jlow,  but  the  land  rises  from 
thence  inland  to  the  level  of  100  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea. 

In  the  extreme  northwest  is  the  rocky  range  of  Sierra  de 
Camarones  and  the  Arcos  de  Diego,  Hato  Nuevo  de  Santa 
Clara  in  the  northeastern  part,  and  in  various  parts  of  this 
central  group  or  district  of  mountain  ranges  are  to  be  found 
many  hills  and  elevations,  among  which  are  the  group  of 


286  RIVERS. 

Habana,  Tetas  de  Camarioca  Palengue,  Cumbre,  Carbas,  Lei- 
nones,  Santa  Ana,  Gonzales,  Triana,  Cimarrones,  and  las 
Guimbambas. 

Plains. — There  is  a  large  plain  extending  from  Cardenas 
to  Holguin,  broken  by  groups  of  mountains  and  their  slopes, 
but  the  general  elevation  of  the  plain  is  not  great,  and  if  a  sub- 
sidence of  a  few  hundred  feet  were  to  take  place,  everything 
would  disappear  beneath  the  waves  of  the  Atlantic  except 
the  portion  of  the  mountain  groups  which  forms  its  backbone. 

Valley. — The  tropical  valley  of  the  Yumuri  is  one  of  sur- 
passing natural  beauty. 

Marshes. — There  are  the  marshes  of  Majaguillal,  Yumuri, 
and  Zapata.  The  marghes  Ilicacos  and  Choco  are  salt. 
Choco  yields  annually  many  hundred  tons  of  salt. 

RIVERS. 

In  Matanzas  the  principal  rivers  flow  to  the  south,  the 
height  of  the  land  being  near  the  northern  shore.  The  prin- 
cipal rivers  are : 

Negro  and  Gonzalo,  on  the  southern  boundary  of  the  prov- 
ince, flow  west  and  join,  forming  the  river  Hatiguanico, 
which  empties  into  the  Ensenada  de  la  Broa.  This  river  flows 
through  the  swamp  Cienaga  Occidental  de  Zapata  and  forms 
the  boundary  line  between  Santa  Clara  and  Matanzas  on  the 
south. 

Amarillas  rises  in  the  east  center  portion  of  the  province, 
flows  southwest,  forming  the  boundary  between  Matanzas  and 
Santa  Clara  provinces,  and  empties  in  the  Lake  of  Tesoro. 

Palma  rises  in  the  east  central  portion  of  the  province, 
flows  north  and  empties  into  the  Bay  of  Santa  Clara. 

Sagua  rises  in  the  Sierra  de  Gonzalo,  flows  north  and 
empties  into  the  bay  of  Cardenas. 

Camarioca  rises  in  the  Sierra  de  Gonzalo,  flows  north  and 
empties  into  the  ocean  west  of  Icacos  Peninsula. 

Bacunayagua  and  Escondido  rise  in  the  Group  of  Habana, 
flow  north  and  empty  into  the  Florida  Canal  west  of  Matan- 
zas Bay. 

Yumuri  and  San  Juan  Rivers  empty  into  the  Bay  of  Mat- 
anzas, flowing  through  the  city  of  Matanzas,  and  by  the 
deposits  of  the  sand  and  mud  which  their  waters  bring  down 
form  shoals  and  banks  which  narrow  the  limit  and  depth  of 
the  anchorage. 


COAST   LINE   OF   MATANZAS — REEFS,  BANKS,  ETC.         287 

A  shallow  mud  flat  runs  off  in  front  of  the  city,  prevent- 
ing vessels  from  coming  nearer  to  the  wharf  than  ^  mile. 

The  Jatibonico  empties  into  the  Broa  inlet ;  defines  part  of 
the  boundary  between  Matanzas  and  Santa  Clara  provinces. 
The  Yumuri,  the  San  Juan,  and  the  Canimar  are  navigable 
for  3i  short  distance  and  empty  into  Matanzas  Bay. 

COAST   LINE   OF   MATANZAS. 

On  the  northern  coast  are  the  highlands  skirting  Matanzas 
Bay,  indented  by  the  bays  of  Matanzas,  Cardenas,  and  Maya. 
There  is  a  breakwater  from  Cape  Hicacos  (Cardenas)  to 
Nuevitas,  the  reefs,  keys,  and  banks  of  which  are  known  as  the 
Sabana  Camaguey.  The  coast  line  of  this  province  extends 
only  along  its  northern  boundary,  the  other  boundaries  being 
either  land  or  rivers. 

REEFS,    BANKS,    CAYS,    AND   SHOALS. 

The  principal  reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals  of  this  prov- 
ince are : 

Cabezas  Cay,  7  miles  westward  of  Bahia  de  Cadiz,  has  a 
dangerous  ledge  running  from  it  to  the  westward,  and,  as  it 
lies  on  the  edge  of  bank,  it  should  be  approached  with  great 
caution.  About  midway  between  this  cay  and  Bahla  de 
Cadiz  is  a  shoal,  on  which  the  sea  does  not  always  break. 
From  the  Cabezas  Cay  the  edge  of  the  bank  takes  a  W.  ^  N. 
direction  for  17  miles  to  the  north  end  of  Cruz  del  Padre  Cay, 
which  is  the  northernmost  of  the  whole  range.  Thence  the 
bank  sweeps  around  to  the  SW.,  forming  a  convex  to  the 
westward,  and  terminates  off  the  west  part  of  Icacos  Point. 

Cruz  del  Padre  and  Galindo  Cays. — Five  miles  WSW. 
of  Cabezas  Cay  is  the  Pargo  Channel,  and  3  miles  farther 
westward  is  that  of  Barcos,  formed  between  the  reefs ;  hence 
several  cays  continue  to  the  WNW.  as  far  as  Galindo,  on  the 
north  side  of  which  are  two  small  cays,  Galindito  and  Muela. 
From  Galindo,  other  cays  continue  to  Cruz  del  Padre. 
About  a  mile  N.  11°  E.  (N.  8°  E.  mag.)  of  Muela  is  a  shoal 
near  the  edge  of  the  bank ;  and  a  mile  northward  of  Cruz  del 
Padre  Cay  a  chain  of  reefs  commences  and  extends  6  miles 
westward. 

Water. — On  these  cays,  particularly  at  Cruz  del  Padre  and 
Galindo,  there  are  wells  of  good  water. 


288  REEFS,  BANKS,  CAYS,  AND  SHOALS. 

Light. — On  the  reef  about  f  mile  NE.  of  Cruz  del  Padre 
Cay  is  a  conical  wliite  tower,  from  which  is  shown,  49  feet 
above  the  sea,  a  fixed  white  light,  visible  10  miles.  This  light 
is  not  to  be  depended  on. 

Blanco,  Mono,  Piedras,  and  Monito  Cays,  the  westernmost 
of  the  cays  and  islets  skirting  the  north  coast  of  GiUba, 
lie  about  a  mile  from  the  edge  of  the  bank.  About  5  miles 
SW.  of  Cruz  del  Padre  is  a  group  of  low  cays,  extending  NE. 
and  SW.,  named  Blanco.  To  the  southward  of  them  there  is 
anchorage  for  vessels  of  11  feet  draft,  with  good  shelter. 

Mono  Cay  lies  about  5  miles  WNW.  of  the  Blanco  Group, 
and  from  it  a  shallow  ledge  runs  off  to  the  NE.  a  full  ^  mile ; 
and  a  mile  from  the  cay  in  the  same  direction  there  is  a  dan- 
gerous shoal  (Palas  Rock)  of  If  fathoms  water.  Piedras  Cay, 
composed  of  rock  and  sand,  partly  covered  with  low  bushes 
and  about  600  yards  in  extent,  lies  2  miles  SW.  of  the  latter. 
Close  off  its  NW.  side  are  three  rocks  above  water.  A  shoal 
of  16  feet  water  extends  550  yards  NE.  from  the  north  point 
of  this  cay,  and  a  coral  patch  of  15  feet  is  situated  one  mile 
from  the  same  point  and  in  the  same  direction ;  depths  of  5|- 
fathoms  were  found  between  these  shoals. 

There  is  no  discoloration  of  the  water  on  this  patch,  but  the 
sea  breaks  in  heavy  weather.  There  are  from  5  to  8  fathoms 
water  on  either  side  of  the  shoal  to  within  600  yards  of  the 
cays.  Monito  Cay,  1^  miles  from  Piedras  Cay,  is  a  small 
black  rock  scarcely  above  the  sea ;  a  reef  extends  around  it 
for  about  400  yards.  The  channel  between  Piedras  and 
Monito  is  clear.  The  soundings  decrease  as  it  is  approached, 
and  in  the  middle  the  depth  is  6  fathoms.  To  sail  through 
this  channel  a  vessel  should  be  able  to  lay  up  ESE.  There  is 
also  a  channel  southward  of  Monito,  but  it  is  not  recommended. 

Light. — On  Piedras  Cay  is  an  iron  tower  above  a  house, 
from  which  is  shown,  75  feet  above  the  sea,  a  fixed  white 
light,  varied  by  a  red  flash  every  two  minutes,  and  visible  14 
miles. 

Anchorage. — There  is  good  anchorage  within  the  cays, in  6 
fathoms  water,  sandy  bottom,  with  Piedras  Cay  bearing  west 
(S.  87°  W.  mag.)  and  Mono  Cay  from  north  to  NNW. ;  or  in 
4  fathoms,  to  the  southward  of  Piedras  Cay. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Piedras  Cay 
at  8h.  Cm.,  and  the  rise  is  about  2^  feet. 


REEFS,  BANKS,  CAYS,  AND  SHOALS.  289 

Cayo  Corojal  is  a  cay  in  the  midst  of  a  swamp  on  the  north- 
eastern coast. 

PiEDRAS  Reef  and  Cay. — From  Padre  Point,  which  is 
low,  a  coral  reef  extends  SE.  for  nearly  7  miles,  where  it  ter- 
minates at  Piedras  Cay,  which  is  small  and  low.  The  reef  is 
steep-to  and  has  several  narrow  cuts  leading  upon  the  bank, 
through  which  15  to  22  feet  may  be  carried.  The  best  chan- 
nel is  just  to  the  northward  of  the  cay,  but  as  nothing  would 
be  gained  it  will  be  better  always  to  pass  outside  the  cay. 
The  edge  of  the  bank  takes  a  W.  |  N.  direction,  and  13  miles 
from  the  cay  is  Las  Lavand^ras  shoal,  which  is  2  miles  in 
length,  and  lies  1^  miles  southward  of  the  east  end  of  Blanco 
Cay. 

The  shore  from  Padre  Point  westward  as  far  as  Cristobal 
Point,  a  distance  of  35  miles,  is  very  low,  swampy,  and  skirted 
by  numerous  mangrove  cays.  Blanco  Cay,  the  largest  of  these, 
is  10  miles  long  ESE.  and  WNW.,  and  its  west  end  is  15  miles 
from  Padre  Point.  The  south  shore  of  this  cay  is  of  sand,  and 
at  the  east  end  water  may  be  obtained  by  digging  wells. 

Light. — On  the  northern  part  of  Piedras  Cay  a  fixed  white 
light  is  exhibited  from  above  the  keeper's  dwelling,  which  is 
brown.  It  is  28  feet  above  the  sea,  and  may  be  seen  in  clear 
weather  9  miles. 

Shoals. — A  shoal  lies  in  the  fairway  of  the  entrance  to  Car- 
denas Bay,  on  which  a  vessel  grounded  in  14  feet  of  water. 
The  shoal  lies  on  the  following  bearings :  Piedras  Cay  light- 
house N.  59°  W.  (N.  62°  W.  mag.) ;  Mono  Cay,  left  tangent, 
N.  14°  W.  (N.  17°  W.  mag.);  Nordeste  Point  N.  62°  E.  (N. 
59°  E.  mag.). 

About  200  feet  from  the  vessel,  on  every  side,  3^  to  4|  fath- 
oms of  water  were  found,  as  indicated  on  the  charts. 

The  shoal  of  Memlo  is  north  of  the  peninsula  of  Hicaco  and 
that  of  Buba  or  del  Mangle  off  to  the  east.  There  is  a  shoal 
a  little  east  of  the  same  peninsula  of  considerable  size.  The 
shoals  of  Romero,  Macho,  and  Machilo  are  just  outside  or 
partly  in  the  northern  part  of  the  Bay  of  Cardenas.  Cupey 
shoal  is  situated  in  the  southern  part  of  the  Bay  of  Cardenas. 
The  shoals  Cruz  del  Padre  and  Galindo  extend  farther  north 
than  any  of  this  group  of  shoals. 

On  the  shoals  of  Piedras,  Diana,  and  Cruz  del  Padre  are 
stationed  lighthouses. 


290  GULFS,  BAYS,  ANCHORAGES — PENINSULAS,  ETC. 

GULFS,  BAYS,  AND   ANCHORAGES. 

Gulfs.— The  small  gulf  of  Jucaro  extends  inland  from  the 
southeastern  corner  of  the  Bay  of  Cardenas. 

Bays. — The  principal  bays  are  Matanzas  and  Cardenas, 
which  are  fully  described  under  the  towns  of  the  same  name. 
Maya  is  a  small  bay  east  of  Matanzas  Bay,  lying  between  the 
points  Maya  and  Camacho. 

Anchorages. — Escondido,  Canasi,  and  Becunayagua  are 
anchorages  on  the  northwestern  coast.  Camarioca  is  an  an- 
chorage about  midway  between  the  bays  of  Matanzas  and 
Cardenas  and  Jucaro  (above  described),  which,  in  addition  to 
being  a  gulf,  is  also  an  anchorage. 

peninsulas,  capes,  and  points. 

Peninsula. — Hicaco  is  the  only  peninsula  of  this  province, 
and  juts  out  from  about  the  central  part  of  its  northern  coast, 
forming  the  western  boundary  of  the  Bay  of  Cd,rdenas. 

Points  and  Capes. — The  greatest  number  of  points  are 
found  projecting  from  the  northern  coast  of  the  district  of 
Matanzas,  which  is  in  the  western  part  of  the  province. 
Among  these  are  the  points  Escondido,  Guanes  and  Seboruco. 
The  points  Gral  Rubal  cava,  Uvero  Alto,  Sabanillo,  Gorda 
and  Maya  project  from  the  Bay  of  Matanzas.  Point  Goxo- 
jal  extends  from  the  eastern  side  of  the  Bay  of  Cardenas. 
Point  Unioa  projects  from  the  extreme  eastern  point  in  the 
coast,  and  Point  Comacho  is  another  small  point  on  the  east- 
ern coast. 

Cape  Hicaco  has  two  smaller  points,  Fraijces  and  Molas, 
projecting  from  it.  It  is  situated  in  the  northern  extremity 
of  the  long  and  narrow  peninsula  which  shelters  Cardenas 
Bay  to  the  northward.  The  point  is  low  and  has  a  few  huts 
upon  it.  The  shore  to  Maya  Point  is  steep-to  and  may  be 
approached  within  one  mile,  but  is  low,  sandy,  and  covered 
with  brushwood,  the  beaches  being  here  and  there  interrupted 
by  low  bluffs.  The  bank  of  soundings  extends  only  ^  mile 
off  shore. 

Eight  miles  west  of  Icacos  Point  is  a  small  cove  called 
Varadero  Bay.  Four  miles  farther  to  the  WSW.  is  the  point 
and  landing  of  Camacho,  low  and  sandy.  Five  and  one-half 
miles  eastward  of  Maya  Point  is  the  mouth  of  the  Camaricoa 
River,  on  the  left  bank  of  which  is  the  town  of  the  same  name. 


PENINSULAS,  CAPES,  ETC. — RAILROADS.  291 

Mangle  Point. — A  rocky  ledge  extends  off  Piedras  Point 
for  some  distance,  having  15  feet  water  on  it,  and  near  the 
point  are  some  rocks  on  which  the  sea  breaks ;  at  2^  miles  S. 
24°  E.  (S.  28°  E.  mag.)  of  the  point  the  depths  increase  to  5 
fathoms,  rocky  bottom.  From  Piedras  Point,  the  coast,  bor- 
dered by  a  bank,  trends  SSW.  for  8  miles  to  Cape  Frances, 
and  thence  SW.  by  W.  5  miles  to  Mangle  Point.  This  point 
is  low,  and  there  is  nothing  to  mark  it  except  the  bend  of  the 
coast  and  a  fisherman's  hut  west  of  it  on  a  small  sandy  beach. 
It  is  skirted  by  a  reef  which  extends  off  400  yards,  and  is 
steep-to. 

Before  proceeding  further  with  the  description  of  the  coast 
we  will  give  a  general  description  of  the  shoals,  cays,  etc., 
lying  south  of  Batabano. 

It  is  but  very  seldom  that  a  man-of-war  or  a  merchant  ves- 
sel needs  any  description  of  this  neighborhood,  and  it  must 
be  remembered  that  no  correct  and  complete  survey  has  ever 
been  made  here. 

Maternillos  Point  is  4|  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Port 
Nue vitas.  The  coast  between  is  low,  but  free  of  danger. 
The  point  is  surrounded  by  a  coral  reef  called  the  Corona  de 
Maternillos.  From  Maternillos  Point  as  far  westward  as  Ica- 
cos  Point,  a  space  of  nearly  250  miles,  the  coast  is  bordered 
with  low  mangrove  cays  and  reefs  to  the  distance  in  some 
places  of  20  miles  from  the  mainland.  The  greater  part  to 
the  westward  of  Paredon  Point  is  but  imperfectly  represented 
on  the  charts,  and,  being  studded  with  dangers,  steep-to, 
should  be  most  cautiously  approached. 

Light. — The  lighthouse  on  Maternillos  Point  is  170  feet  high, 
white,  with  the  word  Colon  painted  on  it,  and  exhibits,  174 
feet  above  the  sea,  a  fixed  and  flashing  white  light  every  48 
seconds,  duration  of  flash  5  seconds.  The  light  should  be 
visible  17  miles. 

RAILROADS. 

This  province  has  the  greatest  number  of  miles  of  trackage 
of  any  province  on  the  island,  having  some  355  miles  of  rail- 
road, divided  as  follows : 

1.  From  Habana  to  Matanzas  and  Bemba  (Jovellanos),  90 
miles,  of  which  44  miles  are  in  the  Province  of  Matanzas, 
single  track,  standard  gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarriles 
Unidos. 


292 


RAILROADS. 


2.  From  Giiines  to  Matanzas,  39  miles,  of  which  13  miles 
are  in  Matanzas  Province,  single  track,  standard  gauge,  be- 
longing to  the  Ferrocarriles  Unidos. 

3.  From  Habana  to  La  Union,  80  miles,  single  track,  stand- 
ard gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarriles  Unidos,  of  which 
12  miles  are  in  the  Province  of  Matanzas. 

4.  From  Matanzas  to  Murga,  62  miles,  single  track,  stand- 
ard gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarril  de  Matanzas,  with 
branch  La  Union  to  Alfonso  XII,  3  miles,  and  with  branch 
from  Navajas  to  Venero  San  Juan,  50  miles. 

5.  From  Cardenas,  via  Bemba  and  Santa  Clara,  107  miles, 
of  which  67  miles  are  in  the  Province  of  Matanzas,  with  branch 
from  Bemba  to  Navajas,  11.5  miles,  and  from  Colon  to  Guarei- 
ras,  6  miles,  single  track,  standard  gauge,  belonging  to  the 
Ferrocarril  de  Cardenas-Jiicaro. 

6.  From  Cardenas  to  Yaguaramas,  67  miles,  of  which  50 
miles  are  in  the  Province  of  Matanzas,  single  track,  standard 
gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarril  de  Cardenas-Jiicaro,  with 
branches  as  follows : 

(a)  Recreo  to  Itabo,  15  miles. 

(6)  Altamisal  to  Macagua,  21  miles. 


1.  Habana-Matanzas  and  Bemba  Railway, 
table  of  distances, 
habana  (regla).) 


24 

JARUCC 

. 

V  HABANA  PROVINCE. 

44 

20 

BOUNDARY  OF  PROVINCE,  WEST. 

45 

21 

1 

MOCHA. 

61 

27 

7 

6 

BENAVIDES. 

56 

32 

12 

11 

5 

MATANZAS. 

62 

38 

18 

17 

11 

6 

GUANABANA. 

63 

39 

19 

18 

12 

7 

1 

IBARRAS. 

67 

43 

23 

22 

16 

11 

6 

4 

CAOBAS. 

70 

46 

26 

25 

19 

14 

8 

7 

3 

LIMONAR. 

74 

50 

30 

29 

23 

18 

12 

11 

7. 

4 

SUMIDERO. 

80 
82 

56 
68 

36 
38 

35 
37 

29 
31 

24 
26 

18 
20 

17 
19 

13 

15 

10 
12 

6 

8 

CO 
2 

LISEO. 
TASCA. 

86 

62 

42 

41 

35 

30 

24 

23 

19 

16 

12 

6 

4 

MA( 

90 

66 

46 

46 

39 

34 

28 

27 

23 

20 

16 

10 

8 

4 

BEMBA  (Jovellanot). 


[For  table  of  distances  from  Habana  to  eastern  boundary  of  Province 
of  Habana,  see  Habana  Province — "  Habana-Matanzas  and  Bemba  Rail- 
way."] 


RAILROADS. 


293 


ITINERARY. 

[For  Itinerary,  see  Habana  Province — "  Habana-Matanzas  and  Bemba 
Railway."]     Page  224. 

2.  Guines-Matanzas  Railway. 

[For  table  of  distances  from  Gtiines  to  west  boundary  of  Habana 
Province  and  for  Itinerary,  see  Habana  Province — '  'Gtiines-Matanzas  Rail- 
way."] 

GUINES. 

26  i  WEST  BOUNDARY  OF  HABANA  PROVINCE. 


MOCHA. 

6      BENAVIDES. 

12      6    i  MATANZAS. 


3.  Harana-La  Union  Railway. 

[For  table  of  distances  from  Habana  to  western  boundary  of  Province 
of  Habana  and  for  Itinerary,  see  Habana  Province — "Habana-La  Union 
Railway. "] 

HABANA. 


WEST  BOUNDARY  OF  HABANA  PROVINCE. 
BERMEJA. 
6   I  LA  UNION. 


46  1  GUINES 

68  1  22 

WE 

74  1  28 

6 

80  I  34 

12 

4.  Matanzas-Murga  and  Venero  S.  Juan  Railway. 

tarle  op  distances. 

Matanzas-Murga  Line. 


MATANZAS. 

4 
6 

GELPI. 

2 

GUANABANA. 

11 

7 

5 

CIDRA. 

14 

10 

8 

3 

SABANILLA. 

19 

15 

13 

8 

6 

LA  UNION. 

26 

22 

20 

15 

13 

8 

BOLONDRON. 

29 

25 

23 

18 

15 

10 

2 

GUIRA. 

33 

29 

27 

22 

19 

14 

6 

4 

NAVAJAS. 

40 

36 

34 

29 

26 

21 

13 

11 

7 

PEDROSO. 

46 

42 

40 

35 

33 

28 

20 

18 

14 

7 

CLAUDIO. 

52 
55 

48 
61 

46 
49 

41 
44 

38 
41 

33 
36 

25 
28 

22 
26 

18 
22 

11 
15 

4 

8 

CRIMEA. 

4 

JAGUEY  GRANDE 

62 

58 

56 

51 

48 

43 

35 

33 

29 

22 

15 

11 

7    1  MURGA. 

294 


KAILROADS. 


MATANZAS. 


Navajas-Venero  S.  Juan  Branch. 


33 

NAVAJAS. 

36 

2 

CORRAL  FALSO. 

42 

9 

7 

ISABEL. 

45 

12 

10 

3 

CUEVITAS. 

49 

16 

14 

7 

4 

BARO. 

62 

29 

27 

20 

17 

13 

GUAREIRAS  (JUNCTION). 

65 

32 

30 

23 

20 

16 

3 

CORRALILLO. 

68 

35 

33 

26 

23 

19 

6 

3 

GUAREIRAS. 

71 

38 

36 

29 

26 

22 

9 

6 

3      CUMANAYAGUA. 

75 

42 

40 

33 

30 

26 

13 

10 

7    i    4 

TASAJO. 

77 

44 

42 

35 

32 

28 

15 

12 

9 

6 

2 

S.  TASOj 

80 

47 

45 

38 

35 

31 

18 

15 

12 

9 

5 

3       S.  D 

83 

50 

48 

41 

38 

34 

21 

18 

15     12 

8 

6       3    [ 

VENERO  S.  JUAN. 


Distances  from 
Matanzas. 


19  miles. 


33  miles. 


46  miles. 
55  miles. 
62  miles. 


45  miles. 
62  miles. 


71  miles. 
88  miles. 


ITINERARY. 

Leaving  Matanzas,  this  road  travels  to  the  south  through  a 
fertile  level  region,  thickly  populated,  and  enters  the  town  of 
Sabanilla. 

Here  the  road  makes  a  heavy  grade  over  a  range  of  hills 
and  descends  again,  entering  the  junction  of  La  Union,  where 
it  connects  with  the  Habana-La  Union  Road.  A  branch  of 
this  road  3  miles  long  runs  from  here  to  Alfonso  XII. 

From  here  it  runs  over  a  low  fiat  country  just  at  the  edge 
of  the  Zampa  Swamp,  past  the  town  of  Bolodron,  and  enters 
the  village  of  Guira,  passing  through  a  well-populated  and 
cultivated  region  to  the  town  of  Navajas,  where  it  connects 
for  Cardenas.  A  branch  of  this  road  runs  from  here  to  Ve- 
nero  San  Juan,  which  will  be  taken  up  separately  under  the 
head  of  the  "Navajas-Venero  San  Juan  Branch." 

Leaving  Navajas  the  road  turns  south  for  some  distance, 
skirting  the  eastern  edge  of  the  great  swamp.  The  country 
is  well  settled  and  much  cultivated.  The  road  passes  through 
the  hamlet  of  Claudio,  thence  to  the  town  of  Jaguey  Grande, 
and  enters  its  present  terminus — Murga,  in  the  province  of 
Santa  Clara. 

NAVAJAS-VENERO  SAN  JUAN  BRANCH. 

Leaving  Navajas,  this  branch  traverses  a  level  strip  of 
country  and  enters  Corral  Falso.  Beyond  here  it  crosses  a 
trestle  and  enters  a  low  flat  country,  passing  between  two 
small  lakes  or  bayous,  and  enters  the  village  of  Isabel ;  thence, 
through  an  unbroken  and  unsettled  region,  to  the  town  of 
Cuevitas. 

From  here  it  runs  over  a  level  country  to  Guareiras,  a  rail- 
road junction,  where  it  connects  with  the  Cardenas- Jucaro 
Railroad;  crossing  their  tracks  it  traverses  a  level  fertile 
region,  passing  the  town  of  Cumanayagua,  and  thence  to  its 
terminus,  the  village  of  Venero  San  Juan. 


RAILKOADS. 


295 


5.  Cakdenas-Bemba  akd  Santa  Claka  Railway, 
table  of  distances. 

CARDENAS. 
8       CONTRERAS. 


15 

7 

CIMARRONES. 

18 

10 

3 

BBMBA  (JOVELLANOS). 

I  26 

M 

11 

7   1  QUINTANA. 

29 

21 

w 

10  1   3 

CERVANTES  (PERICO). 

35 
38 
44 
61 

87 
30 
36 
43 

20 
23 
29 
36 

16  1    9 
19  {  12 
25  j  18 
32  1  23 

6 
9 
15 
22 

RE1 
3 
9 
16 

fAM/ 
CO 
6 
13 

l6n. 

AGUICA. 
7      MACAGUA. 

53  1  45 
66     57 

38 
60 

34  1  27  i  24 
46  j  39  1  36 

18 
30 

16 
27 

9       2    t  S. 
21     14  i  12 

PEDRO. 
ALVAREZ 

67     69  1  62  1  48     41  |  38 

32 

29 

23     16  [  14 

2      V^est 

107  j  99  ;  92  1  88     81  j  78 

72 

« 

63  :  56     54 

42  ;  40 

2    i  V)<estern  Boundary  of  Matanzas  Provinca. 


ITINKRAEY. 

[For  distances  from  Western  Boundary  of  Matanzas  Prov- 
ince to  Santa  Clara,  see  Santa  Clara  Province.] 

Railroad  shops  at  Cardenas,  large. — Ground  marshy  on  ^,  i^^ntes  from 

'  "  -i  •  » Cardenas. 

either  side  of  track,  which  is  on  embankment.  Outskirts  of 
town  low  and  marshy ;  trooi)s  should  stick  to  railroad  for  1  or 
2  kilometers  out  of  town.     Switches,  ear  shops. 

Huts,  little  cane   or   cultivation,  cactus  hedges  here  and    3  k.— 1.87  m. 
there ;  country  level  and  brushy,  no  hills,  except  far  away  on 
left.     Favorable  for  troops. 

Cane,  stone  walls,  bananas,  huts ;  very  low  cut.  4 1— 2.48  m. 

Much  cane ;  very  low  ridge  some  mile  or  so  to  the  right ;    6  k.— 3.72  m. 
sugar  railroad  comes  in  from  left;  troops  could  march  along 
track,  experiencing  little  difficulty  at  a  low  place  100  to  200 
yards  long. 

Country  oi)en  and  level ;  road  along  track.  7  k.— 4.34  m. 

Much  cane,  very  red  soil ;  dirt  road  along  track ;  country    8  k.— 4.96  m. 
level  and  open,  excellent  for  march  of  troops.     Large  sugar 
mill  and  railroad  to  it  on  left. 

Cane  and  meadows ;  country  level.  9  k.— 5.58  m. 

Much  cane,  country  open,  low  rock  cwf  8  or  10  feet  high    10  k.— 6.72  m. 
and  200  yards  long,  dirt  road  along  track. 

Flat,  brushy,  undulating  country,  with  many  i)alius ;  dirt    1^  k.— 6.87  m. 
road  walled  with  stone  near  track  on  right :  little  cane ;  rail- 
road straight  and  level. 

About  12  kilometers  two  side  tracks,  water-tank  station,  of  12  k.— 7.44  m. 
Contreras;  station  for  cane;  cattle;  station  house  of  stone, 
stock  chute;  town  composed  of  half  a  dozen  frame  houses; 
water  pumped  by  windmill.  Stone  warehouse,  platform  for 
cane ;  country  around  flat  and  brushy,  little  or  no  cultivation, 
many  i)alms. 
7739 — 20 


296  RAILROADS. 

Distances  from     Level  brushy  fields;  country  seems  low;  no  cultivation; 
Cardenas  palms ;  wire  fenccs  along  track ;  wooden  sleepers,  road  single 

'  track. 

15  k.— 9.30  m.     Same ;  more  brush. 

16  k.— 9.92  m.     A  little  more  cultivation. 

17  k.— 10.54  m.     Very  open  level  prairie ;  palms  here  and  there ;  hedge  along 

railroad.     Sugar  road  from  the  right. 

20k.— 12.50m.  Low  dirt  cuts;  much  cane;  range  of  hills  far  away  to  left; 
country  open ;  railroad  single  track ;  country  roads  good  in 
dry  season  and  of  red  dirt,  probably  muddy  in  wet  weather ; 
level  open  country;  cane  and  meadows;  very  few  cattle; 
curves  in  railroad ;  excellent  for  march  of  troops. 

22  k.— 13.64  m.  Cuts,  perhaps  10  feet  high,  and  300  or  300  yards  long. 
Country  more  brushy;  bananas,  huts,  two  side  tracks,  and 
station  of  Cimarrones.  Stone  station  hotise,  stone  warehouse 
with  platform  for  sugar,  and  stock  chute.  Town  flat,  with 
brush  and  bananas  around;  houses  largely  of  wood;  town 
numbers  probably  400  or  500  people. 

23k.— 14.26m.  Low  short  cut;  road  straight;  old  railroad  runs  off  to  left, 
probably  for  sugar. 

24k.— 14.88  m.  Huts,  country  open,  much  cane  and  many  ingenios;  low 
bridge,  probably  100  feet  long,  on  stone  piers,  level  with  road. 

26k.— 16.12  ra.  Country  flat  and  clear,  much  cane ;  two  lines  of  telegraph, 
one  with  three  wires,  the  other  with  one. 

27  k.— 16.74  m.  Station  of  Jovellanos  (Bemba),  27  kilometers  from  Carde- 
nas. Station  house  of  wood.  Several  side  tracks  and  switches, 
water  tank  and  stock  chute.  Country  around  very  flat,  no 
possibility  of  defensive  works.  Country  open  and  considerable 
brush.     »    *    * 

29k.— 17.98m.  Country  flat  and  open,  much  cane  and  many  sugar  mills 
(ingenios) ;  soil,  red  clay ;  two  telegraph  lines,  four  wires  on 
right  and  two  wires  on  left. 

33  k.— 20.46  m.     Between  33  and  33  kilometers,  ruin  of  a  station  house  (stone) ; 

35  k.— 21.70  m.  sugar  railroad  to  ingenios  on  left  and  small  side  track  and 
switch.  Just  before  35  kilometers  a  branch  to  left,  probably 
sugar  road.  Country  very  level,  excellent  for  progress  of 
troops,  but  no  roads  along  railroad. 

From  Bemba  (Jovellanos)  a  branch  runs  southwesterly 
across  a  level  fertile  country  via  Medina  to  Navajas,  where 
it  connects  with  the  Matanzas  road. 

JOVELLANOS. 
MEDINA. 


11.5 


3-5    NAVAJAS. 


36  k.— 22.32  m.  Fields  are  very  level,  but  more  brushy,  and  much  "diente 
de  perro"  (dog  tooth).  In  many  parts  of  Cuba  the  calcare- 
ous rock,  which  in  places  is  but  thinly  covered  with  soil,  rises 
above  the  surface  in  sharp,  jagged  points,  which  are  often 
covered  by  grass.  These  regions  are  very  difficult  for  horses 
or  other  animals  to  traverse  near  track. 


RAILROADS. 


297 


39  k.— 24.18  m. 

40  k.— 24.80  m. 


Brush  and  diente  de  i)erro,  cane  in  distance ;  single  track    Disuncesfrom 
and  stone  ballast.  ""^^^22  94m 

Cane  again ;  thus  far  little  trouble  for  troops  to  march  along    33  ^■_23.56  m. 
railroad ;  a  little  beyond  38  kilometers  a  small  narrow-gauge 
sugar  railroad  follows  track,  much  cane. 

Sugar  road  still  follows  track:  cane;  flat  country,  open, 
with  palms  and  ceibas  growing.  Then  two  side  tracks  and 
station  of  Quintana.  Merely  a  stone  station  icith  platform 
for  molasses,  etc.  Water  tank :  water  from  well  pumped  by 
horse.  Country  flat ;  much  sugar ;  avenues  of  palms.  Region 
resembles  that  lying  between  Alquizar  and  the  south  coast. 
Sugar  mills ;  nothing  raised  but  cane. 

Same  expanse  of  cane,  brush  in  distance ;  stone  wall  here 
and  there. 

Approaching  42  kilometers  diente  de  perro  begins  to  reap- 
pear :  wherever  this  makes  its  appearance  cultivation  is  for 
the  time  being  interrupted. 

Cotmtry  better;  cane  land,  very  level;  road  straight  as  a 
bee  line ;  cane  and  huts.  Roadbed  dirt  ballast,  red  soil ;  prob- 
ably roads  of  this  region  become  bad  in  wet  weather. 

Cane,  bananas  here  and  there.  No  hills  in  sight ;  country 
level  and  open  near  track ;  vistas  of  trees  and  brushwood  in 
distance. 

Same  asi)ect.  No  roads  near  track;  slight  tcire  fences  here 
and  there ;  single  palms  scattered  over  country. 

Toicn  of  Perico.  A  railroad  enters  from  right;  two  side 
tracks  and  tcater  tank.  Town  of  probably  800  or  1,000  inhab- 
itants; composed  of  thatched  huts,  and  stone  or  wooden 
houses,  red-tiled.  Country  very  flat  here;  no  hills  around. 
Many  Chinese  in  this  region.  Stone  storehouse.  Flat,  open 
cane  country.  Beyond  town  many  bananas  growing.  The 
region  is  excellent  for  the  march  of  troops,  but  heavy  in  wet 
tceather ;  red  soil. 

Extensive  grazing  meadows,  with  cattle ;  cane ;  one  or  two 
small  culverts.  Wire  fences  on  either  side  of  road :  no  cuts  or 
embankments  of  consequence  since  leaving  Bemba. 

Road  well  ballasted  with  stone,  and  smooth ;  single  track. 
Cane  and  large  meadows;  cattle;  ingenios.  A  very  level 
country.     Then  a  small,  low  bridge,  40  or  50  feet  long. 

Unimportant  bridge.  Country  very  open,  and  flat  as  a  table. 
Cane  and  meadows ;  palms  of  course ;  a  little  jTicca  (Adam's 
needle,  plant  with  farinaceous  root,  eaten  like  potato).  SmaU 
siding  here,  and  house. 
Same  country.  A  few  little  et<7rerfs  beyond  kilometer  post. 
Same  country.  Flat,  dotted  with  palms ;  extensive  mead- 
ows ;  cane  fields ;  cattle ;  huts  here  and  there. 

A  road,  probably  from  ingenio,  enters  from  left;  then  a 
house,  and  beyond  three  side  tracks  and  station  of  Betamal. 
Station  built  of  stone;  water  tank;  stock  chute;  stone  plat- 
form. No  town.  A  road  apx)ears  here  to  run  to  the  right, 
probably  a  sugar  road. 


41k.— 25.«m. 


42  k.— 26.04  m. 


43  k.— 26.66m. 


44  k.— 27.28  m. 


45  k.— 27.90  m. 


46  k.— 28.52  m. 


48  k.— 29.78  m. 


49  k.— 30.38  m. 


50  k.— 31.00  m. 


52  k.— 32.24  m. 

53  k.— 32.86  m. 


54  k.— 33.48  m. 


298  RAILROADS. 

Distances  from     Country  on  both  sides  somewhat  brushy,  but  flat  and  appar 
Cirdenas  ^^^y    without  diente  de  perro. 

55  k.— 34.10m.       ^"^  .,,  ,         , 

57  k.— 35.34  m.  Country  still  somewhat  brushy,  but  fairly  good  for  march 
of  troops  near  railroad;  low  bridge  about  100  feet  long, 
apparently  having  new  stone  abutments  built  (1892). 

58k.— 35.96m.  Couutry  more  open;  meadows  and  grazing  cattle;  compar- 
atively little  cane. 

59  k.— 36.58m.      (About.)     Three  Side  tracJcs ;  stonc  warehouse ;  a  vood  from 

left,  and  then  the  town  of  Colon;  ivater  tank.  Town  large, 
probably  10,000  or  15,000  inhabitants;  houses  of  stone  or 
wood,  and  tiled ;  town  lies  in  flat  region ;  station  large  and 
built  of  stone. 

60  k.— 37.20m.     At  60  kilometers  (nearly)  is  a  small  low  bridge  about  100 

feet  long,  on  stone  abutments ;  country  flat  and  open ;  mead- 
ows. 

61  k.— 37.82  m.     A  little  beyond  61  kilometers  a  branch  or  siding  runs  off  to 

right  to  sugar  mill. 

62k.— 38.44m.  Country  flat;  meadows;  a  little  brush  to  left;  very  level. 
Railroad  at  times  not  inclosed  by  walls  or  fences. 

63  k.— 39.06  m.  In  general,  extensive  meadows,  with  cattle,  but  just  here 
a  low  roch  cut  5  or  6  feet  high  and  short ;  brush  now  and 
again ;  just  beyond  switch  and  house  to  left  a  railroad  (prob- 
ably sugar  road)  runs  off  in  that  direction. 

64k.— 39.68m.  Small  comfield  on  left:  generally  meadows;  then  a  little 
low  bridge,  about  50  feet  long,  on  sto7ie  abutments;  unimpor- 
tant ;  road  has  stone  ballast ;  telegraph,  as  before. 

66k.— 40.92m.  More  cane  and  wide  meadows;  country  flat,  but  a  trifle 
lumpy  to  left. 

67k.— 41.64m.  Same;  country  less  highly  cultivated;  sugar  mill  to  left: 
soil  seems  less  good ;  houses  not  so  frequent ;  brush  more  fre- 
quent in  distance. 

68  k.— 42.16  m.     Railroad  crosses  a  dirt  road  to  sugar  mill  on  left,  from 

which  seems  to  come  a  small  railroad,  striking  ours  at  station 
Aguica  at  69  kilometers. 

69  k.— 42.78  m.     Here  a  stone  station,  small  stone  warehouse,  post  office  (ad- 

ministracion  de  correos),  a.  side  track  or  two,  house  or  two, 
and  little  else.  Beyond,  more  cane ;  country  very  level,  mead- 
ows, huts,  and  cattle. 

70k.— 43.40  m.  Kilometer  post  in  a  low  cut,  height  about  to  top  of  car,  and 
1,000  yards  long. 

71k.— 44.02  m.  Railroad  descends  a  somewhat  steep  grade,  but  country 
level  in  general,  open,  excellent  for  march  of  troops,  and  cov- 
ered with  cane.     A  low  bridge,  100  feet  long,  on  stone  piers. 

72k.— 44.64  m.  A  very  short  side  track  and  little  house ;  track  perhaps  goes 
to  sugar  mill  ahead  to  left.  Near  73  kilometers  small  low 
bridge,  50  feet  long,  on  stone  arches;  100  yards  beyond  73  kil- 
ometers another  of  same  kind  and  size  over  a  little  stream ; 
about  100  yards  beyond,  another  of  the  same  kind,  but  about 
half  the  size ;  a  little  com  here ;  the  country  is  excellent  for 
the  march  of  troops. 


KAILROADS. 


299 


CJotmtry  flat,  open,  with  house  or  two ;  side  track  and  smcUl 
railroad  (probably  sugar  road)  from  right:  a  little  com  here, 
much  cane,  palms  in  distance,  no  brush ;  meadows  with  cat- 
tle and  horses ;  sugar  mills ;  a  fine  region. 

Near  77  kilometers  a  small  siding,  little  house,  and  prob- 
ably sugar  road  from  left ;  then  a  little  low  bridge  about  40 
feet  long  on  stone  abutments. 

Cane ;  country  very  level ;  road,  stone  ballasted ;  soil  not  so 
red ;  country  open,  and  many  cattle  grazing ;  then  three  side 
tracks  and  station  of  Macagiia,  before  coming  to  which  is  a 
small  road  to  left.  Station  built  of  stone;  water  tanks  here, 
storehouse,  much  cane.  Wood  for  engines.  Half  a  dozen 
houses  and  quarters  for  guardia  civil ;  great  cane  fields ;  cat- 
tle and  horses :  a  little  com  near  town ;  some  brush,  bananas, 
bushes,  etc.,  near  station. 

C!ountry  brushy  on  either  side;  near  by  a  few  houses;  a 
railroad  goes  off  to  right.  Road  good,  stone  ballast,  and  runs 
through  one  of  the  richest  regions  in  Cuba. 

Brushy,  level  fields  on  both  sides,  but  huts  here  and  there. 

Still  brushy  fields,  but  troops  could  march  near  track ;  brush 
probably  does  not  reach  far.  Railroad  now  descends  short 
grade. 

Brushy  fields  continue ;  grow  worse,  but  there  does  not  seem 
to  be  any  diente  de  perro.  Troops  could  clear  a  way  through 
with  little  diflBculty. 

Same ;  little  cultivation  for  several  Idlometers. 

Same ;  no  cultivation ;  palms  and  brush ;  ground  level ;  fair 
for  troops;  a  dirt  road  near  track,  which  is  now  ballasted 
with  dirt. 

Same ;  a  few  cattle  now ;  grass  fair  but  coarse. 

Same ;  road  continues  near  track ;  no  cultivation ;  no  houses 
seen. 

Same;  brush;  no  cultivation;  no  swamps  thus  far  along 
road ;  near  92  kOometers,  stone  ballast  again. 

Same  conditions :  then  toicn  of  San  Pedro ;  town  chiefly  of 
thatched  huts ;  100  or  200  inhabitants ;  two  side  tracks,  tcater 
tank,  wooden  station,  and  storeroom,  with  platform  for  load- 
ing. Railroad  seems  to  enter  from  left  beyond  San  Pedro ; 
cane  fields  to  right ;  country  level ;  brush  to  left. 

Brush  again,  down  grade,  no  cuts. 

Brushy,  level  fields,  but  fair  for  march  of  troops ;  beyond 
a  switch  and  little  house. 

Level,  brushy  fields,  no  cultivation  on  either  side. 

Cane  to  left,  brush  on  right,  level  ground ;  still  going  down 
grade ;  old  ingenio. 

Huts  and  toicn  of  Alvarez ;  brushy,  level  country  around; 
town  composed  of  huts  and  tiled  houses,  chiefly  of  wood ;  a 
sugar  cane  station  built  of  wood;  water  tank  and  tico  side 
tracks ;  population  probably  200.  This  is  evidently  a  charcoal 
region ;  stone  casa — cuartel  de  la  guardia  civil — like  an  old  f or- 


Distancea  from 
Cardenas. 
75  k. — 16.50  m. 


77  k.— 47.74  m. 


78  k.— 48.3Cm. 


83  k.— 51.46  m. 


85  k.— 52.70  HL 

86  k.— 53.32ni. 


87  k.— 53.94  m. 

88  k.— 54.56  m. 


89  k.— 56.18  m. 


90  k.— 55.80  m. 
91k.— 56.42  m. 


92  k.— 57.04  m. 

93  k.— 67.66  m. 


95  k.— 58.90  m. 

96  k.— 59.52  m. 

98  k.— 60.76  m. 

99  k.— 61.38  m. 

101k.— 62.62  m. 


300  RAILROADS. 

Distances  from  tified  place  of  stone.     Just  beyond  town,  small  cut,  then  flat, 
Cirdenas.  brushy  country  continues.     A  few  cattle,  rail  fences;  wire 

fences  along  track. 
102k.— 63.24m.     Brushy,  level  country,  little  or  no  cultivation;  troops  could 

move  with  facility. 

103  k.— 63.86  m.     Same ;  more  cattle ;  a  few  low  cuts  here ;  road  dirt  ballast. 

104  k.— 64.48  n».     Brushy,  stone  culvert,  as  are  all  the  culverts  on  this  road ; 

no  cultivation. 

105k.— 65.10 m.  Down  grade;  country  same,  level  and  brushy,  few  houses; 
little  or  no  water  except  at  stations. 

106k.— 65.72 ni.  Same;  no  fences,  huts,  or  cultivation ;  down  grade;  troops 
could  move  near  track ;  cuts  here  and  there,  but  country  level, 
no  hills;  water  probably  scarce  here  in  the  dry  season,  but 
frequent  culverts  indicate  that  there  is  plenty  during  wet 
season. 

108  k.— 66.96  m.  Very  brushy,  and  for  a  short  distance  might  be  difficult  for 
troops  to  march,  but  road  could  be  cut  without  much  diffi- 
culty. 

109k.— 67.58  ni.  Station  of  Mordazo.  Two  side  tracks,  loading  platform, 
wooden  station,  water  tank  (water  supply  from  well),  a  dozen 
houses,  and  what  seems  to  be  the  palm,  whose  leaves  are  used 
for  fans. 

110  k.— 68.20  m.  Railroad  on  small  short  embankment;  country  level,  brushy 
or  wooded  as  before,  no  cultivation ;  good  for  march. 

112  k.— 69.44  m.       Small  CUt. 

113  k.— 70.06  m.     Country  same ;  very  low  cut ;  brush  on  both  sides,  but  troops 

could  move. 

114k.— 70.68m.  Same;  no  cultivation,  no  houses,  few  fences,  down  grade, 
frequent  small  culverts. 

116k.— 71.92m.  Same;  brush,  frequent  low  cuts,  country  generally  level, 
troops  could  move. 

117  k.— 72.54  m.  Country  more  open,  but  wooded,  chiefly  palms,  no  cultiva- 
tion; excellent  for  march  of  troops;  roads  now  and  again  near 
railroad. 

118k.— 73.16m.     Same;  slightly  down  grade;  more  cattle. 

119k.— 73.78m.  Country  fairly  open,  no  cultivation;  good  for  march  of 
troops. 

120  k.— 74.40  m.  Country  open,  but  no  cultivation  or  houses  (country  similar 
to  that  about  Palacio,  Pinar  del  Rio,  Western  Railroad) ;  very 
level ;  easy  marching ;  many  palms. 

122k.— 76.64m.  Town  of  Manacas,  level  brushy  country  surrounding;  tico 
side  tracks.  Town  composed  chiefly  of  frame  houses,  tiled ; 
station  built  of  wood,  water  tank;  people  chiefly  Cubans,  few 
Chinese,  as  there  seem  to  be  no  sugar  estates  in  neighborhood. 
Small  warehouse,  loading  platform,  and  stock  chute;  small 

123k.— 76.26  m.  railroad  comes  in  from  right.  Country  beyond  and  at  123 
kilometers  brushy,  level;  no  cultivation;  troops  could  move 
with  ease;  again  down  grade,  few  low  cuts;  about  123  kilome- 
ters, a  little  cane  to  right. 

124k.— 76.88m.  Ingenio  and  sugar  road  to  left;  now  a  little  cane  and  com; 
a  small  rivulet. 


RAILROADS. 


301 


Much  cane  to  the  right,  brush  to  the  left,  ground  level;    Distances frpm 

^,■1  Cardenas, 

cattle.  125  k.— 77.50  m. 

Cane  to  left ;  a  little  com  to  right  and  left.  126  k.— 78.12  m. 

Cane  on  both  sides;  cattle,  bananas,  huts,  live  stock,  but  127 k.— 78.74m. 
still  some  brush. 

Huts  and  brush ;  then  sH'zYc/i;  a  little  house,  and  cars  load-  128  k.— 79.36  m. 
ing  with  cane,  then  little  com. 

Com,  huts,  and  brush;  many  stone  culverts;  cattle;  culti-  i3Qk.— 80.60ni. 
vated  ground. 

A  little  beyond  131  kilometers  station  of  Santo  Domingo.  i3i  k.— 8I.22  m. 
Station  btiilt  of  stone;  few  stone  huts;  stone  tcarehoiise. 
Country  in  vicinity  flat,  covered  with  bananas,  com,  and 
other  crops,  but  little  brush.  Town  about  three-quarters  of  a 
mile  away.  Sagua  Railroad  passes  through  it  in  going  on  to 
Sagua  from  junction.  Town  very  smaU,  probably  200  or  300 
inhabitants ;  houses  of  stone  and  wood. 

At  Domingo  the  road  crosses  the  tracks  of  the  Sagua  La    94  miles. 
Grande  Railroad,  running  SW.  through  the  towns  of  Sii. 
Bartolome ;  thence  to  Jicotea  and  on  to  Esperanza. 

Here  the  road  runs  over  the  Cienfuegos-Santa  Clara  line    104  miles, 
to  the  terminus — Santa  Clara — 104  mUes  from  Cardenas. 


6.  Cardenas,  Jucaro  and  Yaguaramas  Railway, 
tables  of  distances. 


cXrdenas. 

3 

jOCARO. 

10 

7 

SAN  ANTON. 

15 

12 

5 

RECREO. 

22 

19 

12 

7 

ALTAMISAU 

26 

23 

16 

11 

4 

LAGUNA  GRANDE. 

28 

25 

18 

13 

6 

2 

RETAMAL. 

32 

29 

22 

17 

10 

6 

4 

GISPERT. 

35 

32 

25 

20 

13 

9 

7 

3 

GUAREIRAS  (JUNCTION). 

40 

37 

30 

25 

18 

14 

12 

8 

5 

GUAREIRAS. 

44 

41 

34 

29 

22 

18 

16 

12 

9 

4 

CALIMETE. 

49 

46 

39 

34 

27 

23 

21 

17 

14 

9 

5 

AMARILLAS. 

50 

47 

40 

35 

28 

24 

22 

18 

15 

10 

6 

1    !  BOUNDARY. 

67 

64 

67 

62 

45 

41 

39 

35 

32 

27 

23 

18     IT     YAGUARAMAS 

Reereo-Itabo  Branch. 


CARDENAS. 

15 

RECREO. 

J  19 

4   1  SABANILLA. 

i  ^ 

10  j    6   1  HATO  NUEVO 

30 

15     11  1    6    1  ITABO. 

302 


RAILROADS. 


Altamisal-Macagua  Branch. 

CARDENAS. 

22 

ALTAMISAL. 

33 

11 

BANAGUISES. 

37 

15 

4 

SAN  JOSE  DE  LOS  RAMOS 

41 

19 

8 

4 

PALMILLAS. 

« 

21 

10 

6 

2    1  MACAGUA. 

ITINERARY. 

Distances  from 
CArdenas. 
3  miles. 
10  miles. 
15  miles. 


44  miles. 


49  miles. 


15  miles. 
19  miles. 
25  miles. 


30  miles. 


33-37  miles. 


Leaving  Cardenas  this  line  of  road  traverses  along  the  coast 
to  the  town  of  Jucaro. 

From  here  it  turns  a  little  east  of  south  running  over  a  level 
fertile  country  through  the  hamlet  of  S.  Anton  de  la  Anegada 
enters  the  town  of  Recreo,  where  a  branch  runs  east  to  Itabo, 
the  itinerary  of  which  will  be  given  later. 

Beyond  here  the  country  is  less  inhabited  and  cultivated. 
The  road  traverses  a  vast  plain  to  the  station  of  Altamisal, 
where  a  branch  runs  to  Macagua  and  connects  with  the  Car- 
denas-Santa Clara  road. 

From  here  the  road  traverses  a  level  fertile  region  thinly 
settled  and  little  populated,  until  the  railway  junction  of 
Retamal  is  reached. 

Here  it  crosses  the  tracks  of  the  Cardenas,  Bemba,  and  Santa 
Clara  line  and  thence  on  to  Guareiras  Junction  where  it 
crosses  the  tracks  of  the  Matanzas  and  Venero  San  Juan  road. 

Beyond  here  the  country  through  which  the  road  travels 
becomes  somewhat  low.  The  town  of  Guareiras  is  reached 
at  a  distance  of  5  miles  from  Olivera. 

From  here  the  road  crosses  a  dreary  waste  of  low  lands  and 
enters  Calimete. 

Beyond  Calimete  the  country  becomes  a  little  more  roll- 
ing, the  railroad  following  a  low  ridge  enters  the  village  of 
Amarillas. 

From  here  the  country  becomes  low  again,  habitations  scat- 
tered and  the  soil  but  little  cultivated.  The  road  reaches  its 
present  terminus,  Yaguaramas,  at  a  distance  of  67  miles  from 
Cardenas. 

RECREO-ITABO  BRANCH. 

Leaving  Recreo  this  branch  soon  encounters  a  range  of  hills, 
swinging  around  these  in  gentle  curves  it  travels  due  east, 
on  its  right  a  range  of  hills  and  on  its  left  a  vast  open  plain, 
passing  the  hamlet  of  Sabanilla  it  soon  reaches  the  village  of 
Hato  Nuevo,  nestling  among  the  hills. 

Leaving  here  it  soon  reaches  Itabo,  its  destination,  44  miles 
from  C&rdenas. 

ALTAMISAL-MACAGUA  BRANCH. 

Leaving  Altamisal  this  branch  runs  east  over  a  level  fertile 
region  past  the  village  of  Banaguises,  and  enters  the  town  of 
San  Jos6.    . 


ROADS. 


303 


Here  it  turns  south  and  traverses  a  region  similar  to  that    Distances  from 
described  above,  past  the  village  of  Palmillas  and  enters  its  ^"^"f  ^,^ 
terminus,  Macagua,  where  it  connects  with  the  Cardenas, 
Bemba,  and  Santa  Clara  Railroad. 

ROADS. 


43  miles. 


The  principal  roads  of  this  province  are  as  follows : 

1.  From  Matanzas  to  Molembo,  63  miles. 

2.  From  Matanzas  to  Aguacate,  19  miles,  of  which  12  are 
in  the  province  of  Matanzas. 

Total  mileage  of  principal  roads,  75  miles. 

3.  From  Matanzas  to  Alfonso  XII,  21  miles. 

4.  From   Cardenas,  via  Jovellanos,  to  Venero  San  Juan, 
67  miles. 

5.  From  Jovellanos,  via  Bolondron,  to  Giiines,  66  miles,  of 
which  40  miles  are  in  Matanzas  Province. 

1.  Matanzas-Motembo  Road. 

TABLE  OF  distances. 
MATANZAS. 


8 

GUANABAN/i 

13 

5 

LIMONAR. 

18 

10 

5 

SUMIDERO. 

22 

14 

9 

4 

COLISEO. 

30 

22 

17 

12 

8 

CIMARRONES. 

35 

27 

22 

17 

13 

5 

CANONGO. 

42 

34 

29 

24 

20 

12 

7    ;  ALTAMISAL. 

53 

45 

40 

35 

31 

23 

18  j  11 

GUAMUTAS. 

63 

55 

60 

45 

41 

33 

28  1  21 

10  1  MOTEMBO. 

rriNERARY  OF  ROAD. 

LeaAring  Matanzas  the  road  passes  along  the  shores  of  the    c^tancesfrom 
bay ;  on  the  right  some  low  ridges,  and  further  over,  the  rail- 
way. 

About  two  miles  from  town  it  turns  southward,  crosses    2  miles, 
over  the  ridge  and  railway  tracks.     It  recrosses  the  latter 
within  a  few  yards,  which  it  then  follows  for  some  distance 
over  a  rolling  country,  and  gradually  ascends  until  the  town 
of  Guanabana  is  reached  at  a  distance  of  10  miles.  §  ^jigg 

Beyond  the  to%vn  it  crosses  a  rough,  hilly  country,  passing 
over  the  Canimar  river  just  north  of  the  village  of  that  name,     10  miles. 
and  then  traverses  a  more  level  and  fertile  region  until  Limo-    is  miles, 
nar  is  reached. 

Leaving  Limonar,  the  road  follows  the  railway  through  a 
narrow  little  valley  with  tall  bluffs  on  either  side,  until  the 
village  of  Sumidero  is  reached.  is  miles. 


304 


ROADS. 


Distances  from 
Matanzas. 


30  miles. 


35  miles. 


53  miles. 


63  miles. 


Beyond  the  village  the  valley  widens  on  the  right  of  the 
road  and  becomes  a  rolling  plain,  fertile  and  well  cultivated, 
while  on  the  right  the  ridges  above  mentioned  are  still  to  be 
seen,  which  the  road  gradually  approaches  until  it  skirts 
around  the  last  hill  of  the  range  in  gentle  curves  and  enters 
the  little  hamlet  of  Colisero. 

From  here  the  road  runs  parallel  with  the  railway  for  a 
short  distance,  through  a  fairly  level  country,  until  a  range  of 
hills  on  its  right  is  encountered.  Sweeping  around  the  base 
of  these  it  enters  the  village  of  Cimarrones. 

A  short  distance  beyond  the  city  limits  it  crosses  the  tracks 
of  the  Bemba  branch  of  the  Cardenas-Jucaro  Railway,  sweeps 
around  the  base  of  the  ridges  on  its  right  and  enters  a  level, 
fertile  region,  passing  the  hamlet  of  Canongo,  with  the  range 
of  bluffs  on  the  right  still  to  be  seen  in  the  distance,  which 
soon  disappears,  and  the  country  opens  out  into  a  beautiful, 
rolling  plain,  with  now  and  then  a  plantation  to  be  seen.  At 
a  distance  of  about  7  miles  from  the  last-mentioned  place  the 
road  enters  the  village  of  Altamisal. 

Leaving  Altamisal  the  road  soon  crosses  the  Santa  Clara 
Branch  of  the  Cardenas-Jucaro  Railway,  and  enters  a  some- 
what low,  flat  country,  crossing  many  little  creeks,  and  finally 
enters  the  town  of  G-uamutas. 

Beyond  the  town  it  passes  a  small  bayou  and  crosses  over  a 
great  plain,  well  watered  and  fertile,  and  enters  the  village  of 
Motembo,  at  a  distance  of  63  miles  from  Matanzas,  on  the  line 
between  the  provinces  of  Matanzas  and  Santa  Clara.  Here 
the  road  branches  out  in  various  directions  and  will  not  be 
described  further. 


2.  Matanzas-Aguaoate  Road. 


TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 

MATANZAS. 

11 

SEIBA  MOCHA. 

19 

8    1  AGUACATE  (HABANA  PROVINCE) 

ITINERARY   OF  ROAD. 


Distances  from 
Matanzas. 
1  mile. 


4mllea. 


7  milee. 


9milei. 
11  miles. 


Leaving  Matanzas  the  road  traverses  westward  through  an 
undulating  country  for  a  distance  of  1  mile,  when  it  sepa- 
rates, one  road  going  to  the  north  and  the  other,  the  main 
road,  running  west  between  the  range  of  hills  on  the  right  and 
the  San  Austin  River  on  the  left. 

At  a  distance  of  7  miles  it  crosses  over  a  small  bluff  and 
descends  into  a  little  valley  which  it  crosses. 

It  then  leaves  the  river  to  the  left  and  slowly  ascends  and 
crosses  over  a  bluff,  from  the  summit  of  which  can  be  seen 
the  town  of  Seiba  Mocha  in  the  valley  below.  Entering  the 
valley  it  crosses  a  small  creek  and  traverses  a  level  region 
until  the  town  of  Seiba  Mocha  is  reached. 


ROADS. 


305 


Beyond  the  town  for  a  distance  of  a  mile  the  road  crosses  an    Distance  from 
undulating  country.     Here  it  crosses  over  a  small  hill  and  ^***°^^ 
enters  a  level  fertile  region,  much  cultivated  and  inhabited. 
At  a  distance  of  16  miles  from  Matanzas  it  enters  the  village 
ofAguacate.  le  miles. 

3.  Matanzas-Sabauii^-Alponso  XII  Road. 

TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 

MATANZAS. 


8 

T. 

BANCS  DE  SAN  PEDRO. 

» 

3 

MOLINA. 

15 

7 

4 

SABANILLA. 

XI 

13 

10 

6   !  ALFONSO  XII. 

4.  Cakdenas-Jovellanos-Veneko  San  Juan  Road. 


TABLE  OP  DISTANCES 


8 

LAGUNILLAS. 

15 

7 

CIMARRONES. 

18 

10 

3 

JOVELLANOS. 

28 

20 

13 

10 

ROQUE. 

38 

30 

23 

20 

10 

GUAMAJALES. 

48 

40 

33 

30 

20 

10 

GUAREIRAS 

50 

42 

35 

32 

22 

12 

2 

CUMANAYAGUA. 

58  '  50 

43 

40 

30 

20 

10 

8      TASAJO. 

63  !  55 

48 

45 

35 

25 

15 

13  i    5    ,  SAN  DOMINGO. 

67  1  59 

52 

49 

39 

29 

19 

17      9       4    1  VENERO  S 

JOVELLANOS-BOLONDEON-OtJINES  ROAD. 
TABLE  OP  DISTANCES. 

JOVELLANOS. 
1  22  j  BOLONDRON. 
30  i    8   ,  ALFONSO  X!l. 


43 


21  j  13  I  NUEVA  PAZ 
44  i  36     23  I  GUINES. 


] 


(Habana  Province.) 


306        JUDICIAL   DISTRICTS,  TOWNSHIPS,  CITIES,  TOWNS. 
JUDICIAL  DISTRICTS,  TOWNSHIPS,  CITIES,  AND  TOWNS. 


Judicial  district  (partido  judicial). 

Township  (ayuntamiento). 

Alfonso  XII                           --- 

f  Alfonso  XII. 

Bolondron. 
■>  Sabanilla  del  Encomendador. 

San  Antonio  de  Cabezas. 
^  Union  de  Reyes. 

'  Cardenas. 
Cimarrones. 

<  Guamutas. 
Guana  jayabo. 

^  Lagunillas. 

'  Cervantes. 

Colon. 

Cuevitas. 

Jovellanos  (or  Bemba). 

Macagua. 

Macuriges. 

Palmillas. 

Roque. 
i^  San  Jose  de  los  Ramos. 

'  Canasi. 
Corral  Nuevo. 

<  Guamacaro. 
Matanzas. 

^  Santa  Ana. 

Cardenas -- 

Col6n                   _—          -- 

Matanzas       .     .          

I.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF    ALFONSO   XII. 
Population,  21,134;  area,  211  square  miles. 


Townships. 

Population. 

1.   Alfonso  XII 

3,000. 

11,816  (6,457  white  and  5,359  col- 
ored). 

8.871  (3,544  white  and  5,327  col- 
ored). 

10,300. 

8,169. 

2.  Bolondron 

3.  Sabanilla  del  Encomendador  . .  - 

4.  San  Antonio  de  Cabezas 

5.  Union  de  Reyes 

1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Alfonso  XII. 
Alfonso  XII  (formerly  Alacranes),  a  town  of  3,000  inhabitants,  is  the 
capital  of  the  ayuntamiento,  situated  on  the  branch  road  about  4  miles 
south  of  La  Uni6n,  which  is  on  the  main  trunk  line  to  Habana,  and  20 
miles  from  Matanzas.  Its  commerce  is  quite  important.  It  has  fine  edi- 
fices and  a  parochial  church.    Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 


JUDICIAL    DISTRICT   OF   ALFONSO   XII. 


307 


2.  Atuntamiento  of  Bolondeon. 
Capital,  Bolondron. 


;     Distance 
Outlying  villagee.                   j        from 
:     capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Galeon 

2   Guira  (La) -     - 

MOa. 

5 

5i 

3    Zapata       -- 

BOLOXDRON  is  a  town  of  1,758  inhabitants  (818  white  and  940  colored), 
situated  27^  miles  from  Matanzas.     Railroad  to  Matanzas.     Post  oflace. 

2.  Ayuntamiento  of  Sabajstlla  del  Encomendadoe. 

Sabaniixa  del  Encomendadoe  is  a  town  of  2,961  inhabitants  (2,291 
white  and  670  colored),  situated  6  miles  from  Alfonso  Xn  and  14  miles 
from  Matanzas.  It  is  on  the  Matanzas  Railroad,  between  Matanzas  and 
La  Union.  There  are  21  sugar  mills  and  27  stock  farms  (only  2  of  which 
manufacture  sugar ;  the  rest  are  now  plantations).  Goremment  quarters 
here.     Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 


4.  Ayuntamiento  of  San  Antonio  de  Cabezas. 
Capital,  San  Antonio  de  Cabezas. 


Ontlying  villages. 


1.  Bermeja. 


2.  Bija 

3.  Lima 

4.  Magdalena 

5.  Montana  -. 


Distance 

from 
capital. 


KOa. 
5 

H 

3 


1,800    inhabitants.     Villanueva 
Railroad. 


San  Antonio  de  Cabezas  is  a  town  of  1,500  inhabitants,  situated  10  miles 
from  Alfonso  XII.  Country  fair  on  June  13.  Matanzas  Railroad.  Post 
office. 

5.  Ayuntamiento  of  Uni6n  de  Reyes.. 

Union  de  Reyes  is  a  town  of  4,100  inhabitants,  situated  3i  miles  from 
Alfonso  XII.  Villanueva  and  Matanzas  railroads ;  telegraph  line  to 
Alfonso  XII.     Post  office. 


308 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   CARDENAS. 


II.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   CARDENAS. 
Population,  53,882;  area,  803  square  miles. 


Townships. 

Population. 

1.  Cardenas 

2.  Cimarrones 

8,746 

14, 675 

8,132 

7,550 

3.  Gruamutas    

4.  Guanajayabo 

5.  Lagunillas 

1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Cardenas. 
Capital,  Cardenas. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Cantel 

MiUs. 

13i 

2.  Gruasimas          -         -  - 

3.  Varadero 

ROUTES  TO  CARDENAS. 

1.  From  Habana  by  water. 

2.  By  United  Railway,  via  Matanzas  to  Bemba,  then  Cardenas-Jucaro 
Railroad. 

Cardenas,  a  city  of  20,505  inhabitants,  is  capital  of  the  judicial  district 
of  the  same  name,  and  is  situated  on  the  north  coast.  It  is  31^  miles 
from  Matanzas  and  85  miles  from  Habana,  with  which  it  is  in  frequent 
communication  by  steamers  and  by  rail.  It  has  many  fine  buildings; 
among  them  are  the  market  place,  the  second  in  importance  on  the  island, 
railroad  station,  town  hall,  Spanish  casino,  Spanish  bank,  hospital,  fire- 
men's quarters,  public  school,  and  the  Columbus  Monument.  It  has  an 
agricultural  board,  a  board  of  industry  and  commerce,  a  board  of  educa- 
tion, a  board  of  health,  and  an  inspector  of  barracks,  and  superintendent 
of  prisons.  It  has  two  theaters ;  it  has  tanneries,  distilleries,  sugar  refin- 
eries, and  cigar  and  tobacco  factories,  and  is  lighted  by  electricity  and 
gas.  Post  office,  telegraph,  and  telephone.  Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Rail- 
road station  here. 

The  town  of  Cardenas  was  not  settled  until  1828,  but  is  now  one  of  the 
most  flourishing  towns  on  the  island,  owing  to  the  large  number  of 
Americans  who  are  engaged  in  business  there,  and  who  form  a  large  por- 
tion of  the  mercantile  community.  Sugar  is  the  chief  article  of  export. 
The  total  exports  to  the  United  States  in  the  fiscal  year  1895-96  were 
$2,920,905;  of  this,  sugar  represented  $1,872,626.  About  half  the  imports 
are  from  the  United  States. 


I 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   CARDENAS.  309 

The  temperature  is  pleasant  during  the  winter,  but  from  about  the 
middle  of  May  to  the  middle  of  October  the  weather  is  hot  and  sultry,  the 
thermometer  standing  94"  in  the  shade  during  the  day  and  falling  only  5° 
at  night.  Sanitary  conditions  are  bad.  Yellow  fever,  typhus,  typhoid, 
and  pernicious  fevers  prevail  throughout  most  of  the  year,  being  worse 
in  the  hot  season.  Cases  of  smallpox  also  appear  at  times.  The  death 
rate  is  about  40. 

The  town  is  located  directly  on  the  Bay  of  Cardenas,  and  is  now  the 
third  port  of  entry  in  importance  in  Cuba,  ranking  next  after  Habana  and 
Matanzas.  It  is  25  miles  due  east  of  Matanzas,  but  by  railroad  the  dis- 
tance is  double  this.  Two  railroads  diverge  from  it ;  one  proceeds  18  miles 
due  south  to  Bemba,  connecting  there  with  the  main  railroad  system  of 
the  island ;  the  other  railroad  passes  to  the  southeast,  crosses  the  main 
trunk  line  at  Colon,  and  terminates  at  Yaguaramas.  On  this  latter  road 
is  located  the  inland  town  of  Recreo,  about  14  miles  from  Cardenas.  The 
town  is  about  7  blocks  in  width,  extending  from  the  wharves  some  20 
blocks  inland  to  the  southwest.  One-third  of  this  length  is  flanked  on 
each  side  of  a  mangrove  swamp,  either  boggy  or  covered  with  water.  The 
original  site  was  a  mangrove  swamp.  From  the  wharves  and  between  the 
present  lateral  swamps  the  ground  gradually  rises  from  3  to  12  feet  above 
the  sea.  The  center  of  population  is  only  4  feet  above  sea  level.  Since 
1872  Cardenas  has  had  an  aqueduct  which  supplies  water  from  a  subter- 
ranean river,  1  mile  distant  from  the  town,  which  furnishes  an  abundant 
supply  at  a  cost  of  §3.00  gold  per  month  for  each  faucet.  The  well  water 
and  that  from  underground  cisterns  is  brackish  and  not  potable,  so  that 
as  a  rule  the  poor  purchase  their  water  f  ix)m  the  street  carriers.  The 
streets  are  about  40  feet  vsdde,  straight,  not  paved,  and  ill-drained.  The 
houses  are  generally  built  of  stone,  and  rarely  more  than  one  story  high. 

The  Bay  of  Cardenas,  which  is  12  miles  long  by  18  miles  wide,  is  reported 
to  be  entirely  without  defense.  The  coast  is  so  entirely  unprotected 
that  the  line  between  Matanzas  and  Cardenas  has  been  a  favorite  resort 
for  those  wishing  to  land  arms  and  ammunition  for  the  insurgents.  There 
are  no  fortifications  and  no  artillery  in  position  about  the  bay.  There  is 
at  present  only  one  buoy  in  the  bay,  and  it  is  not  safe  for  any  vessel  draw- 
ing more  than  15  feet  to  attempt  to  enter  inside  of  this  buoy.  Near  the 
shore  it  is  so  shallow  that  the  anchorage  gi-ound  is  from  f  to  2  miles 
distant  from  the  shore.  There  are  about  25  wharves,  60  to  200  feet 
from  each  other,  and  extending  100  to  300  yards  from  the  shore  into  the 
water.  Fifteen  feet  of  water  can  be  found  all  the  way  in  the  bay  to  a 
distance  of  less  than  2  miles  from  the  city,  and  10  feet  of  water  can  be 
found  almost  up  to  the  wharves.  The  pilots  are  almost  all  Spaniards. 
The  ten-itory  south  of  Torriente  is  an  almost  impenetrable  swamp, 
whose  intricacies  are  known  only  to  natives.  The  city  is  also  practically 
defenseless.  At  various  points  on  the  outskirts  blockhouses  have  been 
constructed  for  the  protection  of  small  detachments  against  raids  by  the 
insurgents.  They  occupy  a  ground  space  of  about  500  square  feet  each, 
are  composed  generally  of  sandstone,  the  walls  being  about  2  feet  in  thick- 
ness, are  without  artillery,  and  are  serviceable  merely  for  the  protection 
of  soldiers  who  are  willing  to  fight  under  cover  only. 


310  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   CARDENAS. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS. 

Cardenas  stands  on  the  swampy  shore  at  the  SW.  side  of  the  bay,  and 
is  a  place  of  considerable  commerce,  and  communicates  by  means  of  a  rail- 
road with  Habana  and  Matanzas.  The  town  of  Siguapa  is  westward  of 
Cardenas. 

Sanitary  condition  is  good,  streets  are  well  laid  out,  broad  and  clean. 
The  city  is  lighted  by  gas  and  electric  lights. 

There  are  five  machine  shops  where  repairs  to  machinery  and  iron  ves- 
sels can  be  made. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  commercial  agent. 

Steamers. — One  line  small  steamers  sails  weekly  inside  the  cays  to  Cai- 
barien,  also  a  line  from  Habana  every  ten  days  to  Caibarien,  Stopping  at 
Cardenas  each  way.  The  Ward  line  from  New  York  calls  every  three 
weeks. 

There  is  telegraphic  communication  with  all  parts  of  the  world.  The 
Government  reserves  the  right  to  demand  a  translation  of  all  messages. 

Pilots  are  not  necessary  unless  going  up  to  the  city,  but  pilotage  is  com- 
pulsory to  all  vessels  except  those  under  80  tons.  Vessels  of  from  80  to  100 
tons  pay  $13.     English  vessels  pay  $1  more.     No  light  or  tonnage  dues. 

Light. — A  fixed  white  light  is  exhibited  from  an  iron  column  on  the  west 
side  of  Diana  Cay,  nearly  a  mile  SE.  of  Mangle  Cay.  The  light  is  46  feet 
above  the  sea  and  may  be  seen  9  miles. 

Directions. — Vessels  bound  to  the  ports  on  the  north  side  of  Cuba,  east- 
ward of  Cardenas  Bay,  should  approach  them  from  the  eastward.  The 
Old  Bahama  Channel  is  seldom  navigated  from  west  to  east,  except  by 
steamers  and  coasters. 

Cardenas  Bay  is  bounded  on  the  north  side  by  a  very  narrow  strip  of 
low,  sandy,  wooded  land,  which  terminates  to  the  eastward  of  Icacos 
Point ;  the  entrance  to  this  bay  is  so  blocked  up  by  small  cays  and  shoals 
that  it  is  only  navigable  for  vessels  of  about  11  feet  to  the  anchorages  of 
Cardenas  and  Siguapa. 

The  best  channel  for  entering  this  bay  is  that  between  Buba,  or  Mangle, 
Cay  and  Diana  Cay.  The  bottom  in  the  channel  between  Chalupa  Cay 
and  Diana  Cay  is  very  irregular,  and  in  the  center  of  the  passage  are  some 
rocks,  over  which  there  is  a  depth  of  8  feet.  This  channel  is  only  fre- 
quented by  small  vessels.  Even  the  most  recent  charts  of  this  locality  are 
not  to  be  strictly  depended  upon.  It  is  reported  by  the  local  authorities 
and  captains  of  vessels  visiting  Cardenas  that  15  feet  can  be  carried  into 
the  anchorage  off  the  city  at  high  water.  The  reefs  are  said  to  be  growing 
in  ridges  to  the  northward  and  eastward. 

Two  buoys  are  moored  to  mark  the  eastern  and  southern  extremes  of  a 
sand  bank  stretching  off  Molas  Point ;  these  should  be  left  to  starboard  on 
entering.  The  next  three  buoys  mark  dangers  between  Diana  and  Buba 
Cays,  and  they  should  be  left  to  port  on  entering.  Pass  between  the  next 
two  buoys  to  the  southward,  the  eastern  of  which  marks  the  southwestern 
extreme  of  the  bank  extending  south  westward  from  Diana  Cay,  and  leave 
the  next  three  buoys  on  the  port  hand,  entering  from  seaward,  when,  hav- 
ing passed  the  western  one,  a  course  may  be  steered  direct  for  the  anchor- 
age off  Cardenas. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   CARDENAS. 


311 


2.  Ayuntamiento  of  Cimabrones. 
Capital,  Cimarrones. 


Outlying  rillagea. 

from 
capitaL 

Bemarks. 

1.  Canongo 

2    Rio  Nuevo        

MUes. 

5 

u 

12 

3.  Roble 

4.  Santa  Teresa 

5.  Toxea 

u 

Cemarroxes  is  a  town  of  3,000  inhabitants,  situated  13J  miles  from 
Cardenas.  Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Railroad  station.  It  is  on  the  calzada 
(highway)  running  east  from  Matanzas. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Guamutas. 
Capital,  Hato  Nuevo. 


Outlyiug  villages. 


Distance 

from 
capital. 


Altamisal  . 
Guamutas. 
Itabo 


Molembo 

Perico.. 

San  Bias 

Sierra  Morena . 
Teja(La) 


14 
6 

Hi 

18i 


Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Railroad. 

Post  office. 

2,057  inhabitants;  Cardenas  and 

Jucaro  Railroad;  telegraph 

station. 

Cardenas  and  Jucaro  RaUroad. 


Hato  Nuevo  is  a  town  situated  19  nules  from  Cardenas.    It  is  a  rail- 
road station. 

4.  Ayuntamiento  of  Guanajayabo. 

Capital,  Recreo. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance                                                                                        j 

from                                          Remarks.                                  i 

capital.                                                                                         i 

1.  Altamisal 

2.  Carolina 

3fae«. 

3 

3 

2 

3i 

3 

4 

4 

3 

Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Railroad. 

3.  Minas .       

1    4.  Piedras 

5.  Rancho  del  Medio 

6.  Sabanilla  de  la  Palma. 

7.  San  Anton  de  la  Ane- 

gada. 

8.  Tres  Seibas- 

312 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   COLON. 


Recreo  is  a  town  of  2,879  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  jurisdiction,  situ- 
ated 17^^  miles  from  Cardenas.    Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Railroad.    Post  office. 

5.  Ayuntamiento  of  Lagunillas. 
Capital,  Lagunillas. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Contreras _. 

Milex. 

3 

1 
10 

4 
10 

7 

2.  Esquina  de  Tejas 

3.  Jucaro  (El) 

4.  Mameyes 

5.  Pendejeras -.. 

6.  Siguaguas 

Lagunillas  is  a  town  of  7,030  inhabitants  (4,023  white  and  3,007  col- 
ored), capital  of  the  jurisdiction,  situated  7  miles  from  Cardenas.  Car- 
denas and  Jucaro  Railroad. 

III.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   COLON. 
Population,  80,872;  area,  1,474  square  miles. 


Townships. 

Population. 

1.  Cervantes.-- 

4,000. 

18,000. 

6,551. 

9,000. 

13,410. 

13,500    (4,000    white    and    9,500 

colored). 
3,108. 
6,750. 
9,500. 

2.  Colon      -  -.            -  

3.  Cuevitas 

4.  Jovellanos  (or  Bemba) 

5.  Macagua 

6.  Macuriges 

7.  Palmillas 

8.  Roque 

9.  San  Jose  de  los  Ramos 

1 .  Ayuntamiento  of  Cervantes. 

Cervantes  is  a  town  of  1,560  inhabitants,  situated  12^  miles  from  Colon. 
Cardenas  Railroad  to  Jucaro. 

2.  Ayuntamiento  op  Colon. 
Capital,  Colon. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Amarillas 

MUe$. 

23 

27i 

Cfixdenas  and  Jticaro  Railroad. 

Railroad  to  Navagas  and  Matan- 
zas. 

2    Calimete      - 

3.  Jagiiey  Grande 

JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   COLON.  313 

ROUTES  TO  COLON. 

1.  From  Habana  by  United  Railroad  to  Bemba,  and  then  by  Cardenas, 
Bemba,  and  Santa  Clara  branch  of  Cardenas-Jiicaro  Road. 

2.  From  Habana  by  sea  to  Cardenas,  and  then  by  road. 

Colon  is  a  town  of  7,000  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  judicial  district  of 
the  same  name,  situated  64  miles  from  Matanzas.  It  is  on  the  railroad 
between  Santa  Clara  and  Matanzas.  It  is  the  center  of  the  sugar-cane 
district,  and  is  next  to  Cardenas  in  the  number  of  its  sugar  refineries. 
There  is  a  military  post  here.  It  has  electric  street-lighting,  a  board  of 
education,  a  board  of  assessments,  a  charitable  board,  a  prison  board,  and 
a  health  commission.  A  bronze  statue  of  the  "Great  Admiral"  is  erected 
in  the  Isabel  Park.     Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

Through  the  Spanish  commission  the  following  statement  is  made 
regarding  yellow  fever  here-  "Yellow  fever  does  not  prevail  in  Colon  in 
any  form.  During  the  war  more  than  100  soldiers  in  the  hospital  here 
failed  to  present  a  single  case,  which  makes  it  evident  that  yellow  fever 
is  not  indigenous  to  Colon."  From  other  sources  it  is  claimed  that  an 
epidemic  occurred  in  1865.    Post  office,  telegraph  and  railroad  station. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Cuevitas. 

Cue  VITAS  is  a  port  of  1,629  inhabitants,  situated  18  miles  from  Colon. 
Matanzas  Railroad  to  Colon.     Telegraph  station. 

4.  Ayuntamiento  op  Jovellanos  (ok  Bemba). 
Capital,  Jovellanos  (or  Bemba). 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Bemba  (Soledad  de)--- 

2.  Isabel  (or  Las  Jiquimas) 

3.  Jabaco 

4.  Realengo 

MUes. 
i 

10 
16 

Matanzas  Railroad  to  Colon. 

Jovellanos  (or  Bemba)  is  a  town  of  6,000  inhabitants,  situated  20  miles 
from  Colon.  It  lies  in  a  flat  region,  overgrown  by  brush.  The  streets  are 
lighted  by  gas  and  there  is  an  aqueduct  which  furnishes  the  city  with 
drinking  water.    Cardenas,  Jucaro,  and  La  Bahia  railroads. 


314 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   COLON, 

5.  Ayuntamiento  of  Macagua. 
Capital,  Macagua. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Agtiica  .  --     - 

MOei. 

3 

1 

3 

4i 

1 

1 

2 

1 

6 

4i 

Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Railroad. 
Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Railroad. 

Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Railroad. 

2.  Alava  (or  Vergara)  -  - 

3.  Arabos  (Los) 

4.  Banagiiises  .-      

5.  Cuatro  Esquinas 

6.  Guachinango 

7.  Guerrero 

8.  Monte  Alto 

9.  San  Pedro  deMayabon 
10.  Semillero 

11.  Tinguaro 

Macagua  is  a  town  of  8,000  inhabitants,  situated  11  miles  east  of  Colon. 
Railroad  junction  between  Colon  and  Santa  Clara.  Center  of  great  sugar - 
raising  district.    Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 


€.  Ayuntamiento  of  Macuriges. 
Capital,  Macuriges. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Batalla 

Miles. 

20i 

3 

3i 

9 
10 

2i 

5i 

5i 
13i 

7 

U 

7 
10 

Railroad  station. 

(For  description,  see  below. ) 

Cardenas  Railroad. 
Matanzas  Railroad. 
Cardenas  and  Matanzas  Railroad. 

Railroad  station. 

2   Corral  False 

3.  Ciego  (El) 

4.  Claudio  - 

5.  Linche  ■ . 

6.  Medina 

7.  Montalvo 

8.  Navajas 

9.  Platanal 

10.  Punta  Brava 

11.  Ranchuelo 

12.  Rio  Blanco 

18.  Tramojo8(orPedroso) 

COREAL  Falso  is  a  town  24  miles  from  Colon,  having  many  sugar  mills 
and  distilleries.     Matanzas  Railroad.     Post  office. 

Macuriges  is  a  town  of  3,650  inhabitants  (3,200  white  and  450  colored). 
Capital  of  the  ayuntamiento  of  the  same  name. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MATANZAS. 
7.    AytJNTAMIENTO  OF  PaLMILLAS. 


315 


Palmillas  is  a  town  of  1,014  inhabitants,  situated  10  miles  from  Colon, 
on  a  branch  of  the  Palma  River.  The  nearest  station  is  Agnica,  5  miles 
distant. 

8.  Ayiwtamiento  of  Roque. 

Capital,  Roqne. 


Outlying  Tillages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

\ 

Bonarks. 

i 

1.  Caovillas 

2.  Quintana 

i    3.  Tomeguin 

Mae*. 
10 

i 

Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Railroad. 
Post  office. 

1 

RoQDE  is  a  town  of  800  inhabitants,  situated  10  miles  from  Colon.  It  is 
23  miles  southeast  of  Cardenas  and  2  miles  south  of  the  railroad  between 
Jovellanos  and  Colon.  It  has  14  sugar  plantations,  30  stock  farms,  400 
cultivated  farms,  and  3  coffee  plantations.  Produces  plantain  trees  and 
sugar  in  abundance.     A  good  quality  of  banana  is  raised  here. 

9.  Ayuntajoexto  of  Sax  Jose  de  los  Ramos. 
Capital,  San  Jose  de  los  Ramos. 


Outlying  villagee. 


Distance 

firom 
capitaL 


1.  Pijuan 


itiUt. 


Cardenas  and  Jncaro  RaUroad. 


San  Josk  de  los  Ramos  is  a  town  of  570  inhabitants,  situated  12i  miles 
from  Colon.  Railroads  from  Cardenas,  Jucaro,  and  Santa  Clara.  Post 
office. 

IV.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OF   MATANZAS. 


Townships.  Population. 

1.  Canasi I        4,500 

2.  CorralNuevo 12,575 

3.  Guamacaro 10,246 

4.  Matanzas 

5.  SantaAna 8,239 


:516 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MATANZAS. 


1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Canasi. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Botina  .            

Miles. 

16 
3 
3 

2.  Canasi  (Almacenes  de) 

3.  Concuni 

4.  Facenda.- 

5.  Puerto  Escondido 

6.  San  Damian .■ 

6 

2i 

Canasi  is  a  town  situated  17i  miles  from  Matanzas. 
is  Aguacate,  10^  miles  away.     Post  office. 


The  nearest  station 


2.  Ayuntamiento  of  Corral  Nuevo. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Bacunayagua 

2.  Cumbre  (La)  -  

Mileg. 

9 
13 
16 
13 

7 
9i 

7 

3.  Figueras 

4.  Mazamorra 

5.  Portocarrero 

6.  Puerto  Escondido 

7.  Seborucal 

Corral  Nuevo  is  a  town  of  2,092  inhabitants,  situated  7  miles  west 
from  Matanzas. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  op  Guamacaro. 
Capital,  Limonar. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Canimar 

JUttes. 

4i 
3 

8 

8i 
11 
3 

Railroad. 

Railroad  which  connects  with 
the  narrow  gauge  of  the  Guam- 
acaro Valley. 

Narrow-gauge  railroad. 

(For  description  see  below. ) 

Railroad  and  telegraph  station. 

2.  Caobas 

3.  Coliseo 

4.  Guamacaro 

5.  San  Miguel  de los  Banos 

6.  Sumidero 

JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MATA.NZAS. 


317 


LiMONAR  is  a  town  of  2,000  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  township,  situ- 
ated 13i  miles  from  Matanzas. 

San  Miguel  de  los  Banos. — This  little  village,  situated  about  12  miles 
southeast  of  Matanzas  and  20  miles  southwest  of  Cardenas,  is  a  sum- 
mer watering  place,  noted  for  its  hot  sulphur  springs.  It  occupies  an 
elevated  position  between  the  Jucan  Mountains  about  2  miles  from  the 
railroad.  It  is  in  summer  a  resort  much  frequented  by  the  wealthy  living 
in  the  adjacent  cities  and  country,  because  it  is  practically  free  from 

yellow  fever. 

4.  Ayuntamiento  of  Matanzas. 

Capital,  Matanzas. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 
from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Aguacate  (Banos  del) 

2.  Arroyo  la  Vie ja . :  -  _ 

3.  Bellamar  (Playa  de) . 

4.  Bermejal 

MUet. 

m 

11 
1 

3 

m 

7i 
3i 
3i 
5 

18i 

1 
1 

i 

2i 
2 

3 

10 

3i 
3 

On  railroad  between  Matanzas 
and  Jovellanos.     On    calzada 
(highway).     Population,  330. 

5.  Boca 

6.  Camarioca _. 

7.  Campana .-.- 

8.  Cafias 

9.  Cotorras 

10.  Chirino 

11.  Laguna  Larga 

12    Limonar             .  _ 

13    Mazamorra  .  .     -  . 

14.  Molinos  (Los) 

15.  Naranjal -. 

16.  Purgatorio - 

17.  Rio  Grande . . 

18.  San  Augustinde  Paso 

del  Medio. 

19.  San  Antonio 

30.  San    Francisco    de 
Paula. 

21.  Seiba  Mocha 

22.  Sitios  Nuevos 

Empalma  is  a  junction  of  the  railroads  from  Habana  and  Guines  to 
Matanzas.     It  has  a  very  good  stone  station. 

ROUTES  TO  MATANZAS. 

1.  From  Habana  by  water. 

2.  From  Habana  by  United  Railway. 

Matanzas  (San  Carlos  de)  is  a  city  of  50,000  inhabitants,  capital  of  the 
province,  situated  on  the  Matanzas  Bay  75  miles  by  road  from  Habana. 


318  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MATANZAS. 

It  is  the  second  commercial  city  on  the  island  and  vies  with  Habana  in 
wealth  and  culture.  It  has  scientific,  art,  and  literary  organizations,  three 
churches,  custom-house,  hospital,  jail,  and  arena.  The  most  noted  build- 
ings are  the  Esteban  theater,  the  Spanish  casino,  the  Lyceum,  La  Union 
(a  building  owned  by  a  society  of  colored  people),  the  barracks,  the  gov- 
ernor's palace,  the  municipal  hospital,  and  the  asylum  of  San  Vincente  de 
Paul.  It  has  many  charitable  organizations  and  colleges.  Among  the 
promenades  (paseos)  the  following  deserve  mention :  La  plaza  de  Armas, 
la  plaza  de  Judios,  Ermita  de  Monserrat,  the  el  paseo  de  Santa  Cristina, 
and  Valle  del  Yumuri.  Three  and  one -half  miles  east  of  this  city  are  the 
Bellamar  caves,  which  are  admired  by  all  strangers  who  visit  them.  Post 
office  and  telegraph  station. 

Matanzas  was  first  settled  in  1693.  It  is  54  miles  west  of  Habana,  by  the 
most  direct  of  the  two  railroads  which  unite  these  two  cities.  It  is  divided 
into  three  districts,  viz :  the  central  district  of  Matanzas,  about  half  a  mile 
in  width,  which  lies  between  the  two  little  rivers,  San  Juan  to  the  south 
and  the  Yumuri  to  the  north ;  the  Pueblo  Nuevo  district,  south  of  the  San 
Juan  and  around  the  inland  extremity  of  the  harbor ;  and  the  district  of 
Versalles,  north  of  the  Yumuri,  the  most  healthful  district  in  the  city, 
because  nearest  to  the  open  sea.  There  is  a  fine  masonry  bridge  over  the 
Yumuri  which  cost  in  the  neighborhood  of  §250,000.  About  two-thirds 
of  the  population  are  in  the  district  of  Matanzas,  and  the  Pueblo  Nuevo 
district  has  about  double  the  population  of  Versalles.  Pueblo  Nuevo 
stands  on  ground  originally  a  swamp,  and  is  flat,  and  only  3  or  4  feet  above 
the  sea.  The  Matanzas  district  is  low  on  the  harbor  front,  and  on  the 
banks  of  the  two  rivers  which  inclose  this  district,  but  from  the  front  the 
ground  ascends  until  it  reaches  an  elevation  of  100  feet  above  the  sea. 
However,  the  public  square,  which  is  the  center  of  the  most  thickly  popu- 
lated section,  is  only  about  20  feet  above  the  sea  level.  Versalles  is  on  a 
bluff  overlooking  the  harbor,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  houses  are  situ- 
ated from  15  to  40  feet  above  the  sea.  The  district  of  Matanzas  has  sewers 
in  two  streets  only,  and  these  are  useless,  as  no  houses  are  connected  with 
them.  The  section  of  this  district  and  that  of  Versalles  which  is  built  on 
the  hill  slope  is  naturally  well  drained,  but  the  Pueblo  Nuevo  district  and 
those  parts  of  Matanzas  built  in  immediate  proximity  to  the  banks  of  the 
river  are  very  poorly  drained.  The  chief  warehouses,  distilleries,  and 
sugar  refineries  are  on  the  south  of  the  river  San  Juan,  easily  accessible 
to  railroads  and  lighters.  The  principal  industries  are  rum  distilling, 
sugar  refining,  and  manufacture  of  guava  jelly.  There  are  car  and  ma- 
chine shops  here. 

Since  1872  Matanzas  has  had  an  aqueduct  from  the  Belle  spring,"  7  miles 
distant.  The  supply  is  alleged  to  be  both  abundant  and  excellent.  But 
of  the  4,710  houses  in  the  city,  840  stand  on  the  hills  outside  the  zone  sup- 
plied by  the  waterworks,  while  of  the  remaining  3,870  houses  within  the 
zone  only  2,000  get  their  water  from  the  waterworks  company.  More  than 
half  of  the  houses  of  Matanzas  get  their  supply  from  kegs  of  water  sold  on 
the  streets.  There  are  a  few  public  fountains  and  wells,  but  the  water  from 
them  is  not  good.  Personal  inspection  of  the  houses  of  the  poor  working 
class  invariably  discloses  a  defective  water  supply.  In  several  instances 
barrels  of  rain  water  repulsively  abounding  in  wiggletails  and  tadpoles  were 
found  in  the  back  yard,  and  on  inquiring  if  the  water  was  used  for  drink- 
ing, the  answer  was  invariably  "yes,"  without  the  least  manifestation  of 
discontent  or  repugnance. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MATANZAS.  319 

The  streets  are  30  feet  wide,  with  a  24-foot  wagonway.  Few  of  them 
are  paved,  but  for  the  most  part  they  are  in  good  condition.  In  the 
Matanzas  district  some  of  the  streets  are  of  the  natural  foundation  rock 
of  the  place,  for  the  superficial  soil  is  so  thin  that  this  porous  rock  often 
crops  out.  Most  of  the  houses,  which  are  built  of  this  stone,  are  not  so 
crowded,  and  are  better  ventilated  than  the  houses  of  Habana.  As  is 
usual  in  Cuba,  the  ground  floors  are  generally  on  a  level  with  the  side 
walks,  and  some  are  even  below  the  level  of  the  streets.  A  heavy  rain 
floods  many  of  the  streets  of  Matanzas,  the  water  running  back  into  and 
beneath  the  houses.  However,  the  porous  limestone,  of  which  the  houses 
are  built,  greatly  favors  absorption. 

Matanzas  has  the  reputation  of  having  long  suffered  annually  with 
yellow  fever.  Sixteen  kinds  of  fever  are  known  in  this  city.  The  death 
rate  is  about  45. 

The  harbor  is  about  2^  miles  long  on  the  northwestern  shore,  and  about 
5  miles  long  on  the  southeastern  coast.  It  is  3  miles  wide  at  its  entrance 
and  li  wide  at  the  anchorage  ground.  This  extends  from  one-third  to 
two-thirds  of  a  mile  out  from  the  shore,  opx)Osite  Versalles.  There  is  but 
one  wharf,  which  is  in  a  rotten  and  dilapidated  condition.  It  projects 
from  the  center  of  the  Matanzas  district,  midway  between  the  San  Juan 
and  the  Yumuri  rivers.  This  wharf  extends  some  200  feet  out  into  the 
harbor,  but  as  there  is  only  6  to  8  feet  of  water  about  it,  only  small 
coasters  and  lighters  can  tie  up  to  it.  The  San  Juan  River,  100  feet  wide, 
and  the  Yumuri,  about  40  feet  wide,  are  at  this  place  inlets  of  the  sea 
rather  than  independent  rivers,  for  if  either  be  ascended  to  where  tide 
water  ceases  they  are  found  to  be  comparatively  insignificant  streams. 

The  harbor  of  Mantanzas  is  a  large  body  of  water  compared  to  that  of 
Habana,  and  as  it  receives  the  refuse  from  a  city  only  one-fifth  the  size 
of  Habana,  the  comparative  pollution  is  insignificant.  Ballast  may  be 
found  in  the  open  lot  at  the  foot  of  Ayuntamiento  street.  It  consists 
of  rock  of  many  kinds,  granite,  selenite,  sandstone,  limestone,  etc.  The 
southern  shore  of  the  harbor  has  low  regular  hills,  covered  with  brush. 
The  north  shore  is  20  or  30  feet  high ;  bold  and  rocky  but  level. 

There  are  no  calzadas  (highways)  from  Matanzas  to  the  interior  and  no 
direct  road  to  Habana.  Dirt  roads  go  to  Habana  by  way  of  Giiines,  but 
they  are  very  bad.  There  are  three  railroads,  however ;  one  to  Habana 
via  Regla,  one  to  Guines,  and  one  to  Murga  with  branch  from  Navajas  to 
Venero  San  Juan.  A  road  extends  along  the  north  shore  of  the  bay.  It 
is  one  of  the  ordinary  promenades  of  the  town,  and  is  good  as  far  as  the 
old  fort.  Beyond  this  it  becomes  bad  for  wheeled  vehicles.  Beyond  the 
fortification  the  road  follows  the  bay  for  over  a  mile,  running  close  to 
the  shore  and  ending  at  a  quarry.  Beyond  this  quarry  a  footpath  con- 
tinues through  heavy  brush  to  other  quarries,  concealed  from  the  water. 
No  boat  landings  should  be  attempted  here.  On  either  side  of  these  quar- 
ries the  brush  is  so  dense  that  a  man  on  foot  can  scarcely  penetrate  the 
thickets.  The  road,  sunken  and  invisible  from  the  bay,  is  completely 
protected  from  shot.  The  parapet  of  natural  rock  is  brush  covered,  but 
could  easily  be  cleared.  In  the  rear  the  ground  rises  slightly,  and  is 
densely  covered  with  brush. 


320  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MATANZAS. 

The  important  point  of  Mt.  Monserrat  arises  almost  out  of  the  city 
itself  near  its  northwestern  comer,  and  practically  commands  everything 
in  the  vicinity.  Three  of  its  sides  are  precipitous  and  the  fourth  is 
ascended  only  by  a  steep  winding  road,  which  is  an  extension  of  one  of 
the  city  streets. 

North  and  northwest  of  Matanzas  are  high  hills  where  guns  could  be 
placed.  The  soil  is  scanty,  but  there  is  enough  for  fieldworks.  South, 
and  also  along  the  southeastern  shore  of  the  bay,  the  hills  are  lower  and 
more  regular  in  outline. 

Winding  out  of  the  city  along  the  water  front,  is  the  Calzada  de 
Buitrago,  a  fine  street  extending  for  several  miles  along  the  edge  of  the 
bay.  This,  however,  soon  becomes  rocky  as  it  nears  the  Bellamar  caves. 
The  road  leading  to  Mt.  Monserrat  is  not  so  rocky,  but  is  far  steeper  and 
much  narrower. 

The  only  fort  on  the  north  or  west  shore  of  Matanzas  Bay  is  a  square 
work  with  four  bastions  called  Castle  San  Severino,  standing  about  50 
feet  above  sea  level.  The  walls  are  of  soft  stone,  some  4  or  5  feet  thick. 
The  work  is  ditched  and  surrounded  by  a  wall  about  6  feet  high,  which 
gives  a  place  for  infantry  fire.  The  armament  consists  of  two  8-inch  Barrios 
M.  L.  R.  (?)  and  six  24-pounder  S.  B.  The  place  is  worthless  as  a  defense, 
except  possibly  against  a  boat  attack  landing  on  the  western  shore ;  but 
besides  the  guns  enumerated,  all  of  which  might  possibly  give  fire 
against  an  advance  from  the  mouth  of  the  bay,  there  are  three  embrasures 
now  unoccupied,  and  an  upper  and  lower  parapet  that  might  be  used  for 
infantry.  The  fort  lies  within  a  mile  of  the  outskirts  of  the  town,  and 
the  road  leading  to  it  is  excellent.  Should  a  landing  be  made  on  this 
shore  it  must  be  made  within  half  a  mile  of  this  fort.  No  boat  landing 
should  be  attempted  farther  out. 

A  sandy  shore  called  La  Playa  extends  around  the  south  end  of  the  Bay 
of  Matanzas,  upon  which  there  are  stretches  of  sandy  beach  favorable  for 
boat  landings.  A  good  wagon  road  lined  by  houses  follows  the  shore,  but 
proceeding  eastward  of  this  the  road  soon  grows  bad.  The  beach  comes 
to  an  end  with  the  houses  of  the  town,  but  the  road  continues  through 
brushwood  and  over  rocks.  The  quarries  begin  again  and  continue  to 
and  beyond  a  little  bandbox  fort  situated  close  to  the  water  and  some  2 
miles  from  the  end  of  Matanzas  Bay.  Back  of  the  low  shore  lie  desolated 
brush-covered  hills. 

The  battery  of  Penas  Altas  is  on  the  south  shore  of  the  bay,  2  miles  east 
of  the  city,  of  masonry  work,  and  mounts  of  four  old-fashioned  24-pound- 
ers.  Morillo  Castle,  also  called  Battery  San  Felipe,  is  situated  on  the 
southeastern  shore  of  the  harbor,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Canimar  River.  It 
has  one  24-pounder  and  is  used  as  a  revenue  station  Submarine  mines 
need  not  be  considered,  except  at  the  head  of  the  bay.  Recent  reports 
state  that  earthen  shore  batteries  have  been  lately  thrown  up  about 
Matanzas,  one  near  the  lighthouse  on  the  east  side  armed  with  8-inch 
guns. 

SAILING    DIRECTIONS. 

Port  Matanzas. — The  entrance  to  this  port  is  open  to  the  northward, 
and  lies  between  Sabanilla  and  Maya  Points,  bearing  ENE.  and  WSW. 
from  each  other,  distant  2  miles.     It  is  about  4  miles  in  length,  with  deep 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MATANZAS.  321 

water  until  nearly  up  to  the  shoals  which  shelter  the  anchorage.  From 
Maya  Point,  which  is  low,  with  some  huts  on  it,  a  rocky  ledge  extends 
about  li  miles  to  the  northward ;  and  on  a  narrow  bank  of  soundings,  on 
the  west  side  of  the  ledge,  temporary  anchorage  will  be  found. 

The  western  coast  at  the  entrance  is  bordered  by  a  reef,  which  extends 
off  from  200  to  500  yards.  Within  the  port  there  are  the  detached  shoals. 
New,  Stony,  and  another. 

Shoals. — According  to  the  Government  pilot,  the  middle  of  the  harbor 
has  many  lumps  or  heads  not  shown  on  the  charts.  There  is  also  less 
water  at  the  head  of  the  harbor  than  is  shown  on  the  chart. 

Boats  can  either  run  into  the  San  Juan  River  or  alongside  the  dock, 
which  runs  to  the  northward  from  its  mouth  to  the  captain  of  the  port's 
oflBce.  The  market  is  i  mile  up  the  San  Juan  River,  convenient  to  boat 
landings. 

Salutes  can  be  returned. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  consul  and  vice-consul. 

Supplies. — Water  for  ship's  use  can  be  obtained  up  the  river.  It  is  also 
brought  off  in  a  water  boat  at  one  cent  per  gallon.  It  is  strongly  impreg- 
nated with  lime. 

Coal  may  be  procured  in  moderate  quantities  from  $9  to  $10  per  ton. 

Freight  is  towed  off  to  vessels  in  lighters. 

Port  charges  are  about  the  same  as  Habana. 

Hospitals. — The  government  hospital  is  the  largest;  it  has  an  efficient 
staff ;  sick  mariners  are  admitted  at  a  stipulated  price.  The  private  hos- 
pital is  supported  by  the  best  and  wealthiest  people  in  the  city,  and  is  for 
their  own  sick ;  patrons  pay  §5  per  day.  Sick  mariners  are  charged  $3 
per  day. 

Steamers. — Ward's  line  of  steamers  from  New  York  frequently  stop 
here,  also  tramps  for  sugar  cargoes. 

There  is  telegraphic  communication  with  Habana  and  two  mails  daily 
from  Habana  by  railroad. 

Pilotage. — Compulsory,  8  cents  i)er  ton  in  and  out. 

Light. — It  is  intended  to  exhibit  a  light  on  Maya  Point.  The  light  is 
fixed  white,  -s-isible  13  miles,  and  elevated  62  feet  above  the  sea.  The 
lighthouse  is  a  cylindrical  tower  of  iron,  painted  white.  The  keeper's 
dwelling  is  painted  light  yellow. 

Anchorage. — The  shoals  are  buoyed,  but  the  buoys  can  not  be  depended 
upon.  The  shoals,  however,  as  laid  down  on  the  chart  can  easily  be 
avoided  by  a  careful  lookout  and  following  the  soTindings  as  given  on  the 
charts.  The  bottom  is  stiff  clay.  But  little  difficulty  will  be  experienced 
in  picking  out  an  anchorage,  except  in  the  sugar  season,  when  the  harbor 
may  be  more  or  less  crowded ;  anchorage  may  be  found  in  10  fathoms 
outside  of  the  reefs  to  the  northward  of  Bajo  Nuevo,  the  spot  generally 
occupied  by  merchant  steamers.  It  will  be  smoother,  however,  and  more 
convenient  to  anchor  inside  La  jo  Bank;  and,  as  the  latter  is  plainly  visi- 
ble at  all  times  for  its  entire  length,  no  trouble  will  be  experienced  in 
rounding  either  end,  even  if  the  buoys  should  be  out  of  place. 

Buoys. — Red  conical  buoys  have  been  moored  on  the  following  shoals, 
which  have  been  lately  surveyed ;  on  the  reef  north  of  Bajo  Nuevo,  north 
of  Bajo  La  Laja,  south  of  Bajo  La  Laja,  on  the  Arana  del  Sur,  and'  on 
the  Arana  del  Norte. 


322  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MATANZAS. 

A  buoy,  similar  to  the  other  ones,  has  been  established  on  the  south  side 
of  Stony  Bank  in  8  fathoms  of  water. 

Winds. —The  sea  breeze  is  regular,  but  it  is  sometimes  interrupted  for  a 
day  or  two  by  a  fresh  southwesterly  breeze  that  finally  hauls  to  the  NW. 
and  dies  away,  to  be  followed  by  the  regular  sea  breeze.  As  the  bay  is 
open  to  the  ENE. ,  a  heavy  swell  sets  in  with  fresh  trade  winds.  The 
Northers,  which  frequently  blow  from  Seirtember  to  February,  interrupt 
the  land  breezes,  and  the  departure  of  a  sailing  vessel  may  be  hindered  on 
this  account. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Port  Matanzas  at  about  8 
a.  m.  and  5  p.  m.  The  stream  runs  in  with  the  sea  breeze  and  out  with 
the  land  wind. 

The  rise  and  fall  of  tides  is  very  small,  except  when  there  is  a  strong 
ENE.  wind,  when  it  attains  a  maximum  of  4  feet. 

Directions. — When  bound  to  Matanzas,  the  peak  of  Matanzas,  which 
overlooks  it  from  the  west,  is  an  excellent  guide ;  and  about  12  miles  east- 
ward of  the  port,  and  6  miles  inland,  there  is  a  small  ridge  of  remarkably 
irregular  hills,  of  considerable  elevation,  but  not  nearly  so  high  as  the 
peak,  with  three  distinct  summits,  called  the  Camarioca  Paps.  From  the 
paps  the  land  westward  is  level  and  not  very  low,  without  any  remarkable 
object  as  far  as  the  port,  where  it  begins  to  rise  gently,  and  can  be  seen 
24  miles,  continuing  uniform  to  the  peak  of  Matanzas. 

Coming  from  the  eastward,  give  Maya  Point  a  berth  of  2  miles  until 
the  port  is  well  open ;  then  steer  to  the  SW. ,  hauling  up  gradually  for 
about  a  mid-channel  course,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  bank  of  sand  and 
rock  which  borders  the  point  at  a  distance  of  1,200  yards.  Approaching 
from  the  westward,  give  the  westward  shore  a  berth  of  about  i  mile. 
When  San  Severino  Castle,  a  conspicuous  object  on  the  north  shore  of  the 
port,  bears  S.  82°  W.  (S.  79°  W.  mag.),  steer  toward  it  until  the  fort  of  the 
Vigia,  on  the  shore  of  the  San  Juan  River,  bears  S.  54°  W.  (S.  51°  W.  mag. ), 
then  steer  for  it,  passing  northward  of  the  buoy  on  the  Stony  Bank,  and 
anchor  in  5  or  6  fathoms  water,  mud,  as  the  shipping  will  allow.  As  no 
reliance  can  be  placed  on  the  buoys,  it  may  be  advisable  to  take  a  pilot. 

Canimar  River  is  in  the  SE.  part  of  the  bay.  On  the  western  point  of 
its  entrance  is  the  battery  of  San  Felipe.  The  river  is  navigable  for  9 
miles  from  its  mouth,  having  a  depth  of  from  6  to  15  feet.  On  the  bar  at 
the  entrance  there  are  only  from  6  to  9  feet,  and  a  heavy  sea  breaks  there 
during  Northers. 

A  number  of  small  vessels  load  with  fruit  in  this  river  for  Habana  and 
Matanzas. 

The  Pan  de  Matanzas  can  be  seen  from  a  distance  of  36  to  40  miles. 
When  seen  from  the  NW.  its  summit  forms  three  hummocks,  the  center 
one  being  much  the  highest,  rising  from  behind  a  flat  rocky  ridge  of  land  of 
moderate  elevation.  From  the  NE.  it  appears  as  a  prominent  rounded 
mountain,  standing  out  by  itself,  and  becomes  a  valuable  point  of  depar- 
ture. Should  a  vessel  bound  to  Habana  be  found  in  a  position  thus  far 
to  windward  or  less,  it  will  be  better  to  stand  in  and  run  down  within 
about  2  miles  of  the  shore  to  avoid  the  current,  taking  care,  however,  to 
steer  clear  of  the  Jaruco  Bank,  on  which  there  are  only  11  feet  of  water 
and  which  lies  about  1^  miles  from  the  shore,  midway  between  Habana  and 
Guanos  Point,  off  the  Iron  Hills.    The  discolored  water  on  this  bank, 


JUDICIAL  DISTRICT  OF  MATANZAS.  323 

which  is  of  some  extent,  may  be  seen  from  aloft  in  clear  weather,  and 
soundings  appear  to  extend  for  a  short  distance  all  along  the  shore. 

Several  small  streams  empty  into  the  sea  between  Habana  and  Gnanos 
Point.  Grenerally  speaking,  these  rivers,  excepting  the  Jaruco,  can  not 
be  entered  even  by  boats.  The  month  of  the  Jamco  River  is  open  to  the 
north  and  only  admits  very  small  coasters. 

5.  Atuntamiento  op  Santa  Ana. 
Capital,  Santa  Ana. 

DisUnce   .  ^ 

Outljing  Tillages.  from  Bemarks. 

cspitaL  ! 

! ! 

! 
jfa<». 

\    1.  Cidra ^        3  695  inhabitants.    Matanzas  R.  B. 

Santa  Asa.  is  a  town  of  8,339  inhabitants  (6,350  white  and  1,989  col- 
ored) situated  7  miles  from  Matanzas.  The  nearest  station  is  Cidra  3 
miles  away.    Post  ofl&ce. 


PROVINCE  OF  SANTA  CLARA. 


(325) 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page. 

1 .  Table  of  distances  between  principal  towns 328 

2.  Location  and  boundary 329 

3.  Area  and  population _ .._ 329 

4.  Administration 329 

5.  Public  instruction 330 

6.  Agriculture,  industrj',  and  commerce -- 330 

7.  Geography  and  topography - 330 

8.  Rivers -- 333 

9.  Coastline — 334 

10.  Capes,  points,  and  i)eninsulas  - - 335 

11.  Reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals. - 335 

12.  Gulf s,  bays,  and  anchorages 342 

13.  Railroads 343 

14.  Roads— - 352 

15.  Towns  and  cities... — ___ 359 


(327) 


u. 
O 

UJ 

O 

z 

> 
o 
cc 


CO 

Z 

O 

H 

z 

g^ 

So 

^< 
CO  H 
m,  Z 

■5  CO 


O      O 


J   l^ 


u. 
O 

UJ 

-J 
ffl 

< 


2  UJ  DC 

O  I-  a 

O  z  O 

UJ  UJ  (J 

?  £  — 


(/5      C5      W 


SI  •*  I  •-'     ^ 


C4         OS       -IH 


•=*     fi     S     25 


PROVINCE  OF  SANTA  CLARA. 


LOCATION   AND   BOUNDARY. 

This  Province  of  Santa  Clara  occupies  the  center  of  the 
Island  of  Cuba,  in  a  region  known  as  Las  Cinco  Villas  (the 
five  towns).  It  received  this  name  on  account  of  the  five 
towns  founded  within  the  limits  by  Diego  Velazquez. 

On  the  north  it  is  bounded  by  the  Straits  of  Florida,  sepa- 
rating it  from  the  sand  banks  of  Bahama,  on  the  east  by  the 
Province  of  Puerto  Principe,  on  the  south  by  the  Caribbean 
Sea,  and  on  the  west  by  the  Province  of  Matanzas. 

AREA  AND   POPULATION. 

Area,  8,773  square  miles. 

Population,  342,592.  This  province  has  6  judicial  districts 
(partidos  judiciales)  and  30  townships  (ayuntamientos).  These 
divisions  comprise  6  cities,  2  towns,  9  farms,  170  villages,  and 
a  total  of  17,000  urban  estates. 


ADMINISTRATION. 

It  is  a  third-class  province,  with  a  civil  governorship,  a 
naval  and  military  command,  administration  of  roads  and 
communications  and  of  finance.  Provincial  deputation,  28 
alcaldes  municipales  (mayors),  3  vicars,  and  42  parishes.  It 
has  a  criminal  court  of  justice,  6  courts  of  the  first  instance 
or  of  inquiry,  and  28  municipal  courts.  The  courts  of  the 
first  instance  are:  Santa  Clara,  Sagua  la  Grande,  San  Juan 
de  Remedios,  Sancti  Spiritus,  Trinidad,  and  Cienfuegos.  The 
municipal  courts  are:  Santa  Clara,  Esperanza,  Ranchuelo, 
San  Diego  del  Valle,  San  Juan  de  las  Yeras,  Sagua  la  Grande, 
Amaro,  Aja  de  Pablo,  Calabazar,  Quemado  de  Giiines,  Ran- 
cho  Veloz,  Santo  Domingo,  Remedios,  Caibarien,  Camajuani, 
Las  Vueltas,  Placetas,  Caguajay,  Sancti  Spiritus,  Trinidad, 

(329) 


330  PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION — AGRICULTURE,  ETC. 

Cienfuegos,  Camarones,  Cartagena,  Las  Cruces,  Abrens,  Pal- 
mira, Radas,  and  Santa  Isabel  de  Las  Lajas.  The  caj^ital  of 
tlie  maritime  district  is  Cienfuegos,  situated  on  the  southern 
coast. 

PUBLIC   INSTRUCTION. 

The  provincial  collegiate  institute  numbers  345  students; 
217  first  municipal  schools,  with  6,917  pupils;  104  private 
schools,  manual  training  schools,  and  a  board  of  education  in 
its  principal  cities. 

AGRICULTURE,  INDUSTRY,  AND   COMMERCE. 

Agriculture. — The  Province  of  Santa  Clara  is  one  of  the 
richest  as  well  as  one  of  the  first  settled  parts  of  the  island. 
It  contains  some  of  the  largest  sugar  plantations  and  factories. 
Its  rich  soil  yields  in  abundance  all  the  special  products  of 
the  Antilles  and  the  fruits  of  the  temperate  zone  thrive  on 
the  elevated  slopes  of  its  mountain  ranges.  It  is  rich,  too,  in 
minerals. 

Industries. — Its  chief  industries  in  common  with  the  other 
provinces  are  the  raising  of  sugar  and  tobacco  and  cultiva- 
tion of  fruits.  Gold  is  extracted  from  the  sandy  shores  of  the 
Rio  Arimao.  Silver,  copper,  and  asphalt  are  mined.  Cattle 
are  raised. 

Commerce. — Its  commerce  consists  in  the  importation  and 
exportation  of  the  above-mentioned  products.  This  commerce 
is  carried  on  by  means  of  its  fine  ports  on  both  the  northern 
and  southern  coast. 

geography  and  topography. 

Santa  Clara,  with  an  area  of  8,773  square  miles,  is  215  miles 
long  from  east  to  west,  taking  its  most  western  boundary  and 
the  extreme  eastern  point  of  the  peninsula  of  Zapata,  and  80 
miles  wide  from  its  extreme  points  north  and  south. 

The  territory  of  the  Province  of  Santa  Clara  is  divided  into 
six  judicial  districts.  Santa  Clara,  in  the  central  part,  with 
a  population  of  34,635;  Cienfuegos,  population  41,000,  one  of 
the  most  beautiful  districts  of  the  island ;  Sagua  La  Grande, 
in  the  north  central  part,  through  which  the  river  of  the  same 
name  flows,  has  a  population  of  23, 740 ;  Sancti  Splritus,  situ- 
ated in  the  east  central  part,  has  a  population  of  30, 940 ;  San 
Juan  de  los  Remedies,  situated  in  the  northeastern  part,  has 


GEOGRAPHY  AND  TOPOGRAPHY.  331 

a  population  of  15,550;  and  Trinidad,  situated  in  the  south 
central  part,  has  a  population  of  27,000. 

Cities  and  Towns. — The  largest  and  most  important  of 
its  towns  are  the  capitals  of  these  above-mentioned  districts, 
each  bearing  the  name  of  its  district.  Santa  Clara  is  the 
capital  of  the  province,  and  also  capital  of  the  district  Santa 
Clara ;  its  popular  designation  is  Villa  Clara,  248  miles  from 
Habana,  a  population  of  34,635,  situated  in  the  central  part  of 
the  province.  There  is  a  gasoline  mine  a  mile  and  a  quarter 
from  the  city ;  gold,  plumbago,  and  copper  have  been  found 
there,  and  as  much  as  10,000  tons  of  asphaltum  have  been 
shipped  from  there  in  a  single  year. 

Cienf uegos,  capital  of  Cienfuegos  Province,  is  situated  on  the 
fine  harbor  of  Jague,  population  26,700.  Sagua  La  Grande, 
capital  of  the  judicial  district  Sagua  La  Grande,  is  situated  on 
the  river  Sagua  La  Grande,  in  the  north  central  part,  260 
miles  from  Habana,  population  14,000.  It  is  one  of  the  most 
important  cities  on  the  island,  and  is  connected  by  railway 
with  Habana,  Santa  Clara,  and  Cienfuegos.  Sancti  Spiritus, 
capital  of  Sancti  Spiritus  judicial  district,  situated  in  the  east 
central  part,  55  miles  distant  from  the  city  of  Santa  Clara,  has 
a  population  of  17,540.  San  Juan  de  los  Remedios,  founded  in 
1545  on  an  islet  or  "  Key,"  was  afterwards  removed  somewhat 
farther  inland  from  the  northeastern  coast.  Its  port  is  Cai- 
baridn.  It  is  295  miles  from  Habana ;  population  7,230.  Trini- 
dad, situated  a  few  miles  from  the  port  of  Casilda  on  the  south 
central  coast,  is  the  capital  of  the  judicial  district  of  Trinidad ; 
population  13,500.  It  was  the  second  city  founded  by  the 
conqueror  Velazquez. 

Lakes. — The  territory  of  this  province  is  large  and  there  are 
a  great  number  of  small  lakes.  Lake  de  Cayama  is  in  the 
north  central  part;  Lake  Asiento  Viejo,  in  the  central  part,  a 
little  to  the  north,  is  the  source  of  the  River  Hanabana.  There 
are  a  group  of  lakes  in  the  central  part,  viz.  Lakes  Azul, 
Tunal,  Guaniyal,  Guanigua,  de  Cabo,  del  Termina,  Redonda, 
and  Viamanos,  almost  all  of  which  are  more  or  less  adjacent 
and  connected  by  small  streams.  Lake  Charco  Seiba  is  the 
source  of  the  River  Brazo  de  Viaha,  which  flows  into  the 
Embarcadero  (port)  Peralta.  The  Lake  de  Jibara  is  in  the 
western  part.  Lake  de  las  Obas  is  in  the  central  part  on  the 
western  boundary,  near  the  River  de  la  Hanabana.  The  lakes 
Cannas  and  Camito  are  two  of  a  chain  of  four  lakes,  con- 
nected closely  by  small  streams  and  situated  midway  between 


332  GEOGRAPHY  AND  TOPOGRAPHY. 

the  coast  and  the  city  of  Santa  Clara.  In  the  central  part 
there  is  the  Lake  Charco  las  Damas,  but  in  the  southern  part 
there  are  hut  few  lakes,  with  the  exception  of  a  cluster  of 
lakes  near  the  southern  coast,  called  Salinas,  which  flows  into 
the  Estuary  Nuevo  or  de  las  Guasimas,  and  the  Lake  de  las 
Yanzas,  to  the  west  of  this  group.  In  the  southern  part 
there  is  the  Aguado  (port  or  place  where  ships  go  for  water) 
de  Barbera,  and  Aguado  de  Jaruco,  just  north  of  the  city  of 
El  Jaruco,  which  is  situated  on  the  south  central  coast. 

Creeks. — On  the  Spanish  maps  the  estuaries  and  the  creeks 
bear  the  same  name.  The  following  creeks  have  their  estu- 
aries on  the  northern  coast :  Del  Cedro,  in  the  northwestern 
part  of  the  coast ;  Capitan  Tomas,  a  little  farther  west  than 
the  above-named  creek ;  Playa  Colorado  and  Del  Ibaria,  all 
east  of  the  river  Sagua  la  Grande ;  De  la  Gloria,  just  west  of 
same  river;  Real,  in  the  extreme  northwestern  part  of  the 
coast  and  a  little  to  the  west  of  the  Rio  Jatibonico  del 
Norte,  which  forms  the  boundary  line  of  the  province  Santa 
Clara. 

There  are  not  so  many  on  the  southern  coast.  There  is  San 
Bias  on  the  southern  coast  of  the  Bay  of  Cochinos ;  the  creeks 
de  las  Tunas,  del  Infierno,  and  las  Canoas  are  on  the  extreme 
southwestern  coast. 

Channels. — There  are  the  channels  de  los  Barcos  and  del 
Pargo,  off  the  northwestern  shore  of  the  province,  separating 
two  large  cayos  in  the  north.  Opposite  the  river  Sagua  la 
Grande,  off  the  northern  coast,  are  the  channels  Alcatraces, 
Sagua  Grande,  and  Maravillas.  Off  the  south  coast,  also 
separating  some  cays,  south  of  the  Peninsula  de  la  Zapata, 
are  the  large  channels  Filipinas  and  Canarreos. 

Archipelagoes. — North  of  the  entire  northern  coast  is  one 
immense  archipelago  filled  with  cays  and  shoals.  Off  the 
southern  coast  of  the  peninsula  of  this  province  is  the  archi- 
pelago Canarreos. 

Mountains. — "The  land  in  the  interior  of  this  province 
is  gently  undulating  as  in  England,"  says  Humboldt.  The 
dominating  peak  of  the  central  or  Santa  Clara  mountain 
region  is  in  the  southern  (San  Juan)  group,  near  the  sea,  not 
far  from  the  town  of  Trinidad.  It  bears  the  name  of  El  Pico 
del  Potrillo,  and  has  an  altitude  of  about  3,000  feet.  The 
range  from  this  point  passes  slightly  to  the  northwest  and 
then  curves  around  the  south,  forming  the  background  to  the 


RIVERS.  333 

landlocked  Bay  of  Cienfuegos,  the  ancient  Xagua  or  Jagua. 
Near  the  meridian  of  Nipe  the  decrease  in  elevation  is  quit« 
marked.  Only  here  and  there  detached  groups  appear,  one  of 
which  is  the  Sierra  de  Cubitas,  immediately  north  of  that  city. 
This  Cubitas  range,  always  noted  for  its  great  caves,  called  the 
caverns  of  Cubitas,  has  recently  come  into  historical  prom- 
inence by  reason  of  its  selection  as  the  seat  of  the  insurgent 
government  in  1896.  The  other  remarkable  caves  in  this 
province  are  those  situated  near  the  city  of  San  Jos^  de  los 
Remedios,  and  bear  its  name.  The  principal  mountain  ranges 
in  the  northern  part  of  this  province  are  the  Sierra  de  Hato 
Nuevo  or  Santa  Clara,  which  is  situated  not  far  from  the 
northwestern  coast,  and  south  of  the  Bay  of  Santa  Clara  and 
the  Sierra  Morena,  south  of  the  city  of  same  name,  a  few 
miles  inland  from  the  northwestern  coast,  south  of  the  Bay 
of  Obispo.  The  general  topographical  features  of  the  lower 
part  of  this  province  are  made  up  of  a  few  mountain  ranges 
interspersed  with  an  infinite  number  of  lomas  (hills),  and 
nestling  down  between  which  are  innumerable  small  lakes 
and  chains  of  lakes.  The  southwestern  part  of  this  province 
is  an  immense  swamp  or  marsh  filled  wdth  some  cayos  and  a 
number  of  unhealthy,  loathsome  lakes. 

RIVERS. 

The  Province  of  Santa  Clara  has  its  boundary  line  between 
it  and  Matanzas  by  the  river  Jatibonico,  which  empties  into 
the  Broa  inlet.  The  Rio  Sagua  la  Grande,  which  flows  through 
the  north  central  part  of  the  province,  is  the  largest  river  of 
the  entire  north  coast  of  the  island.  It  is  about  90  miles  in 
length  and  navigable  for  20  miles  from  its  mouth.  It  rises 
in  the  mountains  south  of  the  city  of  the  same  name,  flows 
north  into  the  sea  east  of  Isabela.  In  this  province  there  are 
also  the  Jatibonico  del  Sur,  navigable  for  6  or  8  miles;  the 
Zaza,  some  90  miles  in  length,  which  rises  in  the  north  cen- 
tral portion  of  the  province  and  flows  south ;  at  its  mouth  is 
the  port  of  Las  Tunas ;  the  Agabama,  navigable  for  a  short 
distance,  and  the  San  Juan,  which  waters  the  beautiful  plains 
of  Manicaragua  and  empties  into  the  Bay  of  Jagua  (Cienfuegos) . 

The  rivers  Sierra  Morena,  Carabatas,  Sagua  la  Chica,  Santo, 
Charco  Honda,  Aguas  Nobles,  Caibarien  or  Jiguibu,  and  Cam- 
boa  are  rivers  not  especially  noteworthy  and  flow  north  and 
empty  into  the  Sea. 


334  COAST    LINE. 

The  rivers  Guanarabo  or  Tayaba,  Cabagan,  Canas,  Hongo, 
Yaguanabo,  Arimo  Salado,  Hanabana,  and  Hatiguanico  have 
their  mouths  on  the  southern  coast. 

Rio  Cruces  rises  near  the  boundary  line  between  Matanzas 
and  Santa  Clara,  flows  north,  and  empties  into  tlie  channel 
near  Nosa  Cays. 

Rio  de  Ay  rises  in  the  mountains  of  Tuerto,  flows  south, 
and  empties  into  the  sea  east  of  the  town  of  Casilda. 

Rio'  Damn ji  rises  in  the  west  central  portion  of  the  province, 
flows  south,  and  empties  into  the  Bay  of  Jagiia. 

Caunao  rises  in  the  central  portion  of  the  province,  flows 
southwest,  and  empties  into  the  Bay  of  Jagua. 

Cascades. — There  are  two  important  cascades  in  this  prov- 
ince— the  Hanabanilla,  with  an  altitude  of  430  feet,  and  Rio 
Ay,  with  a  fall  of  178  feet.  It  is  a  part  of  the  above  Rio 
de  Ay. 

COAST    LINE. 

North  of  the  whole  northern  coast  it  may  be  said  to  be  a 
continuous  succession  of  cayos  and  small  islands  forming  an 
immense  archipelago,  fortunately  interspersed  with  four  or 
five  good  channels.  The  coast  proper,  commencing  at  the 
northwestern  boundaries,  having  the  Bay  of  Santa  Clara  in 
the  north  and  the  Cayo  de  Cinco  Leguas,  is  marked  by  an 
immense  plain,  called  Sabana  Anecadizas.  Going  eastward 
there  is  an  endless  succession  of  embarcaderos  (landing  places) 
and  estuaries  until  the  extreme  northeastern  coast  is  reached. 
To  the  north  of  this  portion  is  the  large  Cayo  Fragoso,  which 
will  be  more  fully  described  under  the  heading,  "Reefs,  Banks, 
and  Cays." 

The  southern  coast  at  its  extreme  southeastern  part  has  a 
large  shoal  in  which  are  located  several  cayos  and  one  of  the 
termini  of  the  military  trocha  El  Jiicaro.  From  thence  going 
eastward  one  encounters  small  inlets  and  coves  until  the 
mouth  of  the  river  Guaurabo.  Between  this  latter  point  and 
the  Bay  of  Jagua  or  Cienfuegos  occurs  this  same  succession  of 
inlets,  coves,  and  caletas  (small  creeks). 

A  little  to  the  west  of  this  Bay  of  Cienfuegos  commences 
the  celebrated  Ci<^naga  de  Zapata,  which  forms  about  GO  miles 
of  the  coast  line  of  the  Province  of  Santa  Clara.  Its  Spanish 
name,  Zapata,  indicates  its  shape,  that  of  a  shoe.  This  marsh 
juts  out  into  the  sea  in  the  form  of  a  peninsula,  forming  on 
its  north  the  Ensenada  (inlet)  de  la  Broa.     This  marsh  is  in- 


CAPES,  POINTS,  PENINSULAS — REEFS,  BANKS,  ETC.        335 

dented  by  the  Bay  of  Cochinos,  which  almost  divides  it  into 
two  parts,  the  eastern  part  being  named  Cienaga  Oriental  de 
Zapata. 

CAPES,    POINTS,    AND   PENINSULAS. 

Commencing  on  the  northwestern  coast,  at  the  extreme  west 
boundary  line,  is  the  point  Union.  Following  in  succession, 
going  east,  there  are  the  points  Alvaro,  Limones,  Sierra  Mo- 
rena,  Torbio,  and  La  Salina  Gesonia,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river 
Cruces.  Point  Obispo,  which  might  be  called  a  cape  from  its 
size,  is  north  of  the  city  Caibarien,  which  is  situated  on  the 
coast.  Point  Judias,  on  the  extreme  northern  boundary,  lies 
north  of  the  Sierra  of  the  same  name. 

On  the  southern  coast  commencing  at  the  Cienaga  Zapata, 
at  its  extreme  western  point,  is  the  Point  Gorda.  At  the  en- 
trance of  the  Bay  of  Cochinos  is  the  Point  del  Padre.  At  the 
entrance  of  the  Bay  of  Jagua  or  Cienfuegos  is  the  Point  Sa- 
banilla.     The  Point  Casilda  is  south  of  the  city  of  Trinidad. 

PE^^NSULA. — The  Cienaga  of  Zapata  is  almost  divided  into 
two  parts  by  the  Bay  of  Cochinos ;  the  larger  and  western 
part  is  thus  formed  into  a  peninsula  which  juts  out  to  the  west 
along  the  entire  coast  of  Matanzas. 

REEFS,    BANKS,    CAYS,    AND    SHOALS. 

Almedinas  Reef,  which  always  breaks,  lies  close  to  the 
edge  of  the  bank,  3  miles  from  Anton  Hill.  Between  the  reef 
and  Fragoso  Cay  there  is  a  channel  with  24  fathoms  water. 

From  abreast  Cay  Frances  the  edge  of  the  bank  trends  about 
NW.  by  W.  for  40  miles,  when  it  comes  within  a  mile  of  the 
Jutias  Cays ;  it  then  curves  more  westerly  to  the  Boca  of  Mar- 
illanes. 

Xagua  Bank  is  of  coral  formation,  3  miles  in  length,  east 
and  west,  and  about  2  in  breadth ;  at  its  NE.  end  there  is  a 
shoal  patch  with  only  2  fathoms  water  on  it.  The  northern 
edge  of  the  bank  is  steep-to,  shoaling  suddenly  from  no  bot- 
tom with  30  fathoms  line  to  12  fathoms,  and  then  to  4  fath- 
oms, which  depth  is  near  the  shoal  patch,  making  it  at  all 
times  dangerous  when  approaching  from  the  northward; 
whereas  when  nearing  it  from  the  southward  the  discolored 
water  will  not  only  be  seen,  but  the  soundings  will  decrease 
gradually  from  17  to  9  fathoms,  which  is  the  least  depth  a 
vessel  should  stand  into.     The  bottom  is  hard,  and  not  good 


336  REEFS,  BANKS,  CAYS,   AND    SHOALS. 

liolding  ground.     From  the  slioal  patch,  the  X)eak  of  San  Juan 
bears  N.  49'  E.  (N.  45°  E.  mag.) 

The  caible  steamer  Silvertown  obtained  soundings  of  22fatli- 
oms,  coral,  sand,  and  broken  shell,  about  13|  miles  northwest- 
ward from  the  northwestern  extremity  of  Paz  Bank, 

Position,  latitude  21°  28'  06"  N.,  longitude  80°  13'  12"  W. 

Paz  Bank  is  pear  shaj)ed,  10  miles  long  in  a  WNW.  and 
ESE.  direction,  and  3^  miles  wide  at  its  broad  end,  which  is 
to  the  eastward ;  this  part  is  sandy,  and  in  moderate  weather 
a  vessel  may  anchor  on  it.  The  general  depth  on  the  bank  is 
from  12  to  20  fathoms,  and  towards  the  NW.  end  it  is  rocky. 

Cay  Verde. — From  Bushy  Cay,  the  western  point  of  en- 
trance to  the  Boca  Sagua  la  Grande,  a  chain  of  rocks,  on  which 
the  sea  breaks,  encircles  the  cays  as  far  as  Cay  Verde,  S^:  miles 
to  the  WNW.  Near  the  edge  of  the  bank,  and  ^  mile  north 
of  Cay  Verde,  is  a  reef  having  an  opening  between  it  and 
another  reef  a  mile  farther  westward,  affording  a  passage  for 
small  vessels. 

Medano  Islet. — NW.  by  W.  6  miles  from  Cay  Verde  is  a 
small,  flat,  sandy  cay,  from  which  the  Nicolao  Reef  sweeps 
round  from  NE.  to  NW.,  distant  from  1  to  3  miles,  and  on 
which  the  sea  does  not  always  break.  About  a  mile  SW.  of 
it  is  a  shoal  which  uncovers  at  low  tide,  and  the  sea  always 
breaks  over  it.  This  part  of  the  coast  bank  is  extremely  dan- 
gerous, and  not  well  known.  From  Mddano  Islet,  Cay  Sal 
bears  N.  7°  W.  (N.  10°  W.  mag.)  28  miles. 

The  northern  edge  of  Nicolao  Reef  bears  about  N.  60°  E. 
(N.  57°  E.  mag.)  from  Bahia  de  Cadiz  lighthouse,  or  farther 
north  than  shown  on  the  charts. 

To  the  eastward  of  Bahi^  de  Cadiz  Cay,  between  it  and 
Nicolao  Reef,  there  is  a  clear  space  on  the  bank  with  from  6 
to  2^  fathoms  water.  Also,  immediately  eastward  of  the 
Medano,  there  is  another  clear  space  with  about  the  same 
depth  of  water.  A  vessel  under  10  feet  draft  may  navigate 
over  this  part  of  the  bank,  with  the  lead  and  lookout  for 
shallow  water  from  aloft. 

Mountains. — The  following  landmarks  will  be  found  use- 
ful in  determining  the  ship's  position:  About  21  miles  inland 
from  the  Nicolao  Reef  and  the  Medina  Islet  are  the  Sierras  • 
Moreiias,  extending  NW.  and  SE.  for  a  considerable  distance 
and  having  several  prominent  peaks. 

A  little  to  the  westward,  of  the  Sierras  Morenas  is  a  chain 
of  mountains  presenting  three  peaks  called  the  La  Bella  Paps 


•  REEFS,  BANKS,  CAYS,  AND    SHOALS.  337 

tlie  central  one  being  the  highest  and  bearing  S.  23°  W.  (S. 
20°  "W.  mag.)  of  the  Nicolao  Reef.  This  peak  bears  directly 
south  (S.  3°  E.  mag.)  of  Bahia  de  Cadiz  Cay;  consequently, 
when  it  is  on  that  bearing  a  vessel  will  be  to  the  westward  of 
th(?  Alcatraces  and  Nicolao  reefs.  S.  14:°  W.  (S.  11°  W,  mag.), 
G^  miles  from  Nicolao  Reef,  is  the  eastern  extremity  of  the 
Alcatraces  Cays,  and  9  miles  S.  42°  W.  (S.  39°  W.  mag.)  of 
the  M^dano  the  western  extremity.  Between  these  cays  and 
a  chain  named  Falcones  is  the  Boca  de  Alcatraces,  where  ves- 
sels of  9  feet  draft  will  find  shelter  from  all  winds. 

Fragoso  Cay  extends  NW,  22  miles  from  Boca  Chica  at 
its  east  end,  and  presents  nothing  remarkable  but  a  small  hill 
in  the  middle,  named  Anton,  which  rises  before  the  other 
land  of  the  cay,  which  is  low.  The  cay  is  divided  by  two 
narrow  channels  named  Anton,  but  they  are  not  navigable. 
On  its  NE.  side  is  the  Almedinas  Reef,  and  another  2  miles 
NW.  of  the  north  point  of  the  cay. 

Medio  and  Pajonal  Cays. — About  2  miles  WNW.  of 
the  west  end  of  Fragoso  Cay  lies  a  low  cay  named  Medio ;  and 
NW.  of  it  are  the  Pajonal  Cays.  Between  this  group  and 
Medio  is  the  Boca  de  Marcos,  navigable  only  for  vessels  under 
5  feet  draft.  The  Pajonal  Cays  extend  about  NW.  for  4  miles 
to  Tocinera  Point,  the  north  extreme  of  the  group. 

Jutias  Cays  are  a  group  of  several  islets  of  moderate 
height,  about  3  miles  W.  by  N.  of  Vela  Cay,  and  extend  4 
miles  westward.  From  the  largest  of  them,  three  small,  rather 
flat  cays  lie  in  a  NE.  direction  over  a  space  of  If  miles,  and 
from  the  outer  one  a  broken  reef  extends  westward  4  miles. 

Vela  and  Carenero  Cays. — Three  miles  NW.  of  Tocinera 
Point  lies  a  small,  flat  cay  called  Vela ;  about  2  miles  to  the 
southward  of  it  is  Carenero  divided  in  two,  and  a  mile  west- 
ward of  the  latter  is  Lanzanillo,  with  a  channel  between. 

Bonito,  Cacao,  and  Palanca  Cays,  the  most  southern  of 
this  chain,  are  guides  for  vessels  through  the  channel,  which 
has  not  more  than  10  feet  of  water,  fine  white  sand,  but  there 
are  scattered  patches  of  rock  easily  seen,  with  less  than  G  feet 
on  them.  The  south  side  of  the  channel  is  here  bounded  by 
the  north  extreme  of  the  Jardinillos  Bank  and  the  Rabihor- 
cado  Cay. 

Fabrica  and  Cristobal  Groups. — Palanca  Cay,  which 
is  rather  more  than  12^  miles  WNW.  of  Flamenco  Cap,  is 
followed  by  the  Fabrica  Group,  which  connect  themselves 


338  REEFS,  BANKS,  CAYS,  AND    SHOALS. 

with  the  shore  to  the  NE.  and  form  a  channel  with  the  chain 
of  the  Cristobal  Group  westward  of  them. 

Juan  Luis  Cays. — This  part  of  the  coast  is  known  as  the 
sabanas,  or  plains,  of  Juan  Luis ;  and  off  it,  at  a  distance  of 
from  5  to  7  miles,  is  a  chain  of  mangrove  cays  and  sand 
banks  of  the  same  name.  Vessels  under  9  feet  draft  can  pass 
between  them  and  the  coast,  and  also  between  them  and  the 
western  cays  of  Cristobal.  About  4  miiles  NW.  of  Malaham- 
bre  Cay  is  Gorda  Point;  the  intervening  land  is  marshy, 
covered  with  an  herb  called  masio,  and  there  are  some  palms 
a  short  distance  inland.  There  are  nurnerous  channels  for 
small  vessels  among  the  numerous  cays  along  this  coast  and 
between  them  and  the  shore,  but  there  are  no  leading  marks 
which  a  stranger  could  recognize,  nor  does  any  intelligible 
and  accurate  information  regarding  them  exist.  The  numer- 
ous large  steamers  running  along  the  south  coast  of  Cuba 
from  Batabano  to  Cienfuegos  and  Santiago  de  Cuba  are  all 
furnished  with  skillful  pilots,  but  no  general  information  can 
be  procured  from  them  respecting  the  navigation. 

Blanco  Cay. — The  shores  of  this  cay,  as  its  name  imports, 
are  formed  of  white  rock  and  sand.  It  is  a  small  low  islet, 
22  feet  high,  covered  with  trees  and  with  a  lagoon  in  its  cen- 
ter. When  seen  from  the  southwestward  this  cay  seems 
wedge-shaped,  the  higher  part  being  to  the  southeastward. 
In  case  of  having  to  wait  for  a  pilot,  as  is  probable,  anchor- 
age in  9^  fathoms  may  be  had  with  the  city  of  Trinidad  bear- 
ing N.  34°  W.  (N.  37°  W.  mag.)  and  Blanco  Cay  bearing  N. 
48°  E.  (N.  45°  E.  mag.)  distant  1  mile.  Before  anchoring  a 
clear  spot  should  be  selected. 

If  bound  for  Trinidad,  after  passing  Zarza  de  Fuera  Cay, 
instead  of  entering  on  the  bank  of  soundings,  steer  about  N. 
23°  W.  (N.  26°  "W.  mag.)  and  after  sighting  Machos  de  Fuera 
Cay,  keep  away  N.  65°  W.  (N.  68°  W.  mag.)  for  Blanco  Cay. 
When  the  Pan  de  Azucar  is  on  with  the  Loma  de  Banao, 
Machos  de  Fuera  Cay  will  bear  north  (N.  3°  W.  mag.).  The 
knowledge  of  this  fact  may  assist  a  stranger  to  recognize  the 
land. 

To  seaward  these  reefs  are  steep-to,  and  5  fathoms  will  be 
found  close  up  to  Blanco  Cay,  but  a  reef  extends  600  yards 
from  its  western  extremity,  which  may  be  safely  rounded  by 
the  eye,  and  anchorage  and  good  shelter  found  in  3  fathoms 
to  the  NW.  of  the  cay.  There  is  no  safe  opening  westward, 
except  for  coasters  drawing  under  12  feet. 


REEFS,  BANKS,  CAYS,  AND   SHOALS.  339 

Cay  Breton  should  be  rounded  carefully  on  account  of  a 
reef  extending  from  it  d^  miles  to  the  SW.  This  reef  is  steep- 
to,  and  the  sea  generally  breaks  on  it.  Off  the  western  end 
of  the  cay  there  is  anchorage  in  4^  fathoms,  with  the  NW,  end 
of  the  cay  bearing  N.  42°  E.  (N.  39°  E.  mag.)  and  the  SE.  end, 
S.  81°  E.  (S.  84°  E.  mag.). 

Sailing  vessels  generally  have  to  beat  up  to  this  anchorage, 
and  in  this  case,  after  rounding  the  western  end  of  the  reef, 
the  NW.  end  of  the  cay  should  not  be  brought  to  the  south- 
ward of  S.  70°  E.  (S.  73°  E.  mag.),  nor  on  the  other  tack  should 
the  same  point  be  brought  to  the  northward  of  N.  59°  E.  (N.  56° 
E.  mag.).     This  anchorage  is  sheltered  from  N.  by  E.  to  SW. 

This  is  the  most  dangerous  part  of  the  coast,  and  is  seldom 
without  a  wreck  upon  it ;  for  although  the  reef  is  awash,  there 
is  often  but  little  break  to  show  it,  and  the  apparent  termina- 
tion of  the  cays  induces  strangers  to  haul  close  round,  which 
at  night  is  certain  destruction.  A  vessel  may  haul  round  the 
extremity  of  the  reef,  and  find  good  anchorage  and  shelter 
from  all  easterly  and  northerly  winds;  but  in  standing  into  a 
less  depth  than  4  fathoms  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  rocky 
heads. 

There  is  a  passage  through  the  reef  to  the  NW.  of  Cay 
Breton  with  2^  fathoms  in  it,  but  it  is  crooked,  naiTow,  rocky, 
and  known  only  to  a  few  of  the  Caiman  fishermen,  who  navigate 
it  by  the  eye.  There  is  a  powerful  indraught  toward  this  pas- 
sage on  the  flood,  which  frequently  takes  command  of  vessels 
passing  the  reef  end  too  closely,  where  they  are  liable  to  be 
becalmed,  and  obliged  to  anchor  in  an  exposed  position. 

Zarza  de  Fuera  Cay. — From  Cay  Breton  the  reef  takes  a 
NNW.  direction  for  23  miles,  and  terminates  |  mile  north- 
ward of  Zarza  de  Fuera  Cay,  which  is  low,  sandy,  thickly 
wooded,  and  lies  about  3  miles  eastward  of  the  NW.  jKjint  of 
the  reef,  and  about  8  miles  from  Zarza  Point,  the  nearest  part 
of  the  Cuba  shore.  The  reef,  without  any  cays  upon  it  except 
an  occasional  dry  patch  of  sand,  is  very  steep-to  in  all  parts, 
having  10  fathoms  water  alongside  it,  and  200  fathoms  about 
a  mile  off ;  it  trends  from  ^  mile  off  the  north  side  of  the  cay 
to  about  4  miles  eastward  of  it. 

A  vessel  should  pass  4  miles  westward  of  Zarza  de  Fuera 
Cay,  and  when  it  bears  S.  87°  E.  (east  mag.)  if  wishing  to 
enter  upon  the  bank,  the  vessel  may  be  hauled  up  NE.,  the 
edge  of  the  bank  being  quite  clear  for  9  miles,  or  within  3 


340  REEFS,  BANKS,  CAYS,  AND    SHOALS. 

miles  of  Machos  de  Fuera  Cay.  After  striking  soundings, 
the  water  will  shoal  almost  immediately  to  5  fathoms,  and 
then  deepen  to  6  and  9  fathoms,  with  occasional  patches  of  4 
fathoms  as  the  vessel  advances  along  the  channel,  which  is 
quite  clear  between  the  mainland  and  Zara  de  Fuera  Cay  and 
that  of  M^danos  de  Manati,  which  latter  marks  the  north 
extreme  of  the  shoals  extending  from  near  the  Boca  Grande. 
The  Mddanos  are  very  inaccurately  laid  down  on  all  charts ; 
their  position  should  be  in  about  21°  27'  N.,  long.  79°  16'  W., 
and  the  coast  of  the  mainland  is  laid  down  about  7  miles  too 
far  south,  at  least  as  far  east  as  Pasabanao  Point. 

This  part  of  the  coast  affords  good  shelter  and  holding 
ground  and  is  without  danger  as  long  as  the  beach  is  in  sight. 
Abreast  of  the  Doce  Leguas  Cays  the  coast  is  low  and  marshy, 
producing  quantities  of  tobacco,  honey,  wax,  and  mahogany, 
exported  in  vessels  of  not  more  than  15  feet  draft  from  Santa 
Cruz  and  the  Jatibonico  River,  the  mouth  of  which  lies  30 
miles  to  the  northward  of  the  Boca  Grande. 

There  is  an  inside  channel  between  the  ports  of  Santa 
Cruz  and  Trinidad,  which  is  smooth  and  well  sheltered,  with 
numerous  excellent  anchorages.  The  assistance  of  a  pilot  is, 
however,  indispensable. 

Bahia  de  Cadiz  Cay  is  small  and  low,  with  some  fishermen's 
huts  and  a  flagstaff  on  its  NE.  point.  To  the  westward  is  an 
anchorage  sheltered  from  the  usual  NE.  winds,  but  exposed 
to  northerly  winds.  In  hauling  around  the  west  end  of  the 
cay,  vessels  drawing  not  more  than  15  feet  may  bring  La 
Bella  Paps  to  bear  south  (S.  3°  E.  mag.)  or  S.  6°  E.  (S.  9°  E. 
mag.),  and  steer  for  them  till  the  center  of  Bahia  de  Cadiz 
Cay  bears  N.  77°  E.  (N.  74°  E.  mag.),  when  the  anchor  may 
be  let  go  in  4  fathoms  of  water;  sandy  bottom.  Vessels 
drawing  more  than  15  feet  should  bring  the  same  peaks  to 
bear  S.  17°  E.  (S.  20°  E.  mag.)  till  the  center  of  the  cay  bears 
east  (N.  87°  E.  mag.),  then  anchor  in  5  fathoms.  In  standing 
in,  the  depths  will  be  4,  4^,  and  5  fathoms,  with  a  dark- 
colored  bottom,  it  being  sand  covered  with  weeds. 

Supplies. — Wood  and  fish  are  easily  procurable,  but  there 
is  no  water  to  be  had. 

Caution. — This  part  of  the  coast  is  little  known,  and  inac- 
curately laid  down  on  the  charts. 

Light. — Near  the  NE.  end  of  Bahia  de  Cadiz  Cay  is  an  iron 
tower  from  which  is  shown,  175  feet  above  the  sea,  a  fixed 


REEFS,  BANKS,  CAYS,  AND    SHOALS.  341 

aud  flashing  white  light,  showing  a  flash  every  minute,  and 
should  be  visible  20  miles. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Cadiz  Cay,  at 
9h.  20m.,  and  the  rise  3  feet. 

Blanco  Zarza  Cay,  lying  If  miles  to  the  southward  of 
Caney  Point,  is  a  small  islet,  with  a  lagoon  in  the  center, 
covered  with  trees  and  having  a  white  sandy  beach.  A  few 
huts  are  on  the  eastern  end,  where,  it  is  said,  pilots  may  be 
procured.  It  is  foul  SW.  for  a  mile,  SE.  f  mile,  and  NE. 
nearly  a  mile,  lea\ang  a  passage  between  it  and  the  shore  \ 
mile  ^vide,  with  a  depth  of  3  fathoms.  The  cay  lies  about  8 
miles  NNW.  of  Zarza  de  Fuera  Cay,  and  between  them  the 
depth  is  from  6  to  10  fathoms ;  but  near  the  edge  of  the  bank 
there  is  an  isolated  spot  with  4  fathoms,  within  which  a 
vessel  will  find  good  anchorage. 

The  cay  makes  two  channels,  both  of  which  appear  to  be 
easy  to  navigate.  The  one  to  the  northward  of  the  island  is 
the  better,  the  deepest  water  being  midway  between  the 
island  and  the  mainland.  Boats  sounding  in  this  channel 
got  no  less  than  3  fathoms,  and  information  was  obtained 
from  the  captain  of  the  port  and  from  the  captains  of  trad- 
ing vessels  that  this  depth  is  carried  by  all  who  know  the 
channel. 

If  pilots  can  not  be  obtained,  strangers  will  find  it  advis- 
able to  send  boats  ahead  to  sound  the  channel. 

Three  miles  N.  64°  W.  (N.  67°  W.  mag.)  of  Zarza  Point  is 
Canfey  Point,  to  the  westward  of  which  is  a  small  creek  with 
6  feet  water,  and  6  miles  farther  to  leeward  is  Ciego  Point. 
In  the  bay  between  them  there  are  from  3  to  5  fathoms  water ; 
and  near  the  center  is  the  Tallabacoa  River,  which  has  very 
little  water  in  the  dry  season.  Half  a  mile  westward  of  Ciego 
Point  is  that  of  Iguanojo,  with  a  ledge  running  off  it  for  i 
mile. 

Water. — There  is  a  brook  of  good  water  a  little  westward 
of  the  Tallabacoa  River.  It  will  also  be  found  fresh,  and  fit 
for  drinking,  about  3  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  Iguanojo, 

TiERRA  Cays. — From  the  Iguanojo  River  the  shore  takes  a 
WNW.  direction  4  miles,  and  then  turns  abruptly  to  the 
southward  for  2  miles  to  Agabama  Point.  From  the  latter  a 
narrow  ledge  extends  off  6  miles  to  the  SE. ,  leaving  between 
it  and  the  Iguanojo,  on  the  opposite  shore,  a  deep  bight,  called 


342  REEFS,  BANKS,  CAYS,  AND    SHOALS. 

San  Pedro,  in  wliicli  there  are  from  d^  to  6  f atlioms  water,  clay 
bottom. 

From  Agabama  Point  the  Tierra  Cays  extend  out  to  the 
distance  of  ^  mile ;  and  2f  miles  SSE.  of  these,  and  2^  miles 
from  the  edge  of  the  ledge,  is  Machos  de  Fuera  Cay,  having 
a  reef  extending  from  1  to  2  miles  eastward  of  it.  At  Aga- 
bama Point  the  river  of  the  same  name  runs  into  the  sea,  but 
the  water  is  not  good  until  18  miles  from  its  mouth.  The 
coast  from  Agabama  Point  as  far  as  Casilda  Point  is  covered 
with  mangroves,  very  low  and  swampy ;  and  from  the  latter 
to  Guaurabo  Point  (or  River)  is  of  sand  and  steep  rock. 

Shoal. — A  shoal,  with  17  feet  water  on  it,  lies  on  the  follow- 
ing approximate  bearings:  Zarza  de  Fuera  Cay  S.  57°  E.  (S. 
60°  E.  mag.),  distant  about  7  miles,  and  Blanco  Zarza  Cay 
N.  44°  E.  (N.  41°  E.  mag.)  distant  about  5f  miles. 

Soundings  show  4|-,  4,  3,  3,  and  3  fathoms  and  then  17  feet, 
after  which  the  water  deepens  very  rapidly  and  in  a  few  casts 
no  soundings.  The  shoal  appeared  to  extend  about  500  feet 
in  the  direction  NW.-SE.  by  about  150  feet  in  width. 

Reported  shoal. — A  pinnacle  sunken  rock,  together  with 
considerable  shoal  water,  not  indicated  on  the  charts,  has 
been  reported  about  9  miles  southward  from  Xagua  Bank. 
The  depth  of  water  on  the  shoal  varies  from  4  to  7  fathoms. 

Position  (to  be  considered  doubtful),  latitude  21°  27'  N., 
longitude  80°  39'  W. 

The  principal  bays  are  the  following : 

The  Bay  of  Cochinos,  south  of  the  Peninsula  of  Zapata, 
almost  separating  the  eastern  and  western  jjart  of  the  great 
swamp  Cienaga  de  Zapata;  Bay  of  Jagua  or  Cienfuegos, 
indenting  the  south  coast  of  the  province  and  the  Ensenada 
or  Bay  de  Cazones  or  Canarreos  indenting  the  coast  of  the 
Peninsula  of  Zapata.  There  are  two  small  bays,  Obispo  and 
Santa  Clara;  the  northern  boundary  of  the  latter  bay  is 
formed  by  the  Cayo  de  Cincos  Leguas  (the  cay  of  five  leauges). 

Hernan  Cortes,  on  the  island  of  Bahfa  de  Cadiz,  and  Faro 
Villa  Nueva  or  Sabanilla  lighthouses  at  the  entrance  to 
Cienfuegos  Bay. 

Anchoring  places. — The  harbors  of  Sagua  la  Grande,  Tesico, 
and  Caibarien  in  the  north,  and  Zaza,  Goleta,  Masio,  Casilda, 
Guaurabo,  and  Manati  form  the  principal  anchoring  places. 


RAILROADS.  343 

RAILROADS. 

The  Province  of  Santa  Clara  has  some  400  miles  of  trackage, 
distributed  as  follows : 

1.  From  Cardenas  to  Santa  Clara,  via  Bemba,  107  miles,  40 
of  which  are  in  Santa  Clara  Province ;  single  track,  stand- 
ard gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarriles  de  Cardenas- Jticaro ; 
with  two  branches  from  Manacas,  12  and  13  miles  respect- 
ively. 

2.  From  Isabela,  through  Sagua,  to  Cruces,  54  miles,  stand- 
ard gauge,  single  track,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarriles  Sagua 
La  Grande. 

3.  From  Cienfuegos  to  Santa  Clara,  43  miles,  single  track, 
standard  gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarril  Cienfuegos-Santa 
Clara ;  with  the  following  spurs  or  branches : 

a.  Palmira  to  San  Frances,  6  miles. 
h.  Nuevas  to  Cruces,  8  miles. 

c.  Ranchuelo  to  San  Juan  de  los  Yeros,  6  miles. 

d.  Ranchuelo  to  Concepcidn,  5  miles. 

e.  Cruces  to  Alegre,  10  miles. 

4.  From  Caibarien  to  Cifuentes,  47  miles,  standard  gauge, 
single  track,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarriles  Unidos  de  Caiba- 
rien. 

5.  From  Palmira,  via  Rodas,  to  Cartagena,  29  miles,  with 
branch  from  La  Luz  to  Lequito,  a  distance  of  3  miles. 

6.  From  Caibarien,  via  Camajuani,  to  Placetas,  35  miles, 
single  track,  standard  gauge. 

7.  From  Caibarien  to  Placetas,  22  miles,  with  spurs  as 
follows : 

a.  From  near  Bartolome  to  Tobar,  14  miles. 

h.  From  junction  near  Zulueta  to  Yera,  11  miles. 

c.  From  Zulueta  to  Altamira,  5  miles. 

8.  From  Sancti  Spiritus  to  Tunas  de  Zaza,  22  miles,  stand- 
ard gauge,  single  track,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarril  de  Sancti 
Spiritus. 

9.  From  Casilda  to  Bijaba,  18.5  miles. 

10.  From  Sagua  la  Grande  northwest  to  Cayuagua,  a  spur 
10  miles  long. 

11.  From  Cardenas,  via  Ratamal,  to  Yaguaramas,  standard 
gauge,  single  track,  a  distance  of  67  miles. 

7739 23 


344 


RAILROADS. 


1.  Cardenas,  Bemba  and  Santa  Clara  Raileoad  (with  two  branches). 


TABLE  OF   DISTANCES 

CARDENAS  (Matanzas  Province). 

18 

BEMBA  (Matanzas  Province). 

67 

49 

Boundary  of  Province,  WEST. 

69 

51 

2 

MORDAZO. 

78 

60 

11 

9    1  MANACAS. 

83 

65 

16 

14  1    5 

S.  DOMINGO. 

92 

74 

25 

23  1  14 

9 

JICOTEAS. 

98 

80 

31 

29  j  20 

15 

6    1  ESPERANZA. 

107 

89 

40 

38     29 

24 

15       9    1  SANTA  CLA 

A  branch  from  Manacas  northwesterly  to  El  Mamey,  13  miles,  and  a 
branch  from  Manacas  northeasterly,  13  miles. 

ITINERARY. 

[For  itinerary,  see  Cardenas,  Bemba  and  Santa  Clara  Railroad,  in 
Province  Matanzas.] 

2.  Sagua  la  Grande  Railway. 

table  of  distances. 

la  isabela  (concha). 


13 

SAGUA 

LA  GRANDE. 

17 

4 

SITIECITO. 

26 

13 

9 

RODRIGO. 

35 

22 

18 

9 

SANTO  DOMINGO. 

42 

29 

25 

16 

7 

SAN  MARCO. 

48 

35 

31 

22 

13 

6 

LAS  LAJAS. 

54 

41 

37 

28 

19 

12 

6    1  CRUCES. 

ITINERARY    LA  ISABELA-CIENFUEGOS. 

Dutances from  1.  Santo  Doniingo-La  Isabela  (Concha). 

La  Isabela. 

49  k.— 30.38  in.  Between  49  and  48  kilometers,  small  culvert,  iron-girder 
bridge  50  feet  long  over  stream,  then  short  side  track  and 
platform  for  sugar.  Railroad  ballasted  with  stone ;  one  tele- 
graph line,  two  wires.  Country  fairly  level;  crops  largely 
com ;  open,  well-settled  country,  excellent  for  inarch  of  troops. 

47  k.— 29.14111.  About  47  kilometers,  country  more  brushy ;  good  for  troops ; 
railroad  has  single  track. 

46k.— 28.62in.     Same  characteristics ;  com  and  cane. 

45k.— 27.90m.  Horses,  cane  and  com.  A  few  low  cuts  along  here,  but  thus 
far  none  above  top  of  car ;  country  fairly  level. 

44k.— 27.28m.  Flag  station,  sugar  mill,  and  small  railroad,  probably  sugar 
road,  comes  in  from  left.  Much  cane;  country  somewhat 
rolling ;  railroad  same ;  some  small  grades,  fairly  level,  though 
rough. 


RAILROADS.  345 

Enormous  fields  of  cane;  bananas;  railroad  here  ascends    Diatancesfrom 
considerable  grade.  Isabella. 

About  41  kilometers,  small  side  track  and  platform  for  load-    ^j  k— 25  42  m 
ing  wood ;  more  corn  in  this  region  than  seen  before ;  cattle. 

About  40  kilometers,  water  tank.     A  low  country,  now  more    40  k.— 24.8O  m. 
brushy ;  many  cattle ;  good  for  march  of  troops ;  somewhat 
sharp  grades  but  no  cuts  of  consequence. 

A  little  cultivation  and  grass ;  then  small  bridge,  15  feet  long,  38  k.— 23.56  m. 
and  station  of  Rodrigo ;  small  station  built  of  stone ;  two  plat- 
forms for  loading ;  chiefly  cane  and  molasses,  as  usual,  in  this 
region ;  two  side  tracks,  flat  cars  for  cane.  Rodrigo  is  a  town 
of  some  200  inhabitants;  environs  rather  flat  and  with  low 
brush  about ;  houses  chiefly  of  wood  and  palm ;  down  grade ; 
going  north  the  country  roads  are  good,  but  are  no  doubt 
muddy  in  wet  weather. 

Country  brushy  and  flat,  with  good  grass ;  cattle ;  extensive    37  k.— 22.94  m. 
meadojsvs. 

Great  herds  of  cattle.  35^  _2^  yo^ 

Meadows  continue;  frequent  sTnall  culverts  indicate  water    34k.— 2i.08m. 
in  wet  season,  although  there  is  none  to  be  seen  now ;  many 
cattle. 

Meadows,  cattle,  and  horses;  vnre  fences  along  railroad;    33k.— 20.46 m. 
country  level  and  little  fenced. 

Great  herds  of  cattle;  country  along  railroad  fairly  level,     32k.— 19.84m. 
but  hills  in  distance ;  country  in  general  somewhat  brushy. 

Cane  again;  railroad  level,  few  cuts  or  grades.  31  k.— 19.22m. 

Much  cane  and  cattle ;  sugar  mills;  meadows.  •  30k.— is.TOm. 

Same;  then  side  track  to  large  ingenio  on  left;  platform    29k.— 17.98 m. 
and  warehouse  here ;  then  small  cut,  com  and  cane  fields,  and 
another  little  side  track  and  tvarehouse. 

Com  and  cane  fields;  a  wooden  ^res^Ze  some  200  feet  long    28k.— 17.36 m. 
and  8  to  10  feet  high,  with  an  iron-girder  bridge  in  the  middle 
about  40  feet  long,  over  a  little  stream ;  low  cuts  here,  and 
country  grows  more  rolling ;  crops,  com  and  cane. 

Cane;  railroad  curves  here  and  somewhat  sharp  grade.  27k.— 1 6.74m. 

Cane ;  country  now  open  and  hilly ;  grades  considerable,  but    25  k.— 15.50  m. 
cuts  few  and  low ;  large  sugar  mill  on  right,  close  to  track ; 
much  cane ;  open  ground,  hilly  and  beautiful. 

A  large  road  comes  in  from  left;  then  station  of  Sitiecito.  23k.— 14.26 m. 
Water  tank,  side  tracks,  wooden  station,  and  half  dozen 
houses.  This  seems  to  be  a  junction.  Much  cane ;  country 
level  in  immedeiate  vicinity  of  junction,  but  hills  here  and 
there  far  away.  Just  beyond  station  is  an  iro7i  girder  bridge 
50  feet  long  over  a  good-sized  river,  probably  unf ordable ;  the 
bridge  is  on  a  causeway  150  feet  long,  with  brnck  piers.  Low, 
fine  open  country. 

Wooden  trestle  100  feet  long,  10  feet  high.      Cattle  and    22k.-i3.64m. 
brush. 

Country  same ;  level  along  railroad ;  few  cuts,  none  large.        21  k.— 13.02  m. 

Country  more  level,  but  slight  grades;  open  meadows.  20k.— 12.50 m. 


346  RAILROADS. 

Distances  from     Same ;  road  here  fairly  good,  often  ronning  along  track,  but 
La  isabeia.        ^^  doubt  becomes  bad  in  the  wet  season.     Country  excellent 
19  k.— 11.78  m.  thus  far  for  troops. 

Many  cattle;   a  queer  old  loopholed,  battlemented  tower 

(these  towers  are  old  ruins,  built  probably  for  protection 
18k.— 11.16m.  against  the  pirates  who  formerly  infested  the  Cuban  coast), 

like  that  near  Cienfuegos,  near  track;  then  cemetery,  and 

road  crosses  a  narrow-gauge  track,  passes  a  water  tank  and 

many  tracks,  and  reaches  Sagua  la  Grande.    Station  of  brick 

and  stone,  roomy  and  large,  excellent  place  for  landing.  Plat- 
Sagua  1  a.  form  of  stone  shut  in  by  iron  fence.  Much  lumber  at  Sagua ; 
'^*°  *■  water  tank  on  road.     Railroad  continues  to  Boca,  otherwise 

called  Concha  {La  Isabeia). 
On  left  country  is  low,  flat,  and  open ;  town  continues  on 

right ;  then  large  ingenio  near  track  on  right. 
16k.— 9.92m.       Country  open,  flat,  and  uncultivated;    then  siding;   then 

crosses  little  sugar  road. 
15k.— 9.30m.       Country  open,  flat,  and  uncultivated  on  both  sides;  many 

cattle. 
14k.— 8.68  m.       Good  dift  road  continues  along  track,  but  evidently  becomes 

muddy  in  wet  season.  Country  excellent  for  march  of  troops. 
13  k.— 8.06  m.       A  little  Cultivation,  and  beyond,  large  ingenio  and  little 

sugar  railroad, 
12  k.— 7.44  m.       Country  open  and  flat ;  meadows  and  many  cattle ;  grass  seems 

good.  Dirt  road  continues  on  right  of  railroad.  Country  level 
11  k.— 6.87  m.  as  afloor,  open,  with  few  or  no  fences,  and  those  of  wire ;  many 

horses  and  cattle ;  little  or  no  cultivation. 
A  long  but  low  side  track,  small  stock  chute  near  by  cattle 

pens;  many  cattle.  Here  dirt  road  by  track  seems  to  end. 
8  k.— 4.96  m.    Country  open,  quite  level,  with  extensive  meadows  and  many 

cattle;  excellent  for  march  of  troops;  a  great  cattle  region. 
Conditions  the  same ;  no  cultivation ;  extensive  meadows 

with  cattle ;  level  country ;  railroad  straight  as  a  bee  line ;  road- 
6  k.— 3.72  m.    bed  ballasted  with  stone.     Two  lines  of  telegraph  of  two  wires 

each. 
Meadows  extend  across  the  country,  which  is  now  low  and 

flat,  covered  with  brush  and  marshy.  Troops  could  not  move 
4  k.— 2.48  m.    through  this  region,  except  on  railroad  embankment,  which 

could  be  used  by  ivagons,  liorses,  and  foot  troops.     It  would 

only  be  necessary  to  march  about  4  to  4^  kilometers  in  this 

way. 
1  k.— 0.62  m.       Low,  bushy  marsh,  and  then  arrive  at  La  Boca  {La  Isabeia), 

officially  called  Concha. 

2.  Santo  Domingo-Villa  Clara  {Cmces). 

The  town  of  Santo  Domingo  lies  about  50  kilometers  from 
Concha  Station,  the  seaport  of  Sagua  la  Grande.  The  town 
seems  a  mile  or  so  beyond  the  intersection  of  the  Cardenas 
and  Jucaro  and  Sagua  la  Grande  roads.  At  the  junction  is  a 
stone  station  house. 


RAILROADS. 


347 


Country  level,  somewhat  brushy,  growing  com,  a  little  cane, 
bananas,  garden  truck,  and  some  tobacco.  Road  single  track, 
cars  better  than  on  Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Railroad ;  one  line  of 
telegraph,  two  wires.  Country  ceases  to  be  cultivated  shortly 
after  leaving  station. 

Country  level,  somewhat  brushy,  with  palms;  sandy  soil, 
more  like  the  Vuelta  Abajo,  and  excellent  for  the  march  of 
troops. 

Country  slightly  more  brushy.     Otherwise  the  same. 

Country  level,  fairly  open,  no  ctiltivation,  no  fences,  no  huts 
nor  houses,  many  i)alms.  Railroad  thus  far  has  passed  several 
atone  culverts,  but  no  bridges  and  no  towns.  There  is  little 
water  here,  but  it  is  probably  plentiful  in  the  wet  season. 

About  59  kilometers,  one  side  track  and  station  of  San 
Marcos;  icooden  station  house,  wooden  loading  platform,  water 
tank,  houses  of  wood,  population  about  100,  country  flat. 

Beyond  San  Marcos,  country  same,  little  cultivation,  a  few 
huts,  country  flat  and  open,  with  palms  and  woods. 

Near  62  kilometers,  a  small  culvert ;  a  bridge  30  feet  long. 
Country  more  cultivated ;  cane. 

Country  open  and  cultivated ;  cane  and  more  com.  A  rail- 
road comes  in  from  the  right ;  then  two  or  three  houses  and  a 
little  station;  no  side  track,  but  there  is  a  "  Y,  '  a  platform 
and  a  stock  chute.  Thus  far  the  country  along  the  railroad 
has  been  excellent  for  the  march  of  troops.  Here  at  63  kilo- 
meters there  is  a  fine,  open,  sugar  country  to  the  right,  and 
to  the  left  more  brush  and  less  cultivation.  Then  to  the  right 
extend  great  meadows,  with  cattle  and  horses;  flat,  cane- 
growing  country ;  ingenio  roadbed  good,  stone  ballast. 

Road  fairly  level;  dirt  ballast;  a  few  low  cuts;  country 
somewhat  brushy  here  and  there. 

Cane  fields ;  cattle ;  stone  ballast  again ;  country  good  for 
march  of  troops. 

A  side  track  and  platform  for  sugar ;  a  few  huts,  then  a 
little  bridge  40  feet  high,  20  feet  long.  Country  now  more 
rolling. 

Bridge,  20  feet  long,  30  feet  high,  over  small  stream ;  cuts 
more  frequent,  but  lotc  and  through  rock ;  then  embankment 
and  a  little  wooden  bridge,  10  feet  long,  on  stone  abutments. 

Toum  of  Lajas ;  road  descends  for  a  mile  or  two  before 
reaching  town.  Lajas  is  a  clean,  pleasant -looking  place,  with 
frame  or  stone  houses,  a  side  track,  little  stone  station  hcmse, 
tcater  tank,  storehouse,  and  platform  for  loading  cane  and 
molasses.  The  town  is  surrounded  by  bananas,  palms,  brush, 
etc..  the  ground  being  somewhat  rolling.  Population  proba- 
bly several  thousand.  As  at  Santo  Domingo,  there  does  not 
seem  to  be  any  very  strong  position  near  the  town.  Beyond, 
the  country  is  open,  slightly  rolling,  good  for  marching,  and 
cultivated ;  cane ;  more  com  than  before ;  also  large  meadows 
and  much  stock. 


Distancee  ttova 
La  Isabela. 


51k.— 31.62  m. 


5.Jk.— 32.86  m. 


55  k.— 34.10  m. 
67  k.— 35.."Hm. 


69  k.— 36.58  m. 


60  k.— 37.20  m. 


62  k.— .38.44  m. 


63  k.— 39.06  m. 


65  k.— 40.30  m. 


66  k.— 40.92  m. 


67  k. -41.54  m. 


68  k.— 42.16  m. 


70  k.— 43.40  m. 


OF  Tut-; 

(  J  DIVERSITY 


348 


RAILROADS. 


Distances  from 
I^  Isabcla. 
71  k.— 44.02  m. 


75  k.— 46.50  m. 


76k.— 47.12  ni. 


Road  becomes  very  bad  and  dangerous  in  places  on  account 
of  old  rails ;  much  cane,  a  few  small  cuts  and  evibankments. 
A  rich  region,  with  much  cane  and  cattle. 
7.3  k.— 45.26 m.     At  about  73  kilometers  are  a  few  houses,  and  roads  from 

right  and  left,  probably  for  sugar. 
74  k.— 46.88 m.      Single  track,  a  lotv  cut  through  rock,  much  cane,  ground 
generally  level,  no  hills  in  sight:  in  fact,  few  or  none  are  seen 
after  leaving  the  vicinity  of  Coliseo. 

Much  cane ;  country  slightly  rolling,  cattle  and  brush,  prob- 
ably old  sugar  fields ;  here  and  there  palms  and  a  few  other 
trees. 

A  few  fences,  enormous  sugar  mills;  horses  and  mules; 
there  seems  to  be  plenty  of  water  here  even  in  winter ;  a  road 
frequently  runs  along  railroad ;  it  gives  indication  of  being 
muddy  in  the  wet  season,  but  is  good  now,  as  are  all  in  Cuba 
at  this  season  (January) . 
77k.— 47.74m.  Great  meadows,  brushy  on  right;  town  of  Las  Cruces  lies  a 
mile  beyond  on  left.  Hills  now  lie  far  in  front,  approaching 
nearer  on  right. 

At  about  78  kilometers  is  a  curve  and  a  narrow-gauge  rail- 
road to  the  right ;  then  a  smtch  and  branch  road  of  Sagua 
system.  Station,  and  many  tracks  and  cars.  Las  Cruces  has 
frame  station,  is  junction  of  Sagua  la  Grande  Railroad  with 
the  Santa  Clara  and  Cienfuegos  Railroad.  Trains  of  both 
lines  enter  the  same  station;  a  platform  lies  between  two 
tracks.  The  town  of  Cnices  lies  31  kilometers  by  rail  from 
Cienfuegos,  and  numbers  probably  several  thousand  inhabi- 
tants. The  surrounding  country  is  flat,  and  there  is  no  strong 
position  near  by.  The  people  of  this  region  are  called  the 
Yankees  of  Cuba ;  they  are  active,  energetic,  and  prosperous. 
Country  flat,  two  low  flat  hills  near  station,  say  a  mile  dis- 
tant, which  could  be  fortified  and  command  junction.  At 
Cruces  many  side  tracks,  switches,  etc. ;  much  movement 
about  the  place ;  people,  horses,  cattle,  oxen,  and  great  carts 
for  sugar  and  molasses.     In  this  region  everything  is  sugar. 


78  k.— 48.36  m. 


3.  Santa  Clara  and  Cienfuegos  Railway 
table  of  distances. 


SANTA  CLARA. 

10 

ESPERANZA. 

16 

6 

RANCHUELO. 

26 

16 

g 

CRUCES. 

28 

18 

12 

3      CAMARONES. 

36 

25 

19 

10 

7 

PALMIRA. 

43 

33 

27 

18 

16 

8    1  CIENFUEGOS. 

1 

RAILROADS. 


349 


ITINERARY. 

From  Santa  Clara  this  road  runs  westward  over  the  Garde-  „  Distances  from 

Santa  Clara. 

nas-Bemba-Santa  Clara  Railroad  to  Esi)eranza,  tnrougn  a 

level,  fertile  region  thickly  populated  and  well  cultivated.  12  miles. 

From  here  the  road  turns  to  the  southward,  and  after  cross- 
ing a  rolling  region  passing  through  Ranchuelo,  where  a    20  miles, 
small  spur  runs  to  San  Juan  de  los  Yeras,  6  miles  distant,  the 
road  continues  to  the  town  of  Cruces,  where  it  makes  con-    33  miles, 
nections  for  Sagua  La  Grande,  Cardenas,  etc.     It  has  a  small 
branch  from  here  to  Alegre,  10  miles. 

Beyond  Cruces  the  country  becomes  somewhat  broken  and 
rough,  and  just  before  entering  Palmira  the  road  crosses  a 
small  grade  and  enters  the  town  of  Palmira,  where  a  small    46  miles, 
branch  extends  some  6  miles  to  S.  Franco. 

Leaving  Palmira  a  rock  cut  some  20  feet  long,  high  and 
curved,  is  encountered.  Country  now  becomes  more  hilly 
and  brushy ;  much  cultivation,  many  houses,  cuts  grow  deeper, 
and  many  small  embankments  are  passed.  Just  before  enter- 
ing its  terminus  the  road  crosses  a  small  iron  bridge,  and  then 
enters  Cienf uegos,  its  terminus.  55  niiies. 

4.    CAIBARrEN-ClFUENTES   RAILWAY. 


TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 


CAIBARIEN. 

6 

REMEDIOS. 

13 

7 

TAGUAYABON. 

16 

10 

3 

VEGAS  DE  PALMA. 

19 

13 

6 

3 

CAMAJUANf. 

21 

15 

8 

5 

2 

BOSQUE. 

22 

16 

9 

6 

3 

1 

QUINTA. 

26 

20 

13 

10 

7 

5 

4 

VEGA  AltTA. 

32 

26 

19 

16 

13 

" 

10 

6    j  ENCRUCIJADA. 

39 

33 

26 

23l 

20 

18 

17 

13  1    7    1  MATA. 

47     41 

34 

31 

28 

26 

25 

21  1  15      8      CIFUENTES. 

ITINERARY. 

Leaving  Caibarien  this  road  runs  south  west  ward  from  the    Distances  from 
coast  over  a  low  flat  country  and  enters  the  city  of  Remedios. 

Beyond,  the  country  is  more  rolling,  and  on  the  right  a  range 
of  hills  is  seen.  Country  more  populated  and  cultivated. 
Road  enters  Taguayabon,  7  miles  from  Remedios. 

From  here  it  traverses  a  rough  rolling  country  and  reaches 
the  village  of  Camajuani. 

Here  the  road  crosses  a  wild  broken  region,  thinly  jwpulated 
and  little  cultivated,  passing  the  hamlets  of  Bosque  and  La 
Quinta  and  thence  to  the  village  of  Vega  Alta. 

Farther  on  it  enters  the  village  of  Encrucijada. 


6  miles. 
13  miles. 


22  miles. 
24  miles. 
28  miles. 
34  miles. 


350 


RAILROADS. 


Distance  from 
Caibarieu. 


48  miles. 


From  here  until  it  reaches  its  destination,  Cifuentes,  48 
miles  from  Caibarien,  the  road  traverses  a  rough,  hilly  country. 
Few  signs  of  habitation  or  civilization  are  seen.  On  the  right 
of  the  track  is  a  long  range  of  hills  which  disappear  just  before 
the  road  reaches  its  terminus. 


5.   PAL.M1KA,    RODAS  AND  CaRTAGENA   RAILWAY. 


TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 


PALMIRA. 

6 
13 

MONTERO. 

7 

CONGOJAS. 

17 

11 

4      RODAS. 

24 

18 

11 

7    !  LA  I 

29 

23 

16 

12  j    5 

CARTAGENA. 


ITINEBARY. 

This  line  seems  to  be  a  system  of  short  local  roads  connect- 
ing the  sugar  plantation  with  the  main  line  of  the  Santa 
Clara  road,  where  it  has  an  outlet  to  the  ocean,  via  Isabela 
Graces    Railroad.     It  is  only  of   local  importance. 

6.  Caibarien  and  Sancti  SpIritus  Railway. 


TABLE  OP 

DISTANCES. 

CAIBARIEN. 

6 

REMEDIOS. 

13 

7 

TAGUAYABON. 

17 

11 

4      VEGAS  DE  PALMA. 

19 

13 

6       2 

CAMAJUANI 

22 

16 

9       6 

3 

SALAMANCA. 

29 

23 

16  I  12 

10 

7 

SAN  ANDRES. 

35 

29 

22  1  18 

16 

13 

6    1  PLACETAS 

ITIN] 

SRA 

RY. 

• 

For  itinerary  see  Caibari6n-Cifu3ntes  Railroad  as  far  as 
Camajuani.  From  here  the  railroad  runs  in  a  southeasterly 
direction  through  a  rough  and  undulating  region  via  Sala- 
manca and  San  Andr6s  to  Placetas.  This  standard-gauge 
railroad  forms  a  triangle  with  the  narrow-gauge  railroad 
from  Caibari6n  to  Placetas,  Caibari6n,  Camajuani,  and  Pla- 
cetas being  points  of  this  triangle. 


RAILROADS. 


351 


7.  Zaza  Railroad, 
table  op  distances. 

caibarien. 


4 

ROJAS. 

8 

4    1  S.  BARTOLOME  (JUNCTION) 

10 

6    1   2    [  P^REZ. 

11 

7    1   3    1    1 

JUNCTION, 

13 

9    1   6    1    3 

2 

ZULUETA. 

22 

18     14  1  12 

11 

9   1  PLACETAS. 

ITINERARY. 

This  line  is  a  private  road,  single  track,  narrow  gauge.  Distances  from 

Leaving  Caibarien,  where  it  connects  with  the  Caibarien    s  miles. 
and  Cifuentes  Railroad,  this  road  traverses  to  the  southward  a 
level  fertile  region  and  enters  the  station  of  Bartolome  (where 
a  branch  runs  in  a  southerly  and  easterly  direction  via  Vunas, 
4  miles;  to  Tobar,  14  miles,  and  to  Perez,  10  miles). 

Beyond  here  the  country  is  rough  and  hilly,  thinly  popu-    ^  miles, 
lated,  and  little  cultivated.     Eleven  miles  from  Caibarien,  a 
spur  track,  11  miles  long,  runs  in  a  southerly  and  easterly 
direction  to  Yera. 

At  Zulueta  a  spur,  5  miles  long,  runs  in  a  westerly  direction    is  miles, 
to  Altamira. 

From  Zulueta  to  Placetas,  the  terminus,  is  9  miles.  22  miles. 


8. 

Sancti  SpfRiTus  Railway. 

TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 

TUNAS  DE  ZAZA. 

6 

ZAZA. 

10 

4 

CI  EGO. 

11 

5 

1 

GUASIMAL. 

13 

7 

3 

2 

CASARIEGO. 

16 

10 

6 

5 

3 

PERAOES. 

18 

12 

8 

7 

5 

2 

JARAO. 

19 

13 

9 

8 

6 

3 

1 

LAS  MINAS. 

20 

14 

10 

9 

7 

4 

2 

1      EL  CAPRICHO. 

22 

16 

12 

11 

9 

6 

4 

3       2      SANCTI  SP(RITUS. 

ITINERARY. 

This  road  is  a  local  line  connnecting  the  city  of  Sancti 
Spiritus  with  the  seacoast. 

Leaving  Sancti  Spiritus  it  encounters  a  ridge  just  at  the 
edge  of  the  town,  which  it  crosses  over,  and  then  enters  a 
level  fertile  region  which  gradually  grows  lower  as  the  coast 


352 


RAILROADS. 


sTncu  sj^h-ft^r  ^^  approached.  The  country  is  well  ctdtivated,  and  fine  planta- 
tions may  be  seen  from  either  side  of  the  car.  The  hamlets 
of  Paredes  and  Guasimal  are  passed,  and  then  the  road  enters 
the  coast  town  of  Tunas,  its  terminus,  27  miles  from  Sancti 
Spiritus. 

9.  Casiuja-Buaba  Railway. 


10  miles. 
16  miles. 
27  miles. 


TABLE  OP  DISTANCES. 

CASILDA. 

TRINIDAD. 
6      ILLAS. 
8.5   2.5     MANACAS. 
15      9     6. 5  I  FERN;5nDEZ. 


12 

18.5 


Distances  from 
Bijaba. 


17  miles. 


ITINERARY. 

This  is  a  local  line  running  from  Casilda,  on  the  coast,  via 
nias  and  Manacas  to  Fernandez,  a  distance  of  18. 5  miles.  Its 
only  importance  is  in  connecting  the  city  of  Trinidad  with  the 
coast.  From  Fernandez  to  Trinidad  it  traverses  a  valley ;  on 
the  right  are  the  mountains,  and  on  the  left  a  range  of  low 
hills.     Trinidad  is  reached  at  a  distance  of  15  miles. 

From  here  it  passes  through  a  level  low  country  to  the  coast 
town  of  Casilda. 


11.  Cardenas,  Jijcako,  and  Yaguaramas. 


TABLE 

OF 

DISTANCES. 

oCrdenas.     •) 

y  PROVINCE  OF  MATANZAS 

28 

RATAMAL.j 

50 

22 

BOUNDARY  OF  PROVINCE,  WEST. 

63 

25 

3 

JAGUEY. 

56 

28 

6 

3 

AGUADA. 

63 

35 

13 

10 

7 

campiRa. 

67 

39 

17 

14 

11 

4    yaguaramas. 

[For  itinerary,  see  Cardenas,  Jucaro  and  Yaguaramas  Bail- 
road,  in  Province  of  Matanzas.] 

ROADS. 

This  province  has  a  great  many  good  roads  and  pikes,  the 
principal  ones  being : 

1.  -From  Santa  Clara  to  Alvarez,  47  miles,  page  353. 

2.  From  Santa  Clara  to  Sagua  La  Grande  and  Isabela,  44 
miles,  page  354. 

3.  From  Santa  Clara  to  Trinidad  and  Casilda,  65  miles, 
page  354. 


ROADS. 


353 


4.  From  Santa  Clara  to  Remedios,  51  miles,  page  355. 

5.  From  Sancti  Spiritus  to  Remedios,  53  miles,  page  356. 

6.  From  Remedios  to  Moron,  75  miles,  of  which  47  miles 
are  in  the  Province  of  Santa  Clara,  page  356. 

7.  From  Puerto  Principe  to  Santa  Clara,  184  miles,  of  which 
84  miles  are  in  the  Province  of  Santa  Clara,  page  357. 

8.  From  Sancti  Spiritns,  via  Cienf uegos  and  Guinia  Miranda 
to  Venero  San  Juan,  117  miles,  page  357. 

9.  From  Cienfuegos;  via  Zaza,  to  Sancti  Spiritus,  98  miles; 
and  branch  from  Zaza  to  Tunas  de  Zaza,  6  miles,  page  358. 

10.  From  Cienfuegos,  via  Los  Abreus,  to  Yaguaramas,  27 
miles,  page  358. 

1.  Santa  Clara- Alvarez  Road. 


TABLE 

OP  DISTANCES. 

SANTA  CLARA. 

10 

ESPERANZA. 

26 

16 

S.  DOMINGO. 

41 

.SI 

15      JIQUIABO. 

47 

37 

21      6    1  ALVAREZ 

ITINERARY. 

Leaving  Santa  Clara  the  road  runs  north  of  west,  travers-    Distances  from 
ing  a  comparatively  level  country  whose  soil  is  fertile  and     "       *™" 
much  cultivated.     To  the  left  in  the  distance  may  be  seen  a 
number  of  knolls.     Many  little  streams  and  creeks  are  crossed. 
Plantations  are  scattered  here  and  there  until  a  few  huts,     2  miles, 
called  Anton  Diaz,  is  reached. 

Here  the  road  turns  sharply  to  the  north  and  enters  the 
town  of  Esperanza,  crossing  the  railway  tracks  just  before    lo  miles, 
reaching  the  city  limits. 

Beyond  the  town  the  road  crosses  a  vast  rolling  plain  with 
numerous  streams  scattered  over  the  territory.  Now  and  then 
bluffs  may  be  seen  to  the  right  in  the  distance.  Numerous 
plantations  are  passed  and  the  land  shows  much  cultivation. 
The  road  finally  enters  the  city  of  Santo  Domingo  from  the  26  miles, 
south,  crossing  the  railway  tracks  at  the  edge  of  the  city. 

Leaving  Santo  Domingo  the  road  crosses  a  vast  plain  of 
level  country  dotted  here  and  there  with  creeks  and  bayous. 
The  land  is  fertile  and  much  cultivated.     About  6  miles  from 
the  city  the  road  turns  west,  and  traversing  a  region  similar    ^i  miles, 
to  that  just  described  enters  the  town  of  Jiquiabo. 

From  here  the  road  traverses  an  uncultivated,  uninhabited 
country — a  vast  waste  of  prairie — and  finally  enters  the  town 
of  Alvarez,  at  a  distance  of  52  miles  from  Santa  Clara.     The    *7  miles, 
road  here  divides,  one  branch  communicating  with  Motemba 


354 


ROADS. 


to  the  northwest,  one  to  Colon,  and  another  to  Palmira  on  the 
south.  These  branches  are  not  considered  of  sufficient  impor- 
tance to  describe,  save  that  the  Motemba  branch  connects  with 
the  road  from  that  place  to  Matanzas. 

2.  Santa  Clara-Sagua  la  Grande  Road. 


TABLE 

OF 

DISTANCES. 

SANTA  CLARA. 

19 

CIFUENTES. 

22 

3 

SITIO  GRANDE. 

28 

9 

6 

GUATA 

31 

12 

9 

3 

SAGUA  LA  GRANDE 

44 

25 

22 

16 

13  1  ISABELA. 

ITINERARY. 

10  miles. 


19  miles. 
22  miles. 


Leaving  Santa  Clara  the  road  runs  north  over  an  undulating,  Distances  from 
well-watered,  and  fertile  country,  past  numerous  plantations 
and  across  little  streams,  for  a  distance  of  about  10  miles. 
Here  it  encounters  a  hilly  country  for  a  short  distance,  then 
enters  a  region  thinly  populated  and  little  cultivated.  Shortly 
before  reaching  the  village  of  Cifuentes  the  road  skirts  along 
the  base  of  a  high  knoll  and  then  enters  the  town  of  Cifuentes 
at  a  distance  of  20  miles  from  its  beginning. 

From  here  until  the  town  of  Sitio  Grande  is  reached  the 
road  runs  through  an  undulating  plain,  but  little  cultivated 
or  inhabited. 

Running  parallel  with  the  railroad,  from  Sitio  Grande  the 
road  traverses  a  somewhat  lower  country  and  many  streams 
and  creeks  are  forded.  The  country  is  more  populated  and 
cultivated  than  that  heretofore  described.  Just  before  reach- 
ing the  Rio  Sagua  the  road  turns  and  follows  it  for  some 
distance  past  the  village  of  Guata,  finally  crossing  it,  however, 
and  enters  the  town  of  Sagua  La  Grande. 

Leaving  here,  the  road  runs  between  the  river  and  railroad 
track,  over  a  flat,  low  country,  until  it  enters  the  seaport  of 
Isabela,  situated  50  miles  from  Santa  Clara. 

8.  Santa  Clara,  Trinidad,  and  Casilda  Road, 
table  op  distances. 


28  miles. 
31  miles. 


SANTA  CLARA. 

29 

GUINIA  MIRANDA. 

36 

7 

CAYAGUANI. 

49 

20 

13 

EL  CONDADO. 

61 

22 

16 

2 

RIO  DE  AY. 

61 

32 

26 

12 

10 

TRINIDAD. 

66 

S« 

29. 

16 

14 

4   1  CASILDA. 

ROADS. 


355 


29  miles. 


36  miles. 
49  miles. 


ITINERARY. 

Leaving  Santa  Clara  in  a  southerly  direction  over  a  com-    Distances  from 
paratively  level  country,  the  road  soon  reaches  a  rougher  coun-  ^°*'*  ^'*™' 
try  of  hills  and  mountains,  skirting  along  a  narrow  pass 
between  two  ranges  of  hills,  and  soon  reaching  a  more  open 
country  until  it  encounters  a  large  hill  at  a  distance  of  16    ^^  ™'^'*- 
miles  from  Santa  Clara.     Ascending  this,  the  road  becomes 
very  rough  as  it  passes  through  the  mountains.     Habitations 
are  few  and  the  land  sterile  and  little  cultivated  until  a  small 
valley,  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  high  mountains,  is  reached, 
where  the  land  becomes  more  fertile  and  productive.     At  the 
farther  end  of  the  valley  lies  the  village  of  Giiinia  Miranda. 

From  here  the  road  runs  through  deep  gorges  and  over 
rough  hills  to  the  river  town  of  Cayaguani. 

Beyond  here  the  road  follows  along  the  Agabama  river 
banks,  first  on  one  side  and  then  the  other  side  of  the  stream, 
past  the  hamlet  of  San  Francisco  to  the  village  of  El  Condado. 
Here  it  meets  the  Trinidad  Railway. 

From  here  it  leaves  the  river  and  traverses  a  fertile  valley 
region  through  the  village  of  Rio  de  Ay,  and  continues  over 
a  pictTiresque,  fertile  valley,  gradually  approaching  a  range 
of  mountains.  Passing  along  the  foot  of  these  in  gentle 
curves,  it  soon  reaches  the  railway  again.  Following  parallel 
to  it  the  road  finally  enters  the  city  of  Trinidad. 

The  road  extends  from  Trinidad  to  the  seaport  of  Casilda  3 
miles  farther  on. 

4.  Santa  Claka-Remedios  Road, 
table  of  distances, 
santa  clara. 

SANTA  ft. 

6    I  CAMAJUANI. 


61  miles. 


11  I    5 
19  I  13 


TAGUAYABON. 
8    I  REMEDIOS. 


ITINERARY. 


For  a  distance  ^^j^-f-/-- 


Leaving  Santa  Clara  this  road  travels  east, 
of  about  5  miles  the  country  is  a  leVel  plain.  Here  it  crosses 
a  little  creek  and,  skirting  along  the  base  of  a  hill,  enters  a 
more  rolling  and  rougher  country.  Crossing  over  quite  a 
stream  at  the  hamlet  of  Santa  Fe  it  ascends  some  tall  hills ; 
descending  again  into  a  pretty  valley  it  enters  the  village  of 
Camajuani,  crossing  the  railway  tracks  at  the  outskirts  of  the 
town. 

Beyond  here  the  road  runs  parallel  to  the  railway  through 
a  fertile  rolling  plain  to  the  hamlet  of  Taguayabon. 

From  here  the  road  soon  reaches  a  range  of  hills,  over  which 
it  crosses,  and  descends  into  the  valley  and  enters  the  city  of 
Bemedios,  32  miles  from  Santa  Clara. 


19  miles. 


32  mileti. 


356 


ROADS. 


5.    SaNCTI  SpfRITUS-REMEDIOS  ROAD. 
TABLE  OP  DISTANCES. 


SANCT 

SP 

RfTL 

S. 

11 

CABAIGUAN. 

34 

23 

PLACETAS. 

40 

29 

6 

JAGUEY. 

44 

33 

10 

4 

GUADALUPE. 

51 

40 

17 

11 

7      REMEDIOS 

ITINEEABY. 

Distances  from 
Sancti  Spiritus. 


11  miles. 


34  miles. 


51  miles. 


Leaving  Sancti  Spiritus  the  road  skirts  along  the  edge  of  a 
hill  overlooking  the  city  and  enters  a  level  plain  for  a  short 
distance.  It  soon  passes  between  two  hills,  and,  running 
through  a  highly  cultivated  valley,  enters  the  village  of 
Cabaiguan. 

From  here  the  road  crosses  a  level  fertile  region,  though 
little  inhabited  and  cultivated ;  now  and  then  small  creeks  or 
streams  are  crossed,  but,  on  the  whole,  the  country  is  a  deso- 
late, dreary  waste  of  land.  Shortly  before  reaching  the  town 
of  Placetas  a  small  range  of  hills  is  passed,  after  which  the 
road  enters  the  town  of  Placetas,  at  a  distance  of  34  miles  from 
Sancti  Spiritus. 

Beyond  this  the  country  becomes  rough  and  broken,  and 
the  road  soon  crosses  the  railway  tracks  and  enters  the 
hamlet  of  Jaguey. 

From  here  the  road  traverses  a  more  level  country,  winding 
around  the  foot  of  a  range  of  bluffs  on  its  left,  and  enters  the 
town  of  Guadalupe. 

Shortly  after  leaving  the  town  the  range  on  its  left  disap- 
pears, and  the  road  approaches  a  ridge  on  its  right,  which  it 
follows  until  the  city  of  Remedios  is  reached,  at  51  miles. 


6.  Remedios-Moeon  Road 


TABLE  OP  distances. 


REMEDIOS 

3 

BARTOLOMe. 

10 

7 

BUENAVISTA. 

29 

26 

19 

MENESES. 

61 

76 

48 

72 

41 
66 

22 
46 

CHAMBAS. 
24  1  MORON. 

PUERTO  PRfNClPE 
PROVINCE. 

ROADS. 


357 


ITINERARY. 


Leaving  the  city  of  Remedies  the  road  skirts  along  a  ridge    Distances  from 
of  hills  on  its  right,  with  a  broad,  open  plain  on  its  left,  and  '^"n'^^''"^- 
soon  reaches  the  village  of  Bartolome,  where  it  leaves  the    3  miles, 
hills  for  quite  a  distance  and  traverses  a  somewhat  undulat- 
ing region  until  the  village  of  Buenavista  is  reached. 

Beyond  here  the  road  traverses  an  undulating  country, 
gradually  approaching  a  narrow  valley  between  two  ranges 
of  mountains,  through  which  it  passes  until  the  hamlet  of 
Meneses  is  reached. 

From  here  the  road  continues  up  the  valley  until  it  reaches 
its  head.  Here  it  turns  to  the  left  and  enters  a  narrow  pass, 
but  soon  emerges  again  into  a  broad,  open  plain,  leaving  the 
range  of  mountains  on  its  right,  and  passes  on  to  the  town  of 
Chambas. 

Beyond  the  town  the  road  enters  a  more  level  country,  grad- 
ually leaving  the  mountains  in  the  distance,  and  passing 
through  a  very  fertile,  well  watered,  inhabited,  and  cultivated 
region,  at  last  enters  the  city  of  Moron,  at  a  distance  of  75 
miles  from  Remedios. 


10  miles. 


29  miles. 


51  miles. 


75  miles. 


7.  Puerto  Principe-Santa  Clara  Road. 

[For  Table  of  Distances  and  Itinerary,  see  Road  2,  Puerto 
Principe  to  Sancti  Spiritus,  Province  of  Puerto  Princij)e, 
page  402.  ] 

8.  Sancti  SpIritus,  Cienfuegos,  Guinia  Miranda,  and 
Venero  San  Juan  Road. 

table  of  distances. 


SANCTI  SPIRITUS. 

24 

ELJUMENTO. 

36 

11 

GUINIA  MIRANDA. 

48 

24 

13 

MANICARAGUA  LA  VEGA. 

52 

28 

18 

5 

MANICARAGUA  MOZA. 

64 

40 

29 

16 

11 

CUMANAYAGUA. 

72 

48 

37 

24 

19 

8 

SAN  ANTON. 

85 

61 

60 

37 

32 

21 

13 

CIENFUEGOS. 

92 

68 

67 

44 

39 

28 

20 

7      TRUJILLO. 

102 

78 

67 

54 

49 

38 

30 

17     10 

RODAS. 

117 

93 

82 

69 

64 

53 

45 

32     25 

15     VENERO 

SAN  JUAN 

358 


ROADS. 


9.    ClENFUEGOS,  ZaZA,    AND  SaNCTI   SpIeITUS  RoAD. 
TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 
ClENFUEGOS. 


12 

A. 

ARIMAO. 

19 

7 

GAVILAN. 

34 

22 

15 

MUNOZ. 

40 

28 

21 

6 

GUANAIJARA. 

45 
62 

33 
40 

26 
33 

11 

18 

6 
12 

TRINIDAD. 

7 

YAGUANA. 

66 

44 

37 

22 

16' 

11 

4 

BARRO. 

60 

48 

41 

26 

20 

15 

8 

4 

PEDRO. 

77 

65 

58 

43 

37 

32 

25 

21 

17     ZAZA. 

83 

71 

64 

49 

43 

38 

31 

27 

23      6 

GUASIMAL. 

91 

79 

72 

57 

61 

46 

39 

35 

31     11 

5 

PAREDE 

94 

82 

75 

SO 

64 

49 

42 

38 

34     17 

11 

6 

JAR 

98 

86 

79 

64 

68 

63 

46 

42 

38     21 

16 

10 

4    1 

SANCTI  SPIRfTUa 


10.    ClENFUEGOS,  Los   ABREUS,  AND   YaGUARAMAS   RoAD. 
TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 
ClENFUEGOS. 


TRUJILLO. 

LOS  ABREUS. 

11  I  YAGUARAMAS. 


JUDICIAL  DISTRICTS,  TOWNSHIPS,  CITIES,  TOWNS. 


359 


JUDICIAL  DISTRICTS,  TOWNSHIPS,  CITIES,  AND  TOWNS. 


Judicial  districts  (partidos  judiciales). 


Cienf  uegos . 


Sagua  La  Grande 


Sancti  Spiritus 


San  Juan  de  los  Remedios 


Santa  Clara 


Trinidad 


Townships  (ayuntamientos). 


fAbreus  (Los). 
Camarones. 
Cartagena. 
Cienfuegos. 
Las  Cruces. 
Palmira. 
Rodas. 
Santa  Isabel  de  Las  Lajas. 

rAmaro. 

Calabazar. 

Ceja  de  Pablo. 

Quemados  de  Gliines. 

Rancho  Veloz. 

Sagua  La  Grande. 
^- Santo  Domingo. 

Sancti  Spiritus. 

r  Buena  Vista. 

Caibarien. 

Camajuani. 

Placetas. 
I  San  Antonio  de  las  Vueltas. 

San  Juan  de  los  Remedios. 

Yaguajay. 

Zulueta. 

fEsperanza  (La). 

Rancliuelo. 

San  Diego  del  Valle. 

San  Juan  de  las  Yeras. 
1^  Santa  Clara. 

Trinidad. 


7739 24 


360  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   CIENFUEGOS. 

I.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   CIENFUEGOS. 


Townships. 


Population. 


1.  Abreus  (Los) 

2.  Camarones 

3.  Cartagena 

4.  Cienfuegos 

5.  Las  Cruces. 

6.  Palmira 

7.  Rodas 

8.  Santa  Isabel  de  las  Lajas 


7,602 
8,555 
8,915 

8,527 
4,995 
8,709 
9,104 


1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Abreus  (Los). 

Abreus  (Los)  is  a  town  of  4,503  inhabitants,  situated  ^i  miles  from 
Cienfuegos  and  1  mile  from  the  station  of  Barca  del  Rio  Damuji.  It  has 
a  horse  car  line.     Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

2.  Ayuntamiento  op  Camarones. 
Capital,  Camarones. 


Outlying  Tillages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1    Ciego  Alonso           .  .  - 

Miles. 

5 

8 
8 

2.  Lomas  Grandes. - 

3.  Paradero    

Camarones  is  a  town  of  1,200  inhabitants,  situated  15^  miles  from  Cien- 
fuegos.    Cienfuegos  Railroad,  post  office,  and  telegraph  station. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Cartagena. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Arriete 

Miles. 

16i 

5^ 

6 

3i 

On  railroad  to  Cienfuegos. 
On  Cardenas  and  Jiicaro  R.  R. 
Nearest  station  Arriete. 

2.  Cascajal  

3.  Ciego  Montero 

4.  Santiago 

5.  Soledad 

Cartagena  is  a  town  of  1,497  inhabitants,  situated  on  the  branch  rail- 
road to  Rodas,  20  miles  north  of  Cienfuegos,  near  the  river  Damuji. 
Post  office  arid  telegraph  station. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   CIENFUEGOS. 


361 


4.  Ayuntamtento  of  Cienfuegos. 
Capital,  Cienfuegos. 


Outlying  villages. 


Distance 

from 
capital. 


Remarks. 


1.  Aguada  de  Pasajeros- 

2.  Arango 

3.  Arimao 

4.  Auras 

5.  Cabeza  de  Toro 

6.  Caimanera 

7.  Calabazas 

8.  Calisito 

9.  Camarones 

10.  Castillo  de  Jagua 

11.  Caunao 

12.  CoiTalillos 

13.  Cumanayagua  (Santa 

Cruz  de). 

14.  Charcas 

15.  Gavilan 

16.  Gavilancito _ 

17.  Grietas 

18.  Guasimal 

19.  Jabacoa 

20.  Jicotea 

21.  Junco... 

22.  Lomas  Grandes 

23.  Mancas 

24.  Mandiuga 

25.  OjodeAgua 

26.  Palmira 

27.  Ramirez 

28.  Sierra  (La) 

29.-  Yaguaramas 


MUe*. 

25 

15i 

15i 

H 

m 

8i 
13 
6 

4i 

m 

m 

8i 
18i 
18^ 

13 

18^ 
8i 
3 

13 
3 

18i 

18i 
Si 
8i 

m 


Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Railroad. 

2, 404  inhabitants. 
362  inhabitants. 

1,093  inhabitants. 


271  inhabitants. 
1, 583  inhabitants. 

Port  of  742  inhabitants. 


1,230  inhabitants. 
518  inhabitants. 
421  inhabitants. 

1,432  inhabitants. 

558  inhabitants. 

Port  of  1,071  inhabitants,  on  Car- 
denas and  Jucaro  Railroad. 
PostoflBce  and  telegraph  sta- 
tion. 


ROUTES  TO  CIENFUEGOS. 

1.  From  Habana  to  Batabano  by  United  Railways,  and  then  by  sea. 

2.  From  Habana  to  Bemba  by  United  Railways,  then  to  Santo  Domingo 
by  Cardenas-Santa  Clara  Road,  and  then  by  Sagua  la  Grande,  Cienfuegos, 
and  Santa  Clara  Railway. 

Cienfuegos  is  a  city  of  41,000  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  judicial  dis- 
trict of  the  same  name,  situated  in  the  southern  part  of  the  island  in  lati- 
tude 22^  9'  N.  and  longitude  73'  50'  W.     It  is  united  to  the  main  railroad 


362  JUDICIAL  DISTRICT   OF   CIENPUEGOS. 

system  of  the  island,  the  distance  to  Habana  by  rail  being  189  miles. 
Post  office,  telegraph  station,  and  railroad  to  Santa  Clara. 

Cienfuegos  (hundred  fires)  was  founded  in  1819,  destroyed  by  a  hurri- 
cane and  rebuilt  in  1835.  It  is  located  on  the  east  side  of  the  harbor  of 
Agua,  which  Las  Casas  called  "the  most  magnificent  port  in  the  world," 
and  it  is  certainly  one  of  the  most  beautiful.  It  is  commercially  the  most 
important  port  of  entry  on  the  southern  coast,  and,  ranking  with  Sagua,  is 
the  fourth  or  fifth  port  of  importance  on  the  island.  Cienfuegos  is  now  the 
center  of  the  sugar  trade  for  the  southern  part  of  the  island.  Sugar  and  to- 
bacco are  exported  to  the  United  States,  and  soap  and  ice  are  manufactured. 
It  is  built  upon  a  site  of  which  a  part  projects,  peninsula-like,  into  the  har- 
bor. The  town  occupies  about  150  acres.  It  commences  at  the  water 
front,  which  is  about  3  feet  above  the  sea,  and  slopes  upward  to  an  eleva- 
tion of  about  75  feet,  this  being  the  highest  point  where  the  houses  are 
built,  but  not  the  summit  of  the  ascent.  More  than  one-third  of  the  town 
was  formerly  a  mangrove  swamp,  and  at  least  one-third  of  the  population 
lives  where  the  subsoil  is  within  3  to  6  feet  of  the  surface  and  where  the 
contents  of  the  privies  rise  and  fall  with  the  tide.  The  whole  town  is 
commanded  by  the  waterworks  building,  which  is  100  feet  above  the  sea. 
The  drainage  is  good,  but  nevertheless  many  houses  have  stagnant  pools 
of  water  in  front  of  them.  The  streets  are  40  feet  wide  and  mac- 
adamized. The  most  famous  building  in  Cienfuegos  is  the  Terry  theater. 
Although  the  waterworks  has  a  good  plant,  it  fails  as  yet  to  supply  water. 
About  one-third  of  the  population  have  underground  cisterns,  and  sell 
water  to  the  other  two-thirds.  The  houses  are  small  wooden  ones,  the 
floors  directly  on  the  ground  and  only  a  few  inches  above  the  sidewalks. 
Many  of  the  floors  are  on  a  level  with  the  streets  and  some  are  even  below. 

The  harbor  is  of  the  first  class,  affording  safe  anchorage  for  the  largest 
vessels.  It  is  about  11  miles  long  by  from  3  to  5  miles  in  width,  and  is 
entered  from  the  south  by  a  deep,  narrow  channel  about  3  miles  long. 
This  entrance  is  probably  fortified.  The  location  of  such  fortifications, 
however,  cannot  be  elevated  much  above  sea  level.  Slightly  back  of  this 
are  supposed  to  be  some  important  fortifications  elevated  on  the  ridges 
between  the  ocean  and  the  bay.  The  entrance  to  the  bay  is  so  narrow 
that,  in  case  it  was  desired,  a  vessel  could  be  sunk  there  and  effectively 
imprison  all  the  vessels  in  the  harbor. 

The  town  is  about  5  miles  distant  from  the  harbor  extremity  of  the 
channel.  Three  rivers  of  considerable  size,  two  to  the  north  and  one  to 
the  south  of  Cienfuegos,  empty  into  this  large  harbor,  besides  several 
smaller  streams.  The  harbor  is,  for  the  most  part,  inclosed  by  beautiful 
hills,  while  its  southern  extremity  is  adorned  by  a  chain  of  picturesqiie 
mountains  of  even  majestic  appearance.  Humboldt  says:  "The  hills  of 
San  Juan  form  a  limestone  chain,  very  steep  on  its  southern  side,  and  some 
1,800  to  2,000  feet  high,  their  naked  and  arid  summits  now  rounded,  and 
now  forming  high  and  steep  peaks. "  The  temperature  falls  very  low  here 
while  the  northers  prevail ;  it  never  snows,  but  frost  and  hail  are  some- 
times seen  in  these  moimtains  and  in  those  of  Santiago.  The  climate  from 
December  1st  until  May  is  dry  and  moderately  warm,  the  temperatiire 
ranging  from  60"  to  78°  during  the  day  and  falling  several  degrees  at 
night.  During  this  period  almost  constant  winds  prevail  from  the  north- 
east or  northwest,  accompanied  by  clouds  of  dust.    For  the  rest  of  the 


JtTDICIAL  DISTRICT   OF  CIENFUEGOS.  363 

year  the  temperature  ranges  from  75°  to  93°,  descending  a  few  degrees  at 
night,  and  there  are  frequent  and  heavy  rainfalls  and  windstorms.  The 
yellow  fever  is  then  epidemic. 

The  anchorage  ground  (depth  of  water  27  feet)  is  from  one-eighth  to 
one-half  mile  distant  from  the  water  front  of  Cienfuegos.  Some  20  wharves 
extend  about  300  feet  from  the  shore  into  the  harbor,  and  the  water  at 
these  points  is  from  12  to  14  feet  deep,  so  that  many  vessels  are  moored  at 
these  wharves  during  their  entire  stay.  Steamers  of  more  than  2,000  tons 
receive  the  first  part  of  their  cargo  at  the  wharf  and  the  balance  thereof 
by  lighters  at  the  anchorage  ground.  No  ballast  is  kept  at  Cienfuegos ; 
the  few  vessels  needing  it  procure  it  by  lighters  from  the  opposite  western 
shore  of  the  harbor. 

The  death  rate  is  about  43.  In  addition  to  yellow  fever,  smallpox  causes 
great  mortality  in  Cienfuegos,  the  popular  prejudice  being  very  strong 
against  vaccination.  Fully  one-half  of  the  sick  suffer  directly  with 
malaria,  which  complicates  nearly  every  disease.  Yellow  fever  is  con- 
sidered as  endemic  here — that  is,  that  its  poison  is  annually  and  habitu- 
ally present. 

SAILING    DIKECTIONS. 

Port  Xagua,  or  Cienfuegos,  is  quite  secure  in  all  winds,  with  a  depth 
sufficient  for  vessels  of  the  heaviest  draft ;  but  its  channel  is  so  narrow 
and  tortuous  and  the  tides  are  so  strong  that  it  is  very  difficult  to  navi- 
gate. The  entrance,  between  Colorados  Point  on  the  east  and  Sabanilla 
or  Vigia  Point  on  the  west,  is  li  miles  wide  (the  bank  flinging  the  coast 
on  the  western  side  of  entrance  to  this  port  extends  from  the  shore  about 
200  yards,  at  midway  between  Sabanilla  Point  and  Angeles  Castle) ;  but 
2  miles  within,  between  Pasacaballos  and  Angeles  Points,  it  is  narrowed 
to  little  more  than  200  yards  across,  and  here  takes  a  sharp  turn  from 
NW.  to  NNE. ,  carrying  the  same  breadth  for  three-fourths  of  a  mile  to 
Milpa  Point  on  the  east,  at  the  inner  end  of  the  channel,  when  it  opens 
out  into  a  large  harbor. 

The  buoys  moored  on  the  east  side  of  the  Ensenada  de  Marsillan,  and 
one  at  the  eastern  edge  of  Cayo  Carenas  Shoal,  also  one  marking  Sierpe 
Shoal,  off  the  Damuji  River,  are  not  permanent,  but  are  maintained  by 
the  pilots,  who  shift  them  according  to  their  requirements.  There  are 
several  shoal  patches  of  sand  in  the  Ensenada  de  Marsillan,  but  they  are 
not  dangerous  to  navigation,  as  they  are  out  of  the  usual  track  of  vessels, 
and  besides  are  easily  seen,  owing  to  the  smoothness  and  transparency  of 
the  water. 

The  town  of  Ferdinanda  de  Xagua,  or  Cienfuegos,  is  built  on  a  peninsula 
on  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay.  This  peninsula  separates  two  large  bays, 
each  affording  excellent  anchorage. 

Vessels  discharge  into  lighters  till  their  draft  is  reduced  to  14  feet,  when 
they  can  haul  alongside  of  the  wharf. 

The  sanitary  condition  is  good,  the  city  being  clean.  There  is  a  health 
officer,  who  boards  all  vessels.  Quarantine  is  not  very  strict  and  rarely 
lasts  more  than  a  day  or  two.  The  public  hospital  is  under  government 
control  and  accommodates  250  patients.  Foreigners  are  charged  §2  per 
day.  A  doctor  is  in  charge,  assisted  by  a  corps  of  trained  nurses.  There 
is  also  a  small  private  hospital. 


364  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF  CIENFUEGOS. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  consul  and  vice  consul.  Author- 
ities to  visit  are  the  military  governor  and  captain  of  the  port. 

Light. — On  Colorados  Point,  from  a  tower  45  feet  high,  a  fixed  and  flash- 
ing light,  every  2  minutes,  is  shown,  visible  14  miles. 

Supplies. — The  market  for  fresh  provisions  is  good  and  the  price  fair, 
large  quantities  of  salt  jirovisions  being  kept  on  hand. 

River  water  can  be  obtained  from  water  boats,  H  cents  a  gallon.  There 
are  pipes  at  the  wharves,  where  water  can  be  obtained  by  boats. 

Coal. — There  is  an  extensive  coal  yard,  where  a  large  supply  of  coal  is 
kept,  at  a  cost  of  $8  to  $8.75  per  ton.  Small  vessels  can  coal  at  the  wharf ; 
large  vessels  lie  almost  half  a  mile  off. 

Docks. — There  are  two  slips,  where  vessels  200  feet  long,  drawing  8  feet 
forward,  13  feet  aft,  may  be  hauled  up ;  also  two  machine  shops,  where 
steamers  may  repair. 

Steamers. — Ward's  line  from  United  States  call  twice  a  month  during 
the  busy  season,  and  once  a  month  during  the  rest  of  the  year.  Atkins 
line  from  Boston  call  once  a  month,  only  during  the  busy  season. 

Telegraph. — A  land  line  to  Habana.  A  submarine  telegraph  cable  has 
been  laid  between  Cienfuegos  and  Manzanillo,  with  intermediate  stations 
at  Casilda,  Tunas  de  Zarza,  Jucaro,  and  Santa  Cruz  del  Sur. 

Mail  is  received  twice  a  month  by  steamer  and  twice  a  week  by  rail 
from  Habana.     A  railroad  runs  between  this  place  and  Habana. 

Pilots  are  under  the  control  of  the  captain  of  the  port,  and  are  reliable. 
Pilotage  is  compulsory,  except  to  vessels  under  80  tons.  Vessels  coming 
into  port  or  going  out  at  night,  between  sunset  and  one  hour  before  sun- 
rise, pay  double  pilotage.  Pilotage  fees  on  foreign  vessels  in  and  out : 
For  vessels  of  from  81  to  100  tons,  $11  (Spanish  gold);  101  to  150,  $13;  151 
to  200,  $14;  201  to  250,  $15;  251  to  300,  $17;  301  to  350,  $19;  351  to  400,  $21 ; 
401  to  450,  $23;  and  for  each  additional  50  tons  up  to  4,501  tons,  $1.  For 
vessels  of  from  4,501  to  5,000  tons,  $38 ;  over  5,000  tons,  $40.  For  removals 
in  the  harbor  from  anchorages  to  moles,  or  between  moles,  the  pilotage 
varies  from  one-third  to  two-thirds  of  the  actual  pilotage  for  coming  in 
and  going  out. 

Mooring  and  unmooring  on  all  foreign  vessels  exceeding  80  tons  is  com- 
pulsory and  varies  from  87^  cents  on  100  tons  to  $3.15  (Spanish  gold)  on 
5,001  tons  and  over. 

Towage. — For  vessels  of  from  100  to  200  tons,  $30  (Spanish  gold),  and 
$10  for  each  additional  100  tons  or  fraction  thereof. 

The  charges  on  a  vessel  of  360  tons  are :  Pilotage,  $42 ;  towage,  $100 ; 
watchman,  $3 ;  interpreter,  $2.  Vessels  of  more  than  500  tons  pay  $4  for 
watchman. 

Directions. — In  entering  the  harbor  of  Cienfuegos  give  the  shore  east  of 
Colorados  Point  a  berth  of  one  mile,  but  the  point  itself  may  be  passed 
within  500  yards.  Then  keep  in  mid-channel  all  the  way  to  where  the 
shores  separate  to  form  the  bay.  The  eastern  interior  point  is  called  Milpa 
Point,  and  off  it  a  spit  extends  for  one-quarter  mile,  with  8  feet  of  water 
on  it.  North  of  Milpa  Point  is  the  bank  of  the  same  name,  to  avoid 
which  steer  for  the  SE.  end  of  Carenas  Cay  as  soon  as  Milpa  Point  is 
abeam.  When  the  north  point  of  Alcatraz  Cay  bears  east  (N.  86°  E. 
mag. ),  Milpa  Bank  is  passed,  and  the  vessel  may  anchor,  if  desirable,  in 
7  or  10  fathoms  of  water. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF  CIENPUEGOS. 


365 


If  intending  to  proceed  farther,  Carenas  Cay  should  be  passed  on  the 
starboard  hand,  as  a  long  spit  connects  it  with  the  northern  shore.  The 
assistance  of  a  pilot  will  be  necessary,  as,  although  the  edges  of  the  banks 
or  shoal  are  generally  marked  by  stakes  or  buoys,  they  are  liable  to  be 
changed  and  can  not  be  depended  upon. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Port  Xagua  at  4h.  57m., 
and  the  rise  is  2  feet. 

Caution. — As  the  current  runs  about  three  knots,  vessels  going  with 
the  tide  must  be  particularly  careful  in  rounding  Pasacaballos  Point,  as 
they  are  apt  to  be  swept  on  the  opposite  shore.  The  banks  are  reported 
as  extending. 

5.  Ayuntamiento  of  Las  Cruces. 


Outlying  yillagee. 


I    Distance 
I        from 
I     capital. 


1.  MalaRequa- 

2.  Mai  Tiempo 

3.  Viga(La).-- 


MUes. 


4i 
6 


Las  Cruces  is  a  town  situated  19  miles  from  Cienfuegos,  on  the  Cien- 
f  uegos  and  Sagua  la  Grande  railroads.     Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

6.  Ayuntamiento  of  Palmira. 

Palmira  is  a  town  of  2,987  inhabitants,  situated  8i  miles  from  Cien- 
fuegos. Cienfuegos  Railroad,  to  Santa  Clara,  Congojas,  and  to  the  sulphur 
baths  of  Ciego  Montero.  It  is  on  the  calzada  (high  road).  Post  office, 
telegraph,  and  telephone  to  the  central  station. 

7.  Aytjntamtento  of  Rodas. 
Capital,  Rodas. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Congojas  - 

MQet. 

3i 
3i 
5 

7 

2.  Habacoa.-  _  

3.  Limones 

4.  Medidas 

Rodas  is  a  town  of  2,230  inhabitants,  situated  23^  miles  from  Cienfuegos. 
Post  office,  telegraph,  and  railroad  to  Cartagena,  which  is  22i  miles  distant. 


366 


JUDICIAL  DISTRICT   OF   SAGUA   LA   GRANDE. 


8.  Ayuntamiento  of  Santa  Isabel  de  las  Lajas. 
Capital,  Santa  Isabel  de  las  Lajas. 


Outlying  Tillages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Aguadita 

MOet. 

3 

3 
11 
3i 

6 

5 

612  inhabitants. 
559  inhabitants. 
1,176  inhabitants. 
698  inhabitants. 
1, 135  inhabitants. 

2.  Nuevas  

3.  Salado  -.. 

4.  Salto 

5    Santa  Rosa 

6.  Terry 

Santa  Isabel  de  las  Lajas  is  a  town  of  3,102  inhabitants,  with  1,822  in 
its  suburbs,  and  is  situated  31  miles  from  Cienfuegos.  Stage  coach  to 
Cartagena.  By  the  railroad  it  is  22  miles  to  Cienfuegos.  Post  oflBce  and 
municipal  telegraph. 

II.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   SAGUA   LA   GRANDE. 
Population,  89,826. 


Townships. 


Population. 


1.  Amaro... 

2.  Calabazar 

3.  Ceja  de  Pablo 

4.  Quemados  de  Gliines 

5.  Rancho  Veloz 

6.  Sagua  la  Grande 

7.  Santo  Domingo 


7,251 

8,898 
10,700 
14,000 

8,237 
23,740 
17,000 


1.  Ayuntamiento  op  Amaro. 

ClFlTENTES  is  a  town  of  1,887  inhabitants,  chief  city  of  the  Ayuntamiento 
of  Amaro,  situated  13  miles  from  Sagua  la  Grande.  Three  casinos, 
Sagua  railroad,  and  post  office. 

2.  Ayuntamiento  op  Calabazak. 
Capital,  Calabazar. 


Outlying  Tillages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Granadillo 

lOi 
22i 
10 

2   Santo  (El) 

3.  Viana     

JUDICIAL  DISTRICT    OF   SAGUA  LA   GRANDE. 


367 


Calabazar  is  a  town  20  miles  southeast  from  Sagua  la  Grande.  It  is  of 
little  importance,  except  as  possessing  the  longest  railroad  bridge  in  Cuba. 
This  is  built  of  stone  and  iron.  The  town  lies  in  a  hollow,  through  which 
flows  the  Calabazar  River,  which  is  narrow,  but  deep  and  rapid.  The  banks 
are  low,  but  the  valley  is  commanded  by  hills  of  considerable  height. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Ceja  de  Pablo. 
Capital,  Corralillo,  30  miles  from  Sagua  la  Grande. 


Ontlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Palma  Sola 

MUet. 

3i 

2.  Sierra  Morena 

Corralillo  is  a  town  of  2,000  inhabitants.     Capital  of  ayuntamiento. 
Post  office. 
Sierra  Morena  is  a  town  of  1,600  inhabitants. 

4.  Ayuntamiento  of  Quemados  de  Guines. 
Capital,  Quemados  de  Gtiines. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1    Carahatas          

MUet. 

8i 

Quemados  de  Guines  is  a  town  of  2,000  inhabitants,  situated  12 J  miles 
west  from  Sagua  la  Grande.     Post  office  and  telegi-aph  station. 


5.  Ayuntamiento  of  Rancho  Veloz. 
Capital,  Rancho  Veloz. 


Outlying  districts. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

First  district  Santa  Fe 

Mae*. 

Second  district,  Guanillas 
Third  district,  Playa  de 
Sierra  Morena. 

6| 

Rancho  Veloz  is  a  town  of  656  inhabitants,  situated  24i  miles  from 
Sagua  la  Grande.     Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 


368 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   SAGUA   LA   GRANDE. 


6.  Ayuntamiento  of  Sagua  la  Grande. 
Capital,  Sagua  la  Grande. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Alvarez             

lUUe*. 

39 

3 

H 
30 

3i 
36 

i 

Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Railroad. 
A  i)ort  with  much  commerce. 

Cardenas  and  Jucaro  Railroad. 
500  inhabitants. 

2.  Guatadelalzquierda.- 

3.  Isabela  (La) — 

4.  Jiqiiiabo(SanPedrode) 

5.  Jumaguas 

6.  Mordazo 

7.  Pueblo  Nuevo  de  San 
Juan. 

ROUTES  TO  SAGUA  LA  GRANDE. 

1.  From  Habana  to  La  Isabela  by  sea  and  then  by  Sagua  la  Grande  Rail- 
road. 

2.  From  Habana  to  Bemba  by  United  Railways,  then  to  Santo  Domingo 
by  Cardenas,  Bemba,  and  Santa  Clara  Railroad,  and  from  there  by  the  Sa- 
gua la  Grande  Railroad. 

Sagua  la  Grande  is  a  city  of  14,000  inhabitants,  situated  in  latitude  N. 
22°  49'  50"  and  longitude  west  from  Cadiz  73°  45'  36"  (80°  29'  59  "  west  of 
Greenwich).  It  is  10  miles  from  the  port  of  Isabela  de  Sagua  with  which 
it  is  in  communication  by  means  of  a  railway,  making  three  trips  daily. 
This  railroad  also  puts  it  in  daily  communication  with  Santa  Clara,  Cien- 
f uegos,  and  Habana  which  is  259  miles  away.  There  is  a  town  hail,  board  of 
education,  board  of  health,  two  private  schools,  eight  municipal  schools  for 
white  children  and  two  for  colored  children  of  both  sexes,  a  Spanish  casino 
and  others  for  laborers,  two  theaters,  a  magnificent  church,  two  military 
barracks,  and  a  hospital  called  ' '  Charity  Hospital. "  Aside  from  a  wooden 
armory  there  are  about  twelve  or  fifteen  small  forts  built  mostly  of  wood, 
and  each  capable  of  holding  about  thirty  men.  These  forts  are  built  with 
an  outer  and  inner  wall,  between  which  packed  earth  is  placed. 

This  town  was  founded  about  1817.  It  has  wide  streets,  houses  of  wood, 
machine  shops,  and  lumber  yards.  The  Sagua  River  is  not  bridged  and  is 
unf  ordable,  but  it  is  navigable  for  small  boats  to  the  sea.  The  export  trade 
is  confined  almost  exclusively  to  sugar. 

Aside  from  the  railroad  communications  to  the  interior,  a  number  of 
plantations  around  the  neighborhood  carry  their  narrow  gauge  lines  near 
the  town  for  the  purpose  of  sending  away  their  sugar  and  c-arrying  to  the 
plantations  material  for  the  sugar  houses.  These  roads  are,  as  a  rule,  in 
fairly  good  condition,  and  all  are  equipped  with  a  large  number  of  flat 
cars  and  fairly  powerful  locomotives.  The  roadbeds  of  these  railways 
would  afford  good  routes  for  marching  troops  from  the  comparatively 
marshy  shore  to  higher  ground.  The  line  from  Sagua  to  the  seaport.  La 
Boca,  runs  for  about  10  miles  on  hard  ground,  bounded  on  either  side  by 
plantations  and  running  parallel  to  the  river.    About  2  miles  from  La 


JUDICIAL  DISTRICT    OP  SAGUA   LA   GRANDE.  369 

Boca,  the  ground  becomes  soft  and  marshy  and  the  road  runs  on  an  em- 
bankment up  to  the  wharves  and  sandy  beach  of  the  seaport.  When 
nearing  the  latter,  this  embankment  is  a  few  hundred  feet  from  the  river 
which  can  be  seen  from  the  railroad  cars.  There  are  no  fortifications  in 
La  Boca  to  speak  of,  as  the  Spanish  Government  has  relied  upon  a  gun 
boat  or  two  in  the  bay  to  protect  it  from  molestation  by  the  insurgents. 
The  country  between  Sagua  and  La  Boca  is  entirely  level  with  very  few 
trees  and  is  used  largely  for  the  raising  of  sugar  cane  and  for  grazing. 

The  death  rate  is  40-50.  Apparently  yellow  fever  did  not  begin  in  Sagua 
until  the  railroad  was  completed  in  1858.  Resident  physicians  claim  that 
yellow  fever  was  imported  to  this  place  from  Habana. 

La  Isabela  (also  called  La  Boca  and  Concha). — This  town  of  5,000  inhabi- 
tant.s  is  the  port  of  Sag^ua  la  Grande,  and  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Sagua  river.  The  town  is  built  in  a  swamp,  the  solid  ground  being  made 
land.  The  houses  are  mostly  of  wood,  and  built  on  piles.  It  has  piers, 
warehouses,  railroad  repair  shops,  and  ship  offices.  There  are  many  sugar 
warehouses  and  a  tramway  running  to  the  wharf.  There  is  a  custom-house 
here  through  which  more  than  400,000  sacks  of  sugar  are  exported  annu- 
ally. It  has  a  naval  command  of  the  second  class,  and  is  a  bathing  resort 
in  the  summer.  The  population  is  mixed.  This  seaport  has  no  inclosed 
harbor,  but  a  roadstead  protected  by  islands.  By  the  chart  this  roadstead 
is  so  shallow  that  its  greatest  depth  is  15  feet,  and  this  depth  is  not  nearer 
the  shore  than  2^  miles,  while  a  depth  of  18  feet  is  not  found  until  6  miles 
distant  from  the  mainland  beyond  the  islands  which  guard  the  roadstead. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS. 

Harbor  of  Sagua  la.  Grande. — About  2  miles  !NW.  of  the  entrance  to 
the  Boca  Marillanes  lies  Cristo  Cay,  with  the  Boca  de  Cristo  midway 
between :  and  6  miles  WNW.  of  the  north  point  of  this  cay  is  the  entrance 
to  the  Boca  Sagua  la  Grande.  This  port  is  considered  to  extend  13  miles 
WNW.  and  ESE.,  and  6  miles  north  and  south.  Of  the  several  channels 
leading  to  the  anchorage  for  loading,  the  only  practicable  one  for  vessels 
of  over  8  feet  draft  is  the  Boca  Marillanes. 

As  the  cays  which  surround  the  port  are  low,  and  the  greater  portion 
of  them  composed  of  mangroves,  the  winds  cause  much  sea  notwithstand- 
ing the  little  depth,  it  is  necessary  in  bad  weather,  and  particularly  in 
the  months  of  September  and  October,  to  take  everj'  precaution  for  secur- 
ity. There  are  many  beacons  (piles)  laid  out  on  the  projecting  points  and 
shoals,  but  they  can  not  be  relied  on. 

The  mouth  of  the  Sagua  la  Grande  River  lies  about  4  miles  SSW.  of  the 
entrance  to  the  Boca  Marillanes,  and  is  connected  with  the  interior  by  a 
railway.  The  bar  is  passable  for  vessels  of  6  feet  draft.  The  town  stands 
about  12  miles  in  a  direct  line  from  the  coast,  but  21  miles  by  the  windings 
of  the  river 

There  is  communication  with  the  harbor  by  river  boats  and  a  railroad. 
Vessels  quarantined  are  sent  between  Cay  Palomo  and  Cay  Bamba. 

There  are  six  tugboats  in  the  harbor. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  commercial  and  vice-commercial 
agent. 

Coal  can  be  obtained. 


370 


JUDICIAL  DISTRICT    OF  SAGUA   LA   GRANDE. 


Pilotage  is  compulsory  except  to  vessels  drawing  less  than  11  feet  or 
measuring  less  than  250  tons  (total  tonnage).  Between  sunset  and  one 
hour  before  sunrise  double  pilotage  is  exacted.  Vessels  calling  for  orders, 
if  they  remain  less  than  a  week,  will  pay  half  pilotage. 


Total  capacity. 


By  Maril- 
lanes. 


By  Boca 
de  Sagua. 


Moving  to 
or  from 
wharf. 


Leaving 
wharf,  or 
changes 
made  in 
bay. 


Changes 

made  at 

same 

wharf. 


60  to  150  tons 

150  to  200  tons 

200  to  300  tons 

300  to  400  tons 

400  to  500  tons 

500  to  600  tons 

600  to  700  tons 

700  to  800  tons 

800  to  1,000  tons 

1,000  to  1,300  tons 

1,300  to  1,600  tons 

1,600  to  2,000  tons 

2,000  to  2,500  tons 

2,500  tons  and  upward 


«8.00 
10.00 
13.00 
17.00 
21.00 
2:100 
25.00 
29.00 
33.00 
36.00 
39.00 
41.00 
43.00 
45.00 


810.00 
12.00 
15.00 
19.00 
23.00 
25.00 
27.00 
31.00 
35.00 
38.00 
41.00 
43.00 
45.00 
47.00 


$3.35 

4.16 

4.45 

7.10 

8.75 

10.00 

10.45 

12.10 

13.75 

15.00 

16.25 

17.10 

17.95 

18.80 


82.00 

2.60 

3.25 

4.25 

5.25 

5.75 

6.25 

7.25 

8.25 

9.00 

9.75 

10.05 

10.75 

11.26 


81.. 35 
1.70 
2.20 
2.85 
3.60 
3.85 
4.15 
4.85 
5.50 
6.00 
6. 50 
6.85 
7.15 
7.60 


Dues. — No  tonnage  or  light  dues  Health  visit,  $4.  Inspection  visit, 
$4.  Extending  protest,  $0.  Certificate  to  protest,  $3. 50.  Translation  of 
manifest,  1  to  25  lines,  $2.50;  26  to  50  lines,  $5;  51  to  200  lines,  $10. 

Directions  for  the  Boca  de  Marillanes.  — Vessels  bound  to  Sagua  la  Grande 
through  this  channel  should  make  Cristo  Cay,  on  the  east  end  of  which 
are  some  huts,  with  a  flagstaff  bearing  a  blue  flag  with  the  letter  P,  in 
white,  marking  it  the  pilot  station.  When  about  a  mile  N.  48°  E.  (N.  45° 
E.  mag. )  of  the  flagstaff,  steer  S.  20°  E.  (S.  23°  E.  mag. ),  passing  eastward 
of  Fradera  Rock,  with  beacon,  and  westward  of  the  iron  buoy  on  the  west 
edge  of  the  Marillanes  Bank.  The  buoy  is  in  19  feet  water,  and  there  is  as 
little  as  6  feet  water  on  the  bank,  the  sea  generally  breaking  on  it.  On 
nearing  the  bar,  a  buoy,  in  17  feet  water,  marking  the  western  sand  banks, 
will  be  seen,  and  which  should  be  left  to  the  westward. 

When  abreast  this  latter  buoy  alter  course  to  S.  31°  W.  (S.  28''  W.  mag. ), 
which,  skirting  the  weather  reef,  leads  in  mid-channel  between  the  Mari- 
posa and  Cruz  Cays,  leaving  a  beacon  on  the  shoals  between  Palomo  Cays 
and  Cay  Cruz  on  the  starboard  hand ;  then  haul  up  and  pass  close  west- 
ward of  the  buoy  placed  near  the  edge  of  the  spit  extending  from  Mariposa 
Cay;  when  S.  10°  W.  (S.  7°  W.  mag.)  a  course  may  be  steered,  passing  the 
next,  a  bell  buoy,  on  the  port  hand ;  anchorage  may  now  be  taken  up  in 
about  2i  fathoms  water. 

Leaving  by  this  passage  a  vessel  should  take  the  advantage  of  the  land 
wind,  which  blows  regularly  from  daylight  until  10  a.  m.,  when  the  sea 
breeze  sets  in ;  the  channel  is  too  narrow  for  working.  In  case  of  calm  or 
not  sufficient  wind,  it  will  be  necessary  to  anchor,  the  tide  not  setting 
fairly  through  the  channels. 

Boca  Sagua  la  Grande  affords  a  passage  only  for  vessels  of  8  feet  draft, 
although  at  the  entrance  there  are  between  4  and  5  fathoms  water, 'shoal- 
ing within.  There  is  good  anchorage  in  3  fathoms  about  one-half  mile 
southward  of  Muertos  Point. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OF   SANCTI   SPIRITUS. 


371 


Light. — On  the  NW.  point  of  Hicacal  Cay  a  fixed  white  light  is  shown 
from  a  uiast  above  the  keeper's  dwelling,  55  feet  above  the  sea,  and  visible 
13  miles.  The  keeper's  dwelling  may  be  known  by  its  red  doors  and 
windows ;  eastward  of  it  there  are  a  few  fishermen's  huts. 

7.  Ayuxtamiexto  of  Saxto  Domingo. 

Santo  Domingo  is  a  town  of  1,500  inhabitants,  situated  18  miles  from 
Sagua  la  Grande  and  23  miles  from  Santa  Clara.  Cardenas  and  Jucaro 
Railroad,  telegraph  station,  and  post  office.  It  is  on  a  railroad  between 
Habana  and  Santa  Clara,  and  is  also  on  the  railroad  between  Sagua  la 
Grande  and  Cienfuegos.  It  is  on  the  river  Sagua  la  Grande,  and  on  the 
calzada  (highroad)  between  Habana  and  Santa  Clara. 


III.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   SANCTI   SPIRITUS. 
Population,  30,940;  area,  1,438  square  miles. 


Township. 


I  Population, 


Sancti  Spiritus J  30,940 


1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Sancti  Spfmrus. 
Capital,  Sancti  Spiritus. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Kemarks. 

1.  Banao 

MOes. 
13i 
lU 

13 

9 

30 

2.  Cabaiguan 

3.  Paredes  - .  _ . 

4.  Guasimal 

5.  Guayos 

6.  Jibaro 

7.  Tunas  deZaza. 

8.  Zaza    

25          Railroad,  post  office,   and  tele- 

j      graph  station. 
17 

1 

ROUTES  TO  SANCTI  SPfRTTUS. 


1. 


From  Habana  to  Santa  Clara  by  rail  and  then  by  road. 
2.  From  Habana  to  Batabano  by  road,  then  by  sea  to  Las  Tunas,  and 
then  by  rail. 

Sancti  Spiritus  is  a  city  of  17,500  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  judicial 
district  of  the  same  name,  situated  345  miles  from  Habana.  Comraunica- 
tions  with  that  city  are  carried  on  by  rail  to  Tunas,  then  coasting  steamers 
from  there  to  Batabano,  and  then  by  rail  again  to  Habana. 

Sancti  Spiritusj  is  one  of  the  oldest  cities  in  Cuba,  having  been  founded 
in  1514  by  Diego  Velazquez.     It  is  about  30  miles  from  the  northern  and 


372  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OP   SANCTI   SPiRITUS. 

BQ  miles  from  the  southern  seacoast,  and  some  50  miles  southeast  of  Santa 
Clara,  the  extreme  eastern  point  to  which  the  Cuban  main  trunk  line  has 
been  completed.  Its  seaports  are  Zaza,  located  on  the  river  Zaza,  a  few 
miles  from  its  mouth  and  navigable  to  the  town,  and  Las  Tunas  on  the 
southern  coast.  Sancti  Spiritus  is  united  to  these  towns  by  a  railroad 
about  25  miles  in  length,  from  the  city  to  the  village  of  Las  Tunas.  The 
town  is  situated  on  both  banks  of  the  river  Yayabo,  which  flows  5^  miles 
to  empty  into  the  Zaza  at  a  point  about  20  miles  from  the  sea.  The  sea- 
port is  Las  Tunas  de  Zaza.  The  streets  are  generally  narrow  and  tortuous, 
and  the  elevation  is  156  feet.  It  has  a  second-class  college,  two  hospitals, 
an  asylum  for  girls,  a  board  of  education,  and  a  board  of  health.  Post 
office  and  telegraph  station. 

The  climate  of  Sancti  Spiritus  is  not  healthful,  because  of  the  dampness 
of  the  soil.     Yellow  fever  is  said  to  prevail  at  rare  intervals. 

Saza  (or  Zaza,  or  Tunas  de  Zaza). — This  town  is  on  the  southern  coast, 
about  25  miles  from  Trinidad,  and  is  the  seaport  of  Sancti  Spiritus.  It 
has  not  only  a  multiplicity  of  names,  but  confusion  as  to  these,  for  while 
some  authorities  designate  the  seaport  Zaza,  or  Tunas  de  Zaza,  the  rail- 
road guide  terms  the  seaport  "Las  Tunas,"  and  a  little  village  some  5^ 
miles  north,  on  the  Zaza  River,  is  designated  "Zaza." 

This  port  of  entry  is,  after  Santa  Cruz,  the  port  of  least  importance  to 
American  commerce.  The  harbor  is  very  small,  and,  by  the  chart,  so 
shallow  that  only  12  feet  of  water  is  marked  outside  of  the  harbor,  more 
than  a  mile  from  the  town. 

The  town  is  quite  a  small  place,  the  population,  including  the  part  called 
"  Magano,"  being  about  1,500  (population  of  town  itself  1,000,  three-fourths 
white).  It  is  the  terminus  of  the  Tunas  and  Sancti  Spiritus  Railway.  It 
sprang  up  when  the  road  was  opened,  some  forty  years  ago,  and  has  made 
but  little  progress  since.  Land  in  the  neighborhood  is  unfit  for  agricul- 
tural purposes,  and  the  supply  of  vegetables  has  to  be  brought  by  rail  or 
boats.  Water  is  very  scarce,  since  there  are  only  a  few  badly  built  cis- 
terns. Water  is  brought  in  tanks  by  the  railroad  company  and  sold  to  the 
public  at  a  high  price ;  it  is  not  always  on  hand,  and  at  times  there  is  a 
dearth  for  several  days.  There  is  a  small  tannery,  but  it  has  no  modem 
accessories,  having  not  even  a  mill  for  gi-inding  bark.  Exports  consist  of 
sugar,  cedar,  mahogany,  and  other  lumber,  tobacco,  wax,  and  honey. 
Cattle  raising  is  an  important  industry  of  the  province.  The  climate  in 
winter  is  pleasant,  warm  in  the  day  and  cool  in  the  evening ;  in  summer,  as 
a  rule,  it  is  warm  all  the  time.  There  is  very  little  sickness  in  the  locality, 
although  this  town  is  only  2  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  Yellow  fever 
is  not  indigenous,  but  imported  to  this  place.  The  disease  has  never  pre- 
vailed here,  as  there  are  only  a  few  cases  on  record. 

SAILING    DIRECTIONS. 

Port  Tunas,  between  Zarza  Point  and  Caney  Point,  is  a  small  bay  with 
a  depth  of  from  2f  to  4|  fathoms,  with  a  bottom  of  clay  and  weeds.  Port 
Tunas  is  the  seaport  of  the  town  of  Sancti  Spiritus,  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected by  a  railroad. 

Vessels  bound  to  Tunas  will  find  the  Trinidad  Range  of  mountains, 
which  can  be  seen  for  a  distance  of  30  miles,  a  good  landmark ,  also,  the 
range  of  mountains  to  the  eastward,  separated  from  the  Trinidad  Range 
by  low  land. 


JUDICIAL  DISTRICT  OF  SAN  JUAN  DEXOS  REMEDIOS.       373 

When  the  eastern  mountain,  known  as  Loma  de  Banao,  bears  N.  8°  E. 
(N.  5  E.  mag. )  it  may  be  steered  for,  and  the  bank  entered  upon  in  6 
fathoms  of  water,  5  miles  from  Zarza  de  Fuera  Cay  and  8  miles'  from 
Marchas  de  Fuera  Cay. 

These  cays  are  on  the  bank,  are  both  low  and  covered  with  small  trees 
and  mangroves,  and  can  be  seen  8  or  10  miles. 

The  bank  is  clear  of  danger  to  within  4  miles  of  the  southern  or  Zarza 
de  Fuera  Cay,  and  to  within  2  miles  of  Marchas  de  Fuera  Cay. 

The  soundings  on  the  bank  will  be  at  first  6  and  7  fathoms,  and  then 
5,  4,  6,  8,  and  10  fathoms  will  be  obtained,  followed  by  a  decrease  to  5  and 
4  fathoms  until  the  port  is  reached.  As  the  land  is  neared,  the  harbor  will 
be  recogrnized  by  Blanco  Zarza  Cay,  which  lies  to  the  westward  of  it,  and 
the  tall  chimneys  of  the  sugar  mill  on  the  coast  eastward  of  the  port. 

IT.    JUDICIAL  DISTRICT   OF   SAN  JUAN   DE   LOS   REMEDIOS. 
Population,  38,626;  area,  1,342  square  mUes. 


Townships. 


Popalation. 


1.  Buena Vista.- 

2.  Caibarien .._ 

3.  Camajuani 

4  Placetas 

5.  San  Antonio  de  las  Vueltas 

6.  San  Juan  de  los  Remedios  _ 

7.  Yaguajay 

8.  Zulueta . 


15,915 
13, 937 
13, 936 
16,271 
15,550 
10,786 


1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Buena  Vista. 
BuENA  Vista  is  a  town  situated  10  miles  from  San  Juan  de  los  Remedios. 

2.  Ayuntamiento  of  Caibarien. 

CArBARiEN  is  a  towa  of  12,000  inhabitants,  situated  5i  miles  from  San 
Juan  de  los  Remedios.  It  has  a  board  of  education  and  a  board  of  health. 
It  is  a  port  with  considerable  pilotage  and  coasting  trade.  Caibarien 
United  Railroad,  post  office,  and  telegraph  station. 

This  town,  founded  in  1822,  is  on  the  north  coast,  about  midway  of  the 
length  of  the  island.  It  is  seventh  in  importance  of  the  Cuban  ports  of 
entry,  and  the  seaport  of  the  inland  town  of  Remedios.  It  is  located  on  a 
former  mangrove  swamp  at  the  mouth  of  the  Caibarien  River,  and  is  only 
8  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  while  its  environs  are  not  more  than  10 
feet.  Pezuela  states  that  "notwithstanding  its  unfavorable  location,  it  is 
quite  a  healthful  place."  The  ""eath  rate  is  said  to  be  about  29.  The 
doctors  here  dispute  whether  yellow  fever  is  indigenous  or  imi)orted.  The 
disease  occurs  in  certain  years  only. 

A  railroad  runs  from  Caibarien  to  San  Andres  via  Remedios,  the  distance 
to  San  Andres  being  28*  miles,  and  a  steamship  line  connects  it  once  a  week 
with  Cardenas.  It  has  no  harbor :  the  roadstead  is  so  shallow  that  vessels 
anchor  at  the  key  or  little  island  of  Frances,  some  25  miles  northeast  of 


374      JUDICIAL  DISTRICT  OF  SAN  JUAN  DE  LOS  REMEDIOS. 


Caibanen.  The  houses  are  of  brick  with  tUe  roofs.  There  are  large  stone 
sugar  warehouses.  There  are  no  harbor  defenses,  but  blockhouses  sur- 
round the  place.  These  blockhouses  are  ditched,  earth  is  thrown  up  as 
high  as  the  loopholes,  and  then  the  fort  is  surrounded  by  barbed  wire 
entanglements.  No  barricades  in  the  streets.  The  churches  are  loopholed 
and  embanked. 

SAILING  DIEECTIONS. 

Caibarien,  on  the  mainland,  about  15  miles  from  Cay  Frances,  is  the 
port  of  San  Juan  de  los  Remedios,  about  5  miles  in  the  interior,  the  com- 
munication being  by  railroad.  The  channel  to  this  port  lies  between  Boca 
Chica,  a  small  flat  cay  4  miles  S.  56°  W.  (S.  53°  W.  mag.)  of  the  western 
part  of  Cay  Frances,  and  the  west  end  of  Cobos  Cay.  Vessels  drawing 
under  9  feet  can  anchor  off  the  town  Caibarien,  but  those  of  heavier  draft 
load  at  Cay  Frances. 

Pilotage  is  compulsory,  except  to  vessels  under  50  tons  register  and 
coasters  which  have  a  regular  pilot  on  board ;  the  rates  are  as  follows : 
Up  to  100  tons,  $10;  101  to  200  tons,  §15;  201  to  300  tons,  $20;  301  to  400 
tons,  $23;  401  to  500  tons,  $25;  501  to  600  tons,  $27;  601  to  700  tons,  $29; 
701  to  800  tons,  $31;  801  to  1,000  tons,  $34;  1,001  to  2,000  tons,  $37;  2,000 
tons  and  upward,  $40. 

For  moving  vessels  at  anchorage  inside  of  Cay  Frances  up  to  20  feet 
draft,  one-third  pilotage  will  be  paid.  For  moving  vessels  from  Cay 
Frances  up  to' the  bay,  half  pilotage  will  be  paid.  For  moving  vessels  to 
any  other  anchorage  inside  of  Cay  Frances  two-thirds  pilotage  will  be 
paid.  Vessels  calling  at  Cay  Frances  for  orders  that  do  not  load  here  will 
pay  one-quarter  pilotage.  Vessels  in  distress  and  men-of-war  pay  regular 
pilotage. 

There  are  no  light  or  tonnage  dues. 

Weather  signals. — The  following  signals  are  shown  from  the  port  office 
flagstaff : 

A  red  triangle  indicates  a  probable  storm ;  a  blue  and  white  flag  hori- 
zontally striped,  that  the  storm  is  approaching ;  a  black  ball  shown  with 
either  of  the  above  signals  indicates  that  the  weather  is  improving. 

By  night :  A  white  light  shown  from  a  flagstaff  indicates  approeiching 
foul  weather. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Camajuani. 

Camajuani  is  a  town  of  4,180  inhabitants,  situated  17*  miles  from  San 
Juan  de  los  Remedios.  Sagua  la  Grande  and  Caibarien  Railroads.  Post 
office  and  telegraph  station. 

4.  Ayuntamiento  of  Placetas. 

Capital,  Placetas. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

fnm 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Guaracabuya 

2    Hernando 

Mile». 
5i 
3 

8i 
Si 
3 

Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 
Post  office. 
Post  office. 

3    Nazareno          

4    Tibicial               -- 

5.  Vista  Hermosa 

JUDICIAL  DISTRICT  OF  SAN  JUAN  DE  LOS  REMEDIOS.       3T5 

Placetas  is  a  town  of  5,280  inhabitants,  situated  21^  miles  from  San 
Juan  de  los  Remedjos.  The  nearest  station  is  San  Andres  5i  miles  away. 
Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

ROUTES  TO  PLACETAS. 

1.  From  Caibarien  by  rail. 

2.  From  Sancti  Spiritos  by  pike. 

5.  Ayu>"Tamiento  of  Sax  Antonio  de  las  Yueltas. 
Capital,  San  Antonio  de  las  Vneltas. 


Distance 
Outljing.villages.  from 

capital. 


1.  Aguada  de  Moya 1 

2.  Piedras Si 

3.  Qninta 3 

4.  SagnalaChica '  12^ 

5.  Tagnayabon !  oi 


Sagna  la  Grande  Railroad. 


Caibarien  Railroad  to  Sancti  Spir-  i 
itus.  ! 

6.  Vega  Alta j      8  j  Sagna  la  Grande  Railroad.  I 

7.  Vegas  dePalma 2  j  Caibarien  Railroad.  j 


San  Antonio  de  las  Vxieltas  is  a  town  of  916  inhabitants,  situated  l-ti 
miles  from  San  Juan  de  los  Remedios.  The  nearest  station  is  Vegas  de 
Palma,  2  miles  away.     Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

6.  Ayuntamiento  op  San  Juan  de  los  Rejiedio?. 
Capital,  San  Juan  de  los  Remedios. 


Distance                                                                                        j 

Outlying  villages.                  j        from                                          Remarks.                                  j 

1     capita!.                                                                                         ! 

Jfi/M. 

1    Buena  Vista       . '       10^ 

2.  Coloradas 

!     3    Egidos 

i 
1 

1 

!    4.  Gueiba 13i 

routes  to  SAN  JUAN  DE  LOS  REMEDIOS. 

1.  From  Habana  by  sea  to  Caibarien,  then  by  rail. 

2.  From  Habana  by  United  Railways  to  Bemba,  then  by  the  Cardenas- 
Jucaro  Railroad  to  Santo  Domingo,  and  then  by  the  Sagua  la  Grande 
and  Camajuani  Railroads. 

San  Juan  de  los  Remedios  is  a  town  of  7,230  inhabitants,  capital  of 
the  judicial  district  of  the  same  name,  situated  40i  miles  from  Santa  Clara, 
295  from  Habana,  and  5i  from  its  port,  Caibarien.  It  is  also  called  Cayo 
(key)  because  it  was  founded  in  1545  upon  an  island.  It  has  a  charitable 
board  and  a  board  of  education. 

T739 25 


376 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   SANTA   CLARA. 


A  railroad,  destined  for  Sancti  Spiritus,  is  completed  from  Caibarien, 
via  Remedies,  some  28  miles  southwest,  to  San  Andres.  Remedios  is 
elevated  60  feet  above  the  sea.     It  has  a  post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

The  death  rate  is  about  45.  The  mayoralty  report  states  that  ' '  yellow 
fever  is  believed  to  be  indigenous  here,  but  that  it  does  not  habitually 
prevail." 

7.  Ayuntamiento  of  Yaguajay. 

Yaguajay  is  a  township  situated  29  miles  from  San  Juan  de  los  Reme- 
dios. It  has  asphalt  mines  and  nine  sugar  mills.  The  sugar  mills  have  a 
narrow  gauge  railroad  running  down  to  the  beach  to  facilitate  the  expor- 
tation of  the  product  Sancti  Spiritus  and  Remedios  highroad  runs 
through  here.  The  town  is  fitted  for  coasting  trade.  Post  office  and 
telegraph  station. 

8.  Ayuntamiento  of  Zulueta. 
Zulueta  is  a  town  situated  11  miles  from  San  Juan  de  los  Remedios. 

V.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF    SANTA   CLARA. 


Townships. 


1.  Esperanza  (La) -. 

2.  Ranchuelo 

3.  San  Diego  del  Valle  . . . 

4.  San  Juan  de  las  Yeras. 

5.  Santa  Clara 


Population. 


10,733 

5,000 

9,987 
7,806 


1.  Ayumtamiento  of  Esperanza  (La). 
Capital,  La  Esperanza. 


Outlying  villages. 


Distance 
from 
capital. 


Be  marks. 


Milei. 


1.  AsientoViejoEste.. 

2.  Asiento  Vie  jo  Oeste 

3.  Jabonillas  .  - 

4.  Nuevas 

5.  Purial 

6.  San  Vicente 

7.  Torre- Jo86 


Esperanza  (La). — The  township  of  Esperanza  has  15  colonies,  92  stock 
farms,  647  cultivated  farms,  and  5  sugar  mills.  Cienfuegos  Railroad  to 
Santa  Clara  and  Cardenas  Railroad  to  Jucaro.  The  town  itself  is  on  the 
calzada,  10  miles  northwest  of  Santa  Clara.  Population,  2,147.  There  is 
a  post  office  and  telegraph  station. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   SANTA   CLARA. 


377 


2.  Ayuntamiexto  of  Ranchuelo. 

Ranchtelo  is  a  town  of  2,000  inhabitants,  situated  27^  miles  from 
Cienfuegos.  Cienfnegos  Railroad  to  Santa  Clara.  Telegraph,  telephone, 
and  post  oflBce.  It  is  the  capital,  and  counting  both  the  two  rural  and 
the  two  town  districts,  it  numbers  5,000  inhabitants. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  of  San  Diego  del  Valle. 

Capital,  San  Diego  del  Valle. 


Oatljring  villages. 

Distance 

from 
oqijtal. 

Bemarks. 

1,  Hatillo. 

MOtt. 

2i 

H 
<H 
3i 
4 

" 

2.  Jicotea    

3.  Jabucito     

4.  Maguaraya 

5.  Mango 

6.  Niguas 

7.  Sitio  Nuevo 

Sax  Diego  del  Valle  is  a  town  of  404  inhabitants,  situated  15i  miles 
from  Santa  Clara.  The  nearest  station  is  Jicotea,  2i  miles  away.  It  has 
a  post  oflfice  and  telegraph  station. 

4.  Ayuntamiento  of  San  Juan  de  las  Yeras. 
Capital,  San  Juan  de  las  Yeras. 


Distance 
Outlying  Tillages.                  ;        from 
1     capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  AguasBenitas 

2.  Bemia 

3.  Guayo 

JMOei. 
5 

6 

6 

!    4.  Potrerillo _. 

5.  Quemado  Hilario 

San  Juan  de  las  Yeras  is  a  town  of  2,267  inhabitants,  situated  14  miles 
from  Santa  Clara.  The  nearest  station  is  Ranchuelo,  3^  miles  away.  It 
is  said  that  a  branch  road  connects  Ranchuelo  with  San  Juan,  6  miles 
distant.    Post  office. 


378 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   TRINIDAD. 


5.  Ayuntamiento  of  Santa  Clara. 
Capital,  Santa  Clara. 


Outlying  villages. 


1.  Baez 

2.  Cruz  (La)  .-. 

3.  ManicaragTia(LaMoza) 

4.  Manicaragua  (La  Vie- 

ja). 

5.  Provincial... 

6.  San  Gil 

7.  Seibabo 


Distance 

from 
capitul. 


Si 

28 
30 

18 


2,315  inhabitants. 
5,250  inhabitants. 
3,521  inhabitants. 
Fine  tobacco  here. 

2,400  inhabitants. 
5,180  inhabitants. 


12^         2,500  inhabitants. 


ROUTES  TO  SANTA  CLARA. 

From  Habana  by  United  Railways  to  Bemba,  then  by  the  Cardenas, 
Bemba,  and  Santa  Clara  Division  of  Cardenas  Jucaro  Railroad. 

Santa  Clara  is  a  city  of  34,655  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  province  and 
judicial  district,  situated  245  miles  from  Habana.  This  city  is  also  kno\\ni 
as  Villa  Clara.  It  was  founded  in  1664  or  1689,  and  is  the  eastern  terminus 
of  the  main  trunk  Cuban  railroad,  the  distance  to  Habana  by  rail  being 
194  miles.  It  is  about  30  miles  from  Sagua,  its  northern  port  of  entry, 
and  is  about  49  miles  from  Trinidad,  a  port  of  entry  on  the  southern 
coast.  It  is  situated  at  considerable  elevation,  though  the  suiTounding 
country  is  somewhat  flat.  It  has  broad  streets,  is  well  built,  and  is  a 
military  post  of  importance.  While  the  extent  of  the  fortifications  col- 
lectively is  great,  specifically  there  are  none  of  large  importance,  since  they 
are  intended  solely  for  protection  against  a  land  attack.  No  heavy  ord- 
nance whatever  is  supposed  to  be  mounted  in  the  locality.  The  dryness 
of  the  air  and  soil  and  the  elevation  ought  to  make  it  a  healthful  place, 
but  malarial  fevers  and  dysentery  prevail  as  endemics,  and  there  are  also 
a  few  cases  of  yellow  fever. 

A  well  of  coal  oil  has  been  recently  discovered  near  the  city  which 
promises  to  yield  abundantly.  Also  mines  of  graphite,  gold,  and  copper. 
At  present  there  is  an  asphalt  mine  being  worked,  from  which  10,000  tons 
are  taken  annually.  The  tobacco  industry  has  reached  a  high  state  of 
perfection,  owing  to  the  good  quality  of  tobacco,  which  brings  a  high 
price.  The  town  has  an  electric-light  plant,  and  a  theater  which  w:  s 
erected  by  Doiia  Marta  G.  Abreu  de  Estevez;  telegraph  station  and  i)osc 
office. 

VI.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   TRINIDAD. 

Population*  30,221 ;  area.  946.847  square  miles. 


Townsliip. 


Population. 


1.  Trinidad 


27,000 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   TRINIDAD. 


379 


1.  Ayuxtamiexto  of  Trixidad. 
Capital,  Trinidad. 


Outlying  Tillages. 


Distance 
.  from 
capital. 


Cabagan  . 
Caracucey 
Casilda 


Condado  (El) 

Guaniquical 

Giiinia  de  Miranda.  . 

Jiquimas 

Jnmento 

Rio  de  Ay - 

San  Francisco 

San    Pedro   (or  Pal- 
marejo). 

Sipiabo 

Tavaba 


Miles. 
1 

lo 

3i 


11 

25 

21i 

31 

12i 

12i 
15 

32 


Post  office,  telegraph,  and  railroad. 
It  is  the  port  and  commercial 
center  of  the  district.  Popiila- 
tion  in  1877,  3,491. 


ROUTES  TO  TRLNIDAD. 

1.  From  Habana  to  Batabano  by  United  Railways,  then  by  sea. 

2.  From  Santa  Clara  by  pike. 

Trixidad  is  a  city  of  13,500  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  judicial  district 
of  the  same  name,  situated  78  miles  from  Santa  Clara  and  42  miles  from 
Cienfuegos.  It  has  a  board  of  education,  custom  house,  and  a  board  of 
health  Its  commerce  is  quite  important.  Sugar  and  a  little  honey  are 
exjxjrted.     It  has  four  casinos.     Post  office  and  telegi-aph  station. 

This  was  the  second  city  founded  bj-  Velazquez,  in  1514.  Among  the 
Cuban  ports  of  entry  it  is  the  eighth  in  importance  to  American  com- 
merce. It  is  located  3  miles  from  the  seashore  in  a  mountainous  section, 
and  is  elevated  from  180  to  360  feet  above  the  sea,  the  mean  altitude  being 
220  feet.  The  town  is  so  situated  that  the  heavier  the  rains  the  cleaner  it 
becomes. 

Hazard  states  that  the  streets  of  this  city  are,  with  some  exceptions, 
narrow  and  tortuous,  and  many  of  those  on  the  edge  of  the  town  are 
unpaved;  that  it  is  situated  on  the  side  of  the  mountain  Vijia,  which  has 
an  elevation  Of  about  900  feet  above  the  sea  level ;  that  it  is  exposed  to 
the  combined  breezes  of  the  sea  and  mountain,  and  that  it  is  repoi-ted  to 
be  the  most  healthful  town  upon  the  island.  However,  yellow  fever  is  a 
prevailing  disease.     Death  rate  25. 

Humboldt  reports  that  Trinidad  has  two  ports— the  harbor  of  Casilda 
and  the  river  Guaurabo.  ' '  Vessels  of  light  tonnage  can  ascend  the  river 
to  Avithin  a  mile  of  the  city,  and  can  enter  safely  without  a  pilot.  The 
port  of  Casilda  is  enclosed  by  the  land,  but  can  not  be  entered  without  a 


380  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   TRINIDAD. 

local  pilot,  because  of  the  reefs. "  From  the  seaport  of  Casilda  a  railroad 
runs  inland,  via  Trinidad,  a  little  less  than  4  miles,  to  Fernandez,  about 
18  miles  northwest.  Trinidad  is  connected  with  all  southern  ports  from 
Batabano  to  Cuba  by  a  steamship  line  which  plies  once  a  week. 

None  of  the  defenses  of  Trinidad  are  individually  extensive,  but  the 
town  is  said  to  have  the  same  cordon  of  blockhouses,  rifle  pits,  and  forti- 
nas  that  exist  everywhere  in  Cuba.  Principal  among  defensive  and  other 
Government  works  are  the  cavalry  barracks,  infantry  barracks,  and  the 
permanent  hospital. 

The  harbor  of  Trinidad  (Casilda)  has  a  wide  entrance,  and  is  about  3 
miles  long  by  li  wide.  Although  enumerated  among  harbors  of  the  ' '  first 
class,"  Hazard  states  that  "the  anchorage  in  the  bay  is  not  very  good,  as 
the  water  is  so  shallow  that  it  necessitates  the  loading  of  vessels  by 
lighters,  unless  the  vessel  is  quite  small."  Vessels  drawing  10  feet  6 
inches  are  liable  to  run  aground  with  the  least  deviation  from  the  tortuous 
channel.  Four  miles  east  lies  Masio  Bay,  which  will  accommodate  deep- 
draft  ^'essels. 

SAILING    DIRECTIONS. 

Sierras  de  Sancti  Spiritus  are  some  high  mountains  10  miles  inland. 
Two  of  the  peaks  higher  than  the  rest  serve  as  useful  landmarks.  The 
northeasterly  of  these  is  called  the  Pan  de  Azucar,  and  may  be  recognized 
easily  by  its  flattened  summit.  Loma  de  Banao,  the  other  peak,  lies  4 
miles  S.  45°  W.  (S.  42°  W.  mag.)  of  the  Pan  de  Azucar.  Four  miles  N. 
20°  W.  (N.  23°  W.  mag.)  of  the  City  of  Trinidad  is  another  remarkable 
peak,  called  Pico  del  Potrerillo,  which  is  visible  60  miles ;  also  an  excellent 
landmark. 

The  City  of  Trinidad  is  one  of  the  most  important  on  the  south  side 
of  Cuba.  It  is  situated  on  high  land,  3  miles  from  the  sea,  and  about  one- 
half  mile  from  the  left  bank  of  the  Guaurabo  River,  which  is  navigable 
only  for  boats.  Imports  and  exports  are  landed  and  shipped  at  the  harbors 
of  Casilda  and  Masio,  the  former  lying  2i  miles  and  the  latter  4^  miles 
from  the  town. 

The  town  lies  on  the  slope  of  a  remarkable  saddle-shaped  mountain,  and 
in  approaching  from  seaward  a  church,  700  feet  above  the  sea,  is  a  con- 
spicuous object.  When  the  mountain  behind  the  town  is  seen  from  the 
west  or  SW.  it  has  the  shape  of  a  gun  quoin,  and  can  be  seen  at  a  distance 
of  30  miles. 

There  are  no  tugboats ;  the  cargo  is  landed  by  lighters. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  consular  agent. 

Port  Charges. — The  pilotage  depends  on  size  and  rig.  Bark  or  three- 
masted  schooner,  $32 ;  brig  or  schooner,  $26 ;  custom-house  fees,  in  and  out, 
about  $8;  interpreter's  fees,  about  $4 ;  bill  of  health,  $2.50;  lighterage  on 
coal,  $1  per  ton ;  discharging  ballast,  75  cents  per  ton ;  labor,  $1.50  per  day ; 
tonnage  dues  and  general  regulations  are  the  same  for  all  ports  of  Cuba. 
Coal  can  be  had  for  $8. 50  to  $9  per  ton ;  there  is  generally  about  900  tons 
on  hand. 

Ports  of  Trinidad. — From  Agabamba  Point  to  Maria  Aguilar  Point,  9 
miles  N.  76°  W.  (N.  79°  W.  mag. )  of  it,  and  3i  miles  SSE.  of  the  mouth 
of  the  Guaurabo,  the  shore  is  deeply  indented,  forming  four  small  inlets. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   TRINIDAD.  381 

Jobabo  Bay,  the  easternmost,  is  only  fit  for  coasters;  Caballones,  the 
next,  has  a  depth  of  from  3  to  4  fathoms :  Port  Masio  has  a  greater  depth 
than  the  others;  and  Port  Casilda,  the  westernmost,  has  from  2f  to  4 
fathoms,  muddy  bottom.  The  shore  is  skirted  by  niunerons  cays,  reefs, 
and  banks,  to  the  distance  of  from  2  to  3  miles,  and  the  channels,  although 
deep,  are  so  intricate  that  a  pilot  is  absolutely  necessary.  The  weather- 
most  channel  lies  between  Machos  de  Fuera  Cay  and  a  small  narrow  ledge 
about  i  mile  to  the  westward  of  it,  and  has  a  depth  of  3  fathoms,  but  it  is 
bj'  no  means  to  be  recommended,  and  the  sand  banks  are  not  stationary. 

At  2i  miles  to  the  westward  of  Machos  Cay  is  I*uga  Cay,  almost  level 
with  the  sea,  which  sometimes  breaks  over  it.  Tall  mangrove  trees  have 
grown  on  this  cay,  rendering  it  somewhat  conspicuous. 

Port  Masio,  of  the  ports  of  Trinidad,  will  be  found  the  most  convenient 
for  a  sailing  vessel,  as  it  can  be  entered  and  left  with  the  prevailing 
winds.  Neither  this  harbor  nor  Port  Casilda  is  suitable  for  vessels  draw- 
ing more  than  15  or  16  feet.  For  large  vessels  the  best  anchorage  will  be 
found  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  of  water,  with  Blanco  Cay  bearing  S.  82°  W. 
(S.  79^  W.  mag.)  and  Puga  Cay  S.  8^  E.  (S.  ir  E.  mag.). 

In  entering  either  port,  the  shoals,  in  clear  weather,  can  generally  be 
seen  from  aloft.  To  enter  Port  Masio  take  the  channel  between  Blanco 
Cay  and  the  reef  off  Puga  Cay.  The  eastern  end  of  the  former  cay 
should  be  passed  at  i  mile  distance.  After  passing  these  cays,  if  obliged 
to  wait  for  a  pilot,  good  anchorage  will  be  found,  with  Blanco  Cay  bear- 
ing N.  87~  W.  (west  mag.),  in  3  or  4  fathoms  of  water. 

If  intending  to  proceed  without  a  pilot,  bring  the  southern  end  of  Blanco 
Cay  to  bear  west  (S.  87'  "W.  mag. )  and  the  middle  of  Puga  Cay  to  bear  S. 
34'  E.  (S.  37'  E.  mag.),  and  from  this  point  steer  N.  40'  W.  (N.  43°  W. 
mag.).  This  will  lead  between  the  ledge  off  the  NE.  end  of  Blanco  Cay, 
on  the  port  hand,  and  Cascajal  Beef  nearly  awash  on  the  starboard  hand. 

Port  Casilda. — There  are  three  channels:  The  first  east  of  Blanco  Cay; 
second,  west  of  the  same  cay;  and  the  third,  the  Mulatas  Channel,  close  to 
the  eastward  reef  of  that  name. 

Merchant  vessels  are  obliged  to  take  a  pilot  at  Blanco  Cay.  If  not  able 
to  obtain  a  pilot,  a  boat  should  be  sent  ahead  to  sound  before  attempting 
any  of  the  passages. 

The  anchorage  is  in  from  16  to  25  feet  of  water,  mud  bottom. 

Caution. — The  stakes  marking  the  channel  are  frequently  changed  by 
the  pilots,  to  keep  strangers  from  learning  the  pilotage. 

Mulatas  Channel  is  shorter  than  the  one  just  described,  and  it  is  said  to 
have  a  depth  of  15  feet,  but  the  aid  of  a  pilot  is  necessary. 

Casilda  Harbor  is  only  800  yards  wide,  and  although  it  is  2  miles  nearer 
Trinidad  than  Port  Masio  a  vessel  will  have  to  send  to  the  Guaurabo  River 
for  water.  There  are  other  channels  leading  to  Casilda,  but  they  are  some- 
what foul,  and  there  are  no  good  leading  marks  for  them.  The  assistance 
of  a  pilot  is  therefore  necessary. 

A  vessel  proceeding  to  this  port  should  obtain  a  pilot  at  Blanco  Cay,  as 
the  approaches  from  seaward  are  narrow  and  tortuous.  If  it  should  be 
necessary  to  heave -to  outside  for  a  pilot,  the  port  should  not  be  brought  to 
the  eastward  of  N.  70°  E.  (N.  67'  E.  mag.)  in  order  to  avoid  the  Mulatas 
Reefs,  extending  to  the  westward  of  the  port. 


382  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF  TRINIDAD. 

Tugboats  can  generally  be  obtained  to  assist  vessels  in  calms  and  light 
head  winds. 

Coal. — A  small  supply  may  be  obtained  at  times. 

Tides. — The  tides  in  the  channels  run  to  the  SW.  and  NE.  with  a 
strength  of  ^  mile  an  hour,  rising  and  falling  1^  feet,  but  after  a  SE.  wind 
the  rise  and  fall  is  3  feet. 

GUAURABO  Anchorage. — If  it  is  only  desired  to  communicate  with  the 
town  of  Trinidad,  a  conveniently  accessible  anchorage  will  be  found  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Guaurabo  River,  3  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  town.  This 
anchorage  is,  however,  entirely  open  to  the  SW.  To  enter  it,  keep  on  to 
the  NW.,  past  the  entrance  to  the  MuTatas  Channel,  and,  after  haiiling 
around  Maria  Aguilar  Point,  keep  close  along  the  shore  till  the  town  bears 
about  east,  when  the  bay  will  open  out.  Cirioles  Point,  the  southern  limit 
of  the  bay,  should  be  passed  at  a  distance  of  300  yards,  and  a  good  berth 
will  be  found  in  8  fathoms  with  this  jioint  bearing  S.  3^  W.  (south  mag.). 

Although  the  bay  appears  roomy,  there  is  only  room  for  one  vessel,  the 
bottom  being  strewed  Avith  rocks,  on  some  of  which  there  is  only  6  feet  of 
water.  This  place  will  be  found  a  convenient  anchorage  for  communicat- 
ing with  Trinidad,  as  it  will  be  only  necessary  to  pull  3  miles  up  the  river 
as  far  as  a  bridge,  which  lies  only  f  mile  from  town. 


PROVINCE  OF  PUERTO  PRINCIPE. 


(383) 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page. 

1.  Table  of  distances 386 

2.  Location  and  boundary 387 

3.  Area  and  population - 387 

4.  Administration 387 

5.  Public  instruction ---  387 

6.  Agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce -  388 

7.  Greography  and  topography 388 

8.  Rivers 389 

9.  Coastline- — 390 

10.  Capes,  points,  and  peninsulas 390 

11.  Reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals 391 

12.  Gulfs,  bays,  and  anchorages - 398 

13.  Railroads 400 

14.  Roads -— :.-  401 

15.  Judicial  districts,  townships,  cities,  and  towns 404 


(385) 


CO 


^ 

o 

h- 

z 

u 

UJ 

Q. 

Ul 

O 
7 

H 

lil 

u: 

CO 

u. 

^ 

o 

LU 

nr 

_J 

u 

S 

3 
CL 

z 

11. 

O 

LU 

o 

z 

UJ 

o 

z 

< 

> 

H 

o 

w 

QC 

Q 

Q. 

II 

Z 

O 

UJ 

-I 

m 

< 

H- 

r,    o    Q 


K3 


S  !  ►-     =  j  S2  1  53 


m     o  ^  1  ;j     j; 


''"IS 


2  I  3  1  2 


CO 

< 
1- 

1- 
UJ 

< 

10 

X 

X 

S- 

?? 

o 

'CO. 

CO 

> 

UJ 

Q. 

s 

g 

g 

s? 

■* 

fe 

3 
^ 

^ 

^ 

00 

» 

'rO 

^ 

o: 

00 

00 

o 

S 

•;=    1 

^ 

n= 

or. 

-A 

_ 

^ 

o 

r^ 

H 

«5 

X 

04 

t- 

« 

•* 

'-0 

n 

^ 

1 

oc 

_) 

t- 

?i 

IT. 

S 

f- 

f.^ 

,^ 

lO 

rM 

o 

< 

«r 

< 

;^ 

oo 

04 

CD 

t- 

> 
UJ 

O 
O 

d 

< 

S 
< 

C3 

< 
>• 

< 

D 
(J 

o 

3 

S 

^ 

2 

§ 

g 

1-H 

04 

s 

m 
»- 

i 

5j 

2 

s 

SI 

S 

S 

1 

t 

•OS 

1 

^ 

§ 

* 
•* 

a 

2 

o> 

ej  i 

(N 

>o 

-* 

i 

o 

«5 

■* 

■o 

rH    1 

•O 

>o 

»c 

t' 

UJ 

o 

< 

§ 

t- 

i 

o 

■*    1 
04 

B 

gJ 

5 

s 

i 

g 

g 

s 

CO 
C4 

X 
O 

^ 

to 

12 

r- 

S 

i 

•Sl 

I-l 

s 

g 

OS 

•o 

«' 

in 

s? 

1 

05 

[i 

CO    I 


I  «  ! 


t-        1-1        OS 


tr     00     S     !9      =>      - 
S  ^      -  i  ;5      »      S 


S  '  2  !  5  I  S 


(386) 


PROVINCE   OF   PUERTO   PRINCIPE. 


LOCATION   AND   BOUNDARY. 

This  province  was  formerly  known  as  Cania^ey  and  forms 
the  Central  Department,  the  most  extensive  yet  the  least 
populated  of  all.  Popularly  this  region  is  termed  partly 
"Tierra  Adientro"  and  partly  "Las  Cinco  Villas" — the  five 
towns.  In  its  ecclesiastical  conception  Puerto  Principe  be- 
longs to  the  archbishopric  of  Santiago  de  Cuba. 

Puerto  Principe  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Canal  Viejo 
de  Bahama ;  on  the  south  by  the  Sea  of  the  Antilles ;  on  the 
east  by  Santiago  de  Cuba,  and  on  the  west  by  the  Province 
of  Santa  Clara. 

AREA   AND   POPULATION. 

The  area  is  11,428  square  miles ;  the  length  160  miles ;  width, 
100  miles.  It  contains  2  cities,  1  town,  2  villages,  and  68 
hamlets  and  suburbs,  besides  6,500  rural  estates  with  an  en- 
tire population  of  55,459,  one-fourth  of  which  are  colored  and 
three-fourths  white. 

ADMINISTRATION. 

It  is  a  third-class  province,  with  a  civil  and  military  gov- 
ernment and  a  naval  command,  a  criminal  court,  an  admin- 
istration of  finance  and  of  roads  and  communications,  a  pro- 
vincial deputation,  5  alcaldes  (mayors),  2  vicars,  and  4  par- 
ishes. There  are  two  judicial  districts,  corresponding  to  the 
courts  of  first  instance  or  inquiry.  They  are  Puerto  Principe 
and  Moron.  The  municipal  courts  are  Puerto  Principe  of 
Puerto  Principe ;  Nuevitas  and  Santa  Cruz  del  Sur  of  Moron 
and  Ciego  de  Avila.  The  capital  of  the  naval  district  is 
Nuevitas,  on  the  northern  coast. 

PUBLIC   INSTRUCTION. 

There  is  in  Puerto  Principe  1  college  with  144  students. 
There  are  1,542  pupils  attending  40  municipal  or  public  schools 
of  the  province,  besides  37  private  schools.  Instruction  is 
compulsory,  but  the  law  is  ignored.     Schools  of  fine  arts  are 

(387) 


388  AGEICULTURE — INDUSTRY— GEOGRAPHY,  ETC. 

mucli  more  frequented  than  the  industrial  schools.  Puerto 
Principe  is  the  birthplace  of  the  two  brilliant  authors,  Mme. 
La  Arellanada  and  Betancourt  Cisneros,  also  of  some  of  the 
heroes  of  the  late  civil  war. 

AGRICULTURE. 

Plantations  of  sugar  and  tobacco  of  some  magnitude  occupy 
the  fertile  country  surrounding  the  quaint  old  capital  of 
Puerto  Principe;  fine  pasturage  is  afforded  the  numerous 
flocks  and  herds  for  which  this  province  was  formerly  noted, 
but  which  have  been  greatly  decimated  as  results  of  the  late 
war.  A  limited  amount  of  vegetables  are  cultivated  and  con- 
siderable fruit  is  grown,  of  which  the  Guayara  figures  promi- 
nently. 

The  most  extensive  forests  of  the  island,  here  located,  pro- 
duce valuable  woods,  including  cedar,  ebony,  and  mahogany, 
while  copper  and  other  minerals  are  found  in  the  mining 
districts. 

INDUSTRY   AND    COMMERCE. 

The  preserving  of  fruit,  the  mining  of  copper  and  other 
/  metals,  and  of  marble,  etc.,  and  cutting  of  wood  for  building 

purposes,  and  cattle  raising  are  the  chief  industries ;  the  com- 
merce of  the  province  consists  chiefly  in  the  exportation  of 
these  articles  and  of  meat  and  the  importation  of  foreign 
comestibles  and  manufactured  goods,  carried  on  from  the 
Port  of  Nuevitas,  Mordn,  La  Guanaja,  and  Santa  Cruz  del 
Sur.     Fishing  is  good  on  the  coasts. 

GEOGRAPHY  AND  TOPOGRAPHY. 

The  mountainous  character  of  the  country  east  begins  to  be 
modified  in  Puerto  Principe.  There  are  few  ranges,  only  de- 
tached groups  appearing  here  and  there,  the  ranges  gradually 
dipping  into  the  plains.  The  principal  groups  and  ranges 
follow:  Camagueyano,  Najaza,  Sevilla,  Guaicanamar,  Char- 
rito,  Sierra  de  Judas,  and  Cubitas.  Cubitas  is  celebrated  for 
its  beautiful  and  marvelous  caves  (the  principal  ones  are  known 
as  Cubitas  and  Resolladero  Guacanaya),  and  as  the  seat  of  the 
Cuban  Government.  Other  elevations  are  little  more  than 
hills.  Springs  are  frequent,  especially  in  the  south.  Many 
rivers  flow  north  into  the  channel  of  Bahama  and  south  into 


RIVERS.  389 

the  Sea  of  the  Antilles.  The  soil  of  the  interior  is  rich,  the 
coasts  low  and  marshy.  There  are  but  two  lakes,  viz :  Moron 
and  Grande. 

KTVERS. 

There  are  many  rivers  and  streams  in  Puerto  Principe,  the 
principal  ones  on  the  north  being : 

Rio  de  las  Cabreras — rises  in  the  eastern  portion  of  Puerto 
Principe,  flows  north,  forming  a  boundary  line  between  this 
province  and  Santa  Clara,  and  empties  into  the  Bahama  Chan- 
nel near  Point  Nuevas. 

Rio  Jiguey — rises  in  the  Sierra  de  Cubitas,  flows  north,  and 
empties  into  the  channel  separating  the  Cay  of  Romano  from 
the  mainland. 

Rio  Cuanado — ^rises  in  the  central  portion  of  the  province, 
flows  north,  and  empties  into  the  channel  near  Point  Caunao. 

Riode  la  Yama — rises  in  the  west  central  portion  of  the  prov- 
ince, flows  north,  and  empties  into  the  channel  near  Boca  de 
la  Lagiina. 

Rio  de  Incara — rises  in  the  mountains  of  the  western  portion 
of  the  province,  flows  north,  and  empties  into  the  bay  opx)osite 
Triguano  Island. 

Rio  de  Perros — rises  in  the  mountains  of  Jatibonico,  flows 
north,  and  empties  into  the  se^  near  Rivero  Point. 

The  principal  rivers  on  the  south  are : 

Rio  de  Jababo — rises  in  the  east  central  portion  of  the 
province,  flows  east  and  then  south,  forming  the  boundary 
line  between  Santiago  de  Cuba  and  Puerto  Principe,  and 
empties  into  the  sea  opposite  Tamayo  Cay. 

Rio  de  Se villa — rises  in  the  Sierra  de  Najaza,  flows  south, 
and  empties  into  the  sea  opposite  the  cays  of  Sevilla. 

Rio  de  San  Juan  6  de  Najaza — rises  in  the  mountains  of 
Xajaza,  flows  south,  and  empties  in  the  sea  near  Santa  Cruz 
del  Sur. 

Rio  de  Santa  Clara — rises  in  the  east  central  portion  of  the 
province  south  of  Puerto  Principe,  flows  south,  and  empties 
into  the  sea  east  of  Boca  de  Santa  Maria  Casimba. 

Rio  Altamiras — rises  in  the  east  central  portion  of  the  prov- 
ince, flows  south,  and  empties  into  the  Boca  de  Santa  Maria 
Casimba. 

Rio  San  Domingo  Diaz — rises  in  the  central  portion  of  the 
province,  flows  south,  and  empties  into  the  sea  opposite  Ana 
Maria  Cays. 


390  '  COAST   LINE— CAPES,  POINTS,  ETC. 

Rio  Grande — rises  in  the  Sierra  Jatibonico  in  the  western 
portion  of  the  province,  flows  south,  and  empties  into  the  sea 
opposite  Palo  Alto  Cay. 

Rio  Nuevas — a  short  stream — rises  in  the  eastern  portion 
of  the  province,  flows  south,  and  empties  into  the  sea  near 
the  boundary  line  on  the  west. 

Rio  Jatibonico — rises  in  the  mountains  of  the  same  name, 
flows  south,  forming  the  boundary  line  between  Santa  Clara 
and  Puerto  Principe,  and  empties  into  the  sea  on  the  south. 

Rio  Limones,  the  entrance  to  which,  about  8  miles  to  the 
northeast  of  Cape  Cruz,  is  bordered  by  two  lines  of  reefs,  is 
at  least  5  feet  deep,  and  is  navigable  for  boats  to  a  distance 
of  3  miles,  as  far  as  the  landing  stage  known  as  Marca  de 
Limones. 

Rio  Zarza,  which  empties  close  to  the  east  side  of  Zarza 
Point,  is  navigable  for  canoes  for  some  distance,  and  com- 
municates with  the  town  of  Sancti  Spiritus,  26  miles  inland. 
The  water,  however,  is  not  fit  for  use  until  24  miles  from  the 
mouth. 

COAST   LINE. 

Salty  lagoons,  reefs,  and  shoals,  capes  and  points,  cays  and 
gulfs,  and  bays,  vary  the  outline  of  the  coast,  which  is  gen- 
erally low.  Shells  and  seaweed,  beautiful  and  entirely  pecu- 
liar to  these  coasts,  are  found  in  the  bordering  waters,  and 
these  waters  display  hues  of  color  not  only  lovely,  but  beyond 
the  most  fanciful  imagination.  Lighthouses  are  conven- 
iently placed  at  points  of  warning.  There  are  a  few  small 
islands  not  far  distant  on  the  north.  From  Nuevitas  west- 
ward is  a  line  of  breakwaters  named  by  Columbus  "The 
King's  Garden."  From  Cape  Cruz  to  Trinidad  on  the  south 
the  shore  is  fringed  by  the  archipelago  "Los  Jardines  de 
la  Reina,"  which  inclose  the  Laberinto  de  las  Doce  Leguas 
(the  twelve-league  labyrinth)  and  the  Bank  of  Good  Hope. 
These  portions  of  the  coast  are  covered  with  thick  groves  of 
mangroves  and  other  tropical  swamp  flora,  among  which  are 
hidden  lakes  of  fresh,  salt,  or  brackish  water,  rising  in  the 
midst  of  a  perpetual  verdure. 

CAPES,  POINTS,  AND  PENINSULAS. 

The  principal  capes  and  points  of  Puerte  Principe  are  San 
Juan,  Tinaja,  Salina,  Marcelina,  Cannar,  Guaui,  Curiana, 
Brava,  Pilotos,  Viaro,  Rincdn  Grande,  Arenas  Martinillas, 


BANKS,  REEFS,  CAYS,  AND   SHOALS.  391 

Ebano,  Practices,  Muertos,  Granado,  and  Arenas  on  the 
northern  coast,  and  Curua,  Juncos  Iguano,  Macurijes,  Perro, 
Santa  Maria,  Muei-tos,  Jiicaro,  Carapacho,  and  Palo  Alto  on 
the  southern  coast.  There  is  the  peninsula  of  Sabinal  in  the 
north. 

BANKS,  REEFS,  CAYS,  AND  SHOALS. 

The  principal  ones  of  Puerto  Principe  on  the  north  are  as 
follows : 

Cay  Romano  is  inside  the  chain  of  cays  and  reefs,  and  sep- 
arated from  the  Cuban  shore  by  a  sort  of  shallow  lagoon.  It 
is  mostly  covered  with  a  mangrove  swamp  and  divided  in 
two  by  a  narrow  inlet. 

On  the  eastern  end  of  Cay  Romano  is  a  remarkable  hill. 
At  the  foot  of  this  hill,  called  the  Silla  de  Romano,  on  the 
beach,  will  be  seen  two  fishing  stations. 

There  is  a  smaller  hill  16  miles  to  the  NW.,  and  only  100 
feet  high,  called  the  Alto  de  Aji.  Another  similar  hill,  near 
the  NW.  extremity  of  the  cay,  is  called  Juan  Saez. 

The  bottom  between  Cay  Romano  and  the  Cuban  shore  is 
of  olive-colored  mud,  covered  with  weeds. 

Cay  Verde  is  a  small,  low,  islet,  of  a  circular  foiin,  and 
200  yards  in  diameter,  covered  with  bushes  to  the  height  of 
10  feet  above  high  water;  and  inside  the  reef,  N.  by  E.  of  the 
Cay  Guajaba,  there  is  an  opening  through  which  10  feet  of 
water  may  be  carried,  and  ^  mile  SW.  of  Cay  Verde  there  is 
shelter  for  vessels  of  this  draft  against  northers.  The  best 
channel  to  take  is  that  round  the  north  end  of  the  reef,  about 
1^  miles  from  the  cay;  but  it  requires  good  local  knowledge 
of  the  place  to  enable  a  vessel  to  thread  her  way  safely  through 
the  shoals. 

Cay  Confites  is  a  low  cay,  and  lies  close  on  the  edge  of 
soundings.  On  its  south  end  there  is  a  pile  of  stones,  and  near 
the  north  end  a  solitary  tree,  which  is  the  first  object  seen 
when  coming  from  the  SE.  Off  the  north  end  a  dry  reef 
extends  to  the  distance  of  1  mile,  leaving  a  small  channel  1 2 
feet  deep  between  it  and  the  cay.  A  dry  reef  also  exten4s 
from  the  south  end. 

Cay  Cruz  is  about  11^  miles  long,  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  direc- 
tion, very  low  and  flat,  with  a  sandy  shore,  and  at  its  NE. 
point  there  is  a  remarkable  clump  of  trees,  30  feet  high.  A 
mile  WNW.  of  the  clump  of  trees  is  a  sand  bank,  which  is 

7339 26 


392  BANKS,  REEFS,  CAYS,  AND  SHOALS. 

only  seen  when  near  it.  The  cay  is  divided  in  the  center  by 
a  small  cut,  and  abreast  it  on  Cay  Romano  there  is  the  remark- 
able hummock  called  the  Alto  de  Aji.  Between  these  two 
cays  there  is  only  a  foot  of  water  at  low  tides,  and  the  bottom 
is  like  pipe  clay. 

Tributarios  de  Minerva  Reef. — About  ^  mile  within 
the  edge  of  soundings,  2  miles  north  of  the  north  end  of  Cay 
Cruz,  lie  the  Tributarios  de  Minerva,  a  reef  on  which  the  sea 
breaks  with  fresh  breezes,  and  which  uncovers  at  low  tide. 
In  a  WNW.  direction  from  this  reef  are  numerous  others, 
with  but  little  water  on  them,  and  near  the  edge  of  soundings. 
The  edge  of  the  bank  between  Cay  Confites  and  the  Tributa- 
rios de  Minerva  runs  NW.  in  a  straight  line  for  14|  miles,  and 
may  be  seen  from  aloft,  the  white  sandy  bottom  showing  itself 
distinctly  just  Avithin  the  edge  of  the  bank,  which  is  very 
steep-to.  This  jjart  is  extremely  dangerous,  and  should  be 
approached  very  cautiously,  as  there  is  no  safe  anchorage 
whatever. 

Caiman  and  Anton  Cays. — About  4  miles  NW.  of  Cay 
Cruz  lies  Caiman  Cay,  higher  than  others  in  the  vicinity ;  and 
about  3  miles  farther,  at  Sandy  Cay,  begins  a  chain  which 
extends  in  a  NW.  by  W.  direction  for  9  miles  to  Anton  Cay, 
and  thence  to  Paredon  Grande  Cay,  all  skirted  by  shallow 
banks  without  anything  particular  to  recognize. 

Paredon  Grande  Cay. — The  space  between  Caiman  and 
Paredon  Grande  Cays  is  interrupted  by  low  cays,  sand  banks, 
and  reefs.  From  the  Tributarios  de  Minerva  the  edge  of  the 
bank  takes  about  a  NW.  by  W.  direction  for  18  miles,  when 
it  comes  within  2  miles  of  the  north  end  of  Paredon  Grande 
Cay,  which  is  about  5  miles  in  length  east  and  west,  rocky, 
wooded,  and  about  40  feet  high.  Guinchos  (or  Ginger)  Cay, 
on  the  edge  of  the  Bahama  Bank,  bears  from  the  north  point 
of  Paredon  Grande  N.  8°  E.  (N.  6°  E.  mag.)  16  miles. 

Light. — On  the  northern  part  of  this  cay  is  an  iron  struc- 
ture, white  with  a  brown  base,  on  a  foundation  of  rock,  from 
which  is  exhibited  a  fixed  and  flashing  light,  flash  every  min- 
ute, 150  feet  above  the  sea,  and  visible  about  19  miles. 

Water. — The  only  good  water  to  be  obtained  at  any  of  these 
cays  is  from  a  few  springs  or  wells.  In  some  places  by  dig- 
ging in  the  sand  it  may  be  found,  but  is  generally  brackish. 

Tides. — The  stream  of  tide  s6ts  right  on  and  off  the  bank 
Jibout  half  a  knot  an  hour,  but  in  the  openings  between  the 


BANKS,  REEFS,  CAYS,  AND   SHOALS.  393 

cays  it  runs  from  2  to  3  knots.  It  is  high  water,  full  and 
change,  at  7h.  30  m.,  and  the  rise  at  springs  is  3  feet.  Between 
the  cays  and  the  main  the  rise  is  not  more  than  a  foot,  and  the 
stream  is  scarcely  perceptible. 

Cay  Coco. — Five  miles  SW.  by  W.  of  Paredon  del  Medio 
is  the  northwestern  part  of  Cay  Romano,  separated  from  Cay 
Coco  by  a  channel  ^  mile  wide  and  nearly  4  feet  deep.  Cay 
Coco  is  of  moderate  height,  with  various  sandy  places  on  the 
northern  part,  and  the  southern  part  extends  westward  cov- 
ered with  mangroves  to  southward  of  Guillermo  Cay.  Three- 
quarters  of  a  mile  northward  of  the  east  end  of  Cay  Coco  is 
Queche,  a  small  flat  cay  covered  with  mangroves.  Westward 
of  Paredon  del  Medio,  shoals  extend  almost  continuously  to 
the  NE.  part  of  Cay  Coco. 

J  AULA,  Guillermo,  and  San  Felipe  Cays. — Four  miles 
westward  of  Coco  Point  is  Jaula  Cay.  WNW.  of  Jaula 
there  are  three  other  small  cays  named  San  Felipe,  the  small- 
est distant  4,  the  next  6,  and  the  most  western  7  miles.  Guil- 
lermo Cay  lies  west  6  miles  from  Jaula  Cay,  and  extends  5i 
miles  ESE.  and  WNW. ;  its  western  paii;  is  of  moderate 
height. 

Media  Luna  Cay  is  flat  and  bordered  with  reefs  on  its  south- 
ern and  western  sides.  N.  79°  W.  (N.  5^1°  W.  mag.)  of  the 
cay,  and  lying  on  the  edge  of  the  bank  of  soundings,  are  two 
shoals.  South  of  these  shoals  and  of  San  Felipe,  Media  Luna, 
and  Santa  Maria  Cays,  there  is  a  channel  from  Point  Coco  to 
the  anchorage  of  Cay  Frances  for  vessels  drawing  not  more 
than  9  feet. 

South  of  Guillermo  Cay,  and  extending  from  the  west  end 
of  Cay  Coco,  is  a  group  of  13  cays  laid  down  on  the  charts, 
the  names  of  which  are  not  given.  From  Cay  Coco  they 
curve  around  to  the  south  and  west,  the  curve  being  open  to 
the  eastward. 

The  Hijos  Guillermo  are  three  cays  of  small  extent,  sur- 
rounded by  a  reef,  and  lying  1^  miles  WNW.  from  Guillermo 
Cay. 

Santa  Maria  Cays. — About  WNW.  of  Media  Luna  Cay 
is  the  chain  of  small  cays  of  Santa  Maria,  the  eastern  of 
which  is  8  and  the  western  14  miles  from  it. 

Close  westward  of  this  last  group  is  Caiman  Cay,  SW.  of 
which  again  is  Santa  Maria  Cay,  which  is  of  regular  height, 
and  extends  6  miles  east  and  west. 


394  BANKS',  REEFS,  CAYS,  AND   SHOALS. 

Light. — It  is  intended  to  establish  a  light  on  Caiman  Grande. 
As  soon  as  the  plans  are  completed  the  construction  of  the 
lighthouse  will  be  commenced. 

Approximate  position  of  Caiman  Grande  Cay,  latitude  22° 
40'  30"  N.,  longitude  78°  56'  00"  W. 

Cay  Frances.— About  7i  miles  S.  82°  W.  (S.  79°  W.  mag.) 
of  Santa  Maria  Cay  is  the  east  end  of  Cay  Frances,  which  is 
of  regtilar  height  and  3  miles  in  extent.  On  its  north  side 
are  seen,  extending  east  and  west,  three  round  hills,  two 
joined  together,  and  the  third  somewhat  separated,  which 
are  called  the  nipples  of  Viuda.  The  paps  of  Buena  Vista 
and  Mount  Guajabana  will  also  be  observed;  the  former 
bears  about  S.  37°  W.  (S.  34°  W.  mag.)  from  the  west  end  of 
the  cay,  and  the  latter  S.  49°  W.  (S.  46°  W.  mag.).  On  the  west 
point  of  the  cay,  which  is  low  and  rocky,  are  several  pilot 
houses.  The  point  is  surrounded  by  a  sand  bank  which 
extends  westward,  and  to  the  SW.  for  nearly  a  mile;  a  mile 
westward  of  the  point  the  depth  is  5  fathoms ;  a  red  buoy 
(not  to  be  depended  upon)  is  placed  in  6  feet  water,  about  300 
yards  within  the  southern  edge  of  this  bank. 

Light. — On  the  western  end  of  Cay  Frances  is  a  lighthouse, 
from  a  mast  at  the  NW.  end  of  which,  at  an  elevation  of  60 
feet,  is  exhibited  a  fixed  white  light  visible  15  miles. 

The  Carenero  Cays,  two  in  number,  lie  east  of  the  entrance 
to  the  anchorage,  and  to  the  westward  are  two  others  called 
Pinipiniche.  From  the  anchorage  the  houses  of  the  town 
bear  from  NE.  to  NW. 

The  Eastern  Channel  lies  between  the  easternmost  of  the 
Doce  Leguas  Cays  and  an  extensive  bank,  on  the  western  part 
of  which  are  the  Uvero  Cays. 

To  enter  this  channel  from  outside,  steer  north,  giving  a 
berth  of  1  mile  to  the  reef  which  forms  the  eastern  side  of 
the  channel.  When  abreast  of  the  white  sand  bank,  haul  up 
N.  25°  E.  (N.  22°  E.  mag.)  and  pass  through  a  group  of  three 
cays,  leaving  two  of  them  to  the  eastward,  and  carrying  a 
depth  of  11  to  12  fathoms  of  water.  After  passing  these  three 
cays  steer  toward  the  easternmost  of  the  Pilon,  a  group  of  four 
islets  extending  WNW.  and  ESE.  When  within  1  mile  of 
this  latter  cay  the  Mate  Channel  will  be  seen,  to  enter  which, 
bring  the  north  point  of  the  easternmost  Pilon  Cay  to  bear 
N.  65°  W.  (N.  58°  W.  mag.)  and  steer  S.  55°  E.  (S.  58°  E. 
mag.). 


BANKS,  REEFS,  CAYS,  AND  SHOALS.  395 

A  better,  because  easier,  course  is  to  pass  between  tha 
eastern  Pilon  Cay  and  the  Mate  Cays,  and  rounding  the  lat* 
ter  to  the  northward,  pass  between  them  and  the  coast  dt 
Cuba.     In  both  of  these  channels  the  depth  is  16  feet. 

To  the  eastward  of  the  Mate  Cays  keep  the  coast  aboard, 
carrying  about  o^  fathoms  of  water  till  about  4-  mile  to  the 
southward  of  the  Pinipiniche  Cays,  when  the  town  will  be 
seen  and  anchorage  will  be  found,  as  before  stated. 

Outside  the  cays  the  soundings  are  regular  and  vary  from 
8  to  "20  fathoms.  On  the  edge  of  the  bank  the  bottom  is  gen- 
erally rocky,  but  inside  of  a  depth  of  10  fathoms  vessels  may 
anchor  temporarily  on  sandy  bottom. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Santa  Cruz  at 
noon,  and  the  rise  is  4  feet;  but  the  tides  are  greatly  influ- 
enced by  the  strength  of  the  wind. 

Laberinto  de  Doce  Leguas,  or  Twelve-League  Labyrinth,  is 
a  range  of  low,  bushy  cays,  with  sandy  beaches,  extending 
in  a  WN W.  and  ESE.  direction  70  miles.  They  are  steep-to ; 
the  lead  is  therefore  no  guide  and  in  the  night  they  should  be 
given  a  wide  berth.  The  easternmost  islet,  which  lies  N.  42° 
W.  (N.  45°  W.  mag.)  56  miles  from  Cape  Cruz,  and  Cay 
Breton,  the  westernmost,  are  15  and  25  miles  from  the  main- 
land, but  in  the  center  ttuey  are  nearly  30  miles  from  the 
nearest  shore.  The  space  within,  called  the  White  Ground, 
from  its  clear,  white  sandy  bottom,  is  studded  with  small 
islets,  with  deep  water  between  them. 

There  are  several  channels  leading  through  the  outer  cays 
for  vessels  of  about  14  feet  draft,  but  a  pilot  is  necessary,  and 
one  may  be  obtained  at  Cape  Cruz  or  from,  the  Caiman  turt- 
ling  vessels,  which  are  generally  to  be  met  with  in  the  neigh- 
borhood. The  principal  openings  are  Eastern  Channel,  at 
the  extreme  east  end  of  the  range;  Caballones  Channel,  38 
miles  to  leeward  of  this,  and  Boca  Grande,  22  miles  farther; 
and  being  wide  they  can  be  easily  recognized. 

Bank  Inside  the  Laberinto  de  Doce  Leguas.  — This  exten- 
sive tract  has  generally  depths  of  from  5  to  12  fathoms,  over 
a  very  soft,  white  marly  bottom,  the  mud  from  which  almost 
always  discolors  the  water  and  greatly  adds  to  the  dangers  of 
the  pilotage.  The  whole  space  is  covered  with  groups  of  low 
cays,  very  inaccurately  laid  down  on  all  charts,  and  their 
names  are  in  much  confusion. 

The  channel  east  of  Burgado  Cay  is  so  full  of  coral  shoals 
as  not  to  be  fit  for  use. 


396  BANKS,  REEFS,  CAYS,  AND   SHOALS. 

Caballones  Channel,  or  Boca  de  Caballones,  is  the  eastern- 
most of  the  channels  through  the  Doce  Leguas  Cays  for  ves- 
sels larger  than  boats.  It  is  easily  recognized,  being  2  miles 
wide,  while  none  of  the  openings  to  the  eastward  have  a 
greater  width  than  i  mile.  At  a  distance  of  1  mile  to  the 
westward  of  this  channel  is  a  cocoanut  tree.  Most  of  the 
trees  on  these  cays  are  a  sort  of  dwarf  palm ;  the  cocoanut  is 
seldom  seen.  There  are  only  2i  fathoms  of  water  in  this 
channel,  and  the  same  depth  is  found  to  the  SW.  of  the 
entrance,  from  each  side  of  which  reefs  extend,  narrowing 
the  channel  to  400  yards  in  width.  No  good  marks  can  be 
given,  and  the  eye  will  be  the  best  guide. 

After  passing  this  narrow  place  the  depth  of  water  increases 
to  9  and  10  fathoms. 

The  inside  western  point  of  the  channel  is  called  Black 
Mangrove  Point,  and  bears  north  {N.  3°  W.  mag.)  of  Pilot 
Point,  the  outer  eastern  one.  This  channel  is  one  of  the  best 
fishing  grounds  on  the  south  side  of  Cuba.  An  abundance  of 
fish  can  be  caught  either  by  trolling  or  bottom  fishing  or 
by  hauling  a  seine.  The  beach  on  the  western  side  is  also 
frequented  by  turtles. 

Directions.— Aiter  entering,  a  north  (N.  3°  W.  rflag.)  course 
will  lead  between  Bergantin  and  Manuel  Gomez  Cays.  The 
first  of  these  lies  6  miles  north  of  the  east  end  of  Caballones 
or  Liana  Cay,  which  forms  the  western  side  of  the  channel. 
From  these  cays  a  N.  8°  W.  (N.  11°  W.  mag.)  course  for  18 
miles  will  carry  the  vessel  up  to  the  NE.  end  of  the  Yagua 
Reef,  and  from  here  a  N.  43°  W.  (N.  46°  W.  mag.)  course 
for  18  miles  farther  leads  to  the  mouth  of  the  Jatibonico 
River.     The  aid  of  a  pilot  will  be  necessary  for  a  stranger. 

Leviza  Cay. — A  mile  northward  of  Dios  Cays  is  the  middle 
of  Leviza  Cay,  and  in  this  space,  reduced  by  a  reef  which 
extends  400  yards  from  the  south  side  of  the  latter,  the  chan- 
nel carries  1:^  to  2  fathoms  water,  over  mud.  Leviza  Cay 
extends  2  miles  east  and  west,  and  is  divided  into  two  by  a 
narrow  channel,  fit  for  boats ;  its  north  part  is  firm  land,  but 
its  southern  marshy. 

Nearly  2^  miles  SE.  of  Leviza  Cays  is  the  entrance  to  the 
Puercos  River,  but  the  water  is  not  good. 

Alacranes  Point  and  Cays. — At  2f  miles  N.  83°  E. 
(N.  79°  E.  mag.)  of  Leviza  Cay  is  Alacranes  Point,  with 
several  cays  near  it,  named  Casigua  and  Alacranes,  which 


BANKS,  REEFS,  CAYS,  ANDi^ppJii^jrpY  \  397 


Up 

are  separated  from  each  other  by  ^it*^^^^^^^m)t€  used  by- 
canoes.  Alacranes  Cay  lies  a  little  eastward  of  the  pass  of 
the  same  name,  and  separated  from  the  reefs  by  a  channel  a 
mile  in  breadth  and  6  or  7  feet  deep,  named  the  Reduan  Pass. 
The  north  part  of  this  cay  is  firm  land,  and  the  southern 
covered  with  mangroves.  It  is  separated  from  the  coast  by 
a  channel  \  mile  in  breadth  and  about  2  feet  deep. 

Leviza  Pass. — The  outer  edge  of  the  reef  passes  1^  miles 
northward  of  Leviza  Cay,  and  aft«r  forming  on  the  west  the 
pass  of  that  name,  which  has  but  little  water,  trends  about 
NE.  by  E.  4  miles  to  Alacranes  Pass;  thence,  leaving  a  space 
of  about  a  mile  between  it  and  Alacranes  and  Casigua  Cays, 
NE.  by  E.  3  miles,  and  then  E.  4^  N.  4  miles  farther  to  Blanco 
Cay  Pass. 

Alacranes  Pass  carries  only  about  6  feet  water,  and  lies 
with  the  eastern  part  of  Leviza  Cay  bearing  about  S.  26°  W. 
(S.  22°  W.).  Vessels  of  6  feet  draft  enter  and  quit  this  pass 
regularly,  and  sail  between  the  reef  and  coast  as  far  as  Jutias 
Cay.  Four  miles  N.  83°  E.  (N.  79°  E.  mag.)  of  Alacranes 
Point  is  the  small  Cay  Ratones,  and  2  miles  N.  71°  E.  (N.  67° 
E.  mag.)  from  the  latter  is  Blanco  Cay,  also  very  small,  and 
only  seen  from  the  reef. 

The  Berracos  are  two  small,  low  cays,  joined  to  the  coast 
by  a  reef,  preventing  the  passage  of  boats  and  sheltering  the 
anchorage  of  Berracos  Bay.  The  channel  leading  to  this 
anchorage  has  a  depth  of  from  9  to  16  feet,  gradually  dimin- 
ishing toward  the  shore. 

Arenas  Cay,  north  of  the  Berracos,  is  separated  from  the 
reefs  outside  by  a  channel  500  yards  in  width,  navigable  for 
boats  only ;  its  southern  portion  is  swampy.  There  is  a  short 
reef  extending  from  its  SW.  point. 

Dios  Cays  are  two  small,  swampy  islets  lying  east  \  mile 
from  Purgatorio  Point  and  very  near  the  coast. 

In^s  de  Soto  Cay  extends  NE.  and  SW.  4^  miles;  its  north- 
em  part  is  firm  land,  but  the  southern  is  marshy.  Seen  from 
the  northward  the  cay  appears  to  be  divided  by  a  small  channel, 
which  is  an  inlet  only  300  yards  in  extent;  400  yards  off 
Gallegos,  the  NW.  point,  is  a  mud  bank  with  about  one  fathom 
water  on  it,  which  extends  200  yards  east  and  west,  and  100 
yards  in  breadth.  Between  this  shoal  and  the  out«r  reefs  is 
the  channel,  nearly  a  mile  wide  and  If  fathoms  deep,  and. 
which  is  used  by  coasters. 


398  GULFS,  BAYS,   AND    ANCHORAGES. 

San  Cayetano  Bay  is  formed  on  the  west  by  Inds  de  Soto 
and  Legua  Cays,  and  on  the  east  by  Lavandera  Point.  On 
the  shore  there  are  several  storehouses  for  copper  ore,  and  a 
wooden  pier.  It  is  clear  of  danger,  and  the  bottom  mud.  In 
proceeding  for  this  bay  it  will,  however,  be  necessary  to  guard 
against  a  reef  which  extends  800  yards  SE.  from  the  east  point 
of  Inds  de  Soto  Cay.  The  best  berth  is  in  2  fathoms  water, 
with  the  east  point  of  In^s  de  Soto  Cay  bearing  N.  41°  W. 
(N.  45°  W.  mag.)  and  Lavandera  Point  N.  26°  E.  (N.  22°  E. 
mag). 

GULFS,    BAYS,    AND    ANCHORAGES. 

The  only  important  gulfs  and  bays  of  this  province  are  the 
bays  of  Jiguay  and  Sabinal,  on  the  northern  coast,  and  the 
Gulf  of  Ornofay  and  Bay  of  Santa  Maria,  on  the  southern 
coast.  The  fort  of  Nuevitas  is  the  best  and  largest  harbor, 
situated  on  the  north  coast. 

Between  the  dry  reef,  near  the  south  end  of  Cay  Confites 
and  the  reef  running  off  to  the  northward  of  Cay  Verde,  there 
is  a  clear  channel  carrying  a  depth  of  5  fathoms,  and  leading 
into  anchorage  under  Cay  Confites  in  from  2  to  4  fathoms  of 
white  sand.  The  best  sheltered  berth  is  with  the  cay  bearing 
N.  45°  E.  (N.  43°  E.  mag.)  about  a  mile  off,  or  nearer,  accord- 
ing to  the  vessel's  draft.  It  should  be  observed,  however, 
that  with  the  wind  to  the  southward  of  east  a  heavy  roll  of 
the  sea  sets  in  round  the  south  end  of  the  cay.  This  is  the 
only  anchorage  on  this  side  of  the  Bahama  Channel,  between 
Nuevitas  and  Paredon  Grande  Cay,  where  a  vessel  drawing 
more  than  12  feet  can  ride  out  a  Norther  in  safety. 

In  passing  through  the  channel  between  Cay  Verde  and 
Cay  Confites,  keep  a  little  closer  to  the  latter  than  the  former. 
When  the  middle  of  Cay  Confites  bears  N.  38°  W.  (N.  40°  W. 
mag.)  and  Cay  Verde  S.  11°  W.  (S.  9°  W.  mag.),  a  vessel  will 
be  on  the  edge  of  the  bank  of  soundings,  or  nearly  so.  Then 
steer  N.  68°  W.  (N.  70°  W.  mag.)  till  the  south  end  of  Cay 
Confites  bears  north  (N.  2°  W.  mag.);  thence  the  course  is 
about  N.  30°  W.  (N.  32°  W.  mag.)  till  the  southern  end  of 
Cay  Confites  bears  N.  45°  E.  (N.  43°  E.  mag.),  where  the 
anchor  may  be  let  go  in  3  to  4  fathonjs  of  water ;  sandy  bottom. 

In  quitting  this  anchorage,  if  the  wind  does  not  permit  a 
vessel  to  leave  by  the  SE.  channel,  steer  to  the  NW.  until 
clear  of  the  reef  extending  from  the  north  end  of  the  cay. 


GULFS,  BAYS,  AND    ANCHORAGESr  399 

Paredon  del  Medio. — To  the  NW.  of  Paredon  Grande 
and  close  to  it  is  Paredon  Chico,  a  round  cay  of  regular 
height;  and  2^  miles  west  of  the  latter  is  another  similar 
cay,  25  feet  high,  named  Paredon  del  Medio.  These  cays 
afford  shelter  with  the  wind  from  NE.  to  east  for  vessels  of 
9  feet  draft,  but  with  the  wind  from  NNE.  itis  necessary  to 
leave  the  anchorage  in  consequence  of  the  heavy  sea  which 
sets  in.  The  Paredon  del  Medio  is  foul  on  the  north  and 
east,  and  a  vessel  can  not  pass  inside  it.  About  half-way 
between  the  two  Pareddns  lies  a  bank  on  which  the  sea  gener- 
ally breaks. 

Between  Cay  Confites  and  Paredon  Grande  there  is  no  anchor- 
age, as  throughout,  the  space  is  full  of  shoals  not  sufficiently 
large  to  afford  shelter.  The  bank  should  not  be  approached 
closely  without  purpose. 

From  Paredon  Grande,  the  edge  of  the  bank  takes  about  a 
WNW,  direction  for  50  miles,  and  is  then  about  4  miles  north- 
ward of  Santa  Maria  Cay.  This  part  of  the  coast  is  very  little 
known ;  it  is  dangerous,  and  affords  no  anchorage  whatever 
to  any  but  small  coasters,  that  are  well  acquainted  with  it. 
The  bank  next  trends  WSW.  10  miles,  its  edge  continuing 
nearly  the  same  distance  from,  the  outer  cays. 

At  the  northern  part  of  Cay  Coco  is  the  port  of  the  same 
name,  sheltered  with  northeasterly  winds,  formed  by  Jaula 
Cay,  and  a  small  reef  which  unites  it  to  Cay  Coco.  This 
anchorage  is  exposed  to  northerly  winds. 

Cay  Frances  Anchorage  is,  however,  only  a  narrow  vein  of 
deepor  water  about  ^  mile  wide  and  running  east  and  west. 
In  standing  in  keep  the  paps  of  Buena  Vista  well  open  to  the 
westward  of  Herradura  Cays  and  Cobos  Cay  till  the  SW.  end 
of  Cay  Frances  bears  S.  67°  E.  (S.  70°  E.  mag.).  Then  haul 
round  the  sand  bank  and  anchor  with  the  flagstaff  bearing 
north  (N.  3°  W.  mag.)  and  a  small  white  cliff'  on  the  west 
side  of  the  cay  bearing  N.  79°  E.  (N.  76°  E.  mag.). 

In  beating  in  for  the  anchorage  do  not  stand  to  the  north- 
ward into  less  than  3+  fathoms,  as  the  bank  is  steep-to.  To 
the  southward,  toward  Cobos  Cay,  a  vessel  may  safely  go 
into  3  fathoms.  Around  Cay  Frances  there  is  an  abundance 
of  excellent  oysters. 

There  are  several  excellent  harbors  or  lagoons  formed  by 
the  cays  of  the  Labyrinth  of  the  Twelve  Leagues,  in  which  a 
hurricane  might  be  weathered,  but  they  can  not  be  found 
without  a  pilot. 


400  RAILWAYS. 

In  many  portions  of  this  bank  there  are  shoals  of  branch 
coral  rising  to  the  surface  of  the  water  from  a  depth  of  from 
5  to  12  fathoms.  By  sending  a  boat  ahead  to  sound  a  steamer 
may  be  navigated  among  them,  but  not  without  risk.  From 
a  point  5  miles  north  of  the  Boca  Grande  to  within  10  miles  of 
the  Cuban  Coast  these  dangers  are  very  thick. 

Anchorage. — Good  anchorage  for  small  craft  is  1  mile 
north  of  Pilot  Point,  with  a  depth  of  2^  fathoms,  sheltered 
from  all  winds  except  those  from  south  to  WNW.,  which  are 
very  rare.  Should  the  wind  come  out  from  these  unusual  di- 
rections a  vessel  can  easily  find  shelter  under  one  of  the  cays. 

Pilots. — Some  fishermen,  who  are  always  ready  to  act  as  pi- 
lots, live  about  -^  mile  eastward  of  Pilot  Point. 

Palomas  or  Brigand  Cay  Anchorage  is  one  of  the  best  of  the 
anchorages  in  this  vicinity.  It  is  15  miles  N.  8°  W.  (N.  11° 
W.  mag.)  of  the  Boca  de  Caballones.  The  outside  anchorage 
is  in  a  large  bacy  formed  by  a  semicircular  chain  of  reefs  and 
cays,  and  which  may  be  entered  from  the  north  or  west  with- 
out danger.  It  is  well  sheltered  from  SW.,  round  by  south 
to  NNE. 

A  good  berth  will  be  found  f  mile  N.  11°  W.  (N.  14°  W.  mag.) 
from  a  small  sandy  cay  on  the  reef  which  joins  the  most  west- 
ern of  the  cays  with  the  rest  of  the  group.  There  are  7  fath- 
oms of  water,  with  good  holding  ground.  If,  however,  a  more 
sheltered  anchorage  is  desired  it  will  be  found  in  the  lagoon 
inside,  having  an  entrance  open  to  the  eastward,  through 
which  a  depth  of  3  fathoms  may  be  carried.  This  inner  an- 
chorage is  completely  surrounded  by  reefs  and  cays,  and  lies 
in  latitude  21°  06'  N.,  longitude  78°  56'  W.  As  the  charts  of 
this  region  are  not  at  all  trustworthy,  the  cays  surrounding 
this  anchorage  may  or  may  not  be  the  Palomas  Group. 

RAILWAYS. 

Puerto  Principe  has  only  two  railways,  with  a  total  track- 
age of  about  88  miles.     These  railways  are : 

1.  From  Puerto  Principe  to  Nuevitas,  50  miles,  single  track, 
standard  gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarril  de  Puerto  Prln- 
cipe-Nuevitas. 

2.  From  Jucaro  to  Mordn,  38  miles,  and  an  extension  of  2 
miles  to  Estero,  single  track,  standard  gauge,  called  the  Mor6n- 
Jiicaro  Trocha  Railway,  and  is  at  present  operated  by  the 
Government  as  a  military  road,  guarding  the  Mordn-Jiicaro 
Trocha.     It  is  open  to  the  public  to  a  certain  extent. 


ROADf?. 


401 


1.  Puerto  Principe-Ndevitas  Railway, 
table  of  distances. 

PUERTO  PRfNCIPE 
16  <  ALTA  GRACIA. 


22  I    6 

23  \   7 
29  1  1.3 


I  „. 


41  I  25 
44  j  28 
50  i  34 


LAS  MINAS. 

1    j  AQUADA  JOSEFINA. 

7  I    6    '  RAMBLAZO. 


19  18  I  12 
22  I  21  I  15 
28  I  27  I  21 


BUENA  VISTA. 

3    j  VILLA  NUEVA, 

9    i    6       NUEVITAS. 


ITINERARY. 

Leaving  Puerto  Principe  this  road  passes  through  a  fairly  p„^.r,**  p^r*^^,)!^"^' 
level  country  well  watered,  fertile,  and  well  populated,  cross- 
ing over  many  small  culverts  and  trestles.     At  a  distance  of 
22  miles  it  enters  the  callage  of  Las  Minas.     On  the  south  of    22  miles, 
the  railway  is  a  small  ridge. 

From  here  the  road  traverses  a  low  flat  country  which  soon 
becomes  almost  swampy,  but  grows  higher  again  and  more 
rolling  until  just  before  the  village  of  Villanueva  is  reached 
a  range  of  hills  is  skirted  on  the  south  of  the  tracks.  After 
passing  them  the  road  enters  the  village  above  mentioned, 
where  a  small  branch  extends  to  Almendares.  The  road  from  44  ,„iies. 
Villanueva  turns  south,  and,  traversing  a  flat  unsettled  region, 
enters  Nuevitas,  its  terminus,  50  miles  from  Puerto  Principe.     W)  miles. 

2.  JucARO-MoRON  Railway. 

TABLE  OF   DIST.VNCES. 
JUCARO. 
I     G     DOMINGUEZ. 
16  I  10  I  AVILA. 
29  I  23  I  i:J  i  SANDOBAL. 
38  I  32  I  22  I    9  I  MORON. 
40  j  34  I  24  I  11  I     2  ■  ESTERO. 


A  full  description  of  this  road  is  given  under  the  title  of 
"Trochas."    Page  32. 

ROADS. 

Puerto  Principe  lias  a  great  number  of  roads,  the  most  im- 
portant ones  being : 

1.  From  Remedies  to  Moron,  a  distance  of  75  miles,  of 
wliicli  28  miles  are  in  the  Province  of  Puerto  Principe. 

2.  From  Puerto  Principe  to  Sancti  Spiritus,  a  distance  of 
130  miles,  of  which  100  miles  belong  to  the  Province  of 
Puerto  Principe. 


402 


ROADS. 


3.  From  Moron  to  Puerto  Principe,  a  distance  of  77  miles. 

4.  From  Puerto  Principe  to  Las  Tunas,  a  distance  of  92 
miles,  of  which  65  miles  are  in  the  Province  of  Puerto 
Principe. 

5.  From  Puerto  Principe  to  Santa  Cruz  del  Sur,  55  miles. 

1.  Remedios-Moron  Road. 

[For  Table  of  Distances  and  Itinerary,  see  Santa  Clara 
Province.] 

2.  Puerto  PrIncipe-Sancti  Spiritus  Road, 
table  of  distances, 
puerto  principe. 

19      YEGUAS. 

29  i  10  I  SAN  JER6nIMO. 


72  I  52  I  42 
82  I  60  I  50 
130 1 106  I  96 


CIEGO  DE  AVILA. 

10  I  JICOTEAS. 

54  I  40      SANCTI  SPIRITUS  (SANTA  CLARA  PROVINCE.) 


ITINERARY. 

Pi^rtirpriiicr)(r     Leaving  the  city  of  Puerto  Principe  and  running  west  the 

road  traverses  a  vast  rolling  plain,  whose  soil  is  fertile  and 

much  cultivated.     Many  small  creeks  are  crossed  and  signs 

19  miles.         of  habitation  are  numerous.     At  a  distance  of  19  miles  the 

village  of  Yeguas  is  reached. 

Beyond  here  the  road  continues  to  traverse  a  rich,  fertile 
region,  passing  through  the  town  of  San  Jeronimo  and  thence 
to  the  village  of  Ciego  de  Avila. 

From  here  the  country  is  not  so  thickly  populated  and  the 
land  is  less  cultivated,  few  signs  of  civilization  being  seen 
78  miles.         until  Jicotea  is  reached. 

After  leaving  Jicotea  the  road  continues  to  traverse  a  vast 
rich  plain,  little  signs  of  habitation  being  noticed,  with  the 
exceptions  of  now  and  then  a  few  huts,  until  near  its  destina- 
130  miles.        tion — Sancti  Spiritus — 130  miles  from  Puerto  Principe. 


29  miles. 
72  miles. 


3. 

MORON-PUERTO  PrInCIPE  ROAD. 

TABLE  OP  DISTANCES. 

mor6n. 

4.5 

MAGARABOMBA. 

68 

13 

EL  MULATO  (CAOBILLAS). 

77 

32 

19  j  PUERTO  PRINCIPE. 

ITINERARY. 

Commencing  at  Moron,  this  road  runs  in  a  southeasterly 
direction  across  an  immense  plain,  fertile  and  well  watered, 
but  thinly  populated  and  little  cultivated. 


BOADS. 


403 


About  25  miles  from  Moron  it  fords  a  stream  and  ascends    Pi»»»nc*e  from 
and  crosses  over  a  range  of  hills  into  the  valley  beyond,  and,    2-.  miles, 
after  traversing  a  dreary  waste,  enters  the  village  of  Magara-    *»  •"«'«•• 
bomba. 

Beyond  here  the  country  becomes  more  rugged  and  undu- 
lating, the  road  running  parallel  to  a  range  of  hills  on  its 
right  for  some  distance.  Shortly  before  reaching  the  village 
of  El  Mulato,  the  road  divides,  the  left-hand  road  going  to  58  miles. 
Puerto  I*rincipe,  while  the  other  is  a  shorter  route,  though  it 
I)asses  through  a  less  populated  region.  It  enters  Puerto 
Princii)e  at  a  distance  of  77  miles  from  Moron.  ^^  «»••««• 

4.  PcERTO  Prixcipe-Las  Tunas  Road. 


TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 
PUERTO  PRINCIPE. 
37  i  SIBaRiCU. 
43      6      CASCORRO 


60  j  2S  J  17 
79  I  4^  i  36 
92  :  55  I  49 


GUAIMARO. 

19  :  MELONES. 

32  ;  13  i  LAS  TUNAS.  | 


Santiago  de  Cuba  Province. 


rriNKRARY. 

Leaving  Puerto  Principe  in  a  southeasterly  direction,  the    Distancee  from 
road  jMisses  through  a   fertile  well-watered   rolling  plain, 
much  inhabited  and  cultivated,  with  little  variation  in  topog- 
raphy or  scenery,  passing  through  Sibanicu,  and  entering  the    37  miles, 
village  of  Casano,  8  miles  distant. 

From  here  the  road  takes  a  more  southern  direction,  pass-    43  nuies. 
ing  a  range  of  hills  to  its  right,  and  finally  entering  the  town 
of  Guimaro.  eo  miieo. 

Beyond  Guimaro  the  road  continues  to  traverse  a  vast  roll- 
ing plain,  passing  the  village  of  Melones  and  thence  to  its    TOmiie^. 
terminus,  the  city  of  Las  Tunas.      Here  it  connects  with  a    92  miles, 
road  leading  to  Holguin,  which  will  be  taken  up  sei)arately 
under  the  Province  of  Santiago  de  Cuba. 

5.  Puerto  Principe-Santa  Cruz  Road. 


TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 


PUERTO  PRINCIPE. 


4 

YABA. 

12 

8 

A. 

3LANC0. 

17 

1^ 

13 
25 

5 

7 

CONTRA  MAESTRE 
2      OESEADA. 

!36«32 
!  51  !  47 

jssUi 

24 
39 
43 

19  1  17 
24  '  22 
38  '  36 

JAGUA 
6        S.  AL 
19     14  !  & 

404         JUDICIAL   DISTRICTS,  TOWNSHIPS,  CITIES,  TOWNS. 
JUDICIAL  DISTRICTS,  TOWNSHIPS,  CITIES,  AND  TOWNS. 


Judicial  district  (partido  judicial). 

Township  (ayuntamiento). 

Moron 

j  Ciego  de  Avila.                                 ' 

(  Moron. 

fNiievitas. 

\  Puerto  Principe. 

[  Santa  Cruz  del  Sur. 

Puerto  Principe 

■ 

I.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   MORON. 
Population,  17,680. 


Townships. 

Population. 

1.  Ciego  de  Avila 

9, 000  (7,800  white  and  1,200  col- 
ored). 
9, 890.                                                  ' 

2.  Moron.       

1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Ciego  de  Avila. 
Capital,  Ciego  de  Avila. 


1 

Distance 

1                   Outlyiug  villages. 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

Miles. 

1.  Arroyo  Blanco- . 

27 

1 

3.  Ceiba 

10 

1 
i 

3.  Guanales 

13 

4.  Iguara 

3 

I 

5.  Jicotea 

9 

6.  Jucaro 

17 

Route:  From  Habana  to  Bata- 
ban6  by  rail,  then  to  Jucaro 
by  sea. 

7.  Lazaro  Lopez 

lOi 

8.  Nueva8(Las). 

26 

9.  Nuevas  de  Jobosi 

42 

10.  San  Jeronimo - . . 

62 

11.  San  Nicolas 

26 

12.  Soledad 

41 

68 

13.  Yeguas .  . 

Ciego  de  Avila  is  a  juri.sdiction  situated  18*  miles  from  Moron.  Cen- 
tral point  of  the  military  trocha.  It  l-as  an  infantry  barracks,  engineer 
ofl&ce,  and  military  hospital.  The  nearest  station  is  Jucaro.  1 7  miles  away. 
Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   PUERTO    PRINCIPE. 


405 


The  village  is  on  the  Jdcaro-Moron  trocha,  near  the  northern  coast,  and 
is  on  the  highroad  to  the  city  of  Puerto  Principe,  being  65  miles  west  of 
the  latter.  It  is  a  damp,  Tinhealthfnl  place,  bnt  yellow  fever  is  not  prev- 
alent here.  Out  of  3,840  admissions  to  the  military  hospital  in  1873  there 
was  not  a  single  case  of  yellow  fever,  and  of  9,591  admissions  in  1874  there 
was  only  one. 

2.  Ayxjntamiento  of  Moron. 
Capital,  Moron. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance                                                                                         ! 

from                                           Remarks, 
capital. 

1.  Cabezadas 

2.  Chambas 

3.  Guadalui)e  - 

4.  Marroquin 

Maeg. 
13 

17 

28 
17 

A  colony  sometimes  called  "In- 
fanta Isabel.'" 
Telegraph  station. 

1 

5.  Punta  Alegre   

02 

6.  Piedras  (Las) ,  or  San- 
doval       

9 

18 

7.  Ranchuelo 

8.  Santa  G^rtrudis  .  .• 

ROUTES. 

From  Habana  to  Batabano  and  Jiicaro.  then  over  the  Moron-Jucaro  Mili- 
tary Railroad. 

Moron  is  a  town  of  3,017  inhabitants,  situated  near  the  northern  shore, 
109  miles  from  Puerto  Princii)e.  Moron  is  near  the  Cimarrones  River,  at 
the  termination  of  calzada  to  Santa  Clara  and  Habana.  and  also  on  the 
Jucaro-Moron  trocha.  It  has  a  military  barracks,  Spanish  casino,  jwlice 
force,  and  a  printing  establishment.  Railroad  of  the  military  trocha. 
Telephone,  post  office,  and  telegraph  station. 

II.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   PUERTO   PRixCIPE. 


Townships. 


Popalation. 


1.  Nuevitas 

2.  I*uerto  Principe  . . . 

3.  Santa  Cruz  del  Sur 


4,016 


400  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OP   PUERTO    PRINCIPE. 

1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Nue vitas  (San  Fernando  de). 
Capital,  Nuevitas. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Baga 

2   Mayanabo  _              

Milet. 
i 

2,000  inhabitants. 

3    Nuevas  Grandes 

4.  Pastelillo--- 

5.  Sabinal              

2      ■ 
12 

6.  San  Miguel 

Baga. — This  village,  located  about  5  miles  south  of  Nuevitas,  on  the 
southern  extremity  of  the  harbor,  was  reported  to  have  a  population  of  102 
in  1877.  A  railroad  starts  here  and  runs  5|  miles  to  the  inland  village  of 
San  Miguel. 

ROUTE   TO  NUEVITAS. 

By  sea  from  Habana,  Cardenas,  or  Matanzas. 

Nuevitas  (San  Fernando  de),  a  city  of  6,991  inhabitants,  capital  of  the 
old  political  district  of  the  same  name,  is  situated  49  miles  from  Puerto 
Principe.  It  has  a  military  command,  a  board  of  public  education,  a 
charitable  organization,  and  a  board  of  health ;  four  public  city  schools, 
two  for  each  sex,  a  church,  a  military  hospital,  a  union  of  labor  organiza- 
tions, a  club  (San  Fernando)  and  a  house  of  mercy.  It  has  eight  alder- 
manic  districts  and  two  rural  districts,  one  at  San  Miguel  and  another  at 
Baga.  The  harbor  of  Nuevitas  was  the  first  place  in  Cuba  visited  by 
Columbus,  October  28,  1492.     Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

Nuevitas  is  on  the  north  coast  between  the  two  other  ports  of  entry, 
Remedios  and  Gibara,  and  is  located  on  the  west  bank  of  the  large  harbor 
of  Nuevitas,  some  15  miles  to  the  open  sea.  It  rises  in  terraces,  so  that 
the  upper  town  has  an  elevation  of  about  130  feet.  The  soil  of  which 
Nuevitas  is  built  is  in  part  rocky,  but  more  generally  clayish  in  character, 
so  that  some  of  the  streets  in  rainy  weather  are  almost  impassable.  This 
town  is  chiefly  of  importance  because  it  is  the  seaport  of  Puerto  Princii)e, 
the  largest  inland  city  of  Cuba.  Nuevitas  is  connected  with  Puerto  Prin- 
cipe by  a  railroad  which  runs  45  miles  southwest.  A  steamship  line  which 
connects  with  other  Cuban  ports,  stops  at  this  place  at  least  three  times  a 
month.  The  climate  is  healthful,  although  during  the  prevalence  of  north 
winds  endemic  fevers  prevail,  and  as  there  are  no  swamps  in  the  neigh- 
borhood the  cause  can  be  attributed  only  to  the  existence  of  pits  dug  by 
the  inhabitants  for  the  purpose  of  storing  away  water  which  is  very  scarce 
in  the  dry  season.  The  death  rate  is  about  33.  Yellow  fever  does  not  seem 
to  be  severe,  although  reports  do  not  agree  on  this  point.  The  thermome- 
ter does  not  usually  range  higher  here  than  90°  F.,  but  sometimes  it 
reaches  as  high  as  95°  F.  in  the  shade. 

The  bay,  which  is  57  square  miles  in  extent,  is  said  to  be  the  second  one 
in  size  in  Cuba.  The  entrance  to  this  harbor  forms  a  n^row  gut  from  4 
to  4J  miles  long,  and  has  two  bays  within  its  limits,  one  properly  called 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   PUERTO   PRINCIPE.  407 

Nuevitas.  and  the  other  Mayanabo.  Into  each  of  these  empty  two  rivers. 
In  the  harbor  itself  are  islands  known  as  Los  Ballenatos  (young  whales). 
The  bay  of  Nuevitas  is  somewhat  circular  and  about  6i  miles  in  diameter. 
Mayanabo,  a  projecting  northwestern  horn,  is  some  13  miles  long  and  3 
mOes  vride,  and  is  of  the  first  class,  though  shallow.  On  the  official  charts 
a  depth  of  17  feet  is  marked  when  nearly  1  mile  distant  from  the  town, 
and  26  feet  when  more  than  2  miles  distant,  so  that  foreign  vessels  must 
anchor  far  from  the  town  and  have  abundance  of  sea  room. 

Recent  reports  state  that  there  are  now  stone  towers  and  earthworks  in 
all  the  main  streets  of  the  town,  and  that  the  churches  are  fortified.  There 
is  a  large  stone  convent  strongly  fortified  on  highest  point  of  the  town. 
There  is  a  Martello  tower  at  entrance  to  harbor :  also  an  earthwork,  said 
to  have  two  guns. 

SAILING    DIRECTIONS. 

Port  Nuevas  Grandes.— From  Manati  the  coast  trends  about  NW.  2 
miles  to  Braba  Point,  and  then  NW.  by  W.  44  miles  to  the  entrance  of 
Nuevas  Grandes,  which  is  merely  a  small  tortuous  inlet,  in  some  parts 
only  200  yards  wide  and  only  na^^gable  for  vessels  under  12  feet  draft. 
All  this  part  of  the  shore  is  foul,  and  the  reef  extends  off  about  f  mile  from 
the  entrance  of  the  inlet,  through  which  a  channel  is  formed  leading  to 
the  port. 

Port  Nuevitas  del  Prixcipe.  —From  Nuevas  Grandes  the  coast  takes 
a  NW.  direction  for  13  miles  to  Nuevitas  del  Principe,  is  skirted  by  a  reef 
all  the  way.  and  should  not  be  approached  within  24  miles. 

The  land  is  low  on  both  sides  of  entrance ;  the  town  is  surrounded  by 
hills  from  east  to  SW. ;  back  of  the  town  the  land  is  low.  The  entrance 
of  the  harbor  may  be  recognized  by  the  Matemillos  lighthouse,  by  three 
small  hills  on  the  south  side  of  the  harbor,  and  by  three  istets  in  the  har- 
bor called  Los  Ballenatos,  a  little  higher  than  the  surrounding  land.  Also 
on  the  east  side  of  the  entrance  is  a  quadrangular  building,  painted  yellow, 
sunaiounted  by  a  white  mast,  from  which  is  shown  a  light. 

Th^  harbor  is  large,  completely  sheltered,  and  cai)able  of  admitting 
vessels  of  the  largest  draft.  The  entrance  is  through  a  crooked,  narrow 
channel  nearly  6  miles  long.  Middle  Shoal  is  in  the  center  of  the  channel, 
so  that  the  assistance  of  a  pilot  is  desirable,  although  there  are  no  hidden 
dangers.  The  outer  points  of  the  entrance  are  low  and  about  i  mile  apart. 
In  entering  without  a  pilot  the  eye  and  chart  are  the  best  guides.  Care 
must  be  taken  to  avoid  a  dry  sand  spit  near  the  end  of  the  eastern  reef  and 
bearing  N.  56°  E.  (N.  54'  E.  mag.)  1  mile  from  the  flagstaff  on  the 
point.  The  harbor  in  front  of  the  town  is  shoaling  and  vessels  drawing 
14  feet  should  not  come  inside  of  Guincho  Point. 

If  it  is  only  desired  to  communicate  vrith  the  town,  anchorage  will  be 
found  off  the  fort  about  li  miles  within  the  entrance.  The  town  of  San 
Fernando  de  Nuevitas  is  14  miles  from  the  entrance,  on  the  point  of  ajien- 
insul?,  which  separates  the  southern  part  of  the  harbor  from  Marinavo 
Bay :  it  does  not  come  in  sight  until  Guincho  Point  is  i)assed. 

At  the  entrance  of  the  port  the  tidal  stream  is  said  to  have  a  strength 
of  3  miles  an  hour.     Tide  rises  about  2i  foet. 


408 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   PUERTO   PRINCIPE. 


f*rovisions  are  abundant.  Rain  water  can  be  had  from  cisterns.  River 
water  not  used.  The  bay  is  celebrated  for  its  fish ;  they  are  abundant  and 
in  great  variety. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  consular  agent. 

Authorities  to  visit :  Captain  of  the  port. 

Steamers. — Steamers  cross  either  way  to  and  from  Habana  every  five 
days.  Herreras  West  Indian  Line,  two  steamers  a  month  to  Puerto  Rico 
and  three  to  Santiago  de  Cuba  and  return. 

Mails  from  the  United  States,  via  Tampa,  to  Habana  twice  a  week  in 
summer  and  three  times  in  winter.  They  are  quite  regular.  Six  days  to 
New  York  when  connections  are  made. 

Telegraph. — Telegrams  can  be  sent  to  all  points  via  Principe  and  Habana. 

Pilots  are  spoken  of  as  being  intelligent  and  reliable.  Two  pilots  reside 
in  the  houses  near  light  at  east  entrance  point  and  two  pilots  reside  in 
town.     Strangers  should  always  take  a  pilot  before  going  up  to  the  town. 

Light. — On  Barlovento  or  Pilot  Point,  the  east  side  of  the  entrance,  is 
a  quadrangular  building  painted  yellow,  and  a  white  mast  stands  in  the 
middle  of  it,  from  which  is  exhibited,  48  feet  above  the  sea,  a  white  light, 
visible  9  miles. 

2.  Atuntamiento  of  Puerto  PKfNCiPE  (Santa  MARfA  de). 

Capital,  Puerto  Principe. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Aguacate 

2    Alta  Qracia 

MUes. 

22 

16 

22^ 

28 

38 

26 

34 

1 

For  description,  see  below. 

j 
1 

1 

3.  Banao 

4.  Caobillas - 

5    Cascorro          .  - 

6.  Cubitas  Arriba 

7.  Guanajo 

8    Guayabal -  -- 

9.  Guimaro 

10.  Limones 

11.  Magarabomba 

12    Minas            - 

50 
18 
30 
24 
18 

3 

26 
32 
40 

4 
17i 

13.  Mulato — 

14.  Pueblo  Nuevo 

15.  San  Jer6nimo 

16.  Sibanicu 

17    Vertientes   

18.  Yaba 

19.  Yeguas 

Minas. — Half  way  between  Nuevitas  and  Puerto  Principe.  Railroad 
roundhouses;  point  of  departure  of  armored  cars.  It  stands  on  level 
ground,  but  there  is  a  ridge  one-half  mile  south  of  the  town,  with  earth- 
works about  300  feet  long;  some  guns;  and  10  or  12  blockhouses  around 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   PUERTO   PRINCIPE.  409 

the  town.     The  railroad  station  is  prepared  for  defense,  and  has  two  gnns 
sweeping  the  streets  of  the  town.     Water  supply  from  wells. 

ROUTES  TO   PUEETO  PRInCIPE. 

From  Habana  to  Nuevitas  by  sea ;  then  by  rail. 

Puerto  Principe  is  a  city  of  40.679  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  province 
of  the  same  name,  situated  464  miles  from  Habana.  It  was  founded  by 
Velasquez  in  1515,  on  the  harbor  which  Columbus  called  Puerto  Principe, 
but  which  to-day  is  called  Nuevitas.  It  was  moved  inland  the  following 
year  to  a  place  occupied  by  an  Indian  ^•illage  called  Camagney.  It  is  here 
we  now  find  it.  It  has  no  especially  notable  buildings,  and  such  a  thing 
as  a  hotel  is  not  known,  although  the  city  is  one  of  the  oldest  on  the  island. 
It  has  various  societies,  boards  of  health,  boards  of  education,  and  con- 
vents and  charitable  organizations.  There  is  a  veterinary  school,  a  thea- 
ter, public  schools,  and  casinos.     Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

This  city  was  long  the  second  city  in  size  in  Cuba.  It  is  farther  inland 
than  any  place  of  note  in  the  island,  being  about  34  miles  from  the  north - 
em  and  45  miles  from  the  southern  coast.  A  railroad  connects  it  with  its 
seaport,  Nuevitas,  45  miles  northeast.  Forty-five  miles  south  of  it  is  the 
port  of  entry,  Santa  Cruz,  but  the  communication  therewith  is  over  a 
difficult  wagon  road.  Communications  with  Habana  are  made  first  by 
rail  to  the  port  Nuevitas  and  then  by  sea  to  the  capital.  The  city  is  located 
on  a  broad  sandy  savanna  at  a  considerable  elevation  above  the  sea.  and  * 
is  the  quaintest,  most  antiquated  town  in  Cuba.  It  is  a  relic  of  the  Mid- 
dle Ages,  having  nan-ow  tortuous  streets,  which  in  many  cases  are  un- 
paved  and  without  sidewalks.  It  is  situated  in  the  heart  of  the  grazing 
and  cattle-raising  countrj-,  from  which  industry  it  derives  its  importance. 
It  has  no  mountains  to  cut  off  its  sea  breezes.  A  small  river  runs  through 
the  town.  The  country  about  the  town  is  generally  rolling.  Yellow  fever 
prevails  sometimes,  notwithstanding  the  town's  elevated  position. 

The  houses  of  the  town  are  built  of  stone  and  brick,  and  the  churches 
fortified.  This  is  the  headquarters  of  the  Spanish  troops  in  the  province. 
There  are  fifty-four  defensive  works  in  and  about  the  city.  Among  them 
are  Fuerte  Punta  de  Drainante,  a  somewhat  extensive  bastional  fortifica- 
tion, with  ditches  and  barracks :  Torre  del  Ojo  de  Agua :  Torreno  de  la 
Qtiinta :  Torre  de  Juan  de  Torre ;  Torre  de  Garrido ;  Torre  del  Paso  de  Vigas ; 
Torre  del  Paso  de  Quinones :  Torre  del  Paso  del  Camian ;  Fuerte  y  Campo 
de  Puella.  consisting  of  two  square  towers  set  at  diagonal  comers  of  a 
large  square,  which  square  is  completed  by  stockades ;  Fuerte  Guayabo. 
an  irregularly  shaped  stone  work,  with  bastions  cai)able  of  holding  a  gar- 
ri.son  of  100  men :  Torre  de  Noguinas ;  and,  adjacent  to  the  railroad  ter- 
minal, are  the  permanent  infantry  barracks,  situated  on  the  same  block 
with  the  militarj'  hospital.  There  are  also  the  cavalry  barracks ;  Fuerte 
de  Rodas,  a  sharp  pointed  single  redan ;  Torre  de  la  Beneficencia ;  Torre 
del  Corro,  consisting  of  two  towers,  perhaps  200  feet  apart,  connected  by 
a  stone  curtain ;  Fuerte  El  Polverin,  a  somewhat  extensive  square  fort, 
with  bastional  comers ;  Torre  del  Paso  de  Masvidal ;  Torre  de  Masvidal ; 
Torre  de  Fercades;  Torre  del  Trapichi:  Torre  de  la  Seiba;  and  Fuerte  E3 
Voluntario,  a  medium-sized  stone   work  with  numerous  angles;  Torre 


410 


JUDICIAL    DISTRICT   OF   PUERTO    PRINCIPE. 


del  Cayo :  Fuerto  Serraus,  a  iwinted  redan  with  extended  flanks,  and  Torre 
Maranouis.  In  the  western  portion  of  the  city  is  another  permanent  bar- 
racks, and  in  the  center  of  the  city  are  the  artillery  ban-acks. 

Around  the  town  are  earthworks,  blockhouses,  and  wire  entanglements. 
The  best  direction  for  attack  is  that  in  which  the  railroad  enters  the  town, 
i.  e. ,  from  the  east.  There  are  guns  in  position  in  earthworks.  The  town 
is  heavily  garrisoned  and  regarded  by  Spaniards  as  a  very  important  place. 
It  has  plenty  of  wood  and  water,  and  forage  in  the  vicinity. 


8.  Ayuntamiento  of  Santa.  Cruz  del,  Sur. 
Capital,  Santa  Cruz  del  Sur. 


Outlying  villageg. 

Pistance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks.                                   i 

i 

1 .  Buenaventura .  _      

.   MUes. 

41 
50 
34 

23^ 

7 

'    i 

3.  Guayabal  (El) 

3.  Junco  .. 

14.  Larga  (La),  or  Guai- 
\             canamar 

i    5.  Santa  Cecilia 

Depending  on   this  village  are 
Barcena,  100  inhabitants  ;Cari- 
dad,  86;  Sagasta,  150. 

Santa  Cruz  del  Sur. — A  seaport  of  1,000  inhabitants,  situated  75  miles 
from  Puerto  Principe.  Santa  Cruz  and  Puerto  Principe  are  reported  to 
be  connected  by  a  wagon  road,  necessitating  ' '  a  tedious  and  uncertain 
journey  by  horse  or  volante. "  It  is  located  directly  on  the  seashore,  a 
little  west  of  the  mouth  of  the  river  Santa  Cruz.  Post  office  and  telegraph 
station. 

Santa  Cruz  is  now,  and  is  reported  to  have  been,  a  port  of  entry  since 
1838,  but  is  of  little  consequence.  It  possesses  no  inclosed  harbor,  and  the 
open  sea,  which  fronts  it,  is  so  shallow  that  it  has  but  a  depth  of  9  feet  at 
half  a  mile,  and  of  24  feet  at  more  than  2  miles  distant  from  the  shore. 

The  town  is  situated  immediately  in  front  of  the  sea,  the  waA^es  some- 
times reaching  the  houses  when  the  tide  is  high.  There  is  but  one  street. 
It  extends  from  east  to  west,  and  is  about  IJ  miles  in  length.  The  ground 
behind  the  houses  is  swampy  and  impassable.  Cedar,  mahogany,  honey, 
and  wax  are  shipped  to  the  United  States  to  the  annual  value  of  §300,000 
to  $400,000.  The  climate  may  be  called  good,  considering  the  bad  situa- 
tion of  the  town  and  the  lack  of  sanitary  measures  there.  For  several 
years  there  has  been  no  case  of  yellow  fever,  but  with  the  arrival  of  the 
Spanish  troo])s  it  developed,  and,  owing  to  the  utter  lack  of  hospitals  and 
medical  assistance,  spread  widely.  As  soon  as  the  troops  were  removed, 
however,  the  disease  disappeared,  and  the  town  has  been  healthy  since 
that  time,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  cases  of  paludic  fever. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   PUERTO   PRINCIPE.  411 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS. 

The  anchorage  of  Santa  Cruz  is  accessible  only  to  vessels  of  light  draft. 
yessels  bound  here  should,  from  the  western  edge  of  the  reef  off  Cape 
Crnz,  steer  a  N.  15°  W.  (N.  18°  W.  mag.)  course,  which  will  lead  up  to  a 
group  of  eleven  small  cays  extending  east  and  west,  the  two  most  westerly 
of  which  are  the  largest.  The  eastern  cay  is  called  Coiba,  and  is  dis- 
tinguished by  some  round-topped  trees  in  its  center.  Immediately  to 
windward  of  Coiba  Cay  is  a  remarkable  sandy  cay,  and  near  it  is  another, 
where  the  pilots  reside. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  consular  agent. 

The  least  depth  of  water  in  the  Cuatro  Reales  Channel  is  16  feet.  The 
channel  leading  to  Santa  Cruz  is  narrow  and  crooked,  but  the  water  is  so 
clear  and  the  shoals  so  steep-to  that  the  vessel  may  be  easily  guided  by 
the  eye. 

Cuatro  Reales  Channel. — The  Cuatro  Reales  Channel  is  entirely 
closed,  the  bar  being  awash. 

The  channel  leading  to  Santa  Cruz  is  to  the  westward  of  Coiba  Cay, 
between  that  cay  and  the  one  to  the  westward  of  it.  The  course  through 
the  channel  is  N.  24°  E.  (N.  21°  E.  mag.),  and  a  sand  cay  to  the  northward 
of  Coiba  Cay  is  left  to  the  eastward.  The  pilots  claim  11  fathoms  of  water 
in  this  channel. 


\BRA7rp 

OF  THK 

J  l^rIVERSITV 


PROVINCE  OF  SANTIAGO  DE  CUBA. 


(41S) 


TABLE  OF  CONTEXTS. 


9. 
10. 
11. 
13. 
13. 
14. 
15. 


Page. 

Table  of  distances 416 

Location  and  boundary 417 

Area  and  population -  417 

Administration 417. 

Public  instruction 417 

Agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce 418 

Greography  and  topography 418 

Rivers 419 

Coastline 420 

Capes,  points,  and  peninsulas 424 

Reefs,  banks,  cays,  and  shoals .-- ,..  429 

Gulfs,  bays,  and  anchorages ---  432 

Railroads 436 

Roads 440 

Cities  and  towns 443 


(415) 


5      D 


o 

z 

d 

UJ 

Ul 
Q 

cc 

cc 

< 

1  « 

? 

a 

<n 

u 

o 

> 

> 

> 
o 
cc 

< 

z 
< 

o 

< 

_l 
7 

c 

fi' 

Q_ 

HI 

cc 

lU 

(- 

< 

•a 

1?,' 

s 

z 

< 

Q. 

< 

z 
< 

'"' 

1 

(N 

P2 

1  i^ 

1 

CO 

o 
< 

6 

() 

o 

'^— 

z 

O 

h- 

z 

cc 

1- 

cc 

< 

00 

» 

Is 

q: 

~> 

1   ^ 

Ig 

1  '-^ 

^ 

< 

00 

o 

UJ 
Q 

O 
O 
< 

1- 

d 

< 

5 
-I 

IS 

cc 

H 

o 

a. 

M 

o 

s 

1  "^ 

i  2 

IS 

3 

5 

t 

s 

LU 
U 

Ul 

tn 

Z 
< 
N 

Z 

oc 

< 
> 
< 
3 

00 

1  t' 

1 

\t 

(N 

o 

§ 

a> 

|| 

» 

1  a 
•o 

IS 

1 

s 

?i    I 

«    1 

< 

z 
•< 

Z 
< 

o 

00 

2 

z' 

O 

-1 

o 

I 

z 
< 

< 

■s. 

2 

§ 

2 

1 

o 

t- 

s 

cc 

s 

to 

UJ 

(5 

-> 

^ 

g 

•* 

M 

Is 

O 

s 

s 

S 

•a 

cc 

n 

-J 

o 

n 

Ol 

1    -^ 

s 

-X, 

■n 

z 

z 
< 

CO 

O 

z 

UJ 

ffl 

> 

< 
cc 
< 
ao 

C5 

•3 

" 

■* 

1    * 

00 

^ 

1 

1 

00 

•o 

1-C 

to 

g 

•« 

« 

Is 

1    ^ 

5S 

s 

us 

cc 

g 

cf 

0* 

00 

§ 

S3 

s 

cc 

s 

Is 

§ 

1 

fi 

00 

2 

s5 

< 
cc 

Ul 

o 

O 

1- 

Ul 

m 
O 
o 

o 

cs 

54 

(jj 

^ 

1 

« 

g 

« 

00 

CO 

i 

1 

g 

i 

4: 

o 

s 

rt 

s 

5 

IM 
<N 

00 

s 

CO 

s 

J; 

2 

s 

§ 

cc 

s 

s 

s 

s 

s 

Ol 

g 

fj 

s 

t- 

§ 

g 

•3 

CO 

s 

£ 

i 

_> 
< 

< 

UJ 

z 
< 

>- 

Ul 

z 
< 
o 

^ 

3 

s 

2 

§ 

M 

§ 

2 

cc 

cc 

00 

3 

CC 

CO 

» 

s 

5 

C9 
CO 

CO 

§ 

O 

UJ 

8 

CO 

« 

c 

H 

5 

00 
00 

2 

« 

CO 

>o 

a 

1 

s 

CO 
00 

CO 

CO 

1 

5 

o6 
cc 

_j 
m 

d 

< 
> 
< 

a 

< 
<> 

< 
o 

00 

00 

?: 

cc 
o 

1 

•* 

« 

00 

cc 

t- 

3 

s 

S 

§ 

cc 

52 

00 

CO 

i 

< 

1- 

< 
o 
u 

< 

IT 

G 
m 

CO 

1 

B 

cc 

JO 

s 

»- 

S 

« 

t^ 

s 

00 

gi 

^ 

22 

ll 

1 

s 

§ 

3 

cc 

51 

CO 

s 

"*"  1 

o  i 

^ 

S 

00 

00 

t- 

t- 

•*■ 

»- 

CO 

2 

^5 

m   1 

M-l 

^ 

g 

o" 

tf> 

t- 

"* 

00 

t- 

t- 

'°   i 

"1 

(N 

8 

^      <«■     m 

z     <    m 

1 

g 

s 

« 

Oi 

s 

§! 

Si 

•c 

s 

00 

IN    , 

s 

s 

Sl 

s 

g 

r- 

i 

"1 

•*  1 

2 

i| 

n 
51 

1 

O 

5   1 

S 

CO 

§ 

8j 

S 

o 

§ 

^  1 

*• 

t—  1 

01 

l-l 

« 

s 

*~ 

I? 

00 

s 

1 

g| 

^ 

s| 

^ 

i 

< 

s|s 

as 

00 

8 

s 

c? 

1 

g 

-=! 

B 

a 

^ 

s 

Ol 

B 

? 

" 

s 

3 

04    1 

*~  1 

s| 

g 

SI 

§ 

(41fi) 


PROVINCE  OF  SANTIAGO  DE  CUBA. 


LOCATION   AND   BOUNDARY. 


Santiago  de  Cuba  is  situated  in  the  eastern  extremity  of 
Cuba.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Channel  of  Bahama ; 
on  the  east  by  the  Strait  of  Paso ;  on  the  south  by  the  Carib- 
bean Sea,  and  on  the  west  by  the  Province  of  Puerto  Principe. 


AREA   AND   POPULATION. 

The  area  comprises  16,573  square  miles,  being  220  miles 
long  and  100  miles  wide.  The  population  consists  of  203,185 
souls,  distributed  among  6  cities,  4  towns,  4  villages,  200  ham- 
lets and  suburbs,  and  17,000  rural  estates. 

ADMINISTRATION. 

Santiago  de  Cuba  is  a  second-class  province  with  regional 
government  and  general  military  and  naval  command,  admin- 
istrations of  finance  and  roads  and  communications,  provincial 
deputations,  15  alcaldes  municipales  (mayors),  8  vicars,  and 
41  parishes. 

The  judicial  districts  are  the  six  following:  Manzanillo, 
Guantanamo,  Bayamo,  Holguin,  Baracoa,  and  Santiago  de 
Cuba ;  subdivisions  of  townships  are  Santiago  de  Cuba,  Alto- 
songo,  Caney,  Cobre,  Guantanamo,  Sagua  de  Tanamo,  and 
Dos  Caminos.  Districts  and  municipalities  have  each  their 
special  courts  of  justice.  This  province  forms  part  of  the 
diocese  "the  Archbishopric  of  Santiago  de  Cuba." 

PUBLIC   INSTRUCTION. 

There  is  in  this  province  one  college  with  255  students ;  in 
the  public  schools  there  are  6,031  in  attendance.  The  expense 
of  education  is  sometimes  defrayed  by  patriotic  societies. 
Educational  advantages  in  this  part  of  the  island  are  less  than 
in  the  western  division.  The  girls  are  mostly  taught  em- 
broidery and  etiquette.  An  edict  was  once  issued  by  the  Gov- 
ernment forbidding  the  education  of  the  children  of  Cuban 
parents  in  the  United  States,  lest  they  should  imbibe  liberal 

ideas. 

(417) 


418  AGRICULTURE,  INDUSTRY — GEOGRAPHY,  ETC. 

AGRICULTURE,    INDUSTRY,    AND    COMMERCE. 

Agriculture. — The  province  is  rich  in  vegetation,  and  in 
it  are  found  all  the  productions  of  the  island,  viz,  especially 
sugar,  coffee,  cocoa,  honey,  wax,  cabinet  woods;  besides  to- 
bacco, cereals,  iron  ore,  quarries  of  slate,  marble,  mercury, 
and  a  great  variety  of  minerals,  especially  copper.  There  is, 
too,  excellent  pasturage,  sustaining  great  numbers  of  cattle, 
etc. ;  hunting  and  fishing  is  good. 

Industry. — The  exploiting  of  mines,  the  manufacture  of 
sugar,  tobacco,  cocoanut  oil,  chocolate,  soap,  ice,  petroleum, 
and  liquors ;  cattle  raising  and  the  exploitation  of  forests  are 
among  the  multifarious  industries. 

Commerce. — Trade  is  carried  on  chiefly  from  the  port  of 
Santiago,  the  chief  harbor  of  the  island  and  the  principal 
shipping  port;  it  is,  moreover,  one  of  the  best  in  the  world. 
The  commerce  of  the  province  consists  in  the  export  of  cab- 
inet woods  and  of  all  of  its  articles  of  manufacture,  either  to 
foreign  ports  or  to  other  provinces  or  cities  of  Cuba,  and  the 
importation  of  merchandise,  etc.,  from  other  countries. 

geography  and  topography. 

In  Santiago  de  Cuba  are  located  the  highest  mountains  of 
the  island.  From  Cape  Maisi  to  Cape  Cruz  a  mountain  chain 
passes  close  to  the  seacoast,  then  turning  abruptly  west  it 
passes  along  the  middle  of  the  island,  breaking  away  now 
and  then  to  the  north  or  to  the  south.  In  this  province  a 
junction  in  the  central  and  eastern  parts  creates  an  intricate 
system  of  verdure-clad  elevations  cut  into  sharp  ridges  known 
as  "cuchillas,"  as  distinguished  from  the  sierras  or  peaks 
styled  "saws."  The  first  so-called  range  is  the  Sierra Maestra, 
and  is  the  best  defined  mountain  chain  on  the  island.  From 
Cape  Cruz  it  rises  in  a  succession  of  terraces,  soon  attaining 
an  altitude  of  5,140  feet;  an  increase  of  elevation  follows  till 
the  Blue  Peak  of  8,320  feet  is  reached.  Near  the  Blue  (Tur- 
quino)  Peak  spurs  are  sent  off  north  into  the  valley  of  the 
Cauto,  giving  an  undulating  character  to  the  famous  tropical 
valley  of  Bayamo.  From  Turquino  the  mountain  continues 
under  the  name  of  Sierra  de  Cobre ;  here  are  the  noted  copper 
mines  of  the  province.  In  the  Cobre  range,  resting  on  a  pyram- 
idal peak  3,300  feet  high,  is  the  "Gran  Piedra,'.'  a  huge  bowl- 
der 150  feet  in  length  and  45  feet  wide.     In  this  vicinity  the 


RIVERS.  419 

Sierra  Maestra  on  the  south  merges  into  the  main  range,  and 
the  maze  of  the  cuchillas  becomes  the  dominating  orograph- 
ical  feature,  while  a  great  number  of  streams  send  their  waters 
into  far-separated  seas. 

The  extremely  broken  and  precipitous  character  of  the  coun- 
try causes  the  province  to  be  less  known  than  any  of  the  other 
political  divisions.  A  notable  truncated  cone  is  seen  near  the 
port  Baracoa,  bearing  the  name  El  Yunque  de  Baracoa  (the 
anvil  of  Baracoa).  Numerous  cascades,  cataracts,  and  natu- 
ral jjortals,  surrounded  by  ever-verdant  foliage,  combined 
with  numerous  species  of  orchids  and  other  flowering  tropical 
plants  in  all  their  colors,  and  with  animal  life,  present  a  rare 
l)icture.  The  mountains  are  interspersed  with  tracts  of  great 
fertility.  Earthquakes  occur  chiefly  in  Santiago  de  Cuba. 
Tlie  caves  of  Monte  Libano,  Holguin,  Bayama,  and  Gibara 
are  among  the  most  noted  of  subterraneous  wonders.  Some 
lakes  are  quite  insignificant ;  there  are  two  islands  off  the  east- 
ern coast.  Shoals,  sand  banks,  reefs,  cays  and  peninsulas, 
creeks  and  marshes,  are  all  constituents  of  the  topography 
and  geography  of  Santiago  de  Cuba.  The  topography  of  the 
surface  under  the  sea  is  said  to  be  similar,  especially  near 
these  coasts,  the  islands  being  but  the  peaks  of  lofty  subma- 
rine mountains — the  coral  reefs,  the  disintegration  and  accu- 
mulation of  numberless  insects. 

RIVERS. 

The  jjrincipal  river  of  the  province  is  the  Cauto.  It  is  12 
miles  to  the  northward  of  Manzanillo  and  is  one  of  the  deep- 
est rivers  in  Cuba,  and  navigable  for  a  distance  of  60  miles. 
The  bar  carries  about  6  feet  of  water. 

Others  are : 

"  The  Moa  River,  one  of  the  largest  in  Cuba,  has  a  fall  of 
more  than  300  feet  a  short  distance  from  the  mouth.  The 
entrance  is  shallow  and  only  30  yards  wide,  but  the  river 
deepens  inside.  About  12  miles  inland  are  some  mountains 
called  thie  Sierras  de  Moa,  which  are  good  landmarks.  From 
the  mouth  of  the  river  to  Yaguasey  Point,  H  miles  to  the 
westward,  the  coast  is  low  and  formed  by  sandy  beaches, 
alternating  with  mangrove  swamps,  through  which  the 
creeks  or  esteros  of  Fabrica  and  Yaguasey  empty.  From 
Yaguasey  Point,  which  is  low,  the  coast,  also  low  and  covered, 
with  mangroves,  trends  WSW.  for  1^  miles  to  the  mouth  of 


420  RIVERS. 

the  Estero  de  Moa,  where  there  are  three  or  four  fishermen's 
huts,  the  remains  of  a  former  settlement. 

The  Bariguita  River :  Good  water  may  be  obtained  at  its 
mouth,  wliich  is  sheltered  by  a  reef  of  rocks  extending  100 
yards  from  the  isolated  hill.  Near  Larga  Beach  Point  there 
is  a  lake  of  salt  water,  but  its  mouth  is  only  open  during  the 
rainy  season. 

The  Gibara  River,  navigable  for  a  short  distance  by  boats, 
empties  into  the  head  of  the  bay.  Coast  pilots  for  the  north 
coast  of  Cuba  and  the  Old  Bahama  Channel  may  be  obtained 
here. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  consular  agent. 

The  Seco  River  is  only  open  during  the  rainy  season,  and 
during  the  remainder  of  the  year  is  closed  by  two  bars,  one 
of  stone,  and  the  other,  farther  in,  of  sand.  The  water  is 
hardly  fit  to  drink,  and  is  difficult  to  obtain  by  boats  on 
account  of  the  bars.  In  case  of  necessity,  the  best  place  to 
water  will  be  to  the  leeward  of  the  mouth. 

The  Jauco  River  is  ^  mile  from  the  Playa  Blanca,  empty- 
ing over  a  sandy  beach,  and  navigable  for  boats  during  the 
rainy  season.  Near  the  mouth  of  the  river  is  a  rocky  point, 
having  a  cavern  in  it  called  the  Cuev.i  de  Jauco. 

All  along  this  part  of  the  coast  the  mountain  range  is  close 
to  the  shore.  The  three  cuts  or  ravines  of  Caleta,  Caletilla, 
and  Jauco  are  very  conspicuous.  The  land  is  thickly 
wooded,  especially  near  the  Jauco  River. 

A  rocky  ledge  commences  near  Caleta  Beach,  and  skirts 
the  shore  at  an  average  distance  of  300  yards  as  far  west  as 
Muertos  Beach.  A  little  outside  of  it,  or  about  400  yards 
from  the  shore,  the  depths  are  9  or  10  fathoms;  but  off  the 
point  and  cave  of  Jauco  this  depth  is  found  at  ^  mile  distance. 

Smaller  rivers  are  Yarigua,  Tecaji  Uipe,  Mayari,  Teneme 
or  Tesino,  Sagua  de  Tanamo,  Yaguanegue,  Cabana,  Yamani- 
guey,  Uibujan  or  Juragua,  Toa,  Yumuri,  and  Maisi  in  the 
north;  Jojo,  Labana  la  Mar,  Yateras,  Guantdnamo,  Bacanao, 
Aguadores,  andTurguino  in  the  south ;  Sevilla,  Tana,  Jibacoa, 
Yara,  Jicotea,  Buey  Cauto,  Biramo,  and  Jababo  in  the  west. 

THE   COAST   LINE. 

The  coast  south  of  Cape  Maysi  is  exposed  to  the  eastward ; 
the  sea  breaks  upon  it,  and  it  should  not  be  approached.  At 
^  mile  south  of  the  cape  is  Pintado  Point,  southward  of  which 


THE   COAST  LINE.  421 

the  shore  is  called  the  Coast  of  Pintado.  At  If  miles  from 
Pintado  is  Quemado  Point,  a  little  salient.  Nearly  a  mile 
from  the  latter  is  Buf eo  Point,  and  about  5  miles  farther  on  is 
Negra  Point,  300  yards  north  of  which  there  is  a  spring  of 
fresh  water. 

The  coast  for  200  yards  westward  of  Puerta  Point  is  of 
soboruco ;  thence  it  curves  somewhat  outward  for  a  distance 
of  3^  miles.  The  shore  for  about  f  mile  west  of  the  point  is 
called  Guayacanes,  and  near  its  west  end  and  a  little  inland 
is  the  valley  of  the  same  name,  with  a  break  in  the  mountain. 
At  the  distance  of  a  mile  farther  on  is  Guayacanes  Point, 
which  is  dark,  of  moderate  height,  and  projects,  with  two 
small  bays  between.  To  the  westward  of  the  point  is  a  beach 
named  Managuaco,  about  1^  miles  in  extent,  with  some  scat- 
tered rocks  near  its  western  extremity;  then  follow  some 
cliffs  of  soboruco,  and  the  small  bay  of  Caoba,  which  is  of 
sand  and  scattered  rocks,  and  lastly  for  about  ^  mile  a  rocky 
shore,  when  commences  the  bea^h  of  Imia. 

The  Beach  of  Imia  is  about  f  mile  long,  and  near  its  east- 
ern end  is  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name.  To  ob- 
tain water  from  the  Imia  River,  the  shore  will  be  approached 
most  easily  WNW.  of  the  small  bay  of  Caoba,  where  it  is 
clear  of  reefs.  The  mountains  rise  abruptly  from  the  shore 
and  are  covered  with  trees.  A  broken  reef  skirts  the  shore 
at  a  distance  of  70  yards. 

From  Imia  Beach  the  rocky  coast  of  moderate  height  con- 
tinues westward  with  an  outward  curve  for  4  miles  to  Yacabo 
Point.  In  the  middle  of  it  is  Imia  Point,  steep  and  of  mod- 
erate elevation.  Yacabo  Point  is  a  little  salient,  and  from  it 
the  coast  runs  almost  in  a  straight  line  to  Piedras  Gordas 
Point. 

The  coast  from  Guantanamo  takes  a  westerly  direction  for 
about  20  miles  to  Berracos  Point,  which  forms  a  remarkable 
round  hill ;  it  is  clear  of  danger  and  may  be  approached  to 
the  distance  of  a  mile.  Thence  it  trends  northwesterly  5 
miles,  forming  the  bight  of  Cape  Baxa  (Low),  and  then  re- 
sumes its  westerly  direction  to  the  Juragua  River,  the  en- 
trance to  which  is  about  8  miles  from  Berracos  Point.  To 
leeward  of  the  bight  of  Cape  Baxa  there  are  three  shallow 
sandy  bays,  separated  by  high  scarped  hills,  called  Los 
Altares,  or  The  Altars,  from  the  eastern  one  having  a  re- 
markable flattened  summit,  which  are  backed  by  the  lofty 
mountains  of  Maestra. 


422  THE   COAST   LINE. 

From  the  Juragua  River  the  coast  continues  westward  for 
9  miles  to  the  entrance  of  Santiago  de  Cuba ;  between  are  the 
mouths  of  the  rivers  Sardinero  and  Aguadores ;  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  latter  several  small  houses  are  to  be  seen.  All  this 
part  is  bold  and  steep-to,  and  may  be  freely  approached  to 
the  distance  of  a  mile.  At  7  or  8  miles  eastward  of  Santiago 
de  Cuba  a  vessel  can  anchor  in  17  fathoms  water,  off  a  valley 
or  break  in  the  land,  1^  miles  from  the  shore.  It  has  been 
reported  that  with  the  Morro  Castle  bearing  between  N.  45° 
W.  (N.  47°  W.  mag.)  and  N.  5°  E.  (N.  3°  E.  mag.),  distant 
1  mile,  there  are  4  fathoms,  rocky  bottom,  and  there  is  the 
same  depth  within  400  yards  of  the  shore. 

The  beach  of  Sabana  is  ^  mile  in  length ;  at  its  east  end  is 
a  lake,  and  at  its  west  end  a  river  of  good  water  runs  into  the 
sea,  with  its  mouth  free  of  obstructions,  where  water  can  be 
had  without  difficulty.  The  beach  of  Ciguatos,  ^  mile  in 
extent,  follows  that  of  Sabana,  and  is  separated  from  it  by  a 
small  rocky  cliff  of  about  130  yards  in  length.  At  the  west 
end  of  Ciguatos  Beach  the  river  of  the  same  name  empties 
in  the  rainy  season,  and  in  order  to  approach  it,  it  is  neces- 
sary to  close  the  middle  of  the  beach  and  pass  within  the 
rocky  heads  until  arriving  at  its  mouth.  Thence  a  rocky 
coast  runs  westward  for  800  yards  to  a  point  somewhat  sali- 
ent, called  Jaba ;  then  for  more  than  1^  miles  farther  the  coast 
is  high  and  steep,  and  800  yards  from  its  west  end  is  the  bay 
of  Jaba,  the  entrance  of  which  is  not  more  then  110  yards 
wide,  with  a  shelly,  rocky  beach  fronting  it.  At  the  back, 
on  the  hill,  about  110  yards  from  the  sea,  there  is  a  spring  of 
good  water. 

From  Jaba  Bay  the  rocky  coast  runs  a  mile  farther  to  the 
entrance  of  Port  Baitiqueri,  and  ^  mile  to  the  SW.  of  it  is 
the  point  of  the  same  name.  This  part  of  the  shore  is  called 
the  coast  of  the  Boquerdn,  from  a  break  in  the  mountain,  by 
which  Santiago  de  Cuba  may  be  known.  The  high  mountains 
range  all  along  to  very  near  the  coast,  forming  several  breaks 
or  openings. 

The  coast  of  Cuba  from  Cape  Maysi  trends  N.  by  W.  f  W. 
for  nearly  2  miles  to  Tfembra  Point,  near  which  a  portion  of 
the  coast  of  about  20^  >  ards  in  extent  is  formed  of  soboruco, 
and  here  the  light  towt^V  stands.  About  700  yards  northward 
of  the  tower  is  Mangle  Point  and  entrance  to  the  Maysi  River, 
and  600  yards  farther  on  i^  Estaca  Point. 


THE   COAST   LINE.  423 

The  coast,  from  Fraile  Point,  forms  a  slight  indentation  as 
far  as  Mangorita  Point,  which  is  somewhat  salient ;  and  on 
its  eastern  part  is  a  small  bay,  where  there  are  five  rocks. 
The  coast  then  continues  straight  to  the  Giianal  Leap,  which 
is  high  and  abrupt ;  thence  the  shore  is  of  low  soboruco  to  a 
point  a  little  salient,  named  Guanal,  with  a  wood  of  palm 
trees  on  it.  Then  follows  Frailecito,  similar  to  Fraile  Point 
but  smaller,  and  lastly  that  of  Silencio.  From  this  point  the 
first  part  of  the  coast  is  of  soboruco,  and  then  sand  and  gravel 
as  far  as  the  mouth  of  the  Yumuri  River. 

The  coast  from  Baracoa  trends  about  NW.  |  N.  9  miles  to 
Bay  or  Vaez  Point,  forming  first  a  headland  of  soboruco, 
somewhat  salient  for  about  a  mile,  and  the  points  of  Camello, 
Cerro,  and  Duaba,  the  latter  terminating  in  a  long  point,  and 
300  yards  from  it  the  river  of  the  same  name  runs  into  the 
sea.  Then  follows  Duaba  Beach,  1,200  yards  in  length,  form- 
ing a  bay  near  the  mouth  of  the  river,  which  is  generally 
about  16  yards  wide,  increasing  to  90  yards  in  the  rainy  sea- 
son ;  it  runs  parallel  to  the  shore  to  the  end  of  the  beach,  and 
then  turns  suddenly  to  the  SSE. ;  the  point  here  is  named 
Jibaracon,  where  the  river  forms  an  opening  during  heavy 
rains. 

Next  to  Duaba  Point  the  Toar  Beach  runs  in  a  straight  line 
more  than  a  mile  to  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name, 
which  is  about  10  yards  wide,  but  increasing  during  rains ;  it 
forms  a  lagoon  with  several  islets.  Then  Canes  Beach,  a  mile 
long,  ends  at  Canes  Point,  which  is  the  beginning  of  the  rocky 
coast  of  the  same  name.  From  this  point,  round,  somewhat 
salient,  and  known  by  a  large  palm  tree  and  a  house  over  it, 
the  coast  of  Canes  and  Sigua  for  more  than  a  mile  is  of  sobo- 
ruco, which  terminates  at  Sigua,  a  small  bay  about  400  yards 
in  extent,  only  used  by  very  small  vessels  in  fine  weather. 
From  Sigua  the  rocky  coast  trends  westward  for  ^  mile,  form- 
ing Maravi  Point,  as  far  as  the  entrance  to  the  port  of  that 
name. 

Between  Baracoa  and  Bay  Point  the  coast  is  backed  by  high 
land  covered  with  vegetation  to  very  near  the  shore.  Between 
Baracoa  and  Duaba  Point  the  hill  of  Jaitecico  rises  about  600 
yards,  is  about  j  mile  in  extent,  of  little  elevation,  covered 
with  trees,  and  is  useful  as  a  mark.  There  are  92  fathoms 
water  about  ^  mile  from  the  coast,  and  13  to  23  fathoms,  sand 


424  CAPES   AND   POINTS. 

and  rock,  400  yards  from  it,  except  off  Duaba  and  Toar 
beaches,  where  there  are  92  fathoms  f  mile  off  shore,  and  14 
to  46  fathoms  at  i  mile. 

Water  may  be  easily  obtained  from  the  Duaba  River ;  small 
vessels  can  anchor  near  it,  in  the  bight  of  the  rocky  coast 
formed  by  Duaba  Point. 

The  coast  from  Jaragua  trends  first  about  WNW.  and  then 
north,  forming  a  bay,  as  far  as  Mangle  Point,  which  is  7  miles 
from  the  former.  The  reef,  which  begins  at  Jaragua,  skirts 
the  whole  of  this  bay,  extending  2  miles  off  shore. 

The  coast  from  the  western  point  of  Gibara  Bay  takes  a 
northerly  direction  for  2  miles  to  Brava  Point,  and  is  bold 
and  rocky.  It  then  bends  round  about  N"W.  for  7  miles  to 
Gorda  Point,  and  5^  miles  farther  is  Mangle  Point.  The  shore 
is  rocky,  sloping,  and  clean  to  Mangle  Point,  but  it  then 
becomes  sandy  and  steep-to  as  far  as  the  eastern  point  of 
Herradura  Bay,  7  miles  to  the  WNW.,  where  coasters  draw- 
ing 10  feet  find  anchorage,  but  it  is,  open  to  the  northward. 
Thence  it  takes  a  more  westerly  direction  for  7  miles  to  Port 
Padre.  This  latter  part  is  low  and  foul  to  some  distance ;  on 
the  shore  are  many  remarkable  palm  trees. 

CAPES   AND   POINTS. 

The  principal  capes  and  points  along  the  northern  coast  of 
this  province  are  as  follows : 

Cape  Maysi  is  the  eastern  extremity  of  the  island  of  Cuba. 
When  seen  from  the  southward  the  cape  has  the  appearance 
of  a  long,  low  point.  This  part  of  the  coast  is  low  and  cov- 
ered with  brushwood. 

One  or  two  miles  west  of  Cape  Maysi  the  land  begins  to  rise, 
and,  seen  from  the  northward,  forms  three  steps,  the  upper  one 
1,850  feet  high,  gradually  sloping  upward  to  the  eastern  sum- 
mit of  the  Cobre  Mountains.  Strangers  coming  from  the 
northward  have  mistaken  the  lower  termination  of  the  slope 
for  Cape  Maysi,  and  keeping  away  too  soon  have  fallen  to 
leeward. 

In  approaching  the  eastern  end  of  Cuba  from  the  "NE.,  some 
of  the  peaks  of  the  Cobre  Mountains  form  good  landmarks. 
The  most  remarkable  is  called  El  Yunque  de  Baracoa,  or  the 
Anvil,  from  its  shape.  It  is  27  miles  from  Cape  Maysi  and  4 
miles  from  Port  Baracoa,  for  which  it  is  a  good  guide.     In 


CAPES   AND    POINTS.  425 

rounding  Cape  Maysi,  it  should  be  remembered  that  the  cur- 
rent frequently  sets  to  the  westward  with  considerable  strength, 
especially  during  the  winter  months.    , 

Light.— On  Cape  Maysi,  from  a  circular  lighthouse,  a  fixed 
white  light  is  shown  at  an  elevation  of  128  feet,  and  should 
be  visible  17  miles. 

Pintado  Point. — About  i  mile  southward  of  Cape  Maysi 
is  Pintado  Point;  thence  the  coast,  composed  of  soboruco, 
covered  more  or  less  with  trees  and  brushwood,  runs  south- 
ward and  SW.  for  6^  miles  to  Negra  Point,  forming  first  a 
projecting  cliff  and  then  a  bay.  Rather  inore  than  f  mile 
from  the  point  is  the  Cueva  de  Pintado,  a  large  cave,  within 
which  the  sea  breaks.  About  1  mile  southward  of  the  cave 
is  Quemado  Point,  slightly  salient. 

AzuLES  Point. — From  Estaca  Point  the  shore,  forming  a 
slight  bay,  trends  in  a  NW.  ^  N.  direction  for  a  mile  to  Azules 
Point ;  then  follows  the  opening  of  Azules,  where  the  beach 
ends,  and  another  portion  of  soboruco  extends  for  about  ^ 
mile  to  a  small  beach  100  yards  in  extent,  and  then  continues 
for  f  mile  as  far  as  the  beach,  which  terminates  in  the  north- 
ern extreme  of  the  headland  of  Maysi. 

PuERTOS  AND  Rasita  Points. — From  Azules  Point  the 
coast,  after  forming  three  small  sandy  bays,  continues  low 
and  of  soboruco  to  a  point  rather  salient,  named  Pue.rtos,  on 
account  of  several  openings  formed  by  the  land  in  its  vicinity, 
and  thence  to  another  point  more  salient  called  Rasita. 

Baga  Point. — From  Azules  Point  the  coast  begins  to  rise, 
and  runs  about  WNW.  for  5  miles  to  Fraile  Point.  Between 
Rasita  and  Baga  Points  the  shore  is  of  soboruco  and  forms  a 
l)ay.  Baga  Point  is  a  little  salient,  and  known  by  three  large 
rocks  above  it.  About  400  yards  within  these  rocks  there  is 
a  well  of  good  water,  but  it  is  difficult  to  approach  the  coast 
on  account  of  the  heavy  sea  which  breaks  on  it. 

Fraile  Point. — Rasa  Point  is  next  west  of  Baga  Point, 
and  the  shore  between  forms  an  indentation  as  far  as  two 
large  rocks.  Thence  the  coast  of  steep  soboruco  continues  as 
far  as  a  large  rock  called  Fria  Cave ;  from  here  it  is  of  low 
soboruco,  with  an  inner  range  of  the  same  kind  of  cliffs  at  a 
little  distance  from  the  shore,  and  continues  to  Fraile  Point. 
Fraile  Point  is. salient,  high,  with  a  rock  at  its  foot  resem- 
bling a  friar's  hood  hanging  down.  About  200  yards  west-' 
ward  of  it  there  is  a  spring  issuing  from  the  rock.    The  coast 


426  CAPES   AND    POINTS. 

as  far  as  Fraile  Point  is  clear  of  danger,  and  thence  about  8 
miles  westward  to  Port  Mata  it  can  be  approached  to  the 
distance  of  a  mile. 

Besides,  on  the  north  are  the  following : 

Ma  J  ANA  Point. — From  Boma  the  coast  of  soboruco,  form- 
ing some  slight  indentations,  trends  to  the  NW.  2^  miles  to 
Majana  Point,  which  has  two  large  detached  rocks  on  it. 
About  200  yards  westward  of  Boma  there  is  a  white  spot 
which  is  seen  at  some  distance  and  useful  in  recognizing  the 
port ;  about  f  mile  farther  on  there  is  also  a  small  opening 
in  the  soboruco  with  very  white  sand  in  its  interior,  named 
Caninguin;  and  about  halfway  between  this  and  Majana 
Point  lie  some  large  detached  rocks  called  Herrera. 

Mapurisi  Point. — From  Port  Cayaguaneque  the  coast  is 
of  rock  for  f  mile  to  Mapurisi  Point,  which  has  two  small 
sandy  bays  on  its  eastern  side ;  thence  for  the  space  of  a  mile, 
as  far  as  Nibujon  Point,  are  five  small  sandy  bays  and  a  small 
opening  called  Seguro.  To  the  westward  of  Nibujon  Point  is 
the  beach  of  the  same  name,  400  yards  in  length,  and  above  it 
several  houses  and  cottages,  and  at  its  western  end  the  river 
•runs  into  the  sea,  the  water  of  which  is  good  for  drinking. 
Then  follows  the  rocky  coast  called  Taco  for  about  j\  mile, 
and  then  the  beach  of  the  same  name  for  900  yards,  which  is 
of  rock  covered  with  white  sand,  and  which  terminates  at  the 
entrance  to  Port  Taco.  At  the  west  end  of  the  beach,  near  the 
east  point  of  entrance,  are  some  houses. 

Jaragua  Point. — The  coast  for  400  yards  westward  of 
Taco  is  of  rock ;  then  the  beach  of  Jaragua  for  a  long  ^  mile 
follows,  when  the  coast  is  of  soboruco  and  forms  Jaragua 
Point,  extending  400  yards  from  the  reach.  From  the  west 
point  of  entrance  to  Taco  a  reef  skirts  the  coast,  which  term- 
inates at  this  point,  and  is  about  1 50  yards  wide. 

LucRECiA  Point. — From  Canones  Point  the  shore  runs  in 
a  NNE.  direction  6  miles  to  Mulas  Point,  and  is  foul  nearly  a 
mile  off.  Thence  it  trends  NNW.  4  miles  to  Manglito  Point, 
and  then  about  NW.  for  2  miles  to  the  east  point  of  Larga 
Beach,  on  which  stands  Lucrecia  lighthouse.  The  point  of 
this  latter  name  is  about  ^  mile  westward,  and  the  land  here 
rises  by  degrees  from  the  sea  to  a  height  of  about  200  feet  a 
mile  inland.  From  abreast  Manglito  Point  a  reef  skirts  the 
shore  for  1}  miles  westward  at  a  distance  of  200  yards.  From 
the  lighthouse  the  shore  trends  nearly  west  for  1^  miles  to 


CAPES   AND   POINTS.  427 

Gorda  Point,  forming  various  points  a  little  salient ;  this  part 
of  the  coast  is  called  Larga  Beach,  and  it  is  bordered  by  a 
reef  which  extends  northward  ^  mile.  Between  Manglito  and 
Gorda  Points  the  shore  is  low  and  mostly  of  soboruco,  with 
some  parts  covered  with  sand.  A  short  distance  from  the  sea 
mangroves  and  trees  are  seen,  and  the  coast  appears  somewhat 
higher  than  it  really  is. 

Light. — The  tower  near  Lucrecia  Point  exhibits,  at  132  feet 
above  the  sea,  a  flashing  red  light  about  every  55  seconds ; 
duration  of  fllash,  2  seconds.  The  light  should  be  visible  18 
miles. 

The  principal  capes  and  points  on  the  southern  coast  of 
Santiago  de  Cuba  Province  are : 

Negra  Point. — A  dark,  barren,  steep,  projecting  point, 
and  easily  distinguished;  1,200  yards  off  it  there  are  28 
fathoms  water,  and  at  the  distance  of  a  mile  the  depth  is  more 
than  90  fathoms.  From  Negra  Point  the  coast  of  soboruco, 
covered  more  or  less  with  trees,  forming  a  curve  outward, 
trends  to  the  south  and  westward  for  7  miles  to  Caleta  Point ; 
it  is  backed  by  the  high  land,  which  is  close  to  it.  About  60 
yards  SW.  of  Negra  Point  there  is  a  little  bay  and  a  cave, 
formed  by  vertical  cliffs,  where  the  sea  breaks  heavily,  and  is 
called  the  Cliff  of  Point  Negra.  About  2^  miles  SW.  of 
Negra  Point  is  Guanos  Point,  known  by  a  wood  of  palm  trees 
on  it.  Between  the  two  points  there  are  28  fathoms  water, 
rock  and  gravel,  1,000  to  1,200  yards  from  the  shore;  and 
between  the  latter  and  Caleta  Point  there  are  18  fathoms,  over 
gravel  anS  rock,  at  600  to  1,200  yards.  Between  Negra  and 
Caleta  Points  the  depth  exceeds  90  fathoms  1:^  miles  from 
the  laDd. 

Caleta  Point. — From  Caleta  Point  the  soboruco  cliffs 
extend  nearly  a  mile  to  the  beach,  called  the  Playa  de  Caleta, 
about  90  yards  wide.  A  river  flowing  through  a  cut  in  the 
highlands  empties  about  the  middle  of  the  beach.  Its  mouth 
is  generally  choked  up,  except  during  the  rainy  season,  and 
the  water  near  the  beach  is  salt.  A  little  higher  up,  however, 
it  will  be  found  to  be  fresh  and  good. 

From  this  beach  the  soboruco  cliffs  continue  \  mile  to  a 
white  sandy  beach  called  Playa  Blanca.  In  the  middle  of 
this  beach  is  a  rocky  point,  just  eastward  of  which  and  near 
the  shore  is  a  spring  of  excellent  water. 


428  CAPES   AND   POINTS. 

Llana  Point. — The  beacli  of  Liana  extends  over  a  space 
of  2^  miles.  In  the  middle  of  this  shore  there  is  a  bed  of  a 
river  called  Cana,  which  is  generally  dry  except  in  the  rainy 
season ;  and  GOO  yards  from  the  west  extreme  of  the  beach 
there  is  another  glen,  named  Liana,  which  is  also  generally 
dry.  Liana  Point,  composed  of  sobornco,  projects  a  little  at 
the  western  termination  of  the  beach.  The  coast  for  If  miles 
westward  of  the  jjoint  is  of  cliffs,  with  one  or  two  bays.  In 
the  first  third  of  this  space  is  the  Leap  of  Jojo  Point,  which 
is  high,  salient,  white,  and  seen  at  a  great  distance ;  the  other 
two-thirds  is  high  and  steep.  Jojo  Point,  2i  miles  from 
Liana  Point,  is  of  black  rugged  rock,  of  moderate  height,  and 
at  its  inner  part  is  an  isolated  elevation  like  a  sugar  loaf. 

Tintorero  Point  is  low  and  sandy ;  a  mile  to  the  westward 
of  it  is  the  mouth  of  the  Tacre  River,  and  ^  mile  farther  on 
is  Puerta  Point,  flat  and  sandy. 

All  along  this  part  of  the  coast  the  high  land  rises  abruptly 
from  the  shore,  with  breaks  or  ravines  abreast  of  the  Rio 
Seco,  Rio  Tacre,  and  Puerta  Point.  The  mountains  are  cov- 
ered with  trees,  with  the  exception  of  the  Leap  of  Jojo,  which 
is  arid  and  barren. 

The  coast  is  bordered  by  a  reef,  broken  in  places,  at  an 
average  distance  of  200  yards  from  the  shore.  Everywhere 
along  this  part  of  the  coast  at  |  mile  from  the  land  there  are 
more  than  90  fathoms  of  water. 

Piedras  Gordas  Point  is  so  called  on  account  of  the  large 
boulders  upon  it.  To  the  westward  of  this  point  the  shore 
forms  a  bay,  at  the  head  of  which  is  a  beach  600  yards  long. 
The  shore  is  clear,  except  a  rock  near  the  eastern  end  of  the 
beach,  near  which  is  a  spring  of  fresh  water,  easier  of  access 
and  more  sheltered  than  the  stream  farther  to  the  westward. 

Guarda-raya  Point  is  the  western  limit  of  tliis  bay,  and  the 
next  indentation  in  the  coast  to  the  westward  is  a  small  cove 
called  the  Guarda-raya  de  Yacabo,  which  is  skirted  by  a  flat 
reef  and  is  almost  unapproachable.  The  high  land  is  liere 
also  very  near  the  coast, , with  a  break,  through  which  runs 
the  Yacabo  River,  emptying  into  the  bay  of  the  same  name. 

Fresh  j^rovisions  may  be  obtained  from  tlie  neigliboring 
1  louses. 

To  the  westward  of  the  Guarda-raya  de  Yacabo  the  coast 
is  rocky  for  about  |  mile,  followed  by  a  beach  ^  mile  long, 
with  the  mouth  of  the  Ocampo  River  at  its  western  end. 


i 


REEFS,  BANKS,  AND    CAYS.  429 

Sabana-la-mar  Point  is  about  4  miles  farther  to  the  west- 
ward. It  is  a  remarkable  projection,  steep,  and  moderately 
high,  with  a  rock  on  its  summit,  and  is  about  27  miles  west 
of  Caleta  Point. 

Mal  Ano  Point. — From  Baitiqueri  the  rocky  coast  runs 
SSW.  for  3  miles  to  Tortuguilla  Point;  thence  nearly  west  for 
2  miles  to  the  Yatera  River,  which  empties  itself  into  a  sandy 
bay ;  from  here  it  again  trends  SW.  for  3  miles  to  Mal  Ano 
Point,  which  is  easily  recognized  from  the  east  or  west. 
About  4  miles  westward  of  the  point  is  Port  Escondido,  to 
the  eastward  of  which  and  near  the  entrance  are  two  isolated 
hills.  All  this  part  of  the  coast  is  free  from  danger  and  can 
be  approached  to  a  mile. 

REEFS,  banks,  AND  CAYS. 

The  following  are  the  principal  reefs,  banks,  shoals,  and 
keys  [cays]  of  Santiago  de  Cuba,  on  the  north : 

Maysi  Reef. — The  headland  of  Maysi  is  comprised  between 
Pintado  and  Azules  Points,  a  space  of  about  5  miles.  It  is 
skirted  by  a  reef  at  the  distance  of  300  to  400  yards,  which 
terminates  at  the  latter  point ;  it  is  awash,  the  sea  constantly 
breaks  over  it,  and  there  are  several  ojjeiungs  through  it  for 
boats  and  very  small  vessels.  The  openings  most  used  are 
those  of  Hembra,  Mangle  Bay,  or  Estaca,  leading  to  the  Maysi 
River,  and  Azules ;  the  others  are  not  navigable  with  a  fresh 
breeze. 

Maysi  Bank. — A  rocky  bank  borders  the  Maysi  Reef,  all 
along,  with  about  9  fathoms  water  on  it  at  the  distance  of  500 
to  700  yards,  and  a  mile  from  it  there  are  from  73  to  90  fathoms, 
sand,  gravel,  and  rock.  Cape  Maysi  is  200  yards  eastward  of 
the  meridian  of  the  lighthouse,  and  where  the  reef  is  most 
dangerous  during  the  night. 

Caution. — Vessels  from  the  northward,  bound  to  the  south- 
ern coast,  should  be  careful  to  steer  sufficiently  eastward  to 
clear  the  reef ;  and  in  rounding  the  cape  from  the  southward 
the  light  should  be  brought  well  westward  before  steering 
northward. 

Currents. — Near  the  land  off  Cape  Maysi  the  flood  runs 
westward  and  the  ebb  eastward.  During  the  summer  months, 
with  southerly  winds  easterly  currents  will  be  experienced, 
and  with  northerly  winds  southerly  currents. 


430  REEFS,  BANKS,  AND    CAYS. 

YuMURi  Reef. — The  Yumuri  River  runs  through  a  great 
break  in  the  mountains  and  empties  800  yards  westward  of 
Silencio  Point.  From  this  point  a  reef  extends  off  100  yards 
and  skirts  the  shore  as  far  as  the  mouth  of  the  river,  where  it 
joins  a  gravel  bank,  which  in  places  is  270  yards  from  the 
shore,  and  terminates  at  the  Redonda  Rock,  which  has  a  shore 
of  gravel  and  sand  between  it  and  the  river. 

In  consequence  of  the  reef  and  bank,  and  narrowness  and 
little  depth  of  the  mouth  of  the  river,  it  is  difficult  to  enter 
with  small  vessels  unless  in  the  rainy  season.  The  water  is 
drinkable  ^  mile  from  the  mouth. 

Larga  Beach  Reef. — From  Larga  Beach  Point  a  reef 
skirts  the  coast  as  far  as  Mata  Point,  and  in  front  of  Manglito 
Beach  it  is  about  300  yards  off.  There  is  a  small  opening 
through  it  in  front  of  the  middle  of  the  Beach  of  Barigua, 
with  3f  fathoms  water,  black  sand,  and  If  fathoms  somewhat 
more  within ;  and  another  opening  in  front  of  Manglito  Beach 
only  a  few  yards  wide  and  4^  fathoms  deep,  coarse  sand. 
From  Silencio  Point  to  Mata  Point  there  is  no  bottom  at  90 
fathoms,  a  mile  from  the  land.  From  the  break  at  the  Yu- 
muri River  the  high  mountain,  covered  with  trees,  ranges 
near  the  coast  to  the  head  of  Port  Mata. 

Cayos  de  Moa  are  two  islets  lying  just  inside  the  reef,  one 
mile  westward  of  the  opening.  The  larger  one  of  the  two  is 
1|  miles  long,  from  i  to  i  mile  wide,  of  rectangular  shape, 
and  has  a  projecting  point  at  its  SE.  angle.  The  smaller  cay 
lies  N W.  of  the  larger,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  narrow 
creek,  is  ^  mile  in  diameter,  and  both  cays  are  low  and  cov- 
ered with  mangroves. 

The  principal  reefs,  banks,  and  keys  [cays]  on  the  southern 
coast  of  Santiago  de  Cuba  are  as  follows : 

Pintado  Bank  is  between  points  Pintado  and  Quemado. 
Near  the  shore  there  are  from  4  to  8  fathoms  of  water,  bottom 
of  fine  white  sand.  The  edge  of  the  bank  is  steep-to,  there 
being  from  18  to  28  fathoms  200  yards  from  the  edge,  and  i 
mile  farther  off  no  bottom  at  90  fathoms. 

Sombrero  Rock,  above  water,  lies  about  60  yards  off  the 
eastern  side  of  the  beach. 

There  are  a  few  small  houses  and  some  cultivated  ground 
in  the  neighborliood ;  a  small  amount  of  fresh  provisions  and 
water  may  be  obtained. 


REEFS,  BANKS,  AND    CAYS.  431 

Cape  Cruz  Reef,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  heavily,  com- 
mences If  miles  east  of  the  cape,  and  extending  to  the  west- 
ward terminates  1  mile  SW.  of  it.  There  are  often  a  number 
of  fishing  stakes  on  the  reef,  and  its  western  extremity  is  fre- 
quently marked  by  a  staff  with  a  bunch  of  palm  leaves  upon 
it,  placed  there  by  the  pilots.  To  the  westward  of  the  reef 
a  bank  with  patches  of  2^  and  3  fathoms  of  water  on  it  extends 
3  miles  farther  west  and  NW. 

In  coming  from  the  eastward  do  not  bring  Ingles  Point,  8 
miles  east  of  Cape  Cruz,  to  the  eastward  of  N.  79°  E.  (N.  7G° 
E.)  till  Coloradas  Point,  the  second  point  north  of  the  cape, 
and  of  dark  green  color,  comes  open  of  Cacimba  Point,  to 
avoid  the  reef. 

Pilots. — There  are  from  six  to  seven  Government  pilots, 
and  care  is  taken  that  several  of  them  remain  at  Cape  Cruz 
so  as  to  cause  no  delay.     Pilotage  is  compulsory. 

Caution. — Navigators  must  bear  in  mind  that  even  the 
best  charts  give  but  an  incorrect  idea  of  the  chain  of  cays, 
reefs,  and  shoals  which  extend  150  miles  to  the  NW.  from 
Cape  Cruz.  No  good  survey  of  this  part  of  the  coast  has  ever 
been  made,  and  no  materials  exist  for  describing  it  correctly. 
A  vast  number  of  the  cays  are  precisely  alike,  and  the  chan- 
nels, when  marked  at  all,  are  only  marked  by  small  bushes 
j)laced  by  the  pilots,  and  which  the  first  rough  weather  will 
wash  away.  There  are  doubtless  deep  navigable  channels 
between  the  shoals,  but  they  are  only  known  to  the  pilots, 
who  are  very  reticent  and  unwilling  to  communicate  any 
information  regarding  them. 

Perla  Cay  is  a  short  distance  S.  45°  W.  (S.  42°  W.  mag.)  of 
these  cays,  and  is  a  small  islet  which  forms  with  the  Gua 
Cays  a  channel  about  200  yards  wide,  with  7  fathoms  of 
water,  muddy  bottom. 

The  great  chain  of  shoals,  cays,  and  reefs  which  skirt  this 
part  of  the  coast  commences  about  15  miles  NE.  of  Cape  Cruz, 
with  the  great  bank  of  Buena  Esperanza,  and  extends  to  the 
westward  as  far  as  Maria  Aguilar  Point,  near  Trinidad. 

The  usual  approach  to  Manzanillo  is  by  the  Balandras  Chan- 
nel, a  narrow  passage  carrying  18  feet  of  water  between  the 
small  cays  off  the  SE.  part  of  the  Buena  Esperanza  Bank  and 
the  cays  close  to  the  Cuban  shore. 

Proceeding  to  the  NE.  from  the  Balandras  Channel,  in  7  to 
8  fathoms  of  water,  the  Manzanillo  and  Gua  Cays  will  be 
seen,  and  the  passage  between  them  should  be  steered  for. 


432  GULFS,  BAYS,  AND  ANCHORAGES. 

Vessels  of  27  feet  can  go  up  to  Manzanillo,  but  the  channels 
are  narrow,  intricate,  and  badly  marked,  and  none  of  them 
should  ever  be  attempted  without  the  aid  of  a  pilot.  No  ton- 
nage or  light  dues  are  collected, 

Gua  Cays,  N.  22°  W.  (N.  25°  W.  mag.)  of  Gua  Point,  are 
three  cays  of  the  same  name,  and  between  them  and  Gua 
Point  there  is  a  channel  over  a  mud  flat,  with  a  depth  of  11 
feet. 

The  Manzanillo  Cays  are  a  group  of  low  islets,  most  of 
them  covered  with  mangrove  trees,  affording  a  sheltered 
anchorage  for  large  vessels,  with  deep  water.  In  the  middle 
of  them  there  is  a  passage  about  85  yards  wide,  with  a  deptli 
of  7  to  11  fathoms. 

There  are  three  good  careening  places  for  large  vessels,  with 
deep  water,  and  well  sheltered,  in  the  middle  of  these  islets. 

The  bank  of  soundings  lying  between  Cape  Cruz  and  the 
eastern  end  of  the  Doce  Leguas  Cays,  55  miles  to  the  NW,, 
is  clear  of  danger,  and  vessels  may  stand  in  to  7  fathoms  any- 
where, except  from  about  8  miles  N".  20°  W,  (N.  23°  W.  mag.) 
of  the  cape  to  the  cay  on  the  southern  extremity  of  the  bank 
of  Buena  Esperanza;  within  these  limits  it  is  not  safe  for 
vessels  to  go  within  the  depth  of  10  fathoms,  as  the  ground 
is  intersected  with  numerous  rocky  ridges,  some  of  them 
nearly  awash, 

BuENA  Esperanza  Bank, — From  Balandras  Channel  the 
white  sand  bank  of  Buena  Esperanza  takes  a  westerly  direc- 
tion for  10  miles  to  a  small  cay  lying  N,  8°  W.  (N.  11°  W. 
mag.)  17  miles  from  Cape  Cruz.  Thence  it  trends  in  a  north- 
erly direction  for  18  miles,  and  then  bends  to  the  WNW.  13 
miles  to  Cuatro  Reales  Channel,  which  is  the  eastern  passage 
to  Santa  Cruz,  having  formed  in  this  last  distance  the  two 
passages  called  Barcos  and  Pitajaya,  The  entrance  of  Cuatro 
Reales  Channel  bears  N,  23°  W.  (N,  20°  W.  mag.)  42  miles 
from  Cape  Cruz,  and  about  14  miles  from  the  mainland  to  the 
northward, 

GULPS,    BAYS,    AND   ANCHORAGES. 

The  following  are  the  principal  gulfs,  bays,  and  anchorages 
of  Santiago  de  Cuba  on  the  north : 

MiEL  Bay  and  Anchorage. — From  Majana  Point  the 
coast  trends  westward  for  a  mile  to  Rama  Point,  and  then 
southward,  forming  a  rounded  headland,  and  the  points  of 
Guanal,    Hondito,    and  Playuela;   from  the  latter  it  runs 


GULFS,  BAYS,  AND   ANCHORAGES.  433 

straight  to  the  south  of  the  mouth  of  the  Miel  River ;  here 
the  rocky  coast  ceases,  and  the  Miel  Beach  follows,  extending 
west  for  a  mile  to  the  foot  of  Fort  Matachin,  of  the  town  of 
Baracoa. 

Between  Rama  and  Barlovento  Points  is  Miel  Bay,  about  f 
mile  in  breadth,  and  somewhat  sheltered  from  easterly  winds. 
When  ^  mile  westward  of  Rama  Point,  steer  to  the  southward 
until  the  mouth  of  the  Miel  River  bears  about  S.  60°  E.  (S. 
62°  E.  mag.),  and  then  anchor  in  5  or  5|  fathoms  water,  black 
sand,  400  yards  from  the  weather  shore,  which  is  of  rock,  and 
about  the  same  distance  from  the  beach ;  this  is  the  most  con- 
venient berth.  This  anchorage  is  open  to  northerly  winds.  It 
is  frequented  for  the  purpose  of  communicating  with  Baracoa, 
if  not  wishing  to  go  there.  The  river  runs  for  a  long  distance 
parallel  to  the  beach  and  very  near  it ;  water  may  be  obtained 
a  short  distance  from  its  mouth  at  low  tide. 

Supplies. — Water  may  be  had  from  the  river,  but  it  is  very 
shallow  in  the  vicinity  of  its  mouth  and  dry  at  low  tide.  Wood 
and  small  supplies  of  provisions  may  be  obtained. 

Yumuri  Anchorage  is  in  the  bay  between  Silencio  and  Larga 
Beach  Points,  where  vessels  may  anchor  in  11  fathoms  of  water, 
sand  and  mud,  700  yards  N.  43°  W.  (N.  45°  W.  mag.)  of  Re- 
donda  Rock,  distant  500  yards  from  the  reef.  There  is  no 
shelter  from  northerly  winds.  Besides  the  reef  and  bank  of 
Yumuri  there  are  other  dangers  at  this  anchorage.  The 
Gorda  Rock  patch  is  about  28  yards  in  extent,  and  about  200 
yards  to  the  NW.  of  Gorda  Rock.  The  Bariguita  Reef  ex- 
tends off  300  yards  from  the  middle  of  the  shore,  immediately 
westward  of  Gorda  Rock,  with  various  rocks  awash,  one  of 
which  is  named  Buren.  Lastly,  Bariguita  Shoals  form  a 
group  ^  mile  in  extent  east  and  west,  and  200  yards  north  and 
south  in  front  of  the  Beach  of  Bariguita,  from  which  it  is 
distant  from  200  to  400  yards.  The  eastern  extreme  of  this 
group  is  300  yards  from  Bariguita  Reef ;  several  of  the  heads 
composing  it  are  visible,  and  between  them  are  4^  and  5  fath- 
oms water,  over  sand. 

Jaragua  is  a  small  anchorage  where  small  vessels  may  lie 
under  shelter  of  the  reef.  The  break  or  opening  is  about  200 
feet  wide  and  its  edges  on  both  sides  are  marked  by  breakers. 
Just  inside  the  reef,  abreast  of  the  opening,  are  three  small 
islets. 


434  GULFS,  BAYS,  AND   ANCHORAGES. 

To  enter  the  anchorage,  coast  along  outside  of  the  reef  till 
the  eastern  point  of  the  southern  and  largest  of  these  three 
islets  bears  S.  67°  E.  (S.  G9°  E.  mag.).  Then  steer  for  this 
point  and  anchor  according  to  the  vessel's  draft  of  water. 

Abreast  of  the  middle  islet  there  are  5^  fathoms  of  water, 
decreasing  farther  in. 

This  vicinity  should  be  avoided,  and  when  near  it  the  lati- 
tude should  be  frequently  and  carefully  ascertained,  especially 
at  night,  as  a  strong  indraught  is  said  to  have  caused  many 
disasters. 

The  principal  bays,  gulfs,  and  anchorages  on  the  south  are 
the  following : 

Jo  jo  Bay  lies  between  Jo  jo  Point  on  the  east  and  Tintorero 
Point  on  the  west.  These  two  points  are  f  mile  apart,  and 
between  them  is  an  anchorage  for  small  vessels. 

Guanito  Bay  and  Port  Niguero  are  two  shallow  ports  north 
of  Limones  River ;  they  are  suitable  only  for  vessels  of  light 
draft. 

Cazones  Bay. — The  shore  from  abreast  the  west  end  of 
Blanco  Cay  recedes,  forming  a  large  bight  in  a  NW.  by  W. 
direction,  7  miles  deep,  named  Cazones  Bay,  which  is  shallow. 
The  western  side  is  formed  by  low  mangrove  cays  terminating 
in  Diego  Perez  Cay,  6  miles  west  of  Blanco  Cay.  On  the 
northern  end  of  Diego  Perez  Cay  there  are  some  natural  wells 
of  good  water.     Fish  and  game  are  abundant. 

Gulf  of  Cazones,  between  the  NE.  edge  of  the  Jardinillos 
Bank  on  the  south,  and  Piedras  and  other  cays  and  reefs  on- 
the  north,  is  dangerous  for  sailing  vessels  to  cross,  as  they 
will  be  liable  to  calms  and  cross  currents. 

Caution. — The  anchorage  of  Sombrero  Rock  should  not  be 
approached  with  southerly  or  SE.  winds. 

Good  anchorage  will  be  found  to  the  northward  of  tlie  reef 
Cape  Cruz  in  4  fathoms  of  water,  with  sandy  bottom,  with 
Cape  Cruz  bearing  S.  50°  E.  (S.  53°  E.  mag.).  Mount  Ojo  del 
Toro  N.  79°  E.  (N.  7G°  E.  mag.),  and  the  extremity  of  the  reef 
S.  11°  E.  (S.  14°  E.  mag.). 

The  coast  from  Santiago  de  Cuba  takes  a  westerly  direction 
for  about  108  miles  to  Cape  Cruz.  The  shore  is  bold,  lofty, 
tliickly  wooded,  and  forms  several  bays  and  anchorages  fit 
for  small  coasting  vessels.  The  peak  of  Turquino,  8,400  feet 
high,  rises  a  short  distance  inland  about  50  miles  westward  of 
Santiago;  and  37  miles  farther  on,  and  15  miles  eastward  of 


GULFS,  BAYS,  AND    ANCHORAGES.  435 

Cape  Cruz,  there  is  another  remarkable  mountain,  called  the 
Ojo  del  Toro,  5,190  feet  high,  which,  when  seen  from  the 
WSW.,  forms  two  or  three  hummocks.  Thence  the  range 
decreases  in  height,  and  falls  by  stej^s  to  the  cape,  which  is 
low  and  woody;  near  the  extremity  of  the  sandy  point  there 
are  some  huts  and  a  flagstaff. 

At  4  miles  eastward  of  the  cape  the  shore  is  composed  of 
remarkable  cliffs  about  84  feet  high,  having  horizontal  strata 
resembling  fortifications ;  near  the  cape  they  are  copper  col- 
ored, and  the  strata  become  perpendicular. 

Liglit. — A  light,  showing  a  red  flash  every  75  to  85  seconds, 
113  feet  above  the  sea,  is  exhibited  from  a  lighthouse  on  Cape 
Cruz,  and  should  be  seen  17  miles.  The  tower  is  stone  and 
the  keeper's  dwelling  yellow. 

Anchorage. — Soundings  appear  to  extend  to  a  short  dis- 
tance all  along  this  part  of  the  coast,  and  in  moderate  weather 
a  vessel  may  anchor  in  6  or  7  fathoms  of  water  off  the  sandy 
beach  at  the  foot  of  Turquino.  To  the  westward  of  Portillo 
the  depths  are  12  to  6  fathoms  at  from  3  to  4  miles  off  shore. 
The  soundings  are  irregular,  varying  suddenly  from  6  to  3^ 
fathoms;  but  the  bottom  is  easily  seen,  and  there  is  no  diffi- 
culty in  picking  out  a  sandy  spot. 

In  the  Bay  of  Yacabo  there  is  an  anchorage  entirely  open  to 
the  southward.  Vessels  anchoring  here  should  do  so  at  the 
eastern  edge  of  the  beach  to  avoid  the  rocky  heads  off  the 
western  end. 

Small  vessels  may  anchor  on  the  bank  in  Jojo  Bay,  shel- 
tered from  E.  by  N.,  round  by  north  to  W.  by  S.,  but  it  is 
not  a  place  to  be  recommended,  as  the  sea  rolls  in  heavily. 
In  standing  in  for  it  keep  closer  to  Jojo  Point  than  to  the 
other  side,  to  avoid  a  sunken  rock,  and  anchor  just  inside  of 
the  line  joining  the  two  i^oints  in  9  or  10  fathoms  "of  water, 
sandy  bottom,  about  300  yards  off  shore.  Vessels  anchoring 
farther  out,  in  13  or  14  fathoms,  will  be  much  more  exposed 
to  wind  and  sea. 

Anchorage. — The  anchorage  of  Caleta  is  on  a  bank  of  fine 
white  sand,  with  a  few  spots  of  rock  and  gravel  in  the  inden- 
tation between  Caleta  Point  and  the  western  extremity  of  the 
Playa  Blanca.  It  is  sheltered  by  high  land  from  ESE.  round 
by  north  to  west.  Although  heavy  squalls  sometimes  cause 
ships  to  drag  here,  this  anchorage  is  very  useful,  as  it  is  the 
only  one  in  the  vicinity. 


436  RAILROADS. 

In  approaching  this  anchorage  a  vessel  should  steer  in  for 
the  beach  till  within  i  of  a  mile  of  the  shore,  and  let  go  the 
anchor  in  10  fathoms  of  water. 

This  locality  may  be  known  by  two  small  hills  on  the  slope 
of  the  high  mountain  toward  Caleta  Point.  With  the  wind 
from  south  or  SE,  a  vessel  should  not  anchor  here.  A  rocky 
head,  with  less  than  3  fathoms  on  it  and  5  fathoms  around  it, 
lies  on  the  line  between  the  beach  and  the  point  of  Caleta,  at 
a  distance  of  nearly  400  yards  from  the  former. 

Water  can  be  obtained  at  low  tide  from  a  spring  at  Playa 
Blanca.     Wood  also  can  be  obtained. 

The  opening  into  Mangle  Bay  is  almost  always  practicable, 
being  about  130  yards  in  breadth,  and  7  fathoms  deep,  but  a 
rocky  head  with  a  little  more  than  a  fathom  water  on  it  lies 
on  its  south  side. 

This  is  the  only  regular  anchorage  within  the  reef  used  by 
small  vessels,  where  there  are  7  and  8  feet  water,  sand  and 
weed,  but  seek  for  a  clear  place  between  the  rocks. 

South  of  Mangle  Point  are  Yaminiguey  and  Caiiete  An- 
chorages, which  are  entered  through  two  breaks  in  the  reef, 
for  which  the  best  guide  will  be  the  plan,  but  they  are  fit  only 
for  small  craft.  At  night  or  in  hazy  weather  it  is  necessary 
to  be  cautious  in  passing  this  reef.  Frpm  Mangle  Point  the 
coast  runs  WNW,  for  7  miles  to  the  Moa  River,  and  is  skirted 
by  a  reef  at  the  distance  of  1^  to  2  miles. 

RAILROADS. 

This  province  has  only  about  85  miles  of  trackage  within 
her  borders,  divided  among  four  local  roads,  as  follows : 

1.  From  Santiago  de  Cuba  north  to  San  Luis,  20  miles,  and 
from  Junction — 1^  miles  north  from  Cristo,  east  via  Alto 
Songo — tOMinas  de  Ponupo,  1 1.5  miles,  single  track  and  stand- 
ard gauge,  belonging  to  the  "Sabanilla  y  Moroto  R.  R." 

2.  From  Holguin  to  Jibara,  25^  miles,  single  track,  standard 
gauge,  belonging  to  the  Ferrocarril  de  Holguin,     A  local  line. 

3.  From  Jamaica  to  La  Caimanera,  19  miles,  single  track, 
standard  gauge,  belonging  to  Ferrocarril  de  Guantanamo. 
A  short,  local  line. 

4.  From  Cobre  to  Cayo  Smith,  8  miles.  This  line  is  now 
abandoned. 

5.  From  Santiago  do  Cuba  south,  via  Virmeza,  to  America, 
19  miles,  single  track,  narrow  gauge,  belonging  to  the  J uragua 
Iron  Company. 


RAILROADS. 


437 


6.  From  Daiquiri  iiortli  to  beyond  Vineut,  3  miles,  single 
track,  narrow  gauge,  belonging  to  the  Spanish- American  Iron 
Company. 

7.  From  Sigua  north  to  Arroyo  la  Plata,  5  miles,  single 
track,  narrow  gauge,  belonging  to  the  Sigua  Iron  Company. 


1.  Santiago  de  Cuba  Railway. 


TABLE 

OF 

DISTANCES. 

San  Luis  Branch. 

SANTIAGO  DE  CUBA. 

4 

CUABITAS. 

6 

2 

BONIATO. 

7 

3 

1 

SAN  VICENTE. 

8 

4 

2 

1 

DOS  BOCAS. 

10 

6 

4 

3 

2 

CRISTO. 

12 

8 

6 

5 

4 

2 

MORON. 

17 

13 

11 

10 

9 

7 

5 

DOSCAMINOS, 

20 

16 

14 

13 

12 

10 

8 

3  1  SAN  LUIS. 

Minas  Branch. 

SA 

MTIAGO  DE  CUBA. 

10 

CRISTO. 

11.5 

1.5 

JUNCTION.     . 

16 

6 

4.5 

ALTO  SONGO. 

19 

9 

7.5 

3 

SOROCCO. 

21 

11 

9.5 

5 

2 

LA  MAYA. 

23 

13 

11.5 

~^ 

4 

" 

MIN 

ASDEPONUPO. 

ITINERAKY  OF  SAN   LUfS   BRANCH. 

Leaving  Santiago  de  Cuba  in  a  northeasterly  direction,  the  „  ^1^^^^.'^^^^'^°^ 
Sabanilla  y  Maroto  Railroad  crosses  the  Cobre  road  and  aCubu. 
wooden  bridge  0.6  mile  from  Santiago  de  Cuba,  and  the  St. 
Antonio  and  the  Real  de  Guantanamo  roads,  and  at  Junction, 
2i  miles  from   Santiago,  a  branch  railroad  was  built  in  an    2;-  miles, 
easterly  direction  to  El  Caney,  1^  miles  from  Junction.     This 
branch  has  been  abandoned. 

From  Junction  the  railroad  runs  in  a  northerly  direction  to 
Cuabitas,  4  miles  from  Santiago  de  Cuba,  crossing  twice  the    4  nxiies. 
Guantanamo  road,  and  a  wooden  bridge  called  the  "Puente 
Papgatorio. " 

Thence  it  runs  to  Boniato,  6  miles  from  Santiago  de  Cuba,     6  miles, 
leaving  the  Santiago  water  works,  5  miles  from  Santiago  de 
Cuba,  to  the  east,  and  again  crossing  the  Real  de  Guantanamo 
road. 


438 


RAILROADS. 


Distances  from 
Santiago  de 
Cuba. 

7  miles. 


11  miles. 
11^  niile8. 


15  miles. 
17  miles. 


18  miles. 

19  miles. 


From  Boniato  the  railroad  runs  in  an  easterly  direction  to 
Cristo,  crossing  again  the  Gnantanamo  road,  and  a  wooden 
bridge  near  Boniato,  and  passing  the  station  San  Vicente,  7 
miles  from  Santiago,  and  the  station  Dos  Bocas,  8  miles  from 
Santiago,  and  also  crossing  the  Cristo  road  near  Dos  Bocas, 
and  another  road  near  Cristo.  Cristo  is  10  miles  from  San- 
tiago de  Cuba. 

From  Cristo  the  railroad  runs  in  a  northwesterly  direction 
to  Dos  Caminos,  crossing  a  road  near  Cristo,  a  road  running 
through  the  village  of  Cristo,  and  an  iron  bridge  called '  Puente 
Manacos,  "11  miles  from  Santiago.  At  a  distance  of  lU  miles 
from  Santiago  de  Cuba  a  branch  railroad  runs  in  a  northeasterly 
direction  to  Minas  de  Ponupo,  the  terminus. 

From  Junction  to  Dos  Caminos  the  railroad  passes  the  station 
Moron,  12  miles  from  Santiago,  crossing  two  roads  near  this 
station,  and  a  wooden  bridge  called  "Puente  Arroyo  Blanco  " 
over  the  Arroyo  Blanco  Creek,  15  miles  from  Santiago,  and  a 
road  near  Dos  Caminos.  From  Cristo  to  Dos  Caminos  is  17 
miles. 

From  Dos  Caminos  the  railroad  runs  in  a  westerly  direction 
to  its  terminus,  San  Luis.  On  this  run  it  crosses  the  Guani- 
con  and  Real  roads  near  Dos  Caminos,  and  a  bridge  called 
"Puente  San  Rafael,"  18  miles  from  Santiago,  and  another 
bridge  over  the  Arroyo  Naranjo,  19  miles  from  Santiago,  and 
also  a  road  near  San  Luis.  The  railroad  station  at  San  Luis 
is  called  "Estacion  de  las  Enramadas." 

At  a  distance  of  19.2  miles  from  Santiago,  and  near  San 
Luis,  a  sx^ur  of  about  i  mile  in  length  branches  off  to  Ingenio 
Union. 

The  distance  from  Dos  Caminos  to  San  Luis  is  20  miles. 


ITINERARY   OF  MINAS  BRANCH. 


Ill  mile^. 


14. C  miles. 
15^  miles. 


17  niiltw. 
1!)  miles. 


The  first  station  on  the  branch  of  the  Sabanilla  and  Maroto 
railroad,  running  in  a  northeasterly  direction  from  the  Junc- 
tion, 111  miles  from  Santiago,  to  its  terminus,  Minas  de 
Ponupo,  is  Alto  Songo.  On  this  run  the  railroad  crosses  an 
iron  bridge  called  "Puente  Guaninican,"  near  the  Junction; 
three  wooden  bridges,  "Puente  Martin  Lopez,"  "Puente 
Algodonal,"  and  "Puente  Juanora,"  the  last  one  being  14 
miles  from  Santiago,  and  the  first  two  being  etpial  distances 
from  the  last  one  and  the  Junction.  Then  the  railroad  crosses 
an  iron  bridge,  "Puente  Platanizo,"  14.6  miles,  and  a  wooden 
bridge,  15i  miles  from  Santiago,  and  the  Alto  Songo  road. 

From  Alto  Songo  the  railroad  follows  the  Guantiinamo  road 
to  its  terminus,  Minas  de  Ponupo.  Leaving  Alto  Songo,  the 
railroad  crosses  a  wooden  bridge,  17  miles  from  Santiago,  and 
the  Sagua  and  La  Paz  roads,  until  it  reaches  Socorro,  19  miles 
from  Santiago. 

From  Socorro  the  railroad  crosses  the  Mijial  road  and  runs 
to  La  Maya.  The  Mijial  road  is  half  way  between  La  Maya 
and  Socorro. 


RAILROADS. 


439 


From  La  Maya  the  railroad  rons  to  Minas  de  Ponupo,  form-    Distances  from 

,,,/.,,.  Santiago   de 

mg  a  loop  at  this  station.  Cuba. 

23  miles. 
2.    HOLaufN-GlBARA  RAILWAY. 


TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 
HOLGUfN. 

AGUA  CLARA 
AURAS. 

CANDELARIA. 


ARROYO  BLANCO. 


25. 5  22. 514. 5 12. 5j  9. 5    GIBARA 


ITINERABY. 

This  line  runs  from  Holguin  to  the  coast,  and  is  of  only  local 
imix)rtance.  The  country  through  which  it  passes  is  a  rolling 
plain,  well  watered  and  fertile,  but  little  cultivated  and 
inhabited.  A  number  of  small  hamlets  and  villages  are 
reached  by  this  road,  mention  of  them  being  made  in  the 
Table  of  Distances  above. 

3.  Jamaica-Guantanamo  Railway. 

TABLE  OF  DlSTAJiCES. 
JAMAICA. 


GUANTANAMO. 
5    I  LAS  LAJAS. 


7   I   2 
13  I    8 


CERRO  GUAYABO. 
6    I  CAIMANERA. 


ITINERARY. 

This  is  a  local  line  connecting  the  towns  of  Jamaica  and 
Guant.anamo  with  the  coast  [La  Caimanera].  It  traverses 
a  low  region,  little  cultivated.  It  is  not  deemed  of  suflBicient 
importance  to  describe  further. 

5.  Jaragtja  Iron  Co. 
table  of  distances. 


SANTIAGO. 

12  i  SIBONEY. 

1 

13  1    1 

JARAGUASITO. 

16  j    4 

3 

FIRMEZA. 

19  i   7 

6 

3    1  AMERICA 

7739 29 


440 


ROADS. 


ROADS. 

The  principal  roads  of  this  province  are  as  follows : 

1.  From  Las  Tunas  to  Holguin,  48  miles. 

2.  From  Las  Tunas  to  Bayamo,  44  miles. 

3.  From  Holguin  to  Bayamo,  48  miles. 

4.  From  Bayamo  to  Manzanilla,  37  miles. 

5.  From  Puerto  Principe  to  Las  Tunas,  92  miles,  of  which 
27  miles  are  in  the  Province  of  Santiago  de  Cuba. 

6.  From  Bayamo,  via  Santiago  de  Cuba,  to  Baracoa,  196 
miles. 

7.  From  Holguin,  via  Sagua  de  Tanamo,  to  Baracoa,  152 
miles. 

1.  Las  Tunas-Holguin  Road. 

table  of  distances. 

las  tunas. 

23    las  parras. 

48    25  i  holguin. 


Distances  1 
Lii8  Tuuas. 


20  inih-g. 


ITINEKARY. 

'  Leaving  Las  Tunas,  the  road  to  Holguin  traverses  a  rolling 
plain,  across  many  little  streams  and  creeks.  The  land  is  but 
little  cultivated  and  habitations  scattering.  The  road  enters 
Las  Parras,  20  miles  distant. 

From  here  the  road  continues  on  over  the  vast,  dreary  waste 
of  rolling  prairie  for  a  distance  of  12  miles,  when  it  approaches 
and  passes  to  the  right  of  a  range  of  hills. 

Beyond  here  the  country  becomes  more  rough  and  rugged, 
with  hills  first  on  one  side  and  then  on  another,  until  it  enters 
Holguin,  at  a  distance  of  48  miles  from  Las  Tunas. 


2.  Las  Tunas-Bayamo  Road, 
table  of  distances, 
las  tunas. 

10  I  ARENAS. 

44     34  1  BAYAMO. 


ITINERARY. 

From  Las  Tunas  the  road  runs  in  a  southerly  direction  over 
a  fairly  level  country,  fertile  and  well  watered;  but  little  cul- 
tivated. In  the  distance  on  the  left  may  be  seen  a  few  hills. 
The  road  enters  the  village  of  Arenas  10  miles  from  its  begin- 
ning, where  it  branches,  the  road  on  the  left  going  north  and 
connecting  with  the  Las  Tunas-Holguin  road.  The  other 
road  leads  to  Bayamo. 


ROADS. 


441 


'LiFORHl' 


Beyond  Arenas  the  country  api)ears  a  little  more  rough  and    Distanc<«  from 
rugged,  with  ranges  of  hills  to  be  seen  here  and  there  on 
either  side,  until  Majibacoa  River  is  reached.     Crossing  this,     23  miles, 
the  road  enters  a  somewhat  low,  flat  region  until  it  arrives  at 
the  banks  of  the  Cuato  River.     Here  is  a  good  river  landing.     3i  miles. 
Considerable  traffic  is  brought  up  from  the  coast  by  small 
boats  and  loaded  into  wagons  at  this  point  for  distribution 
throughout  the  interior.     Crossing  the  river,  the  road  enters  a 
level,  fertile  country,  quite  thickly  inhabited  and  cultivated, 
passing  many  little  hamlets  here  and  there  along  the  route, 
and  finally  enters  the  city  of  Bayamo,  where  it  connects  with    w  miles, 
roads  leading  to  Holguin,  Manzanillo,  and  other  towns  of 
more  or  less  importance. 

3.  Holguin -Bayamo  Road. 


TABLK  OF   DISTANCES. 

HOLGUfN. 

6    I  GUIRA. 

12  I    C    j  CACOCUN. 

48  I  42  I  36  j  BAYAMO. 


ITINERARY. 

Commencing  at  Holguin,  this  road  for  a  distance  of  4  miles  n^^'itn.*^**  ^""^ 
traverses  a  fairly  level  country,  but  here  it  slowly  ascends 
and  crosses  over  into  a  vast,  rolling  plain  passing  through  the 
hamlet  of  Giiira,  where  the  roaid  branches,  but  comes  together    c  miles, 
again  just  before  reaching  Bayamo.     Taking  the  right-hand 
road,   which  enters  Cacocun,  the  country  is  rolling,   well     12  miles, 
watered,   and  fertile,   gradually  becoming  lower  until  the 
Cuato  River  is  reached.     Crossing  the  river,  the  road  continues    28  miles, 
to  traverse  a  level,  fertile  plain  until  Bayamo,  its  destination,     48  miles, 
is  reached,  48  miles  from  Holguin. 

4.  Bayamo-Manzanillo  Road, 
table  of  distances. 

BAYAMO. 
I  37  I  MANZANILLO. 


ITINERARY. 

This  road  connects  the  towns  of  Bayamo  and  Manzanillo, 
traversing  a  fertile,  rolling  plain,  which  becomes  somewhat 
low  and  flat  as  the  coast  is  approached.  The  road  crosses 
many  streams,  over  which  are  good  bridges  and  culverts  (an 
exceptional  thing  in  Cuba).  Its  length  is  37  miles,  and  while 
there  are  no  towns  or  villages  of  imjjortance  along  its  route, 
it  is  considered  an  important  road,  being  the  means  of  con- 
necting many  inland  towns  with  the  coast  via  Bayamo. 


443 


ROADS. 


6.  Bayamo-Baracoa  Road, 
table  of  distances. 


BAYAMO. 

18 

JIGUANI. 

23 

5 

BAIRE  ARRIBA. 

37 

19 

14 

EL  AGUACATE. 

60 

42 

37 

23 

COBRE. 

69 

51 

46 

32 

9 

SANTIAGO  DE  CUBA. 

73 

55 

50 

36 

13 

4 

EL  CANEY. 

86 

68 

63 

49 

26 

17 

13 

TIARRIBA. 

93 

75 

70 

56 

33 

24 

20 

17 

MIJUEL. 

106 

88 

83 

69 

46 

37 

33 

20 

3 

S.  ANDRES. 

118 

100 

95 

81 

58 

49 

45 

32 

25 

22 

guant/(namo. 

135 

117 

112 

98 

75 

66 

62 

49 

32 

29 

7 

YATERITA. 

150 

132 

127 

113 

90 

81 

77 

64 

47 

44 

22 

15 

BAITIQUIRI. 

162 

144 

139 

125 

102 

93 

89 

76 

59 

56 

34 

27 

12 

MACAMBO. 

179 

161- 

156 

142 

119 

110 

106 

93 

76 

73 

51 

44 

29 

17 

EL  JOBO. 

190 

172 

167 

153 

130 

121 

117 

94 

77 

74 

52 

45 

30 

18 

1 

BOMA. 

196 

178 

173 

159 

136 

127 

123 

110 

93 

90 

68 

61 

46 

34 

17 

16  1  BARACOA 

7.    HOLGUIN,  SaGUA   DE   TaNAMO,    AND  BaRACOA  RoAD. 
TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 
HOLGUfN. 


15 

S.  FERNANDO. 

28 

13 

TACAJO. 

34 

19 

6 

SOCORRO. 

59 

■44 

31 

25 

MAYARI  ABAJO. 

74 

59 

46 

40 

15 

CABONICO. 

94 

79 

66 

60 

35 

20 

SAGUA  DE  T;!!nAMO. 

117 

102 

89 

83 

58 

43 

23 

MOA. 

124 

109 

96 

90 

65 

50 

30 

7 

CUPEY. 

128 

113 

100 

94 

69 

54 

34 

11 

4 

JARAGUA. 

142 

127 

114 

108 

83 

68 

48 

25 

18 

14 

NAVAS. 

147 

132 

119 

113 

88 

73 

53 

30 

23 

19 

5 

MARABI. 

152 

137 

124 

118 

93 

78 

58 

35 

28 

24 

10 

5    1  BARACOA 

i 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICTS,  TOWNSHIPS,  CITIES,  TOWNS.         443 
JUDICIAL  DISTRICTS,  TOWNSHIPS,  CITIES,  AND  TOWNS. 


Judicial  district  (partido  judicial). 

Township  (ayuntamiento). 

Baracoa . _ 

Baracoa. 
r  Bayamo. 
j  Jiguani. 

(  Victoria  de  las  Timas. 
j  Guantanamo. 
(  Sagua  de  Tanamo 
(  Gibara. 
■|  Holguln. 
( Mayari. 

Manzanillo. 
fAlto  Songo. 
J  Caney. 
!  Cobre(El). 
I  Santiago  de  Cuba. 

Bayamo .   

'  Guantanamo   

Holgnin.- 

Manzanillo  

Santiago  de  Cuba     .. 

I.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BARACOA. 
Area,  1,474  square  miles. 


Township. . 


Population. 


baracoa - 


18, 066 


1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Baracoa. 
Capital,  Baracoa. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Kemarks. 

- 

1.  Duaba 

Miles. 

10 
9* 
26 
23 

1,972  inhabitants. 
1,940  inhabitants. 
1,702  inhabitants. 
876  inhabitants. 
2,619  inhabitants. 

2.  Guandao 

3.  Jamal  - 

4.  Jauco    

5.  Sabana 

ROUTE  TO  BARACOA. 

By  water  from  Habana. 

Baracoa  is  a  city  of  5,072  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  judicial  district  of 
the  same  name,  situated  167  miles  from  Santiago  de  Cuba  and  705  from 
Habana.  It  is  on  the  extreme  eastern  part  of  the  island,  on  its  north  side, 
situated  21  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  was  the  first  Spanish  town 
founded  by  Velazquez  in  Cuba  (1512).     It  possesses  a  hospital,  post  office. 


444  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BARACOA. 

and  telegraph  station,  and  became  a  bishopric  in  1513.  Its  chief  industry 
is  the  grinding  of  cocoanuts  to  extract  oil.  There  are  two  establishments, 
with  a  capacity  of  30,000  cocoanuts  daily,  employing  about  50  workmen. 
There  is  also  a  petroleiim  refinery  (closed  at  present)  and  a  chocolate  fac- 
tory. Bananas  and  cocoanuts  are  exported  to  the  United  States  (§628,811 
worth  in  1895),  Norwegian  steamers  being  employed,  because  of  their 
cheapness  as  compared  with  the  United  States  vessels.  Maisi  Cave,  near 
this  town,  is  noted  for  the  relics  and  bones  of  the  primitive  race  which 
are  found  here.  The  climate  is  pleasant,  the  temperature  being  84°  F.  in 
summer  and  76°  in  winter.  The  winds  prevailing  during  the  summer  are 
from  the  southeast. 

It  is  the  most  important  i)ort  of  fruit  trade,  and  as  a  seaport  ranks  sixth 
in  importance.  A  trimonthly  line  of  steamships  touch  at  this  place,  estab- 
lishing communication  with  the  chief  northern  ports  and  also  with  the 
southern  port  of  Santiago  de  Cuba.  It  has  a  small,  circular-shaped,  first- 
class  harbor,  less  than  a  mile  in  diameter. 

Malarial  fevers  especially  prevail,  and  at  times  other  kinds  of  fevers  are 
frequent.  There  was  a  terrible  epidemic  of  yellow  fever  here  in  1876-1878 
which  was  singular  in  three  ways,  viz:  (1)  It  attacked  natives  and  accli- 
mated persons  in  preference  to  foreigners ;  (2)  the  disease  especially  pre- 
vailed in  the  most  elevated  parts  of  the  town,  while  the  portion  along  the 
shore,  the  lowest  and  most  insanitary  part,  was  exempt  from  the  disease ; 
(3)  this  epidemic  was  terribly  contagious.  Seldom  was  one  member  of  a 
family  attacked  without  other  persons  in  the  same  house  being  attacked. 
There  has  been  little  yellow  fever  since  then. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS. 

Port  Baracoa  may  be  readily  found  by  the  Yunque  de  Baracoa,  or  Anvil, 
4  miles  S.  79°  W.  (S.  77°  W.  mag. )  from  the  entrance.  This  is  a  remark- 
able steep  and  flat-topped  mountain,  rising  to  1,824  feet ;  it  may  be  seen  at 
a  distance  of  40  miles.  It  is  partly  covered  with  vegetation,  and  there  are 
some  white  and  red  spots  in  the  break  or  opening  in  the  rock  of  which  it 
is  composed,  visible  at  some  distance.  It  is  a  most  useful  landmark,  and 
its  shape,  resembling  an  anvil,  prevents  its  being  mistaken  for  any  other 
mountain. 

The  shores  of  the  port  are  bordered  by  a  sand  bank,  which  considerably 
contracts  the  anchorage.  It  is  exposed  to  the  prevailing  winds,  which 
throw  in  a  heavy  sea.  At  about  35  yards  to  the  NW.  of  the  inner  point 
on  the  SE.  side  of  the  entrance  is  an  isolated  rock  called  the  Buren,  which 
uncovers  at  low  tide;  the  sea  always  breaks  on  it;  it  is  steep-to,  and  the 
only  dangerous  point  on  the  shore.  Vessels  generally  anchor  close  up  to 
town  in  3f  to  5  fathoms  of  water,  sand.  Except  in  a  small  vessel,  it  can 
only  be  left  with  the  land  wind ;  consequently,  in  the  season  of  the  North- 
ers, a  sailing  vessel  will  be  liable  to  some  days'  detention.  The  bottom  in 
general  is  loose,  and  during  fresh  northerly  winds  the  port  offers  but  little 
shelter. 

Salutes  can  be  returned  by  a  battery  of  four  guns  on  the  jwint.  The 
port  is  the  center  of  a  large  fruit  trade. 

The  authorities  to  be  visited  are  the  mayor,  commander,  and  the  captain 
of  the  port. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  consul  and  vice-consul, 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OF   BARACOA.  445 

Winds. — From  March  to  June  southerly  winds  prevail  and  squalls  from 
south  to  SW.  may  be  looked  for;  in  fact,  they  should  be  looked  for  at 
any  time.  These  squalls  are  of  short  duration,  but  a  vessel  should  ride 
by  a  fair  scope  of  cable.  Remittent  fever  is  at  times  prevalent  at  Bara- 
coa,  but  the  place  is  generally  healthy,  owing  to  its  exposed  position. 

Supplies. — Near  the  pier  at  Baracoa  the  Macaguanigua  River  runs  into 
the  sea.  where  water  may  be  obtained.  Fresh  meat  and  fish  are  to  be  had 
at  all  times.  Large  quantities  of  fruit  are  exported  to  the  United  States 
and  the  Bahamas. 

Light. — About  150  yards  ESE.  of  Barlovento  Point  a  fixed  white  light, 
50  feet  above  the  sea,  is  showm  from  an  iron  column  above  the  keeper's 
dwelling,  and  may  be  seen  9  miles ;  but  its  visibility  is  not  to  be  depended 
ui)on. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Baracoa  at  7h.  23m.,  and 
the  rise  is  about  2^  feet. 

Pilots  for  the  old  Bahama  Channel  may  generally  be  got  at  Bai-acoa. 

Winds  and  Currents. — All  this  part  of  the  coast,  from  Cape  Maysi  to 
Baracoa,  is  exposed  during  the  winter  months  to  the  north  and  NE. 
winds,  which  prevail  at  this  season.  During  the  stimmer,  squalls  off  the 
land  are  experienced.  The  land  winds  are  regular,  and  spring  up  fresh 
generall}'  at  daylight,  but  do  not  extend  far  from  the  coast. 

The  direction  of  the  current  to  a  short  distance  from  the  land  is  west 
ward  with  the  flood  tide  and  eastward  with  the  ebb. 

Port  Mata  is  only  fit,  from  iljs  limited  size  and  shallow  water,  for  small 
vessels. 

The  banks  which  border  the  shores  leave  only  a  space  300  yards  in 
diameter  in  the  middle  of  the  harbor,  ha\'ing  a  depth  of  15  feet. 

The  entrance  is  open  to  the  NE.,  and  in  the  winter  months  a  heavy 
swell  sets  into  the  entrance. 

A  bank  borders  each  side  of  the  entrance,  and  a  vessel  in  entering  has 
only  to  keep  in  mid-channel,  carrying  a  depth  of  4  to  6  fathoms. 

Supplies. — Several  small  streams  of  good  water  empty  into  the  harbor 
and  wood  is  plenty.  Fresh  provisions  may  be  obtained  from  the  people 
in  the  neighborhood. 

Tide. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Port  Mata  at  6h.  49m.,  and 
the  rise  is  about  2  feet. 

Port  Bom  a. — This  harbor  is  only  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same 
name,  forming  an  inlet  f  mile  long  and  hardly  200  yards  wide.  The  shore 
at  the  entrance  is  of  rock,  but  farther  in  it  becomes  a  mangrove  swamp. 
The  harbor  is  only  fit  for  coasters  seeking  temporary  anchorage  or  to  load 
with  the  products  of  the  neighboring  farms.  It  is  open  to  the  northward, 
and  fresh  breezes  cause  a  heavy  sea  to  roll  in. 

Port  Maravi. — Its  shores  are  of  soboruco,  but  on  the  west  there  are 
three  sandy  beaches.  At  the  head  of  the  port  the  land  is  marshy,  with 
mangroves,  and  here  the  river  of  the  same  name  empties.  A  bank  of 
sand,  gravel,  and  rock  borders  the  shore,  contracting  the  entrance  to 
about  50  yards,  and  the  anchorage  to  less  than  150  yards  in  breadth. 
Therefore,  although  the  water  is  deep,  there  being  from  9  to  15  fathoms, 
mud  and  rock,  the  port  is  only  fit  for  small  vessels,  and  in  entering  the 
eye  will  be  the  best  guide.  A  sailing  vessel  should  leave  with  the  land 
wind  in  the  morning.  This  port  is,  however,  exposed  to  the  NE.  and  not 
a  safe  anchorage  except  under  favorable  circumstances. 


446  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BARACOA. 

Supplies. — Water  may  be  had  from  the  river,  but  it  is  very  shallow 
near  its  mouth,  and  dry  at  low  tide.  Wood  and  small  supplies  of  provi- 
sions may  be  obtained. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Maravi  at  7h.  56m.,  and 
the  rise  is  about  2i  feet. 

Port  Cueva.— About  a  mile  NW.  of  Port  Maravi  is  that  of  Cueva,  and  be- 
tween is  the  little  port  of  Aguacate,  and  the  two  bays  of  Cay  Giiin,  thus  called 
from  some  conspicuous  houses  of  that  name  seen  on  the  coast.  This  port  is 
merely  an  inlet  of  little  more  than  400  yards,  forming  an  elbow  at  its  ex- 
tremity with  a  sandy  shore,  in  the  western  part  of  which  the  river  of  the 
same  name  empties  itself.  About  halfway  in  from  the  entrance  to  the 
elbow  the  breadth  is  only  about  100  yards ;  the  shore  on  either  side  is  of 
soboruco,  and  in  the  middle  of  the  channel  the  depth  is  from. 9  to  If 
fathoms,  with  shallow  water  on  either  side ;  it  can  only  be  used  by  small 
vessels. 

Port  Bay. — Close  westward  of  Cueva  is  the  inlet  of  Bay,  and  then  for 
nearly  i  mile  the  coast  is  low  and  rocky,  terminating  in  Bay  Point,  which 
is  rather  low  and  almost  separated  from  the  coast,  having  on  its  lee  side 
an  inlet  fit  for  boats.  This  point  is  often  named  Vaez,  but  the  pilots  and 
seamen  of  the  coasters  call  it  Bay. 

Port  Navas.— From  Bay  Point  the  coast  trends  about  NW.  by  W.  8 
miles  to  Jaragua  Point.  Nearly  a  mile  from  the  former  is  Naguarage  Bay, 
fit  only  for  boats,  and  the  river  of  the  same  name  runs  into  it ;  thence  the 
rocky  coast  of  Navas,  with  slight  indentations,  continues  for  a  mile ;  and 
about  halfway  is  a  salient  point  named  Plata,  on  the  weather  side  of  which 
there  is  a  small  white  beach  and  soboruco  above  it,  by  which  the  point  is 
known.  About  i  mile  beyond  this  is  Port  Navas,  of  circular  form,  400 
yards  in  diameter,  with  5  to  10  fathoms  water,  and  which  affords  shelter 
from  the  prevailing  winds ;  its  mouth  is  200  yards  wide,  open  to  the  north, 
and  there  is  no  difficulty  in  entering. 

Port  Cayaguaneque. — From  Navas  the  rocky  coast,  with  three  small 
sandy  bays,  named  Cay  Santo,  runs  WNW.  for  about  a  mile  to  Port 
Cayaguaneque,  which  is  only  fit  for  very  small  vessels.  The  channel  at 
its  entrance  is  about  50  yards  wide. 

Port  Taco  is  well  sheltered.  Its  shores  are  bordered  by  a  bank,  which 
also  extends  along  both  sides  of  the  entrance  to  the  coast  bank  out&ide. 
The  channel  at  the  entrance,  which  is  a  little  more  than  200  yards  long,  is 
tortuous  and  narrowed  to  about  68  yards  in  breadth,  and  the  principal 
anchorage  to  a  space  of  J  mile  in  a  NE.  and  SW.  direction  and  350  yards 
in  breadth.  The  port  is  therefore  difficult  and  dangerous  to  enter  in  a 
vessel  of  more  than  11  feet  draft,  although  there  are  6^  fathoms  water  at 
the  anchorage,  as,  with  a  fresh  breeze,  the  sea  breaks  against  the  rocky 
shore  on  the  lee  side  of  entrance  with  much  force. 

It  will  be  prudent  for  a  stranger  to  take  a  i)ilot  for  Port  Taco,  but  if 
unable  to  obtain  one,  and  in  case  of  necessity,  bring  the  outer  of  the 
western  points  of  entrance  to  bear  S,  78°  W.  (S.  76°  W.  mag.),  distant  400 
yards,  and  then  steer  for  the  inner  jjoint, .  which  is  high,  steep,  and  con- 
spipuous;  when  150  yards  from  it,  steer  about  S.  69"  W.  (S.  67°  W.  mag.) 
for  150  yards,  and  then  about  S.  24°  W.  (S.  22°  W.  mag.),  keeping  about 
one-third  the  distance  across  from  the  lee  shore,  till  within  the  harbor, 
when  anchor  as  convenient.  The  edges  of  the  bank  are  difficult  to  bo 
seen  until  close  to  them.    A  vessel  must  have  the  land  wind  to  leave. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BAYAMO.  447 

Supplier. — Water,  wood,  and  small  supplies  of  provisions  may  be 
obtained. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Port  Taco,  at  8h.  49m.,  and 
the  rise  is  about  2^  feet. 

Port  Cayo  Moa  is  protected  on  its  northern  side  by  the  Cayos  de  Moa. 

The  anchorage  is  about  1  mile  long  and  i  mile  wide,  and  is  approached 
through  an  opening  called  the  Quebrado  de  Moa,  about  600  j'ards  wide  in 
its  nan-owest  part. 

Shoals. — Just  within  the  opening  in  the  reef  and  on  a  line  between  it 
and  the  mouth  of  the  Moa  River  is  a  bank  of  sand  and  rock  called  the 
Bajo  Grande,  about  i  mile  in  diameter.  In  some  places  on  this  shoal 
there  are  less  than  2  fathoms  of  water.  One  mile  west  of  the  Bajo  Grande 
and  i  mile  south  of  Cayo  Grande  de  Moa  is  another  shoal,  of  small  extent, 
called  the  Yaguasey  Shoal,  the  least  water  on  which  is  9  feet.  Another 
small  shoal  spot,  i  mile  farther  to  the  northward,  called  Palanca  Shoal, 
is  generally  marked  by  a  stake. 

The  eastern  or  weather  reef  at  the  entrance  to  this  anchorage  is  dis- 
tinctly marked,  even  in  tine  weather,  by  broken  water,  and  the  rocks  are 
rather  above  water  than  awash.  But  on  the  lee  or  western  side  of 
entrance  there  is  nothing  to  mark  the  danger  for  at  least  |  of  a  mile  from 
the  eastern  reef.  The  general  body  of  the  shoal  extending  from  Cayo 
Moa  is  coral  covered  with  dark  weed,  which,  even  with  9  feet  of  water 
over  it,  looks  deep ;  but  the  SE.  end  of  it  is  white  sand  and  the  bottom  can 
be  seen.  In  standing  for  this  anchorage  bring  the  mouth  of  the  Moa 
River  to  bear  S.  11^  W.  (S.  9'  W.  mag.),  on  which  bearing  the  opening  in 
the  reef  will  present  a  fair  channel  way  and  the  eastern  side  of  the  reef 
be  easily  distinguished.  Or,  coast  along  the  weather  reef  from  the  east- 
ward, keeping  off  about  100  yards,  or  less,  if  necessary,  as  7  to  9  fathoms 
will  be  found  30  yards  off. 

Directions. — The  course  through  the  opening  is  S.  11^  W.  (S.  9'  W. 
mag. ) ,  keeping  near  the  weather  side.  As  soon  as  the  SE.  point  of  Cayo 
Moa,  called  Pajaros  Point,  bears  N.  82'  W.  (N.  84°  W.  mag.),  steer  S.  70° 
W.  (S.  68"  W.  mag.),  leaving  the  Bajo  Grande  on  the  port  hand,  till  the 
mouth  of  the  Moa  River  bears  S.  20'  E.  (S.  22'  E.  mag.),  then  haul  up  a 
little  more  to  the  westward  and  anchor  in  from  11  to  12  fathoms,  muddy 
bottom,  with  Pajaros  Point  bearing  about  N.  28'  W.  (N.  30"  W.  mag.), 
i  mile  distant. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  about  Th.  Om.,  and  the  rise 
is  about  3  feet.  The  flood  stream  at  the  eastern  end  of  Cayo  Moa  Reef 
sets  to  the  SW.  a  mile  an  hour,  and  the  ebb  to  the  northward. 

II.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BAYAMO. 
Population,  30,371. 


Townships. 


Population. 


1.  Bayamo--- -. 

2.  Jiguani ---- 

3.  Victoria  de  las  Tunas  . 


17, 719 

8,035 

25,360 


448 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BAYAMO. 


1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Bayamo. 
Capital,  Bayamo. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 

capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Barrancas -. 

MUex. 
15i 

15i 
9i 

18i 

4* 
31 
134 

9^ 

6 

5 
2H 

2    Bueicito 

3    Caurege 

4.  Cauto  del  Embarca- 

dero. 
5    Datil--- 

6    Gruamo .     -   

7    Guisa                      

8.  Horno 

9.  Lagnna  Blanca 

10.  Mangas  (Las) 

11.  Veguita 

ROUTES   TO  BAYAMO. 

1.  From  Santiago  de  Cuba  by  pike. 

2.  From  Manzanillo  by  pike. 

Bayamo  is  a  city  of  3,634  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  judicial  district  of 
the  same  name,  and  is  situated  93  miles  from  Santiago  de  Cuba.  It  is  25 
miles  inland  from  the  seaport  of  Manzanillo,  on  the  highroad  from  that 
place  to  Santiago  de  Cuba.  The  nearest  station  is  Holguin,  59  miles 
distant.     Telegraph  and  telephone. 

The  city  is  one  of  the  oldest  in  Cuba,  having  been  founded  prior  to  1551. 
The  houses  are  of  stone  and  there  are  11  churches,  probably  prepared  for 
defense.  The  town  is  protected  by  blockhouses,  ditches,  and  surrounded 
by  barbed  wire.  A  hill  1  mile  southeast  commands  the  forts.  River 
Bayamo  runs  through  the  town  and  it  is  unfordable  in  the  rainy  season. 
Forage,  wood,  and  water  are  plentiful  in  the  surrounding  country.  There 
are  no  cattle. 

Pezuela  specifies  that  malarial  fever  is  the  chief  disease  here.  Yellow 
fever  is  not  prevalent.  In  1876  and  1877  Cienfuegos,  Santiago  de  Cuba, 
and  Baracoa  suffered  with  yellow  fever ;  but  Manzanillo  had  little  and 
Bayamo  had  none,  although  there  must  have  been  many  soldiers  stationed 
in  the  latter  city,  since  there  were  over  7,000  admissions  to  the  military 
hospital  during  these  two  years.  The  military  statistics  show  here,  as 
elsewhere,  that  something  more  is  needed  in  Cuba  than  merely  an  aggre- 
gation of  men  to  cause  yellow  fever.  In  1868  there  were  316  admissioTis, 
53  of  which  were  yellow  fever,  while  in  1877  there  were  4,118,  and  not  one 
case  of  yellow  fever. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   BAYAMO. 


449 


2.  Ayuntamiento  of  Jiguani. 
Capital,  Jignani. 


Outlying  villages. 

.    Distance 

from 

capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Babiney - 

Maes. 

2.  Baire 

7 
8 

3.  Calabazar 

4.  Cienfuegos 

5.  Rinconada .-     -- 

6.  SantaRita. 

H 

7.  Veritas 

ROUTE  TO  JIGUANI. 

From  Manzanillo  by  pike,  via  Bayamo. 

Jiguani  is  a  town  of  1,393  inhabitants,  and  is  situated  21^  miles  from 
Bayamo.  The  nearest  station  is  San  Luis,  59  miles  distant.  It  is  the 
terminus  of  the  calzada  (highroad)  from  Bayamo.  It  has  22  forts,  one 
of  them  an  old  style  stone  castle,  on  a  high  hill  (250  feet)  on  the  edge  of 
the  town,  having  two  guns.  It  is  said  to  have  the  strongest  interior  work  of 
any  fort  in  Cuba.  Yellow  fever  is  said  not  to  prevail  to  any  extent  in  this 
town. 

3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Victoria  de  las  Tunas. 

Capital,  Victoria  de  las  Tunas. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital.. 

Remarks. 

1.  Canto  del  Paso 

2.  Maniabon  _ 

Maes. 

32 

1,651  inhabitants;  telegraph  sta- 
tion. 

3.  Puerto  Padre  - .  . 

37 

4.  Santa  Maria 

routes  to  victoria  de  las  tunas. 

1.  From  Habana  to  Jibara  by  sea,  then  to  Holguin  by  rail,  and  then  by 
pike. 

2.  From  Manzanillo  by  pike,  via  Bayamo. 

Victoria  de  las  Tunas  is  a  city  of  1,791  inhabitants,  situated  52i  miles 
from  Bayamo.  It  is  30  miles  from  the  northern  coast  at  Nuevitas,  and  19 
miles  from  the  southern  coast,  lying  between  the  important  inland  towns 
Puerto  Principe  and  Holguin.     There  is  a  post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

This  inland  town  was  foimded  about  1759.  Its  commerce  is  reported  to 
be  with  the  harbor  of  Manati,  which  has  no  port  of  entry,  and  is  about  35 
miles  to  the  north.    It  was  totally  destroyed  by  Garcia,  September  4, 1897. 


450  JUDICIAL  DISTRICT   OF   GUANTANAMO. 

SAILING   DIRECTIONS. 

Port  Padre  is  a  secure  and  capacious  basin,  with  a  depth  of  at  least  4 
fathoms  in  the  greater  part  of  it.  The  western  side  of  this  bay  is  steep-to. 
To  enter  the  port  it  is  only  necessary  to  keep  well  off  the  reef  which  termi- 
nates off  Point  Jarro,  and,  when  this  point  bears  about  S.  45^  E.  (S.  47°  E. 
mag. ) ,  stand  into  the  bay,  keeping  near  the  western  shore.  Steer  in  mid- 
channel  ;  with  the  aid  of  the  chart  no  difficulty  will  be  found,  as  there  are 
no  hidden  dangers.     There  is  a  village  on  the  western  side  of  the  entrance. 

The  harbor  is  nearly  divided  into  two  parts.  The  easternmost  anchorage 
will  be  found  the  most  convenient  for  leaving  with  a  sailing  vessel.  The 
channel  leading  to  it  is  between  the  two  islands  just  inside  the  entrance. 

The  shores  of  the  harbor  are  low  and  swampy. 

Five  perches  mark  the  channel  into  the  western  branch  of  Port  Padre 
after  passing  Point  Gracia,  one  on  the  NW.  end  of  Cay  Puercos,  one  off 
the  NW.  end  of  Cay  Juan  Claro— these  are  to  be  left  on  the  port  hand— 
and  three  on  the  shoal  between  Puerco  Cove  and  Morena  Point,  to  be  left 
on  the  starboard  hand.  There  is  also  a  beacon  surmounted  by  a  ball,  and 
painted  green  and  white,  on  a  shoal  named  Esteron  in  the  harbor. 

Malaoueta. — The  shore  from  Port  Padre  continues  its  westerly  direc- 
tion for  5  miles  to  Piedra  Point,  where  there  is  a  small  opening  leading 
into  Malagueta  Inlet,  an  extensive  unnavigable  lagoon.  The  land  aroiind 
is  low  and  swampy.  Thence  the  coast  takes  a  NNW.  direction  3|  miles 
to  Cobarrubias  Point  and  then  WNW.  7  miles  to  Port  Manati.  All  this 
coast  is  skirted  by  a  reef  to  the  distance  of  about  2  miles. 

Port  Manati  has  a  depth  of  4|  to  5i  fathoms.  It  is  merely  a  long,  nar- 
row, crooked  channel,  bordered  by  shoal  banks  on  both  sides  and  leading 
into  a  shallow  lagoon  surrounded  by  low,  marshy  land.  The  place  is  only 
fit  for  small  coasters.  On  its  western  side  is  a  conical  hill  called  El 
Maiiueco,  and  a  little  beyond  it  another,  not  quite  so  high,  called  the 
Pardo  or  Mesa  de  Manati.  These  elevations  may  be  seen  15  or  20  miles, 
and  are  good  guides  for  the  offing ;  when  se^n  nearly  in  a  line  they  resem- 
ble the  Saddle  of  Gibara,  and  if  mistaken  for  it  the  error  might  lead  to 
accidents.  All  this  part  of  the  shore  is  foul,  the  reef  extending  off  about 
f  mile  from  the  entrance  of  the  inlet,  through  which  a  channel  is  formed 
leading  to  the  port. 

III.    JUDICIAL  DISTRICT   OF   GUANTANAMO. 
Population,  22,414. 


Townships. 


1.  Guantfinamo 

2.  Sagua  de  Tanamo. 


Population. 


24, 000 
6,044 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUANTANAMO. 


451 


1.  Ayuntamiento  op  Guantanamo. 
Capital,  Gnantanamo. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

lie  marks. 

ililet. 

1.  Arroyo  Hondo 

2.  Caimanera  (La) 

3.  Casimba  Aba j  o 

4.  Casimba  Arriba 

6 

12i 

n 

8i 

Railroad. 
Railroad. 
Railroad. 

5.  Casisey  Abajo  . . 

10 

■      6.  Casisey  Arriba 

8i 

■      7.  Guaso  

10 

'      8.  Hatibonico 

Ti 

9.  Jamaica 

3 

Railroad. 

,     10.  Palmar  _ 

10 

11.  Pnrial 

12i 

12.  RioSeco 

15 

13.  Signal 

9i 

14.  Tiguabos 

12 

15.  Yateras-- 

12i 

16.  Yateras  Abajo 

15 

ROUTES  TO  GUANTANAMO. 

From  Habana  to  Batabano  by  United  Railways,  then  by  sea  to  i)ort  of 
Caimanera,  and  then  by  rail. 

GUANTANAMO  is  a  flonrishing  town  of  9,000  inhabitants,  capital  of  the 
judicial  district  of  the  same  name,  and  is  situated  40  miles  from  Santiago 
de  Cnba  and  17^  miles  from  the  bay  of  the  same  name.  The  commerce  is 
quite  extensive,  coffee  and  sugar  being  the  chief  exports.  It  has  a  the- 
ater, an  agricultural  commission,  an  industrial  commission,  a  board  of 
commerce,  a  board  of  health,  a  board  of  charity,  and  a  board  of  public 
education.     It  has  also  a  post  office,  telegraph,  and  railroad. 

This  town  was  founded  in  1843.  Although  designated  a  port  of  entry, 
the  real  seaport  is  the  village  of  Caimanera,  located  on  the  west  bank  of 
the  Bay  of  Guantanamo  and  connected  with  the  town  of  Gnantanamo  by 
a  railroad.  Guantanamo  is  situated  on  a  plain  115  feet  above  the  sea  and 
on  the  west  bank  of  the  Guaso  River.  It  is  encircled  by  small  streams 
from  stagnant  i)ools  which  cause  the  prevalence  of  malarial  fevers.  Yel- 
low fever  is  said  to  be  indigenous,  not  only  to  the  town,  but  to  the  coun- 
try some  5  miles  around  it.  However,  from  best  reports  the  disease  does 
not  prevail  with  any  severity.  To  the  west  are  hills,  and  at  from  10  to  15 
miles  distant  there  are  high  mountains  in  every  direction  except  to  the 
south,  the  land  toward  Caimanera  being  for  the  most  part  low.  The  har- 
bor is  a  very  beautiful  sheet  of  water,  about  7  miles  in  diameter,  encir- 
cled by  hills,  but  portions  of  the  shore  are  low  and  marshy.  From  the" 
south  a  somewhat  narrow  entrance,  about  6  miles  long,  leads  into  it.  The 


452  JUDICIAL  DISTRICT   OF   GUANTANAMO. 

harbor  is  very  deep,  permitting  even  the  largest  vessels  to  enter  in  safety 
within  close  proximity  to  the  shore.  Guantanaino  ranks  eleventh  among 
the  ports  of  entry  for  the  United  States,  and  is  in  the  chief  coffee-raising 
section  of  Cuba.  Sugar  and  lumber  in  large  quantities  are  sent  to  the 
United  States. 

It  is  regretted  that  no  detailed  description  of  the  fortifications  was  ob- 
tainable. Information  comes,  however,  from  a  returned  Cuban  to  the 
effect  that  in  addition  to  the  usual  old  tumble-down  stone  forts,  new 
earthworks  have  been  constriicted  near  the  harbor  entrance,  mounted  l)y 
some  modem  guns,  and  that  a  cordon  of  earthworks,  block  houses,  and 
fortinas  (small  forts)  has  been  extended  around  the  city.  The  last-named 
type  is  especially  conspicuous.  The  little  semicular  forts  projecting  from 
the  corners  of  buildings  at  street  intersections  are  also  said  to  be  numerous. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS. 

Port  Baitiqueri. — The  entrance  between  the  outer  points  is  nearly  400 
yards  in  breadth,  but  it  narrows  to  about  90  yards  at  the  inner  point,  when 
the  harbor  opens  out  to  between  400  and  600  yards  in  breadth  and  about 
1,300  in  length.     It  is  sheltered  by  the  mountains  which  surround  it. 

The  port  can  be  readily  recognized  by  the  Pan  de  Azucar,  which  is 
about  5  miles  from  the  entrance.  Vessels  bound  to  Baitiqueri  from  the 
southward  or  from  well  off  shore  should  steer  in  with  the  Pan  de  Azucar 
on  a  north  (N.  2°  W.  mag.)  bearing.  When  within  a  mile  of  the  shore 
the  mouth  of  the  harbor  will  be  plainly  seen  bearing  west  (S.  88°  W.  mag. ) 
opening  between  the  high  hills  or  coast  mountains,  sloping  down  to  rocky 
points  on  both  the  ^ast  and  west  sides,  with  an  inner  point  of  green  trees 
and  bushes  on  the  west  side.  The  reefs  on  both  sides  of  the  channel  can 
be  seen  when  close  into  the  land  or  when  400  yards  off  shore. 

Between  the  outer  entrance  points  the  channel  is  100  feet  wide,  but  in 
the  narrowest  part  it  is  only  50  feet  in  breadth,  with  a  depth  of  2  fath- 
oms, increasing  to  3i  fathoms ;  the  reefs  on  both  sides  of  the  channel  are 
seen  when  i  mile  from  the  entrance. 

There  is  a  depth  of  from  9  to  15  feet  water  within  the  entrance,  over 
muddy  bottom  of  a  slate  color. 

Supplies. — The  only  supplies  to  be  obtained  at  Port  Baitiqueri  are  wood 
and  fresh  water. 

Winds. — Between  Pintado  Point  and  Baitiqueri  the  coast  is  sufficiently 
protected  from  north  and  NE.  winds,  which  prevail  during  the  winter 
months,  except  between  Pintado  and  Caleta  Points,  where  the  NE.  winds, 
which  blow  hard,  cause  much  sea.  The  land  winds  prevail  all  the  year 
round  at  night,  and  blow  fresh  during  the  north  and  NE.  winds,  which 
much  facilitates  a  vessel  making  easting,  if  the  coast  be  kept  close  aboard 
so  as  to  take  advantage  of  them,  as  they  do  not  reach  far  to  seaward.  From 
Baitiqueri  to  Guanos  Point  the  coast  can  be  approached  to  the  distance  of 
a  mile,  btit  from  the  latter  point  round  Cape  Maysi  the  coast  should  not 
be  approached  at  night  within  6  miles. 

Current. — At  a  short  distance  from  the  coast  the  stream  of  the  flood 
sets  to  the  westward  and  that  of  the  ebb  to  the  eastward.  The  general 
current  runs  constantly  to  the  westward  during  the  months  of  July, 
August,  and  September,  and  its  rate  varies  with  the  force  of  the  wind. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUANTANAMO.  453 

Port  Escondido,  or  Hidden  Harbor,  as  its  name  implies,  is  very  difficult 
to  discover  until  close  to  it ;  but  the  two  small  hummocks  a  little  east- 
ward of  the  entrance  are  a  good  guide  from  the  southward.  The  entrance 
lies  between  two  rocky  points,  about  200  yards  apart,  and  is  300  yards  in 
a  NW.  and  SE.  direction ;  but  both  sides  are  fringed  with  a  coral  ledge, 
that  on  the  -windward  side  extends  off  about  70  yards,  leaving  a  narrow 
channel  about  80  yards  in  breadth  in  the  center,  in  which  there  are  from 
4  to  6  fathoms  water.  The  interior  opens  out  into  an  in-egular  form,  the 
projecting  mangrove  points  forming  inlets  of  deep  water  close  home  to 
the  swampy  shores.  Many  small  shoals  lie  in  the  way,  but  they  are  easily 
seen. 

The  port  is  sheltered  from  all  winds,  and  fit  for  large  vessels,  but  no 
dii-ec;tions  can  be  given.  The  safest  way  will  be  to  place  a  boat  on  the 
edge  of  the  water  reef,  and  the  eye,  with  the  assistance  of  the  plan,  will 
guide  in  without  much  difficulty  or  risk,  even  A\'ith  the  wind  as  far  north 
as  NE.  There  is  no  fresh  water  to  be  found,  nor  is  there  any  settlement 
near  the  shore,  and  conseqiiently  no  pilots. 

Port  Guantanamo,  or  Cumberland  Harbor,  12^  miles  westward  of  Escon- 
dido, is  capable  of  admitting  vessels  of  large  draft  without  difficulty,  and 
in  safety.  The  shore  between  it  and  Escondido  forms  small  sandy  coves, 
steep-to.  This  port,  which  is  altogether  about  11  miles  in  length,  north 
and  south,  may  be  said  to  fonu  two  harbors ;  the  inner,  called  the  Bay  of 
Joa,  has,  however,  a  depth  of  only  from  12  to  15  feet,  and  the  channel 
leading  into  it,  although  deep,  is  extremely  narrow.  In  the  center  of  the 
port  the  shores  are  deeply  indented,  forming  small  secure  creeks,  veiy  con- 
venient for  vessels  of  light  draft. 

The  entrance  is  nearly  1^  miles  wide,  and  may  be  readily  made  out,  and 
its  eastern  side  is  a  straight  rocky  shore  1^  miles  in  length  north  and 
south.  Just  within  the  north  end  there  is  a  low  spit  of  dry  sand  called 
Fisherman  Point,  on  which  there  are  palm  trees  and  generally  one  or  two 
Inits.  The  only  danger  on  this  side  is  a  rocky  ledge  600  yards  in  length, 
running  off  to  the  westward  from  Fisherman  Point ;  on  the  outer  i)art 
there  is  15  feet.  About  i  mile  within  the  outer  point  is  the  beginning  of 
a  bank,  which  can-ies  3|  to  4  fathoms  over  it ;  this  bank  extends  westward 
more  than  I  mile,  and  the  most  projecting  part  of  it  lies  with  the  mouth 
of  the  Guantanamo  River,  bearing  about  S.  80°  W.  (S.  78'  W.  mag.). 

On  the  west  side  of  the  entrance  to  this  port  there  is  a  lookout  house 
erected  on  piles. 

.About  i  mile  to  the  northward  of  the  leeward  point  of  entrance  is  the 
mouth  of  the  Guantanamo  or  Agusta  river,  in  which  the  depths  are  from 
9  to  15  feet  for  a  considerable  distance  within.  Thence  a  low  sandy  shore 
bends  round  to  the  NW.  and  then  NE.,  forming  the  north  side  of  the 
oiiter  port,  and  near  the  center  of  it  there  is  a  remarkable  whitish  brown 
cliff.  A  shallow  bank  or  reef  borders  all  this  western  and  northern  shore 
for  about  400  yards. 

There  is  a  narrow  rocky  ledge  with  18  feet  of  water  on  it  about  i  mile 
within  the  outer  points  of  the  entrance.  The  various  accounts  of  its 
location  do  not  agree,  but  its  most  projecting  point  is  believed  to  be  i  mile 
from  the  western  shore  and  east  of  the  mouth  of  the  Guantanamo  River, 

Water  may  be  obtained  fi-omthe  Guantanamo  River,  but  the  boats  will 
have  to  proceed  up  as  high  as  the  Barcadero,  about  11  or  12  miles  from 


454  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUANTANAMO. 

the  mouth.  It  is  also  to  be  had  from  a  small  stream  on  the  NW.  shore  of 
the  inner  harbor,  the  mouth  of  which  is  300  or  400  yards  eastward  of  a 
remarkable  red  and  white  cliff.  Near  it  are  some  stakes,  and  over  it  a 
remarkably  lofty  tree.  The  stream,  although  not  more  than  16  to  18  feet 
wide,  is  deep  enough  for  launches ;  but  be  careful  to  get  out  before  low 
water,  as  then  there  are  only  2  feet  on  the  bar.  A  place  for  watering 
will  be  found  a  little  way  upon  the  starboard  hand,  where  there  is  a 
cleared  space  on  the  shore,  or  on  the  port  hand,  where  there  is  a  fall. 

Pilots  will  go  out  to  vessels  advancing  to  the  line  between  the  point  to 
windward  of  the  harbor  and  San  Nicolas  Point.  The  pilot  boats  are 
painted  white  \vith  a  black  "  P  "  on  bows,  and  they  fly  a  white  flag  Avith 
blue  "P"  in  center.  Rates  same  as  Santiago  de  Cuba,  except  at  night 
one-half  the  regular  rate  in  addition  is  charged,  and  for  movement  in 
harbor  one -third  of  regular  rates.  Pilotage  is  compulsory  except  for  men- 
of  war. 

Dues. — No  tonnage  or  light  dues. 

Cable. — The  line  of  cable  is  indicated  by  three  x>osts  on  Cayo  Toro  and 
one  on  Cayo  Caoba. 

Light. — It  is  intended  to  exhibit  a  fixed  white  light,  visible  13  miles  from 
a  lighthouse  erected  at  the  entrance  to  Port  Guantanamo. 

Directions. — In  approaching  Guantanamo  from  the  southward,  on  about 
the  meridian  of  75°  10'  W.,  a  .remarkable  conical  mountain  will  be  s6en 
to  the  NNW. ,  about  15  miles  westward  of  the  harbor.  As  the  land  is 
approached  this  mountain  will  assume  a  saddle  shape,  and  a  small  isolated 
hill,  with  two  small  paps  or  hummocks  near  it,  will  be  seen  to  the  west- 
ward. The  east  side  of  the  entrance  is  a  round  hilly  bluff,  barren  but  of 
green  color ;  the  western  point  is  low  and  woody.  The  coast  is  bold  and 
steep-to,  and  no  soundings  will  be  obtained  until  within  the  points.  The 
eastern  point  can  be  rounded  at  400  yards  distance,  and  when  abreast  of  it 
steer  N.  19°  W.  (N.  21°  W.  mag.)  for  the  brovsm  bluff  above  mentioned  on 
the  northern  shore.  When  Fisherman  Point  is  well  open  haul  up  N.  24 ' 
E.  (N.  22°  E.  mag.),  and  when  it  bears  S.  77°  E.  (S.  79°  E.  mag.)  haul  up 
N.  45°  E.  (N.  43°  E.  mag.)  or  N.  56°  E.  (N.  54°  E.  mag.)  and  anchor  as 
convenient,  with  Fisherman  Point  bearing  from  S.  10°  E.  (S.  12°  E.  mag. ) 
to  S.  20°  E.  (S.  22°  E.  mag.). 

The  eastern  shore  is  quite  clear,  and  a  vessel  may  stand  farther  in  if 
desired.  It  will  be  well  fpr  a  sailing  vessel  to  wait  for  the  sea  breeze  to 
enter  and  for  the  land  breeze  to  go  out.  Should  it  be  necessary  to  beat  in 
or  out,  do  not  stand  inside  the  depth  of  6  fathoms,  and  in  standing  to  tlie 
eastward  do  not  bring  the  brown  cliff  to  the  westward  of  N.  30°  W.  (N.  32° 
W.  mag. )  to  avoid  the  Fisherman  Ledge. 

If  proceeding  into  the  Caimanera,  or  inner  harbor,  pass  between  Hicacal 
Point  and  Hospital  Cay ;  when  abreast  the  north  end  of  the  latter,  gteer 
for  the  narrow  channel  between  Toro  and  Caoba  Cays,  passing  about  200 
yards  westward  of  Largo  Cay;  when  well  through  this  channel,  with 
Media  Cay  bearing  S.  65°  E.  (S.  67°  E.  mag.),  alter  course  for  Salinas 
Point,  and  anchor  off  the  village  with  the  railway  depot  on  about  a  west 
l)earing,  according  to  draft. 

At  Caimanera  there  are  only  a  few  houses  and  the  railway  terminus ; 
the  town  of  Guantanamo,  15  miles  distant,  is  connected  with  it  by  a 
railway. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   GUANTANAMO. 


455 


Fresh  provisions,  fruits,  and  vegetables  can  generally  be  obtained  here. 

There  is  a  telegraph  line  to  Santiago  de  Cuba.  Steamers  from  Habana 
call  trimonthly,  and  a  semiweekly  steamer  to  Santiago  de  Cuba. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  consular  agent  at  Guantanamo. 

Light. — A  lantern  light  is  exhibited  on  each  of  the  two  angles  of  the 
mole  head  at  Caimanera  Harbor.  The  lights  are  elevated  16  feet  above 
the  sea.  One  lantern  has  two  white  and  two  red  glasses ;  the  other,  two 
white  and  two  green  glasses,  the  colored  glasses  being  turned  toward  the 
bay ;  the  red  light  marks  the  northern,  and  the  green  light  the  southern 
angle,  thus  indicating  the  sides  as  well  as  the  head  of  the  mole 

2.  Ayuntamiento  of  Sagua  de  Tanamo 
Capital,  Sagua  de  Tanamo. 


Outlying  villagee. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Bazan _. 

Miles. 
3 
9 

3i 
2 

2.  Esteron  .   

3.  Juan  Diaz 

4.  Miguel    

5.  Zabala  - 

ROUTE  TO  SAGUA  DE  TANAMO. 

By^*vater  from  Habana. 

Sagua  de  Tanamo  is  a  town  of  981  inhabitants,  situated  240  miles  from 
Guantanamo,  and  124  from  Santiago  de  Cuba.  It  is  on  the  river  Sagua, 
near  the  north  coast,  30  miles  east  of  the  bay  of  Nipe.  The  nearest  station 
is  Jamaica,  50  miles  away.    It  has  a  post  office  and  telegraph  station. 


SAILING  DIRECTIONS. 

Port  Yaguaneque. — From  Port  Moa  the  shore  trends  westward  10 
miles  to  Yaguaneque,  and  the  reef  between  extends  off  for  2  to  3  miles. 
About  6  miles  to  leeward  of  Moa,  a  mile  within  the  edge  of  the  reef,  is 
Burro  Cay,  and  3  miles  farther  on,  about  J  mile  from  the  shore,  is  Arena 
or  Sand  Cay.  The  entrance  to  the  port  is  through  a  small  opening  in  the 
reef  f  mile  to  the  SW.  of  the  latter  cay ;  but  being  so  narrow  and  intricate, . 
and  the  interior  merely  a  shallow  lagoon,  it  is  only  fit  for  small  coasters. 

Cananova,  li  miles  westward  of  Yaguaneque,  is  a  small  narrow  inlet  of 
similar  character,  and  is  entered  through  an  intricate  opening  in  the  reef 
north  of  it,  which  is  here  only  i  mile  from  the  shore. 

Port  Cebollas,  4  miles  farther  westward,  is  equally  difficult  of  access, 
and  only  fit  for  coasters.  The  shore  is  low  and  sandy,  and  the  reef  about 
i  mile  distant. 

Port  Tanamo. — From  Cebollas  the  low  sandy  shore  continues  west- 
ward 9  miles  to  Port  Tanamo,  and  is  again  foiU  to  the  distance  of  a  mile. 
Midway  between  is  the  mouth  of  the  Sagua  River.  This  port  is  of  con-' 
siderable  extent,  and  studded  with  small  islets,  between  which  are  deep 

7739 3Q 


45G 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   HOLGUIN. 


channels.  The  cut  through  the  reef  and  the  channel  into  the  port  are 
both  very  narrow,  but  the  dangers  are  easily  seen,  and  the  eye  will  be  the 
best  guide. 

IV.     JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   HOLGUIn. 

Population,  64,000;  area,  4,183  square  miles. 


Townships. 


1.  Gibara  . 

2.  Holguin 

3.  Mayari. 


Population. 


26,844 

32, 500 

8,014 


1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Gibara. 
Capital,  Gibara. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Arroyo  Blanco 

2    Auras     ..- 

MUes. 

9i 
14i 
12 

6 
16i 

6 

3 

lOi 
12i 
15i 

m 
m 

13 

5i 
18 
2i 
9i 

742  inhabitants. 

2,525  inhabitants. 

1,126  inhabitants. 

1,294  inhabitants. 

867  inhabitants. 

4,000  inhabitants. 

67  inhabitants. 

425  inhabitants. 

1,800  inhabitants.     Post  office. 

340  inhabitants. 

948  inhabitants. 

394  inhabitants. 

500  inhabitants. 

665  inhabitants. 

1,334  inhabitants. 

2,780  inhabitants. 

375  inhabitants. 

1,260  inhabitants. 

3.  Blanquizal 

4.  Bocas  -     -  - 

5.  Candelaria 

6.  Central  Santa  Lucia . . 
7    Corralito 

8    Cupeicillos 

9    Fray  Benito 

10   Jababo 

11.  Limones--- --- 

12    Managuaco          - .  -  - 

13.  Palma  (La) 

14.  Pedregoso 

15.  Potrerillo  .-- 

16    San  Arriba       - . 

17.  Victoria . . . 

18.  Yabazon 

ROUTES  TO   GIBARA. 

From  Habana  by  sea. 

Gibara  (or  Jibara)  is  a  town  of  4,608  inhabitants,  and  the  seaport  of 
Holguin,  which  is  25  miles  distant.  There  is  a  highroad  between  these 
cities  and  also  a  narrow-gauge  railroad,  with  blockhouses  every  800  yards. 
There  are  no  seacoast  fortifications.  The  population  is  composed  of 
Spaniards  and  Canary  Islanders ;  it  is  pro-Spanish  in  every  possible  way, 
and  there  are  few  Cubans. 


JUDICIAL.  DISTRICT   OF   HOLGUIN.  457 

The  surrounding  country  is  mountainous,  but  Gibara  is  only  about  18 
feet  above  sea  level.  It  is  a  port  of  entry  of  very  little  consequence, 
located  on  the  west  bank  and  near  the  broad  entrance  to  the  harbor  of 
Gibara.  Pezuela  states  that  as  a  rule  the  usual  depth  of  the  harbor  does 
not  exceed  two  fathoms,  and  therefore  only  coasting  schooners  can  enter 
it.  Hazard  states  that  the  bay  is  very  beautiful  and  spacious,  though  not 
deep  enough  to  permit  vessels  coming  up  to  the  wharves,  so  that  they  are 
compelled  to  anchor  some  distance  off,  and  be  loaded  by  means  of  lighters. 
The  town  is  said  to  be  healthful  except  in  rainy  seasons,  when  malarial 
fever  prevails.  Death  rate  32-40  per  1,000.  Yellow  fever  is  said  to  be 
indigenous  to  this  place,  but  according  to  military  reports  there  was  only 
one  case  in  6  years. 

The  town  has  a  public  theater,  a  second-class  college,  4  municipal 
schools,  2  private  schools,  a  church,  a  civil  hospital,  a  military  hospital 
and  clinic,  a  board  of  education,  a  board  of  charity,  and  a  board  of  health. 
Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

SAILING    DEBECTIONS. 

Gibara  is  merely  a  small  bay  open  to  the  northward,  having  a  depth  of 
3i  fathoms  just  inside  the  points  of  the  entrance. 

Three  small  hills  to  the  southward  of  the  port,  and  which  from  the 
offing  resemble  islands,  serve  as  landmarks  for  this  vicinity.  The  eastern- 
most of  these  is  called  the  saddle  of  Gibara ;  the  middle  one  is  shai)ed  like 
a  sugar  loaf,  and  the  westernmost  is  called  Mount  Candelaria.  The  town 
is  on  the  west  side  of  the  bay,  and  can  be  seen  at  a  distance  of  9  miles. 

To  enter  the  harbor  it  is  only  necessary  to  bring  the  entrance  well  open 
and  steer  in  half  way  between  the  points  of  entrance. 

There  is  said  to  be  a  bank  near  the  middle  of  the  bay  called  the  Casco 
de  San  Vicente,  but  no  definite  information  can  be  given  as  to  its  exact 
location  or  depth  of  water.  It  may,  however,  be  avoided  by  keeping  the 
eastern  shore  aboard.  Although  there  is  no  shelter  from  northerly  winds 
and  the  harbor  is  only  fit  for  small  vessels,  it  is  the  port  of  Holguin,  a 
large  town  about  15  miles  inland  in  a  highly  productive  part  of  the 
country. 

Buoy. — A  red  buoy,  surmounted  by  a  vane  painted  white,  has  been 
placed  to  mark  the  extremity  of  the  reef  extending  northwestward,  off 
Peregrina  Point.  The  buoy  is  moored  in  21  feet  of  water  33  yards  N.  22° 
W.  (N.  24°  W.  mag. )  from  a  small  pinnacle  which  has  13  feet  over  it  at 
low  water,  but  over  which  the  sea  breaks  with  winds  between  NW.  and 
east. 

There  are  26  feet  of  water  11  yards  west  of  the  buoy  and  at  100  yards 
there  are  52  feet. 

Light. — Gibara  Light  is  exhibited  from  a  lighthouse  erected  on  Pere- 
grina Point.  The  light  is  fixed  white,  elevated  39  feet,  and  visible  7 
miles. 

The  tower  and  keei)er's  dwelling  are  painted  white. 

Port  Sam  a. — From  Gorda  Point  the  coast  trends  about  NW.  by  W.  6 
miles  to  Sama  Point,  which  is  3^  miles  eastward  of  the  port  of  the  same 
name.  All  this  part  of  the  shore  is  clean  and  steep-to,  and  about  midway 
is  the  small  Seco  River  at  the  head  of  a  sandy  bay.  Port  Sama  is  a  small 
inlet  about  1}  miles  long,  north  and  south,  from  200  to  400  yards  wide. 


458  JUDICIAL  DISTRICT   OP   HOLGUIn. 

and  only  fit  for  vessels  drawing  not  more  than  11  feet  water.  The 
entrance  may  be  readily  found  by  the  Pan  de  Sama,  which  rises  south  of 
it.  To  the  westward  of  the  port  there  is  also  the  tableland  or  flat-topped 
ridge  of  mountains  running  NW.  and  SE.,  and  its  west  end  is  bold, 
scarped,  and  of  a  whitish  appearance. 

Port  Naranjo. — Between  Sama  and  Naranjo,  5  miles  westward,  the 
shore  is  composed  of  sand  and  named  Guarda-la-vaca.  To  the  southward 
of  it  there  is  a  detached  sugar-loaf  hill  and  to  the  SW.  the  table  of 
Naranjo,  a  small  wooded  mountain  with  a  flat  summit.  Naranjo  lies 
between  these  two  objects,  and  about  3  miles  to  windward  of  it  there  is  a 
remarkable  red  cliff,  and  on  the  east  side  of  the  entrance  there  is  also 
another  of  the  same  appearance,  high  and  scarped.  The  shore  between  it 
and  Sama  is  foul  to  the  distance  of  about  i  mile.  The  entrance  to  the 
port  is  only  300  yards  wide,  but  it  opens  out  into  an  irregular-shaped  basin 
containing  several  inlets  deep  enough  for  vessels  of  all  classes,  sheltered 
from  all  winds,  and  they  can  sail  in  or  out  of  it  with  the  usual  sea  breeze. 

In  entering  this  port  a  berth  should  be  given  to  the  reef  skirting  the 
weather  coast  until  the  eastern  point  of  entrance  bears  S.  3°  E.  (S.  5°  E. 
mag.),  then  steer  in,  giving  the  point  a  berth  of  200  yards  to  avoid  the 
shallow  sandbank  which  surrounds  it  at  a  distance  of  150  yards.  Care 
should  also  be  taken  to  guard  against  the  sandbank  bordering  the  lee  side 
of  entrance,  and  which  extends  northward  350  yards  from  the  outer 
scarped  point.  Having  passed  through  the  middle  of  the  channel  by  the 
eye,  anchor  about  150  yards  off  a  marshy  and  mangrove  shore  on  the  east- 
em  side,  in  9  fathoms  water;  or  proceed  farther  up  into  what  the  fisher- 
men call  the  Carenage  or  western  bight.  The  best  berth  here  will  be  in 
about  8  fathoms,  with  the  center  of  the  table  of  Naranjo  S.  69°  W.  (S  67° 
W.  mag.),  and  the  north  point  of  the  Carenage  in  one  with  the  red  cliff 
at  the  entrance  about  north.  The  table  of  Naranjo  from  this  quarter  has 
a  conical  appearance. 

Woodayid  Water. — There  is  good  wooding  and  watering;  the  latter  a 
stream  on  the  southern  shore  at  the  head  of  the  Carenage,  abreast  the 
table  of  Naranjo:  but  there  will  be  some  difficulty  in  finding  the  opening 
in  the  bushes  leading  to  it. 

Tide. — The  rise  of  the  tide  at  Port  Naranjo  is  di  feet. 

Port  Vita. — From  the  entrance  to  Port  Naranjo  the  shore  trends 
WNW.  2  miles  to  Pesquero  Nuevo  Point,  which  is  scarped  and  clear  of 
danger,  and  then  SW.  3  miles  to  Port  Vita.  This  part  of  the  coast  is  low, 
sandy,  clean  and  steep-to.  Vita  is  a  small,  narrow,  irregular-shaped  inlet, 
which  may  be  used  and  easily  piloted  by  vessels  dra^ving  under  18  feet. 

Port  Bariay. — Three  miles  westward  of  Vita  is  Bariay,  and  a  mile 
farther  Jururu;  the  shore  between  is  clear  of  danger.  Port  Bariay  is 
oi)en  to  the  northward,  and  therefore  not  safe  in  the  winter  months ;  but 
there  is  good  temporary  anchorage  close  under  the  weather  shore  off  the 
second  sandy  beach  from  the  entrance.  Farther  in  the  channel  is 
obstructed  by  a  shoal,  on  which  there  is  as  little  as  6  feet  of  water. 

Port  Jururu  is  more  extensive  than  that  of  Bariay,  and  the  interior 
completely  sheltered,  with  a  depth  of  4  fathoms ;  but  the  entrance  is  nar- 
row, rather  tortuous,  and  only  fit  for  small  fore-and-aft  rigged  vessels  of 
light  draft. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   HOLGUIN. 


459 


2.    AyUNTAMIENTO   of  HOLGUfN. 

Capital,  Holguin. 


Outlying  Tillages. 


Distance 

from 
capital. 


Bemarks. 


1. 

2. 
3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 

28. 
24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 
31. 
32. 
33. 


Alf  onsos  (Los)  - 

Ainasabo 

Banes 

Barajagua 

Cacocun 

Cauto  Cristo 

Cruces --- 

Caaba 

Entrada 

Guabasiabo 

Guanabana... 

Gilirabo 

Giiiros 

Hatillos 

Martillo 

Matatoros 

Parras 

Pedemales 

Pumio  -. 

Retrete 

Sama 

San  Augustin  de 
Aguarras. 

San  Andres.. 

Santa  Clara 

Tacajo 

Tacanaara 

Unas 

XJnitas  

Vega  (La) 

Velasco  — '. 

Yareyal 

Yaya 

Yayal 


Utiks. 
20 


29 
12A 


m 

5 

m 

12i 

3 

2i 
12i 

Si 

m 

5 

34i 

3 

n 

35 
50 
31 

15 

12 

31 

31 

lOi 

11 

14i 

m 

6 

18i 
5 


Railroad  and  telephone. 
Post  office. 


Post  office. 


Post  office. 


ROUTES  TO  HOLGUIN. 

1.  From  port  of  Jibara  by  rail. 

2.  From  Manzanillo  by  pike,  via  Bayamo. 

Holguin  is  a  city  of  5,400  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  judicial  district  of 
the  same  name;  situated  174  miles  from  Santiago  de  Cuba.  This  inland 
town,  founded  about  1720,  is  about  25  miles  south  of  Gibara,  its  seaport. 


460 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   HOLGUIN. 


It  is  situated  upon  a  plain  of  considerable  elevation,  and  possesses  the 
best  physical  conditions.  Yellow  fever  and  cholera  were  not  known  here 
until  1851.  It  is  noteworthy  that  Holguin  did  occasionally  escape  an 
epidemic  of  yellow  fever  when  Gibara,  its  seaport,  did  not,  but  whenever 
Gibara  escaped  so  also  did  Holguin.  It  is  a  point  of  great  military  impor- 
tance, and  until  1878  was  occupied  by  a  large  garrison. 

The  surrounding  country  is  elevated  and  hilly.  There  is  an  earthwork 
with  4  guns  on  the  highest  point  of  a  hill  about  one-half  mile  west  of  the 
town,  and  ditched  blockhouses  of  brick  and  stone  encircle  the  place.  Earth 
is  thrown  up  around  the  blockhouses  to  the  loopholes.  There  are  four  or 
five  churches  in  the  town,  all  pierced  for  musketry,  with  banks  of  earth 
around  the  bases.  The  place  has  had  a  garrison  of  3,000  (inclusive  of 
mounted  guerrillas),  mostly  regular  infantry.  Including  the  earthworks 
already  mentioned,  there  are  10  guns  in  the  position.  The  houses  are 
almost  all  stone  or  brick.  Barbed  wire  is  used  to  form  an  entanglement 
around  each  blockhouse,  and  also  between  blockhouses,  and  there  are 
earthen  parapets  in  streets  for  interior  defense. 

This  city  is  the  residence  of  the  military  governor,  has  a  board  of  edu- 
cation, a  committee  on  charity,  a  committee  on  prisons,  civil  and  military- 
hospitals,  market  place,  plaza,  park,  and  two  churches.  It  is  divided  into 
two  districts,  viz,  north  and  south.     Post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

3,  Ayuntamiento  of  Mayari. 
Capital,  Mayari. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Bemarks. 

1.  Arroyo  Blanco 

2.  Arroyo  Hondo 

3.  Barajagua 

MUes. 
10 

• 

4.  Braguetudos.  - 

5.  Cabonico 

25 

i 

34 
36* 

m 

16i 

6.  Chavaleta 

7    Feneme           

8.  Megia 

9.  Sabanilla    

10.  Santa  Isabel- 

11.  Sojo 

ROUTES  TO  MAYARI. 

1.  From  Habana  by  sea  to  Bahia  de  Nipe,  then  by  pike. 

Mayari  is  a  town  of  1,854  inhabitants,  situated  58  miles  from  Holguin. 
This  village  is  located  on  the  west  bank  of  the  river  Mayari,  about  5  miles 
south  of  the  harbor  of  Nipe,  a  harbor  on  the  north  coast  between  Jibara 
and  Baracoa.  The  river  Mayari  is  navigable  to  the  town.  It  is  not  a  port 
of  entry,  nor  has  the  harbor  of  Nijje  any  such  port.  The  place  is  of  no 
commercial  or  any  other  importance.    The  three  cities  of  note  nearest  the 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   HOLGUIn.  461 

Mayari  are  Holguin,  Baracoa,  and  Santiago  de  Cuba.  However,  it  is  from 
50  to  80  miles  distant  from  these  three  places,  and  communication  is  in- 
frequent and  over  difficult  wagon  roads.  The  nearest  station  is  San  Luis 
de  las  Enramadas,  56|  miles  away.  It  has  mines  of  magnetic  iron  ore 
which  are  not  worked.  This  place  seems  to  be  quite  exempt  from  the 
ravages  of  yellow  fever. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS. 

Ports  Cabonico  and  Livisa.— From  Tanamo  a  low  sandy  shore,  still 
bordered  by  a  reef  to  the  distance  of  about  2  miles,  trends  westerly  for 
9  miles  to  the  entrance  of  the  ports  of  Cabonico  and  Livisa.  These  ports 
are  entered  through  a  narrow  deep  channel  about  200  yards  wide.  About 
i  mile  within  the  entrance  a  narrow  neck  of  land  diArides  the  interior  into 
two  channels ;  the  easternmost  leading  into  Cabonico,  the  other  into  Livisa. 
Both  are  very  tortuous  and  intricate,  but  have  sufficient  water  for  vessels 
of  large  draft.  Most  of  the  dangers  are  seen,  and  the  eye  will  guide  in 
mid-channel. 

Port  Nipe. — From  the  entrance  to  Cabonico  the  coast  trends  WNW,, 
5  miles  to  Port  Nipe.  In  this  space  the  reef  skirts  the  shore  at  about  a 
mile  until  close  to  the  entrance  to  Nii)e,  where  it  extends  off  only  J-  mile. 
Port  Nipe  is  about  9  miles  in  extent  east  and  west,  and  from  3  to  7  miles 
in  breadth.  It  is  quite  secure  against  all  winds,  and  will  admit  vessels  of 
the  largest  draft  without  difficulty.  The  entrance  is  from  i  to  f  mile  wide, 
and  all  that  is  necessary  in  entering  is  to  steer  in  mid-channel ;  the  tides 
run  very  strong  in  the  narrows.  After  passing  the  inner  points  of  entrance, 
keep  Tae  northern  shore  aboard  until  within  Mangle  Point,  from  which  a 
shoal  extends  to  the  NNE.  f  mile,  when  anchor  as  most  convenient,  in  6  to 
9  fathoms  water ;  the  edges  of  the  shoals  are  marked  by  stakes. 

A  sailing  vessel  will  have  to  wait  for  the  land  wind  to  take  her  out, 
which,  as  before  stated,  in  the  winter  season  is  frequently  interrupted  by 
Northers  for  some  days. 

Mount  Sama. — The  land  in  this  neighborhood  is  remarkable.  About  10 
miles  inland  the  Cristal  Range,  a  continuation  of  the  Baracoa  Chain,  rises 
to  a  great  height.  To  the  NW.  of  Port  Nipe  there  is  also  a  lofty  ridge  of 
mountains  rising  from  the  shore  at  Mulas  Point  to  the  Pan  de  Sama,  a 
hill  of  rounded  form  918  feet  above  the  sea,  with  some  long  tableland  close 
to  the  we.stward.  and  a  peaked  hill  to  the  east  of  it ;  it  can  not  well  be 
mistaken,  and  may  be  seen  20  miles.  The  two  ranges  are  separated  by  an 
extensive  valley,  which  also  serves  as  a  good  guide. 

Port  Banes. — From  the  entrance  to  Nipe  a  bold  and  steep  coast  trends 
to  the  NNW,  and  NW.  for  9  miles  to  this  harbor,  which  is  also  weU  shel- 
tered, and  of  sufficient  depth  for  large  vessels.  Its  entrance,  however, 
lies  at  the  bottom  of  a  bay  or  funnel  2  miles  wide  in  the  outward  part, 
and  completely  exposed  to  the  usual  trade  wind.  The  channel  into  the  port 
narrows  to  300  yards,  and  the  turnings  are  so  sharp  that  it  is  very  difficult 
pilotage.  In  leaving,  make  sure  of  a  good  offing  before  the  heavy  wind 
fails,  as  the  vessel  will  be  on  a  dangerous  lee  shore  and  exposed  to  a  heavy 
sea  and  lee  current. 


462 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MANZANILLO. 


V.    JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MANZANILLO. 
Population,  25,735;  area  1,343  square  miles. 


Township. 


Manzanillo. 


Population. 


10, 786 


1.  Ayuntamiento  of  Manzanillo. 
Capital,  Manzanillo. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Blanquizal 

Miles. 

7i 

m 

5 

2   Calicito           - 

3.  Campechuela 

4.  Cano  -      

5.  Congo                   

6.  Ingenio  Esperanza-- 

7   Jibacoa  -     -       

11 
41 

m 

56 
43i 

12i 

18i 

8.  Media  Luna. 

9    Niguero   

10.  Velic 

11.  Vicana 

12    Yara --- 

13    Zarzal     ..- 

ROUTE  TO  MANZANILLO. 

From  Habana  to  Bataban6  by  Western  Railroad ;  then  by  sea. 

Manzanillo  is  a  city  of  10,736  inhabitants,  situated  on  a  bay,  157  miles 
from  Santiago  de  Cuba.  It  has  a  charity  hospital,  five  military  hospitals,  a 
health  commission,  a  charity  board,  and  a  board  of  education.  Three 
first-class  colleges  and  one  second-class,  three  biweekly  periodicals,  and  a 
market  place  given  by  D.  Jose  Muniz  Pia.  It  has  eight  sugar  mills,  which 
send  out  31,200  tons  of  sugar  annually.  Its  commerce  is  flourishing. 
Telephonic  conamunication  with  the  jurisdiction.  Post  office  and  tele- 
graph station. 

This  town,  founded  in  1784,  is  the  seaport  of  Bayamo  and  Jiguane.  It 
is  said  to  be  a  very  unhealthful  place  and  very  uninviting  in  appearance. 
The  death  rate  is  40.  Yellow  fever  is  said  to  be  indigenous  to  this  place, 
but  deaths  occur  principally  among  the  soldiers.  It  is  a  port  of  entry,  but 
of  little  importance,  ranking  only  twelfth  among  the  Cuban  ports  of  entry. 
It  has  no  inclosed  harbor,  but  a  roadstead  protected  by  islands.  It  is  the 
great  center  of  the  lumber  trade.  This  product  is  floated  down  the  river 
Cauto,  which  is  the  largest  in  the  island.  It  empties  into  the  sea  slightly 
to  the  west,  and  from  there  the  logs  are  pushed  along  the  shore  by  men, 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT   OF   MANZANILLO.  463 

wading  the  entire  distance  to  the  city.  Not  a  dangerous  hole  exists  in 
such  a  range  of  beach.  The  Cuban  charts  indicate  that  the  water  is  so 
shallow  that  a  depth  of  30  feet  is  marked  3  miles  distant  from  the  shore. 
About  three-fourths  of  a  mile  north  the  river  Yara  flows  into  the  sea. 
This  formerly  supplied  all  the  drinking  water,  but  now  there  are  many 
cisterns.  Between  Yara  and  the  town  lie  extensive  mangrove  swamps, 
bathed  partly  by  fresh  and  partly  by  salt  water,  so  that  there  are  many 
stagnant  pools  there  during  the  rainy  season. 

The  town  is  on  flat  ground,  the  center  having  an  elevation  of  about  12 
feet.  The  surface  soil  is  of  yellow  clay,  very  adhesive  when  wet  and  very 
dusty  when  dry.  Porous  stratified  limestone  abounds.  Manzanillo  covers 
160  acres.  The  streets  are  40  feet  wide,  straight,  and  at  right  angles, 
forming  blocks  of  4  lots,  each  measuring  65  by  82  feet. 

The  seacoast  defenses  are  of  little  importance,  but  landward  there  is  an 
array  of  small  forts,  fortinas,  blockhouses,  and  rifle  pits.  For  over  three 
years  the  nightly  intervals  between  sentry  calls  about  the  town  has  been 
fixed  at  fifteen  minutes.  Some  of  the  hardest  fighting  of  the  insurrection 
has  occurred  in  this  vicinity. 

SAILING  DmECnONS. 

Manzanillo. — From  Cape  Cruz  the  coast  takes  a  NE.  direction  for  about 
55  miles  to  the  anchorage  of  Manzanillo.  The  United  States  is  repre- 
sented by  a  consular  agent. 

Subi  larine  Cable. — A  submarine  telegraph  cable  has  been  laid  between 
Manzanillo  and  Cienf  uegos,  with  intermediate  stations  at  Santa  Cruz  del 
Sur,  Jucaro,  Tunas  de  Zarza,  and  Casilda. 

Manzanillo  Bay  lies  between  the  mouth  of  the  Yara  River  on  the  north 
and  Caimanera  Point  on  the  south,  3  miles  apart.  The  shores  are  low  and 
covered  vnth  mangrove  trees,  and  the  water  is  shallow. 

Pilotage. — Vessels  up  to  45  tons,  §22  (Spanish  gold) ;  45  to  80  tons,  $26; 
81  to  120  tons,  $28;  121  to  150  tons,  §32;  151  to  175  tons,  §38;  176  to  200 
tons,  $42;  201  to  300  tons,  $48;  301  to  400  tons,  $52,  and  $5  additional  for 
each  additional  100  tons.  For  vessels  of  600  tons  and  upwards,  $67.  Going 
to  or  leaving  dock,  day  $3,  night  $6.     Changing  berth,  day  $2.50,  night  $5. 

All  vessels,  no  matter  what  their  tonnage,  which  take  pilots  off  Cape 
Cruz  up  to  the  passage  of  Cuatro  Reales  for  the  port  of  Santa  Cruz  del 
Sur,  pay  the  maximum  of  pilotage,  $67  Spanish  gold. 

Beacons. — Nine  wooden  beacons,  each  showing  10  feet  above  high 
water,  mark  some  of  the  dangers  between  Cape  Cruz  and  Balandras  Reef. 
White  beacons,  each  with  a  square  top  mark,  are  on  the  eastern  side  of 
the  channels;  and  red  beacons,  each  with  a  triangular  top  mark,  point 
upwards,  are  on  the  western  side. 

Barcos  Channel  is  a  passage  farther  to  the  westward,  leading  to  the 
anchorage  of  Manzanillo,  but  it  is  not  well  known  except  to  the  pilots. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Manzanillo  at  lOh.  40m. ; 
the  rise  2  or  3  feet.  The  water  is  highest  during  the  months  of  September 
and  October,  with  the  wind  from  south  and  southwest. 


464  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OF   SANTIAGO   DE   CUBA. 

VI.     JUDICIAL  DISTRICT   OF   SANTIAGO   DE   CUBA. 


TowDships. 


1.  Alto  Songo 

2.  Caney 

3.  Cobre  (El) 

4.  Santiago  de  Cuba. 


Popnlation. 


12,000 

10,000 

8,261 


1.  Ayxjntamiento  of  Alto  Songo. 
Capital,  Alto  Songo. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Mor6n  (Paradero  de).. 

2.  Socorro 

3.  Tiarriba   

Miles. 

7 

7 

11 

Alto  Songo  is  a  town  of  500  inhabitants,  situated  31  miles  from  Santi- 
ago de  Cuba.  It  is  the  highroad  to  Guantanamo.  It  has  un worked  mines 
of  manganese.  The  nearest  station  is  Cristo,  6  miles  away.  It  has  a  tele- 
graph station. 

2.  Ayuntamiento  op  Caney. 

Capital,  Caney. 


Outlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1    Barajagua.- 

Miles. 
5 

5 
15 

n 

3 

3i 

2 

n 

1,000  inhabitants.  Railroad  from 
Sabanilla  to  Maroto. 

1 ,  200  inhabitants.    Railroad. 

2    Cristo     

3   Damajayabo 

4   Dos  Bocas    

5    Guaninicun 

6   Lagunas       

7   Naranjos 

8.  Poblado  de  San  Vi- 
cente. 
9   Sevilla      

10   Zacatecas 

Caney  is  a  town  of  1,000  inhabitants,  situated  3i  miles  from  Santiago 
de  Cuba.    Iron  mines  here.    Post  oflace  and  telegraph  station. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OF    SANTIAGO   DE   CUBA. 


465 


3.  Ayuntamiento  of  Cobre  (El). 
Capital,  Cobre  (El). 


Oatlying  villages. 

Distance 

from 
capital. 

MUes. 
37 

3i 
25 

12i 

m 

18i 

u 

25 
50 
59 
9i 
13i 
62 
12i 

Remarks. 

1.  Aserradero 

2.  Botijas 

3.  Brazo  Catito .  .  -   -  -  . 

4.  Caimanes 

5.  Cayo  Smith 

6.  Dos  Palmas 

7.  Ermitano 

8.  Hongolosongo 

9.  Manacos 

10.  Masio -  - 

11.  Nimanima 

12.  Rio  Frio 

13.  SanBartolo-. 

14.  Sevilla 

15.  Suena  el  Agua- 

CoBRE  (El)  is  a  town  of  715  inhabitants,  situated  12^  miles  from  Santiago 
de  Ctiba.     Telegraph  station. 

This  town  was  founded  in  1558.  It  is  located  on  the  southern  side  of 
Mount  Cobre,  in  a  wild  mountain  region,  long  celebrated  for  its  numerous 
copper  mines,  some  of  which  were  worked  as  early  as  1824.  One,  owned 
by  an  English  company,  is  still  in  successful  operation.  Its  shipping  point 
is  Punta  de  Sal,  on  the  west  side  of  the  harbor  of  Santiago,  and  about  2 
miles  from  the  city.  A  ferry  connects  these  two  points,  and  since  1848 
there  has  been  a  horse  railroad  from  Punta  de  Sal  to  Cobre,  which  is  about 
5  miles  distant  by  road.  The  cars  are  reported  to  run  only  three  or  four 
times  a  week.  Yellow  fever  has  never  been  known  to  prevail  here.  A 
few  soldiers  are  attacked  during  July  and  August,  and  now  and  then  an 
unacclimated  Spaniard,  but  the  attacks  are  not  severe. 


466 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OF   SANTIAGO   DE   CUBA. 


4.  Ayuntamiento  of  Santiago  de  Cuba. 
Capital,  Santiago  de  Cuba. 


Outlying  Tillages. 

Diatance 

from 
capital. 

Remarks. 

1.  Aguacate 

Miles. 

27 
23 
23 
18 

20 

6,000  inhabitants. 

2.  Arroj'o  Blanco. 

3.  Canto  Abajo -  - 

4.  Canto  Baire 

5.  Concepci6n  de  Tiar- 

riba. 

6.  Corralillo.- 

7.  Cnchillas  - 

8.  Dajas ...._.... 

9.  Dorados  (Los) 

10.  Dos  Caminos 

5 
25 

2i 
16i 

11.  Enramadas  (San  Luis 

de  las) . 

12.  Fratemidad 

13.  Janato 

18 
29 
10 

14.  Juan  Varon 

15.  Luz  (La) 

16    Majaguabo 

17.  Montes  dos  Leguas 

18    Palestina 

19.  Palma  Soriano  _ 

20.  Ramon  de  las  Yaguas- 

21 .  Remanganagua 

22.  San  Leandro -  - 

21 
25 
33 
15 

23.  Santa  Feliciana 

24.  San  Vicente    . 

H 
20 

4 
13 

25.  Sitios 

26.  Socapa  (La) 

27.  Songo  - 

28    Vega  Belleza 

29   VegaBotada 

30    Yaguas 

28i 
16i 

31    Yarayabo    - 

Moron  (or  San  Nicolas  de  Mor6n).— This  inland  village  is  located  about 
9  miles  north  of  the  city  of  Santiago  and  34  miles  south  of  Mayari.  It 
must  not  be  confounded  with  a  larger  town  of  the  same  name  200  miles 
to  the  northwest,  in  the  province  of  Santa  Clara.  The  place  is  of  no 
interest  except  as  a  military  post. 

ROUTES  TO  SANTIAGO  DE  CUBA. 

1.  From  Habana  to  Bataban6  by  United  Railways,  then  by  sea. 

2.  From  Holguin  by  pike. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OF    SANTIAGO   DE   CUBA.  467 

Santiago  de  Cuba  is  a  city  of  42,000  inhabitants,  capital  of  the  prov- 
ince, situated  815  miles  from  Habana.  It  is  the  residence  of  the  arch- 
bishop, of  a  military  governor  dej^ending  iii)on  the  general  of  the  island, 
of  the  mayor,  and  of  the  state  officials.  It  has  many  notable  buildings, 
among  which  are  the  cathedral,  erected  in  1532,  and  the  market  square. 
It  has  hospitals,  schools,  a  board  of  health,  a  board  of  charity,  and  boards 
of  agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce. 

The  city  was  founded  in  1514  by  Velazquez,  and  the  famous  Hernando 
was  its  first  mayor.  It  is  the  most  southern  place  of  any  note  on  the 
island,  being  on  the  twentieth  degree  of  latitude,  while  Habana,  the  most 
northern  point  of  note,  is  23°  9'  26"  north  latitude.  The  surrounding 
country  is  very  mountainous,  and  the  city  is  built  upon  a  steep  slope. 
The  public  square,  or  Campo  de  Marte,  is  140  to  160  feet  above  the  sea, 
and  some  of  the  houses  are  even  260  feet  above  sea  level.  The  character 
of  the  soil  is  reported  to  be  more  volcanic  than  calcareous,  and  the  town 
has  suffered  repeatedly  from  earthquakes.  It  is  the  second  city  in  the 
island  with  regard  to  population,  being  slightly  larger  than  either  Matan- 
zas  or  Puerto  Principe.  So  far  as  American  commerce  is  concerned,  it 
ranks  only  ninth  among  the  fifteen  ports  of  entry.  It  is  located  on  the 
extreme  northern  bank  of  the  harbor  of  Santiago  de  Cuba,  a  harbor  of  the 
first  class  and  one  of  the  smallest,  hence  it  is  liable  to  ship  infection. 

The  mean  temperature  in  summer  is  88°  and  in  winter  82°.  During  the 
months  cf  July  and  August  the  heat  is  suffocating.  This  place  is  regarded 
as  very  unhealthful,  yellow  fever  being  prevalent  throughout  the  year, 
and  smallpox  epidemic  at  certain  times.  This  disease  attacks  strangers 
especially,  natives  rarely,  and  negroes  never.  The  bad  sanitary  condi- 
tions are  due  to  the  lack  of  hygienic  measures.  All  refuse  matter  is 
thrown  into  the  streets  to  decay  and  fill  the  air  with  disease  germs. 

A  railroad,  called  the  Sabanilla  and  Maroto,  runs  from  the  city  to  San 
Luis,  25  miles  distant,  with  a  branch,  12  miles  in  length,  to  Alto  Songo. 
It  is  largely  owned  and  controlled  by  citizens  of  the  United  States.  San- 
tiago is  the  headquarters  for  three  large  mining  plants  owned  by  United 
States  citizens,  viz,  the  Jurugua,  the  Spanish  American,  and  the  Sigua, 
together  representing  the  investment  of  about  $8, 000, 000 ;  the  largest  of 
these,  however,  is  not  in  operation.  There  are  a  number  of  tobacco  fac- 
tories, biit  the  chief  business  is  the  exportation  of  manufactured  goods 
and  provisions.  Sugar,  iron  ore,  manganese,  mahogany,  hides,  wax,  cedar, 
and  tobacco  are  exported  to  the  United  States. 

According  to  the  chart  of  the  Madrid  hydrographic  bureau,  1863,  this 
harbor  is  5  miles  long  from  its  sea  entrance  to  its  extreme  northern  limit, 
the  city  being  located  4  miles  from  its  entrance,  on  the  northeastern  side 
of  the  harbor.  The  entrance  is  for  some  little  distance  very  narrow — not 
more  than  220  yards  wide — and  may  be  considered  about  2  miles  long, 
with  a  width  varying  from  |  to  f  of  a  mile.  For  the  remaining  3  miles 
the  harbor  gradually  widens,  until  at  its  northern  extremity  it  is  about  2 
miles  wide.  The  city  is  so  situated  in  a  cove  of  the  harbor  that  the  oppo- 
site shore  is  only  i  mile  distant.  At  the  wharves  from  10  to  15  feet  of 
water  is  found,  and  within  300  to  500  yards  of  the  shore  from  20  to  30 
feet.  This  is  probably  the  anchorage  ground.  Three  or  more  so-called 
rivers,  besides  other  streams,  empty  into  this  harbor,  and  one  of  these", 
the  Caney  River,  empties  into  the  harbor  at  the  northern  limit  of  the 


468  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OF    SANTIAGO   DE   CUBA. 

city,  so  that  its  water  flows  from  one  island  extremity  through  the  whole 
harbor  into  the  sea.  The  difference  here,  as  elsewhere  in  Cuba,  between 
low  and  high  tide,  is  about  2  feet. 

Among  the  prominent  forts  are  the  following : 

Cayo  Ratones,  or  Rat  Island,  located  near  the  middle  of  the  bay,  is  the 
Government  depository  for  powder,  dynamite,  and  other  explosives. 

"La  Bateria  Nueva  de  la  Estrella"  is  mounted  with  four  revolving 
cannons. 

Castillo  del  Morro. — This  rises  from  the  water's  edge  on  the  extreme 
front  of  the  westward  side  of  the  harbor  entrance.  It  is  perhaps  more 
picturesque  and  extensive  than  its  Habana  namesake,  rising  by  terraces 
from  the  water  with  batteries  at  the  front  to  a  height  of  150  feet  or  more. 
While  once  most  formidable,  it  shows  as  great  neglect  as  any  garrisoned 
fortification  in  Cuba.  The  walls  are  crumbling  in  many  places,  while 
rust  could  be  scaled  from  the  old  cannon  by  hand.  No  doubt  this  work 
has  been  greatly  strengthened,  as  would  be  easy  to  do  by  channeling  into 
the  rocky  hillsides. 

The  Spanish  description  says:  "Located  on  the  shore  of  the  bay  below 
the  city  and  has  raised  parapets. "  Its  distance  from  the  first  houses  of  the 
city  is  about  7,700  yards.  It  is  divided  into  the  parapets  of  Trinidad,  40 
yards  frontage ;  Napoles,  23  yards ;  Aljibe,  28  yards ;  La  Platf orma,  more 
than  97  yards,  and  Morrillo,  with  more  than  26  yards.  The  lowest  one  is 
10  yards  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  The  guard  designated  for  this  bat- 
tery is  230  infantry  and  50  artillery.  In  1859  it  had  for  defense  eight  can- 
non of  various  calibers — six  for  16-pound  shot,  two  for  12-pound  shot,  and 
six  for  8 -pound  shot ;  seven  howitzers  and  four  short  guns  for  9-pound 
shot ;  in  all,  thirty-three  pieces. 

Castillo  de  la  Socapa. — Opposite  the  Morro,  on  the  westward  side  of  the 
harbor  entrance,  stands  this  fortification,  of  somewhat  more  modem  struc- 
ture, but  not  nearly  as  extensive  as  the  Morro.  It  is  also  decidedly  passe 
in  the  character  of  its  armament,  but,  like  the  works  on  the  eastern  side 
of  the  entrance,  could  be  easily  strengthened. 

Bateria  de  Cabanas. — This  stands  on  the  open  sea  front,  westward  from 
the  last-mentioned  fort,  and  is  described  in  the  Spanish  work  as  follows: 
"Situated  4,900  yards  south  of  Castle  Morro  and  a  little  more  than  2 
above  the  level  of  the  sea;  garrison  of  40  infantry  and  9  artillerymen, 
and  defended  by  numerous  24-pounders  and  one  4-pounder." 

Bateria  de  la  Estrella. — This  is  within  the  harbor  entrance  and  described 
as  follows:  "Erected  340  yards  north  of  Morro  and  7  yards  above  the  sea 
level.  An  extensive  battery  to  impede  the  passage  of  the  entrance  to  the 
port,  it  was  guarded  by  88  men  of  infantry  and  artillery,  and  defended  by 
ten  24-pounders  and  four  howitzers  of  9  pounds." 

Bateria  de  Somenielos. — This  is  also  within  the  harbor,  and  is  described 
as  follows:  "Two  hundred  and  twenty -five  yards  from  Cabanas  and  64 
yards  above  the  sea  level.  The  guard  is  small  and  defends  four  cannons 
of  small  caliber." 

Fortaleza  de  Aguadores. — This  is  located  outside  the  bay,  on  the  open 
sea,  to  the  eastward,  and  is  described  as  follows:  "Situated  1,860  yards  to 
the  east  of  Castillo  del  Morro  and  9,720  yards  from  Santiago  de  Cuba. 
Is  guarded  by  62  infantry.  22  artillery,  and  has  four  24-i)ounders  and  two 
mortars,  distributed  in  four  batteries. "  This  armament  was  particularly 
obsolete  in  its  character. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OF    SANTIAGO   DE   CUBA.  469 

Bateria  del  Sardinero. — This  is  another  tinimportant  work  on  the  open 
sea,  now  probably  abandoned.  It  is  described  as  follows ;  '  'Situated  14, 583 
yards  from  Santiago  de  Cuba,  and  9, 722  yards  from  Castillo  del  Morro, 
and  4,860  yards  from  the  fortification  of  Aguadores.  It  is  guarded  by  6 
artillerj^  and  26  infantry,  defended  by  one  24-pounder  and  one4-pounder." 

It  should  be  said  of  all  the  fortifications  mentioned,  as  well  as  others  in 
this  locality,  that  the  stone  of  which  they  are  built  does  not  apparently 
withstand  the  weather  as  well  as  that  used  to  construct  similar  works 
farther  westward  in  Cuba,  and  that  some  of  the  construction  material 
here  used  is  a  very  soft  sandstone. 

Before  proceeding  further,  reference  should  be  made  also  to  the  fact  that 
from  the  commencement  of  the  revolution,  the  spot  above  all  others  where 
the  insurgents  schemed  to  blow  up  a  Spanish  man-of-war,  was  at  this 
harbor  entrance.  To  do  this,  there  were  all  sorts  of  plans,  including  the 
stretching  of  a  wire  cable  across,  under  the  water,  with  two  extemporized 
torpedoes  attached  near  the  ends,  the  whole  affair  to  be  so  arranged  that 
the  vessel's  prow  would  strike  the  center  of  the  cable  and  by  her  momen- 
tum bring  the  torpedoes  against  her  sides.  No  doubt  the  Spaniards  have 
taken  advantage  of  the  splendid  natural  facilities  of  the  locality  to  do  some 
submarine  work,  and  if  so,  it  is  an  extremely  unsafe  spot  to  say:  "D — ^n 
the  torpedoes." 

Proceeding  inward  the  whole  range  of  bluffs  to  the  east  of  the  harbor 
and  in  close  proximity  to  the  main  channel  are  doubtless  fortified. 

At  the  last  small  point  of  the  eastern  shore,  shown  on  the  military  map, 
next  below  the  city,  is  located  the  expensive  and  extensive  iron  pier  of  the 
Juragua  Mining  Company,  which  extends  out  into  the  harbor  nearly  one 
thousand  feet.  The  heaviest  draft  vessels  can  lie  directly  beside  this, 
but  not  far  from  this  and,  in  fact,  at  many  points  of  the  inner  harbor  are 
shoals  and  mud  banks. 

Back  of  this  pier  to  the  southeast  rises  a  hill  200  feet  or  more  in  height, 
which  affords  a  most  commanding  range  of  the  entire  city  and  inner  har- 
bor ;  it  is  probably  the  best  available  location  anywhere  in  the  vicinity. 
It  is  entirely  cleared,  except  for  a  single  house  with  its  outbuildings 
situated  at  the  top.  Between  this  and  the  city  on  another  conical  hill  of 
much  less  height,  is  located  El  Fuerte  de  Punta  Blanca,  a  sandstone, 
semicircular,  double-tiered  redoubt.  Its  armament  consisted  of  small 
ancient  smoothbores,  of  which  about  a  dozen  were  mounted.  The 
strength  or  natural  importance  of  the  work  was  not  great,  but  an  impor- 
tant reserve  magazine  was  located  here,  principally  for  small  arms  and 
ammunition.  Information  is  had  to  the  effect  that  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  the  fort  is  now  covered  by  new  earthworks,  fronting  both  to  the  har- 
bor and  inland,  in  which  direction  one  of  the  important  main  thorough- 
fares to  the  city  is  covered. 

The  gas  works  are  adjacent  to  the  fort  just  mentioned.  It  is  under- 
stood that  these  have  not  been  operated  for  some  little  time,  the  coal 
supply  having  been  seized  by  the  Government. 

Slightly  west  of  this  point  commences  the  Camino  Militar  (Military 
Road)  which  skirts  the  city  to  the  eastward  but  subsequently,  circling  to 
the  west  around  its  northern  side,  connects  at  the  northwest  comer  of 
the  town  with  the  Paso  de  Concho,  which,  with  the  broad  Calle  de  Cris- 
tiana  along  the  water  front,  completes  the  line  of  roads  around  the  city. 


470  JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OF    SANTIAGO   DE   CUBA. 

From  the  high-sounding  titles  given  to  these  streets  and  from  the  fact 
that  this  arrangement  was  planned  for  military  purposes,  the  natural 
conclusion  would  be  that  these  roads  must  all  be  excellent.  However, 
such  is  not  the  case.  The  Camino  Militar  is  exceedingly  hilly  and  at 
places  rough ;  the  Paso  de  Concho  is  smoother  but  has  some  grades,  while 
the  Calle  de  Cristiana,  running  along  the  water  front  is  naturally  level, 
yet  during  the  rainy  season  it  has  bad  holes,  even  in  front  of  the  busiest 
parts  of  the  city.  Practically  every  street  has  excessive  grades  at  certain 
points,  those  running  from  the  east  to  west  having  the  least.  All  streets 
are  narrow,  poorly  paved,  and  filthy.  The  rugged  hills  rise  closer  to  the 
city  from  the  east  and  northwest  than  from  other  directions. 

The  cordon  of  military  roads  mentioned  is  farther  inland  and,  for  prac- 
tically the  entire  length,  is  fortified.  The  fortifications  are  principally  of 
the  blockhouse  and  fortina  type,  intended  solely  to  keep  out  the  insur- 
gents. There  are,  however,  certain  older  works  which  aspire  to  greater 
distinction,  although  lightly  armed. 

Commencing  on  the  line  of  Camino  Militar,  is  El  Fuerte  con  Artillerla, 
a  redan  battery  mounting  perhaps  half  a  dozen  of  the  heaviest  guns  on  the 
island  fortifications  (4  to  5  inch  caliber).  Next  is  El  Fuerte  Santa  Ursula, 
an  oblong  redoubt,  mounting  more  guns,  but  of  smaller  caliber.  Farther 
to  the  left  is  the  Caballeria  Cuartel  (permanent  barracks)  which  would 
accommodate  probably  200  troopers.  Next  are  the  permanent  artillery 
barracks,  where  some  guns  are  mounted,  as  is  said  to  be  also  the  case  on  the 
adjacent  grounds  of  the  permanent  military  hospital.  Slightly  west  of 
this  is  El  Fuerte  Santa  Inez,  an  oblong  redoubt.  Well  toward  the  heart  of 
the  city  are  permanent  military  barracks,  and  at  various  points  along  the 
Calle  de  Cristiana  (on  the  water  front)  a  few  rusty  smoothbores  are  mounted 
without  protection. 

SAILING   DIRECTIONS. 

Nueva  Salamanca,  formerly  Baiguiri,  about  22  miles  eastward  of  Santi- 
ago de  Cuba,  is  the  shipping  port  of  some  rich  iron  mines  about  3  miles 
inland.  A  breakwater  is  in  course  of  construction  for  the  protection  of 
the  harbor.     The  ore  is  principally  shipped  to  the  United  States. 

Santiago  de  Cuba  will  admit  vessels  of  the  largest  draft,  entirely  shel- 
tered from  all  winds.  Its  locality  is  indicated  from  a  distance  by  a 
remarkable  valley,  separating  the  eastern  from  the  western  spur  of  the 
Cobre  Mountains. 

The  lofty  mountain  of  Turquino  is  56  miles  west  of  Santiago,  and  in 
clear  weather  may  be  seen  from  the  north  coast  of  Jamaica.  Gran  P*iedra, 
5,000  feet  high,  is  20  miles  to  the  eastward. 

Morro  Castle,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance,  is  a  rather  large  ter- 
raced fortification,  standing  on  the  western  extremity  of  a  flat  ridge  about 
200  feet  high. 

The  entrance  to  the  harbor  is  about  200  yards  wide.  After  passing 
Smith  Cay  the  channel  widens,  and,  although  the  course  is  crooked,  the 
sea  breeze  is  generally  a  fair  wind  up  to  the  city. 

Light. —A  lighthouse,  built  of  iron,  stands  100  yards  eastward  of  Morro 
Castle,  and  exhibits  a  white  light,  which  shows  a  fixed,  bright  light  for 
50  seconds,  and  then  flashing  for  10  seconds,  at  228  feet  above  the  sea.  and 
should  be  seen  in  clear  weather  22  miles,  but  it  can  not  always  be  depended 
upon. 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OF    SANTIAGO    DE   CUBA.  471 

Steam  tugs  are  in  readiness  to  tow  sailing  vessels  in  or  out  of  the  port  if 
required.  Charges  vary  from  $15  to  §30,  and  should  be  agreed  upon 
beforehand. 

Diamante  de  Afuera  Shoal,  just  to  the  west  of  the  entrance,  is  probably 
laid  down  a  little  too  far  off  shore.  The  pilots  state  that  the  sea  in  heavy 
weather  breaks  upon  it.  After  passing  the  shoals  a  vessel  may  haul  up 
for  the  city  and  anchor  as  convenient.  The  depth  gradually  decreases 
toward  the  northern  part  of  the  harbor. 

Buoys  and  Beacons. — A  red  cylindrical  buoy  surmounted  by  a  lattice- 
work pyramid,  on  which  is  a  small  vane,  is  moored  on  the  extreme  of 
Diamante  Shoal  in  30  feet  of  water,  low  spring  tides.  It  shows  a  white 
light  at  night. 

A  white  post  sunnounted  by  a  triangular-shaped  vane  marks  the  SW. 
extremity  of  Grorda  Bank.     It  shows  a  red  light  at  night. 

Colorado  Shoal  buoy  is  a  cylindrical  iron  buoy,  carrying  a  triangular 
pyramid,  painted  red  and  siirmounted  by  a  red  vane  marked  with  the 
figure  7  in  white,  indicating  in  feet  the  depth  in  which  the  buoy  is  moored. 
It  shows  a  white  light  at  night. 

Compadres  Shoal  buoy  is  a  cylindrical  iron  buoy,  carrying  a  tripod, 
surmounted  by  a  spherical  cage  with  a  vane,  on  which  is  painted  the 
number  14  in  black  on  a  white  ground,  indicating  in  feet  the  depth  in 
which  the  buoy  is  moored.     This  buoy  is  painted  white. 

Direct  iors. — When  bound  for  Santiago  de  Cuba  from  the  eastward, 
give  the  shore  a  berth  of  about  1^  or  2  miles  to  avoid  the  foul  ground  off 
the  Morro,  until  Estrella  Point  comes  open.  When  the  latter  bears 
N.  36°  E.  (N.  34°  E.  mag.),  haul  in  upon  this  course,  being  careful  not  to 
bring  it  to  the  eastward  of  that  bearing,  and  pass  the  Morro  Point  close 
aboard  or  at  a  distance  of  50  yards,  to  avoid  the  ledge  running  off  from 
the  western  point  of  entrance.  Keep  the  eastern  shore  aboard  until  the 
Estrella  is  passed,  then  steer  in  mid-channel  between  the  shore  and  Smith 
Cay,  on  the  south  end  of  which  there  is  a  small  village  where  pilots 
reside. 

Having  rounded  the  beacon  off  Gorda  Point  the  beacon  buoy  will  be 
seen  on  Colorado  Shoal,  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  which  must  be  kept 
to  port ;  Gorda  Point  Cliff  south  of  it  being  clear  of  danger.  Then  steer 
along  the  eastern  shore,  which  is  steep-to,  and  pass  to  the  southward  and 
eastward  of  Ratones  Cay,  on  which  there  is  a  magazine. 

Having  passed  Ratones  Cay  steer  about  N.  13°  E.  (N.  IV  E.  mag.),  pass- 
ing westward  of  the  beacon  buoy  on  the  Compadres,  the  outer  of  the  two 
small  rocks  (the  inner  one  is  2  feet  above  water).  Then  haul  up  for  the 
city,  and  anchor  according  to  the  vessel's  draft,  the  depth  decreasing  grad- 
ually toward  the  upper  part  of  the  harbor.  A  vessel  will  have  a  good 
berth  in  4  fathoms  water,  about  i  mile  from  the  city,  with  Ratones  Cay 
S.  39°  W.  (S.  37°  W.  mag. )  and  Blanca  Battery,  which  is  painted  red,  S. 
54°  E.  (S.  56°  E.  mag.).  In  leaving,  it  will  be  advisable  to  drop  down  to 
the  entrance  with  the  sea  breeze  on  the  previous  evening,  to  be  in  readi- 
ness for  the  land  wind  on  the  following  morning.  Strangers  should  take 
a  pilot. 

A  sailing  vessel  may  enter  the  port  as  far  as  the  outer  anchorage  with 
the  wind  from  ESE.,  but  to  proceed  to  the  city  she  mxist  have  the  wind  as 

7739 31 


472  JUDICIAL  DISTRICT    OP   SANTIAGO   DE   CUBA. 

far  to  the  southward  as  SE.  by  E. ,  in  order  to  weather  the  Colorado  Shoal. 
To  leave  the  port,  as  she  will  have  to  haul  up  as  far  as  SE.  by  E.,  between 
Smith  Cay  and  Gaspar  Point,  the  wind  should  be  as  far  to  the  northward 
as  NE.  With  very  light  winds  vessels  should  not  attempt  to  enter  or  leave 
the  port  under  sail.  In  winter,  when  NE.  winds  prevail,  some  days  may 
elapse  when  vessels  can  not  enter  under  sail,  but  there  is  generally  during 
the  daytime  a  breeze  from  SE. 

During  the  rainy  season  the  current  in  the  channel  at  the  entrance  is 
very  strong. 

Pilots  are  efficient,  not  necessary  for  a  man-of-war,  but  compulsory 
for  merchant  vessels.  The  following  are  the  day  (between  sunrise  and 
sunset)  rates :  Night  rates  double ;  for  change  of  anchorage  half  rates  are 
charged;  Vessels  of  100  tons  and  under,  §9,  and  §1.50 additional  for  each 
additional  100  tons  up  to  vessels  of  500  tons;  vessels  from  501  to  700  tons, 
$16;  701  to  900  tons,  $18;  901  to  1,000  tons,  $20,  and  $2  additional  for  each 
additional  1,000  tons. 

Note.— When  a  vessel  is  coming  out  a  red  and  yellow  flag  is  shown 
from  the  flagstaff  to  the  eastward  of  the  lighthouse.  An  incoming  vessel 
must  wait  until  the  outgoing  one  is  clear  of  the  Morro,  as  the  channel  is 
too  narrow  for  passing. 

The  city  is  quite  large  and  is  the  oldest  in  the  island,  and  is  built  on  the 
NE.  side  of  the  harbor. 

An  iron  pier  580  feet  long  has  been  built  on  wooden  piles  on  the  north- 
em  side  of  La  Cruz  Point.  Deepest  draft  of  water,  30  feet.  A  railway 
connects  the  iron  ore  mines,  17  miles  distant,  with  the  pier,  and  vessels 
can  load  3,000  tons  a  day.  This  pier  is  only  adapted  for  loading  ore. 
There  are  several  other  piers  suitable  for  vessels  of  from  10  to  16  feet. 

The  place  is  healthy,  but  in  summer  yellow  fever  occurs.  During  the 
winter  the  temperature  varies  from  65°  to  85".  The  mornings  and  after- 
noons are  pleasant.     Liberty  should  not  be  given  here, 

The  authorities  to  be  visited  are  governor  of  the  province  and  the  cap- 
tain of  the  port. 

There  is  a  battery  of  nine  guns,  and  salutes  are  returned. 

The  United  States  is  represented  by  a  consul  and  vice-consul. 

Supplies. — Provisions  of  all  kinds  can  be  obtained.  Fresh  meat,  from 
10  to  20  cents  per  pound.  Pipes  are  laid  into  the  city  from  a  reservoir  of 
excellent  water,  supplied  from  streams  on  the  hills.  Costs  50  cents  per  barrel 
if  taken  from  hydrants ;  80  cents  to  $1,  according  to  quantity,  if  delivered. 

Coal,  in  large  quantities,  can  be  had  from  $8  to  §9  per  ton,  brought  off 
in  lighters.  Vessels  of  12  feet  can  haul  alongside  the  wharf  northward 
of  Cariviza  to  coal. 

Dock. — There  is  reported  to  be  docking  facilities  at  Santiago  for  small 
craft.     There  is  also  a  place  for  careening. 

There  are  two  good  shops  where  'Ordinary  repairs  to  steamers  may  be 
made. 

Telegraph. — A  telegraph  cable  connects  Santiago  de  Cuba  with  Jamaica 
and  the  Windward  Islands,  and  another  laid  along  the  south  coast  affords 
communication  via  Habana  with  the  United  States  and  Europe.  A  line 
also  connects  with  all  the  principal  ports  on  the  island. 

Communication — The  New  York  and  Cuba  steamship  companies' 
steamers  leave  New  York  every  two  weeks  for  Cienfuegos,  stopping  going 


I 


JUDICIAL   DISTRICT    OF   SANTIAGO   DE   CUBA.  473 

and  returning.  Time  from  New  York,  5  dajrs.  There  is  frequent  com- 
munication with  Habana  and  other  Cuban  x>orts ,  also  with  the  different 
islands. 

Dues.  —There  are  no  tonnage  or  light  dues.  Signal  dues,  $4 ;  health  dues, 
$4.25;  interpreting  fees,  §4.25;  wharfage,  $5  per  day;  custom-house  fees, 
$10;  bill  of  health,  $2.50;  labor,  $2  per  day;  ballast,  discharging,  $1  -per 
ton ;  lighterage,  8  cents  per  load  of  200  pounds. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Santiago  de  Cuba  at  8h. 
30m. ;  the  rise  is  2  feet. 

Winds. — Within  the  port  squalls  are  frequent  between  May  and  October, 
bringing  much  rain  and  wind,  especially  if  they  come  from  the  NE. ;  they 
appear  to  rise  in  a  great  measure  frora  local  circumstances,  inasmuch  as 
off  the  coast,  and  even  in  the  channel  they  are  less  frequent.  The  land 
winds  are  constant  during  the  night,  weak  from  May  until  October,  but 
fresh  in  the  dry  months  and  northerly  winds ;  sometimes  they  begin  to 
blow  at  9  p.  m.,  at  other  times  they  do  not  commence  until  early  morning, 
yet  they  almost  always  last  until  a  little  before  the  sea  breeze  sets  in  be- 
tween 9  and  10  a.  m.     Between  the  two  winds  there  is  an  interval  of  calm. 

Sailing  vessels  should  avoid  running  into  the  calm  near  the  Morro, 
especially  if  there  be  much  sea  outside.  From  May  till  October  storms 
from  the  SE.  take  place  all  along  the  coast,  when  the  weather  is  so  thick 
and  dirty  as  to  completely  obscure  it ;  during  which  it  is  dangerous  to 
endeavor  to  make  the  port,  as  it  is  then  difficult  to  recognize,  and  the  sea 
is  so  heavy  at  the  entrance  as  occasionally  to  close  it. 

El  Portillo,  24  miles  east  of  Cai)e  Cruz,  is  a  harbor  said  to  be  accessible 
to  vessels  of  large  size.  Good  temporary  anchorage  will  be  found  here 
for  vessels  of  the  heaviest  draft.  The  locality  may  be  known  by  three 
perpendicular  white  cliffs  on  the  western  side  of  the  harbor,  while  the 
land  on  the  eastern  side  is  low  and  marshy.  Both  points  of  entrance  are 
foul  to  a  short  distance,  but  the  reefs  which  skirt  them  are  steep-to,  and 
the  sea  breaks  upon  them.  The  interior  of  the  harbor  is  obstructed  by 
sand  banks,  which  are  generally  marked  out  by  stakes. 

Directions.— At  a  distance  of  1  mile  from  the  land,  after  bringing  the 
entrance  to  bear  N.  20°  W.  (N  23°  W.  mag.)  vessels  can  stand  in  con- 
fidently, as  there  is  no  danger  that  does  not  show. 

Shoal  water  extends  a  short  distance  from  each  point,  but  it  can  be 
readily  seen  from  a  ship's  deck. 

Vessels  drawing  12  feet  of  water  should  anchor  with  the  eastern  point 
bearing  S.  65'  E.  (S.  68°  E.  mag. )  in  about  5  fathoms  of  water.  Vessels 
of  less  draft  than  12  feet  can  proceed  inside  and  find  shelter  from  all  winds, 
but  the  anchorage  is  confined.  The  outside  anchorage  would  be  uneasy 
and  unsafe  with  winds  from  ESE.  to  south. 

About  12  miles  westward  from  Portillo  there  is  said  to  be  an  excellent 
reef  harbor,  called  Ensenada  de  Mora,  for  vessels  of  any  size,  with  no 
dangers  that  are  not  apparent  and  easily  avoided.  It  is  at  the  foot  of  the 
Ojo  del  Toro  Mountain,  and,  although  no  precise  directions  can  be  given 
for  it,  the  knowledge  of  its  existence  might,  in  emergency,  be  useful. 


;  i?IVERsiTY 


GENERAL  INDEX. 


A  general  index  has  been  added  to  these  Notes,  since  such  an  index  is 
necessary  in  a  work  partaking  somewhat  of  the  character  of  a  directory. 
With  the  index  it  is  hoped  that  besides  their  military  value,  the  Notes 
will  also  gain  in  value  as  a  directory  of  the  Island  of  Cuba. 

The  abbreviations  used  in  the  index  are  given  below  with  an  example 
of  their  application : 

I.— After  each  name  is  indicated  whether  it  is  a  province,  district,  city, 
etc.,  thus: 

Pr Province. 

J.  D Judicial  District. 

T Township. 

c- ...aty. 

t - Town. 

o.  V  - Outlying  villages. 

II. — Afte^  each  city,  district,  etc.,  is  given  the  province  in  which  it  is 
situated,  thus: 

P.  R  _ ._ Pinar  del  Rio  Province. 

H Habana  Province. 

M Matanzas  Province. 

S.  C Santa  Clara  Province. 

P.  P Puerto  Principe  Pro^'ince. 

S.  de  C - -  -  -Santiago  de  Cuba  Province. 

III. — After  each  name  a  short  indication  as  to  the  matter  on  the  par- 
ticular page  indicated,  thus : 

r.  r mentioned  on  this  page  as  being  on  a  certain  railroad. 

r mentioned  on  this  page  as  being  on  a  certain  road. 

desc on  this  page  a  description  of  the  locality. 

med on  this  page  medical  statistics  on  the  locality. 

t.  con  ...on  this  page  table  of  contents  relating  to  the  locality, 
t.  dis on  this  page  table  of  distances  including  the  locality. 

EXAMPLE. 

Habana,  Pr.  t.  con.-. See  this  page  for  table  of  contents  on 

Province  of  Habana. 

Habana,  J.  D.  H See  this  page  for  Judicial  District  of  Ha- 
bana in  the  Province  of  Habana. 

Habana,  T.  H See  this  page  for  Township  of  Habana, 

Province  of  Habana. 

Habana,  c.  H.  desc.  t.  con, .. See  this  page  for  table  of  contents  of  de- 
scription of  the  city  of  Habana,  Prov- 
ince of  Habana. 

(475) 


476  GENERAL   INDEX. 

Habana,  c.  H.  defenses,  t.  con..  .See  this  page  for  table  of  contents  on  the 

defenses  of  the  city  of  Habana,  Prov- 
ince of  Habana. 

Habana,  c.  H.  environs,  t.  con. .  .See  this  page  for  table  of  contents  on  the 

environs  of  the  city  of  Habana,  Prov- 
ince of  Habana. 

Habana,  c.  H.  r  r City  of  Habana,  in  Province  of  Habana, 

mentioned  as  on  a  certain  railroad  on 
this  page. 

Habana,  c.  H.  r City  of  Habana  in  Province  of  Habana 

mentioned  as  on  a  certain  road  on  this 
page. 

Habana,  c.  H.  med Medical  statistics  on  the  city  of  Habana 

in  Province  of  Habana  on  this  page. 

Habana,  c.  H.  t.  dis City  of  Habana  in  Province  of  Habana  in 

a  table  of  distances  on  this  page. 

Habana,  c.  H.  t.  dis.  r.  r City  of  Habana,  Province  of  Habana,  in 

a  railroad  table  of  distances  on  this 
page. 

Habana,  c.  H.  t.  dis.  r City  of  Habana,  Province  of  Habana,  in 

a  table  of  distances  of  a  road  on  this 
page. 


INDEX. 


A. 

Page. 

Abra  (El),  mt.,  P.  B 1-53 

AbreuB  (Loe),  T.,  S.  C 359,360 

t.,  S.  C,  desc 360 

t.diB.  S.C 328 

r 358 

-Taguaramas-Cienfuegos,  r., 

S.  C,  desc 353 

Acosto,  mt.,  P.  R 133 

Administration,  Spanish,  in  Cuba 5 

Afuera,  cay,  P.  K 139 

Agabama,  river,  S.  C,  desc 333 

Agama,  point,  S.  C,  desc 341 

Agicoal,  mt.,  P.  B 133 

Agriculture  in  Cuba 27 

Agricultural  products  of  Cuba 24 

Agua  Clara,  r.  r.  station,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r.  439 

Aguas  Benitas,  o.  v.,  S.  C 3T7 

Agnas  Nobles,  i  ver,  S.  C 333 

river,  P.  B.,  desc 134 

Verde,  o.  v.,  H 253 

Aguada  de  Moya,  o.  v.,  8.  C 375 

Pasajeros,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 361 

del  Cuba,  o.  v.,  H 2.56 

r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 352 

Aguacate  (Banos  del),  o.  v.,  M 317 

(El),  0.  v.,  S.  de  0 466 

t.  dis.  r 442 

-Matanzas  r.,  H.,  itinerary 304 

t.  dis 304 

r.  r.,  H.,  desc 303 

mt,  P.  B l:« 

o.  v.,  P.  P iOS 

P.  B 177 

port,  S.  de  C,  desc 446 

Agnate,  T.,  H 270 

t.,  H.,  desc 270 

t.  dis.  H 198 

r 304 

r.  r 224 

Agoada  Joeefina,  o.  v.,  P.  P.,  t.  dis.  r.  r..  401 

Agiiadita,  o.  v., S.C 366 

Agnado  (del  Cura),o.  v.,  H.,t.  dis.  r.  r-215,234 

lake,  S.  C,  desc 332 

port,  S.  C,  desc 332 

Aguadores,  Fortaleza  de,  S.  de  C,  desc —  468 

river,  3.  de  C 420,422 

Aguica,  o.  v.,M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 295 

desc 314 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  desc 298 

Aguila  Horquita,  cay,  U 207 

Agusta,  river,  S.  de  C.   (See  Guaut^namo 
river.) 


Page. 

Alacranes,  cays,  P.  P.,  desc : 396 

pass,  P.  B.,  desc  136, 397 

point,  P.  P.,  desc 396 

(See  Alfonso  XII.) 

Alava  (or  Vergara),  o.  v.,  M 314 

Albiyera,  lake,  M 286 

Alcatraces,  Boca  de,  anchorage,  S.  C,  desc  -  337 

channel,  S.  C,  desc 332 

Aldea  (Port  of  Batabano),  r.  r.  station,  H., 

t.  dis.  r.  r 215 

Alegre-Cruces,  r.  r.  (branch),  S.  C 343 

Alfonso  XII  (Alacranes),  t.,  M.,  desc 306 

Alfonso  XII-Gliines,  r.,  H.,  t.  dis 248 

J.  v.,  M 306 

-La  Union,  r.  r.,  M.,  desc 292 

-Matanzas,  r.,  M.,  desc 303 

-Sabanillo- Matanzas,  r.,t.  dis  -  305 

T.,M 306 

t.,  M.,  t.  dis.  M 282 

r 248,305 

Alfonsos  (Loe),  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459 

Algodonar,  point,  P.  B.,  desc 135,143 

Alicraeuz,  canal,  P.  B 133 

Almacenes  de  Canasi,o.v.,M 316 

(Los)  de  Jaruco.     (See  Jamco. ) 

.\Imacig08,  o.  v.,  P.  B 186 

Almedinas, reef^  S.C,  desc 335 

Almendares,  Puentede,  o.  v.,  H 269 

t.  dis.  r.  r.  213, 
215,234,269 

river,  H. ,  desc 58, 59, 101, 204 

Alonso  Bojas,  T.,  P.  B 186 

t.,P.  B.,  desc 186 

Alquizar-Artemisa,  r.,P.  B.,  .tinerary 173 

-Guanimar-Batabano,r.,H.,t.dis.  239 

T.,  H 275 

t.,H.,desc 275 

med 275 

t.dis.H 198 

r 239 

r.  r 209 

Alta  Gracia,  o.  v  ,  P.  P 408 

t.  dis.  P.  P 386 

Altamira-Zulueta,  r.  r.  (branch),  S.  C 343 

Altamiras,  river,  P.  P.,  desc 389 

Altamisal-Macagua(branch),r.r.,M.,desc-  302 
t.  dis.  302 

r.  r.,  M.,  desc 292 

itinerary 302 

o.  v.,  M.,  desc 311 

t.dis.r 303 

r.r 301. 30e 

Altares  (Los),  hills,  S.  de  C,  desc 421 


(477) 


478 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Alto  de  Aji,  hill,  P.  P 391,392 

Alto  Songo,  T.,  S.  de  C 443,464 

t,  S.  de  C,  desc 1 464 

t.  dig.  r.  r. „  437 

S.deC 416 

Alvarez,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 368 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dig.  r.  r 295 

-Santa  Clara,  r.,  S.  C,  degc 352 

itinerary  _  353 

t.  dig.,  S.  O 353 

t.,  r.  r.  Btation,  M.,  desc 299 

S.  C,  t.  dig.r :153 

Alvaro,  point,  S.  C 335 

Amarillas,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 312 

t.  dis.  r.  r 301 

river,  M.,  desc 286 

Amaro,  T.,  S.  C 359,366 

t.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  S.  C 328 

Amasabo,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459 

America,  r.  r.  station,  8.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r  __  439 
-Santiago  de  Cuba-Vireza,  r.  r.,  S. 

de  C,  desc 436 

Afiil,  o.  v.,  H 264 

Animal  life  in  Cuba 18 

Animas  (Las),  H.,  defenses,  desc 87 

redoubt,  H.,  defenses,  desc 89 

Anoil,  mt.,  S.  de  C,  desc 444 

Anton,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 399 

Antonio  de  Bio  Blanco  del  Norte,  t.,  H.,  t. 

dis.  H 198 

Antonio,  knoll  (bank),  P.  B.,  desc 143 

Aquila  Horquita,  cay,  H 207 

Arabos  (Los),  o.  v.,  M 314 

Arango,  o.  v.,  H 255 

S.  C 361 

Arcos  de  Diego,  mt.,  M.,  desc 285 

mt.,  P.  E 133 

Arenas,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 397 

Martinillas,  point,  P.  P 390 

o.  v.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 440 

point,  P.  P 391 

Ariguanabo,  lake,  H 202 

Arimao,  o.  v.,  8.  C,  desc 361 

river,  S.  C,  desc 330 

Arimo  Salado,  river,  8.  C 334 

Armonia,  o.  v.,  H ' 277 

Arriete,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 360 

Arroyo  Apolo,  o.  v.,  H 269 

-Arenas,  o.  v.,  H 254 

t.  dis.  r 238 

Arimao,  o.  v.,  8.  C,  t.  dis.  r 358 

Blanco,  o.  v.,  P.  P 404 

t.dis.  P.P 386 

r 403 

8.  de  C 466, 460, 466 

t.dis.r.r 439 

Colorado,  o.  v.,  P.  B 193 

Hondo,  o.  v.,  P.  B 186 

S.deC 451,46 

-la  PIata-8igua,r.r.,S.dcC.,de8c.  437 

Vioja.o.  v.,M 317 

Naranjo,o.v.,U 187,269 


Page. 

Arroyo  Naranjo,  o.  v.,  H.,  t.  dis.  r 242 

r.r 209 

Arroyos,  o.  v.,  P.  B 185 

Arroyo  Vuelto,  o.  v.,  H 271 

Arteraisa-Alquizar,  r.,  P.  B.,  itinerary 173 

c,  P.  B 132 

-Guanajay,  r.,  P.  R.,  itinerary  __  151 
-San  Cristobal,  r.,  P.  B.,  itinerary  152 

T.,  P.  B 176 

t.,  P.  B.,  t.  dis.  r 147 

r.  r 146 

Aserradero,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 468 

Asiento  Viejo,  lake,  S.  C,  desc 331 

Oeste,  o.  v.,  S.  C 376 

Xtares  (Castillo  de),  H.,  defenses 46, 68, 85 

Auguanabo,  lake,  H ■  204 

Auras,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 361, 456 

S.deC.,t.di8.r.r 439 

S.deC —  416 

Avalos,  point,  P.  B.,  desc 136 

Avila,  o.  v., P.  P.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 401 

Ay,  river,  S.  C,  desc 334 

Azficar,  river,  P.  B : 144 

Azul,  lake,S.  C 331 

Azules,  point,  S.de  C,  desc 425 

B. 

Babiney,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 449 

Bacanao,  river,  S.  deC 420 

Bacunagua,  o.  v.,  P.  B 192 

river,  P.B 134 

Bacanayagua,  o.  v.,  M 316 

river,  M.,  desc 286 

Bacurana,  river,  H 204 

Bacuranao,  anchorage,  H 208 

hill,  H 203 

or  Dolores,  o.  v.,  H 263 

Playa  de,  o.  v.,  H 263 

point,  H.,  desc 205 

Baez,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 378 

i,  o.  v.,  P.  P.,  desc 406 

point,  S.  de  C,  desc 425 

3,  o.  v.,  H 267 

Bahama,  channel,  pilotage,  S.de  C 445 

Bahia  de  Cadiz,  lighthouse,  desc 340 

cay,  8.  C,  desc 340 

Bahia  Honda,  c,  P.  B 132 

c,  P.  E.,  t.  dis.  r 165 

-CabaSas,  r.,  P.    B.,   itin- 
erary  168 

-Candelaria,  r.,  P.  R.,  itin- 
erary   of     road    across 

mountains 172 

harbor,  P.  B.,  sailing  di- 
rections   170 

T.,  P.  B 178 

t.,  P.  E.,  desc 138, 177 

med—  16,  16,17,178 

t.  dis.  gen x 

(La),o   v.,  P.B 179 

Baiguiri,  Port.     (See  Nueva   Salamanca, 
port.) 


INDEX. 


THS  -V 

EBSITY  I 


479=   ,^     J 


Pago. 

Bainoa,o.v.,H.,t.di8.r.r 224 

T.,  H 270 

t.,  H.,  desc 270 

t.,  H.,t.dis.  H 198 

Baire  Arriba,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 442 

o.v.,S.deC 449 

Baitiquiri,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C,  t. dis.  r 442 

port.S.deC 422 

Bailing  directions  __  452 

Baja,  bay,  P.  R.,  desc 144 

river,  P.  R.,  desc 134 

T.,  P.  R 183 

t.,  P.  R.,  desc 141, 183 

Rajiba  CasiIda,r.r.,S.C 343 

Bajo  Grande,  rock,  S.  de  C,  desc 447 

Balaudras,  channel,  S.  de  C,  desc 422, 431 

reef,  S.  de  C,  beacons 463 

Balcones,  cliff,  P.  R.,  desc 145 

Ballenatos,  cay,  P.  R.,  desc 142 

(Los),  islands,  P.  P.,  desc 407 

Bamo,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 442 

BanagUises,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 314 

o.  v.,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 302 

Banao,  o.  v.,  P.  P . 408 

S.C, 371 

Banes,  o.  v.,  S.  de  0 459 

port,  S.  de  C,  desc 461 

river,  P.R 134 

y  Quintana,  o.  v.,  P.  B 181 

Baiios  de  San  Juan,  o.  v.,  P.  B 191 

de  San  Pedro,  hamlet,  M.,  t.  dis.  r  _.  305 

Banza,  point,  H.,desc 205 

Baracoa,  Bayamo-,  r.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r —  442 
-Bayamo-Santiago  de  Cuba,  r.,  S. 

de  C,  desc 440 

c&ain,  mts.,  S.  de  C,  desc 461 

c,  S.  de  C,  hist 1,41 

mod 14 

t.  dis.  gen x 

r 442 

-Holguin-Sagua  de  Tanamo,  r., 

S.  de  C,  desc 440 

J.  D.,  S.  de  C 443 

o.  v.,  H 253 

port,  S.  de  C,  sailing  directions-  444 

river,  H.,  desc 204 

-Sagua  de  Tanamo-Holguin,  r., 

t.  dis.  S.  de  C 442 

T.,  S.  de  C 443 

t.,  S.  de  C,  desc 443 

med 444,445 

t.  dis.  r 442 

S.  de  C 416 

Barajagua,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459,460,464 

Barbacoas,  o.  v.,  P.  R 190 

Barcas  (Las),  point,  H..  desc 206 

Barcos,  channel,  M 285 

P.   R.,  desc 138 

S.  de  C,  desc 432, 463 

(de  los),  channel,  S.  C,  desc— .—  332 

Bariay,  port,  S.de  C.desc 458 

Bariguita,  reef,  S.  de  C,  desc 433 


Barignita,  river,  S.  de  C,  desc 420 

shoals,  S.  de  C,  desc 433 

Barlovento,   or  Pilot    Point,   lighthouse, 

P.  P.,  desc 408 

Barlovento,  point,  lighthouse,  S.  de  C 445 

or  Pilot  Point,  S.  de  C 4;« 

Baro,  r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 294 

Barrabas,  nit.,  P.  R 133 

Barrancas,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 448 

Barranconas,  o.  v.,  P.  R 191 

Barreto,  o.  v.,  H 264 

Barrigonas,  o.  v.,P.  R I'K) 

Barrio-rural,  o.  v.,  P.  R 177 

Barro,  hamlet,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 358 

Bartolo,  o.  v.,  P.  R -  183 

Bartolome,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 356 

-Tobar,  r.  r.  (branch),  S.  C 343 

Batabano,  Alquizar,  and  Guanimar,  r.,  H., 

t.  dis.  r 239 

anchorage,  H 208 

channel,  H.,  desc 251 

Gulf  of,  H.,  sailing  directions.-  251 

-Habana,  r. r.,  H.,  t. dis 215 

port,  H.,  desc 204 

t,dis.  r.  r 215 

T.,H 2.50 

t.,  H.,desc 250 

hist 41 

med 16 

t.  dis.H 198 

r 239,242 

r.r 105,215 

Batalla,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 314 

Bateria  (La),  Nueva  de  la  Kstrella,  S.  de  C-  408 
de  la  Reina,  H.,  defenses,  de8c_-68, 77 
de  Santa  Clara,  H., defenses,  desc_67,78 

Velazo,  H.,  defenses,  desc 68,70 

Batijas,  point,  H 206 

Battery  of  the  Twelve  Apostles,  H.,  de- 
fenses, desc 68 

Bauta  (Hoyo  Colorado),  T.,  H 250,253 

t.,  H.,  desc 253 

t.dis.  r  —  238 

Bay,  port,  S.  de  C,  desc 446 

Bayamo-Baracoa,  r.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 442 

cave,  S.  de  C 419 

c,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 441,442 

-Holguin,  r.,  S.  de  C,  desc 440 

itinerary  _  441 

t.  dis.  r 441 

J.  D.,  S.  de  C 443 

-Las  Tunas,  r.,  t.  dis.  S.  de  C  —  440 
-ManzanlUa,  r.,  S.  de  C,  desc—  440 
-Mauzanillo,  r.,  S.  de  C,  itinerary  441 
t.  dis.  r_  441 
-Santiago  de  Cuba-Baracoa,  r.,  S. 

de  C,  desc 440 

T.,  S.  de  C 443,447,448 

t.,  S.  de  C,  desc 448 

med 16,448 

t.  dis.  gen x 

r 440 


480 


INDEX. 


Bayamot.S.deC.S.  de  C 416 

-Tuna8(La8),r.,S.  deC,  itinerary  440 

Bayate,  o.  v.,  P.  B 191 

Bayato,  river,  P.  B '-  134 

Bay  Point,  S.  de  C,  desc 446 

railroad  from  Matanzas,  H.,  desc 104 

Baxa,  cape,  S.  de  C 421 

Bazan,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 455 

Becunayagua,  anchorage,  M 290 

Bejacal-Bincun-Jesfis  del  Monte,  r.,  H., 

desc 108 

J.  D.,  H 249,250 

T.,  H 250,253 

t,  H.,  desc 202,253 

med 16 

t.  dig.  r . 242 

r.  r 215,234 

H 198 

Bellamar,  caves,  M.,  desc 285 

(Playade),  o.  v.,  M 317 

Bella  Paps  (La),  mts.,  S.  C,  desc 336 

Beltran,  o.  v.,  H 253 

Bemba,  t.,  M.     (See  Jovellanos  (Bemba), 
t.,  M.) 

(Soledad  de),  o.  v.,  M 313 

Bermeja,  o.  v.,  M 307 

t.  dis.  r.  r 293 

Benavides,  r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r-  292, 293 

Bermejal,  o.  v.,  M 317 

Bermejales,  o.  v.,  P.  E 193, 194 

Bermuda,  t.  dis.  fr.  Habana ^ 5 

Bemia,  o.  v.,  S.  C 377 

Berracos,  cays,  P.  P.,  desc 397 

point,  S.de  C,  desc 421 

Bibian,  cay,  H 207 

Bijaba-Casilda,  r.  r.,  S.  C,  itinerary 352 

t.dis 352 

Bija,  o.  v.,  M 307 

Bibyagua  (La),  point,  H.,  desc 206 

Biramo,  river,  S.  de  C 420 

Bl^k  Mangrove,  point,  P.  P.,  desc 396 

Blanco,  cay,  M.,  desc 288 

cay,  P.  P.,  desc 397 

cay,  P.  B 136,144 

cay,  S.C,  desc 381,388 

pass,  P.  B.,  desc 136 

river,  P.  B 134 

Zarza,  cay,  S.  C,  desc 341 

Blanquizal,  o.  v.,  8.  de  C 456,462 

Blue  (Turquino)  Peak,  mt.,  S.  de  C,  desc.  418 

Boca,  o.  v.,  M 317 

Boca,  o.  v.,  P.  B 181 

BocadeAlcatraces,  anchorage,  8.  C,  desc.  337 
Caballones.    (See  Caballones Chan- 
nel.) 

Guanabo,  o.  v.,  H 271 

Jaruco,  o.  v.,  11 271 

Marcos,  anchorage,  8.  C,  desc 337 

del  Quibo,  inlet,  H 202 

(La)de  Jaruco,  o.  v.,  H.,  t.  dis.  r 244 

-Janice,  r.,  H., t.dis 244 

(Sm  iMbela  (L*).) 


Boca«,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

Bocas  (Dos),  o.  v.,  8.  de  C,  t.  dis.  8.  de  C  _  416 

Bolondron,  t.,  M.,  t.  dis.  M 282 

r 305 

r.r 293 

T.,  M 306,307 

t.,  M.,  desc 307 

Boma,  port., S.de  C.,desc 445 

Boniato,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 437 

Bonito,  cay,  S.  C,  desc 337 

Boquerones,  cay,  P.  B.,  desc 144 

Bosque,  r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 349 

Boston,  t.  dis.  fr.  Habana,  c 6 

Botijas,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 4«5 

Botina,  o.  v.,  M 316 

Boyeros,  o.  v.,  H 256 

Braguetudos,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 460 

Brava,  point,  P.  P 390 

point,  S.  de  C,  desc 424 

Braze  Cauto,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 465 

de  Viaba,  lake,  S.  C,  desc J  331 

Breton,  cay,  S.  C,  desc 339 

Brigand,  cay.     (See  Palomas,  cay.) 

Broa  (de  la),  bay,  H.,  desc 207 

Brujo,  mt.,  P.  B 133 

Brujitos,  mt,  P.  B 133 

Buba,  shoal.     (See  Mangle  (del)  or  Buba, 
shoal.) 

Bueicito,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 448 

BuenaEsperanza,  l)ank,  S.  deC.,  desc_  431,432 

Ventura,  o.  v.,  H 255 

t.  dis.  r 242 

Vista,  o.  v.,  8.  C,  desc 375 

o.  v.,  P.  P.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 401 

Buenaventura,  o.  v.,  P.  P 410 

Buenavista,  canal,  P.  B 133 

cay,  H 207 

P.  B.,  desc 137, 139 

mt.,  P.  B 133 

o.  v.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 356 

pass,  P.  B.,  desc 138, 139, 140 

river,  P.  B.,  desc 134 

T.,  8.  C 369,373 

t,  8.  C.,desc 373 

Buenos  Ayres,  t.  dis.  fr.  Habana 6 

Buey  Cauto,  river,  S.  de  C 420 

Bufeo,  point,  8.  do  C,  desc 421 

Biyamey,  point,  II.,  desc 206 

Buren,  rock,  S.  de  C,  desc 444 

Burgada,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 395 

C. 

Cabagan,  river,  8.  O 334 

o.  v.,  8.  C 379 

Cabaiguan,  o.  v.,  8.  0 371 

t.  dis.  r 368 

Caballones,  channel    or  Boca  de  Cabal- 

lones,  P.  P.,  desc 396 

Caballos,  mt.,  Isle  of  Pines,  H 267 

Caba&a,  Castillo  de,  H.,  defenses,  desc 46 

-Cojimar-Habana-Morro,    r.,   H., 
d«w 106 


INDEX. 


481 


Page. 

Cabana,  H.,  defenses,  desc 68,73 

hill,  H.,  desc 103 

-Morro,   H.,  secret    passage,   de- 
fenses, desc 75 

river,  S.  de  C 420 

(S.  Carlos  de  la),  hill,  H 203 

Cabanas,  anchorage,  P.  B.,  sailing  direc- 
tions   179 

-Bahia  Honda,  r.,  P.  K.,  itinerary-  168 

Bateria  de,  S.  de  C,  desc 468 

-Coloma-Cerro  (El)-Mariel,  r.,  H., 

desc 108 

Mariel,  r.,  P.  R.,  itinerary 165 

river,  P.  B.,  desc 134 

T.,  P.  B 175,179 

t.,  P.  E.,  desc 179 

med 16,17 

t.  dis.  r 165 

Cabezadas,  o.  v.,  P.  P.,  desc 405 

Cabezade  Toro,  o.  v.,  S.  C 361 

Vaca,  point,  H 205 

Cabezas,  cay,  M.,  desc 287 

o.  v.,  P.  B 185,188 

Cabillas,  lake,  M—    285 

Cabo,  lake,  S.  C 331 

o.  v.,  P.  B 184 

Pepe,  point,  H 206 

Cabonica,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 442 

Cabonico,o.v.,  S.de  C 460 

port,  S.deC,  desc 461 

Cabras,nit.,  P.B 133 

Cabreras  (de  las),  river,  P.  P.,  desc 389 

Cabrestante,  bank,  H 51 

Cacarajicara,  mt.,  P.  B 133 

Cacao,  cay,  S.  C,  desc 337 

Cachimba,o.v.,H 276 

Cacimba,  point, S.de  C 431 

Cacocun,  o.v.,S.deC 459 

t.dis.r 441 

Cagio, river,  H.,  desc 206 

Caibarien,  anchoi-age,  S.  C,  desc 342 

-Camajuani-Placetas,  r.  r  ,  S.  C, 

desc •.• 343 

-Cifuentes,r.r.,S.  C.,desc 343 

itinerary  _  349 

t.dis.S.C 349 

(or  Jiguiba),  river,  S.  C ^ —  333 

-Placeta8,r.  r.,S.C.,de8c 343 

port,  S.  C,  sailing  directions —  374 
-Bemedios-Sancti     Spiritus-San 

Andres,  r.r.,S.C 376 

-Sancti  Sp'iritus,  r.r.,  S.  C,  itin- 
erary   350 

-Sancti  Spiritus,  r.  r.,  t.  dis.  S.  C  _  350 

T.,S.  C 359,373 

•  t.,S.C.,desc 373 

med 15 

t.  dis.  r.r 349,350,351 

S.C 328 

Oaignanabo,mt.,  P.  B 133 

o.v.,P.E 187 

Caiman,  bluff,  P.  B.,  desc 145 


Page. 

Caiman,  cay  ,P.  P.,  desc 392 

Caimaneia,  harbor,  lighthouse,  S.  de  C 455 

S.  deC.,de8c 464 

-Jamaica,  r.  r.,  S.  de  C,  desc 436 

o.  v.,S.  C,  desc 361,451 

S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 439 

S.  de  C 416 

Caimanes,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 465 

Caimito-Guanajay,  r.,  P.  B. ,  itinerary 148 

loading  station,  H 207 

o.  v.,  H - 268 

t.  dis.r 147 

P.  B 187 

t.  dis.  r 238 

t.,  P.  B.,  desc 181 

Cajio,  point,  H.,  desc 206 

Caj.'m,  point,  P.  B.,  desc 137 

Calabazar(or  Nueva  Cri8tina),o.v.,H 256 

t.di8.r.  242 

o.  v.,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 209 

S.  de  C 449 

T.,  S.  C 359,366 

t.,  S.  C,  desc 367 

t.  dis.S.  C 328 

Calabazas,  o.  v.,  S.  C 361 

Calaljana,  mt.,P.B 133 

Calapatch  Mehagen,  reef.  Isle  of  Pines, 

H.,  desc 261 

Caleta,  anchorage,  S.  de  C,  desc 435 

de  la  Leila,  inlet,  H _ 202 

point,  S.  de  C,  desc 427, 452 

Caletas  de  las  Cruces,  inlet,  H 202 

Calicito,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 462 

Calinete,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 312 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 301 

Cali8ito,o.v.,S.C 361 

Calunta  Babe,  mt.,  P.  B 133 

Calvario,  o.  v.,  H 269 

Calvo,o.v.,H 263 

Calzada  del  Cerro,  r.,  H.,  desc 58 

Palatino,  r.,  H.,  desc 58 

Camacho,  point,  M.,  desc 290 

Camajuani, o. v.,  S.C, t.dis.r 355 

-Placetas-Caibarien,  r.  r.,  S.  G., 

desc 343 

T.,  S.C 359,373 

t.,S.C.,desc 374 

t.  dis.  r.r 349,350 

S.C 328 

Camagney,  Pr.    (See  Puerto  Principe. ) 

Camagueyano,  mts.,P.P 388 

Camarioca,  anchorage,  M.,  desc 290 

river,  M.,  desc 286,290 

t.,M 290 

o.  v.,  M 317 

Camarones,J.D.,S.  C 359 

o.v.,S.C 361 

T.,S.C 360 

t,  S.C,  desc 360 

t.  dis.  r.r 348 

S.C 328 

Camboa,  river,  8.  C . 333 


482 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Camerones,  o.  v.,P.  R 187 

Camello,  point,  S.de  C 1 423 

Camino  Militar,  S.  de  C 469 

Beal,  or  Cniz  de  Piedra,  o.  v.,  H 253 

Camito,  lake,  S.  C,  desc 331 

Camoa,hill,H 203 

Campana,  o.  v.,  M 317 

Campanario,  mt.,  P.  K 133 

Campechuela,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 462 

Campii^a,  r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 352 

Canipo  Florido,  r.  r.  station.,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r.  224 

Cafiada  Kidge,  mt.,  Isle  of  Pines,  II 257 

Cananova,  inlet,  S.  de  C,  sailing  directions  4.55 

Canarreos,  archipelago,  S.  C,  desc 332 

bay,  8.  C,  desc 342 

channel,  S.  C,  desc 332 

(de  los),  archipelago,  H.,  desc.  203 
Canasi  (Almacenes  de).  (See  Almacenes  de 
Canasi.) 

anchorage,  M 290 

river,  H.,  desc 204 

T.,  M 306,315,316 

t.,  M.,  desc 316 

t.dis.,  M 282 

Caiia8(Iias),  o.v.,  P.B 176 

O.V.,  M 317 

t.dis.  r.r 146 

Canas,  river,  S.C : 334 

Candela,  o.  v.,  H 266 

Candelaria-Bahia  Honda,  r.,  P.  B.,   itin- 
erary of  road  across  mts 172 

mt.,  S.  deC,  desc 457 

o.v.,  H.,t.dis.r 247 

8.  dec 456 

t.  dis.  r.r 439 

T.,P.R 191 

t.,  P.B.,  desc 28,191 

t.dis.r 165 

r.r 146 

Canes,  beach,  S.  deC,  desc 423 

loading  station,  P.  B 139, 140 

point,  S.  de  C,  desc 423 

Caney,  point,  S.  C,  desc 341 

river, S.de  C 465 

T.,  S.deC 443,464 

t.,S.deC.,desc 461 

t.  dis.  r 442 

S.deC 416 

Cangre,o.v.,  P.B 188 

Cangrejeras,  o.v.,  H 253 

Caniroar,  o.v.,  M 316 

river,  M.,  desc 287,322 

Cannar,  point,  P.P 390 

Cannas,  lake,  S.  C.desc 3.31 

Canoa,  o.  v.,  H 264 

Canoas  (Las),  creek,  S.  C,  doscj. 332 

Cano(El),T.,H 250,254 

t.,  II.,  desc 264 

Canones,  point,  S.  do  C,  desc 426 

Cafiongo,  o.  v.,  M 311 

t.dis.  r 303 

Cafio,  o.v.,S.  deO 462 


Page. 

Canta  Banas,  o.  v.,  H 254, 209 

Cantel,  o.v.,M 308 

Cantiles,cays,P.  B.,  desc . 142 

Oaoba,  bay,  S.  de  C,  desc 421 

cay,  S.  de  C,  desc 454 

Caobas,  o.v.,  M.,desc 316 

t.  dis.  r.  r 292 

Caobillas,  o.  v.,  P.  P 408 

t.  dis.  P.  P 386 

Caovillas,  o.v.,  M 315 

Caiiellanias,  o.v.,  H 276 

Caperuza,  o.  v.,  P.  B 187 

Capitiin  Toma,8,  creek,  S.  C,  desc 332 

Capote,  o.  v.,  H 265 

Capricho  (El),  r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r.  351 

Caraballo,  o.  v.,  P.  B 193 

Carabatas,  river,  S.  C 333 

Carbas,  mt.,  M 286 

Caracucey,  o.  v.,  S.C 379 

Carabatas,  o.  v.,  S.  C 367 

Caranero,  cay,  H 207 

Carapacho,  point,  P.  P 391 

Caravela,  cay,  H 207 

Chica,  point,  P.  B.,  desc 136 

Caraveles,  anchorage,  P.  B.,  desc 146 

Cardenas,  c,  M.,  desc 46,48,308 

med 15,309 

t.  dis.  gen x 

M 282 

r 305 

r.  r 105 

295,301,302,344,352 

creek,  M.,  desc 285 

bay,  lighthouse,  M.,  desc 310 

M.,  desc 309,310 

sailing  directions 310 

-Bemba  (^Jovellanos),  r.  r.,  M., 

hist 29 

-Bemba  (Jovellanos)    -Santa 

Clara,  r.  r.,  M.,  desc 292,343 

itinerary 295 

t.  dis 295,344 

-Bemba    (Jovellanos)  -Venero- 

San  Juan,  r.,  M.,  desc 303,305 

J.  D.,  M 306,308 

-JCicaro-Yaguaramas,  r.  r.,  itin- 
erary  352 

-JCicaro-Yaguaramas,  r.  r.,  M., 

t.  dis 301,352 

-Betamal-Yaguaranias,  r.  r.,  S. 

C,  desc 343 

T.,  M 306,308 

-Yaguaramas,  r.  r.,  M.,  desc.—  292 

Carenage,  bight,  S.  de  C,  de«ic 458 

Carenas,  cay,  S.  C,  dose 366 

Caroiiero,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 391 

S.C,  desc 337 

o.v.,  P.B 183 

Carmacho,  lake,  M 286 

Carmelo  (El), o.v.,  11 269 

Carolina,  o.v.,  M 311 

Cartagona-Palmira-Bodas, r. r., S. C.desc.  343 


INDEX. 


483 


Page. 
Cartaguna^Palmira-Bodas,  r.  r.,S.  C.,itin- 

eniry 350 

Cartagena-Palmira-Rodas,  r.  r.,  S.  C.,t. dig_  350 

T.,  S.  C 35U,  36<t 

desc 360 

t.  dis.  r.  r 350 

t.,S.C.,t.di8.S.  C 328 

Casa  Blanca,  o.  v.,H 269 

Casariego,  r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 351 

Casasdel  Sur,  mt.,  Isle  of  Pines,  H 257 

Casas,  river,  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,  desc 2i>^ 

Cascajal,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 360 

Casco  de  San  Vicente,  bank,  S.  de  C,  desc-  457 

Cascorro,  o.  v.,  P.  P.,  t.  dis.  P.  P 386 

r 403,408 

Casigna,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 396 

Casiguas,  T.,  H 270,271 

t.,  H.,desc 271 

Casilda,  anchorage,  S.  C 342 

-Bijaba,  r.  r.,  S.  C! 343 

itinerary 352 

t.dis 352 

harbor,  S.  C.,,-'<?sc 379 

o.  v.,  S.  C,  de»o 379 

t.  dis.  r 354 

r.  r 352 

point,  S.  C,  desc 335 

-Santa  Clara-Trinidad,   r.,  S.  C, 

desc 352 

-Santa  Clara-Trinidad,  r.,  S.  C, 

itinerary 355 

-Santa  Clara-Trinidad,  r.,  t.  dis. 

S.  C 354 

Casimba  Abajo,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 451 

Arriba,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 451 

Casisey  Abfyo,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 451 

Arriba,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 451 

Castilla,  o.  v.,  H 271 

Castillo  de  iCtares,  H.  defenses,  desc 46 

Jagua,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 361 

la  Cabana,  H.  defenses,  desc 45 

la  Fuerza,  H.  defenses,  hist 67 

la  Punta,  H.  defenses,  desc 45, 76 

hist 67 

del  Morro,  H.  defenses,  hist 67 

desc_  45,68,71 

hill,  H.,  desc 45 

Principe,  H.  defenses,  desc 46, 

69,87 
San  Severino,  M.,  defenses,  desc—  320 

Catalina,  o.  v.,  P.  E 184 

T.,  H 265, 266 

t.,H.,  desc 266 

t.diB.gen x 

H 198 

(La),  t.,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 2:i6 

Caunao,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 361 

river,  S.  C.  ,de8c 334 

Caurege,  o.  v.,  S.de  C 448 

Cauto  Abajo,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

Baire,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

Cristo,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 469 


Page. 

Cauto  del  Paso,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 449 

£inbarcadero,o.T.,S.deC 448 

t.  dis.  S.  de  C-  416 

river,  S.  de  C,  desc 8, 419 

Cayaguaneque, port,  S.de  C,  desc 446 

Cayaguani,  t,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 354 

Cayaguanteje,  river,  P.  R.,  desc 134 

CayajaboB,  o.  v.,  H 267 

T.,P.R 175,180 

t.,P.B.,desc 180 

Cayama,  lake,  S.  C,  desc 331 

Cayamos,  point,  H.,  desc 206 

Cayo,  canal,  P.  R 133 

Moa, port, S.de  C, desc 447 

Smith-Cobre,  r.  r,,  S.  de  C,  desc 436 

O.V.,  S.de  C 465 

Cay  OS  de  Moa,  islets,  S.  de  C,  desc 430 

San  Felipe,  o.  v.,  P.  R 190 

Cayuagua-Sagua  la  Grande,  r.  r.  (branch), 

S.C 343 

Cazonas,  bay,  S.  C,  desc ^_  342 

Cazones,  bay,  S.  de  C.,desc_- 434 

gulf  of,  P.  R.,  desc 141 

Cebollas,  port,  S.  de  C,  sailing  directions-  465 

Cedro  (Del),  creek,  S.  C,  desc 332 

Cega,  o.  v.,  P.  B 185 

Ceiba  del  Agna,  T.,  H 275,276 

t.,  H.,  desc 276 

t.dis.r.r 213 

O.V.,  P.P 404 

Ceja  Ana  de  Luna,  o.  v. ,  P.  R 190 

de  Herradura,  o  v.,  P.  R 193 

Pablo,  T.,  S.  C 359,367 

t.,  S.  C 366 

Central  Santa  Lucia,  o.  v.,  S.de  C 456 

Cervantes,  T.,  M 312 

t.,M.,  desc 312 

t.  dis.  M 282 

r.  r 295 

Cerro,  Calzada  del,  r.,  H.,  desc 58 

de  Cabra,  mt.,  P.  R.,  desc 133 

(El),  hill,  H.,  desc 46,49,203 

-Mariel- Cabaiias- Colonia,  r., 

H.,  desc 108 

O.V.,  H.,  desc 43,49,121 

t.  dis.  r 238 

Guayabo,  r.r.  station,  S.de  C, 

t.dis.  r.r 439 

point,  S.  de  C 423 

Chacon,  o.v.,  P.R 180 

Chambas,  o.v.,  P.P.,  desc 405 

t.dis.  P.P 386 

r 356 

Chamizo,  O.V.,  P.R 186 

Charcas,  o.v.,  S.  C 361 

Charco,  lake,  M 285 

las  Damas,  lake,  S.C,  desc 332 

Hondo,  river, S.C 333 

Charco  Seiba,  lake,  S.  C,  desc 331 

Charleston,  t.  dis.  from  Habana,  c 5 

Charrito,  mt.,  P.P 3JB8 

Chavaleta,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 460 


484 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Chicharro,  o.  v.,  H 277 

Chicharron,  o.  v.,  H 276 

Chirigola,  t.,  P.  B.,de8c 194 

Ohirino,  o.  v.,  M 317 

Choco,  lake,  M 285 

marsh  (salt),  M.,  desc 286 

Chorrera,  harbor,  H.  defenses 41 

desc 56 

-La  Playa  de  Marianao,  r.,  H., 

desc 114 

-Marianao-Habana,  r.,  H.,desc_  109 

o.  v.,  H.,  desc 59, 105, 112, 269 

-Puentes  Grandes,  r.,  H.,  desc._  113 
river.     (See  Almendares  river.) 
-Vedado-Habana, suburban  line, 

H.,  desc 106 

Cldra,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 323 

t.  dis.  r.  r 293 

Ci^o  Alonso,  o.  v.,  S.  C .360 

de  iCvila,  t.,  P.  P.,  desc 404 

med 16,405 

t.  dis.  P.  P 386 

r 402 

(El),  o.  v.,  M 314 

Moutero,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 360 

point,  S.  C,  desc 341 

r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 351 

Cifenaga  de  Zapata,  marsh,  S.  C,  desc 335 

peninsula,  S.  C,  de8c_  335 

Marianao,  r.,  H.,  desc 108 

o.  v.,  H.,  desc 119,269 

t.  dis.  r.  r 215,234 

swamp.  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,  desc 257 

Cienfuegos-Abreus  (Los)-Yaguaramas,  r., 

S.  C,  desc 353 

t.  dis 358 

Cienfuegoe,c.,  S.  C.deec 46,48,331,361 

med 15 

t.  dis.  gen x 

r 357, 368 

r.  r 105,348 

S.  C 328 

-GUinia  Miranda-Venero  San 
Juan-SanctiSplritus,  r.,  S.C., 

desc 353 

harbor,  lighthouse,  S.  0 365 

desc 362 

sailing  directions 363 

-Isabela,  r.r.,S.  C,  itinerary__  344 

J.  D.,  S.  C,  desc 24, 330, 359, 360 

or  Xagua,  bay,  S.  C,  desc.  342, 362 

o.v.,S.deC 449 

-Sta.  Clara,  r.  r.,  S.  C,  desc 343 

itinerary  348 

t.  dis 348 

T.,  S.C 360,361 

-Za/.a-Sancti  Spiritus,  r.,  S.C, 

desc 363 

-Zaza-Sancti  Spiritus,  r.,  t.  dis. 

S.C -  358 

Cifuentes^^aibari^D,  r.r.,  8.  C,  desc 343 

itinerary.  349 


Page. 

Cifuentes-CaibariSn,  r.  r.,t.  dis.  8.  C 349 

t.,  S.  C,  desc 366 

t.dis.  r 354 

r.  r 349 

S.  C 328 

Ciguatos,  beach,  S.  de  C,  desc 422 

Cimarrones,  mt.,  M 286 

T.,  M 306,308,311 

t.,  M.,  desc 311 

t.  dis.  M 282 

r 303,305 

r.  r 295 

Cinco  Leguas,  cay,  8.  C,  desc 334 

Cirioles,  point,  S.  C,  desc 382 

Claudio,  o.  v.,  M 314 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 293 

Climate  of  Cuba 8 

Cobarrubias,  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 450 

Cobos,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 399 

Cobre-Cayo  Smith,  r.  r.,  S.  de  C,  desc 436 

Cobre  (El),  T.,  S.  de  C 443, 464, 465 

t.,S.deC.,de8C 463 

med—. 16,465 

t.dis X 

r 442 

S.deC 416 

mt.,S.de  C.,desc 424 

point  del,  H.,  desc 205 

Cochinos,  bay,  S.  C,  desc 335, 342 

Cocoa  Plum,  cay.  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,  desc 261 

Coco,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 393, 399 

Cocosolo,  o.  v.,H 274 

Cojimar,  anchorage,  H 208 

battery,  H.  defenses,  desc 93 

-Cabana- Morro-Habana,  r.,  H., 

desc 106 

-Guanabacoa-Kegla,  r.,  H.,  desc.-  107 

o.  v.,  H.,  defenses 41 

desc 43, 103, 126, 26:i 

river,  H.,desc 204 

Coliseo,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 316 

t.dis.r 303 

r.r 292 

Coloma-Cabaiias-Mariel-Cerro  (EI),  r.,  H., 

desc 108 

-Habana,  r.,  P.  K.,t.  dis 147,238 

o.  v.,  P.  K.,  t.  dis.  r 238 

port,  P.  R.,  desc 189 

t.dis.r 147 

river  (mouth  of),  P.  R.,  notes 165 

P.  R 134 

Colon-Guarciras,  r.  r.,  M.,  desc 292 

J.D.,M 306,312 

o.  v.,  P.  B 188 

T.,  M 306, 312 

t.,  M.,  desc 313 

med 16,313 

t.dis.  gen x 

M 282 

r.  r 296 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  desc 298 

Colorada,  point,  P.  R.,  dose 135 


INDEX. 


485 


Page. 

Colorado  reefs,  P.  B.,  desc 137, 143 

shoal,  buoy,  S.  de  C 471 

S.  deC.desc 472 

Colorados,  o.  v.,  S.  C 375 

point,  P.  R.,  desc 137 

S.  de  C,  desc 431 

Commerce  of  Cuba 27 

Compadres,  shoal,  buoy,  S.  de  C 471 

Compostizo,  o.  v.,  H 270 

Concepcion  de  Tiarriba,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

Banchnelo,  r.  r.  (branch),  S.  C_  343 

Concha,  belt,  r.,  H.,  desc 111 

Luyano-Gnanabacoa,  r.,  H.,desc_  108 
O.V.,  S.  C.     (iSe«l8abela(La),  O.V., 
S.C.) 

r.r. station,  S.C,  desc 346 

Concordia,  o.  v.,  H 267 

Concuni,  o.v.,  M 316 

Condado,  o.t.,S.C 379 

t.dis.r 354 

Oonfites,  oay,  P.  P.,  desc-_, 391 

Congo,  O.V.,  S.deC i 462 

Congojas,  o.  v.,  S.  C 365 

t.  dig.  r.r 350 

Consolacion,  t.,  P.  K.     {See  Consolacion  del 
Norte  (or  Dolores),  t.,  P.  R.) 

Consolacion  del  Norte,  T.,  P.R 186,187 

(or  Dolores),  t.,  P. 

R.,  t.dis 147 

(or  Dolores),  t.,  P. 

B.,  t.  dis.  r 147 

(or  Doloies),  t.,  P. 
R.,t.dis.r.r_  105,147 
8ur-Palacio8,  r.,  P.  R., 

itinerary 156 

-Pinar  del  Rio,  r.,  P. 

R.,  itinerary 160 

t.,  P.  B 187 

t.,  P.  R.,  desc__  132,187 

t.  dis.  r.  r  _  146 

Contra  Maestre,  hamlet,  P.  P.,  t.  dis.  r— _  403 

Contreras,  o.  v.,  M 312 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 295 

Corojal,  cay,  M.,  desc 289 

Corona  de  Matemillos,  reef,  M 291 

Corral,  o.  v.,  H 267 

Falso,  o.  T.,  M.,  desc 314 

t.  dis.  M 282 

r.  r 294 

Corral  Nuevo,  lake,  M 285 

T.,  M 306, 315, 316 

t.,  M.,  desc 316 

t.  dis.  M 282 

Corralillo,  o.  v.,  H 253 

P.  R 177 

S.deC 466 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r  __.  294 

t.,  S.  C,  desc 367 

t.  dis.  S.  C 328 

Corralillos,  o.  v.,  S.  G 361 

Corrahto,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 456 

Corrientee,  bay,  P.  B.,  deec ,  145 


Page. 

Corrientes,  cape,  P.  B.,  desc 137 

Cortes,  bay,  P.  R 145 

lake,  P.  R.,  desc 133 

o.  v.,  P.  R 186 

Coma,  cay,  H 207 

Cotilla,  cave,  H.,  desc 203 

Cotorras,  o.  v.,  M 317 

Cotorro  (El),  o.  v.,  H 265 

Courts  of  Santa  Clara 329 

Crimea,  r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 293 

Cristal  Range,  mts. ,  8.  de  C,  desc 461 

Cristo,  cay,  S.  C,  desc 369 

o.T.,S.de  C 464 

t.dis 416 

r.r 437 

Cri8t.'»bal,  cays,  S.  C,  desc 337 

Cruces,  o.  v.,S.  de  C 459 

river,  S.C,  desc 334 

-A.legre,  r.  r.  (branch),  S.  C 343 

-Isabela-Sagua,  r.r.,  S.C 343 

(Las),  r.r.  station,  S.C,  desc 348 

T.,8.C 359,360,365 

t:,S.C.,desc 365 

t.dis 328 

r.  r 344,  348 

-Nnevas,  r.  r.  (branch),  S.  C 343 

Cruz,  cape,  beacons,  S.  de  C 463 

lighthouse,  S.  de  C  ,  desc 435 

pilotage,  S.  de  C 431 

reef,  S.deC,  desc 431,434 

cay,  H 207 

P.  P.,  desc 391 

dePiedra,  o.v.,H.    (iSe«CaminoReal, 
o.v.,H.) 

del  Padre,  cay,  M.,  desc 287 

lighthouse,  M.,  deac 288 

O.V.,  H 271 

shoal,  M.,  desc 289 

(La),  o.  v.,  8.  C,  desc 378 

point,  S.deC,  desc 472 

Cnaba,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 469 

Cudbitas,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 437 

Cuanado,  river,  P.  P.,  desc 389 

Cuatro  Caminos  de  Falcon,  o.  v.,  H 254 

t.  dis.  r.  247 

Esquinas,  o.  v.,  M 314 

Reales,  channel,  P.  P.,  desc 411 

S.deC,  desc 432 

Cuba  in  general ix 

Cubitas  Arriba,  o.  v.,  P.  P 408 

cave,  P.  P 388 

caves,  8.  C, desc 333 

mts.,  P.  P 388 

S.C,  desc 333 

Cuchillas  de  S.  Sebastian  y  de  Gavilanes, 

mt.,  P.B 133 

Cuchillas, o. v.,  S.deC 166 

Cueva,  port,  S.  de  Cdesc 446 

Cuevitas,  T.,  M 306,312 

t.,M.,desc 313 

t.di8.M 282 

r.  r 294 


486 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Culebra,  cay,  H.,de8c 206 

Cumanayagua,  o.  v.,  M.,  t.  dig.  r 305 

S.C.,t.di8.r 367 

r.  r 294 

(Santa  Cruz  del),  o.  v.,  S.  C, 

desc 361 

Cumberland,  harbor.     (See  Guantiinamo, 
port.) 

Cumbre  (La),  o.  v.,  H 316 

mt.,  U 286 

Capeicillos,  o.  v.,  8.  de  C 456 

Cupey,  hamlet,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 442 

Curces,  anchorage,  P.  B.,  desc 146 

Curiana,  point,  P.  P 390 

Curua,  point,  P.  P 391 

Cuyaguataje,  river,  P.  B.,  desc 184 

Cuyoguatije  (or  Guane),  mt.,  P.  B 183 

Cuzco,  mt..  P.B 134 

D. 

Dagame,  r.r. station,  H.,  t.  dis.r.  r 209 

Daguilla,  mt..  Isle  of  Pines,  H 257 

Daiquiri- Vinent,  r.r.,S.  de  C,  desc 437 

Dajas,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

Damajayabo,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 464 

Damuji,  river,  S.  C.,desc 334 

Datil.o.  v.,  S.  de  C 448 

Dayanguas,  bay,  P.  B 146 

Dayaniguas,  o.  v., P.B 194 

Delicias,  o.  v.,  H 255 

Deseada,  hamlet,  P.  P.,  t.  dis.  r 403 

Diamante  de  Afuera,  shoal,  S.  de  C 471 

Diana  Cay,  lighthouse,  M.,  desc 310 

lighthouse,  M 289 

Diego,  cay,  P.  B.,  desc 136,140 

pass,  P.  B.,  desc 141 

Perez,  cay,  P.  B.,  desc 141 

S.  de  C,  desc 434 

Dios,  cay,  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,  desc 262 

cays,  P.  P.,  desc 397 

Diseases  and  hygiene  in  Cuba 9 

Distances  in  Cuba,  table  of x 

Doce  Leguas,  cays,  S.  C,  desc 340,432 

Dolores.     (See  Bacuranao,or  Dolores.) 

t.,  P.  B.     (See  ConsolaciOn    del 
Norte  (or  Dolores), t.,  P.  E. ) 
Dolphin  Head,  or  Mount  Jose,  mt.,  Isle  of 

Pines,  H.,de8c 267 

Domingo  Pablo,  o.  v.,  H 2G4 

Dominguez,  o.  v.,  P.  P.,t.di8.  r.  r 401 

Dominica,  river,  P.  B 134 

Dofta  Maria,  o.  v.,  H 256 

Dorados  (Los),  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

Dos  Bocas,  o.  v.,  8.  de  C ; 464 

t.  dis.  r.  r 437 

Dos  Caminos,  o.  v.,  8.  do  C 466 

t.  dis.  r.  r 437 

Dos  Palmas,  o.  v.,  8.  de  C 4&i 

Dry  8hingle,  reef.  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,  desc..  261 

Duaba,  beach,  8.  deC — 423 

o.  v.,  8.  de  C 443 

point,  8.  do  C,  desc 423,424 


Page. 

Duran,  o.  v.,  H.,  desc 255 

t.  dis.  r.  r 234 

E. 

Earthquakes  in  Cuba 28,419 

East  Guane  Cay,  P.  B.,  desc 141 

Eastern  Channel,  P.  P.,  desc 394 

Ebano,  point,  P.P 391 

Education  in  Cuba 26 

Egidos,  o.  v.,  8.  C 375 

Empalme.r.  r.  junction,  M.,  desc 317 

station,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 224, 2.36 

Encrucijada,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 349 

Enraroada  (San  Luis  de),  o.  v.,  8.  de  C 466 

Ensenada  de  Amiot,  o.  v.,  P.  B 179 

la  Broa,  bay,  H.,  desc 207 

Entrada,  o.  v.,  8.  de  C 459 

Ermitaiio,  o.  v.,  8.  de  C 465 

Escalera,  o.  v.,  H 271 

Escondido,  anchorage,  M 290 

bay,  H 203 

point,  M.,  desc 290 

port,  S.deC,  desc 429,453 

river,  M.,de8c 286 

Eslabones,  cays,  P.  B.,  desc 140 

Esperanza  (La),  o.  v.,  P.  B 190 

T.,S.C 369,376 

t.,  S.  C,  desc 376 

r 353 

t.  dis.  r.r 344,348 

S.C 328 

Esperon,  mt.,  P.  B 133 

Esquina  de  Tejas,  o.  v.,  M 312 

Estaca,  bay.    (See  Mangle  Bay.) 

point,  8.  de  C 422 

Este,  point  del,  H 206 

Punta  del,  anchorage.  Isle  of  Pines, 

H.,  desc 257 

Estero,  o.  v.,  P.  P.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 401 

Esteron,  o.  v.,  8.  de  C 455 

shoal,  8.  de  C,  desc 450 

F. 

Ffibrica,  cays,  8.  C,  desc -337 

creek,  8.  de  C,  desc 419 

Facenda,  o.  v.,  M 316 

Falcones,  mts.,  8.  C 337 

Feliciano,  shoal,  H.,  desc 52 

Felipe,  t.,  H.,  t.  dis.  H 198 

Feneme,o.v.,8.deC 460 

Ferdinanda  de  Xag^a.     (See  Cienfuegos)  _  363 

Fernandez,  r.  r.  station,  8.  C  ,  t.  dis.  r.  r 352 

Fernandina  Island,  hist 1 

Ferrocarril  de  Cardenas-Jticaro, r.r. com- 
pany  292,343 

Ferrocarril  de  Cienfuegos-Santa  Clara,  r.  r. 

com|iany 343 

Ferrocarril  de  Holguin,  r.  r.  company 436 

Matiinzus,  r.  r.  company 292 

Puerto    Principo-Nuovitas, 
r.r.  company 400 


J 


INDEX. 


487 


Page. 
Ferrocarril  de  Sagua  la  Grande,  r.  r.  com- 
pany, desc 343 

Unidos  de  Caibarien,  r.  r. 

company,  desc 343 

Unidos,  r.  r.  company 291,292 

Ferro  (Potrero  Ferro,  or  Mazorro),  o.  t., 

H.,  t.  dig.  r.  r 215, 234 

Figueras,  o.  v.,M 316 

Filipinas,  channel,  S.  C,  desc 332 

Firuicza,  r.  r.  station,  S.  de  C,  t.  die.  r.  r 439 

Fishermau,  ledge,  S.  de  C,  desc 454 

point,  S.deC,  desc 463,454 

Flamenco,  cay,  H.,  desc 206 

Fojonal,  point,  H.,  desc 205 

Forestry  of  Cuba 23 

Fragoso,  cay,  S.  C,  desc 334 

Fraile,  point,  S.  de  C.,de8c 423,425 

Frailecito,  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 423 

Frances,  anchorage,  S.C.def   373 

cape,  H.,  desc 206 

cay,  anchorage,  P.  P.,  desc 399 

lighthouse,  P.  P.,  desc 394 

P.  P.,  desc 394 

point,  M 290 

port,  P.  E.,  sailing  directions 184 

Francisco,  o.  v.,  P.  B L..  183 

Fraternidad,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

Fray  Benito,  o.v.,S.  de  C.,desc 456 

t.  di^ 416 

Fruits  of  Cuba 24 

Fuerte  (Kl)  con  artilleria,  redan  battery, 

S.de  C,  defenses 470 

Fuerte  (El)  Santa  Inez,  redoubt,  S.  de  C, 

defenses 470 

Fuerte  (El)  Santa  Ursula,  redoubt,  S.  de  C, 

defenses 470 

Fuerza  (Castillo  de  la),  H.  defenses,  hist 67 

(La),  H.  defenses,  desc 69 


G. 


Gabriel,  o.  v.,  H 276 

t.  diB.  r.  r 209 

Galafre,  o.  v.,  P.  K „_  185 

river,  P.  R.,  desc 134 

Galeon,  o.  v.,  M 307 

Galera,  pass,  P.  B.,  desc 136 

Galindo,  cay,  M.,  desc' 287 

shoal,  M.,  desc 289 

Garanacha,  bay,  P.  B.,  desc 143 

Garro,  o.  v.,  H 271 

Gaspar,  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 472 

Gavilan,  o.  v.,  S.  C 361 

t.  dis.  r 358 

Gavilancito,  o.  v.,  S.  C 361 

Gelpi,  r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 293 

Geology  of  Cuba 19 

Geronimo,  point,  P.  B.,  deec 133 

Gibara,  bay,  S.  de  C,  desc 424 

cave,  S.  de  C„ 419 

-Holguin,  r.  r.,  S.  de  C,  itinerary.  439 
t.  dis.,  S.  de  C 439 


Page. 

Gibara,  lighthoose,  S.  de  C,  desc 457 

o.  v.,  8.  de  C,  med 457 

river,  S.  de  C,  desc 420 

T.,  S.  de  C 443,456 

t,  S.  de  C,  desc 456 

med 16,460 

t.  dis.  S.  de  C 416 

r.r 439 

sailing  directions 457 

Gibraltar,  t.  dis.  from  Habana,  c 5 

Gispert,  r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 301 

Gloria  (de  la),  creek,  S.  C,  desc 332 

Gobernadora,  mt.,  P.  B 133 

point,  1'.  B.,  desc 136 

Goleta,  anchorage,  S.  C 342 

Gonzalo,  river,  M.,  desc 286 

Gorda,  point,  M.,  desc 290 

S.  C,  deec 335,338 

S.  de  C,  desc 427,457 

rock,  S.  de  C,  desc 433 

Gordas,  channel,  H.,  desc 252 

Govea,  o.  v.,  H 277 

t.  dis.  r.  r 213 

Goxojal,  point,  M.,  desc 290 

Gracia,  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 450 

Gral  Bubal  Cava,  point,  31  ,  desc 290 

Granado,  point,  P.  P 391 

Granadillo,  o.  v.,  S.  C 366 

Gran   Ci^naga   Occidental  de  Zapata, 

swamp,  M.,  desc 286 

Grande,  lake,  M 285 

P.  P 389 

river,  P.  P.,  desc .390 

Grandes  (Puentes),  o.  v.,  II.,  t.  dis.  r 238 

Grieta.*,  o.  v.,  S.  C 361 

Grifa,  o.  v.,  P.  B ._  184 

Grillo,  o.  v.,  H 265 

Gua,  cays,  S.  de  C,  desc 432 

channel,  S.  de  C 431 

Guabasiabo,  o.  v.,  S.  do  C 459 

Guachinango,  o.  v.,  M : 314 

Guadalupe,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 356 

Guadiana,  bay,  P.  B.,  desc 143 

lake,  P.  B.,  desc 133 

point,  P.  B.,  desc 143 

river,  P.  B.,  desc 133, 134 

Gnaibacoa,  o.  v.,  H 275 

Guaicaimar,  mt.,  P.  P 388 

Guaicanamar,  or  Larga  (La),  o.  v.,  P.  P__  410 

O.V.,  H 271 

Guaimaro,o.v.,P.P.,t.dis.P.P 386 

r 403 

Gutyairo,o.  v.,P.  B 193 

Guamacao,t.,  M.,  t.  dig.M 282 

Guamacaro,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 316 

T.,  M 306,315,316 

Gnanuuales,  hamlet,  M.,  t.  dis.  r 305 

Gnamo,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 448 

6aamata8,o.T.,M.,de8C 311 

t.dis.r 303 

T.,  M 306,308.311 . 

t,  M.,  t. dis.  M 282 


7739 32 


488 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Goanabo,  anchorage,  H 208 

o.  v.,  H 250, 276 

point,  H.,  desc 206 

river,  H.,desc 204 

Guanabacoa, c,  H.,desc 43,202,263 

med 17, 19, 263 

t.di8.r 248 

-Habana,  suburban  lines,  H., 

desc 106 

-Luyano-Concha,  r.,  H.,  desc_  108 

J.D.,  H 249,262 

o.v.,H.,  desc 125 

-Kegla-Cojiruar, r.,  H.,desc-  107 

T.,  H 262 

t.,  H.,  t.  dis.  gen x 

H 198 

Guanabana,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r_292, 293 

t.,  M.,  t.dis.r 303 

Guiinacage,  O.V.,  P.  E 193 

Guanarabo,  or  Tayaba,  river,  S.  C 334 

Guanaijara,  hamlet,  S.  C,  t.dis.r 358 

Guanajay-Artemisa,  r.,  P.  K.,  itinerary 151 

-Caimito,  r.,  P.  K.,  itinerary 148 

-Habana,  r.,  P.R.,  desc 103 

r.r.,P.E.,  t.  dis 213 

J.D.,  P.R 132,175,176 

-Mariel,  r.,  P.  B..,  itinerary 151 

T.,  P.B 170,181 

t.,  P.R.,  desc 132,181 

med 17 

t.dis.r 147 

r.  r 105, 213 

Guanajayabo,  lake,  M 285 

T.,  M 306,308,311 

Guanajo,  o.v.,H 266 

P.P 408 

Gu'anal,  point,  S.de  0.,  desc 423,4.32 

Guanales,  o.v.,  P.P 404 

Guanamen,  lake,  H.,  desc 202 

Guanamon,  lake,  M 285 

Guandao,  o.v.,  S.de  C 443 

Guane,  J.D.,  P.B 132,175,183 

mt.,  P.  K.     (See  Cuyoguatije,  mt., 
P.B.) 

T.,  P.  B 183,184 

t.,  P.B.,  desc 132,134,184 

Onanes,  point,  H.,  desc 205 

M.,  desc 290 

river,  P.  E.,  desc 133 

Guani,  point,  P.  P 390 

Guanigua,  lake,  S.C 331 

Guaniguanico,  archipelago,  P.  B.,  desc —  133 

mt.,  P.B 133 

Guanima,  river,  P.  B.,  desc 144 

Guanimar,  anchorage,  H 208 

-Batabanu-Alquizar,   r.,  H.,  t. 

dis 239 

La  Play  a  de,  t.,  H.,  desc 241 

Gnanimar,  o.v.,  H 275 

t.  dig.  r 239 

P.B 192 


Page. 

Guaninicnm,  o.v.,  S.de  C 464 

Guaniquical,  o.  v.,  S.  C 379 

Guanito,  bay,  S.de  C,  desc 434 

Guaniyal,  lake,  S.  C 331 

Guanos,  point,  S.de  C,  desc 427,452 

Guantanamo,  J.  D.,  S.  de  C 443 

-.Jamaica,  r. r.,  S.de  C,  itin- 
erary   439 

-Jamaica,  r.  r.,  8.  de  C,  t.  dis. 

r.  r 439 

port,  S.deO 453 

lighthouse 454 

river,  S.de C 420,453 

T.,  S.deC 443,450,451 

t.,  S.deC,  defenses 452 

desc 451 

med 16,451 

t.  dis.  r 442 

r.r 439 

S.  de  C 416 

Guao,  mt.,  P.B 133 

Guara,  T.,  H 265,266 

t.,  H.,  desc 266 

t.  dis.  H 198 

r.r 234 

Guarabacuya,  o.v.,  S.C,  desc 374 

Guarda-la-Vaca, shore,  S.deC, desc 458 

Guarda-raya,  point,  S.  de  C 428 

deYacabo,inlet,S.  deC.,desc_  428 

Guareiras-Colon,  r.r.,  M.,  desc 292 

Junction,  r.  r.  station,   M.,  t. 

dis.  r.r 294,301 

o.v.,  M.,  t.  dis. r.r 294 

t.,  M.,  t.di8.r 305 

r.r 301 

Guascasnayas,  mt.,  P.  E 133 

Guasimal,  o.  v.,  S.  C .361, 371 

t.dis.r 358 

r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 351 

Guasimas,  o.  v.,  M 308 

Guaso,  o.  V. ,  S.  de  C 451 

Guata,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 354 

Guatii  de  la  Izquierda,  o.  v.,  S.  C 308 

Guatao,  o.  v.,  H 253 

Guaurabo,  anchorage,  S.C,  desc 382 

port,  8.  C,  desc 379 

Guayabal,o.v.,  P.P 408,410 

t.  dis.  P.  P 386 

T.,  P.  R 176, 181 

Guayabo,  o.  v.,  H 276 

P.  E 185 

Guayacanes,  point,  H.,  desc 205 

S.deC,  desc 421 

Guayo,  o.  v.,  S.  C 377 

Guayos,  o.v.,  S.C 371 

Guayurabo, anchorage,  S.C 342 

Guera,  mt.,  P.  E 133 

Gueiba,  o.  v.,  8.  C,  desc 375 

Guerrero,  o.  v.,  M 314 

Guillen,  o.  v.,  P.  E 185 

Guillermo, cay,  P.P.,  desc 393 

Ouimaro,  o.  v.,  P.  P 408 


INDEX. 


489 


Page. 
Guimbambas,  mt.,  M 286 

GUin,  cay,  S.  de  Cdesc 446 

Guincho,  point,  P.  P.,  desc 407 

Guinchos,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 392 

Guines-Alfonso  XII,  r.,H.,t.di8 248 

-Bolondron-Jovellanos  (Bemba),r., 

M.,desc 303 

c,  H.,desc 202,266 

-Habana,  r.,  H.,t.dis 247 

J.  D.,  H 249,  265, 266 

-Matanzas,  r.  r.,  H.,  t.  dis 236 

M.,desc 291 

t.dis 293 

or  Mayabeqne,  river,  H.,  desc.  204, 208 

o.  v.,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 236, 293 

(San  Julian  de  los),  T.,  H 265,266 

t.,H.,med 17 

t.dis 105 

gen X 

H 198 

r 247,248,305 

r.r 234 

GUinia  Miranda,  o.  v.,  S.  C 379 

t.dis.r .354,357 

-Venero  San  Juan-Sancti 
Spiritus-Cienfuegos,  r., 

S.C.desc 353 

Giiira  (La),  o.  v.,  M 307 

t.dis.  r.r 293 

o.  v.,P  R 193 

t.,H.,  t.dis.  r.r 209 

de  Melena,T.,H 275,276 

t.,H.,de8c 276 

t.dis.  H 198 

Guirabo,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459 

Giiiro  de  Buningal,  o.  v.,H 255 

Marrero,  o.  v.,  H 255 

GUiros,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459 

t.dis-r 441 

Guisa,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 448 

Guto.  lake,  P.  B. .  desc 133 

H. 
Habaca</;o.  v.,  S.  C 365 

Ilabana-Batabanu,  r.  r.,  H.,  t.  dis 215 

bay,  H.,  desc 205 

-Chorrera-Marianao,  r.,  H.,  desc 109 

Yenado,  suburban  lines, 

H.,  desc 106 

c,  H.,  aqueduct 57 

defenses,  t.  con 65 

desc 8,45,201 

desc,  t.  con 39 

environs,  t.  con 103 

hills  and  elevations 45 

hist 1,42,43 

med 15 

meteorological  table 44 

r.  r.  stations,  desc 106 

street-car  line,  desc 111 

t.  dis.,  H 198,282 

t.dis 328 


Page. 

Habana,  c,  H.,  t.  dis.  from 5 

gen X 

P.  P 386 

r 147,238.242,247 

r.r 146,209,293 

S.  de  C 416 

tel.  cable,  H 204 

zanja,  desc 57 

-Coloma,  r.,  H.,  t.  dis 238 

P.  R.,  t.  dis 147 

group,  mts.,  H.,  desc 203 

M.,  desc 286 

-Guanabacoa,  H.,  suburban  line, 

H.,  desc 106 

-Guanajay,  r.,  H.,  desc 103 

r.  r.,  H.,  t.  dis 213 

-GUines,  r.,  H.,  t.  dis 247 

r.  r.,  H.,  hist 29 

harbor,  H.,  buoys  and  beacons 52 

currents 55 

directions  by  night 54 

docks 52 

general  directions 54 

lighthouses 53 

sailing  directions 53 

storm  signals 63 

sunken    masked   bat- 
teries, defenses 72 

tides 53 

time-signals 53 

water    transportation 

rates 52 

J.  D.,  H 249,269 

-La  Union,  r.  r.,  H.,  t.  dis 234 

M.,  desc 292 

t.  dis 293 

-Marianao,  suburban  line,  H.,  desc  106 
Matanzas-Bemba  (Jovellanos)  r.  r., 

H.,  t.  dis 224,292 

Matanzas-Bemba  (Jovellanos)  r.  r., 

M.,  desc 291 

-Morro-Cabanas-Cojimar,    H.,   r., 

desc 106 

-Begla,  ferries,  H.,  desc 106 

-Bincon,  r.  r.,  H.,desc 104 

-Marianao,  r.  r.,  H.,  t.dis.  105 
-Pinar  del  Rio,  r.  r.,  H.,  t.  dis  146, 209 

Pr.,  desc 5 

t.  con 197 

t.dis 198 

(Begla), station, c,  H.,  t.dis. r.r..  292 
(Villa  Nueva),  station,  c,  H.,  t. 

dis.  r.r 213,215,234 

Hacha  (de  la),  channel,  H.,  desc 202 

Hambre,  cay,l8leof  Pines,  H., desc 261 

Hanabana,  river,  S.C.,desc 331,334 

Hanabanilla,  cascade,  S.  C 334 

Hatillo,  O.V.,  S.C 377,459 

Hato  de  las  Vegas,  o.  v.,  P.  B 193 

HcTcones,  o.  v.,  P.  B 187 

Knevo de  Santa  Clara.mt.,  M.,  desc.  285 
t.,M.,desc 311 


490 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Hato  Xuevo,  t.,  M.,  t.dis.  r.r 301 

Queniado,  o.  v.,  P.B 187 

Hatiguauico,  river,  S.  C 334 

M.,de8c 286 

Hatibonico,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 461 

Hembra,  channel,  S.  de  C 429 

point,  liglithouse,  S.  de  C 422 

S.deC.,desc 422 

Hemianos,  cay,  H 207 

Hernan  Cortes,  lighthouse,  S.C.,desc 342 

Hernando,  o.  v.,  desc 374 

Herradura,  bay,  S.  de  C._,  desc 424 

o-v.,?.!! 193,194 

t.  dis.  r 147 

r.  r 146 

river,  P.  B.,  desc 134 

Herrera(hill),  H 203 

Hicacal,  cay,  lighthouse,  S.  C 371 

l)oint,  S.  de  C,  desc 454 

Hicaco,  peninsula,  M.,  desc 290 

Hidden  Harbor.     (See  Escondido,  port.) 

Historical  sketch,  Cuba 1 

Holandes,  point,  P.  R.,  desc 137 

Holguin-Bayamo, r.,  S.deC.,de8c 440 

itinerary 441 

t.  dis.  r 441 

cave,  S.  de.  C 419 

-Gibara,r.r.,S.deC.,de8C 436 

itinerary 439 

t.di8.,S.deC 439 

J.D.,S.deC 453,456 

-Las  Tunas,  r.,S.de  C,  itinerary.  440 

t.dis.  S.deC 440 

-Sagua  de  Tanamo-Baracoa,  r.,  S. 

deC.desc 440 

-Sagua  de  Tanamc-Baracoa,t.  dis., 

S.deC 442 

T.,  S.  de  C 443, 456, 459 

t.,  8.  de  C,  med 17, 460 

desc 459 

fortifications 460 

t.  diB.gea x 

r 440,442 

r.r 439 

S.  de  C 416 

-Tunas  (Las),  r., S.deC, desc 440 

Hondito,  points,  S.  de  C 432 

Hongo,  river,  S.  C 334 

Hongolosongo,  o.  v.,  S.  de  0 465 

Homo,  o.  v., S.deC 448 

Hospital  cay,  S.  de  C.,de8c 454 

Hoyo  Colorado.    (See  Bauto  (Hoyo  Colo- 
rado).) 

Huerta,o.v.,  P.B 186 

Hydrography  of  Cuba 8 

Hygiene,  diseases  and,  in  Cuba 9 

I. 

Ibacoa,T.,H 272 

t.,  H . 272 

Ibaria  (del),  creek,  8. 0.,  desc 332 

Ibarra,  r.r.stotion,  M., t.dis. r.r 292 


Page. 

Iguanojo,  river,  S.  C,  desc 341 

Iguara,o.  v.,  P.  P 404 

Ilicacos,  marsh  (salt),  M.,  desc 286 

Ilhis,  r.  r.  station,  S.  0. ,  t.  dis.  r.  r 352 

Imia,  beiich,S.de  C 421 

river,  S.de  C.,desc 421 

Incara  (de),  river,  P.  P.,  desc 389 

Indes,  point,  H.,  desc 206 

Index,  general 475 

Indian,  cays.  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,  desc 262 

river.  Isle  of  Pines,  H., desc 260 

Industry  of  Cuba 27 

Ines  de  Soto,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 397 

Infanta  (La),  belt  road,  H.,  desc 109,111 

lufierno  (del),creek,  S.  C.,desc 332 

mt,  P.  B 133 

Ingenio  Esperanza,  o.  v.,S.  de  C 462 

Ingles,  channel,  H.,desc 202 

Inland  towns,  Cuba,  med 16 

Introductory  note vii 

Insects  of  Cuba 17 

Iron  Mountain.     (See  Jaruco  or  Iron  mt.) 

Isabel  (las  Jiquimas),  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 313 

t.dis.  r.  r..  294 
Isabela  (La)  -Cienfuegoe,  itinerary,  S.  C-„  344 
r.  r.,S.  C,  itiner- 
ary   344 

o.v.,S.C.,desc-_  368, 

369 

t.dis.  r.  354 

-Sagua-Cruce8,r.r.,S.C 343 

-Santa    Clara-Sagua    la 

Grande,  r.,  S.  C,  desc 352 

Isle  of  Pines,  H.,  desc 23,203,205,257 

med 17,258 

sailing  directions 259 

T.,  II 250 

shoals,  H.,  desc 207 

Itabo,  0.  v.,  H 267 

o.  v.,M.,de8c 311 

o.  v.,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 301 

-Becreo,  r.  r.,  M.,desc 292 

J. 

Jaba,  bay,  S.  de  C 422 

Jababo,o.v.,  S.'deC 456 

river,  P.  P.,  desc 389 

S.  de  C 420 

o.  v.,  M 313 

Jabacoa,o.v.,  S.C 361 

Jabonillas,o.  v.,  S.C 376 

Jabucito,o.v.,  S.C 377 

Jacair,  mt.,  P.  B 133 

Jack  Taylor,  reef,  P.  B.,  desc 142 

Jaco,  cay,  H 207 

Jacominos.o.  v.,  H 263 

Jagua,  hamlet,  P.  P.,  t.  dis.  r 403 

O.V.,  P.B 187 

t.dis.r -  147 

bay.    (See  Cieufuegos  bay. ) 

Jaguey  Grande,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 312 

t.  dis.  r.r 293 


INDEX. 


491 


Page. 

Jaguey,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 356 

r.r 352 

Jaiguan,  O.T.,  H 255 

Jaimanitas,  o.  v.,  H 254 

Jaitecico,  hill,  S.  de  C 423 

Jamaica-Guantanamo,  r.r.,  S.de  C, itin- 
erary   439 

t.di8.,S.deC- 439 
La  Caimanera,  r.  r.,  S.  de  C,  dcsc.  436 

O.V.,  H 273 

t.dis.r 247 

S.deC 451 

t.  dis.  r.r 439 

Jamal,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 443 

Janato,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

Jaragna,  anchorage,  S.  de  C,  desc 433 

hamlet,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r —  442 

Iron  Co.  (r.  r.),  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r.  439 

point,  S.deC,  desc 426,446 

Jaraguasito,  r.  r.  station,  S.  de  C. ,  t.  dis.  r.  r.  439 
Jardines  de  la  Beina  (Los),  archipelago, 

P.P.,  desc 390 

and  Jardinillos,  bank,  P.  R.,  desc.  141 

Jardinillos,  bank,  P.  R.,  desc 141 

S.C 337 

S.deC 434 

Jarao,  hamlet,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 358 

r.  r. station, S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 351 

Jarre,  point,  3.  de  C,  desc ■ 450 

Jaruco,  bank,  H.,  desc 207 

M.,desc 322 

J.  D.,  H 249, 270 

-La  Boca,  r.,  H.,  t.  dis 244 

or  Iron  Mountain,  H 50 

T.,H 270 

t.,  H.,  desc 202, 271 

med 271 

t.  dis.  gen x 

H 198 

r 244 

r.r 224,292 

river,  H.,  desc 204 

M.,de8c 323 

Jatibonico  del  Norte,  river,  S.C,  desc 332 

river,  H.,  desc . 207 

M.,  desc 286 

P.  P.,  desc 390 

S.C,  desc 3,33,340 

Janco,  cave,  S.de  C 420 

o.  v., S.de  C 443 

point,  S.de  C,  desc 420 

river,  S.  de  C,  desc 420 

Jaula,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 393,399 

Jenoves,  canal.    (See  Genoves,  channel.) 

channel,  M.,  desc 285 

JesOsdel  Monte,  hill,  H.,  desc..45, 59, 103, 2(B 

O.V.,  H 269 

t.dis.r 247 

-Rincon-Bejucal,   r.,  H., 

desc  i 108 

Maria,  o.  v.,  H 253 

Jibacoa,  o.  v.,  S.de  C 462 


Jibacca,  T.,  H 270 

river,  S.  de  C , 420 

Jibara-Holgnin,  r.r.,  S.de  C,  desc 436 

lake,  S.C,  desc 331 

Jibaracon,  point,  S.  de  C 423 

Jibaro,  o.v.,  S.C 371 

Jicotea,  o.  v.,  P.  P 404 

S.C 361,377 

river,  S.de  C 420 

Jicoteas,  o.v.,  P.P.,  t.dis.r 402 

S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 344 

Jignani,  T.,  S.  de  C 443,447,449 

t.,  S.  de  C.,desc 449 

med 449 

t.  dis.  gen x 

S.  de  C 416 

r 442 

Jignay,  bay,  P.  P 398 

Jigney,  river,  P.  P.,  desc 389 

Jiguibu,  river.     {See  Caibarien,  river.) 

i    Jiquiabo  (San  Pedro  de),  o.  v.,  S.  C 368 

t.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 353 

Jiqnimas  (Las),  o.  v.,  M.    {See  Isabel,  or 
Las  Jiqnimas.) 

o.  v.,  S.  C 379 

Joa,  bay  of,  S.  de  C 4.53 

Jobo  (El),  o.  v.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 442 

mt.,  P.  R 133 

o.  v.,  P.  R 180,268 

Jojo,  bay,  S.  de  C,  desc 434,435 

point,  S.  de  C,  desc 428, 434, 435 

river,  S.  de  C 420 

Jos^  or  Dolphin  Head,  mt..  Isle  of  Pines, 

H.,  desc 257 

JoTellanos  (Bemba)-Bolondrun-Guines,  r., 

M.,  desc 303 

-Bolondron-GUines,  r., 

t.  dis 305 

Matanzas-Habana,  r., 

r.,  M.,  desc 291 

Matanzas-Habana,  r., 

r.,  M.,  t.  dis 224,292 

Mediua-Xavajas,  r.  r., 

M.,  itinerary 296 

Kavajas,  r.  r.,  M.,desc.  292 
t.dis.  296 

T.,M._ 306, 312, 313 

t.,  M.,  desc 313 

t.  dis.  M 282 

r 305 

r.r 105, 

224, 292,  295, 296 
-Santa    Clara  -  Carde- 
nas,^ r.,M.,desc-292, 343 
-Venero    Sau     Juan  - 

Cardenas,  r.,  t.  dis 305 

Jaana,  island,  hist 1 

Juan  Claro,  cay,  8.   de  C,  desc 450 

Diaz,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 455 

Ganga,  mt.,  P.  R 133 

Gomez,  o.  v.,  P.  B 184 

Luis,  cays,  S.  C,  desc 338 


492 


INDEX. 


Page. 
Juan  Saez,  hill,  P.  P 391 

VarOn,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

Jficaro  (El),  o.  v.,  M 312 

gulf,  M.,  desc 290 

-Moron,  r.  r.,  desc 401 

P.  P.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 401 

point,  P.  P 391 

o.  v.,  P.   P.,  desc 404 

t.  dis.  P.  P 386 

r.r 401 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 301 

T.,  M.,   mad 17 

Trocha,  M.,  desc 35 

-Moron,  r.  r.,desc 400 

-Yaguaramas-Cardenas,  r.  r.,  S.  C, 

itinerary 352 

-Taguaramas  (Cardenas),  r.  r.,  t. 

dis.  S.  C 352 

Judlas,  point,  S.  C,  desc 335 

Judicial  districts,  S.  de  C 417 

Juniaguas,  o.  v.,S.  C 368 

Jumento  (El),  o.  v.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 357 

o.  v.,  S.  C 379 

Junco,  o.  v.,  P.  P.,  desc 410 

P.  P.,  t.  dis.  P.  P 386 

S.  C 361 

Juncos  Iguano,  point,  P.  P 391 

Junction,  r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r —  351 
Juragua  Iron  Company,  r.  r.  company  —  436 

Jururu,  port,  S.  de  C,  desc 458 

Justiz,  o.  v.,  H 276 

Jutias,  cay,  P.  B.,  desc 143 

K. 
Key,  hill,  H.,  desc 122 

Key  West,  t.  dis.  from  Habana.c 5 

L. 

Laberinto  de  Doce  Leguas,  bank,  P.  P., 
dcBC 395 

Laberinto  de  Doce  Leguas,  cays,  P.  P., 

desc -  395, 399 

Lacato,  lake,  P.R 133 

Lacana  la  Mar,  river,  P.  R 134 

Laguna  Blanca,  o.  v.,  S.  deC 448 

cay.  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,desc 261 

de  Cortes,  bay,  P.  R.,  desc 145 

Piedra,  o.v.,  P.R 190 

Grande,r.  r.  station, M.,t.  dis.  r.r._  301 

lake,  H.,  desc 202 

Larga,  o.v.,  M 317 

Lagunae,  o.  v.,  S.de  C 464 

Lagunillas,  o.  v.,  P.  R 185 

T.,  M 306,308,312 

t.,  M.,  desc 312 

t.  dis.  M 282 

r 305 

Lajas  (Las),  r.  r.  St.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 439 

t.,  S,  0.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 344 

o.v.,  P.R 187 

t.,  8.C.,  desc J 347 


Page, 

Language  of  Cuba 26 

Lanzanillo,  cay,  S.C 337 

Larga  Beach,  point,  S.de  C,  desc 430 

reef,  S.  de  C,  desc 430 

Jt)each,  S.  de  C,  desc 426 

Larga  (La),  o.  v.,  P.  P.  {See  Guaicanamar, 
o.  v.,  P.P.) 

Largo,  cay,  P.  R.,  desc 141 

S.  deO.jdesc 454 

Lazaro  Lopez,  o.v.,  P.  P '. 404 

Leal,  o.v.,  H 276 

Lechuga,  o.v.,  H 264 

Lelnones,  mt.,  M 286 

Lefia  (La),  o.  v.,  P.  R 187 

cave.     (iSee  Mangles,  cave,  P.  R.) 

cay,  P.  R.,  desc 139 

Lequito-Luz  (La),  r.  r.  (branch),  S.  C 343 

Lerisa, canal,  P.R 133 

Leviza,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 396 

pass,  P.  P.,  desc 397 

Liguaner,  marsh.  Isle  of  Pines,  H 203 

Lima,  o.  v.,  M 307 

Limonar,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 317 

t.  dis.  r.r 224 

t.,M.,de8c 317 

t.dis.M 282 

r 303 

r.r 292 

Limones,  mt.,  P.  R 133 

o.  v.,  P.  P 408 

P.  R 192 

S.C 365 

S.deC , 456 

point,  S.  C 335 

river,  P.  P.,  desc 390 

Linares,  mt.,  P.  R 133 

Linche.o.  v.,M 314 

Lisa  (La),  o.  v.,  H 274 

Livisa,  port,  S.  de  C,  desc 461 

Liana,  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 428 

Llanada,  o.  v.,  P.  R - 188, 190 

Location  of  Cuba 4 

Loma  Blanca,  o.  v.,  H 271 

de  Banao,mt., S.C, desc 380 

Marza,  defenses  H.,  desc 45 

Lomas  de  Gramales,  mt.  ,P.  R 133 

laVigia,mt.,P.B 133 

Grandes,  o.  v.,  S.  C 360, 361 

Lucrecia,  lighthouse,  S.  do  C,  desc 426, 427 

point,  S.  de  C,  desc 426 

Lugano,  o.v.,  H.,t.dis.  r 247 

Luis  Lago,  o.  v.,  P.  R 185 

Luyano-Concha-Guanabacoa,  r.,  H.,  desc—  108 

o.v.,  II 269 

Luz  (La),  o.  v.,  S.  do  C 466 

Lequito,  r.  r.  (branch),  S.  C 343 

r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 360 

M. 

Macadamized  roads  and  turnpikes  in  Cuba.    32 

Macagua-Altamisal  Branch,  r.  r.,M.,  t.dis.  302 

r.r.,M.,de8c 292 


INDEX. 


493 


Page. 

Macagua,  T.,  M 306, 312, 314 

t.,M.,desc 3U 

t.  dis.  M 282 

r.  r 295, 302 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  desc 299 

Macagnal,  o.v.,P.K 181 

Macaguanigua,  river,  S.  de  C,  desc 445 

Macambo,  o.  v.,S.de  C.,t.  dis.  r 442 

Machilo,  shoal,  M.,  desc 289 

Macho,  shoal,  M.,  desc 289 

Maeurajas,  lake,  M 285 

Macuriges,  o.  v.,  P.  R 183, 192 

T.,M 306,312,314 

Macurijes,  point,  P.  P 391 

Madruga,  T.,  H li65, 267 

t.,H.,de8c 267 

t.  dis.  H 198 

Maestra,  mt.,S.de  C.,de8c 421 

Magarabomba,  o.  v.,  P.  P 408 

t.dis.r 402 

Magdalena,  o.v.,M J 307 

Magote,mt.,P.R 133 

Maguaraya,  o.  v.,  S.  C 377 

Maisi,cape,  S.  de  C.,de8C 420 

cave,  S.  de  C,  desc 444 

river,  S.  de  C . 420 

Majagua,  o.  v.,  P.  K 192 

Majaguabo,o.v.,S.de  C 466 

Majaguillal,  marsh,  M 286 

Majana,  bay,  P.  R.,  desc 144 

Majana,  marsh,  H 203 

point,  S.  de  C,  desc 426 

river,  P.  R.,  desc 134 

>lal  Ano,  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 429 

Malagueta,  inlet,  S.  de  C,  desc 450 

Mala  Requa,  o.  v.,  S.  C 365 

Malas  Aguas,  bay,  P.  R.,  desc 135,144 

o.  V  ,  P.  R 183 

(Santa  Lucia),  river,  P.  R., 

desc 134 

Malpais,  cay,  H 207 

Mamey,  r.  r.  station,  P.  R.,  t,  dis.  r.  r 213 

Mameyes,  o.  v.,  M 312 

Manatas,  r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r-  344, 352 

t.,  r.  r.  station,  M.,  desc 300 

Manacos,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 465 

Managua  Paps,  hill,  H.  desc 51 

Tetasde,  hill,  H 203 

T.,  H 262,264 

t.,  H.,  desc 264 

t.  dis.  H 198 

Managuaco,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 456 

Manantiales,  mt.,  P.R 133 

o.  v.,  P.  R 191 

river,  P.  R.,  desc 191 

Manati,  anchorage,  S.  C 342 

harbor,  S.  de  C,  desc 449,450 

river,  P.  R.,  desc 134 

Mancas,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 361 

Mandiuga,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 361 

Mangas  (Las),  o.  v.,  P.  R.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 146 

S.  de  C 448 


P»ge. 

Mangas  (Las),  T.,  P.  B 191 

t.,  P.  R.,  desc 192 

Mangas,  Rio  Grande  de,  o.  v.,  P.  R 192 

Mangle,  bay,  S.  de  C 429 

channel,  S.  de  C,  desc 436 

point,  M.,  desc 291 

S.  de  C,  desc 422, 424, 461 

Mangles, cave, P.R. ,  desc 138 

islands,  H.,  desc 203,260 

point,  H.,  desc 205 

Manglito,  point,  S.  de  C.,desc 426 

Mango,  o.  v.,  S.  C 377 

Mangorlta,  point,S.  de  C.,desc 423 

Maniabon,o.  v.,S.  de  C 449 

Manicaragua  la  Moza,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 357 

desc 378 

la  Vieja,  o.  v. ,  S.  C,  desc 378 

t.dis.r-  357 

Manimani,  o.  v.,  P.  R » 177 

Manimar,  pass,  P.  R.,  desc 136 

Mantezuelos,mt.,P.  R 133 

Mantilla,  o.  V. ;  H 269 

Mantua,  river,  P.  R.,  desc 134 

T.,  P.  R 183, 185 

t.,P.R.,desc 185 

Manui,  channel,  M 285 

Manzanillo-Bayamo,  r.  ,S.deC.,desc 440 

itinerary.  441 

t.dis.r 441 

cable 463 

cays,  S.  de  C 431, 432 

c,  S.  de  C 463 

desc 431,462 

med ..  18,448,462 

pilot^e 463 

sailing  directions 463 

t.  dis.  gen x 

S.deC 416 

r 441 

J.  D.,  S.  de  C 443,462 

T.,  S.  de  C 443,462 

Manueco  (El),  hill,  S.  de  C,  desc 450 

Mapurisi,  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 426 

Marabi,  hamlet,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 442 

Maravi,  point,  S.  de  C 423 

port,  S.  de  C,  desc 445 

Maravillas,  channel,  S.  C,  desc 332 

Machas  de  Fuera,  cay,  S.  C,  desc 373 

Marcos,  Boca  de,  anchorage,  S.  C,  desc._  337 

Vasquez,  o.  v.,  P.  R 188 

Maria  Aguilar,  point,  S.  de.  C 431 

Marianao-Chorrera-Habana,  r.,  H.,  desc._  109 

r.,  H.,  desc 114 

Cienaga  (La),  r.,  H.,  desc 108 

Habana-Rincon,  r.  r.,  H.,  desc —  103 

suburban  line,  desc 106 

J.  D.,  H 249,273 

Playa  (La)  de  Marianao,  r.,  H., 

desc 117 

T.,  H 273,274 

t.,H.,  desc 43,118,202,274 

med 17,274 


494 


INDEX. 


Marianao,  t.,  H.,  t.dis.   H 198 

r 238 

river,  H.,  desc 104,204 

Mariel-Artemisa-Majama,  trocha,  P.  B., 

desc 33 

Cabanas,  Bahia  Honda  and  Cande- 

laria,  r.,  P.  R.,  t.  die 165 

Cabaiias,  Coloma-Cerro(El),  r.,  H., 

desc 108 

Cabaiias,  r.,  P.  R.,  itinerary 165 

Guanajay,  r.,  P.  B.,  itinerary 151 

Lomasde,  hill,  H 203 

port,  P.  B.,  desc 182 

med.,P.B 17 

T.,  P.  E 176, 181 

t.,P.B.,de8C 182 

med 15,16 

H.,  t.dis.  gen x 

P.  R.,  t.  dis.  r 165 

Marien,  nits.,  P.  B.,  group  of 133 

Marillanes  (Boca  do),  S.  C,  directions  for„  370 

Maroqiiln,  o.  v.,  P.  P 405 

Martillo,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459 

Martinas,  o.  v.,  P.  B 184 

Martinez,  o.  v.,  P.  B 185 

Masio,  anchorage,  S.  C 342 

lake,  M 285 

o.  v.,  S.  de  C - 405 

Mata,  port,  S.deC,  desc 445 

r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 349 

Matahambre  Bosario,  mt.,  P.  R 133 

Matamano,  gulf  of,  H.,  desc 207 

Matanzas-Aguacate,  r.,  M.,  desc 303 

itinerary 304 

t.dis 304 

Alfonso  XII.,r.,M.,desc 303 

bay,  M.,  buoys 321 

desc  — 287, 3^0 

pilotage 321 

sailing  directions 320 

Bemba  (Jovellanos)  Habana,  r. 

r.,  M.,  desc 291 

Bemba  (Jovellanos)  Habana,  r. 

r.,U.,  t.dis 292 

cay,  shoals,  M.,  desc 321 

c,  M.,  desc ^  46, 48, 317 

med 15,319 

t.dis.  gen x 

M 282 

Maianza8,c.,  M.,t.dis.r 303,304,305 

r.r 105, 

224, 236, 292, 293, 294 

GUines,  r.r., M., desc 292 

H.,  t.dis 236 

Habana,  Jovellanos,  r.  r.,  H., 

t.dis 224 

J.D.,M . 306,315 

desc 24 

Motembo,r.,  itinerary,  M 303 

M.,  t.dis 303 

r.r.,M.,dcsc 303 

Murga.r.  r.,M.,de8c 292 


Matanzas,  Murga,  Venero  San  Juan,  r.  r., 

M.,  itinerary 29-i 

Venero  San  Juan,  r.r., 

t.dis 282 

Pr 279 

t.con 1'81 

port,  M.,  desc 320 

T.,M 306,316,317 

Sabauilla-Alfonso  XII,  r.,  t.  dis.  305 

Matatoros,  o.  v.,S.  de  C 459 

Mate,  channel,  P.  P.,  desc 394,395 

Maternillos,  lighthouse,  P.  P.,  desc 407 

point,  M.,  desc 291 

lighthouse,  M.,  desc 291 

Maya,  bay,  M.,  desc 290 

(La),  o.  v.,  S. de  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 437 

point,  M.,de8c 290 

Mayabeque,  point,  H.,  desc 208 

river.     (See  GUines  or  Maya- 
beque river.) 

Mayaguano,  o.  v.,  H 250 

Mayanabo,  bay,  P.  P.,  desc .' 407 

O.V.,  P.P 406 

Mayan  Abajo,  hamlet,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 442 

o.  V. ,  P.  R 193 

river,  S.  de  C 420, 460 

T.,S.deC 443,456,460 

t.,  S.de  C.,de8c 460 

med 17,461 

t.  dis.  S.de  C 416 

Maysi,  cape,  S.de  C,  desc 422,424,429 

lighthouse,  S.de  C,  desc 425 

reef,  S.de  C,  desc 429 

Mazamorra,  o.  v.,  M 316, 317 

Mazorro,   o.  v.,  H.     (See  Potrero  Ferro, 
O.V.,  H.) 

Medano,  islet,  S.  C,  desc 3.36 

MedanoB,  cays,  S.  C,  desc 340 

Media,  cay,  S.  de  C,  desc 454 

Luna,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 393 

o.  v.,  S.deC 462 

Medidas,  o.v.,  S.C 366 

Medina,  o.v.,  M.,  desc 314 

r.r. station,  M.,  t.  dis. r.r 296 

Medio,  cay,  S.C,  desc 337 

point,  P.  R.,  desc 144 

river,  P.B 144 

Megia,  o.v.,  S.deC 460 

Melena  del  Sur,  T.,  H 265, 267 

t.,  H.,  desc 267 

t.  dis.  H 198 

r.  r 234 

Melones,  hamlet,  S.de  C,  t.  dis.  r 403 

Memlo,  shoal,  M.,  desc 389 

Menescs,  o.v.,  S.C,  t.dis.  r 356 

Mesa  de  Munati,  hill,  S.de  C,  dene 450 

Meteorological  table 9 

Middle,  shoal,  P.P.,  desc 407 

Miel,  anchorage,  S.de  C,  dose 432 

bay,  S.  de  C,  desc 432,43:) 

beach,  S.  de  C,  desc 433 

river,  S.de  C 433 


INDEX. 


495 


Page. 

Miguel,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 455 

t.  dis.  r 442 

Military  trains  in  Cuba 31 

Minas  do  Ponupo,  o.  v.,S.  de  C.,t.  dis.  r.  r  _  437 

(Las),  o.  v.,  P.  P.,  t. dis.  r.  r 401 

r.r.  station,  S.  C,  t.dis.r.  r 351 

o.v.,M .^11 

P.P.,t.dis.P.  P 38G 

P.B 193,408 

and  r.  r.  station,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 224 

Regla,  r.,  11.,  t.  dis 248 

r.  r.  (brancli),  S.  de  C,  itinerary 438 

station,  H.,  t.dis.r 248 

Minerals  of  Cuba 22 

Moa,  Cayo  Grande  de,  shoal,  S.  de  C,  desc  _  447 

Cayos  de,  islets,  S.  de  C,  desc 430 

Estero  de,  creek,  S.  de  C 420 

hamlet,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 442 

river,  S.de  C.,desc 419,447 

Mobile,  t.  dis.  fr.  Habana,  c 5 

Mocha,  o.v  ,  M.  (See  Seiba  Mocha,  o.v.,  M.) 

Molas,  point,  M 290 

Molina,  hamlet,  M.,  t.  dis.  r 305 

o.v  ,P.R 181 

Molinos  (Los), o.v., M 317 

Moiiito,  cay,  M.,desc 288 

Monjas  (Las),  o.  v.,H 277 

Mono,  cay,  M.,  desc 288 

Moutalvo,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 314 

Montana,  o.v. ,M 307 

Monte  Alto, o.v., M 314 

Monte  Libano,  cave,  S.  de  C 419 

Moiitelayo,  mt.,  Isle  of  Pines,  H 257 

Montero  (Ciego),  r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dig. 

r.  r 350 

Montes  Dos  Leguas,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

Montevideo,t.dis.fr.  Habana,  c 5 

Montezuelo,  o.  v.,  P.  K 185 

Mora,  Ensenada  de,  S.  de  C 473 

Mordazo,  o.  v.,  H 269 

S.  C,  desc 368 

H.,t.di8.r.r 344 

r.r. station,  M.,desc 299 

Morena, point, S.de  C.,desc 450 

Moron-Jficaro,  r.r.,  desc 401 

P.  P.,  t.  dis.  r.r 401 

Trocha, r.r.,  desc 400 

J.  D.,  P.  P 404 

lake,  P.P 389 

o.  v.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 437 

Paradero  de,  o.v.,  S.de  C 464 

Puerto  Principe,  r.,  S.  C,  desc 402 

P.P.,  t.dis 402 

Remedios,  r.,  S.  C,  itinerary 357 

P.  P.,  desc 353 

S.  C.,desc 401 

t.dis.r a56 

P.  P.,  t.dis 402 

San  Nicolas  de  Moron,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C, 

desc 466 

T.,  P.  P 404, 405 

t.,P.P.,  desc 405 


Page. 

Moron,  t.,  P.  P.,  t.  dis.  P.  P 386 

r 356,402 

t.,  P.P.,  t.dis. r.r 401 

Morro-Cabana-Cojimar- Habana,    r.,    H., 

desc 106 

H.,  secret  passage,  defenses, 

desc 75 

Castillo,  del,  H.,  defenses,  desc.  45,68, 
71, 468 
hist...l.  67 
semaphore,  desc.    53 
Castle,  fortification,   S.  de  C,  de- 
fenses  470 

lighthouse,  S.de  C, desc 470 

hill,  H.,  dose 103, 203 

point,  H.,  desc 51 

water  battery,  H.,  defenses,  desc 73 

Mosquito,  o.  v.,  P.  R 181 

river,  P.  R.,  desc 134 

Motembo-Matanzas,  r.  r.,M.,  desc 303 

O.V.,  M 311 

t.  dis.  r 303 

Muelle,   o.  v.,    P.  R.     (See  San  Cayetano 
(Muelle)  o.  v.,  P.  R.) 

Vinales,  r.r.,  P.  R.,  t.dis 147 

Muertos,  point,  P.  P 391 

Mulas,  point,  M.,  desc 310 

S.de  C,  desc 426,461 

Mulata,  bay,  P.  R.,  desc 144 

(La),  O.V.,  P.R 177 

loading  station,  P.  R 144 

Mulatas,  channel,  S.  C,  desc 381 

Mulato  (El),  Caobillas,  o.v.,  P.P 408 

t.  dis.  r._  402 

Muiioz,  hamlet,  S. C,  t.dis.r 358 

Murga,  Matanzas,  r.r.,  M.,  desc ._  292 

r.r. station,  M.,  t.dis. r.r 293 

Murillo  Castle,  battery  San  Felipe,  M.,  de- 
fenses, desc 320 

N. 

Naguarage,  bay, S.de  C.,desc 446 

Najaza,  mt.,  P.  P 388 

Naranjal,  o.  v.,M 317 

Naranjito,  o.  v.,  H 268 

Naranjo,  o.  v.,  P.  R 187 

port,  S.  de  C,  desc 458 

Xaranjos,  o.v.,  S.de  C 464 

Navajas-Jovellanos(Bemba),r.  r.,  M.,desc  292 

o.  v.,  M.,  desc 314 

t.dis.  r.r.. 294,296 

r.  r.  station,  M. ,  t.  dis.  r.  r 293 

-Venero  San  Jnan,  branch,  M., 

r.r.,  t.dis 294 

-Venero  San  Juan,  r.r.,  M.,  desc.  292 
-Venero  San  Juan,  r.r.,  M.,  itine- 
rary  294 

Navas,  hamlet,  S.  deC,  t.dis.r 442 

Nazareno,  o.  v.,  H 264 

S.C,  desc 374 

Negra,  point,  S.deC,  desc 421,425,427 

Negro,  river,  M.,  desc 286 


496 


INDEX. 


Page. 

New  Orleans,  t.  dig.  from  Habana  city 5 

New  York,  t.  dis.  from  Habana  city 5 

Nibujon,  beach,  S.  deC.,de8c 426 

point,  S.deC.desc 426 

Nicolas,  reef,  S.  C,  desc 336 

Sanchez,  channel,  M 285 

Niguas,  o.  v.,  S.  C . 377 

Niguero,o.v.,  S.de  C 462 

port.S.de  C,  desc 434 

Nimanima,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 465 

Nipe,  harbor,  S.  de  C,  desc 460,461 

Nombre  de  Dios,  o.  v.,  P.  R 183 

Norte  Ridges,  mt.,  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,  desc.  257 
Nueva  Cristina,  o.  v.     (See  Calabazar  or 
Nueva  Cristina,  o.v. ) 

Nueva  Gerona,  T.,  11 250,254 

t.,  H.,  desc ^ 254 

Isle  of  Pines,  H.,desc__  257 

Paz.T.,  H 265,267 

t.,  H.,  desc 268 

t.dis.  H  ^ 198 

r 248,305 

Salamanca,  or  Baiquiri,  port,  S.  do 

C,  desc 470 

Nuevas  Cruces,  r.  r.  (brancu),  S.  C 345 

de  Jobosi,  o.v.,  P.P 404 

Grandes,  o.v.,  P.P 404,406 

port,  P.P.,  desc 407 

O.V.,  S.C 366,376 

river,  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,  desc 257 

P.  P.,  desc 390 

Nuevitas,  bay,  P.  P.,  desc 407 

del  Principe,  port,  P.  P.,  desc 407 

del  Principe,  port,  P.  P.,  med-  15, 16 

harbor,  P.  P.,  desc 398, 407 

sailing  directions-  407 
-Puerto  Principe,  r.  r.,P.  P.,  desc  400 
hist    29 
-Puerto  Principe,  r.  r.,P.  P.,  itin- 
erary  401 

-Puerto  Principe,  r.  r.,  P.  P.,  t. 

dis.  r.  r 401 

(San  Fernando  de),T.,P.P  .  404,405 

t.,P.P.,de8C-  406, 

407 

med-  406 

t.,  P.P.,  t.dis.  gen x 

P.P 386 

o. 

Obas  (Las),  lake,  M 285 

S.  C,  desc 331 

o.  v.,  P.  B 188 

Obispo,  bay,  8.  C,  desc 342 

point,  S.  C,  desc 335 

Ocanipo,  river,  S.  de  C 428 

Ojo  de  Agua,  o.  v.,  H 264,268 

8.  C,  desc 361 

del  Torp,  mt.,  8.  de  C,  desc..  434, 436, 473 

Omofay,  gulf,  P.  P 398 

Orography  of  Cuba 7 


P. 

l?age. 

Padre,  port,  o.  v.,  8.  de  C.    (See  Puerto 
Padre.) 

Padre  (Del),  point,  8.  C,  desc 335 

Pajarar,  point,  H.,  desc 206 

Pajaros,  point,  8.  de  C,  desc 447 

Pajonal,  cays,  S.  C,  desc 337 

Palacios-Consolacion  del  Sur,   r.,   P.  R., 

itinerary 156 

Palacios  (Los),  river,  P.  E.,  desc 134 

T.,  P.  R 191 

t.,  P.  R.,  desc 192 

t.  dis.  r 147 

r.  r 146 

o.  v.,  P.  R 192,193 

-San  Cristobal,  r.,  P.  R.,  itinerary  153 

Palauca,  cay,  8.  C,  desc 337 

shoal,  8.  de  C,  desc 447 

PalasRock,  shoal,  M.,desc 288 

Palatino,  calzada,  r.,  H.,  desc 58 

Palenque,  o.  v.,  P.  R 186 

r.  r.  station,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 234 

Palestina,  o.  v.,  8.  de  C 466 

Palizadas,  o.  v.,  P.  R 186, 190 

Palma  (La),  o.  v.,  8.  de  C 456 

t.,  P.  E.,  desc 187 

Picada,  o.  v.,  H 276 

river,  M.,  desc 286 

Sola,  o.  v.,  8.  C 367 

Soriano,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

med 17 

t.  dis.  8.  dec  416 

Palmar,  o.  v.,  8.  de  C 451 

Palmarejo.    (See  San  Pedro.) 

Palmarito,  o.  v.,  P.  E ^  186 

Palmillas,  T.,  M 306,312,315 

t.,  M.,  desc 315 

t.  dis.  M 282 

r.  r 302 

Palmira,  o.  v.,  8.  C '. 361 

Palmira-R«das-Cartagena,r.  r.,  8.  C,  desc.  343 
Palmira-Rodas-Cartagena,  r. r.,  S.C,  itin- 
erary  350 

Palmira-Eodas-Cartagena,  r.  r.,  8.  C.,t.  dis.  360 
-San  Frances,  r.  r.  (branch), 8.  C_.  343 

T.,  S.  C 359, 360, 365 

t.,  8.  C,  desc 365 

t.  dis.  r.  r 348, 350 

8.  C 328 

Palo  Alto,  point,  P.P 391 

Palomas,  or  Brigand  cay,  anchorage,  P.  P., 

desc , — - 399 

Palomino,  o.  v. ,  H 276 

Palo8,r.r.  station,  H.,  t.dis.  r.r 234 

Pan  de  Azftcar,  mt.,  S.  de  C, desc 380, 452 

or  Pico  de  Garrida,  mt., 

P.  B 133 

river,  P.  E.,  desc 134 

Guajaiban,mt.,P.E 133 

Matanza8,mt.,M.,de8c 286,322 

8ama,mt.,S.deO.,d6sc 458,461 

Paradero,  o.  v.,  S.  C 360 


INDEX. 


497 


P»ge. 
PardodeManati,  hill,  S.deC.desc.    (See 
Mesa  de  Manati,  hill,  S.  de  C.) 

Parades,  o.  v.,  S.  C 371 

t.dis.r 358 

r.r 351 

Paredun  del  Medio,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 399 

Grande,cay,P.P.,desc 392 

lighthouse,  P.  P.,  desc  __  392 

Pargo,  channel,  M 285 

(del),  channel,  S.C,  desc 332 

Parras  (Las), hamlet,  S.deC.,t.di8.r 440 

o.v.,S.deC 459  • 

Pascaballos,  point,  S.  C,  desc 365 

Paso  de  las  Mangas,  o.  t.,  P.  K 186 

Keal  de  San  Diego,  T.,  P.  K 191, 193 

t.,P.R,desc 193 

Real,  o.  T.,  P.  K.,  desc 134, 187 

t.  dis.  r.  r 146 

Tiejo,  o.  v.,  P.  B 188 

Pastelillo,  o.  v.,  P.  P 406 

Pastoria  (La),  battery,  H.,  defenses,  desc_  69, 90 

Paz,  bank,  S.  C,  desc 336 

(La),  o.  v.,  H 276 

Pedernales,  o.  t.,  S.  de  C 459 

Pedregoso,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 456 

Pedro,  hamlet,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 358 

Pedroeo,  o.  v.,  M.    (See  Tramojoe,  or  Pe- 
droso,  o.  v.,  M.) 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 293 

Pelada,  mt.,  P.  R 1.33 

Pena  Blanca,  o.  t.,  P.  R 183 

mt.,  P.  R 133 

Pefialver,  o.  v.,  H 263 

Penas  Altas,  battery,  M.,  defenses,  desc 320 

o.  v.,  H 271 

Penderejas,  o.  v.,  M 312 

Peregriua,  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 457 

Perez,  r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 351 

Perico,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 311 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  desc 297 

Perla,  cay,  S.  de  C,  desc 431 

Perpetua,  point,  P.  B.,  desc 137 

Perro,  point,  P.  P 391 

Perros  (de),  river,  P.  P.,  desc 389 

Peru,  o.  v.,  H 271 

Pesaro,  lake,  M 285 

Pescante  (El),  o.  v.,  H 269 

Pesqnero  Nnero,  point,  8.  de  C,  desc 458 

Petatillos  (Los),  shoal,  H.,  desc . 207 

reefs.   Isle  of  Pines,  H., 

desc 261 

Philadelphia,  t.  dis.  from  Habana,  c 5 

Picardo,  bay,  P.  R.,  desc 145 

Pico  de  Potrerillo,  mt.,  S.  C,  desc 332,380 

Piedra,  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 4S0 

Piedraa,  cay,  M.,  desc 288,289 

cay8,S.deC 434 

Gordas,point,S.deC.,de3c 421,428 

(Las),  orSandoTal,o.T.,P.P 405 

o.  v.,  H_„ 253 

M 311 

8.  C 375 


P»ge. 

Piedraa,  point,  H.,desc 206 

P.  B.,  desc 137,145 

Pijiriga,o.  T.,P.B 192 

Pijnan,  o.  ▼.,  M.,  desc 315 

Pilot  point.    (See  Barlorento,  or  Pilot  point) 

PiIot08,o.  v.,P.B 187 

point,  P.  R 390 

Pimienta,  o.  t.,  P.  R 183 

Pinalillo,  point,  P.  R.,  desc l:i5, 136 

Knar  del  Bio,  c,  P.  R.,  desc 132, 188 

med 17 

t.  dis.  gen x 

r 147 

r.r-  105,146,209 
.Coloma,  river  (month  of), 

r.,P.  R.,desc 165 

-ConsoIaci6u,r.,P.  R.,  itin- 
erary  160 

•Habana,  r.  r. ,  H.,  t.  dis.  146, 209 

J.  D.,  P.  R  ... 132, 175, 186 

Pr.,  coast,  sailing  directions.  136 

t.con 129 

river,  P.  R.,  desc 134 

T.,P.B 186,188 

Pinoe,  r.  r.  station,  t.  dis.  r.  r 209 

Pintado,  bank,  S.  de  C,  desc 430 

point,  S.deC, desc..  420,425,429,452 

Pipian,  T.,  H 265, 268 

t,  H.,  desc 268 

t.dis.  H 198 

Pitajaya,  channel,  S.  de  C 432 

Placetas-Caibarieu,  r.  r.,  S.  C,  deec 343 

-Camajnani,  r.  r.,  8.  C, 

C,  desc 343 

T.,  8.  C 359,373,374 

t.,  8.  C,  desc 375 

t.  dis,  r 356 

r.  r 350,351 

Plata,  point,  8.  de  C,  desc 446 

Platanal,  o.  v.,  M 314 

Platano,  O.T.,  H 264 

Playa  Blanca,  beach,  8.  de  C,  desc 427, 436 

Colorada,  creek,  8.  C,  desc 332 

de  Bacnranao,  o.  v.,  H 263 

Caleta,  beach,  8.  de  C,  desc 427 

Chivo,  battery,  H.,  defenses,  desc.    93 
Sierra  Morena,  outlying  district, 

8.  C 367 

(La)  de  Batabano  (Snrgidero  de  Bata- 

bano),  t.,  H.,  t.  dis.  r 239 

(La)de6nanimar,o.v.,  H.,  desc..241, 276 

port,  H.,  desc 276 

Marianao-Chorrera,  r.,H., 

desc 114 

Harianao-M  a  r  i  a  n  a  o,  r. , 

H.,  desc 117 

Marianao,  o.  r.,  H.,  desc 43, 

104,112,114,116,274 

Playnelo,  point,  8.  de  C 432 

Plnma,  channel,  H 285 

Pinmajes,  point,  P.  B.,  desc •  136 

Plymouth  (England),  t.diB.from  Habana,  c.      5 


498 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Poblado  de  San  Vincento,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 464 

Pocito,  o.  v.,  H 274 

Population  of  Cuba 24 

Portiiles,  o.  v.,  P.  E 184 

Portazgo  (El),  o.  v.,  H.     (See  Punta  Brava, 
o.  v.,  H.) 

Portillo  (El),  harbor,  S.  de  C 473 

Portocarrero,  o.  v.,  M 316 

Ports  of  entry  of  Cuba,  med 15 

Potrelillo,  o.  v.,  S.  C 377 

S.  de  C 456 

t.  dis.  S.  de  C 416 

Potrero  Ferro,  orMazorro,  o.v  ,  H_  215,234,256 
Potrero  Ferro,  or  Mazorro,  o.  v.,  H.,  t.  dis. 

r.  r 215,234 

Poveda,  o.  v.,  H 253 

Pozas  (Las), o.v., P. R 177 

Pozo  Redondo,  o.  v.,  H 250 

t.dis.r 242 

r.r 215 

Practices,  point,  P.  P 391 

Principe  Alfonso,  o.  v.,  H 267 

(Castillo  del),  H.,  defenses,  desc_  46, 
69,87 

(Del),  hill,  H.,desc 203 

(El),  o.  v.,  11.,  desc ^^ 120 

Provincial,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 378 

Pueblo  Nuevo,  o.v.,H 269 

t.  dis.  r.r 215,234 

P.  P 408 

P.R 192 

dePefialver,  0.  v.,H 209 

San  Juan,o.v.,S. C.jdesc-  368 
Puente  de  Almendares,  o.v.,  H.     (See  Al- 
mendares  (Puente  de).) 

Puente  (El),  o.  v.,  H .  269, 271 

Puentes,  o.  v.,  P.  R 187 

Grandes,  o.  v.,  H.,  desc.  104, 118, 269 

Puercos,  caj",  S.  de  C, desc 450 

river,  P.  P.,  desc 396 

Puerta,  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 421, 425, 428 

Puerto  de  la  Guira,  o.  v.,  P.  R 176 

Escondido,  o.  v.,  M 316 

Padre,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 449 

med 16 

sail'g  directions  450 

t.dis.S.de  C 416 

Principe,  c,  P.  P.,  desc 409 

med 17 

t.  dis.  gen x 

P.  P 386 

r 402,403 

r.  r 401 

J.  D,,  P.  P 404, 405 

Judicial  districts,  town- 
ships, cities,  and  towns.  404 
-Moron,  r.,  P.  P.,  desc.  402 
t.  die- 402 
-Nuevitas,  r.  r.,  P.  P., 

deec 400 

-Nnevitas,  r.  r.,  P.  P., 
itinerary 401 


Page. 
Puerto    Principe-Nuevitas,    r.   r.,  P.   P., 

t.  dig  r.r 401 

Pr.,  desc 7,23 

t.  con 385 

-Sancti  Splritus,  r.,  P.  P., 

desc 401 

-Sancti  Splritus,  r.,  P.  P., 

t.  dis 402 

.  -Santa  Clara,   r.,  P.  P., 

desc 353 

-Santa  Clara,   r.,  P.  P., 

itinerary 357 

-Santa  Cruz  del  Sur;  r., 

P.  P.,  desc 402 

-Santa  Cruz  del  Sur,  r., 

P.  P.,  t.  dis 403 

(Santa  Maria  de),  T.,  P. 

P 404,405,408 

-Tunas  (Las),  r.,  P.  P., 

desc .-  402,440 

-Tunas  (Las),  r.,  P.  P., 

itinerary 403 

-Tunas  (Las),  r.,  P.  P., 

t.  dis 403 

Rico,  lake,  M 285 

Punta  Alegre,  o.  v.,  P.  P 405 

Blanca,   El  Fuerte  de,  redoubt,  S. 

de  C 469 

Brava,  or  Portazgo,  o.  v.,  H 253 

t.dis.r-  238 

M 314 

P.  R 192 

Brava,  or  Portazgo,  o.  v.,  P.  R.,  t. 

dis.  r.  r 146 

(Castillo  de  la),  H.,  defenses,  desc  —  45, 
67,76 

de  Afuera,  cay,  P.  R.,  desc 138 

la  Sierra,  o.  v.,  P.  E 184 

Palinas,  o.  v.,  P.  R 186 

del  Este,  anchorage.  Isle  of  Pines, 

H.,  desc 257 

Puntas  do  Cartas,  o.  v.,  P.  R 185 

Purgatorio,  o.  v.,  M 317 

Purial,  o.  v.,  H 267 

S.  C 376 

S.de  C . 451 

Pnrnio,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459 

Q. 

Quebec,  t.  dis.,  from  Habana,  c 5 

Quebrada  de  Moa,  channel,  8.  de  C.,de8C-  447 

Queniada8(La8),  o.  v.,  H 277 

Quemados  de  GUines,  T.,  S.  C 366,367 

t.,  S.  C,  desc 359,367 

t.di8.S.C_  328 

Qnemado  Hilario,  o.  v.,S.  C 377 

Quemados  (Los),  o.  v.,  H 269, 274 

point,  S.de  C, desc 421 

Quiebra  Hacha,  o.  v.,  P.  B 181 

Qninta.o.v.,  S.  C,  desc 376 

r,  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r. 349 


INDEX. 


499 


Page. 

Quintana,  o.  v.,  H —  277 

M.,  desc 315 

t.  dis.  r.  r 295 

r.-r.8tation,  M.,  desc 297 

Quintanal,  o.  v.,  H 250 

Quintano,  o.  v.,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 215 

Quivican,  T.,  H 250,255 

t.,H.,desc 255 

t.  dis.  H 198 

r.  r 215,234 

R. 

Rabihorcado,  cay,  S.  C 337 

Railroad  companies  of  Cuba 31 

Railroads,  conBtniction  of,  in  Cuba 29 

Rama,  point,  S.  de  C 433 

Ramblazo,  o.  v.,  P.  P.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 401 

Ramirez,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 361 

Raniun  de  las  Yaguaa,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

Ramos,  o.  v.,  H :  264 

Bancho  Bayeros,  o.  v.,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 209 

del  Medio,  o.  v.,  M 311 

Rancho  Veloz,T.,S.C 359,366,367 

t.,S.C.,desc 367 

Ranchuela-Concepcion,  r.  r.  (branch),  S.  C_  343 

Ranchuelo,  o.  v.,  51 314 

P.P 405 

-San  Juan  de  las  Yeras,  r.  r. 

(branch),  S.C 343 

T.,S.C 376,377 

t.,8.C.,de6C 359,377 

t.  dis.  r.  r 348 

S.  C 328 

Rangel,mt.,P.R-.- 133 

Rapado,  cay,  P.  R  -'. 13»,  139 

chico,  cay,  P.  R.,desc 140 

l>as6,  P.  R.,  desc 140 

Rasita.  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 425 

Rat  Island,  S.  de  C.     (See'Batones,  cayo.) 

Ratones,  cay,  P.  P.,desc 397 

cayo.S.de  C 468 

Rayo,o.v.,P.  R 181 

Real,  creek,  S.  C,  desc 332 

Realengo,  o.  v.,  M 313 

Rebelliues,  cays,  P.  R.,  desc 139 

Becreo-Itabo,  branch,  r.  r.,  M.,de6C— _  301, 302 

r.r.,  desc 292 

t.,  M.,de6c 312 

t.di8.M 282 

r.  r Jk 301 

Redonda,  lake,  S.  C 331 

Redondo,  cay,  H 207 

(Pozo),  o.  v.,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 215 

Regla-Guanabacoa-Cojimar,  r.,  H.,  desc —  107 

-Habana,  ferries,  H ; 106 

-Minas.r.,  H.,t.di8 248 

shoal,  H.,  desc 62 

T.,H '.i62,264 

t.,  H.,  desc  -■ 103, 125, 262, 264 

t.dis.  H 198 

r 248 

r.r 224 


Page. 
Beina,  battery  de  la  H.,  defenses,  desc  ._  68, 77 

Religion  of  Cuba 26 

Reloj.o.v.,  H 270 

Remanganagiia,  o.  t.,  S.  de  C 466 

Bemates,  o.  v.,  P.  R 186 

Bemedioe-MorOn,  r.,  P.  P.,  desc 401 

S.C, desc 363 

itinerary 357 

t.di8 356,402 

o.y.,S.C.,t.dis.r 356 

-Sancti  Spiritn8,r.,  S.C, desc 353 

itinerary  356 

t.dis 356 

-Sancti  Spiritna-San  Andr^s-Cai- 

barien,  r.  r.,  S.  C 376 

-Santa  Clara,  r.,  8.  C,  desc 353 

itinerary-  355 

t.di8 355 

(San  Juan  de  los),  c,  S.C,  t. 

dis.  r 355 

(San  Juan  de  los),  c,  S.C,  t. 

dis.  r.  r 349, 350 

t.,  S.C,  med 17 

Requena,  o.  v.,  H 269 

Betamal,  r.r.,  station,  M.,  desc 297 

t.dis.  r.r 295, 

■  301,352 
-Yaguaramas-Cardenas,  r.  r.,  S.C-  343 

Binconada,  o.v.,  S.  de  C 449 

BincOn-Bejucal-Jesus  del  Monte,  r.,  H., 

desc 108 

de  Calabazas,  o.t.,  H 256 

Grande,  point,  P.  P 390 

Harianao-Habaua,  t.  dis.  r.  r 105 

o.v.,  H 271,272 

t.di8.  H 105 

r 242 

r.r 209,213,215,234 

Bio  Blanco,  o.  v.,  M 314 

P.R 187 

port,  P.  R 187 

de  Ay,  o.  v.,  S.  C 379 

t.dis.  r 354 

Janeiro,  t.  dis.  from  Habana,  c 5 

Pnercos,  o.v.,  P.B 187 

Feo,o.v.,P.B 188 

Frio,  o.  v.,  S.  de  0 465 

Grande,  o.  v.,  M 317 

Hondo,  O.V.,  P.R 187,191 

river,  P.  R.,  desc 134 

Nuevo,  o.  v.,  M 311 

Seco,  O.V.,  P.R 185,190 

S.  de  C 451 

r.  r.  station,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 234 

Sequito,  o.  v  ,  P.R 188 

Roblar.o.T.,  P.R 186 

Roble,  O.V.,  M 311 

^Sabana,  o.  v.,  H 267 

Roble8(Lomade),  hill,H 203 

(Sabana),  o.  v.,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 236 

Bodas-Cartagena-Palmira,  r.  r.,  S.  C.,de8C-  343 


500 


INDEX. 


Kodas-Cartagena-Palmlra,  r.  r.,  S.  C,  itin- 
erary   350 

Bodas,  T.,  S.  C : 359,360,365 

t.,S.C 365 

t.dis.  r 357 

r.  r 350 

S.  C 328 

Rodrigo,  r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  desc 345  • 

t.dis.  r.r 344 

Bojas,  r.r.  station,  S. C,  t.  dis. r.  r 351 

Romadero,  canal,  P.  B 133 

Bomano,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 391 

Romero,  shoal,  M.,  desc 289 

Eoncadora,  pass,  P.  B.,  desc 141 

Boque,  T.,  M 306,312,315 

t.M.,  desc 315 

t.dis.  M 282 

Roquea  (de  los),  point,  H.,  desc 205 

Roque,  t.,  M.,  t.  dis.  r 305 

Rosario,  bay,  P.  B 145 

cay,  P.  B.,  desc 142 

channel,  H.,  desc 202,260 

P.  B.,  desc 142 

loading  place,  H.,  desc 207 

o.  v.,  P.  B 180 

river,  H.,desc 204 

P.  B.,  desc 134 

Bubin,  mt.,  P.B 133 

Buiz,  O.V.,  P.B 186 

S. 
Sabalo,  o.v.,  P.B 184 

S&bana  Anecadizas,  plain,  S.  C,  desc 334 

beach,  S.de  a,  desc 422 

Camaguey,  reefs,  M 287 

-la-Mar,  creek,  P.  B.,  desc 144 

river,  S.deC 420 

o.  v.,  H 267 

O.V.,  P.R 181 

S.deC 443 

river,  P.  B.,  desc 134 

-Boble,  o.  v.,  H 267 

SabanasNuevas,  o.  v.,  P.  B 187 

Sabanilla-Alfonso-Matanzas,  r.,  t.  dis 305 

del  Encomendador,  T.,  M 306, 307 

t.,  M.,  desc-  307 
t.,  M.,  t.  dis. 

M :_  282 

t.,M.,  t.dis. 

r 306 

t.,  M.,  t.  dis. 

r.  r 293 

lighthouse,  8.  C,  desc 342 

o.  V. ,  M. ,  t.  dis.  r.  r 301 

S.  de  C 460 

point,  B.C.,  desc 335 

y  Moroto,  r.  r.  Co 436 

Sabanillo,  point,  M.,  desc 290 

Sabinal,  bay,  P.P 398 

cay,  P.B.,  desc 142 

O.V.,  P.  P 406 

peninsula,  P.  P 891 


Page. 

Saddle  of  Gibara,  hill,  S.  de  C,  desc.-  450, 457 

Sagua,  c,  S.  C 15 

-Cruces-Isabela,  r.r.,  S.  C 343 

river,  M.,  desc 286 

de  Tanamo-Holguin-Baracoa,  r.,  S. 

de  C,  desc 440 

de  Tanamo,  river,  S.  de  C 420 

T.,  S.  de  C 443, 450, 455 

t.,  S.  de  C,  desc 455 

tdis.S.deC.  416 

r 442 

Grande,  channel,  S.  C,  desc 332 

la  Chica,  o.  v.,  S.  C 375 

river,  S.  C 333 

Grande,  anchorage,  S.  C 342 

Boca,  S.  C,  desc 370 

-Cayuagua,  r.  r.  (branch) 

S.  C 343 

c,  S.  C,  desc 331, 369 

t.dis.  gen x 

S.C 328 

r 354 

r.  r 105, 344 

harbor,  S.  C,  pilotage.—  370 
sailing  di- 
rections. 369 
-Isabela-Santa  Clara,  r.,  S. 

C.desc 352 

J.  D. ,  S.  C 330, 359,  366 

desc 24 

r.r.,  S.C,  t.dis 344 

river,  S.C,  desc 333,369 

-Santa  Clara,  r.,  S.  C, 

itinerary 354 

-Santa  Clara,  t.  dis.  S.  C.  328 

T.,  S.  C 359, 366,  368 

Sal,  cay,  8.  C,  desc 336 

Salado,  o.v., desc 366 

river,  P.  E 134 

Saladrigas,  r.  r.  station,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 213 

Salamanca,  r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 350 

Salina,  Gesonia  (La),  S.  C 335 

point,  P.  P 390 

Salinas,  lake  (group),  S.  C,  desc 332 

point,  P.  B.,  desc 144 

S.deC,  desc 454 

Salto,o.v.,  S.C,  desc 366 

Salud  (La),  T.,  H 250, 265 

t.,H.,desc 255 

t.dis.  r.r 209 

Sama,  mt.,  S.  de  C.desc 461 

o.  v.,  S.  de  C 469 

point,  S.  de  0 457 

port,  S.  de  C,  desc 457 

San  Agustin  de  Aguarras,  o.  v.,  S.  do  C 459 

Paso  del  Medio,  o.v.,  M-._  317 

hamlet,  P.  P.,  t.  dis.  r 403 

o.v.,H 269 

San   AndrSs-Caibarieu-Bemedios-S  a  n  c  t  i 

Spiritus,  r.  r.,  8.  C 376 

San  Andres,  o.v., P.B 187 

S.  de  C 459 


INDEX. 


501 


Page. 

San  Andres,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 442 

r.  r.  station,  S.  C. ,  t.  dis.  r.  r  „_  350 

San  Anton,  hamlet,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 357 

o.  v.,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r .SOI 

de  la  Anegada,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc_J  311 

San  Antonio,  cai>e,  P.  R.,  desc 135, 137 

hill,  H 203 

lighthouse,  P.  R.,  desc  135, 143 

O.V.,  H.,  t.dis.r.r 213 

M 317 

river,  H.,  desc 204 

t.,M.,med 17 

Chiquito,  o.v.,  H 269 

de  Cabezas,  T.,  M 306,307 

t.,  M.,  desc 307 

t.dis.M-  282 

las  Vegas,  T.,  H 250, 255 

t.,H.,desc 255 

t.di8.H-  198 

Vneltas,  T.,  S.C 359, 

373, 375 

t.,S.C.,desc_  375 

Ids  Banos,  J.  D.,  H  ._  249, 275 

T.,  H 275,277 

t.,H.,  desc  202, 277 

med  _._  277 

t.dis.gen     x 

H-  198 

Rio    Blanco    del    Norte, 

T.,  H 270,272 

Rio    Blanco    del    Norte, 

t.,  H.,  desc 272 

San  Arriba,  o.v.,  S.de  C 456 

San  Bartolomfe,  r.  r.  station,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r  351 

M - 301 

San  Bartolo,  o.  v.,  S.  do  C 465 

San  Bias,  creek,  S.  C,  desc 332 

lake,  M 285 

o.  v.,  H 267 

M 311 

San  Cayetano,  bay,  P.  P.,desc 398 

(Muelle),  o.  v.,  P.  R 190 

t.  dis.  r.  r_  147 

San  Cristobal-ArtemiBa,  r.,  P.  R.,  itinerary  152 

J.D.,P.R..desc__  28, 

•   132,175,191 

-Palacios.r.,  P.  B.,  itinerary  _  153 

T.,P.  R 191 

t.,P.  R.,desc 193 

t.dis.gen x 

r 147 

r.  r 146 

San  Dainian,o.  v.,M 316 

San  Diego,  H.,  defenses,  desc 68, 84 

hill,  H . 203 

mineral  springs,  P.  R.,  desc 133 

river,  P.  R 134 

t.,  P.  R.,  t.  dis.  r 147 

de  los  Bafios,  T.,  P.  R 191, 194 

t.,P.B.,de8C 194 

Nufiez,T.,P.R 176,183 

t.,P.B.,de8c 183 


San  Diego  del  Valle,T., S.C 359,377 

San  Domingo, o.v., M.,t. dis. r 305 

r.r.8tation,M.,  t.dis.r.r 294 

de  Xtaros,  hill,  H.,de8c 203 

Diaz,  river,  P.  P.,  desc 389 

San  Felipe,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 393 

cays.  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,  desc 262 

P.B 146 

T.,H 250,256 

t.,H.,de8C 256 

t.dis.r 242 

r.  r 105,215,234 

San  Fernando  de  Nuevitas,  T.,P.  P.     {See 
Nue vitas  (San  Fernando  de).) 

San  Fernando,  hamlet,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 442 

San  Frances-Palmira,  r.  r.  (branch),  S.  C 343 

San  Francisco,  o.  v.,  S.  C 379 

P.  B 186 

point,  P.  R.,  desc 136 

de  P.aula,  o.  v.,  H.jt.dls.  r_  247 

M 317 

San  Gil, o. v., S.C, desc 378 

San  Jeronimo,  o.  v.,  P.  P 404,408 

t.dis.  P.  P 386 

r 402 

San  Jose,  o.  v.,  P.  R 185 

de  las  Lajas,  T.,  H 270, 273 

t.,H.,deBC 2T3 

med 17,273 

t.dis.H 198 

r 247 

de  los  Ramos,  T.,  M 306,312,315 

t.,  M.  desc 315 

t.dis.  M 282 

r.  r..  302 
Remedios,  caves,  S.C.,desc-  333 

San  Juan  de  Najaza,  river,  P.  P.,  desc 389 

hill,  S.  C,  desc 362 

o.  v.,  H 269 

P.  B 192 

point,  P;  P 390 

river,  M.,desc 286,287,319,333 

Bautista,  o.  v.,  P.  R 181 

de  Contreras,  o.  v.,P.  B 191 

las    Yeras-Banchuelo,   r.   r. 

(branch),  S.  C 343 

las  Yeras,  T.,  S.  C 359, 376, 377 

t.,S.C.,desc 377 

t.dis. S.C-  328 

los  Remedios,  J.  D.,  S.C 330, 

359,373 
T., S.C- 359,373,375 
t.,S.C.,de8C-331,375 

med 375 

t.,  S.  C,  t.  dis. 

gen X 

t.,  S.  C.,t.di8., 

S.C 328 

del  Norte,  o.v.,  P.B 191 

y  Martinez,  river,  P.  E 134 

T.,  P.  B 183, 185 

t.,  P.  B 132 


502 


INDEX. 


Page. 

San  Juan  y  Martinez,  t.,  P.  B.,  desc 185 

San  Julian  de  los  GUines,  T.,  H 265 

San  Lazaro,  o.  v.,  P.  R 185 

torreOn,  H.,  defenses 90 

San  Leandro,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

San  Lorenzo,  o.  v.,  P.  K . 186 

San  Luis,  o.  v.,  S.  deC,  t.dis.  r.  r 437 

r.  r.  (branch),  S.  de  C,  itinerary,  437 

T.,  P.R 186,190 

t.,  P.  R.,  desc 190 

-Santiago  de  Cuba,  r.  r.,  S.  de  C, 

desc 436 

de  las  Enramadas,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C. 

desc ^ 461 

de  las  Enramadas,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C, 

t.  dis.  S.  de  C 416 

San  Marco,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 344 

San  Marcos,  river,  P.  R.,  desc 134 

San  Mateo,  channel,  M 285 

San  Matias,  o.  v.,  H.,  t.  dis.  r 244 

del  Klo  Blanco, o.  v.,  H 272 

port,  H.,  desc.  272 

San  Miguel,  o.  v.,  H.,  t. dis. r. r 224 

P.  P.,  desc 4(t6 

t.dis.P.P 386 

P.  R 177 

de  los  Bancs,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 

316,317 

med 317 

del  Padron,  o.  v.,  H 263 

San  Nazario,  battery,  H.,  defenses,  desc 90 

defenses,  H 69 

San  Nicolas,  o.  v.,  P.  P 404 

point,  S.  de  C,  desc 454 

pilotage 454 

T.,  H 265,268 

t.,  H.,  desc 268 

t.  dis.  H 198 

r... 248 

r.  r 234 

San  Pablo,  o.  v.,  P.R 187 

San  Pedro,  mt..  Isle  of  Pines,  H 257 

(Playa  de),  o.  v.,  P.  B 179 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  desc 299 

de  Jiquiabo,  o.  v.,  S.  C 368 

MayabuD,  o.  ▼.,  M.,  desn 314 

t.    dis. 
r.  r_  295 

or  Palmarejo,  o.  v.,  S.  C 379 

San  Sebastian,  river,  P.  B.,  desc 133 

San  Severino,  Castillo,  M.,  defenses,  desc.  320 
San    Tosojito,    r.   r.   station,   M.,   t.  dis. 

r.  r 294 

San  Vicente,  o.  v.,  S.  C 376 

S.  de  C 466 

t.  dis.  r.r 437 

Sancti  SpiritOB-Caibarien,  r.  r.,S.  0.,  itin- 
erary   350 

Sancti  Spiritus-Caibarien,  r.  r.,  t.dis., S.  C  350 
Cienfuegos-GUinia  Miran- 
da-Venero  San  Juan,  r., 
8.  C,  desc 363 


Page. 
Sancti  Spiritus-Cienfuegos-GUinia  Miran-  ;.. 
da-Venero  San  Juan,  r., 

t.  dis.,  S.  C 357 

Cienfuegos  Zaza,  r.,  S.  C, 

desc 3-53 

J.D.,S.C 330,359,371 

Puerto  Principe,  r.,  S.  C, 

desc - 401 

Puerto  Prtncipe,  r.,  t.  dis_  402 

Beniediog,r.,S.C.,deso 353 

itinerary  356 

t.dis 356 

r.r.jS.C,  itinerary 351 

t.dis.,S.  C 351 

-Tunas  de  Zaza,  r.  r.,  S,  C, 

desc 343 

T.,S.C ^ 359,371 

t.,S.C.,desc 331,371 

med 17 

t.dis.  gen x 

S.C 328 

r 356, 

357,358,402 

r.r 351 

-San  Andres-Caibari6n-Ee- 

medios,  r.  r.,  S.  C 376 

-Zaza-Cienfnegos,  r.,  t.  dis. 

S.C 358 

Sandobal,o.  v.,P.P.,t.di6.  r.  r 401 

Sandy,  cay,  P.  P.,  desc  . 392 

Santa  Ana,  mt.,  M 286 

o.v.,H 253,271 

Rio  de,  river,  H.  desc 204 

T.,  M 306, 315, 32:j 

t.,  M.,desc 32.3 

t.,M.,t.di8.M 282 

Santa  Barbara,  o.  v.,  H 253, 271 

Santa  Cecilia,  o.  v.,  P.  P 410 

Santa  Clara- Alvarez,  r.,  S.  C,  desc 362 

itinerary 353 

t.dis.  S.C 353 

battery,  H., defenses, desc..  67,78 

bay,  S.C,  desc 342 

-Cardenas-Jovellanos  (Bemba), 

r.r.,  P.  P.,  desc 343 

-Cienfuegos,  r.r.,  S.C,  desc 343 

-Cienfuegos,  r.r., S.C, itinerary  348 

t.dis 348 

c,  S.C,  desc 331,. 378 

med 17 

t.  dis.gen x 

S.C 328 

r 353,a54,355 

r.  r 295,344,348 

-Jovellanofi  (Bcmbii)-Ciirdena8, 

r  T.,  M.,  dose 292 

-Jovellanos(Bemba)-Cardenn8, 

r.r., t.dis,  S.C 328 

J.D.,S.C 330,359,376 

judicial   districts,    town?hipe, 

cities,  and  towns 359- 

o.v.,P.K 187,191 


INDEX. 


503 


Page. 

?'utaClara,o.v.,  S.deC 459 

Pr.,degc 2.'{ 

-Puerto  Principe,  r.,S.C.,desc-  353 
-Puerto     Principe,    r.,    S.  C, 

itinerary 357 

-Remedioe,  r.,  S.  C,  desc 353 

itinerary.  355 

t.di8 355 

river,  P.  P.,  desc 389 

-Sagua  la   Grande-Isabela,   r. 

S.  C,  desc 352 

-Sagua    la    Grande,   r.  S.  C, 

itinerary 354 

-Sagnala  Grande,  r.,t.  di8.,S.C_  354 
-Trinidad-Casilda,    r.,    S.     C, 

desc 352 

-Trinidad-Casilda,    r.,    S.    C, 

itinerary 355 

-Trinidad-Ca8ilda,r.,t.d:8.S.C.  364 

T.,  S.  C ,, 359,376,378 

Santa  Cruz,  anchorage,  H 208 

o.  v.,H 270 

P.  B 193 

-Puerto  Principe,r.,  t.  dis.  P.  P._403 

river,  H.,de8c 204 

t.,  H.,med 16 

de  Ids  Pinos,  T.,P.  R 191 

t.,  P.  K.,de8c._  194 
del  Cumanayagua,  o.  v.,  S.  C. 

desc 361 

del  Xorte,  o.  v.,  P.R 194 

•  del  Sur,  anchorage,  P.  P.,  sail- 
ing directions 411 

-Puerto  Principe,  r.  P. 

P.,  desc 402 

T.,  P.  P 404, 405, 410 

t.,P.  P.,  desc 410 

med 410 

t.dis.r 403 

P.  P 386 

Santa  Fe,  hamlet,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 355 

outlying  district,  S.C 367 

o.  v.,H 254 

t.,l8leof  Pines,  H.,  desc 2.58 

river,  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,  desc.  257, 259 

Santa  Feliciana,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

.Santa  Gertrudis,  o.  v.,P.  P 405 

Santa  Isabel,  o.  v.,  P.  R 185 

S.  de  C 460 

de  las  Lajas,  T.,  S.  C.  359, 360, 366 

t.,  S.C,  desc 366 

t.dis.S.C  328 

Santa  Lucia,  bay,  P.  R 145 

point,  P.  R.,  desc 135 

river, P.R.  (See Malas Aguas, 
river,  P.P.) 

Santa  Maria,  bay,  P.  P 398 

cay,P.P.,desc 393 

Santa  Maria  de  Puerto  Principe,  T.,  P.  P. 
(See  Puerto  Principe'(Santa  Maria  de).) 

Santa  Maria,  o.  v.,  P.  R \.  185 

S.de  C 449 

7739 33 


Page, 

Santa  Maria,  point,  P.  P 391 

del  Rosario,  T  ,  II 262, 266 

t.,H.,desc 265 

t.di8.gen.     x 
H-.  198 

Santa  Monica,  o.  v.,  P.  R 193 

Santa  Rita,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 449 

Santa  Rosa,  o.  v.,  H 277 

S.C.,de6c 366 

Santa  Teresa, o.  v.,  M 311 

P.R 184,192 

Santiago,  c,  S.  de  C.,  t. dis. r.  r 439 

harbor, S.de  C., desc 418 

o.  v.,  S.  C 360 

river,  P.  R.,de8C 132 

t.,  S.C,  med 17 

de  Cuba-Bayamo-Baracoa,  r.,  S. 

deC.,desc 440 

de  Cuba,c.,  S.de  C.,de8c 16,467 

hist. 1 

med 15,467 

pilotage 472 

t.  dis.  gen x 

S.deO  416 

r 442 

1  telegraph 472 

sailing    di- 
rections -  470 

J.D.,S.deC,de8c 28, 

443,464,466 

Pr.,desc 23 

t.  con 416 

r.r.,  S.de  C,t. die 437 

T.,S.deC 443,464,466 

t.dis 416 

-San  Luis,  r.r.,S.deC, 

desc 436 

-Vireza-America,  r.  r., 

S.  de  C,  desc 436 

de  las  Vegas,  T.,  H 256 

t.,H.,desc 266 

t.  dis.  gen x  - 

H 198 

r_ 242 

,      r.  r--  209 

Santo,  cay,  S.de  C,  desc 446 

(El),  o.v.,S.C 366 

river,  S.  C 333 

Santo  Domingo,  o.v.,  P.R 192 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  desc 301 

S.C,  desc—  346 

T.,S.C 359,366,371 

t.,  M.,desc 301 

S.C,  desc 371 

t.dis.S.C 328 

r 353 

r.  r. 344 

-Villa  Clara,  r.  r.,  S.  C, 

itinerary 346 

Santo  TomSs,  o.  v., P. R 190 

Sardinero,  Bateria  del,  S.  de  C,  desc 469. 

river,  S.deC 422 


504 


INDFX. 


Page. 

Savannah,  t.  (lis.,  from  Habana,  c 5 

Saza.     (See  Zaza.) 

Seaports,  not  iwrts  of  entry,  nied.,Cuba._    16 

Sea  wall,  H.  defenses,  desc 75 

Seborucal,  o.  V. ,  H 277 

t.di8.r.  r 213 

M 316 

Seboruco,  point,  M.,  desc 290 

Seco,  river,  S.  de  C,  desc 420, 428, 457 

Seiba  del  Queniada,  o.  v.,  H 209 

Mocha,  o.  v.,  M 317 

t.dis.r.r 292,293 

r 304 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.dis.r.r 293 

Seibabo,o.v.,S.0.,de8c 378 

SemillerOjO.  v.,  M 314 

Serpentine,  hill,  H 203 

Serrano8,o.  v.,  P.  R 184 

Sevilla,  mt.,  P.P 388 

o.  v.,  S.  de  C 464, 465 

river,  P.  P.,  de8c___ .  389 

S.de  C - -  420 

Shape  and  size  of  Cuba 3 

Sibanlcu,  o.v.,  P.P 408 

t.  dis.  r 403 

Siboney,  r.  r.  station,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 439 

Sierra  deAnafe  or  Mesa  del  Mariel,mt., P.  K  133 

Bejucal,  mt.,H.,desc 203 

Camarones,  mt.,M.,desc 285 

Casas,  river,  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,de8c_  257 

Cobre,mt.,S.deC.,  desc 418 

Ciibitas,mt.,S.  C.,desc 333 

Hato  Nuevo  or  Santa  Clara,  mt., 

S.C.desc 333 

Judas,  mt.,  P.  P 388 

las  Perdizas,  mt.,  P.  B 133 

los  Organos,  mt.,  P.  R 133 

San  Martin,  mt.,  H 203 

Guanabacoa,  mt.,  H 203 

o.  v.,  P.  R 192 

S.C,  desc 361 

Maestra,  mt.,  S.  de  C,  desc 418 

Morena,mt.,  S.C,  desc 333 

o.v.,M 311 

S.C,  desc 367 

Playa  de,  outlying  district, 

S.C 367 

point,  S.C 335 

river,  S.C 333 

t,  S.  C,  desc 333 

Morenas,  mts.,  S.C, desc 337 

San  Francisco,  mt.,  H.,  desc 203 

de  Janvier,  H.,  desc.  203 

Sil)arimar,  mt.,  H 203 

Susana,  mt.,H.,desc 203 

Siprras  de  Moa,  mt.,  S.  de  C,  desc 419 

Sancti  Spiritns,  mt.,  S.  C,  desc.-  380 
Sigua-Arroyo  La  Plata,  r.  r.,  S.  do  C,  desc.  437 

bay,  S.  de  C,  desc 423 

Iron  Company,  r.  r.  Company 437 

Riguaguas,  o.  v.,M 312 

Sigual,  o.  v.,  8.  de  C 461 


Page. 
Siguanea,  bay,  Isle  of  Pines,  H.,  desc—  206, 259 
Ensenada   de  la,   bay.   Isle    of 

Pines,  H.,  desc 257 

Silencio,  point,  S.deC 423,430 

Silla  de  Romano,  hill,  P.  P 391 

Sipiabo,  o.v.,  S.C 379 

Sitiecito,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 344 

Sitio  Grande,  t.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 3.54 

Herrera,  o.  v.,  P.  R 193 

Nuevo,  o.  v.,  S.  C 377 

Sitios,  o.  v.,  S.  deC 466 

Sitios  Nuevos,  o.  v.,  M 317 

Smith,  cay,  S.de  C,  desc 470,472 

Socapa,  Castillo  de  la,  S.  de  C,  desc 468 

.    (La),  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 466 

Socorro,  hamlet,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 442 

o.v.,  S.deC 464 

t.  dis.  r.  r 437 

Soils  in  Cuba 24 

Sojo,  o.v.,  S.de  0 460 

Soledad  de  Beniba,  o.v.,  H.     (See  Bemba 
(Soledadde),  o.v.,  H.) 

(La),  o.v.,  P.R 193 

o.v.,  P.P 404 

S.C 360 

Sombrero,  cay,  H 207 

rock,  anchorage,  S.  de  C,  desc.  434 

S.de  C,  desc 430 

Someruelos,  Bateria  de,  S.de  C,  desc 468 

Songo,  o.v.,  S.de  C 466 

Spain,  port  of,  t.  dis.  fr.  Habana,  c 5 

Spanish-American    Iron  Company,   r.   r. 

company 437 

Statistics,  provinces,  Cuba 26 

Suena  el  Agua,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 465 

Sumidero,  o.v.,  M 316 

t.dis.r 303 

r.r 192 

P.R 188 

Surgidero,  o.v.,  H 250 

port,  P.R 190 

T. 

Tabaco,  point,  P.  R.,  desc 140 

Tablas,  o.v.,H 271 

Table  of  contents,  gen iii 

distances  in  Cuba x 

Tacajo,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459 

t.dis.r 442 

Tacamara, o.v., S.de  C 459 

Taco,  beach,  S.de  C,  desc 426 

port,  S.  de  C,  desc 426,  446, 447 

-Taco,  o.  v.,  P.  R.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 146 

Sur,o.v.,  P.R 194 

Tacre,  river,  S.deC 428 

Tag^uayabon,  hamlet,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 356 

o.v.,  S.C 376 

r.r.station,  S.C,  t.  dis.  r.r349, 350 

Taironas,  o.y.,P.R 188 

Tnlanquera,  point,  H.,  desc 205 

Tallabacoa,  river,  S.C, desc 341 

Tamaulipas,  o.  v.,  H 276 


INDEX. 


505 


Page. 

Tampa,  t.  dis.  fromHabana 5 

Tana,  river,  S.  de  C 420 

Tanamo,  port,  S.de  C,  sailing  directions-  456 

Tapaste,  T.,  II 270, 273 

t.,  H.,  desc 273 

t.dis.H 198 

Tarara,  river,  H.,  desc 204 

Tarenteras  de  Galindo,  canal.  (See  Taren- 
teras  de  Galindo 
channel.) 

channel,  M 285 

Taeajo,  o.  v.,  M.,  t.  dis.  r 305 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 294 

Tayaba,  o.  v.,  S.  C 379 

river.    (See  Guanarabo  or  Tayaba 
river.) 

Tecuji  Nipe,  river,  S.  de  C 420 

Teja  (La),  o.  v.,  M 311 

Telegraph  cable,  Cuba 56 

Teneme,  river,  S.  de  C 420 

Teneria,  o.  v.,  P.  K 184,191 

Termina,  lake,  S.  C 331 

Terrj',  o.  v.,  S.  C,  desc 366 

Tesico,  anchorage,  S.  C 342 

Tesino,  river.     {See  Teneme  river.) 

Tetasde  Camarioca  Palengua,  mt.,  M 286 

Tiarriba,  o.v.,  S.  deC 464 

t.  dis.  r 442 

Tibicial.o.  v.,  S.  C 374 

Tierra,  cays,  S.  C,  desc 341 

Tiguabos,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 451 

Tinaja,  point,  P.  P 390 

Tinguaro,  o.  v.,  M 314 

Tintorero,  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 428, 434 

Tirado,  o.  v.,  P.  R 190 

Toa,  river,  S.  deC 420 

Toar,  beach,  S.  de  C,  desc 423 

Tocinera,  point,  S.  C,  desc 337 

Tolete,  point,  P.  K.,  desc 136 

Tomeguin,  o.  v.,  M 315 

Torbio,  ix)int,  S.  C 335 

Toro,  cay,  P.  R 140 

S.  dec,  desc 454 

(El),  o.  v.,  P.  R 192 

Torre  Jose,  o.  v.,  S.C 376 

Tortuguilla,  anchorage,  P.  R.,  desc .-:.  146 

point,  S.deC 429 

Tosca,  r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 292 

Toxea,  o.  v.,  M 311 

Trabuco,  cay,  P.  R 141 

Tramojos  or  Pedros,  o.  v.,  M.,  desc 314 

Tres  Seibas,  o.  v.,  M 311 

Triana,  mt.,  M 286 

Tributarios  de  Minerva,  reef,  P.  P.,  desc_-  392 

Trinidad,  c,  S.  C,  desc 331, 379, 380 

hist 1 

med 16,379 

t.  dis.  r 354,368 

r.r 352 

-Casilda-Santa Clara,  S.C,  desc—  352 

harbor,  S.C,  desc 379 

sailing  directions 1  379 


Page. 

Trinidad,  J.  D.,  S.  C 24,330,359,378 

mt.,  S.  C 372 

o.  v.,  H 271 

P.  R 184,191 

ports  of,  S.  C,  desc : 380 

T.,  S.C 359,378 

t.,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  S.  C , 328 

Trocha-Moron-Jticaro,  r.  r.,  desc 400 

Trochas  in  Cuba^ 32 

Trujillo,  hamlet,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r 357,358 

Tucaro,  lake,  M 285 

Tulipan,  o.  v.,  H.,  desc 121 

Tumbadoro,  o.  v.,  H 276, 277 

Tunal,  lake,  S.  C 331 

Tunas  (do  la),  creek,  S.  C,  desc 332 

Tunas  de  Zaza,  o.  v.,  S.  C,  dose 371 

t.  dis.  r.  r 351 

S.C 328 

-Sancti  Spiritus,  r.  r.,  S.  C, 

desc 343 

-Zaza,  r.,  S.  C,  desc 353 

(Las).     (See  Victoria  de  las  Tunas.) 

port,  S.  C,  sailing  directions 372 

Turnpikes,   macadamized   roads  and,   in 

Cuba  32 

Turquino,  mt.,  S.  de  C,  desc 434,470 

river,  S.  de  C 420 

Turtuga,  bay,  P.  R.,  desc 146 

Twelve  Apostles,   battery,   defenses,   H., 

desc 68 

Twelve  League    Labyrinth,    cays.      (See 
Laberinto  de  Doce  Leguas,  cays.) 

U. 

Uibujan,  river,  S.deC 420 

Unas,  o.v.,  S.de  C 459 

Union,  point,  M.,desc 290 

S.  C - 335 

(La)-Alfonso  XII,  r.r.,  M., desc...  292 

Habana,r.r.,H.,  t.  dis 234 

M.,  desc 292 

o.  v.,  H., t.  dis.  r.  r 234 

M.,  t.  dis. r.r 293 

r.  r.  station,  M.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 293 

de  Reyes,  T.,  M 306,307 

t.,M.,desc 307 

t.dis.  M 282 

Uflitas,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459 

Uvero  Alto,  point,  M.,desc 290 

cays,  P. P., desc 394 

V. 

Vaca,  cay,  P.  E 140 

Vacia,  point,  H 206 

Vaez,  point,  S.  de  C,  desc 423 

Valle,  o.  v.,  H ' 277 

Varadero,  bay,  M 290 

Vedado-EI  Principe,  r.,  H.,desc 113 

-Ilabana  -  Chorrera,  II.,  suburban 

line,  desc 106 

o.v.,H.,desc 112,269 

Vega  Alta.o.  v.,S.  C,  desc 375 

t.dis.  r.r 349 


506 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Vega  Belleza,  o.  v.,  S.deC 466 

Botada,  o.  v.,  8.  de  C 466 

(La),  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459 

Vegas,  o.  v.,  H 267 

de  Palma,  o.  v.,S.  C.,desc 375 

t.dis.r.r.  349,360 

(Las),  o.  v.,  H.,  t.  dig.  r.  r 234 

Nnt'vas,  o.  v.,  P.  R : 187 

Vegnita,  o.  v.,S.  deO 448 

Vela,  cay,  S.  C,  desc 337 

Velasco,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459 

Velazo  battery,  H.,  defenses, desc 68, 70, 93 

Velic,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 462 

VeneroSan  Juan,o.v.,S.  C.,t.di8.  r 357 

-GUinia   Miranda  -  Cien- 
fuegos-Sancti  Spiritus, 

r.,  t.dis.,S.C 357 

-Jovellano8(Bemba)-Car- 

denas,  r.,  S.  C,  desc  ___  303 
-Jovellanos  (Bemba)-Car- 

denas,  r.,S.C.,t.  dis.-_  305 
-Navajas,  r.  r.,  M.,desc-_  292 
-Sancti  Spiritus-Cienfue- 
gos  ■  GUinia  Miranda, 

r.,S.  C.desc 353 

t.,S.C.,t.dis.r 305 

r.  r 294 

Ventas,  o.  v.,  S.de  C 449 

Vento  (Springs  of),  H.,  desc 57 

Vera  Cruz,  t.  dis.  from  Habaua,  c 5 

Veradero,  o.  v.,  M 308 

Verde  cay,  P.  P.,  desc 391 

B.C.,  desc 336 

Vereda  Nueva,  T.,  H 277 

t.,  H.,  desc 277 

Vergara.     (See  Alava.) 

Vertientes,  o.  v.,  P.  P 408 

t.  dis.  P.  P 380 

Viajacas,  o.  v.,  H 253 

Vianianos,  lake,  8.  C 331 

Viana,  o.  v.,  S.  C 360 

Viaro,  point,  P.  P 390 

Vilx)ra,  o.  v.,  H 269 

Vicana,  o.  v., S.de  C 462 

Victoria,  o.  v., S.de  C 456 

•de  la.s  Tunas-Bayamo,  r.,  S.  de  C, 

desc 440 

de  las  Tunas-Bayamo,  r.,  S.  de  C, 

itinerary 440 

de  las  Tunas-Bayamo,  r.,  t.  dis., 

S.deC 440 

de  las  Tunas-Holguin,  r.,  8.  de  C, 

desc 440 

de  laJiTunas-HolguiD,  r., S.deC, 

itinerary 440 

dc  las  Tunas-Holguin,  r.,t.  dis., 

S.de  C 440 

de  las  Tunas-Puerto  Principe,  r., 

S.deC- 402 

de  las  Tunas-Puerto  Principe,  r., 
S.deC,  desc 440 


Page. 
Victoria  de  las  Tunas-Puerto  Principe,  r., 

S  de  C,  t.dis 403 

de  las  Tunas, T.,  S.  de  C  „  443, 447, 449 

t.,S.deC.,de8c 449 

nied 17 

t.  dis.  gen x 

t.dis.  r. -403,440 
t.dis.S  deC  416 

Vidado,o.  v.,  H.,desc 59 

Vieja  (La),   Manicaragua.     (See  Manica- 
ragua. 

Viga  (La),  0.  v.,  S.  C 365 

Vigia  Jaruco  (hill),  H 203 

o.  v.,  P.  R 179 

Torreon  de,  H.,  defenses, desc 09 

Villa  Clara,  c.     {See  Santa  Clara,  c.) 

Nueva,  o.  v.,  P.  P.,  t.  dis.  r.  r 401 

Vinagera, bank,  P.  E.,desc 140 

Vifiales-Muelle,  r.  r.,  P.  E.,  t.  dis 147 

T.,  P.  R 186, 190 

t.,  P.  R.,  desc 190 

t.  dis.  r.  r 147 

Vinent-Daiquiri,  r.  r.,S.de  C,  desc 437 

Vireza-America-Santiago  de  Cuba,  r.  r  ,  S. 

de  C.,de8c .436 

Virtudes  (Las),  o.  v.,  H 276 

Vista  Hermosa,  o.  v.,  S.  C 374 

Vita,  port,  S.  de  C.desc 458 

Vuelta  Abajo,  Cuba 133 

X. 
Xagua,bank,  S.  C.desc 335 

bay,  S.  C.     (See  Cienfuegos,  bay . ) 

port.     (See  Cienfuegos,  harbor.) 

Xiues,  station  for  Agnacate,  H.,  t.  dis.  r.  r-  236 

V. 

Yaba,  o.  v.,  P.  P . 408 

t.  dis.  P.  P 386 

r , 403 

Yabazon,©.  v.,S.deC 456 

Yacaba,  bay,  anchorage,  S.  de  C : 435 

Yacabo,  point,  S.deC, desc 421 

river,  S.  de  C 428 

Yaguajay,T.,S.C 359,373,376 

t.,S.  C,  desc 376 

Yaguana,  hamlet,  S.  C,  t.  dis.  r ^'  358 

Yaguanabo,  river,  S.  C 334 

Yaguaneque,  port,  S.  de  C,  sailing  direc- 
tions  455 

Yaguaneque,  river, S.de  C 420 

Yaguaramas-Abreus  ( Los)-Cienfuego8.  r., 

t.dis 368 

-Cardenas-Jficaro,  r.  r.,  S.  C, 

itinerary 352 

-CSrdenas-Jficaro,  r.  r.,  t.  dis., 

S.C -j„  362 

-CArdeuas,  r.  r.,  8.  C,  desc 292 

-Retamal,r.r.,S.C-  343 
-CienfuegoB-Abreus  (Loo),  r., 

S.C,  desc ;J53 

o.  v.,  S.C,  dose 301 


INDEX. 


507 


Yaguanimas,  o.  v.,  S.C,  t.  dis.  r.  r 301, 352 

r 358 

Yaguasey, creek,  S.ileC 419 

point,  S.  deC 419 

shoal,S.deC.,desc 447 

Yaguas,o.v.,S.de  C 466 

Y'ama (de  la),  river,  P.P., desc 389 

Yainaguos,o.v.,P.  R 186 

Y'anianiguey,  river,  S.  de  C 420 

Yanzas  (Las),  lake,  S.  C.desc 332 

Yara,o.v.,S.de  C 462 

"       t.dis.S.deC 416 

river,  S.deC 420,463 

Y'areyal.o.  v.,S.de  C 459 

I'atera,  river,  S.  de  C 420,429 

Yateras,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 451 

Abajo,  o.  v.,  S. de  C 451 

Y'aterita,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C,  t.  dis.  r 442 

Yarayabo,o.  v.,S.  de  C 466 

Yarigua,  i-iver,  S.  de  C 420 

Y'aya,  o.  v.,  S.  de  C 459 

Yayal,  o.v.,S.de  C 459 

Yeguas,  o.  v.,  P.  P 404, 408 

Yeguas,  o.  v.,  P.  P.,  t.  dis.  P.  P 386 

r ._.  402 

Y'ellow  fever,  prevalence  at  ports,  Cuba 15 

Yera-Zulueta  (branch),  r.r.,  S.C 343 

Ytimuri,  anchorage,  S.  de  C,  desc 433 

marsh,  M 286 

reef,  S.de  0.,desc 430 

river,  M.,  desc 286, 287, 319 


Page. 

Yumuri,  river,  S.  de  C 420, 430 

valley,  M.,  desc 286 

Yiinque  de  Baracoa,  mt.,  S.  de  C,  desc 419, 

424, 444 
Z. 

Zabala,  o.v.,  S.de  C 455 

Zabaleta,  o.v.,  H 270 

Zacatecas,  o.v., S.de  C 464 

Zalvidar,  o.v.,  H 267 

Zaj>ata,  marsh,  M 286 

o.v.,  M 307 

Zarza  de  Fuera,  cay,  S.  C,  desc 339,373 

river,  P.P.,  desc 390 

Zarzal,  o.v.,  S.deC 462 

Zaza,  anchorage,  S.  C.desc 342 

o.  v.,  S.  C 371, 372 

t.dis.r 358 

r.r 351 

r.  r.,  S.  C,  itinerary 351 

t.dis.,  S.C 351 

river,  S.C,  desc 333 

-Sancti  Splritus-Cienfuegos,  r.,  S.  C 

desc 353 

t.,  S.C,  med 16,17 

-Tunas  de  Zaza,  r.,  S.  C,  desc 353 

Zulueta-Altamira,  r.r.  (branch),  S.C 343 

T.,  S.C 359,373,376 

t,  S.C,  desc 376 

t.dis.  r.r 351 

-Yei-a,  r.  r.  (branch) 343 


\ 


I'.C,  ^tWl^  'J^WB 

t 

1 

CQ3S33Mfifi2 


